Sie sind auf Seite 1von 542

BHj^HHn HHHgraffira&HnH

TZU ERE

CHI.

Jl lit
(YU

YEN TZU ERH

CHI).

A.

PROGRESSIVE COURSE
DESIGNED TO ASSIST THE STUDENT OF

COLLOQUIAL CHINESE
AS SPOKEN IN THE CAPITAL AND THE METROPOLITAN DEPARTMENT.

IN

THREE VOLUMES.
SECOND EDITION.
PREPARED BY

THOMAS FRANCIS WADE,


Sometime H.B.M.'s Minister in China.

AND

WALTER CAINE HILLIER,


Chinese Secretary

to

H.B.M.'s Legation, Peldng.

VOL.

II.

SHANGHAI:
PUBLISHED AT THE STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE INSPECTORATE GENERAL OF CUSTOMS,
AND SOLD BY

KELLY & WALSH, LIMITED, SHANGHAI, YOKOHAMA, AND HONGKONG.

LONDON

w. n.

ALLEN &

1886.

Co.,

WATERLOO PLACE.

CONTENTS.
PAOK.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES

III.

Chinese Weights and Measures

213

...

PART IV.

THE TEN DIALOGUES

215

PART V.

THE HUNDRED LESSONS

249

PART VI.

PART

VII.

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING,

or

THE STORY OF A PROMISE THAT WAS KEPT

...

THE TONE EXERCISES

419

Notes on the Tone Kules affecting the Finals

...

Exercises in the Tones

PART VIII.

351

423

427

THE PARTS OF SPEECH:


Introductory Observations

The Noun and the

48 1

...

Article

484

...

The Chinese Numerative Noun

486

Number, Singular and Plural


Case

Gender

...

The Adjective and

The Pronoun
Indefinite)

The Verb

...

...

The Conjunction
Interjection

...

...

...

...

...

...

495

...

...

...

...

497

...

...

...

...

497

...

by Mood, Tense, and Voice

of Time, Place,

The Preposition

KRRATA AND ADDENDA

Degrees of Comparison

493

(Personal, Relative, Possessive, Demonstrative, Distributive,

as modified

The Adverb,

The

its

...

...

Number, Degree,
...

...

...

...

...

...

etc
...

...

...

...

498

...

504

...

511

...

517

...

518

518
521

PART
THE FORTY

III.

EXERCISES.

PART

III.

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

1.

The Cardinal Numbers from

The Cardinal Numbers.


l

yi

1,

2,

Zl
""

3,

Of these,

i, 2,

7,

-fc ch'i\

8,

/V pa

g,

fa

chiu3

10,

-p

xhih?.

ssti*.

4,

[Hj

5,

3L wu

and 10 are found

8,

-^

s
.

--pa
3.

From

2.
-/i i/i

See Exercise

18;

form of Hang, has the same meaning, but

is

two, but under special

used with even greater

ten, precedes the lesser

number.

Thus,

shilir-yl

ii;

etc.

From 20

numbers

to 99 the
4

20, erh -shik

34,

For the

are formed

much

as in English

san -shih

1
67, liu^-skiW-ch'i .

4
2
l
21, ^rh -shih -yi

4.

I.

z
19 inclusive, shi1b

to

number

a couple, dual, is often used as the cardinal


ppj liang
circumstances, as will be seen presently.

restriction.

in the Radical Table.

3
f3f lia a colloquial

liu*.

6,

erh*.

san

to 10 are these

78, ch'fi-shiW-pa

-8su*.

89,

pa

-shih?-chius .

45, ssffi-shihs-iwu?.

92, chiuP-shiW-erh*.

4
3
56, ivu -shifi?-liu

s
93, chiu -shih -san

rest,

l
.

the Chinese count by the hundred, the thousand, and the myriad

pai

ioo, "g"

1,000,

clt'ien\

10,000,

4
^| w<m

Between ioo and 1,000 the hundreds are reckoned as with us; but 1,100 is one thousand one
hundred; 11,000 is one myriad one thousand. No Chinese would speak of eleven hundred,
eleven thousand,

etc.
2

fractional.
Whenever in counting above ioo a break in the series occurs
such as obliges us to insert a zero, the Chinese introduce the word ling. Thus,
5.

ling

303,
It
if

may
the

san1 pai3 ling- san 1

be used with the verb

number spoken

of be

6.

J$

I/

1
,

yii? (see 8), to be, as

more than

.m<l odd.

order, series.

4
2,005, * 7 '^ ch'ien

2
3
ling ivu

odd, after myriads, thousands, hundreds

thirty, after tens.

Thus, yi pa-P

yu

ling

or,

one hundred

TZtJ

EKH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

The Ordinal Numbers. Any cardinal number


4
Ordinal when /i is prefixed to it. Thus,

or group of cardinal

numbers becomes

san 1 pai3 ling* erk*, 302 ti* san1 pai3 ling- erk*, 3O2nd.
7. For purposes of numeration the following words will be constantly required
1
^> to many more.
H| ckp, some how many ?
liu*,

ti* liu*,

6th.

lib s/m

number

several

some

but

A?

to -shao

4J& Jisich

few

few

3
,

less.

how many ?

also,

a good number.

some.

not interrogative more emphasis


be the same.

When

ti>

s/tao

s/m3 to count.
1

is

laid

on

than on shao, but the tone

to

is

held

of numeration, words are used


I, given below to illustrate the method
The
Table.
in
the
Radical
learned
has
student
which the
following are new
already
pu*, not the tone varies before different
yv?, to be to have.
8.

In Exercise

T&

lai

to

come

adverbially, in nu-

meration, to approach a total,

but

characters.

hao3 good
Jff
,

adverbially, very

verbally, to

recover.

under, not in excess.

of a large
10) Hii ^0 one, or ones, of persons or things; the commonest numerative
number of nouns substantive; the second is the correct form of the character. The term
4

>

numerative

is

explained below.
Chinese nouns substantive have

The Numeratives.

commonly

associated with

them

certain other nouns substantive, here styled Numeratives, between the meaning of which and
This may be generic, specific, formal, qualitative, and is sometimes
their own there is an affinity.

so vaguely defined that nouns, being names of things in categories widely different, may have
the same numerative. The latter, in virtue of this affinity, acts as the unit of the class, body,
or other plurality that may be indicated by the noun on which it is dependent and it should
be borne in mind that a large number of numeratives are never used independently of those
;

which they are related. We have in English nouns that do somewhat the same duty.
We say so many head of oxen so many stand of arms a crew of so many hands ; a fleet of
If we were speaking of oxen, we might
These are all plurals or collectives.
so many sail.
The
or
if
of
a
left
head
that there was not
also
arms, that every stand was destroyed.

nouns

to

say
Chinese numerative will be found to play both the parts here illustrated but it also plays a
between a number, one or more, and its substantive, it cannot
part of its own. Where it comes
2
one man, san1 ko* jeW, three men, the Cantonese, in the broken
ko*
be translated. For
;

yi

jeri>,

"
one piece man,"
of China, would say,
English which is the lingua franca of the open ports
"
three piece man." We have nothing analogous to this in our language.
There are many substantives which have no numerative, such in particular as are applied

to the

measure of time, space, quantity, etc.


As stated above, the numerative is itself a substantive, but in construction

indefinite.
represent our one or ones, the pronominal adjective
list of the numeratives is given in Part VIII.

06s.

Yi

l
,

one, changes its tone before

feo

and other numeratives.

it

will often

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

EXERCISE
/L

^C

"I"

PB

-El

ZL

-u

nr
^L

_L

_i_

4IH
I|H|

"5"
PI

flH
I|HJ

^,

yV

s>

-TI

3-

"f*

H~

J,

_i_

To

7L

"P?
PI o

'(IB

IIHIo

_ _

I.

Jl

1
four.

06s.

^l

PflJ

The Chinese do

-4-

"5"

_L

2
i&
jfit

-f-

..

~\j

&&

&& 3

__

.
I

^-

TO

^
li.i.

jl^
"TT^

_,
o

-tt

Two

Two

or three thousand.

or three

Three or five persons or


persons or things.
Five or six hundred persons.
things.

'*-t

The seventeenth person (or thing).


Iwoor three hundred, m
iwo or three thou2

Number one the first also, figuraNumber twenty-seven; the


tively, the best.
Number
one thousand eight
twenty-seventh.
3-

eight

-I-

Thirty

Sixty-eight.

Fifty-seven.

hundred and

Twenty.

also say three or four, four or five.

Nineteen.

y^o

sand.
-3E.

Sixteen.

-fI
.

~S
I

>
y>

1>>

*j.

TO

^S.

o
IfiJo

JS
T-*y

^
=1

4
-^
y\J

sixty-five

hundred and

4-

The one

or,

the one thousand

sixty-fifth.

million and three hundredth

person (or thing). Five hundred and seventy


thousand six hundred and ten. Seven hun-

dred thousand and twenty.

Six hundred and ten; the yi, one, before s/wA, cannot be omitted. In reckoning myriads
omit it. You may say s/nft wan, skill pa wan, or yi shih wan, yi shih pa, wan.

it is

equally

correct to use yi or to

Lfc>o
.

or
-

-zr

_L
S*
-

~&i

_.5

JSr

"PO

T-'Oo

ae

-T-

_L

5.

TOO

-zr

j&

JL-

:.

T?

rm

^
^f.

'o

_L

-+.

TOO

izr

-*+-

^<>

7L

million.

Three hundred and

TO

Five million and one.

thousand.

sand

fifty

five

hundred and seven.

Sixty thou-

One hundred

thousand.

6.

Seventy thousand one hundred and

ninety-one.

Ten

any number;

in

also,

above

all

millions

or,

figuratively,

any (or the utmost) degree;


things.

sixty- one thousand.

Four hundred and

TZU

_^ o -p

-e-

-p

&

t,

:I;H

CHI.

3L

P9
-ZT-

COLLOQUIAL, SERIIS.

One thousand and

3L

-J-

'

3r

PU
F

/\^

*o

A ^
+,.,_,.

_-.

3r

j,

/L

$5

^
..

fi)

^>

iH

'^

^H

a-

A^

'

One hundred and

+
i

^ A ^
.^
.^
^*
^ ^*
^ A 'W 10

three.

fifty-four.

Two hun-

eighteen.

Nine million nine hundred

n i ne ty-three thousand.

an(j

'&

^ num b er

f
people are come or, How
come
? There are some
many
people.
There are a good number of people.
How
are
?
come
of
many people
Upwards
thirty
9'

people are

_.

Four thousand and

five.

One hundred and

8.

dred and

-e-

-i

eight.

seventy-two. Eight thousand three hundred


and sixty-seven.
Ten tliousand and six.

Jgy/nn'g'-J- _.3

eighty

Ninety-eight thousand four hundred and two.

jK-

_fo

and

thousand

Fifty

7-

"

thousand.
-i-

-f
^T-

*n

'Iran

ISJo

^>

W
^
^p

-4-

_t

-I-

/fro
/jte

*^.

"(Qo

/\

^
^

iL

iL

>?>

>fffl

A^T\

ToX
?tv

llu

'fffl

liajo

llfiJo

y,[^

IO

^|[10

Some

Several score

score

or.

3||

ten

"IISI

jH

or things

1--

IL

PW

^1

Two

than ten;

ten ones.
things.

tilings

Score

I.

the Chinese have no word for score, but

it is

or,

How many

or,

[the

lit,

some score.
Ten and

How many
Some

persons or things.

over

persons

There are more

number! does not stop

at

Eight or nine. Near ten persons or


Nine or ten persons or things. Two

hundred and more.


06s.

score

*/

more persons or

^o

(lit, tens);

How many

Five thousand and more.

un-English to say some tens.

Note that ten odd

are supposed not to exceed fifteen.

Near

Obs. 2.

fr~

/I

^
^

-"*T^

I?H
I've

-**

i.

^L-

ten,

at,

,-*

^|

/T

T^

but below

&

fstt

it

lai is only used with ten or a multiple of ten.

IJH
P-Ho

n n

JP-

J-'C

11

ii-

single individual.

"

or,
_JL_.

s\ a

A^
3

i^

^T

How many

f beef.

of fish
Obs.
'

i.

ihx. 2.

Four-tenths

K'on

TT

."L

four- tenths

persons are there?

HOAV

-h

many

Five catties

Some

Six catties of mutton.


or,

long.

There are some persons

catties of fish

understand the word/c'rc, part (emphatically, tenth part), after

refers to individuals,

--

Three inches

catties

ssti, four.

male or female.

35

t>

12

12.

Seven

measures of rice.

measures

of

One measure

wheat.
of millet.

Nine

PART

JL

/f

Iffl*p
_-

UJ

W W

THE FORTY EXERCISKS.

III.

ite

J-*C

/*JC

:zc

^&

4tR

^r

xf

13

13.

Some

teeth

How many

or,

There

li.

are

is

a mountain (or there

two hundred

full

li

mountains)
Three hundred catties odd.
Full

Olis.

.see

1.

is

Twelve.

Fourteen.

the

eight.

ninety-

Two hundred and

How many

7.

Seven

catties

The

ninety-two.

twenty-first.

and forty-second.
sixty-seven.

The

The

men

5.

catties

million

persons

Seventeen

measures

hundred and sixty-seventh.

Five

beans.

two hundred and one.

o.

of

rice.

coming.

hun-

single

measures

How many

miles

nine thousand nine hundred and ninety-nine.

eight

li

Fourteen

venison.

Eighteen

of small millet.

nine hundred li

As

A
A

Ten measures
Full

many.

of

catties

Three million and twenty-seven. Six thousand and forty. Nine hundred and ninety-

The

are

There are about (but less than) ten


of fish.
Nineteen catties of beef.

9.

The nine hundred and ninety-ninth.


The seven million six thousand five hundred
and forty-third. The three million four thoufive

coming.

individual.

are coming.

4.

sand

are

persons are coming.

fifty

odd

dred

Number

eightieth.

Eight or nine

There are eighteen measures

More than ten persons

More than

three hundred

Six measures

Fourteen measures of beans.

of rice.
8.

3.

catties of fish are there?

and some ounces.

of small millet.

and twenty-

hundred

I.*)

There are a good many horses. How


oxen
are there ?
There are fifty-six
many
oxen and horses.

Forty thousand one hundred and sixtyThree million twelve hundred and

Eight

(KEY, EXERCISE
6.

Seventy-

Ninety.

One hundred and

Forty-five.

twenty-four.
nine.

rather to measure the heights of mountains by the length

following into Chinese.

nine.
2.

high.

by which they are ascended.

Turn

three.

The Chinese idea

Radical 157.

thousand

of the road

teeth

Several myriads of li in length


some tens
of thousands of miles long; or, How many
At the most forty
myriads of miles long ?

long

hundred

seventeen

A
li.

of

good
Full

There are mountains fully

high.

have been seen from Example 1 1 in the foregoing exercise,


1
be
may
represented by yi one, without any numerative. But if the
substantive be one of those to which a numerative is assignable, that numerative will be
9.

Article.

will

our Indefinite Article

commonly found between the yi and the substantive. Sometimes the numerative will stand
without the yi as in yu s ko4 jen2 lai 2 for yus yi 2 ko* jen 2 lai 2 there is a person come (or
1

coming).
10.

The

Definite

Article

the

is

not

uncommonly rendered by

the

pronouns
this
$j^ che*,

* The Chinese text of

this

and

all

and

ffi

na4

that

similar exercises will be found in vol.

i.

demonstrative

ERH

TZtl

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

but chiefly, if not always, when the thing or person indicated is for certain
or has been recently referred to. But these are not the only equivalents.

known

to the hearer

One

The Noun Substantive.

peculiarity of the Chinese Substantive has already


been noticed the employment, namely, of a large staff of words, themselves substantives, in
close relation with other substantives, which from their most conspicuous function have been
11.

denominated Numeratives.
in general a

others they have also been

By

in affinity with that of the

meaning

nouns

styled Classifiers, as possessing

which they are attached as adjuncts,

to

when detached from

or which,

these, they represent.


Independently of these adjuncts, the Chinese substantive may be simple or compound.
Of the simple form, any substantive in the Radical Table is as good a specimen as another;

such as jen1

man

shen 1 body
,

mas

horse

etc.

Of the compound form, there are instances of more kinds than one
the Colloquial Radicals (vol.
altercation

p.

34)

mouth and tongue)

(lit.,

that the words combined

may

such as shih l -ahou3 a corpse


,

kanl -ko l war


,

largely

added

shield

and

corpse-head)

These

spear).

k'ou3 -she'2

show

suffice to

to other substantives.

erh 2 also meaning son,

j^

(lit.,

(lit.,

in the Exercises in

be of like or of very different meaning. In the same Exercise


shih*-tz&, 3 a lettered man.
The word tzti3 son,

be found ch'en 2 -tzti3 a minister of state

will
is

i,

is

used in the same way as frequently as

tzii

3
;

in Pekingese,

But neither of them can be appended ad libitum. Some substantives that


take the one may at times take the other and many do not take either.

more

frequently.

This erh also sometimes plays a part in the formation of adverbs, especially of time and place.

06s.

Combinations of words, such as with us shipwright, horse-boy, landlord, etc., are common
enough in Chinese but, the independent individuality of almost every Chinese word considered,
;

in

it is

most instances

safer to

rather than as part of a

Some English

speak of the relation of the

compound

first

word

to the second as attributive,

substantive.

it will soon be seen, require for the reproduction of their


a
of
Thus
words.
carter is the driving-cart-one, or the one who drives the
string
meaning
cart neither of which combinations, however, would it be convenient to designate a compound

substantives,

substantive.
12.

The

Number.

plural of substantives

may

be effected by the reduplication of the

simple word, but this not without limitation; or by the addition of a noun of multitude,
sometimes preceding, sometimes following, the simple word
or, in certain cases, by the
addition of the particle men1 explained below (13).
;

13.

fPI

men

1
,

a word used colloquially to indicate the plural of personal substantives

or pronouns, and apparently for no other purpose.


ta*

jen

2
,

Thus,

your excellency, his excellency

(lit.,

great man).

to 4 jen 2

Experience will
Note.

carry no tone.

men, your excellencies, their excellencies.


show that its use even with personal substantives is limited.

When

the tone

mark

is

omitted

it

must be understood that the character

is

so little emphasised as to

PART
The Noun Adjective.

14.

such as hao3 good, in Exercise


,

I,

The

wo

:$$

Their plural

16.

iuo

Ni 3 -imn

Obs.

is

The

may

the ist

The Personal Pronouns singular are


3
t'a
the
person f^ ni the 2nd

be either a single word,

"fifi,

men

-men, we, us

ntf-men, ye, you

t'a

1
,

3rd.

just noticed (13).

Thus,

-men, they, them.

often used politely to a single individual.

17. fef, Pj=f, tsa-, properly tsan,


Chinese, but never used in the singular.

we,

.>

Adjective, like the substantive,

formed by the addition of the particle

is
s

or a combination of words of like or different significations.

The Personal Pronoun.

15.

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

is

a pronoun of the first person peculiar to northern


In the plural, tsa?-men means you and I, or you and

when

the persons spoken of are present; parties in the same undertaking or concern.
second form of tsa2 is but an abbreviation of the first.

When

18.

indicated by fa

1
,

animate beings are in question, any male or female, man or beast,


he or she Pal-men, they. But in speaking of inanimate things t'a 1

may

very sparingly.
In the constructions of the verb which

we

describe as impersonal, the pronoun

it

is

be

used

cannot

be said to be visibly represented in Chinese.


l

This word, which is properly a substantive meaning a bright spot, the blot
has
come
to perform various duties.
target,
Appended enclitically to substantives and
as
we
it
should
the
or
forms,
pronouns,
say,
genitive
possessive case.
Appended to adjectives
19. ffJ ti

on a

it adverbialises them.
It is sometimes a relative pronoun sometimes
an indefinite pronoun, such as one, some, etc.
In all these cases it has presumably usurped the place of other words, notably that of the
2
verb te noticed immediately below (21).

or adjective constructions,

20. Attention

is

here directed to

ti

tz& 4 -chi s -ti, of or belonging to oneself.


^uo 3 -t^, mine.

^vo 3 -men-t^, ours.

ni3 -ti,

nis -men-ti, yours.

ta*-jen

thine.

t'a -ti, his.

The

t'a

$
JB|

chi*

ti

Ho"

ma

his excellency's.

-ti,

theirs.

-men-ti,

following brief examples will help to confirm the student in his knowledge of the

words just learned (10-19)

substantives or

Thus,

pronouns.

21.

the Possessive of

as forming

ti

3
f^ wo

This one.

tsa-

ff!

m( n PI
'

jg ch<?

That one.

Thou, I, he we three.
We two persons here.
;

A Jen"

p&
3

flj

ts(<?

men

2
P| tsa

$f

fa fa

iP3

pg

ti

liang

men

ffc

ni3

jg

3%

5o'"'' A

fy

t'a

3
<>

Jj$

c/te

na*

This place here. That place there.


Thine. Theirs.

We two.
A horse (or horses) of our place here.
My own horse (lit., myself's horse).

Note.

There

is

nothing to show whether ma, horse, in the 4th example,

is

singular or plural.

Jf che*
4

f@o^
Jg not

10

TZtT

ERH

The Relative Pronoun.

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

has just been observed (19) that ti l acts sometimes as a


Relative Pronoun.
In constructions such as The person who did, The thing which Avas done,
ti may be allowed to be so characterised.
But for caution's sake it should be borne in mind
22.

that the Chinese

may

It

not unfrequently be rendered by our participle, past or present,

not in

if

other ways.
23. The Interrogative Pronoun who, ivhwh,
grammarian as a relative in search of an antecedent,

There are other forms of higher


jf^j

shui 2 who,

style.

mo R^ ma
The combination shen2-mo pronounced she 2 -mo used
but may stand before a personal noun, as in she^-mo jeri2 what person ?
1

nken-

3j

alone, signifies what,

ffifc

which has been described by some

in general rendered colloquially as below.

never used but of persons.

is

^vhat,
is

The character shen signifies extreme, but is then read shen4 and it may be surmised that it has
come to be corruptly employed in this combination. Its adjunct mo is a negative interrogative
,

particle

hsiao

sometimes also used as a conjunction, as in na*

it is

Ma

as small as this.

ff*

shift?,

tithe, is

is

mo

to

1
,

as

much

as that

mo

che*

a strictly colloquial interrogative.

sometimes written instead of shen2 but the compound


,

is

none the

less

'

she n 2

pronounced
2j]J

What

24.

na

no?, with ko* or other

person?
06.

-mo, or she*-mo.

What

Who

Thus, for

For the interrogative

may

Whom

yi ko* jen or no? ko* jen

interrogative,

What

person

we may have shui2

or

she^-mo

je.fi

or

2
.

ivhat, shen

-mo may stand alone

be expressed, and without

its

or the substantive representing

numerative.

animate or inanimate, will be rendered


as above, followed by yi and the numerative, or by the numerative without yi\

But which,
by na

is

which we have met with above (10) as a demonstrative pronoun.

the thing spoken of

one, intervening or not),

thing?

It is no?, not na<,

numerative (yi l

if

referring to one of

many

objects,

3
,

25.

The Verb.

It will

suffice for the

moment

to observe that in Chinese the

Verb

may be simple or compound the compound verb being made up sometimes of the same verb
or different meanings, sometimes of a verb and its
reduplicated, sometimes of verbs of like
object.

These remarks apply rather to verbs that we should designate Active or Neuter. The
equivalent of our Passive formation is effected by prefixing to the verb concerned other verbs
signifying to suffer, to receive, to perceive,

Some

etc.,

as the case

may

be.

verbs incontestably active are reinforced by other verbs, which, like the French
do or to cause to be done.

faire, signify either to

We

two simple verbs: yus which means, as an active verb,


The latter has something of this
to have, and as a verb substantive, to be and lai 2 to come.
26.

have met above

(8)

PART

sense even

when used

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

which

as an auxiliary,

it

often

11

The verb yu3 has

is.

though limitedly,

also,

auxiliary functions.

With these and the

27.

powers, there

following verbs, although also possessing all of them independent


be effected, as auxiliaries, a fair proportion of the equivalents of our verb's

may

inflections.

28.
29.

tsai*, to

be

shih*, to

jjjz

means

question, shih*

to be at

be

yes,

at

in the act of; in.

what ought to be, that is, right. Hence, in answer


shih*, no ; interrogatively, shih* pu shift*, is it so or not ?

to be

and

pu

The combination pu2

shih, not right, constantly occurs as

right or not

error, fault

or as an adjective or adverb, wrong, erroneously.

to a
is it

a substantive meaning

It is well to

remember, however,

that the negative or affirmative in answer to a question is more frequently expressed in Chinese
by the repetition, or partial repetition, of the question with the negative or affirmative prefixed
than by the negative or affirmative alone. Thus,
t'a

lai 2

shih

2
pu lai is he coming ?
1
t'a pu shih*, it is he, is it

t'a

not

pu*

lai 2 ,

he

shih* t'a 1

not coming.

is

it is

he.

We

could not say, without being guilty of a vulgarity, pu* simply, in answer to the
question, and the simple affirmative shih* would rarely be used in answer to the second.
Exercise III,

2
to get ; to have
to possess
to accomplish.
^=| te
2
te' follows the verb to which it is attached,
auxiliary,
indicating

first

See

10.

30.

the

first

verb

is

See

completed, but oftener the possibility of

more than any other verb in Chinese, what we regard


cannot. Of this more directly.

its

ti

above

As an

(19).

sometimes that the action of

completion.

It discharges,

perhaps

can and

as the functions of our verb

3
1
or be ended, when following a verb, indicates the completion
~y liao P^f- lo to end,
of an act, the occurrence of an event.
It
It may often fairly be called a sign of the past tense.
is also
used
as
a
final
Lo
is much used as a
termination.
expletive.
colloquial
freely

31.

When

is

the negative pu* (8) intervenes between the other verb and liao 3 the construction
almost, if not quite, that represented by our potential auxiliaries.
Thus lai 2 'pu liao3 it is not possible that [he] should come. This is said, however, when
,

the speaker merely holds a strong opinion as to the impossibility.

would affirm
It

it

more

Were he

to say lai 2

te*

and

liao*,

puts

te'

want

Jj yao*,
to indicate future time.

But from

its

meaning

te

2
;

as

we

in the past tense.

to

32.

he

though both signify

completion or achievement, are by no means identical in their functions as auxiliaries.


In the combinations te 2 liao, it is finished or achieved, liao3 is the auxiliary of
it

te,

positively.

should be remembered that, elsewhere as here,

should say,

pu

to desire

to

but by no means invariably,


as often as not shown by the context alone.

be about

to.

It is used,

The tense of the verb is


of " to want," yao* comes to represent our auxiliary must, both singly

in various combinations.

and

TZU ERH CHI.

12

COLLOQUIAL SEBJ1-X

With one ot these the student of Pekingese cannot too soon become acquainted. Out of
ad //en', a corrupt monosyllable, ti&, has been formed, which is one of the most useful
auxiliaries in the Peking colloquial.
It is of course not recognised by native
lexicographers, and
lias been represented in this course by the character te 2
a
Chinese tone mark
distinguished by
attached to it on the right side.
,

Another corrupt combination

^ mo

33.

put
is

is

not used.

or mu*, not,

is

much

is

While, for instance,

never used with


3

for

pick

common than pu*,

less

put

do

yao*, the imperative

pv?

but

not.

used in a few cases where

is

never used with yu3 to have or to be, mo* or

is

mu*

shih*, to be.

has formed the corrupt monosyllable mei2 which will be found, however,
before the verb yu? itself, standing as a simple negative. Thus,

With yu

it

mei2 yu 3 hao3

When mo*

ti,

there are not any good ones.

mei stands before another

or

verb, that verb

is

generally in the past tense.

Thus,
1

lai2 liao

mei2

t'a

t'a

mei 2 yu1

lai 2 ,

he

is

is

he come or not

not (has not) come.

2
your question were, Is he coming or not ? you would ask t'a lai
2
1
answer in the negative would be t'a pu* lai he will not come (is not coming).
1

If

pu

lai'

and the

To

34.

be

tsai*, to

^
^
^

2
,

to be at

at.

ff|

to be right.

tei3 (te

~f liao

mo4

want
yao*),

must.

end

ended.

to

mei2

mu*, not;

tH>
Jf
thing.

Learn

ff-

1
,

east

shih 2 a tithe
,

= mo* yu*), not


(

intensive

jj

hsi 1

mo

but with

what ?

mo

1
,

1
,

interrogative,

sheri

but, like sheri', used phoneti-

cally with the following

also the following


,

tung

:g

sken*, extreme;

na what

J|

3
$& hen an

who

and intoned

to be.
35.

JjJ

to will.

shui

to possess; to obtain; to achieve.

yao*, to

^'
fg

be

shih*, to
te

words just learned (21-33) are as follows

recapitulate, the

mo

1
,

to express

also any.

a negative interrogative particle.

as in

west

hen3 hao3 very good.

(see

Radical 146).

The second

is

a corrupt form.

The combination tung^hsi 1 means

Thus,

hen3 haos

H mai

3
,

to

buy

||[

ti

tung^hsi

mai*, to

sell.

1
,

very good thing (or things).

The combination maia -mai* means

Thus,
to 4

mais-mai*,

trade on a large scale.

trade, business.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

EXERCISE

13

II.

or

As

Ao
In che-mo, no-mo, the w has no interrogative power.
is then pronounced mo.

06s.
(13), which,

The

womcn )-

As small

large as this.

ou

as that.

sometimes represented

syllable is

liy

men

however,

M M
06s.

S A

Jt

Thing

tung-hsi, east

Ji

and west

q.d.,

iVt

4f&

3tR

What

thing?

everything between east and west.

^^SitfiiSt^^R3
*W
W HVo Ao M.
m
A
1C S M 10 #?
$? @ S Ao A H
-ftH

Whatman?

2.

/flB

1121

Who

3-

He

good man.

He

sell?

man

that

is

a trader.

is

a good

sells

man is a
What does he

That

many

things.

ffic
O?w.

S/WJ'*

What

does he sell?

(lit,

he

is

a seller of what?)

would be equally correct

It

to say

fir,

mat

'<

-/<///

WIO.

10A^^'WT W^^

4-I want good ones; have

A.

1R

j-j
5tT

3tj

<ft
cz.

tS

5j

tS

^R

3^

"W,

^
W

Jfi

Oft

^g

Obs.

>5

AA

'aff

^^g

none

any')

you ^ any?

There are none;

This

left

5fc<,

^fr

xE

H*J

VHf
ilu

iH

Ao

^ A

O/w.

i.

In the

Ob*.

2.

It is

is

last

liao implies that there were

some

2R "W "W' 1& ^

DC

-H*
~ST

Mi

'W

li

5^

<Ift

two examples fhf

simplest to construe

fi

na

Is

^ ^iat
person

is
is

but that they have gone.

he come

He

'

come ^

^s

is

There

not come
is

'

irh are pronounced

3>

+m & A ^
O

T( *?

would be equally correct

in the

Who

no one come.

is

che. 'rh,

as the sign of the possessive case

S00 ^

^
It

is

come; or, there is someone come.


What place is he from? He is not of this

T
irh,

5'
^s

Tin
iTV

iLi

originally,

na

if.d.,

'rh.

he

is

what

place's n

are c

Obi.

or, I

very good; that


bad (or, this is a very good one that one
bad ^ This man is very good; that man
i e ft

very bad.

have none

JnL

.^

^ ere

are

( or>

thcre?

%
answer to the

first

number.

How many

Ten people and more.

question to omit

t'a

mCn.

me

'

people are there

14

TZtT

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

This

&

A:

ja.

>ffl

flR

iVi

^ M
^m

3$ B

&

Iff

iH

fid.

10 >!

How many

-ffl
II

Not many

-tfft

8
"

^C

rf

have you of

It is

this article?

of them.

they want

it.

not very good<


Have you got any
ones
there?
None
Unless you
good
good.
some
have
very good ones, we do not want

Have you got tllis thing ?


I cannot buy so many as

any>

want

A,,

,^

Whose

'

thin?

eirs 1S

IflL

.^

theirs

T ^-ISffl^lifflM
,_.

is

this

is

do not want this one

8.

i^

That

'

Whose

2fc

>= -^
^
^
&
^Ho W *S
T*
*J
W&
e^w^iVf^^^iB^HV. Ct
He
J
^ ^
5R
^
-Vd

ours

thing?

>flB

ours.

&/o

is

it.

We

do not

that.

Jt1W&*?^tffc
JK

06s.

i.

T.

We

do not want any: note the use of

Obi. 2.

In the

06*. 3.

last

1C

iPI

liao as a final expletive.

example, no-mo, that, those

cannot buy,

T T

etc.

%$

liao

Iff o

3
,

T
~JT

ifS

hsieh ko, indefinitely numerous ones.

a potential auxiliary.

Tnis wil1 never do

9-

That

business.

is

'tel

or

tnis is

not to be done;

a
that

or,

cannot be accomplished.
06s.

The

first

liao

is

the verb to finish, to accomplish


or, with pu, cannot.

the second liao, though literally possessing the same

meaning, does the duty of the verb can,

&. 1&
06s.

$%

flao

ie

it

18

M M 10

Aci in the second example: there

^
M t*
W '&&
^ ^Jl

iJK

tit

H, fSJii
M' M.

n(f

Jf

10.

is

This thing

no perceptible difference

u
should

If
(or,

Chang

3
,

to grow,
;

to

ought

buy a good

to)

buy a horse you


one.

It

won't do to buy that horse (Mf., that horse


(= ought not to be) bought); he

cannot be

not Mang*, long (Radical 168);

see 30.

meaning of the two sentences.

in the

(lit.,

grown, not good,


06s.

very good.

y u want

has a bad coat

the action of the verb chang 3

is

see

next example.

or,

Ti

the hair, chang 3

not
is

te

2
,

has

well).

here an auxiliary completing

PART
H

T*C
sf

'

l-'Co

"7
J

a'
If
06s.

i.

-C/i.

06s.

2.

-Chang

.Ah

^
06s.

i.

_M

FJ

bamboo

A.

I -

^&^
v(i

"J*

\J

you

^^
^3^o I"* M
man compared with my son
;

[is]

Thy horse. My sheep. His cart. Your


Our handkerchief. Their knife.
2. You buy, we sell.
They want to buy
do
What
things.
they want to buy?
things
Good things. We here sell very good things.
as large as that.
3. As small as this

Have you any good horses


good carts here; we do not
not a good one.
is
this horse

Whose

horses have you

mine.

Three.

How

He

things

not of this place.

Does he

Not very good.

The

millet

sell

good

tilings.

Obs.

Trader

7.

want

place

to

are there

His nose

good

Not very many.

Five.

want

to

want

to

buy

98).

fish are

not few).

is

gold? No; it is clay.


very small. Venison (deer flesh)
Is the antelope (yellow sheep)

Yes.

Clay:

lit.,

The scenery (Radical


is

very

fine.

yellow earth (sec Radical 201).

That man has grown very tall or,


That insect (or reptile) is
very tall.

1 1.

he

any

How

is

more than three niches


comes I must see him.

buy a

To return

no?, simply, to lay hold of a person or thing.

and verbal constructions.

na" jetf, to arrest a person.

are these things ?


They are
There are many fish in this

Exercises, 10, 6) here

36.

to verbs

What

of wheat.

here the

very good.
found here?

two traders

things; are there

five

Is that thing

is

a buying selling man.

buy

traders (sellers) here

many

(lit.,

10.

06s.
lit.,

What

black beans.

traders here

We

have not very good things.

sell

His

I
days do you require ?
want three months.
Do you use wheat or

What place are you from ? I am of


What place is that trader from ?
place.

is

five sons.

How many

9.

Not very many.

sons and daughters has

Earthenware (Radical

Obs.

horses.

is

It

?
?

sell

II.)

earthenware.

sells

We

No.

How many

some bushels

6.

this

in familv are

are under ten.

Four daughters and

He
is

4.

many

upwards of eight inches

How many

sons are here; his daughters are there (in


I have walked a hundred li.
that place).

is

carts are there here

my

^s

son.

(KEY, EXERCISE

8.

to be).

How many

man

high eight inches [and] more.

he

not as high as that (q.d.,


height the other person declares it

5.

at

good many things; do you want to sell?


What things do
(or, do you sell them?)
you want ? Good things.

is

We

the following into Chinese.

1.

This cart

come

lai above in 8.

rice.

sell

greatly.
is

-J

Turn

as the

than

TlH
llfii

3'

taller

06s. 2. -See k'ou in the Colloquial Radicals

This mountain

he

or,

t%& (Radical 39).

BK 13

fck

^J^

-Lit., that

Wlien he comes you rmist go;


an(j y ou mus t g O
_

the

18),

Those bamboos have crown

12.

/4A-

j^:

15

hen ch'ang 2 , have lengthened very long.

PJKjA
ID

P 1

iR
1

1 o
5R
AM*

jz.

'Ft

UB

(Radical
3

jg
T*T

Jp.

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

na

Note the following

long.

When

Thus,

che* ko* tung^fisi 1 lay hold of this thing.


,

he

TZU ERH CHI.

16

37.

ch'ii

2
simply, to go, as opposed to lai to come.

From combination

ni3 ch'u4 you

come.

of the above

we

placed between no? and


no? shui lai2 bring water here.

the simpler phrases,

go.

get na lai
an object, of course, being expressed or understood.

38.

Thus,

2
ivo 3 lai 1

away

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

is

its

to bring,

When

2
4
adjunct lai or ch'u

and na2

ch'u*, to

take

expressed, the object, in

Thus,

nor eke* ko* tuny l -hsi l ch'u4 take this thing away (lit., laying hold of this thing
There are exceptions to this rule of construction which will be noticed in their place.
39. Referring to Sections 30 and 31, write out the following in Chinese
,

go).

no?
2

na
na2
Observe na
the

can be

lai

te'

te
te

laid

hold

na2 pu4

te

na 2 pu4
na2 pu*

of.

can be brought.
can be taken away.

na-

ch'ii,*,

liao

pu

te

2
,

lai

cannot

cannot be,

ch'ii

be, etc.

etc.

cannot be,

etc.

can be laid hold of; na pu liao cannot be, etc. In these two
2
but no? put liao* will be found to have more force and
te

2
nothing from na

first differs

scope than

2
.

With the following


when attached to na2
40.

2
verbs, lai

and

ch'ii*

may

discharge

much

the same function as

a door).

JH

chin*, to enter (as

Jtj

ch'u 1 to go out of (as a door).

kuo*, to pass over (as a river, hill, street).

'fT.

wang

tion
41. Thus, for instance

kuo*

$
To
To
To
To

latf

j& kuo*

ch'u

towards, or in the direc-

of.

~%.

move

to

lai

wang

JJ che

&

ft 'rh

llj

kuo*

slum

ffi

ch'u 1

chin*

P^

men

PI

men2

ch'u

^ch'u*

2
%- a lai

come

in at the door.
To go out of the door.
over
the
hills.
go
(across)
be coming in this direction (or, come here).

pass backwards and forwards.

much used

an auxiliary in verbal constructions of past time.


43. jjjS ch'i to rise, followed by lai~, may mean simply to rise from a lower position to
But the combination ch'i3 -lai2 it will be seen, has a separate function.
get up.
It has been mentioned above (26) that lai 2 is frequently used as an auxiliary.
This it
42.

/,'wo

to pass, is

as

is

as indicating

progressive action.

The combination

3
ch'i -lai

2
,

itself

an

auxiliary,

must be

rendered variously according to circumstances.


44.

5lj

too 4 to arrive
,

as

fa1 too4

liao 3 ,

he has arrived

fa1 mei2

too 4

he has not

arrived.

used as an auxiliary with certain verbs implying movement, but with greater freedom
in the southern than in the northern mandarin.
It

is

(A"
also chao 2 written in the two forms here given.
The first of these,
^^, ^,
Besides other parts, the word
however, is used in positions where the second would not be.
of
that
a
most
verb.
plays
important auxiliary
45.

PART
As cko

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

attached to several verbs

conditions, hereafter explained, cho

is

read

produces a participial

it

c/w>

17

Under other

inflection.

Thus,

tsou3 -cho, walking, going on foot.

must not be applied indiscriminately.


As chao2 it resembles in power the verbs te 2 and liao3 and often means to meet with
unexpectedly, or to catch, as a cold, etc. See Note at the end of Exercise XL.
We may say no? pu* te 2 no? pu* liao3 or no? pu* ckao2 But here again the selection of
the auxiliary must depend on circumstances.
But

it

Learn the following substantives


2
ffi fang a house.
J|[

46.

These as often as not take

47.

XL,

3,

Obs.

tzti

l
,

or

wu

l
,

a room.

^jj|

p'u*,

Thus,

yi* ch\en

fang

-tzti,

Yi

properly yi*

But observe, san1

tzii,

a house.

3
properly tz& .

The

latter,

wu -tzii,
l

chieri

Hang

when used thus

two rooms.

enclitically, atonic.

ko* p'u*-tzii, three shops.

chien 1 will also be found to act as a preposition of time or space

jflj

a shop.

Thus, fang -tz&, wu -tzu, p'vt-tztt.


the numerative of rooms and houses. (See Exercise

after them.

ckien 1 a division or space

2.)

06s.

in which case

it

follows its object.

Learn the following

48.

home

chia 1 house,

$\> wai*, outside

also, family.

J$t ck'eng-, city wall; city.

chieh

$j

be seen
3

inside

"f* hsia*,

way

The following
4

are examples of

^? chia

JH too

%'rh

below

head

I o2/u

c/m

shang*

$|>

shang*

%j a

chieli

to descend.

end

side.

cku*, to stop oneself

wai*
<'ou

%j chiek

to stand firm

to

at.

some of the simplest uses

"f hsia*

ti

of these words

chia 1

^ivai*

%fc

^Ji3

li

Bf^'ou

ch'eng

home.

or, at

Outside the wall or

city.

Outside.

Inside.

It

VA

ft

reside

jp|

Up

t'ou

of.

49.

skang*
In the house

also, to say (as will

later).

li

shancf, above; towards; to ascend.

street.

4
}lt too road,

of.

(or, in)

rams

the street.

(lit,

To go up the

street.

there descends rain).

Householders, as opposed to shopkeepers.


On the road.

Observe that shang*, li3 wai*, used as prepositions, follow the


a preposition it is here used only as a verb.
,

object.

So would hsia* as

50.

^
|^

As

k'ai

Add
<so

4
,

lifai

men

2
,

these words
to

1
,

to

do

to

as tso* skih* (252), to do business.

open

hence, in composition, implying removal to greater or less distance.

open the door.


3

TZU ERH CHI.

18

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE

A
*

III.

There

i.

man

A
I.

Lit., there is

06s.

2.

If there

man

[who] holding things

were no liao at the end,

it

is

here with things or,


things; a man has
;

A man

(i.e.,

is

come

to take

away

with the wish or intention to

Those things are too many

take).

man

man

brought things.
that thing

Obs.

is

come with

is

for

one

to take.

come.

could

mean

that a

man was come

for the things

na, to

q.d.,

lay hands on, the things.


06s.

3.

That thing

na

or

na

ko.

Obs. 4.

Lit., those things [are]

O6s.

Notice the

na tnng-hsi

5.

pu

liao,

very

many

one

man

cannot take [them] away.

implying impossibility, between na and

ch'il.

might run, one man na

It

pii liao

ch'ii.

I* 2

SB

ft.

m
A

2.

That

man must

not be seized

(e.g.,

because of his rank or other circumstance

makes

that

it

to seize him).

wrong

That

man

cannot be seized (there is no getting hold


That man is not to be seized, will

of him).

never be seized (he

is

too powerful, too far

off, etc).

3.

No

one

4.

To come

In a room.
lives in this

To

into the room.

room.

live in a house.

This house

is

great deal better than that one of his.


06s.

i.

The

06s.

2.

T'a=t'a

liao at the
ti,

end

is

merely expletive.

his that house.

5.

there

How many

buildings have you over


Is the house you

Thirty-five clden.

live in large or small

of three chien.

06s.

i.

Chien:

06s.

2.

Construe:

see

Exercise

You

XL,

3,

Obs.

2.

reside(ing-Si) that house, [is it] large, [is it] small'?

I live in

a small room

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

^hJt^T^S'ftfii^
5

i A ^
tH
3>
^o

~fc

flf

50R*

fifi.

Ijt

JeT

i"

JT

&.

jli

-a=

-7

To

fW

-4-

-ft-

^ ^
HH
&xf

'li

'

jtf

#?
**

#?

^ ^

lffii

m ? m n
Obs.

^ *
M
S ^
vt

f^
r.

.Plo

oxf

?P

jjflJ

BS

0B

1H1

6^

7
r>

division of the city?

shop, and what business does he do ?

iK

ft

!fll

ft

&

E9

-W

iffi

^r

31R

^
1P1

^^

is

the city.
Is

it

is

that man's

cho, living, in the eastern

where ?

8
^

^H
^

thuigs in that shop

We, wo-mn,

06s.

3.

Ti has probably no more than a rhythmical function.

lit.,

TGI

ff

*l

yfv

E3

_L

E9

^&

3$

^K

Jx.

-4-.

4H

>"=

"^

f5>

^
H

of people,

1^.

_t
BR*
All*

^
*ft
M>**.

Has he come

there?

xL*

Where

m not going anywhere.

iJL

no. V/t in the first clause interrogative

He

has come.

He

did

no thoroughfare).
c

IO Can you (or, one) get through by that


way? You cannot get through (or, there is

10

*n

yAl

_l-

**
h

number

large.

9-

~*

31C

L*

the

not come in; he went past, westwards. He


Has
is gone up the street to buy something.
he ever been over here ?

fifii

or,

his those shops.

'

the person addressed being an outsider.

^.ife.^fi^h^-^h9
_ ^ _
^
Be ""
4

^ ^

'

no business so large here. That shop is mine.


There is a largo number of people buying

His shops are three in the east division


e W6St
WG ^aVC
*^ e C ^ tV an(^ ^ OUr
^-

His shops,

The

Where

would continue the conversation, [Are you] chu

i.

06.

cit y)-

better to live in the eastern or in the western

2.

*i&
i3C.

I live in

#B'

Obs.

^*S O

live

Pekin o> in the Tartar

ftK

06s.

*fj}t

Where do you

7-

in

etc., is

i ^

in the

outside.

35:

1lHj>

]|t

/_*

Walking

street).

a great number of people


There is a great deal of dust
is

A:

man's shop that he opens

ft

*^

up the

There

Lit., that

2.

IS

in the street.

M,
w
4ft

(lit.,

street.

'

If ftao were omitted, this

i.

city or in the western


Obs.

a
'

:&

Ifc

^ e doing at home ? He is not


Where is he gone ? He is gone for

home.

at

2E

a turn

3&

:**

HsE

I-

Shang, verb and preposition.

5,

'M

I-

06s.

BK*

ift

6^1

'

What

6>

19

No;

are

you going?

have never been

in the second, indefinite

anywhere.

Have you ever been


there.

TZU ERH CHI.

20

A$
T

To

-^ $R f^

$ft

3l?

'f/ft

33o

"B*

lUl

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

11

You must get up.


no t up (out of bed).
Th at thing cannot be lifted (it is too heavy).

te'=^l^

-/t-7fciteW

have you been doing ? or,


II- What
What were you doing (at the time)? He is

'^ie

wm d has risen (is


It

to rise).

pronoun,

Obs.

i.

Observe the auxiliaries lai and

Obs.

2.

You

first,

second, or third.

this

man

cho, signifying past time.

cM ko jin may be added in anger or not it merely emphasises the personal


Liao has here no more than a rhythmical function.
:

H
A T
7

T.
fto

12. It

going to

is

has rained

this won't stop.

rain has stopped.


Can [one] get a firm
hold of this thing or not? [One] can get a

The

firm hold of

hold of

,|Vv1

It

rain.

Rain as heavy as

heavily.

ft.
All

beginning, or has begun,

has come on to blow hard.

it.

hold

it (to

Be

careful to keep a firm

it fast).

t?

Obs.

In the construction of possibility or impossibility, the

i.

But you say na chu tung-hsi ; you must not say


Obs.

Be

2.

careful

lit.,

little heart,

no,

te

and pu come between the

and chu.

ita

tung-hsi chu.

little

being here used in the sense of

fine,

minute

q.d.,

pay minute

attention.

Will his door open? (or, can that


It won't open.

13.

door of his be opened ?)

Obs.
k'ai

pu

liao,

Lit., his that

door open can open? open not [can] open?

the impossibility would be more strongly affirmed than

Turn

You

1.

live inside

side the city.

you

following into Chinese.

live out-

house of

six chien.

city.

This house

k'ai

Open not

pu

(KEY, EXERCISE

much

Obs.

It has ten chien; that

larger than that

one has

four.

In

the large streets there are not many dwellinghouses [but] there are many shops there.
3. Where is his residence? He lives in a
;

very small house in the west of the

city.

He

If the answer were

III.)

He

is

not

hi trade.

An

intensive

of the adjective.
is

[can] open.

k'ai.

keeps a shop there, does he not?

shop, and where do

live?
2.

one.

the

I live in a

Where do you keep a

the

by

4.

Come

the street.

How many
Where
city.

large.

is

often formed

Thus, hsiao lisiao erh

into the

The door

room;
of that

shops has he?

are they?

They

by the
ti,

it

repetition

very small.
is

room

dusty in
is

Three or

open.
four.

are in the east of the

Does he do a large business?

Not very

PART

5.

What

is

he doing at home ?
or, he does nothing

nothing to do
not what to do).
;

What

west.

buy horses and


6.

1
7JP chih

ti

gft

shuo 1 to say

to

speak language

1
personal pronoun, shuo

55.

ai

like.

t'a

see 51.

is

much

How many

better one

chien has

it

Eight mine has six, and yours has


His house has a large frontage (k'ou*

four.

mien4 ).

tell

too4 to say (48).

lit.,

Thus,

do not know to

say.

Thus,

mo

he has not been

do you not

him

like

wen2 language

of books

Thus,
t'a

know

That man's house

language, what one says, as opposed to

(Radical 67).

s/mo hua

pu

hua4 spoken

wants

does not

than mine or yours.

chih 1 too 4 I cannot

ai4 to love or

21

To know

06s.

ni

54.

He

7-

know commonly joined with

to

into your room.

Does he know where

ai* or

53.

has

got

wo3 pu4

(lit.,

that trader I wanted to

buy things from gone?

52.

I live

carts.

Where has

51.

has

Towards the

does he want to do?

He

He

has gone out of the

Where has he gone?

city.

to

He

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

hua4 hao 3

his [style of] speaking

as in ^uo 3 shuo 1 I say


,

means

blame

to

this is

good.

my

as t'a 1 shuo 1

Also to speak

opinion.

the language spoken, as opposed to iveri2

or,

is

as

But followed by a

wo3 he blamed me.


,

Examples:
t'a

fjjl

1
fill

fjfc

fi'/mo

fjf

hua 4

f)

t'a

s/mo

%& hen*

iff.hao*

Jg;

.s/ii/t

na*

g[)
1

./''"'""

diJ"-

Jj&

^, mo

fjjjo

t'a

fft

pu

ai*

1
flfc,

ni 3

t'a

jf[

too 4

ffi

wo3

*& ai

pu

chih 1

^ pu*

1
p chih

<d 4

5^ too

ni3

fft

n chih

Do you know
[I] do not.
Do you like him ? Not much.
?

Obs.

To,, great,

used adverbially.

What is that man saying


He speaks very well (good

What he

56.

The

first

BT",
is

HO

as liang3 hui2 ,
58.

chiao*, to call

the form

cause, and, as
57.

P-T>

says hen* shih*,

is

quite

(or,

very) right

(or, correct).

accent, form, sense).

to bid.

more commonly

used.

As

chiao* t'a 1 lav, bid

As

will

be seen

him come

later,

it

call

him

here.

sometimes means to

an auxiliary, can render an active verb passive.


/mi'2 , to return

as t'a 1 hid- lid- liao,

he

is

come

back.

Also,

an occasion

on two occasions.

^ fa

2
,

to be tired

as

wo3

shenl-tsti fa* liao, I

am

(lit.,

my

person

is) tired.

TZU ERH CHI.

22

yfa

60.

Jpj fang

61.

62.

stand upright, as distinguished from

cltan*, to

59.

feo

to recline

to

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

sit.

Examples:
4

tso*

ck'i 3

jjg

l!f,cho

Tjfcslai
5

%, fa

~f o liao

ckan*

f$j fang'-

ni

fft

is

gone back on

TSOH here, on

06s.

him back

Call

tai2

~f a liao
3

tsou

j|

too

$L

'rh

HI /twi

t'a

t'

fljj,

Wj- cliiao*

&
He

down.

down.

to lie

sitting, or lying

|ij
2

kui*
c&'w4

foot.

foot.

or,

him

bid

return.

Tired with one's journey.


06s.

Tsow

You

stand up

probably, but not necessarily, on foot.

Lying down.

Sitting.

Clio inflecting these verbs participially.

O/is.

kuan 1

|p|

frontier station
64.

Standing up.

63.

go the road

tao, to

J{||

also,

to close, to shut

as

an important point

ch'uang

1
,

window

kuan men*, shut the

1-

hence

door.

be seen

(as will

later), to

bear upon, to concern.

by hu* (Radical

colloquially, always followed

Also, a barrier or military

63).

Thus,

kuan1 ctiuang^hu4 shut the window.


,

65.

iHj|

O6s.

Its

lou

2
,

an upper story

also a storied building

numerative in the latter case

66. ^Jj yor, a

bureau or

is

official

not chien, but

tao.

as lou* sJiang*, upstairs.

See Part VIII.

residence; colloquially, not used alone, but with

Thus,
2
shang* ya -men*, to go to

67.

68.

Examples:

^
H

ti

4
,

the ground

tsai*

lou2

_t shang*

jen

as ti*

Iisia*,

on the ground.

tsai*

j$jj

fang*

fy

ti*

tsai4

hsia*

Olm.

is

a person

(or,

wo3

^f

yao*

A Jen*

yu

Ji shang* J: shang*

persons) sitting upstairs.

Cho marking present time.

ffi

Shut the door and open the window.


There

office.

;jf{

lou*

_t shang*

iso

kuan1

f^ men*
1
g| k'ai

mew2

PART

THE FOETY EXERCISES.

III.

Someone is gone upstairs (lit., ascending the


want to go to office (to the ya2-men2).

is

story

23

gone).

Sluing, going towards or to.

Obs.

person (or persons) stretched on the ground.

Sitting upstairs.

^t

69.

pu*, a pace.

with hsing 2 (Radical 144)


70. Jft ch'i

As pu* hsia* (48), on foot pu* Jisia* tsov?, to go on


2
2
3
pu* hsing to walk put hsing tsou to go on foot.
;

as

to bestride

71. fj^ chiao*,

ma3

as ch'i2

a sedan-chair

on horseback.

to ride

as tso* chiao*, to sit in a sedan-chair.

-y;

72. TJ| ting 3 , the

numerative of chiao*, sedan-chair

Also the numerative of caps.


1

73. Ifi ch'e

It

means

74.

5^

Hang*, the numerative of

75.

,U|

ma3

76.

|7C p'i

87),

77. 1JH lo
(8)

z
,

numerative of

a mule.

Its

as tso* ch'e

cart

as

ssti*

1
,

will be seen later.

to sit in a cart.

wv? Hang*

ch'e

1
,

four or five carts.

a horse.

'

1 2 3

ch'e

san 1 ting2 chiao*-tz u,, three sedans.

as

crown of the head, as

as well the

(Radical 159), cart or carriage

(Radical

Also,

foot.

ma3

as

numerative

pa

p'i
2

t'ou

is

ma3

(48)

eight horses.
as

sun 1

as

Hang

t'ou

Io 2 -tzti, three mules.

Ko

can also be used.

HH

78.

a donkey.

I'ti?,

and donkeys are spoken of

Its

numerative

is

p'i (76)
2

collectively as Itf-tzti lu

Ko

(8)

p'i

can also

two donkeys. Mules


be used as the numerative
lu*,

of donkeys.
79.

Examples:

jj

T
^

mai 3
^ ao
Hang

f$

ch'i-

^
^
H

^- tzu
lai

came

in a cart

goes

(or, is

want to buy

Obs.

He

Tiwj = yi

lit.,

c ^'^

ma

%. lai

He

shih*

6^

<i

shift*

am

fy

t'a

mai

|_^ lo

fg

tzti

^Jw

fjjj
4

?/ao

^
H

t'a

iws

mai3
ting

e/wao 4

^
^
f
^

i'a

fg

tws

shih*

pu

/isia

*
4

<sow3

JjS

toi

3-vtzti

fi^ti

Qfyti

seated in a cart come.

or was going) on foot.


a chair.

ting,

one piece.

sells (or, is selling)

mules and donkeys.

Did he ride here on a horse or on a mule

mule hither ?
I have
bought two
ftbs.
Not Mi Hang.

riding a

carts.

q.d., he,

was he riding a horse

hither,

was he

24

all

ERH

TZtJ

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

as na* p'i 2

ma?

k'uai*, tlmt horse [is] quick.

80.

ffi

k'uai*,

81.

13|

man*, slow

82.

lU

ch'ien 2 before, in time or place.

83.

hou*, behind, in time or place.

84.

|ft$

ton 1 (properly tu 1 ),

quick
;

as na* IcP-tzti man*, that

85.

Examples

plurality

all,

as na* hsieh 1 jen 2 tou 1

li

pu'

&,shih*
3

jtfohao

t'a

fife,

^^man*

jjj|

2
ft ch'ien

*
$L ho u

ffit.

t'ou

Were

either.

fj^,

@| t'ou

& pi

1
j$ tou

tsou3
te

fc a k'uai*

hou*

if

tsou

'&

te

lo

tzu

|g lu

jftjiao

t'ou

jjJI

1
%$ tou

a1

|$

&

lo

3>

tzti

vjo3

ffi

na*

fC p'i

man

*|

,B|

Jg na*

3
ft wo

ma?

fak'uai*
na*
JJ5

hsieh 1

is fast.

slow.

is

Those mules and donkeys are


Obs.

%. lai?

That horse of mine

That mule

hao3 those people are

t'ou-

|ij

slow.

[is]

Also, under some circumstances, both or

good.

mule

all

good.

the hsieh omitted, lo and lu would be singular, and

io=both.

walking achieve speed. He walks slow.


Front and rear both wrong lit., not what [the thing] should be, before or behind.
I walk fast

q.d., I

Obs.

He was
Obs.

all not,

Toupii,

i.

in such a context

= neither.

better subsequently than he

Hou

not colloquial, nor

lai

may mean

had been

analogous to hou lai in construction.

is it

at

first.

(as 4ere) after a date already past, or hereafter.

In writing

it

means

The combination

ch'ien lai is

to proceed to or towards.

It

has

also auxiliary power.


06s. 2.
T'ou li: q.d., within the beginning = at first.
Also, in front; see Exercise IV, i, English
There are many other combinations signifying before, in some of which, as will be seen, ch'ien plays a part.
3
,

to hold

the transitive verb.

Thus,

86.

Jjjj

pa

pa
As a

substantive,
87.

jfjjj

na*

hold

we should
ni3

88. $fjj p'ao

3
,

kei 3

to run, as a

say,

it

wo3 na2

man

call

27).

the object of

shang*, shut to that door.

amongst

kei? (properly chi 3 ), to give

as

Frequently prefixed to what we

of.

men2 kuan

3
pa has various uses

often acts as to or for

galloped away.

to take

(p.

others, that of a numerative.

as in ni 3 kei3

wo3

yi

forms the dative case.

ko*,

you give

me

one.

Hence

it

Thus,

2
yi ko* lai bring one for me.
2

to gallop, as a horse.

As p'ao3

ch'u* liao, ran

off,

or

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

EXERCISE
#+

T
|Bjo

'&

3ft-

4m

$f

xl

ft

*tfe

Ift

'\?

4$

ff^

>?>

4EH

1%

'"^

m
CM

_^

"ftil

tOil

[tj

?1^

(to*., it is

does

AC

iff

tS.o

$^

m m m ^

belong to

He

it.

done

l$l

"^"0

it

I that)

Whose house

2>

can't

(or,

i.

Ch'u-lai, as an auxiliary completing the action of the verbs tso

Chi 3 hui 2 would be equally

ffi
i

Ao

i@

Ao

Tjx

^B

^f*
-z-

5(5
-=r

(what family
?

tell.

He

it?

has done

it

do
he

once;

and shuo.

3-

There are

that have come.

IS

Ati

<

correct.

five

or six people outside


are they ?
I cannot

Who

say

|^^rfel^^55^A4
^r ^m
T n
*A fi a
iii|

this

2.

-7-

is

Who knows
I can't
How many times has

?)

made)

? d> one turn

Obs.

3fc

Who is that says so


say so. How do you know

uninhabitable.

06s.

.&

;gc

is

place

i&

-'

$IV

^P

iI

^b-

IV.

'
Tlie y sa ^ or> some sa y ( lit there is a
man, or there are men, who say), that that

JNLfftoxli&^^iiflS'fl'i
trn

25

WTien His Excellency comes in you


must all stand up. I was (or am) sitting upstairs
he was or is lying on the ground.
4-

it

06s.

Do

i.

Were

Obi. 2.

N.B.

not construe

ti

We

hsia, below.

shall

liao 3 placed after the first


lai,

A ta-jcn is not necessarily His Excellency,

come presently

^k

Xt

>r
06s.

PI

T
*

Jjl>
'Vj

~?*

Jo

T-

Jilt

uha

tj

(ipa

^Ei^6
^

Xt

Sate

>\<b.
i

lyv

i/'

FIB

is tired,

KM
tj

J*J*

walk

T
Hel

6.

Walk a little faster; when once

^s
,

iUt

06s.

P 1
Shut

ft&

in, etc.

above a certain rank.

Do you

like this

Not very much.

s ^ ufc

y u won>t get home.


n
walk any more.

the city
am too

[I] cannot.

|^

ttj

7-

PT

Op en

tne door.

Shut the window.

window

I"

official

5.

tired to

^ P m ^
-

my body

JL

PI

[n\
ItU

^V

T^

J/if.,

fft

t& hsia, below.


His ExceUency has come

the title being applied to any

>

^>3

to

the sentence would run,

is

shut.

ffi

the shany* us nu auxiliary completing the action of the verb kuan.

The door

is

open.

Shut the window.

The

26

-t

P^
Bfl
06*.

11

yife

^tti

f=t

7G

5&o

"fifi

4fl

iDi

With

-fh

-fr-

<K

ft

ERH

Jl

iti

nit

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.
^

itfe

S'r !

He

8.

to

tt

&et

is

UP'

lying

down

Shut the

f^f

(H/

Ah

-rh

1ui

/$
a*
^1

/i

him

is travelling.

Walking here. Walking or, to come


on foot going on foot. He walked
i,
here 1 came in a cart. He came on foot. 1
was walking in front he was behind.
Go
^ast; or> ma ^ e haste and
go (imperative). I
am i no shortly or soon. Go gently.
9'

or to go

^f

in the road; tell

door.

verbs of motion tao-'rh shang means, on the way, on the road, while one

6d

"ftfc

^f

TZtT

oV

'U\

j?

j$?

*,

xE

fl2<

tt J?

jf?

?E

~&i

9t

xK

fKf

T^qS'^sfiT-^
o

06s.

of tsou

Obs.
ti

i.

Ti at the end of the

2.

In the second clause,

is

probably used corruptly for

te,

as auxiliary completing the act

be not used for

if ti

fe,

a word signifying manner must be understood after

[manner of coming] shih, was, sit-in-cart-coming's manner.


06. 3. There is a difference between uni tsou used imperatively and otherwise.

Note

06s. 4.

jtj

clause

my

q.d.,

first

lai.

liao indicating future action.

^J"*

T^

f^

_t

J^

1^i

4t>

&

T-

i-

BR* ~&

SK

10

1J

^s

to)

JpU "XT

;Hk

6I

zfe

'ffi.

Ah

MI

-^

-fc.

7u

Iffl

i^.

ii

not back.

man come back

Where

To the ya?-<men 2

or not?

He

(is he gone
Did he go in

did he go
(office).

a chair or in a carriage ? In a small chair


^ e does not much like being in a carriage.
That chair of his is good or, his is the better

ipj

A.
i

^ s t ^iat

IO>

chair.
'

fl
S^
J2L

* A 4

ft

O/K.

Fi, one, colloquially omitted before ting, the numerative noun.

I?

S?

SB

f?

AA

7u

MS
w ^
W

I,

ffB

fee

~f"

llK/

"7"

SR

SK

bk

if?

^j^

TO

JZ.

~T

'

'

Jt~zl

JS.

"7"

yi

SR

1%

^ie

7C.

>W

~T

IZ.

BE

Aft

tft

HS

^*o

Bi

838
in Jir>

S @

"ffii

,_._"

AA
;

Ifil
uiiHr>

^.^

mu ^ es

get there.

ia

me

Which are the better, the mules from


*^ s I^ ace or from that ? The mules here are
II-

no t so good as those there q.d., this place's


mules are not (or, have not) that place's good.

>

1
Klf"*

:&H

"'F'

ia

"

6&

BBS

^fi

TA: O

'

that place are

12. Is it

12
he

fast.

horses that he

is

buying?

what he has bought

is

buying (or,
mules and donkeys.

Hv

bought

_a

-EL
r l~>

78.)'
(See
\

I_T .

here are slower than what you


Both the mules and donkeys from

How many

has

No,
are)

he

Three mules and seven donkeys.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

Did you come on foot or on horseI rode here.


That horse of mine

13.
'

A $
fi m

JH

w.

Turn

He

1.

is

the

sitting upstairs

He

here quickly.

tt

gallops very

him

tell

won't come fast

K3

In front, t'ou"

him

Tell

He

horses.

See 85, Obs.

buy two

to

will

ground he can't get up.


4. That horse is faster than

is

not come back soon.

Horses are

What

and four

him

Tell

says there are no horses here.

Has he bought any donkeys


did
not
tell him to buy
you
donkeys.

No

3.

Four.

Has he gone

chair or in a cart

to the

He

he says he does not

ya-men

to pray

|H

cli'ing

90.

3$

chiao 1 to teach

Why

to request.

as

t'a

is

No.

walking slowly.

quickly.

ckiao 1 ivo 3 shuo 1

down
Why

I like

lit, to

Have

all

/ma4 he

is

my

carts.

For no reason
;

you

like

standing up.
do what

as in ch'ing3

have sold

not doing anything)

06s.

Hence, please

No

you standing up

am

sitting

carts

are

(lit.,

He

He

arrived

horses, three mules, five donkeys.

you any

in a sedan-

like carts or sedans.

come

to

has gone on foot

89.

Two.

Four

Has he

one.

this

mules are

How many sedan-chairs have you ?


How many mules, horses, and donkeys ?

5.

says mules are better than horses. Has


he bought mules ? Yes. How many has he

than mules

faster

than donkeys.
is he
doing ?

faster

He

bought

lying on the

is

in a

2.

carts

He

come
he

to

2.

fast.

(KEY, EXERCISE IV.)

following into Chinese.

I went in front
coming very slowly.
cart he followed in a sedan-chair.
06s.

BE

fc

SI

back

27

tso*,

please be seated.

me

to

speak the

think him good.

K'an1 to

teaching

language.
91.

watch

k'an*, to

;fjf

behold

to regard.

As

vuo 3 k'an

t'a

hao3

(see 526).

jl^i

k'an* chien 4 I have not seen

him

02.

=f| s/m

93-

-fefe

94.

^!

c''"'-

a book

1
,

3
'

na
Na

tz(t*

a rule
tien

(or

words
;

As k'an4 shu1

to search for.

chao

tzu*,

As chao 3

to read or study.
p'i?

haos

mas

to look out for a

good horse.

Chinese characters.

a canon.
3

it).

writings.

to see k

tZ'&, written

95. JSl tien 3 ,

Obs.

Often combined with k'an*; as ^oo 3 mei

chien 4 (Radical 147), to see; to perceive.

With

with

before the instrumental case.

(lit.,

tzitf

(94),

a dictionary

q.d.,

a word-canon.

Thus,

taking hold of) a dictionary to look out words.

28

ERH

Tztr

^> ksiao", also read /mo


When combined with ^J

96.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

hsiieh

shdng

example.
1
a pupil.
slii-ng

Also, to imitate

hsuo*, to learn.

an

to follow, as

(Radical 100), to be born, hsio -sheng

or hsueh 2 -

f$

97.

cannot read
98.

jen

Examples
sheng

as t'a 1

pu

jen

te

tzu 4 he
,

&

JJI

gg. ji'ii

^^ to

shih 4

chao 3

fg no?

hsio 2

chao 3

tz-iV

if c&e

-^

hsio"-

te

be able to read

tzii (94), to

not able to recognise characters).

is
(lit.,

ffi

With

to recognise.

St.

tzit

tien

|g Jen

t'a

flfc

^ pu

s
ft iuo

tzW

wos

ft

4
^f k'an

|f shu

ft ch'ing*

t'a

fjfc

yao

||

c/t'i??//

4
3

1
%, chiao

tzu*

He

wants to engage (lit., request) someone to read with him (lit., to teach to read books).
There is a character (or, there are characters) which I do not know; please look [it]

out in the dictionary


Kei wo,

Obs.

me, chao

This character

That pupil

is

cliao (short for

senior, signor,

1
,

to learn.

lit.,

elder-born.

engage

(lit.,

request, or, to invite, send for) a teacher.

shu1 to copy writings or books.

Often coupled with

3
.

101.

hsieh 3 to write

102.

fil

chen 1 true, truly

as hsieh 3 tzii 4 , to write

TF cheng

103.

seek a seek).

lit.,

Thus,

to

ch'ao 1 , to copy; as c&'ao 1

the following hsieh

knows a number of characters.

sir).

ch'ing hsieri-sheng

1$

before (in time); as hsien l -sheny l (Radical 100), a teacher;

100.

chao yi chao

the character hsio

(or student)

99. -fa hsien

(Compare our

me.

for

for

as che 4 shih 4 chen 1

upright, correct

as k'ou 3

/ma4

yin

write the character).

(lit.,

this is true

clieng

(lit.,

true statement).

mouth sounds

correct

= accurate

pronunciation.
104.

h'en 3

"fif"

to wish, to choose to

as t'a 1

pu

k'en 3 lai'1

he won't (does not choose

to) come.

/mom2

105. j|| properly

ko

4
,

have

still

106.
flf

got one

Examples
k'en

"%

pu

k'en 3

Ask the
06s.

to return.

Colloquially,

han2 hai 2
,

yet, still

as

wo3

hai 2 yv? ytf

have got no more than one.

2
si hai

^
&

pi

fo

t'a

ni3

jfc

k'ou

yin

pu

yv?

teacher to

fft

come

shuo1

fo

$)

ti

&

shili

1
JL chen

1'

/p

pu

k'en 3

&

ch'ao 1

ft hi<

Ira

sheng
2
jf hai

mei2

in.

If the eh' ing were placed after hsien-sheng, this

would mean, Please walk

in, sir.

ch'incf

1
ft hsien
1

sheng
4
j| chin

PART
The teacher

is

not come

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

29

yet.

He

won't (does not want to) copy.


What is said is the truth.

Your pronunciation
There

Whether
both are good.
107.

PU

Like k'an*

incorrect you have a bad pronunciation.


there
are others) better than he.
(or,
[I, you, he] choose or not, it makes no difference (q.d., assent or not assent),
See ton1 (84).
is

another

is

ch'iao 2 to look at
,

see.

1 1

gjf:

as in

110.

you

announce

is

most often coupled with su*

With shih

(109).

ni kao*-su* wo*, you


to ask

to

tell

complain
me.

to inquire.

As

Kao*-su*, also pronounced kao*-sung*,

that.

wo3 wen*

in

t'a

ni3 shih* shui 2

asked him, who

0E

4
>

to record in writing; but, colloquially, to

remember.

As wo* pu2

chi* te

do not remember.
112. V)&
113.

nil

>

a particle, generally, but not always, interrogative.

Examples:

J|)'

nas

&o 4

^
Jig

3
if hao

she

mo1

$j hua*

ff ch'ing
fJJ

Please
I

tell

wen*

ft ta*

^f

hen 3

Jg che*

shih*

te

|f

flU ch'iao
2

if

2
jft-

pu

ch'iao 2

/<C60

haos

3
f^ ni

2
jj hai

^
^
^

mei 2

fjij

ch'ing*

{ft

ni s

k'an*

kao*

kuo*

fy

t'a

s
fo ni

ffi

him.
it].

Hai: merely intensive; strictly, not


look [at it and] see whether it

yet seen, etc.


is

good or

not.

do not very well remember.

Obs.

Note the double

What
beg

Obs.

te

pu

/p

You
Do you remember ?
[I]

chi*

|g chi*

have not seen [him or

oil.-.

it].

small enough to escape attention.

colloquially,

su* or sung*, to tell to

5y wen*,

111.
I

have seen [him,

kao*-shih*, a proclamation.

3),

109.

are

ch'iao 2 kuo*, not to


;

kao*, to

108.

tell to

mei2

2
2
very commonly joined with chien* (Radical 147) as in ch'iao pu chien*,
The forms k"an*-chien* and ch'iao 2 -chien* differ little in sense, but the latter

seems to be used rather when the object

to

in

(91), it is

unable to

(Radical

As

to see.

is

this that

to ask [you]

intensive ta 3 hen 3

are saying

you
which

3
Ch'ing preceding wen*

is

(what

is

the meaning of such language

the better (or best)

a respectful form of question

sometimes also

sarcastic.

?)

wo3

2
,

TZU ERH CHI.

30

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE
~3r

^f

iff

3&

~rfc

^fc

Ah

/t

lH

I-

-f^

for

iH
MAt

7L

$5

-^V

Oc

ft:

fi&c

*c

^Ho

t*

-n.

-M-

^fe

i.

!z!

Be

I/P

^c

so good

*r?

-fc&

jat

JR

iS*

^j-

,ftn

^-

-5

>a
ilm

/ft
\t\\

dim.

n"
m

-tfe

[I]

large a number of students.


be seated, rie so good as to

^
/i-

character

lie

not

is

won't come to so

coming; he says that

Teacher, please
toll

me what

this

is.

a polite form of asking for information of an equal or superior on any subject.

SR

?5P
/NO

^*
~r

Ira

A
v

*'

XB

BH

lyBo

^M

J=

$t

-(^1

3aj
ti^r.

&

-it

someone

What

character do you want looked out

3-

Do you know

No, indeed

tl

ch'iac? (to see).

this character, sir

fiii.,

Have you met with


Jou never met with

to bring that dictionary

Teacher, please look out that character.

iS
YM
I

Tell

have not met with

^
!

here.

The character

^fi

^?>

fjil

iS

06s. 2.

The

06s.

The two questions

3.

object che

06s. 4.

Either

06s.

Indeed

Ta>

tzfl,

seen) this character.

this character

Have

that character either

never.

hai or han,

precedes the verb only for emphasis sake.

are different.

In the

first

the speaker

is in

AJ.

-^

chcti, truly,

^~

have

[I]

-t^

,,

You

illicit

doubt

in the second he

assumes a

fact.

also, still.

not seen

[it

or them].

4. Tell

06s.

have found one, [but] he

Sir gives the force of the ch'ing imn, I beg to inquire.

i.

5.

me?

Jk-

^
V

ttitl

is

&

-4r-

wit

1-

engage a teacher to teach me


have you found a teacher

to

B(9

sij

j-jsi

ch'ing chiao

77H

^L

*fe

M-{

;oj' o

-Mi.

iff}
t-fi

want

he says students being that many, he does not choose (refuses) to come.

Lit.,

06s. 2.

AJ*
fffi

.-o

SKI

06s.

/i^i

*H

to reac^ (^-' books)

"^

V.

xiy equally well mei

is

as good
jood as yours

icul
particularly

S/K'

me

than

mo

hen hao.

I.

good

that man's pronunciation

My

pronunciation

is

not

he knows more characters

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISKS.

III.

fig

SB

ft

Have you

5-

this character?

-^

racter

^. IE

31

have.

*ft*

member but few compared


JH

ttP

fir

lye,

seen)

cha-

Are there any other characters that you do


Of course there are; I renot remember?

-Jr

-^

T,

(lit.,

me what

Tell

do not remember the character.

it is.

met with

[ever]

with the

number

I forget.

rVt
Era

T,
Of

Obs.

of affirmation

is

course there are

Turn
I

1.

teach

me

lit.,

how, na

'rh [can it

be that there should] not be, eh

Do you want

to talk.

Teacher, please

correct

pronunciation

Not

very fast, he did not see me. Please look out


I have
the character cki in the dictionary.
found it. Do you recognise that character ?

to learn to

me

tell

is

my

correct

very

you do not know many characters.


Besides:

06s.

their teacher

Where is that dictionary ? It is in the


teacher's room
he is looking out characters
Ask him to copy them for me. The
there.

Have you

2.

He

tells

me

them

that your pronunciation is very far from good


and that your diction is also incorrect.

3.

5.

fast, I

Also (Radical 29).

Have you seen my

saw him

gallop

riding on horseback; the horse was galloping


114.
115.
cli.il>-',

(sc.,

i-liiU'',

jjjt

to

^E

117.

^ kuan

Also, to superintend

Sit tight (on

fast.

06s.

Sit tight

as no?

pi

hsieli?

tzu 4

the numerative of pencils.


to look after.
See Exercise XV, 6, Obs.
,

like riding

will

copy

If a horse gallops

Not very good

properly to open, to spread out; hence


Also, the numerative of tables, chairs, etc.

is.

him ? Yes, he is here


Have you copied those

Is this horse

do not like to ride him.

pv\ a Chinese pencil


write with a pen).
116.

Do you

paper, a sheet.

is

lit.,

he does not

your horse).

ride firm (48).

taper.

chany

They

soon.

a good one
teacher

Who

do not know who he

ever seen

teaching the pupils.


characters yet ? Not yet, but

teacher does not wish to come.

it.

What

are these pupils learning


are learning to write and to read.

not many.

06s.

have never seen


4.

you recognised characters yet

lit.,

(KEY, EXERCISE V.)

the following into Chinese.

have asked a teacher to come and

write as well

besides

This interrogative form

very common.

a tube

when used
;

also,

as the numerativc of

common

surname.

take a pen and write characters

As liany3 kuan3 pi 3 two


,

2.

pencils.

TZU ERH CHI.

32

118.

4
4
H| me mo
,

4
119. ijg /'iic/

As san

mo4

k'uai*

120. 2J5

ink

original

the numerative of books

2>i'ri\

as

the trunk of a

is

pi

Ufc

ch'ao 1

3
J?

1
%$ tou

!%

s/mo

i*

The purchase
two pieces of scented

ml

to

2j>

Hang

(that

jJH
3
j

4
1

$? shao

which

is

bought)

cluing

pai

mai3

65

-f-

shift?

Jg chih

fc'uai

J|

pi

3
2

Jisiang

-f-

sAi/i

mo4

iuaw3

thirty sheets of white paper, ten pencils,

is

and

ink.

Scented: hsiang* (Radical 186).

How many

volumes does

this

[When speaking of] copying


na pi (take the pencil).
06s.

i.

06s.

2.

Lit., [as to]

consist of?

[with a pencil],

as correct to say

it is

Use, yung'' (Radical 101), here, like na', forms with

igjj

book

copying characters, use pencil, take pencil,

nien1 to think of
,

nien* shu
j

to

commit

to

its

memory

tou, all

= both, may

be

to repeat aloud

(use the pencil)

said.

object our instrumental case

to recite, as Chinese beginners

yung pi

sc.,

to study.

with a pencil.

Thus,

do their books.

TC

worn2 to end
,

2
act, as k'an* ivan , to

hence sometimes used as an auxiliary to imply completion of an

have read

read ended).

[it] all (lit,

124. "pf k'o 3 , to be right; to be able.

a disjunctive, in abatement of affirmation


k'o

pu

Jl

i 3 , properly,
3

the preceding word k'o it


times not or it may simply
,

an adverbial sense

can

it

may

be

shift,

k'o shih, it

125.

a three-

this, self.

Jjl

123.

or,

root above ground; hence, primary,

s'

la

2/w<?(#

^o<e"

122.

in small cakes.

san1 pen3 shu1 three volumes,

tree, its

Jg ch&

$
^ pi

as

is

Examples:
j

06s.

for composition).

(fig.

Properly, pen
hence, under certain circumstances, the pronoun

121.

SEBIES.

a bit; a piece; the nunierative of Chinese ink, which


three cakes of ink.

volume book.
;

3
pi mo*, pen and ink

as

-COLLOQUIAL

not be
;

is

also used idiomatically as

and otherwise.
?

an adverb or

Thus,

(It certainly is

indeed

it is.)

but.

With
use; hence employed as an instrumental preposition.
answers a question affirmatively, sometimes with reserve, someto

mean
3

K'o3

as in shih* i

can,

is

able

to, or,

may

(34), therefore, accordingly.

possibly.

With

certain verbs

it

has

PART
126.

Examples

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

65 ti

wo*

k'o

yung*

pit*

Aao3

shih 4

3
pf i'o

c/ieV

pu

is

Without

06s.

k'o the affirmation

k'an*

~^f a

fy

t'a

t'i

&

nien4

sJm

lit.,

)lji

peV

kuo4

san 1

f@

/co

he has recited three months' books.

lit.,

7|S

have not completed reading

it.

modifies the abatement of k'o

it

i.

would be stronger.

not for

it is

[Whether man]

65

yueh*

fair.

available or not,

Construe thus

mei2

fa

pf

pretty
Note the power of hai, still, notwithstanding
That is the truth, no doubt.

Whether

'

06s.

06s.

shu 1

55 IM

has been studying three months


have] not read through that book

His composition

pi
mo*

pj"

He
[I

33

me

to say.

yung, can rightly, possibly, use

k'o

[it

or] not, I cannot well (or

properly) say.

127.
in

kuan /ma
1

4
,

to, to

an

to

comply

kuan 1 min2 the government


,

come together;

As hui* shuo to be able to


it means a
conjuncture
,

substantive,

ft fen1

Ping

133.

to divide

to hear

tone.

be competent

to,

to

know

a fraction

as shih 2

a period of time.
As yi* hui3 -tzu or
not to be confounded with kui- (57).

also,

It is

As

specially, a tenth.

1
3
fen hao very good.

as t'ing 1

/ma4

to hear

what

is

shih 2 fen 1 ten-tenths, a whole


,

Fn*, a

/J

ming'

plain to the sight

set (see 153).

said = to obey.

As ming 2

also, clear-seeing.

Also, to submit to,

pat,

(lit.,

clear white),

intelligible.

Examples

pu

imng*
ch'u
o

lai

2
1

tou

pu*
[The building] that an
QJ S-

also, to

speak.

Note the change of


,

and people.

(or officials)

with.

132.
intelligent

as

hence, adverbially, much, very


131.

attributive, that

as a verb, to meet, to

huis -'rh, a while.


130.

As an

official.

the people

understand.

As a
yi*

min 2

^ /mi

129.

which belongs to government; as


the government spoken language, commonly styled the mandarin dialect.

128. Jj

how

kuan

This would

who have no yamen.

kuan 1

/mi

ti

kuan
/ma4
wo 3

t'ing
official lives in is

/cwaTi
,

^wa
t'a

A ./eV
+
^

chu4

ft cAu

RJ

shih*

Jf*

? ^ao 3

j?

9)

s/iiA

71

JT

shih 4

tin 2

a ya-mdn.

be said in answer to the question,

What

is

a yamen

There are numbers of men in

office

TZ& ERH CHI.

34

What

the people live in are miri* fang- (houses of the people).

In both these examples either fang or some similar word

06s.

That

is

understood after chu

ti.

a very good man.

is

He cannot speak mandarin.


When he speaks mandarin (or,

the mandarin that he speaks) I do not understand.

more than auxiliary of time

06s

i.

Ch'u

lai is here

Obs.

2.

Here

also the speaker

He

cannot speak intelligibly at

may

it affects

the meaning of t'ing'.

be unintelligible on account of either the sound or the sense.


all.

This might be because of lack of intelligence or of error in form.

06s.

134.

yek

-jfj,

do

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

As

also; even.

die*

Jco

3
3
yeh hao this one also

is

good;

or, this

one

will

as well.
135. 'Jjf

tung

136. 3J? sheng 1

137.

138.

^S wang4

sound

p'ing

even

4
3
pu tung do you understand
,

As ssu4 sheng1

specially, the tones.

level

at peace

or not

the four tones.

also (as will be seen later), ordinary,

As wang4 pu4

to forget.

as turig3

common.

liao 3 never can forget.


,

As t'ing1 ts'o4 liao, to mistake what is said lit, to hear


wrong.
4
wrong. When following active verbs in general, ts'o affects them like our syllable mis prefixed
but generally, if not always, where the error is unintentional.
139.

<j|j ts'o

understand

to

to err

140.

Examples

JJ|

^
^
'^

chJn 1

4
Jg chd

shih 4

tzu 4

pu?

te

That pencil

ch'il

wo3

chi*

sketig

na

g|5

2J5

/p pu?

liao 3

fe'o

good one

2
jjflj

hsia*

p'ing*

Ji shang

j;

fu3

$15 7ia4

/ma4

<g=

kuan3

pi

sheng

fo yeh

shih

sheng

do as

(or, will

na4
ss

wang*

also a

Zp p'ing
1

tj

is

J: shang

f
4

tung

'^t6

fo yeh

3
3

jftjtao

well).

[He] also understands the local dialect.


06s.

T'u (Radical 32)

The four tones

see

Radical Exercises,

10, 18.

are the shang-p'ing (upper even), the hsia-p'ing (lower even), the shang

(ascending), the ch'u (departing).


06s.

Shcing*

when

That

is

06s.

Pit changes

applied to the third tone

quite right

This character

its

lit.,

that

tone before

is

ts'o,

shang

3
.

not wrong.

shih,

have forgotten

is

and other words.

I really

do not remember

it.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

EXERCISE

T!

& ^

=f.

-yf

-?

i
'

$?
Tifj

m H

-ff

J$i

2K

?if
hio

2f
-I*

'M

;*&

ft

>

S.

ft

2/v

r
rTI

3.
2i^

VI.

s P ea
king [of] mandarin is passnot
so
able, but
good as yours. His mandarin
certain ] oca j accen t
j h ear ( or one

xE

pt

JLf~

fift

id
IX.

ft
Pt

you have got some books have


vou read tnem a^ through "yet? I have got

&**--&
JH B -W

3f-

them, but

fft

two volumes.

3ft

IR

Pt

154

OJ

IB

fit

^V1

^f-

mi

hears) that

nv

have not read more than one or

i.

In both sentences Aai or han diminishes the force of the affirmation.

Obs.

2.

K'o

Obs.

3.

Passable, k'o i;

shih, but.

06s. 4.

Local accent

Obs.

yr=<

5.

have got

-TT^

/At
I'/l
i*

te

lit.,

one can use, is tolerably available.


sound of the locality or country.

t'u yin,

shih

te

liao, as to possessing, shih, it is

^T

-^

-"

CT.

^?P

Hl"l

!yb k

^f.

*jli

fi

>H

it*

EL

^
Tr--u'7r7t:
&

>Tk

TH(yr

T3

f^

"^

AJI

gn

-fe

^lB^
;S

BC

~f"

^flf

i^

f\

ti

/V

J|

^
OH

PJH
'

J^

2.1 hear

distinguish

pB

3-

or

that book yet

Do you

eight tenths.

stand

q.d. [obstacles

'

hai, still;

>

t/+

^P

han or

have you finished that book?) I have


*
i.
1 *
^r.
*
read
about
four-tilths 01 it
seven or
lit.,
(

S-

you are learning

Have you done reading

fj

/:!

in possession.

all.

force of

*>

3$

Note the

-f

T^K^A^Jfe^
W T &K S:
^ '^ A^
=^

them

flf

"o

am

said that

it

are Portions of

h^fffl^xA.
0y

(See 140, Obs.)

a fact that [I]

mandarin, and getting on very well; can


I can
you distinguish the four tones?

Obs.
I can distinguish: lit., all still can
[I] distinguish.
or difficulties
notwithstanding], still can I, etc.

-y

06.

-?

"""

4$ttlft j!lii$f$ffe2
Hfl! o

^* s

I-

wt

III
*wa

Jar

>

^
W

lUi

JLU

"*

.f-rf*

Ot
7^>fo

Jl

35

it

understand

it

There

that I do not well under-

there are also

some characters

[in it]

that I do not know.

(studymg)?

nave y u been
have been studying ten months.

Do y u rem ember

all

the characters in the

book
I

(or books) you have been studying ?


cannot remember so many as that. I have

forgotten a good number altogether, and there


are some that I do not remember
accurately
(Mi.,

remember wrong).

SEH

Tztr

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

&

ft

Does he understand

mandarin ?
I
have heard people say that he does not. Does
he know the written character ?
That he
does
he has learned four or five thousand
5.

ft

How

characters.

ft. fr

ft

will

do you know

month.

together last

he be able to

If I tell

There

is

We

him

read

to

copy
no reason why

he should not.

ft

_t

06s.

Read together:

i.

tsai yi k'uai-'rh;

Obs. 2.

Last month

06s. 3.

Will he be able to

lit.,

lit.,

the upper month.


:

hsing

pu

in one piece (or, forming one piece).

"

Next month "

is

hsia yiieh, the lower month.

hsing, can he do or not?

(Hsing, Radical 144.)

fi

ff*

do you understand him when

Tell me,

6.

he speaks

mus t on no account

forget the

JOU
On

06s.

no account

ch'ien

wan

(thousand myriad), with a negative,

T?MJI!4*ftlfcf$8
06s.

i.

Our:

06s.

2.

K'o

lit.,

our this

qualifies

Turn

tei,

(must you not).

Can you use our dictionary ? Yes, I


it, but when I look out words I have

ii

place's.

must.

the following into Chinese.

1.
Bring me that pencil. This pencil is
not a good one have you (lit., is there) not
another good one ? Not a good one I have
;

two or three bad

k'o

quite

to go slowly.

T w w T

te

8.

can use

pu

"

3. I hear that you are learning mandarin;


do you understand it? Not very well; I have
not been studying it long.

ones.

4.

Take a sheet of paper, a cake of ink,


and a pencil, and write some characters.
What characters do you want me to write ?
2.

All the characters you do not


book.

(KEY, EXERCISE VI.)

know

in this

in

on
it

Can you

distinguish the four tones ?


all.
What tone is ken

can distinguish them

The

third.

this sheet

Right.
of paper.

wrong.
06s.

Can

hui

(129).

Write that character

You have

written

PART
Have you

5.

Yes, and

finished

understand

any characters in

Of course
are few

it

perfectly.

compared with those

Do you

6.

want

No,

speak

Can you buy me a

7.

a pencil

do not know.

me when

understand

so correct that I un-

is

derstand you very well.

know

the characters I

37

Your pronunciation

book yet ?
Are there

you do not recognise

it

there are

that

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

pencils

sheets

five

and

sheet of paper

Do you want

can.

of paper

do you understand

ink too

and two

Perfectly.

141. ypL k'ang 4 the stove-bed, built of bricks.


,

142.
yi*

p'u k'ang

which

The numerative

properly, to spread out, as a cloth.

as

Not

143.

jH

to

be confounded with the same character in a corrupt form

kai 4 to cover
,

With p'u1 (142), as


As a verb, in its

a cover.

(46), p'u*,

a shop.

in p'u^kai*,

spread and that which covers.


2
fang -tzu, to build a house.

is

of Ic'ancf, stove-bed

Obs.

to build

p'u

$!j$

bedding

sense of to cover,

it

q.d.,

is

that

used as

as kai 4

144.

hsi 2

Jfjf

a mat, such as

spread on a bed, on the

is

floor, etc.; as

2
1
p'u hsi -tzu, to

spread a mat (or mats).


145. ffi ch'uang

as yi

2
,

a bedstead

chang ch'uang' or yi
146.

chang

IflJl

4
,

one's bed.

ko ch'uang

a curtain

numerative

Its

is

1
chang (115) or

be

may

ko*;

2
.

as chang 4 -tzu.

Also an account, or accounts, as will be seen

presently.
147.

Examples:

hxia*

If p'u

1 'rh
4
If kai

2
If hsi

lfi|

^shang4

chang*

J-otzu

J^ouhang* ^J P a3
fy

J-vtzu

ti*

ffi

ch'uang

fjf

_t shang*

&

kai*

mei

pa

p'u

f| p'u
1

Jj$

jj cho

na4
1

fjjj

p'u

>jfa

k'ang*

kai*

|| p'u

|f hsi
-J taK

Jt shang

There are mats spread on that stove-bed.

Spread the bedding q.d., on the k'ang.


There are no curtains to the bed.
;

Put on the cover; lit., taking the cover, cover


Spread mats (or, the mat) on the ground.
148.

The character

three tables.
149.
150.

more

2
1
JJl cho , cho , a table.

^,
$y

a chair

1
'J

teng

cho-

its

a lamp

is

Its

completing the action of the verb.

to; slicing

numerative

is

chang (115)

as

san1 chang1 cl^-tzn,

the ancient form.

numerative

is

also

chang

Not

a candlestick.

1
.

a lantern unless joined with lung 2 of which


,

in its place.

151.

igg.

chan3 the numerative of teng1 a lamp

152. 4j| la 4

Oroton sebiferum,

is

wax

or tallow, animal or vegetable.


2

spoken of as pai la

4
,

white

wax

as liu4

The

huang

chan3 teng 1

latter,

la

4
,

six lamps.

made from

beeswax.

the berry of the

38

TZtJ

153.

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

Examples:
iso4

*i

6-1

*& tou1

'*
Jg no

$J1

s/t*7t

chang

s/ti/t

i3

j[fl$

^
^

la*

g
set consists of

06s.

Yi'fen*, one division.

The two teng on the


is it

that

is

154. vll chiu


155.

3K

156.

ffi

word chung1

chang
3

i3

Hang
chan3

feWgf

j||

yi
jjjl

chang

S. cho

tzfi,

cAo 1

no?

shih*
1

-J

s&

|f

3
-i

(See 130.)

table are la teng (candlesticks).

sitting

on that chair

Chinese wine

na*

one table and four chairs.

That

Who

SS&4

_t shang*
4

distilled spirit.

1
3
pei a cup in which wine is drunk as chiu pei a wine-cup.
1
chung a cup, which may hold either tea or wine. Its numerative
1

is ko*.

The

said to be less used in the South than in the North.

is

157.

ch'a 2 tea.

158.

160.

a bowl or cup, which may hold tea or rice ch'az wan3 a tea-cup.
one's meals.
fan*, properly cooked rice
generally, any cooked victuals
1
l
or P^ ch'ih to eat; ch'ih fan*, to eat a meal.

161.

/to

162.

Examples:

wans

159.

to drink.

/to

ch'ih

hao

Hang

^ chung
1

ma

/to

ch'ih 1

c/t'

san1

wan3

&V/t

He

has gone to get his meal


To have eaten three bowls of

lit.,

To have drunk three cups

t'a

ch'ih

f@ ko*
3
$ chiu

ch'ih

ch'u*
*J"

to eat rice.

rice.

of tea.

Bring a tea-cup here.

Two

wine-cups.

To have drunk
[Is

three cups of wine.

to eat (good for food)

it] fit

(or, is it

nice

?)

nung*, properly lung, to play tricks with.


Colloquially used of numerous
4
It is often used also to represent
processes, moral or material as with the following word te'ai
the sound lung 2 in the Pekingese expression lung'1 huo 3 to light the fire there is another lung
163.

'

(198) which appears equally admissible.


164. pj

ts'ai

originally vegetable,

but used generally of eatables; as nung*

ts'ai*,

to

prepare food.
165. Jj^ c/t'w2 , to cook; but, colloquially, oftenest found forming part of substantives.

As

c/t'u -/("/(f/'

166.

^lj(

167.

j$

the cook-house, ch'u 2 -tzu, a cook.

chien 1 to fry; as chien 1 yu? (Radical 195), to fry fish.


1
3
ch'ao 3 to fry or broil a drier process than chien
So, ch'ao jou*, to broil meat.
,

PART
168.

III.

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

39

40

Tztr

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

EXERCISE

VII.
i.

pan.

A
A

#A
7.

He

2.

W
*

lying)

make

man

tea-cup.

rice.

tea-cup.

(See below,

wine-cup.

will (or,

stove-bed.

am

frying-

Ex-

6.)

tfc

fork.

a pan to cook

lid.

cooking-pan

knife.

cooking-pan

wine-cup.

ample

Kitchen.

wants

down on the

the bed

to) lie

am

I shall (or,

down on the

going

to) lie (or,

Be quick and

bed.

spread the bedding. That


will soon be laid out (is sick unto death).
lit.,

06s.
We may say ch'itang shang of lying down on the bed but in shang ch'uang the shang is a verb, and
has in this phrase only the special meaning assigned it in the translation.
may say shang Vang, to ascend the
stove-bed, of a person who is going to sleep upon one.
;

We

Are there curtains

3.

ft

4*

4ft

*
J

tfc

it

Lung 2 :

i.

06s. 2.

signifying to

Aft

The

throw out

/Et

rtJ

;fc

jib

ijm

TL.
06s.

^R

but

is

7.

cook

(or,

The kitchen

took
fire

over to give to
has been lighted,
it

not well alight yet.

sec 163.

last

word, read chao*,

is

not here an auxiliary as in Exercise V,

i,

but an independent verb

light.

May

He

for the

the cook).

06s.

(or was)

very dark in this room bring a


lamp here quick. Who took away the candlestick that was on the table?
It was I that
took

bed

am

It is

4.

To Ji Jt

&

to that

was) lying on the bed; I


sitting on a chair.

is (or

both

fjft

^
7u
:

-M.

^
s

&

-5^

nv

Eix.

Sfil

PA

yeh yu, also are there,

5-

SH
.

^
yu

l
4
rice-pan (fan -kuo ) is a pan for
boiling rice the Jeuc^-kai* is the cover of the
s
rice-pan.
Tea-cups, whether ch'a? wan or

& 5

;*-

c/i'a

kai-'rh

ti,

chung

1
,

[may] both have

possessing cover ones

kai-'rh, covers.

ones that have covers.

PART

.Hi

2J

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

IB

Jfl

"T

6 There

!nL

fe

$5

^t

ifa

'(IS

no great difference between a

is

cAiu 3 pei 1 and a ckiu chung l -tzU (wine-cups of


chinaware or metal), and yet they may be
distinguished (they are distinguishable); the

-F?

i.

41

^ at

^act

*s

c/tiu

chung.

fc

^e

c ^*

And yet these two things [one can] not very much distinguish.
Obs. i.
can] yeh, also, fin te ch'u lai, succeed in distinguishing ; [for] pen, in reality, shih, it
with the chht chung is large.
06s.

The words fen

2.

te

ch'u lai

may

mood and

is

Pen :

Obs. 3.

^
3L
1

3L
~\

iE
yi%

p^
?P
7K

see

/3k

A B

4ffl

TK ^K

-fcfe.

TK xE iW

fllj

nr

_
-Ha

flS

""?"

'y

a^

lib

-t^f

~T

and

and

tables in that

room

are

one] speaks of two sets of

[what

is

meant]

is

two tables

eight

>

The

8.

^ne

s/iao

Sh a o -tz& is

properly a large spoon.


The
smaller than the s/tao 2
is

<l

ch'ih?-tzu

One

Lit., these all are in

teti

-fa

>

still

is
z

smaller than the shao^-tzii.


2

says yi pa shao -tz'& and yi


these are Pekingese idioms.
3

pa

ch'ih?-

Peking spoken language thus used.

Have you mats

9.

in your apartment (or


There are mats on all the stove-

apartments)
beds in our apartments.

I0

ife
f

Jh

ta

^e

^ y u a^ so use candles in your part


wor^ ^ We also use candles at night

in our part of the

06s.

i.

Lit., la ting, candlesticks

O''.-.-.

2.

At

night,

say, in the present tense of the

[When
tables,

-,,-,and
chairs.

j-

ffl

so] k'o, but, [one


a fact that, the chiu pei compared

we

chairs

s Pil e(l-

chairs

A
5R;

T.

The

7.

2jp

fa

06s.

er tnan tne

It forms part of various adverbial constructions in this sense.

JL
|^ |*

jjjpjj

//

above (120).

l ar

be rendered by the verb distinguished or the verbal adjective distinIn answer to the question, Can (or

tense of the verb being entirely dependent on the context.


do) you distinguish or not ? fen U ch'u lai, I can (or do) distinguish, would be, as
indicative mood.

the

*s

[Although this be

giiishable

u ^ e*

when darkness

ni niru na

'rh,

that place of yours.

(blackness) has fallen

hei (Radical 203).

worid.

42

TZtr

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

What have you been buying such

it.

ft

quantity of
it

wax

for

kitchen use

for

For household

No

it

a
Is

use.

for reading at

is

night.

T
Obs.

verb shih;

Obs. i.
Obs.

Construe the

i.

q.d.,

3.

first

question as two sentences, or with the

first

clause treated as the subject of the

your purchase of that much wax is to make what use of? Na mo: see 23.
Tso shin mo is very common as Why ? For what reason ? Here with yung it is, For what purpose ?
Ton in the last two replies is used rather for emphasis sake. We do not translate it necessarily

in English.

In the

Obs. 4.

books

last

answer understand

la,

wax, after the

Turn

lit.,

is all in

it

the dark to read

1.

He

Where

has taken away the mat that was


Tell him to bring it to me.

is

the bedding belonging to this bed

has taken
2.

chair.

it

Where
Take

it

away

too,

and sold

the candlestick

is

the

3.

and

I will

than a chiu3 pel 1

go and look

for

-tzu (wine-cup)

You may

is

it.

you

larger than that of a tea-cup.

me

a knife and fork and spoon.


There are knives and forks on the table, [but]
5.

Give

no spoon. Tell the cook to give you a spoon.


6. That man has taken
away the pan
which the cook used for boiling rice the
;

he said he

what

did

I did say

was

You

it.

Whether

I said.

didn't

did or

[there's]

my

i.

[business]

Whether,

etc.

and
I

lit.,

I'll

did

do mine.
or

did not

no use saying.

06s.
for)

you do your

Obs.

or ch'a 2 chung 1 (tea-cup).


Kai* (covers)
are both large and small; the cover of a
is

didn't, why should you want to


find fault with me ? Who is finding fault with

whether

say either ch'a?

4. The curtains and mats in that room


are all spoiled.
Go at once and buy curtains
and bedding, and make the bed.

asked that

not correct.

is

it

me he had done

understand what

was.

Your statement

that you told

wan3

cooking-pan

it

not say I saw him do

Have

smaller

boil the rice.

taken away the pan

know who

did not
7.

On

away, and bring a lamp.

A chius chung

cook says he can't

man who had

it all.

you found the lamp ? The room is so dark


I cannot see where the lamp is.
Give me the
candlestick,

(KEY, EXERCISE VII.)

the following into Chinese.

on the stove-bed.

He

at the close;

ti

use's [wax].

2.

Find

fault with

me

lit.,

find

(or,

look

faults.

want to divide this piece of paper


five men, but I must give that
those
amongst
one a larger piece than the other four. Go
8.

and ask him


of

to return (105) those

two books

mine that he took away.


Obs.

want

to divide, etc.: translate

want

to

divide this piece of paper [and] give it to those five men;


give[n] to him that one, however, must [be] compared
with those four men's share, large.

J.V^

$&

180.

liang

t'iao

181.

teng*,

teng*-tz&,,

iffi,

Its

a couple of

You may

a branch

stools.

numerative

is

the following substantive t'iav'; as


4
3
Hang ko teng*-tz&.

equally well say

a twig
the numerative of stools
narrow, also of other articles.

t'iao*,

that are long and

a stool; a bench.

and many dissimilar things

PART

182.

too 4

$]

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

as too 4 ch'a 2

to pour, actively;

to

pour

(See below, Exercise VIII.)

tea.

on the reverse, or to reverse; as, too pu shift on the contrary,


turn end for end. Read too 3 to upset, or to be upset.

Also,
to

43

it is

not so

too 4 /</' tai 2 ,

tea-pot.

a pot or kettle in which tea


4
Its numerative is either pa 3 or /co

183.

gg

/at

be made, wine heated,

may

etc.

as ch'a 2 hu-, a

184.

hua

185.

jf?L

p'ing

186.

p'o

flowers

spend, to squander, or to dissipate, as will be seen later on.

a bottle or vase

to crack

also, to

as

187. >$C shou1 to receive


,

As p'o*

to break.

hua1 p'ing2 a

to recover

to

flower- vase.

huai*, to ruin (or, be ruined)

put away.

Both singly and

by breaking.
in combination

it

has other meanings.


188.

fp

combination shou
189.
ff
Jft

ft

to pick

skill?,
1

shift

Examples
/mi

up

put in order

to

!gj

too4

if

liao

li

ti

hu2

Jo

skill?

~f liao

Jt cM*
1
ffi chia

ifc

3
\k huo

3
j& kei

yu

^
A Jen

yv?
2

3
ft shui

g[ p'o*

The

skovt

mei

has various other uses.

1
fp tou

with the preceding shou 1 to mend.

shui

hu?

^
^

na2
a

lai

1
fa hua

san 1

f?

t'iao

ch'ang*

ffi

p'ing

too 8

~f a iiao
tG P

tE pa?

ffi.teng*

115

Three long benches.


That flower- vase has been upset.
Bring the water-kettle here.

Pour the water out of that


Oba.

The

liao,

pronounced

All these articles are

lo,

pot.

Note

merely expletive.

furniture

(or, all this

kei, for [me].

broken;

is)

is

there anyone that can repair

them?
190.

:$ p'an

191.

The numerative

dishes.

k> 4

as yi 2 ko*

than p'an 2

plates, saucers, smaller

tielt?,

is

p'an

-tzu.

The numerative

is

ko*; as ssU* ko*

tieh -tzu, four plates.

192.

!$

tien 3 a point, a particle


3

tien tdng

As a

particle, yi*

tie n3

-'rh,

1
193. Pft ch'ui to
,

194.

blow out.
195.

^
^

cannot be used.

mieh 4

shift

3
,

to punctuate

1
,

to light a

a minute point

blow

lamp

to light, as a candle.
(or lamps).

used adverbially, a

as ch'ui 1 teng 1 to
,

employ.

As shih 3

te

2
,

little,

slightly.

blow out a lamp or candle.

to extinguish, as a light, a fire

to

Thus,

with the foregoing, ch'ui 1 mieh*, to

available, capable of being used

shili?

pu*

ti

2
,

44

TZtJ

196.

EKH

Examples:
1
l| hsiek

J% fang*

4$ ton

:;

^|o te*

P'an

-tz-ti

leei

$&

XJz'ao

Jf cAe*

c/i'tt

Who

sAiVi

tiek

$$

$t teng

fco

na*

ffi

J-.tzft,

fc'wrw

4
ft ta

ko*

s
c/ti

^g p'an
tzu

t]\<,hsiao

p'an

-f

tzii

tielt-

-f tew

tieh-tzti (plates or saucers).

put that lamp out ?


gone out in the kitchen.

fire is

All these expressions

may

a stove.

Its

197.

j^

198.

^| lung

3
,

&.teng

3
f| chi

are larger than tiek^-tzii.

Some p'an-tzti (dishes) and some


Make haste and light the lamp.
The

~f Ziao

tien3

S{j

;$ miek*

j$ miek*

.-V/>7/

shut 2

gji

3
>K kuo

kua*

with Atto

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

3
y^ man

201.

(^1 t'ung

/co

lv?-tzii,

a stove.

t'a

hence, k'uncf, leisure.

full.

2
,

As

same; with.
2

t'ung

wo

ch'u*,

he

is

cAe"

Hang

going

203.

204.

Examples:

siii*,

sui*

ifiMJr/

in fragments

.man*

yf.
1

W^'si
2
Jg mei
k'ung*
'rh

in tatters.

&

s/iiA

(?[

t'ung

fg wo

4
^$ im

JJ5

Q shih*
^ ling-

g^f

$} a
3(

lai 2

pu

may

ffl

t'ung

are these two the

same

/m

JjJ

too 4

ti

ffi,man

suan*

t'a

as.

Thus,

regard as good.
(5),

2
jf lu
J- a tzu

ti

jg cAe

consider

2
Hence, ling sui*

4
^t s/m
4
g mw,

ko* t'ung 2

also, to

che* suan* hao 3 this one


,

he went) with me.

(or,

202. Jp^ suan*, to reckon, arithmetically

2,o

as yi 2

200.

ko*

is

See 163.

199. /?s Ic'ung 1 empty


Observe the change of tone.

or different

numerative

1
properly, a cage; hence, joined with teng a Chinese lantern; used verbally

as to light.

fire,
.

hi?,

be employed.

wo

fragmentary

ffl a ti

^
^

s/tcto

>Ko/mo

nhih*

^
^

k'ung

odds and ends.

Jt

fc'iw 4

/m2

-^ f:^

u*
/t?7t

j^ ^./</

k'uai

Zw?igr

Auo3

y*'".'/

A Iu -tzu
2

(stove or fireplace) is used for lighting a fire in.


haste and light a fire. Make haste and light the fire lit., the stove.
Show huo can only be used with reference to a furnace in which wood or millet stalks,

Make
06s.

etc.,

for fuel

empty, but this one


came with me.

That pot

He

is

is full

(this pot,

on the other hand

To count
That
I

is

up.
a thing

those are things) of small account.


q.d., to do what you ask me.

(or,

have no leisure

(182),

is full).

are used

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

EXERCISE

45

VIII.

i.

stool or

bench

as the numerative of
to be made,

it is (or,

you may

also use &o 4

If a distinction is

te'ng*.

the difference

that t'iao 2

is)

oftener said of [benches that are] long, and


ko* oftener of [stools that are] square.
Jfua4
is

$fo

&

&f

1H. il

ViacP-tzti

ft

tit
~C*

kettle.

~k^

C-

f
Jo

spoken language.

Wine -

vase.

Dishes.

Tea-pot.

bottle,

Plates.

The Chinese drink

06s.

Flower

2.

tft

language) are what

slips of oral

(lit.,

are used in learning a

their

wine warm.

Light the lamp. Blow out the lamp.


Light the fire. Put out the fire.
3.

To pour

4.

water

out

06s.

up
i.

2.

iai: g.d, bring tea in and pour


Overturned too

it

-%

'/Si

Q:

-^

a,

Tb

You pour

He

it

away).
away) water.

tea).

gone to pour
Pour tea here

This thing would not stand

has overturned, and

it

out this

is

is

spoiled.

out.

^ ^
^ if

SS SS

water.

pJR~r/fe|iaft^.|}gj^5
M*
"

(throw

= Serve
(

T
06.

= throw

1^

-/.-

1
K'ung means

S-

inside

you may

that there

also say k'ung

is

nothing
shouz empty,

2
3
[The words] /m mam mean that
2
something has been poured into the /m

handed.

f^ S

Ix.

W
*

-Q 5S f^ 4^ ^i

(P ot ) until

emptied.
jj as th at

was full. The tea-pot has been


The wine-kettle has been filled.

it

wine-kettle

anything in

it ?

It is

empty.
Obs.

i.

Construe:

Ois.

2.

Note the

BM

man, pot

filled it.

force of liao.

filled,

is=means

[that someone] taking the pot, too

man, has by pouring

46

TZtr

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

Who

6.

4*

ft. iro

is

Mend, mend,

has no special significance.


06s. 2.
Construe

by

That

can [one] use

still

Jar

i~

jjic

AA

H-

IMS
>as

rift

-Z.

it.

The

but

it

not

is

of

and

reduplication of verbs

badly injured that no

it.

attributives

is

It

very colloquial.

[by some agency] breaking has been spoiled, or ruined [one] cannot use it.
what we consider passive or impersonal constructions, construe the verb as governed
;

-Z.
48*

fc

SR 7

JZ.

Tt

./*

Knives, forks, spoons, dishes, plates,

7-

and wine-cups, are all table


huo3 for eating one's meals).

bowls,
1

(cftm

Are flower-vases

8.

3
huo3

article is so

made

article

As a rule, even in
06s. 3.
a cause or personal agent.

y/JU

That

it.

use can be

ft.

broken the (or


it,

can be mended, and (or, if


utterly spoiled
it be mended) then some use can be made
of

i.

broke

it

06s.

that has

it

that) flower- vase

They may be

some

ft

also considered chia 1

so considered.

Stoves (lv?-tzti) are of different

9.

ffl

utensils

larger,

some

sizes,

The stove

smaller.

for

cooking things in the kitchen is a lu?-tzu ; so


so
is the stove which is lit in the stove-bed
;

*.

ft

also

*. 'H

is

the stove which

A
O5.

1.

Obs. 2.

question was not to be expected.

blew

it

Were

it

Have you

he blew

The action of tte)i is completed by shang.


But he blew: kei (to give) before ch'ui

4
you tell a man to too ch'a?
you mean, pour tea into the tea-

tea),

(pour
cups.

in one's room.

When

10.

is lit

it

lit

the lamp

lit

it,

but

out.

rnieh implies, idiomatically, that the act of the person in


two acts would be simply distinguished: I lit it; he

omitted, the

out.

&
M

ft

^t

^a

T, 7,

1 1.

OA'ui 1

that someone

is

(lit.,

blowing

to
it

blow lamp) means


out (or, has done

4
1
[The expressions] teng mieh

so).

mieh*

liao,

gone out of
1

One

iewgf

2.

mean

that the lamp (or

fire)

huo3
has

itself.

Is there water in those

empty, the other


one
with water.
empty
is

liao,

is

two kettles

full.

Fill

the

PART
Turn
1

many

chairs

so

count,

just

to

have

you

and

dinner,

asked

do you

With the benches we can

kitchen use, with some fire-irons

used for lighting the

know where
Seat them

6.

me

seat them,

mend

them.

fire)

just

his account

if

is

things

(lit,

add

all this

up

correct.

Just add up lit., he opened that account you


reckon one reckon, wrong not wrong.
:

do accounts

I can't

9.

lit.,

reckon

What do you mean by

(See 146.)

that

bills.
;

has

you

the numerals

know the numerals

in their abbre-

not the teacher

taught

(* B*fc)?

[they] can sit open,

10.

not

i.e.,

viated form, but these are all written in the

too close.
5.

see

06s.
for

to look for them.


lit.,

me and

for

[but] allow me to ask if benches would look


well in the dining-room ? Then there are the
plates and rice-bowls; I must find some, but

Obs.

to

of utensils) of him, also

n've-and-twenty people ?
3. If they won't seat twenty-five people,
in the kitchen will do very well.
benches
the

I don't

someone

have bought a dinner set (lit., table


some odds and ends for

8. I

twenty-five people
think that those few chairs of ours will seat

4.

don't care whether they are broken

7.

or not, just send for

for.

Now

2.

47

(KEY, EXERCISE VIII.)

following into Chinese.

the

know what you want

I really don't

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

We

have thirty rice-bowls here.


They won't do besides, six are broken.

full (lit, large) form,

chin 1

-^

205.

nien

206.

207.

shili

ff$|

not acquainted

the present.

command;

command;

z
foregoing, as shih -ling*, the weather that prevails

209.

am

time.

ling*, to

7?

the year.

B$
1

208.

now

and

[with that] yet.

nuan 3

also

also,

When combined

honourable.

with the

the state of weather that the season demands.

nan 3 warm.
,

ho 2 huo 2 hai 4 peace together with also, soft or gentle. Combined with nuan 3
or nan 3 warm; as the temperature in-doors or out-of-doors.
Read huo 1 to mix, as powder,
flour, etc., with water.

^0

210.

211.

tso'

|f

of yesterday.

212.

213.

Examples
%$
pj"

t'ien

toil,
l,:'o

&i

Obs.

heaven

a day.

ji/i'

fftos/mo

The year

This year.

5^-,

~p ten

~ffi

So>*

to

th shao

Next

year.

ch'ien

to

>i?

shao 3

B
2

The year

Note the

?]

fft

5^

t'ien

Bfc

tso

~ffi

and hou,

to

Sf.

hih

fl$

'tin

Last year

f.

n"

%jo/mo

jjijf

yesterday.
to

shao

nien2
ch'ien

t'ien.

ming
2

nien~

nien2

the year that

sc.,

after, in these phrases.

shao jih-tzu or

chin 1

nien'
ch'u*

ft ling*

warm.

The day before

you may say

ti

ch'ien 2

after next.

special use of ch'ien, before,

how many days

tso 2

S.

before last the weather was

Yesterday. Yesterday.
The day before yesterday.
[In

t'ien1

hou4
is

gone.

48

ERH

T7AT

214.

''w

<'/'

$E

to follow as a consequence

215. /fi tlnif, to


216.

4
l( chou

217.

make

fix,

consequently

As yi

firm; hence, certain.

then, in time or argument.

ting*, entirely certain.

daytime.

yeh\ night.

218. Bjg ch'ing


219.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

fine

clear.

Hang*, light as day.

^*

220. Examples:

yeh

:jg

lit

Pf k'o
1 i

There

no day

It

ft o

Bfe tso*

f ien 1

5i

^
^

r'1
2

ti

$j
4

by day and

3%

yu*

%-.

lai*

fa

t'a>

^
^

cAiu4

jiA
3

-J te

<SO M
'

'

goes.

night.

lit, as soon as the heavens are bright, to

yesterday

to-day

it

May
221.

^S chung

222.

1
,

a bell

also, in

rise.

rains.

arrive in the course of the night.

piao
Chinese, a watch.

mei "

fc ting*

fp tou

KaTi^f

&

fixed.

dawn

fine

Asm

'

fe yeh

travel both

was

%< a la

4
j| chou

M, tao*

chiu*
feow
c/i'in^
Bra
Wo2/*
come (or came) he goes (or went ) lit, then he

as I

rise at

As soon
To
To

ch'i

5i 'rh

&

q. chin*
s

pjotfao

is

t'ien

modern Chinese, a

clock.

the outside as opposed to the inside; hence, manifestation.

223. ^l] tee 4 to engrave


,

a short time

in

modern Chinese, a quarter

In modern

of an hour.

Also, to

oppress, as will be seen later.


224.

4
^| hou

225.

Examples:

to await

1
|& s/mo

$&Jt'e

^jf*te
ss'ti

What
Look
This

That

o'clock

is

san 1

H
H
f
^

when combined with

hsia*
1

chung ^

1
%$ tou

ch'enO

piao
saw1

~f a liao

J| ch'ev?

sldh"

chung flf
san 1
J|

shih 2 time, a time, the time.

jg che

fj chung
1
it chwng
J|5 wa4

^ ^iao ^

shih*

s/ii/t

f|5 tien*

s/w/t

flf

jjf

fc'cwi

chung
c/tiu

1
%R chih

jiH

too 4

& shih*
g
^ mo
2

she*'
2

$fe

shih 2

4
iH ^ow

is it ?

and you

will see (lit,

a bell of

lit,

shift*

know).

ch'en 2 (Radical 162),

hour

periods.

lit, an indicator of hour periods.


say [for three o'clock] san tien chung or san hsia chung, three points or

a watch

You may
06s.

HJ

a clock;

three blows of the

<?e7i

at the clock
is

hence,

bell.

Hsia, blows.

Three quarters past


226. '$" leng 3 , cold

four.
;

as in chin 1 t'ien 1 leng3

it is

cold to-day.

PART
227.

3& jie

hot

as put leng3

hsueh3 snow

228.

THE FOETY EXERCISES.

III.

pu

it is

snowing.

^J-

229.

yff.

brisk or fresh

231.

1
wj kua
1
Jl kua

232.

Jft,

230.

to rasp

As Hang2 shui3

cold.

Hang cool;
as Hang 2 k'uai,

(80),

to shave.

(said to be a vulgar

ch'i*,

Often used with k'uai*

cold water.

cool (not cold).


to cut

hot nor cold.

je*, neither

as Asia 4 hsueh 3

49

breath, air

form of the above), to blow, as the wind.

the material influences of nature

morally, temper, anger

(under certain circumstances, and in combination), aspect, appearance,


ch'i*, weather
temperature.

and

taste,

smell.

As

also

t'ien

233. Examples:
ffr,

hua*

&

wo3

liao

^
^

3; pan*
5c t'ien
6^[

^i

)jg

yeh*

ti

~f liao
4
"f Asia

k'uai*
fa.

fau 4

J^j

The weather

Tlie weather is cold.

g, feng

~f

Hang

is

liao

'rh

-^

Jisueh?

pj n hsuek

c^m

"f

1
gg kua

ta*

g, ftng
3

lai

jfc

Asia.

^
^

liao

t'ien
c/i't

j&jP'

hot.

A high

wind has got up.


the wind stopped,

When

it

snowed.

snowed half the night. Pan*: see 236.


To-day it is cool.
He had a long talk with me lit., half a day's
It

talk.

234.

%J

235. 3f

the

ch'u

the

first

when

a time or turn

tz'ii*,

As

as ch'u

ch'i

ch'u 1 in the beginning.

Ch'i 3 to rise

the

tz'ii*,

first

time.

In a

series,

see 43.

any place but

first.

236.

237.

Examples:

pan*, half.
erh*

ft

jig

Hang

SjJ

iieTi

^{J

po.%

8
4

|f o chung

When
first

[it is

cheng

yueh*

shang* fy

ft

ft yueh*

jjs jpeVi

4
"f Asia

ft

yueh*
yi

2/i

f@ ko*

1
|^ cA'u

_t shang*

f@

fco

pan*

pan*

ip pa?i
ft

yueh*

said that] two people ch'u 1 chien*,

it

ft a yueh*

t'a

1
,

fp5

men

f)j

cA'u 1

;ft

te'-it

jig

Hang

f@

A;o

chien*

yueh*
Asia 4

^, chien*

shih*
yueh* ^mien*
means that they have seen each other for
ft

time.

This moon.

Last moon.

In the

pan*

yueh*

1
^j cA'w

the

first.

first

half moon.

The
06s.

first
First

Next moon.

half of the moon.

A month

In the

and a

and second days of the


moon: cheng

(see

103);

last half of

the moon.

half.

q.d.,

first

moon.

the right or chief moon, to which

all

the rest are subordinate.

the change of tone.

Half-past two o'clock.

Note

50

Tztr

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE

IX.
Ch'ie n -'rh? is simply ch'ieri* fieri1 (the

i.

day before yesterday)

[and the combinations

meaning] yesterday, to-day, to-morrow, and

ft

the day after to-morrow,

all follow

the same

rule.

The weather

2.

(lit.,

air of

the sky)

is dis-

tinguished as cold, hot, cool, warm, windy,


clear, rainy,

T
The

Obs.

last clause is

not translated

die,

hsieh, these some, or

m.

JK

to

all

many,

are inside, are all included.

An hour and

3.

- m

snowy.

a half

is

the same as an

hour and two quarters.


l

expressions, yi

Both the following


hsia* chung 1 and yi l tieri*

chung mean an hour.


1

A $ T & &
.

^
05s.

I.

06s. 2.

H[

11

4.

^ ^ + IB
10
^ A
xl

Habit: ai (52) to love = to be used

By day pai jih


:

That

man

ride in the

day and

to.

precedes the verb.

5.

am

going to-day, and may be back


not up at eight

What were you

o'clock to-day

You

lit.,

you

this

to study in the evening

when he comes home.

next moon.

06s.

there has studied upwards

of twenty years; he has been a teacher only


five or six months.
It is this man's habit to

man

reproachfully.

6.

year before last and


after
i

ch'ien 2

You may say both

nien2

for the

Aow nien for the year


2
next, but ch'ien yiieh* and hou* yiieh*

are not

much

used.

At

this place it rains in

the hot weather and snows in the cold.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

A.

7. Four days ago it blew from the north,


and the day following it was very cold. It

ra

rained last evening, but

Bft

and

night,

To

51

was

it

fine this

it

stopped in the

morning.

ffc

8.

not so
is

The weather is very mild this year;


cold as it was last year. The weather

not seasonable this year nobody has seen


in the fourth moon for some years.
;

snow

Not

06s.

seasonable

fra cheiig, not correct.

9.

To*

W,

*
Not

06s.

tsa

men

Turn
1.

Peking
2.

year

He came

did

arrive

you

in

(KEY, EXERCISE IX.)

a winter here, I cannot say what the cold


is like.

came
;

this year.

have not been

only half a year.

But

06s.

I.

06s.

2.

Regular: ho' p'ing* (210, 137).


Passed a winter: lit., passed the [new]

year.

you speak mandarin very

7.

corit's

That

is all

pretty cold
06s.

i.

That accounts

for

it.

Do you

climate here agree with you (good)


06s.

Climate

lit.,

find the

if

you go on

trip.

All the same:

lit.,

but [though]

it is

thus

this

If:

is

commonly expressed by the

characters yao* shih* (32, 29), the former being corruptly


used for jo, of which more presently.

water and earth.

not the case; on the consnow, only an inch or so

No, that

is

9.

am told, is very heavy here.

The snow,

8.

trary, there
6. There is
nothing the matter with it;
the seasons are very regular, and the heat is
nothing to speak of; but not having passed

hi one's room, but

the same

all

said.

06s. i.

(Radical 70.)

warm enough

It is

a few days'

owing to my having learned


Chinese in the South (lit., southern quarter).

5.

here last year.

present.

the following into Chinese.

rectly.
4.

last

is

years since we came


year; I arrived last

many

is

or, it

here.

moon they two came

here long
3.

what

In

two have been here a good many

years;

17) unless the person addressed

(see

We

is little

during the year. What I referred to were


the winds, which blow so cold.
falls

06s.

Only

4
pu* kuo ;

lit.,

not exceeding.

52

10.

What do you do

11. I

have

ERH

xztr

my

every day

1 2.

and

at 7.30

rise

every morning
then I send

which

dine and go out for a

half,

can possibly clear up.

ride.

i.

words (jy H|jj


" in order to

14.

we

fix

2.

"After which" or "afterwards"

five.

What

we had

better

time to-morrow shall

Obs.

So

i.

it is:

124.

see

Fix: 215.

Obs. 2.

often

is

rendered by the words hui* t'ou 2 , to turn the head


lai, to return, has the same force.

238.

that case

is; in

it

Pud-

hungry craving."

dings are also called tien hsin.


Obs.

So

go to-morrow.

mean

;jj) which, literally translated,

satisfy slightly the

me

your dinner to-day, will you ?


1
3. Look at the weather
[it has turned]
cold and is going to rain I do not think it

Breakfast, lunch, or any minor meal, is


" little
called in Peking
heart," said to be short for four
Obs.

In that case come for a ride with

after

my

for

breakfast,

teacher and read for three hours and a


after

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

15.

hui

The

Say daylight.

after a short gallop

we

cold

is

nothing;

shall be all right.

1
1
ching properly kJng to change the watches of the night, of which there are
read kdng* it is an adjective of comparison as no* keng* hao 3 that is better still.

J5

When

^ fu

a man, especially a husband commonly, any working man. As chiao l -fu l


a chair-bearer; ma^fu 1 a groom. Joined with kung 1 (Radical 48), work. See Exercise X, i.
239.

240. 35p

241.

mei3 every
,

^^

3
>

to strike

as in
as

combined with many verbs of


3

mei3 yiz

fa 1

every individual one.

wo3 he

ta 3

It is also

action.

ko*,

is

striking

(or,

has struck)

used as a preposition.

me

also, idiomatically

Thus,

ta tso fien tao* chin 1 tien 1 from yesterday until to-day.


ta 3 na* 'rh kuo*, to go by there.
1

242.

jfjf

pa*, to

end

At the end of a sentence,


our Eh ? or a command.

to cause to cease.

but sometimes used to imply doubt, like

"

there's

an end of

243. Examples:

m*

ft,ta

shuo 1

fife

fa

t'a

JBJ

2
-weVj.gr

shih*

watch

What

is

are

ti

ching

^
to?

ft

tso*

pu*

The night is divided into five watches.


The chiiig-fu are the men who beat the watches

fi^fo

3
ft ta
fa 1
flfc

pu*

liao

hui2

mo

pu
"J"

she**

shih*

ft

ta 3

]g ching

Aching

(strike the changes).

struck five times every night.

you beating him

for

cannot do otherwise

he has done wrong, reprove him and have done with


Obs.
Wrong pit shih.
If

or,

he must be beaten.

it.

244. -^- tsaoz , early.

245. JJ& ^van 3 late.


,

As

As

in tsao3 fan*, early rice


in

wan3 fan*,

sc.,

breakfast.

the evening meal

dinner or supper.

wu3
1

it ;"

PART
246.
2

shang'

hu

Pan

shang

53

3
coupled, colloquially, with the following wu and often pronounced
3
half the day, or a long while; wan shang 1 evening.
Note the

3
shang noon

ffl^J

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

3
,

change of tone.
s
^p wu

247.

See ch'dn 2 Radical Exercise XII,

noon.

divided by the Chinese into


to

2 shih, -ch'en

wu

Of these,

The 24 hours of the day 'are

7.

represents the two hours from

A.M.

P.M.

common

tsan 1 length of time

D^

248.

When ?

phrase for

249.

how

q.d.,

Examples:
3
fft ni
ft

ti

f|

2J5
4

Zai

how

soon,

early

fjfe,

235
2JS

ft

isou

4
g

/mi

^
lai
*

^- feo

ti
ii

BJ6,

S.
tsao
^. isao

$J5

tow

^3Wl

Bjjj

waw3

IS fan

%
^

io
to

As

in to 1 teem 1

the

fa1

Mm."

ffl

cAW

Pfj

meVi 2

cAia 1

^fto

ch'ih

j% mei-

fa1
2

wan3

tsan 1

5o ting

ft

B&>wewi
%i3

06s.

3
popular contraction of tsao

4* pu*
2

fft

He

^
T

^jp

ch'u

cA'i

Asia4
3

^(W3

fl|J

shang

got up early, went out at noon, and had not returned in the afternoon.
The afternoon is often spoken of as hou pan t'ien, the latter half of the day.

What
06s.

is

the dinner hour

Obs. 2.

He came

early

came

Go your own ways


06s.

It is uncertain.

Late (or evening) meal when can be eaten; ti=te.


Early late both not fixed.

i.

or,

late (or, he came before me).


mind your own business.

Note pa, a command.

See 242.

250. "ff chien 4 properly, to distinguish


,

a distinction

but best known as a numerative

4
amongst other substantives, numerative of sAiA affairs (252).
,

251. Ipf ch'ing 2 feelings


,

252.
253.

put

Iffc

jjjlj

to place.

254.

a matter.

very commonly combined with

See 257.

256. 7>S

ko 1 a character of doubtful authority; primarily, to delay;


As ko 1 tsai4 che 4 'rh, put it here.

ko 4 each

255. qjt

257.

sAiA 4 affairs

circumstances

yang kind
tuan

3
,

colloquially, to

every.

b\:',

short.

fashion.

As ko4 yang4 every


,

As ch'ang tuan long and


3

sort or kind.

short

hence, the length

of.

Examples:
ko 4
3C tuny
fj hsi

yang

ko

ti

tuan 3

ton 1

J tuny3

na*

pa
na4

chien 4

fj:

chien4
s/7t 4

tzu

wo

tzu

shih*

J| ck'ang*

pu

yang

pu*

ft

/*ao 3

tou 1
hsieh

'rh

miny-

54

ERH

TZtJ

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

I don't understand this thing (affair, matter).

That thing should not be spoken

Where

shall that chair be

Move away

put (or placed).

place apart) that table a

(lit.,

not good to speak of that thing.)

(It is

of.

little.

There are some of every kind.


[He] understands every kind of thing.
Those things are of different lengths.
2

258.

2/uw

cloud

commonly coupled with

As

ts'ai

ts'ai3

yiln

clouds

lit.,

cloud

colour.

259.
black.

It

may

ts'ai

also

mean

As

colours.

in

wu3

ts'ai

3
,

the five colours

sc.,

blue, yellow, red, white,

and

luck, as will be seen later.

260. {tg yin 1 the female of the dual powers of nature


,

darkness

dark.

Tai* yin1

(264),

the moon, but not colloquially.


261.

2
yang the male power of nature

vjl?

262.

wu*, mist.

As

p'a*, to fear

brightness

in hsia* wu*, a fog, or mist, has

light.

Tai* yang-

come on

lit.,

(264), the sun.

there has descended

a fog or mist.
263.

TO

264.

t'ai*,

hence, to doubt

hence used as perhaps.

properly the superlative of

ta*,

great; used

both as an adjective and

an adverb.
265. Examples:

***

to*

Hj o

1
5c t'ien

ynng

hsia*

i.

06s. 2.

When
06s.

lit.,

2
s/ti/i

t'ien

shih*

A*-

t'ai*

ti

/p

pu*

wu*

pu

jih*

ffio

ch'u1

hen3

chien*

shuo1

The

so overcast,

first

Probably

the sun

Nearly

When

man3

k'an 1

With a sky
06s.

fl^p

ti

yin

clause

it

patf
3

will

pendent

06s.

is

nearly

[there being] a full heaven's clouds.

set.

even with the west

t'ien is

but sunset

is

otherwise described.

used of the day in the daytime,

a very thick mist

There

is

ts'ai

probably blow.

the sun [one] cannot discern.

There

ti

one fears that there will blow wind.

is

is
lit.,

is

hsia

ti,

the sun

there has descended

is
;

not
ti=te.

visible.

it

means that the sun

is

not visible

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

EXEKCISE
J

$&.

^9

0|5

R&

Ht *E
06s.

Ji

/!

~y

A*

Work.

i.

Jl/ei

Every year (mei

as year after year (nien men?),

i/ii&

is

moon

after

with the phrases meis

work

men2

same

^
for

X.

^o

^o >E

Hence, time at man's disposal

i.

J2
db

55

hence, leisure

is it

mei3 jih*

the

is

moon (monthly)

t'ien

not?
;

so

(daily).

The fu

time taken up by anything.

,)

in kung-

fu cannot be

explained.
06s. 2.
Is it not? interrogative affirmative,
06s. 3.
So with : lit., also is it so fashion.

|3$J^T|ti|ijkSTJK.Ajj

_B.

6>Ji

jH

^tfo

2,

^il

wt

Goes to bed

06s.

VII,

^P

mfci

mfci

03

^P

common

in Chinese.

2.

*^ e

S.

He

rises early,

s t reet ) at n(>on,

goes for a walk

comes home

(lit.,

up

in the even-

ing and reads, and in the third watch of the


He does the same
night he goes to bed.

-?

not shang ch'uang*, which means to take to one's bed in mortal sickness.

See Exercise

Obs.

&
Q
^
X ^ *

Wt

%t

.^

.^

^.

tfft

5?5

i-

-f-

i.

Essential:

06s.

2.

By

06s.

3.

Note the tone

}&.
^r

5ffy

06s.

tei (see

A
"B?

Mo

pan

JS

Sfr

WC
xt

H5

^-

3-

t'ien

simply one's individual

'in

essent i a i tnat

is

He

4
fco te

self.

-'rA

means

In this matter

you should go

yourself.

by himself in that house.

lives

l,

"
_,

JUK

ts

wt

The expression

30, 32).
is

master or senior, or no outsiders live there.

of the second ko.

Tfe

Ch'ien

^
Bi

himself: either he

^
^ H ^ 1
^ ^c ^ ^
B

^'

S $

'

Obs.

%!t

x!k

it

^ ^^
*-*

Jt
n*

T
ar

^'

'

7
it

-IT

t'ien

-fT

^ M,
W K
W
'

.5.

*
4>

4- It

noon was
but cold

rained in the forenoon, but the afterfine.

after.

T ^
^ T

and AOM pan

-^

Jt 4

ov

would be equally

i^ 5
S[

was warm before midnight


third watch is midnight.

correct.

5.

man

As regards the watches which a watch-

str

^ es

divided into

^5

It

The

which

is

during the night, the night is


the beginning of the first of

five,

the watch-setting.

56

TZtr

&
;?B<

flf)

06s.

i.

Obs.

2.

Obs.

3.

CHI.

..

COLLOQUIAL SEKIES.
6. When the days are
long there is more
t""G to do things when they are short, one
has not leisure for them, and they must just
wait (be put aside).

fa

&m

^ ^ X

Ijj-

***

^Jf

.See 199.
Leisure: k'ung*-'rh. Note the change of tone.
Must just wait lit., affairs [one] tei, must, ko cho, put, or be putting [aside], pa, and that's all about it.
The Chinese seem to treat it as a mere expletive.
It is difficult to define the precise power of cho here.
:

-Where

jpj

j}$

T&K

-Ah

7-

When

Where

morrow.

he be back

will

is

to-

Probably

the tea-pot put

On

the

table in the room.

Construe

put, etc.

fUi

IIS

an

$8 IE

i!;
Obs.-

ERH

That teapot [man has] put in what place?

Ui

8-

sa

1=1

When

the sky

overcast the day

is

to be mTi 1 (dull, obscured).

>?-.

is

There was

a thick mist this morning; even those big

mountains were

invisible.

T
-Overcast: Kt, the clouds in (Kt, on) the sky

yA

ifa

515

fill

[the sky].

9-

What

are

you standing there for? be

off at once.

Jt

to.

IB 10

suppose dinner is ready ? No, it is


not ready, and it will be some time yet before
In that case let us have another turn
it is.
10.

up the
06s.

i.

I suppose:

06s.

2.

A time

pa here= eh?

heard a

What

the street

sort of noises did

The
midnight.
watchman has nothing to do in the daytime,
but he has not a moment's leisure at night.
setting

He
[A sound

2.

like]

someone striking wood

outside the door.


06s.

Outside the door

(KEY, EXERCISE X.)

the following into Chinese.

lot of noises hi

yesterday evening.
you hear ?

street.

See 243.

see 129.

Turn
1.

men

k'ou-'rh

lit.,

the

and the

lives quite

third

is

by himself

in that small

house

yonder, and has neither wife nor child.


has to be out in all weathers, wet or fine

He
(lit.,

not regarding fine days nor cloudy days) and


"
he never can say, I'll put aside my work to;

mouth

of,

3.

or entrance to, the door.

That was the watchman striking the

watches.

The night

watches, the

first

of

is

divided

which

is

into

five

the watch-

day."

From

year's

end

year up to the head,


the same.

i.e.,

to year's

end

the end),

(lit.,

it is

one

always

PART

4.

to-day,
at

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

The sky has been completely overcast


and so dull that one could see nothing

5.

The days

6.

shorter

Hasn't

now
1

(to

commenced?)
7- We've no time

towards dark, but that

Towards dark

is

uncertain.

lit.,

studies

at present

(lit,

be for

let it

I propose to talk about that a

bit.

and

248) shall

day or

two hence.

arriving at dark coining

Obs.

"P-

Propose

to 3

man*.

See 241.

266.

^C

267.

shang

(Radical 145), clothes; classically, upper garments.


1

a skirt

classically,

a 1 "aa 1 ang 1

268.

wan3

from whenever reading

is

thick fog in the morning, but it lifted (lit.,


It may be fine
cleared) for a while at noon.
06s.

getting shorter

tsao 3

commence our night

our night book

There was a

been dull!

it

are

whenever

you and

all.

57

wang

1
,

colloquially

appended

to i l clothes in general.
,

dirty; not used colloquially except in combination with

the following.
269.

tea 1

jjjli

combination

is

tsang

as often

270.

huan4

271.

kan 1

272.

used with the preceding ang1 or a 1 but also without

l
l
1
l
pronounced a -tsa as ang -tsang

E.

washed kan

pa?

-fjfl

$
ffi

t'a

The compound kart-ching4 however, means


,

rfl

shou3
chin 1

3%

wo 3

nung*

kan

fjl

huan*

fan*

ching*

nung*

ti

8/tui 8

ch'u*

t'iao*

ti

cA'w 4

J|

lean

ft ft

fcei

clothes are dreadfully dirty.


Liao pu It,: lit., in a manner that will never

Go and change them


Obs.

liao

Lit.,

do.

"j*

liao 3

pu*

cM*
c/i'u

Jg

Obs.

06s.

me

See Exercise II, 9.

at once.

rice,

prepares

it

clean.

Note

ti

for

te.

a clean handkerchief.

Towels are also called shou-chin ; but there

The water
06s.

preparing

is

dirty pour
Note the employment of
;

it

is

a special term for silk handkerchiefs.

away.

t'a in referring to

an inanimate

object.

ti

JK
/rnaTi4

change clean [ones for them].

Lit., this cook,

fi{j

)j

This cook cooks cleanly.

Bring

ni3

^2*

fft

fj;

4
f@ /w

ching*

Obs.

simply, clean; as

-ching*, clean.

tao*

7
Your

The

dry.

Examples:
4

it.

to exchange.

JL ching*, clean.

dirty things are

327.

dirty

ft

ti

58

ERH

TZtJ

274.

water

is

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

skua1 to brush, as a hat or

In brushing boots, shoes, furniture,

clothes.

JfjjlJ

etc.,

used.

275.

/(.si

to wash, as clothes, the hands, the face; coupled with the following tsao 3

to bathe.
tsao 3 with the foregoing, to bathe.

276.

277.

lien

278.

p'en

279.

the face.

from the bean


be met with

a basin

is

made from

soap

called /ei' -sao

281.

much

tsui*,

wen

lira

1
,

often

comb

followed by tzu.

is

Coarse soap made


always takes tzu after it.
and a mixture of the two, i2-tsao*. The new characters will
hogs' lard

combined with ho2

When

to comb.

N.B.

woman's comb

Jg fa

Emphasis must be
284.

3
,

but pronounced huo 1

used as a noun

it

is

called Iung -tzu, with

on the

either takes mu*, wood, before

colloquially,

first

which she shu 1

it

t'ou

3
,

combs her hair

takes the prefix t'ou2

(lit.,

head).

the head, as t'ou 2 fa 3

tsui*

fj^

3
*? o hao
shua1

$JC

%fa

shu1
shu

2
fig t'ou

lien 3

jjgtn

4
| fewi

wo 3

3%

3
g wo

SjL

tsao

jjg

ch'i3

jjj
3

pa
mu*

shu

hsi

te

gfc

ching*

J$ yung*

liao

ffi

ch'ien

"s\

liu*

'rh

^ui

fgj

A;o

shou

The ko

after ch'ien-'rh

must be regarded

as

lien3

^ p'en*
shih*
hsi3

^"

gfc

^F

tzit

3
J^ lien

jg

c/tm*

$} yung*

J5

Asi 3

)p

A basin is used for washing the face.


In washing the hands, if you use soap you can wash them clean.
Mark the force of chiu ; lit., washing the hands, using soap, you then washing
06s.
The day before yesterday was the hottest [we have had]

Jjg

fjiao
foliao

hsi 3

kari

~~f

hsi

ffi,

^
&

I V*

$& kei
i*

Hfc

washed

g^f

<i

obtain clean [ones].

my face

six times.

a simple colloquial expletive peculiar to Peking

the erh

probably a corruption ofjih, day.

Bring
Obs.

me

comb

to

comb

bathe

early.

brush.

285.

my hair.

Note the reduplication of the verb

It is best to

character.

Examples:
3
8| tsao

Obs.

or shu^-tzu, a comb.

the hair;

laid

(210),

Thus,

mu* shu1

283.

it

very.

warm

1
282. tnt shu , a

or

later.

280.

it,

as hsi 3 -tsao3 p'en 2 , a bath-tub.

WT

chen1 , a needle.

shu shu, short for shu

i shu, to

comb

a comb, or have a

comb

at.

is

PART
286.

the numerative

hsien*, thread;

jjjJR

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

HI.

is

t'iao

59

Chenl -hsien4

in combination

means

needlework.
287. $il feng 2 to stitch together
,

288.

f< jj}

289.

Examples:

pu

to patch

hen3

shang
P'*

$$i

06s.
in the eye,

needle.

The eye
but

Women
Your
06s.

eye of a needle

cMn must

'rh

fjfc

fgj

nil 3

ni3

fft

|(jj

/mao3

>J<

$1 hsien*

deficiency.

- iz

hsien*

ko*

$\.chen

c/*-*^

Jen*

BjJ

^5

2/e?i

i'iao 2

too small.

is

is

also called chen pi'-'rh, the needle's nose

chen yen, without the Mi, means a stye

be emphasised.

learn sewing.
clothes are very tattered
all

Feng pu,

mend

to

lit.,

they must be mended.

and patch.

stitch

290. :*f ch'uan1 to bore through


,

291. |i
292.

up a vacancy, make good a

chen 1

^f-

See 737.

thread.

of this needle

The

ie

fill

1
%$ tou

ti

to

ijjt

hence, to

read feng*, a seam or crack.

$t

to

put on clothes.

hsieh 2 shoes.
,

t'o

1
,

Often used with

to take off or away.

293. ${t hsiieh 1 boots


,

294.

5 shuang1 a

295.

fH,

it

takes

tzti after

/ma 4 below
,

as

t'o

hsia\ to take

off.

it.

pair.

f||, tva*, stockings

takes tzu after

it

The character

it.

is

found under both

radicals.

296. Examples:

M
jjft
"/$,

yu&
chiu*

pu

1
$f ch'uan

Jjft

fpf

fQ p'a*
~f liao

p^ yil
1

ft

hsia*

i*

yu

fft hsiieh

t'o

fafj

"J*

shen 1

^,,

shang

liao

"g pai

J|R
3

i*

ti

ft

pu*

-ftj

~f a liao

JJ

fr ta*

$f

wa*

$}

ti

J- a tzu

K);

hsueh 1

ni3
tzti
1
1
3f ch'uan 3^ ch'uan
hsiehJ|$ na*

pu*

mo 1

-J tzu

tff.

tsou 3

One pair of stockings.


To put on shoes.
To take off boots.
If

you put on boots

as big as that

To take off all one's clothes.


With rain boots and rain clothes
06s.

with

later.

you won't be able

on, rain

Rain boots are more commonly called yu'

to

walk a hundred paces.

need not be dreaded.


hsiieh, oil (or oiled) boots

the character for yu will be

met

60

TZtJ

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

EXERCISE
fa

XI.

i.

boots.

2.

with a

Obs.

&

After

all

note the force of yeh;

lit.,

^
Obs.

To

and one handkerchief.

Warm

of boots

ten pairs

That

is

water will

The water in this basin is dirty;


change it and bring me some clean water
instead to wash my face. Those clothes are
3.

dirty

take a brush and brush them.

IB
4.

ft

off

that also not reckoned many.

T.

m $
- m
m IT
m

Shoes.

Take

pair of boots.

not very many after all.


not do to wash boots in.

IBs

Boots.

clothes.

You must patch that pair


He has bought
little leather.

of stockings

ft

Clothes.

Put on your

Stockings.

your

Clean.

Dirty.

it

^ &

7>

flf

fit

Bf

fit

This garment

to patch

patch

it

it

will

torn; call

someone here

no occasion, I think, to
do as well if it is sewn up. A

There

it.

is

is

wash-basin.

The second pa implying doubt.

Get up quickly and dress. He is (or


was) lying down undressed (or, has taken
off his clothes and is lying down).
He has
5.

ft

$
^

flfc

-t

had that garment on

without changing

for

a number of days

it.

cold to-day; you must put on


more.
When you saw him had he
something
on
or
boots
shoes ?
got
6. It is

ft

Obs.

Lit,

when you saw him's

time, he wore, etc.

Note

ni, the sign of the interrogative.

PAET

THE FOETY EXERCISES.

III.

is 7

ft

^g
_^-

^
That

06s.

all

depends

lit.,

that

_.

ft

Those leather boots of yours which


all this time ought to be

us

you brush them

Warm

4fc

Your mother

wives of

modern

10

tells

the

Your mother,

me you

did not get

officials

^^

-fa:

lit.,

the old lady

a term of respect applied to the


and aged women ; it is of comparatively

T'ai-t'ai

origin,

is

but nothing seems to be known about

its

derivation.

06s.

when the

2.

suppose

Do you

Shuo, to speak, generally follows kao-su

latter is in the past tense.

is

water

10.

prefer cold water or boiling


your hands in ? Both are bad
;

too cold, boiling water


is

is

too hot.

the best.

Be quick and pour

this water into

(KEY, EXERCISE XI.)

follmving into Chinese.

early to-day.
i.

me.

the pan and warm it. The fire is going out.


The water has been on a long while and will
not boil.

tjL

Turn

or dame.

for

are quite right

w
water to wash

Obs.

You

brushed, surely.

cold water

up very

it

have been lying by

9.

i.

put

be seen.

boots.

8.

JH

not clean

at home with nothing to do I wear shoes, but


when I go to the yamen I am obliged to wear

rh

[is] all to

is

wash-hand basin and wash it. Do you


That all
prefer to wear boots or shoes?
depends upon what I am doing; when I am

$.
ft

This handkerchief

7-

in the

,*,

fe

61

was dining out yesterday


evening, and came back late. The roads were
really in a bad state, and, not to speak of my
Quite true

2.

boots and clothes, which were


face even was not

When

I got

home

all dirtied,

my

be seen for grime.


called for warm water to

fit

to

and, taking off my clothes and boots,


I saw at once that my stockings were in holes

wash

it,

62

KIMl CHI.

and would have

to be

mended.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.
06s.

ordered the

04s. 2,

servants (men) to bring me a pair of shoes,


and to put them on the stove of the k'ang,
and had a change of clean clothes all over.

ya

when

3.

4.

heart then good a

But the way the


little).
rain came down in the night was enough to
frighten one. Did you go out, too ?
chin3 to the greatest extent

298.

chni 1 to pluck

299.

tai

300.

tan3 to tap

301.

mao4

302.

chung

a cap
1
,

my

Please have

See 28.

saying.

good clothes which

suit of

some

did not

Don't

tea.

5.

Is this water for the tea boiling

6.

The water has been on the

so long (half the day) ; of course

Of course

06s.

With

tzu,

let

us

k'o

pu

fire for

it is

ever

boiling.

See 124.

$hih.

a duster.

generally takes tzu after

middle

it.

Often used with chien 1 a division or space (47) as


the middle. Note the change of tone. It can also be used

midst.

Read chung4

later.

iff

mao4

mao4

3-

tzii

tzu

Ifl-

chiao 4

chai 1

L-O

to pass

kua

an examination.

hsia

chin 4

ch'u 4

IVU

wo

ti

At the very inside. At the very front.


To wear a cap. To take off the cap.

j||
:fJJ

li

-f-

tzu

|f tan
3
s
|f tan

spear, the hand, etc.).

'rh
\$L

chin 3

i|i|

mao*

ffi

ch'ienz

-J-

tzu

Jjjf ,

t'ou

chai 1

cheng

Right in the middle.

off.

of chiao, to call or cause, as an auxiliary,

3
ij^, l-'an , to

chin3

tai4

by means of which kua,

There are other verbs which perform the same function, but of these more hereafter.

^,

chung

tan3

pa

Tap the dust off with a duster.


The moment you enter a room take your hat
My cap was blown off by the wind.
Note the use

mao*

chien

t'u 3

na

hsia 4

304.

See 45.
in

Examples:
~f a liao

06s.

3.

prefixed adverbially.

chung chien rh, in the middle; or,


as a verb, to fulfil or accomplish, as will be seen
303.

yii

lit.,

as fruit, etc. (but not flowers).

to dust.

4-

had on a

wear on the head.

to

off,

my opinion

talk about this.

opinion it is better to wear shoes. After I had


taken a cup of tea I felt better (lit., in the

297.

In

c/tao

did not want to get spoilt, [so]


cross (go out of) the door.

my

off; in

Get wet:

mine get wet

these boots of

with rain they are not easy to take

I.

to blow,

becomes passive.

See 56.

chop; to strike with a sword or like weapon (not with a


The second is the correct form, but the first is often used.

stick, a

PART
305. Jp| chien 1

when linked with

shoulders;

THE FORTY EXERCISKS.

III.

the foregoing,

63
means a

it

waistcoat, q.d., a

garment that divides, or lies between, the shoulders.


306.

fP han\

307.

308.

fjpL

sweat.

shan 1 a

shirt

tan 1 single
,

309.

310.

Examples:

H3

1
$C shou
1
]ji tan

flto t'a

chili?

1
^c chia

waistcoat.

[jfj

(@

fco

ch'u

7*

^ao

slian

|^ tan

wos

only.

i2
1

3
0J k'an
1
jff chien

l
^c i

^
^

Jco*

f@

$J 'rh

5t t'ien

f@ ko*

tso

ff a han*
hsieh 3

means

ff han*

shang

Bfc

It also

See Examples.

i1

ti

(3$

k'ai 1

tsai*

sAw

5t t'ivn

kei

$fe

&

i*

Jg pa?

kinds of documents.

J-o tzti

j$j

many

read chia 1 to place between two objects.

t anl

sfi.

Generally used with the preceding.

shift.

a term applied to

chia 2 double

fH

J 'rh
i2

sliang

c/tm

chien*

f{:

shirt.

Lined clothes.

Clothes without lining.


I perspired all

day yesterday.
Write a receipt and give it him.

Make

list.

Place the paper between [the leaves of] the book.


311.

^ mien

the cotton plant

as

mien2

hua*,

raw

cotton.

_lt-f*

312. fjp k'u*, trousers, of which the numerative


313.

who

cuts

and

N.V.

ts'ai

to cut, as a tailor

when shaping

(181)

clothes

it

takes

tzti after

2
2
hence, ts'ai -feng a
,

it.

tailor,

one

stitches.

Emphasise

ts'ai.

314. fa^ I'ua*, an outer coat


315.

316.

Examples
^C

^
^

hsiu*, a sleeve

shang
ts'ai

Wadded

it

us

ma3 kua*-tzii, or ma3 kua*-'rh, a riding jacket, or short coat.

takes

tzii after

it.

-Jo

2
^]}j

^
A
A

is t'iao

kua*

^t4

hsiu*

fe'ai

^ shih*
^ chia

$fj a

ti

f^ chien*

4
$| k'u

|$ k'u*

mien2

/Jc

tzii

s/ti/i*

jg

$f

ti

2
j^ f iao'

clothes.

pair of trousers.
coat.
Sleeves.

To cut out

clothes.

Is this pair of trousers single or lined

tailor.

teit

14

c/te

^o shang
j^

<'iao

64

TZfr

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE

XII.
i

work

Women in their childhood learn needle-

the majority of them cannot read. The


numerative of caps is ting 3
A tailor can

both cut out and make up

ffl

clothes.

ffy
06s.

The majority

lit.,

the excess half

to

pan would be

equally correct.

2.

When you

in the water

bathe, do not put your hair

when once

the hair gets wet,

it

takes a long time to dry.

06s.

Chao*, to come in contact with.

See 45.

3.

1
Clothes, tan (not lined), are such as

have an outside with nothing inside it; clothes,


chia? (lined), are such as have both a lining

and an

Wadded garments

outside.

(lined) with cotton in between.

4.

k'artP-chien

is

To

are chia?

perspire.

the article of dress

which has a back and front and no


l

The Jiaii -shan


worn innermost

ft

sleeves.

is

the garment without lining

of

all.

5?c

5.

ft

The

kuui^-tzit

outermost of

ma3

when

garment worn

the
short

Jcua4 (or riding jacket).

trousers

tt

all

is

wadded or

is it

lined

it

is

called a

Is this pair of
?

fi
Caps are distinguished as small caps
and official hats while official hats are of two
kinds, the cool (summer) cap and the warm
6.

(winter) cap.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

Do you know how

7.

In that case
ffi

(patch)

- 7

my

ft

sew

do

not.

mend

shirt.

cut out but not put


That torn riding coat should

together yet.
be mended.

Jg

to

a tailor here to

I will call

The waistcoat

8.

65

is

Tap the dust

off the

clothes

with a duster.

ft

Who

9.

is

it

that

combs

his hair with

that (or the) wooden comb ? The expression


hsi 3 -tsao3 means to bathe the whole
body. It
is a
good thing to bathe every day.

Shu

O6s.

&

t'ou, to

comb the

&

H-

hair

fa can be omitted.
10. Your hair, sir, is
very short, and you
have already become bald on the top of your
head. I am more than fifty; it is time for one

ft,

to lose one's hair.

T
06s.

i.

Sir

06s.

2.

Note

06s. 3.

Ki.,

ting

old elder born


3

More than

a polite term of address to an elderly person.


t'ou being understood.
See 72.

the crown of the head

fifty

it

would be better

to

add the character SMI*

(952), but

it

has been omitted as

it

has

not yet been introduced.

1 1.

Is

raw cotton

plentiful this year

not, so to speak, scarce, but


abundant as it was last year.
is

Turn
1.

The

tailor

2.

Tell

him

3.

What

has come.

to

come

clothes do

Niri2 (^P)

Obs.
3
pronoun ni

See 648.

the following into Chinese.

is

is

It

not so

(KEY, EXERCISE XII.)


4.

Coats, trousers,

and waistcoats; and,

want you to make those what-doyou-call-'ems that one wears next the skin.
besides, I

in.

you want made,

it

sir

'.

a polite form of the personal

06s.
What-do-you-call-'ein
the possessive appended).

lit.,

that

what (with

66

TZtJ

You mean

5.

That's

6.

it

lit.,

and

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

under-shirts, don't you, sir

Under-shirts

Obs.

ERH

want a good many

or lined

is

sir,

too hot.

want

either

it

you make

If

way

the weather

evening,

a single one that

In what style are the sleeves to be

want them a

little

longer than this

will

[coat] of mine.
06s.

one, etc.,

Longer

compared with (Radical 8 1)

lit,

nimpm-iiip

lit.,

have kind or fashion

not spoil for a long

will

they

will these clothes

am

very good at needlework

they
days before they are ready.
This tailor is so dirty he isn't [tit]

not be
15.

a style:

how many days

In

3.

14.

lit.,

you brush your clothes clean every

sir,

be ready

made?
10.

shape of:

time.

will do.
9.

Have

If

12.

don't

2.

the

to

(yang<).

8.

Cut

cut.

06s.

that coat wadded,

i.

Obs.

body

Do you want

wear out as soon as they

to

are put on.

shirts too.
7.

them

don't want

little coats.

many

be seen; he looks somewhat as if he had


not used soap for a long time his hair, too,

this

to

Ion;;.

Be a little careful about these clothes;


I want them all cut to [the shape of] my
body, so that when worn they may have a
And, I must tell you, I
style about them.
it.

317.

318.

j&

319.

!|it]

t'ung*, copper.

$|

t'ieh

is

not combed.
06s.
1

Dirty

tsang

320.

to

hang

also

is

termed hiuiwf chin1

silver.

iron.

321. ia| ch'ien


322.

often used without any.

comb.

chin 1 (Radical 167), metal, especially gold; gold


(Radical 201), the yellow metal.

yln

is

Possibly because he has not got a

6.

coin, especially cash.

ft tiao*, in Peking, a 5oo-cash note; elsewhere, a string of 1,000 copper cash.

Also,

or suspend.

323. jf| p'iao*, a printed note or written order for


324.

money

also,

a police warrant.

Examples:
shih 4
t'ieh

wo3

shih*

fen

t'ung*

pa

yin

g ko*

/v3

ko*

Thirty

'rh

li

t'ov?

^|L

jji

-f-

ti

(j

t-.f'

J-

ch'ien*

ch'u 1

06s.

p'iao*
che 4
il

tiao*

ch'ien-

sun 1

Rj

lianif

shih1

ymchin 1

taels.

Liang, two,

is

a measure of weight,

commonly

called a tael

10

Hang go

to the chin or catty.

Gold.

Three tiao (elsewhere than in Peking, 3,000, or three strings


A bank-note for three taels.
06s.

In Peking, notes for silver are called p'iao, and notes for cash are called

Amongst
of iron.

of,

these

hundred cash

cash).

p'iao-tzil.

cannot distinguish which are made of copper and which

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

67

325.

muskets,

/,

|-f.

any straight pole or rod of wood; the numerative of

properly,

((/(",

spears,

etc.

326.

ch't'ng*,

Scales are called 5t ^P (tien^p'ing-); a

a balance; a weighing beam.

small steelyard has another name.


327.

^|

ch'eng

to

weigh
1

/<'",'/.

There
328.

In certain combinations, to speak of to


1
is to weigh with a t'ien -

hence, to esteem.

Ch'eng
weigh with a ch'eng* ; p'ing- ip'ing^
another term for weighing with a steelyard.

designate; to speak.
is

to

is

Examples:

mo

Jg

%
$

to

ch'eng

fjl?

Yao'

Obi.

Bring me
This balance

is

330. IJg chih


<-/i!n*-ch'ien*

iff

ti

ch'eng

(ft

^mi

ffi
3

ch'eng

2
B^ iso

^
^

ch'eng*

jfr

tso*

she"-

ch'eng

ffi

?,,lai*

-i

? ai *

iff

kan3

fg ch'eng

lai*

1'

tung
a

hsi l

|E no?
i4

for

it

To weigh the

not weigh so

will

we bought

rice

much

yesterday.

rice as that.

value.

to be worth.

As

chia*-chih z the price anything


,

is

worth or

is

valued at

more common.

is

(321)

pennissible and perhaps more popular.

What

too small

chi<^, price

mai

$.

jjg,,mo

things.
i IJKO* (32) is also

a balance.

329.

g
^

na *

SI5

1
J^ t'ien

3
1& lean

pu*
Had*

nu

To weigh

4
(,//>'

j|

ti

7^0

hsiao 3

t]\

331. Jl| L'uei*, dear

valuable; honourable; esteemed.

332. PI; chien*, cheap.


333.

followed by

2
a popular pronunciation of pien*, convenient. Read p'ien- only
p'ien
l
see below.
Fang -pwn* (Radical 70), convenient; handy.

fjl
i

2
;

334. *it

2
,

to be befitting; morally, essential.

As p'ienz -i 2 cheap; advantageous; advantage.


,

335.

f^

ch'ing

336.

chung*, heavy.

337.

Examples:
/f,

light.

Read

31 chien*

pu*
c/t?7t

ch'-uny

to repeat

twice over

fc mu*

4
f@ to

ie

fw7?(/

hu

/A

jg jr/mc/

^
How many

g.-i

tzti

taels is this horse

<-i

$1 c/t'm^

cAia 4

cA'iew 2

worth

55
It is

is
heavy wood is light.
That copper kettle is very cheap.
;

Wine
O6.x.

bottles are valueless.

Pn

chih ch'ien

may

also

mean

to cost a

trifle.

ii

Tia

(see

gg p'ien

2
gf fou

Iron

when

not dear

Part IV, Dialogue IX, 29).

fg

Hang

|g yin

^
^
g

t'ieh?

J-.Jzii

shih*

<i

c^n^

it is

4
1

'

2JW

p'i
.1 '""
]

^;

/atei*

hen3

very cheap.

ch!h-

68

TZtr

338.

"fff

chieh 4 to lend
,

339. |jt chang*,

tang

3%

kai 1

is

This

owe anything; morally,

to

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

a corrupt form of chang4 (146)


so universally used that it demands notice.

an account.

not recognised by the dictionaries, but


340.

CHI.

to borrow.

bill

ERH

to

is

owe duty; ought.

it is

Often combined with

(342).

341. -ff fei

to

pains, etc.

expend money,

1
342. 'pj tang*, to represent to stand for.
Tang to act as suitable proper
4
1
ought to be done. Tang to pawn or pledge. Tang or tang*, an adverb of time.
;

that which

343. JT*

yu\

in the case or matter of;

in;

proceeding out

Used only

of.

in

certain

combinations.
344.

$f

345.

Examples:

H
3

$M

tan9*
t'ien

5J 'rh

fife,

ch'ii*

6^0 ti
-(&
*jji

t'a

flfc

shih*
t'a

tang

ffo

tso*

$}a

ft iuo

3- a

tzti

&

$jz

shih*

To be distinguished from haos good.


,

^och'ien

hao*

fo hsin

che*

fo hsin

shih*

kai

Us/mi

2
jjfc

fei*

shu1

ft chien*

^
^

of.

t>al

^| k'an*

ti

ch'v?

This book of his

%'

kai 1

is all

be fond

to

$
^

tang

My money
He

much

hao*, to like

fei*
1

tang*

~jf

%
^

t'a

kai

liao

i*

ftfj

Much

too

ffi

tou 1

to 1

chieh*

ffi

ch'u 1

^chang*
kuo*

ff chieh*

ch'u*

"f liao

tang*

j^ yv?

p'iao*

$}

fei*

shih*

la I-

liao

ti

fa

t'a

is

borrowed.

many debts.
much money.

obliged to you.

A pawnshop. A
is

is

generally confined to thanks for favours which entail the exercise of

The

mind

rather

heart, accord injr

pawn-ticket.

very fond of reading.

Who

ought to undertake this affair ? It is he that ought to do


went on the same day (q.d., the day on which it happened).

He

2
f| ch'ien

1
|J shu

than of body (lit., I have spent your heart; or, you have expended your mind or brain on me).
to the Chinese theory, is the seat of the intellect.

06s.

ti

lent out.

This expression

Obs.

wo3

owes a great

To spend

He

fg

hao3

ljL

pen

/f

f| p'u*

cM*

Jf

it.

acts as cook.

Tang here implies either that his previous occupation was something different, or that cooking
of other crafts with which he is acquainted.

is

only one

PART

THE FOKTY EXERCISES.

III.

EXERCISE

XIII.

Expenses
fcl

To spend money

Accounts.

i.

It

69

(184).

A four-iiao note.
expenditure.
weigh it in the balance if you do

You must
know its

not

weight.

fll

The woi&ohcmg*,

by the native dictionaries; it is, however, a


and means, says a teacher, a memorandum of expenditure. Mu, the
sections, or other subdivisions.
eye, combined with chang has something of the force of our word heads, in a discourse
Obs,

very

common

as already explained, is not authorised

substitute for the correct form (146),

^
T

Hi|

^4,

tj

Hy

/v

[to

me]

i.

<>1is.

2.

use.

People:

j&n-chiit t-annot bear so

Wos

letting another

cliia,

ch'ien-

J'ulkx

have

I
it

my money

for his use.

holding people's money bring

large.

Our

daily domestic expenditure is not


4
say t'<i id (he

It is equally correct to

loves to spend) or hao*

That

(is

man

fond of spending)

spends too
be
must
nearly at an end.
capital

money.

excessive, or exceeds, yd, in the matter

i.

Too much

04s.

2.

Capital or principal

Zii., is

Hi.,

><>(>(

it

[to people] fur people's use.

and has something of the force of our word kind, though


would be a nearer rendering.

ffl

Obs.

means

generalises jen,

wide a meaning as mankind;

4.

7C

c// /e/i

fi2

//

The

getting money of >eople for my use.


2
chieh* kei 3 yen 2 ch'ien means that I am

chieh ch'icit nre = mean [that]


Jit., [the words]
Chieh kei jen ch'ien means [that I] holding my money take
jf.n-c.hia.

tt;o

am

that I

The expression:

my own

suppose he can pay that amount.

The expression

3.

A
O//x.

I don't

taels.

to

for

2. He owes different
people a great deal
of money.
He has bills outstanding to the
extent of at least (not below) one thousand

-fljjj

or stock of

moner.

of,

spending money.

much

his

TZT ERH CHI.

70

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

5.

That

is

not a dear house.

The

price

asked (or paid) for this fur cloak is very small.


That flower-vase is worth nothing.
Cotton
is

He

very low this year.

has not got a cash

to live on.

m
O'j.f.

family were

Not a

cash

lit,

he in his house one large cash even has not got. This might mean equally that his
but were it an object to isolate the individual, shou 3 li 3 in his hand, might be

in as great distress;

all

used instead of chia

li.

6.

-t

ir

Seven-tenths of those ten-cash pieces

are copper,

and three-tenths

heavier than silver; iron

is

Gold

iron.

lighter than

is

silver.

iff

ffil

06s.
i/.il.,

there

Ten-cash pieces

The second

representing ten's large cash (342).

lit.,

simplest construed as ones;

ti is

Were

there are three-tenths being iron ones.

seven-tenths being copper ones,

are

cash contained seven-tenths copper to three-tenths iron, the text might be variously modified
li-t'ou,

fen

and then proceed, ton shih

fai t'ung san fen

ch'i

t'ieh ; or, retaining

the

li-t'ou,

it

meant that each

you might omit the

proceed, yu ch'i fen t'ung san

t'ieh.

J2.

_L

441

gc

zg|

jjJU

.Z.

An

F=I

&tr

slal

Tut

lH

$H

52>

US'

if

w&

m j
06s.

IT?

paper note

cash; [in] buying things

p'iuo*-tzu

is

a paper note on which

I-

_2L

written the number of cash it is worth for


buying things it is the same as coin. He has

1S

^ ao

5^?

that coat for notes to the value of ten

pawned
^ or>

^or a ten "^ ao

note )-

m m m

lit.,

[it is]

7'

B.

1%

IS 7

paper upon [which one] writes a number (or amount) of


one and the same fashion. Instead of i ko yang-'rh, you may read

a p'iao-tzil is a strip of

with money

[of]

shih i ko

8.

sure to

t.

to

- S
1.

Eua

2.

Ti,

lia chien-'rh:

lit.,

one's pocket.

here stands for

li.

spend

Will he
sell,

but

sell
if

that flower-vase

He

is

you want it you will have


it; he didn't buy it

pay pretty well for

cheap.

IE
a couple of cash

a Pekingese expression for putting one's

hand

in

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

No

9.

71.

one minds spending a tacl or two


(or ought) to be spent, but

when they have

nine or ten taels with you directly you


open your mouth (you are too large in your
it's

ii,
fft

06s.

Ought

perhaps slightly

ideas altogether).

IS,,

thinking of going beyond the


frontier, [where] I hear that notes are not

handy (lit., not good to use) silver being


more convenient to use, and that one will
want some small copper cash

too.

Am

I.

owe many

The frontier k'ou (Radical 30), a mouth


k'ou wai, outside a pass or gateway on the
Chinese frontier. In Peking, k'ou wai is understood to

met with

You

will certainly

cash they use [there]


used in the capital.

want some

but the

not, I fancy, the

is

the cash

Quite right;

[small

ones].

When

changing

Not only

used

cash

the

in

one gets beyond the

lend to

(lit, there's

weighed varies too

no use saying) does the

is

have heard

06s.

later.

me

I shall just, etc.

little

that

i.

2.

is

lit.,

[I will] request

money, chiu shih Kao, and

you to

that's all.

when one

much

lit., fire

much,
Obs.

i.

06s.

2.

8.

surely.
You owed:

Too much

What

Well,
is

06s.

were short

lit.,

kuo

t'ai

Avell

let's

borrowing

[to]

me.

yii i ticn-'rh, a little

say no more about

the exchange for silver to-day


Well, well, etc.:

i.

lit.,

pa

(i.e.,

the ounce of silver) change for?

Obs.

2.

9.

that then ended,

IM

the

lit.,

how many

tael

cash does silver

changes

for

over

tiao.

In that

10.

twenty

Exchange

To-day

seventeen

case

weigh

[out]

for

me

taels.

Weigh p'ing
:

Here they

184).

it.

Kao.

chin

11.

5. Living is cheap, certainly; but if you


reckon up the cart hire (lit., money) and inn
are by no means
(lit., house) money, expenses

of

too excessive.

06s.

and food (Radical

thinking

too

goes

cheaper.

are

you

you owed me long ago a good


taels
which
many
you have not paid me back
all this time
another loan would be a little

barrier (63).

Living:

So

again, eh

its

also not the same).

beyond the barrier living


Obs.

amount when
the large and small

but

(lit.,

of the p'ing, or scale,


4.

yao (32) being


which will be

If I

7.

silver gives a deal of trouble.

of silver vary,

price

if,

owe bills they must certainly be


cannot
paid.
pay them I shall just ask
you to lend me a little money.

capital are large cash, each representing ten

frontier,

be that

if it

the region beyond the Great Wall.

3.

yao shih,

If I

or pass;

2.

4
corruptly used for another word, jo ,

06s.

Obs. 2.

get back I fear you will

bills.
If

Obs.

3
liary to (241).

mean

When you

small.

6.

thinking: where this is used in the


sense of proposing to carry out a project, the word sitan,
to reckon, is commonly employed, preceded by the auxi06s.

(KEY, EXERCISE XIII.)

the following into Chinese.

am

alone would be equally correct, but

Turn
1.

Kai

note the use of the two verbs with a similar meaning.


tang could also be used alone.

less forcible

(327).

are,

weighed; take them.

prosperous journey to you.


05s.

cation

is

Prosperous journey

lit.,

you on

this road a

The reduplitranquility tranquility one.


merely employed for the sake of euphony.

great great,

72

T7.

346.

Jfcf:

mei-, coal.

347.

fifc

t'an\ cliarcoal.

348. ~fe ch'ai-, fuel

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

when used with /mo3

349.

JHfl

Inn*, to discuss.

350.

2i

tan*, a corrupt

oi's/u/*.

means straw

fire, it

2
4
ptt fowl never

As

form

or reed fuel, shavings, etc.

mind; no matter.

stone (Radical 112); 100 catties are ordinarily called

a tan* or picul.
351.

Examples:
s
Q?a shao

^ pu?
|^

f,?i 4

$2 ch'ing

chung*

Where do

mai4

4
$J f'aw

fjfjo

ft

$|o ft

?j5

mi

jj

pv?

s/ti/i

4
pf iw?i

4
|& iwn

~jfa

to

s/ti/t

j^

yfcwo

^|o

2fe

sltan 1
ii

tan*

j|
?

mai4

From

the

fan*

mei2

ft

{1
4

-jj

teai

5jJ

%a3

hills.

Lit., coal, charcoal come out in what one piece, bit, or spot.
perhaps so definite. Note na i k'uni-'rh pronounced no? k'uerh.
O/,>.

i~

ck'ai2

3
^f ch'eng* fa ktw

and charcoal come from

coal

ill

JVa 3 'rh would be equally correct, but not

Fuel.

Coal and charcoal are sold by weight.


06s.
Lit., passing the beam sold.
Rice

is

06s.

Lit.,

No

by the picul.
reckoning the picul sold.

sold

matter whether

352.

mien*,

;|

353. yft yu?,

means

No

or few.

matter whether light or heavy.

flour.

oil.

2
chih 1 properly, the plant of immortality used with ma the following character,
z
1
l
sesame, and is pronounced chih -ma the chih being emphasised.

354.
it

many

'

355.

356.

359.
360.

ma' (Radical 200), hemp.

fang

357.
358.

yen
.

ts'u

2
,

sugar.

salt.

coarse.

/(i 4 , fine.

Examples:

M,hsi*

i ma

fang'

s
f^ ni

nuen4
-it'O

ffl te'w

/tsiew

chih 1

2
^ mei

cAe

TART

Vegetable
foreign salad

made from

oil,

Our salt here is coarse, not


White sugar is nice to eat.
Twine

is

coarse

the seeds of certain vegetables.

^f

t'ang\ broth.

362.

fj|j

chi 1 chicken
,

It

is

also

used to denote

vermicelli.

so fine as yours.

is fine.

as chi l -tzu3

'rh, fowls'

eggs.

tzu.

Emphasise
fflj

means

colloquially often

cotton thread

361.

363.

73

Flour.

Note that mien used alone

N.B.

FORTY EXERCISES.

oil.

Sesame.
Obs.

TH1C

III.

nai3 milk.
,

364. ?jk kuo

Also, in certain combinations, a strong affirmative

fruit.

certainly

if

indeed.
365.

2
IH man

Foreign bread

bread, or steamed dumplings.

The term

man2-t'ou

caused paste

has

a head

as man^-t'ou, Chinese

origin in an incident in Chinese history, a certain general having

its

when

t'ou

generally called mien*-pao*, flour balls, or rolls.

is

to be substituted for the

effigies

propitiatory sacrifice

Commonly used with

a dumpling.

human heads

was customary

it

to offer as a

crossing a river in the country of the southern savages, in which he

was operating.
366.
367.

|&

shv?, ripe

iffij

tuan 1

Hence, accustomed

cooked.

in combination, morally upright

2
Vulgarly, shou

familiar.

to place properly.

368. Hfc ch'd*, to remove.

369.

Examples:
-Jo tzu

%% t'ang
3
A; no

7JC

j|

||

Chicken soup.
Obs.

When

mo

fE
2

s/mi

Awn, 1
kit,o

^
T

Pf k'o

ti

tziL

shou

.& yeh

tou

~f liao

1
$& tuan

liao

chin*
o

chai 1

hsia*

eke*

"f

Jisia*

ch'ii*

shu

$
^

c/w a3
chi

shan

nais

she"-

fan*
2

Goat's milk.

the food

You can also say k'ai (serve it up).


it up.
"
" serve
k'ai fan to
dish up."
In the second sentence, iai
and
up,"

ready, serve (tuan)

is

Tuan fan

is, strictly speaking, to


implies the act of bringing to the table as well.

Take away these books and things.


And things lit, and what ones.
06s.
That fruit is ripe pluck some.
:

Obs.

Chai', to pluck (298).

Fresh
Obs.

fruit.

shuo 1

#ft

fang

Dry

fruit.

In Peking the term shui

Jam.
kuo-tzft, is

applied only to plums.

10

74

TZtJ

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

EXERCISE XIV.

Fowls' eggs. Cows' milk. Lamp oil.


The food is cooked [so badly] that
uneatable take it away at once. Lamp oil
i.

Sweet

tu

it is

yft

is

lie

oil.

made from

mineral

2.

ffl

oils

the bean

come out

bought

sweet

oil

from sesame

of the ground.

three hundred

yesterday

catties of coal, fifty catties of charcoal, eighty

Jr

hundred

catties of fuel, four piculs of rice,

*s

it

'J5

co

When

catties of flour.

^ie

"

c 01 181

and two

the weather

f coa l an(l charcoal

!^ 011

is larger.

3.

Most stoves of stove-beds burn coal

in

a chafing-dish one uses charcoal. A chafingdish is for use in a room it is not meant [for]
;

cooking food or heating water with.

|i
.

-fe

'

JlJ

$.

-pE

^tb

^S

cat.

i|

fix!

-ffi

^
6x1

1
Things to be eaten are either sheng

(raw) or shou? (cooked) all that are prepared


2
the sheng 1 ts'ai*
fire are shou (cooked)
;

over a

are vegetables

that

may

IS

natural state.

/{*.,

A-

0*

^7?

A\

-4r

JgC

tt

'Mo

fW

Jit

jgf

jig

^5

5-

You go and buy me

&

rfc.

"?"

$n

is

$k

buy milk by the

rr

cheap.

In this part of the world we do not


catty, but by the cup or

bottle.

xa.

Milk by the catty

lit.,

a chicken and

three or four eggs. Do you want any milk as


I should like a few catties of milk if it
well ?

m
Obs.

be eaten in their

the sheng ts'ai are [these; such as] growing out of the ground [man] thereon (or
In Peking the term sheng ts'ai is confined to such vegetables as are never cooked.

Obs. -Natural state:

immediately) can

Qy,

^jf

fjQj

4.

you do not consider

(or reckon) the catties'

number.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

generally bought by the piece.


get the food ready directly, and as

Fruit

6.

Go and

soon as

06s.--Foo<l ready:

tc,

having achieved that which

is

75-

it is

is

it

ready put

in course of preparation.

on the

table.

The expression

li

liao is used of

several other operations completed.

Pi

ff-

SI

Do you

7.

I like broth.

prefer bread or rice?

What kind

of broth

meat soup or chicken broth

Prefer: ai might also be rendered,

Obs.

what

are

^^55-^iP1/\^^
'

Bfl

ft

*r

A^

Ig

*
Pen

This year

on coal and

8-1 P urP s e asking some people to dinner


to-morrow; what had I better give them to
?

Anything

not

fuel.

the following into Chinese.

have spent no

The

much "kindling"

little

fire

I.

in the

market

3.

have spent,

etc.:

lit.,

my

this year's coal

133).

which

all

can be used in the kitchen too.


06s.
Much cheaper chien to cho ni.
:

to explain the use of cho in this connexion


to act as an intensive,

and

said

It
;

is difficult
it

appears

to be
a corruption of cho shih*, in very truth, an expression
that will be met with later.
See Note on cho at the close

of Exercise

XL.

they are

(lit,

all

people of

By no means

182) not wrong.

badly
This use of tao
:

lit.,

is

on the reverse (too 4 ,

perhaps a colloquial-

ism peculiar to Peking, but, like many idiomatic expressions of a similar nature,

it

is

considered by northerners

as indispensable to fluency of diction ; it would not be


incorrect to omit the tao, but the sentence would have an

unfinished sound.
auxiliaries

It is the judicious use of these little

that just

makes the

difference

between a

and an awkward speaker.

because you burn the best

comes from beyond the frontier.


burn charcoal, which is much cheaper; it

coal,

is

badly.

fluent

That

them

hear your cook cooks by no means

Obs.
(lit,

money spent not little. Huo, short for ch'ai huo.


Obs. 2.
Note yu (Radical 29), also, besides.
Obs. 3.
At the very least diHi* shao 3 (Radical
2.

for

EXERCISE XIV.)

(!VEY,

money

price of coal keeps

1
produced, ch'u ); my monthly expenditure
must be at the very least thirteen dollars.

06s.

do

only used of blood relations.

is

getting dearer every day, and, besides, there


is

will

our own immediate belongings


our own family stock).

a*
chia

Turn
1

Either

suits me.

in the habit of eating?

eat

A
06s.

you

Neither;
?

is

by the teachers

Yes, he does; the soup and butter


puddings he makes are very good indeed.
4.

Suppose you dine here


Here (to the servant) !
Tell the cook
things.

at

my

place to-day.

Bring the [dinner]


to make a chicken

raw vegetable chicken), with a mixture of eggs and sweet oil; tell him to use
salad

(lit.,

fine salt,

not coarse.

want

also every

kind

76

of

and

fruit,

them

tell

him

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL

be careful to buy

to

ripe.

Obs.
3

(tien

mix

Butter puddings

i.

milk

lit.,

With

2.

a mixture

lit.,

oil

pudding

That

is

like to drink water.

one place

name given

is

the ripe distinction

lit.,

a localism.

to a light

is

yellow wine,

the

wine that the Chinese commonly

drink at their principal meal.

We

have eaten a very good dinner


to-day and drunk lots of wine; the fire, too,
burns with plenty of warmth what more can
7.

Ripe: shou* /c

3.

Wine: huang* chiu 3

Obs.

using eggs and sweet

(huo<, 210) together (i k'uai-rh, in

This

one's.

because he learnt badly. Please


take some wine I remember that you don't
6.

p. 52).

or piece).
06s.

(SKUII'.S.

hsin', Exercise IX, Eng., 11, Obs.

06s.
oil

&RH

TZtJ

This dinner I must say is excellent.


my cook is no use he has not the least

5.

Now

06s.

Lots:

turn for cooking.

bit of a
06s.

turn for: pen 3 shih<;

lit.,

lit.,

very enough (Radical 157).

root matter.

This does not mean, as might be supposed from


tion,

we two want

its

forma-

inborn qualities, but acquired ones.

370. Jj^ ching

1
,

371. jfl

yuan

the capital of a
far.

Yiian^chin*, in combination, means distance

372. J|E chin*, near.


373.

a road

lu*,

ancient or modern.

state,

to

3
yuan how
,

far.

a way.

2
374. jit chih straight.
,

375. fj| jao*, winding.

376. Examples

mo

4fr

kao*

U*r

jao*

fife

chiao 4
t'a

tsa

tsou

chi 3

li

Obs.

How

j|[

lu*,

to the capital

it

far?

how many

lit.,

li

[how]

li.

Peking, Nanking, Tokio.


near.

^t I96 *

&

ching

if

n7i2

chih

Is

it

far

yilan
p-U?

^
^

M
M

5i,'''^
3

1 *'

^y

-f1

ching
1

iltTJf/

W
AP

_^

ao *

ching

s/w/t

to

yw-

to

yuan

When speaking of short distances, yu 3


land
or water.
by

many

of road, whether

More than eighty

Very

chin*

JM C/mi*
far is

y^ lu*

AeV

cho

How

Aching

far?

to 1

shao 3 In*

is

often used, or

PART
him

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

77

straight in and tell me.


Obs.
Had the sentence ran, he came straight in and told me, SM should be followed by shuo,
Suppose we take a roundabout in this direction.
Tell

Obs.

come

to

The pa

"what do you think?"

at the close of this sentence has the force of

i.e.,

to speak.

expresses a doubt as to

the willingness of the person addressed to comply with the suggestion.

377.

ho'

378.

$$

hai 3 the

a river.

379. i|| pien

sMn

380. '$?
381.

sea.

side.

deep

ch'ien

morally, profound.

shallow.

commonplace

Morally,

chik 1 numerative of ships, also of

382.

not profound.

many

other things, such as oxen, sheep, and

chickens.

ch'uan 2 a ship or boat.

383.

$a

384.

Examples:

>p shao

4
$5 na

ti

ft

&

ti

fang

\j

'rh

^ yu?

ti

t'ov?

51

yu

3
|(j

ft 'rh

jfe

t'iacr

ft chitt

_t shang*
4
ffa chiu

?PJ

ho 2

k'an4

shen 1

yu

chien 4

ti

ch'ien*

~J liao

ch'uan'2 Hf mien*

3
ft ivo

tsai

ft

'///,

3
j@ hai
1

pien

There are three ships on the sea.


Ubs.
Hai mien-'rh implies distance.
I

was on the shore and saw them

saw them from the

or, I

shore.

In that river there are shallow places and deep.


How many kinds of fish are there in the sea ?
4

385. ijp

i'*;

386.

jjfi

tien*,

387.

^ chang

&'o

4
,

a stranger.

a large shop
3
,

an

MvPk'o, a customer.

inn.

the palm of the

4
388. fl5 kuei the counter
.

Also, a guest; a passenger; a traveller.

hand

till

to superintend.

a cupboard

a Avardrobe.

389.

sT

390.

Examples

chi*, to

to count.

ji swan
chi*

reckon

^f*

sfiou

chang*

^; cliang*
shou3

mu*

;jjo

Asin 1

flti^

JH '^^^

^'u&i

chang

4
|g kuei

fj.

//('

<i

ch'len 2

fi^o

J\

r-

j'

**'

|g fan
,

tien 4
ch'a-

23>

wttif

vxm<f'

78

EEH

TZfr

COLLOQUIAL SERIKS.

CHI.

Passing strangers.

Ch'a-tien

06*.

A
till

is

tea-shop.
"

not a

wardrobe.

An
the

restaurant.

tea-house."

till.

inn manager, or cashier of a shop

q.d.,

the person

who

holds or superintends (cliang)

(kuei).

The centre of the palm.

The palm of the hand.


To do accounts.
06s.

You

can also say suan chang.

391.

ttli

neng-, to be able.

392. l?f

nan2

393.

;j[j

pei

394.

5c

shou*, to receive

395.

JR

lei*,

396.

t*j

397.

J|)

A
,

south.

north.

entanglement

k'v?, bitterness

to suffer

hence used in many passive formations.

to entangle

to trouble.

mental or physical

bitter; grief;

to connect

even.

Often employed as the conjunction and.

Examples:

pg

2/

i*

lien*

~f

Kao

.&

scm 1

i*

5g Ueri*

ajs

ko*

ch'a?

/P

p 1*

3
2/e/i

/,:'%*

|g

^
When you went
It

Went

to sea

to sea last year did


lit.,

jj(

k'u

nt~P a

any hardship

T&
?

sea.

Rest a
06s.

bit.

Pa

is

here an invitation

cannot even drink

There was (or

Rain
O'/.-.-.

fell for

hsieh hsieh alone or hsieh cho

tea.

not even a single

is)

is

man

to be seen.

three days consecutively.

Consecutively

lit.,

one connexion

i.e.,

without a break.

equally admissible.

ch'u *

fg

chen 1
s

4
J& Zw

5i '^l

lien

fft

i2

hsieh 1
2

lei*

~J liao

^ /a

suffer

hsing

was truly misery the whole voyage.


jHsV or hsing (Radical 160).

06s.

you

walked or travelled the

Mfe

%e%

P^.Ao

06s.

suffering.

hsieh 1 to rest.

398. yj& lien-, to join


399.

shou*

PART

III.

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

79

EXERCISE XV.
A

i.

straight

road

is

the shortest;

winding road is longer (or, as to distance, the


straight road there is the shortest).
North,
south, east,

To

and

west.

cross a river.

To be on board a

There are a good

ship.

many

passengers on board that ship (or boat).


Obs. I.
A straight road, etc. lit., if you reckon (suan-chi} the distance (yuan-chin) of a road,
walk straight than to go by a circuitous route.
Obs. 2.
Note the order in which the Chinese enumerate the points of the compass.
:

to

We

2.

morning

ft

Obs.

i.

Set

' >!>.*.

2.

The

sail

first

lit.,

is

open the boat;

thing

lit.,

the

first

q.d., let

early

is

nearer

to-morrow

The water

the South.

rivers is shallower

than that of the

in

sea.

the

He

a southerner.

her loose from her moorings.

the

moment

it is early.

When you went

to

Peking last year


where did you live ? I stopped at an inn. I
have heard it said that the inns outside the
3.

set sail the first thing

for

it

some of them not very good to stay


That is all according as the inn-keeper is

city are

&ft

ft

JK
06.9.

at.

a good or a bad one; in my opinion, when


one is tired any place is good; all you go to
an inn for is to rest yourself.

A
All you

o, etc.

lit.,

[the object of] going to an inn [is] not

more than

to rest [<T resting],

and there

an end.

Do you

4.

a boat

am

in

prefer travelling by cart or in


That depends upon the country I
there are no carts in the South, and

travellers all

are larger.

*&. ft

The

go by water.

in river-travelling are small

vessels used

sea-going vessels

80

ERH

CHI.

'/$

ffi

ra

tot

Jf

A*

ffi.

Jj^

fi

T/l

A
^
^
$

jt>
ifc

&
a

til

**

In the voyage you made by sea, sir,


last, you had a hard time of

5-

^e

vear before

hadn't you?
I had; it blew hard, and
the ship got ashore on the coast of Shantung; all of us who were on board suffered
it,

ifl

in

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

terribly.

This abridged form is slightly less courteous than the


lao, short for ni lao hsien-shtng.
3
very commonly used. The student should bear in mind that the simple pronoun ni is only
used when addressing inferiors, or persons with whom the speaker is on intimate terms nin is more frequently used
in Peking than ni lao.
Obs.

i.

Sir

longer address, but

ni

it is

hsiug k'u

^
-JU

^o

Obs. 2.

Hard time

06s. 3.

Got ashore

lit.,

06s. 4.

Dreadfully:

lit.,

is

verbalised

by

&

6*1

F?f

>&
"*

jStft

Wt

Tit

B4
06s.

that

it is

flKl
i.

lit.,

you

were the recipient

shott,

of,

suffered, trouble.

some accident] put the ship on a shoal [place].


we, those persons=I and the others there, were troubled infinitely.

[the wind, or

The

adjective

ti.

&

*5c

~H

W
&4

f^4

The people

jJt

tj-

T_*

"vs

At

ilft

Who

6.

looks after the messing on board

The people of the ship look after it.


hip
rpjie kgg^ man j n a jj 0a
jg
ca n_ e( j kuan 3 s

_L

j.

w&

JL>

$& ^

;H

of the ship

P2

ch'uan
*

ch'uan chia; those

-'rh-ti

in the

South he

called lacP-

is

a* (Anglic^, lowdah).

who make

ch'uan, the boat, chia, their home.

Yeh implies

their business to look after the meals as well as other things.

06s. 2.

Note kuan 3

to look after (117).

j.

Which do you

consider costs most,

by water or

travelling in a cart?

travelling

ft

One spends more travelling in a cart. Nonsense how can a cart be dearer than a boat ?
You don't understand; most of the carts in

1315

the North are put up in the cart inns, and if


you want to employ carts the inn-keeper must
then there are the
also make his squeeze

ft

ft.

tit
06s.

i.

One spends

daily inn expenses en route which you have


not taken into account.

m
ft

so pronounced, should be written hua te, the construction


ti, though commonly
compared with sitting in a ship, [one] hua te, succeeds in expending (comes to spend),

hua

being, literally, sitting in a cart

more money.
06s.

2.

Nonsense

06s.

3.

Squeeze

lit.,

not existing talk

you

what does not exist.


when placed as here means

talk about

the word shih, properly, to use,

to use another's

money, of

course unfairly.
06s. 4.
travel

Travelling expenses

backwards and forwards

expenses

when

travelling to

p'an* fei

to go to

and

and from a place

P'an is, properly, a circular dish, bowl, or plate


when loading or unloading a vessel. P'an fei

fro, as

hence, travelling expenses generally.

it

also

means to

are therefore the

PART

Turn

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

following into Chinese.

the

At the present moment the capital is in


the North and is called Peking. Several hundred years ago there was also a capital in the
1

was the

it

city

now

Obs.

i.

Present moment:

06s.

2.

Now

went

2.

ling

into the city with him.

Obs.

Consequently

chiu.

8.

bigger than a river.

The sea

sizes.

Rivers are not so deep

bank of a

(the

pie-'rh

river),

pie-'rh (the sea-shore), both refer to the

water at the side

5.

by

hai3

will

very deep.

In

man who

superintends or

in a cart,

^Q

hsiang

z
,

plums

is

a high

in either case one

One year we were


and while we were on the

have a bad time of

06s.

In a journey by boat there is no necesfor


sity
putting up at an inn, but going by

li

heavy rain
it.

man

selling food

we were very

and dreadfully fatigued.


Evenwe
an
came
to
where
we
a
rested
inn,
tually
night and recovered.

6.

opinion, to go by boat and by


good [ways of travelling]. In a

distressed

all small.

400.

the

the manager of
also a chang3 -

my

not) even one

ships one goes by on the sea


the boats which sail on rivers are

lit.,

is

road the rain began to fall. During the whole


journey we did not fall in with (lit., there was

The

boat.

Manager:

travelling in a cart,

The

who journey by water must go

People

are large

wind

shallow, but everywhere

is

it is

is

boat the one thing one has to fear

ground

at the side of a river or of the sea.

in the middle

less

cart.

chan(f-kuei*-ti

cart are both

as the sea.

Ho 2

is

controls matters.

Rivers are of different

4.

the price of a boat, too,

In an inn there

a shop.

quently very long.

is

The

7.

The

I went by was straight and very short;


he went by a winding road, which was conse-

3.

by boat

109).

road

Obs.

must put up

than that of a

hsiaf (223).

under the eye (Radical

lit.,

V.)

at an inn every day,


a
of
which costs
lot
money. Estimating the
cost of the two, one spends less money travel-

called Nanking.

fc'e

(KEY, EXERCISE X

cart one

South

81

The one

thing, etc.: chiu shih p'a.

Note

this fresh use of chin.

but in the phrase hsing--li s baggage, corruptly used for some other

character.
401.

402. 'gj
sha-rig*,

or

pao

403.

pao
ch'i

a trunk

a box.

Alone,

a bundle (pao l -'rh).

1
,

lai

3K t ai*>

404. til,

405.

To make

tzti after

it.

into a bundle, pao^ shang*

pao

-'rh,

chan 1

fan3 a
,

takes

a bag

^,

it

a purse.
felt

Commonly used with

k'ou 3 a mouth.
,

or similar fabrics.

carpet or rug

as

mao*

t'an s -tzit, a woollen or hair carpet.

11

pao

TZU ERH CHI.

82

406.

-flj

pu

cotton

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

fabrics.

Also, as will be seen later, to spread out

k'ou3

fy

to arrange

to distribute.

407.

Examples:

^
3p
fit

^
;$L

t'tm 3

tzii

tai

IfJi

p'u

tsai

mi
'^

?R
4

k'ng

_t shang*

:}JJ

pa

ti*

2j o

ft pu*

hsiao

>J>
4

shih

fJL ts'u

l]lf|

so.71

chan

jig

mao*

S
$ pen
*

pao

J
1

fH p'ien

fa^ti

lai 2

$j
2

ch'i

che

f@ ko

fa p'i

ffijtsiang

&

fjjj

shang

li

^f- a tzii

~$.

^sing
^i

Plums.

leathern box (portmanteau).


Wrap up these clothes.
Note

06s.

Baggage.

che ko with a plural word.

Felt caps are cheap.


Native cotton fabrics are coarse.
Native

Obs.

original, proper, or indigenous to, the locality.

lit.,

Three bags of

millet.

Spread the carpet on the k'ang.


408. f|e ivei 4 to feed animals.
,

409. ||

described in native dictionaries as a white horse with a black

lo*,

mane

conver-

sationally, only used with the following.

410.

fl|fc

t'o

the camel with two humps, known to us as the Bactrian camel, and
to carry on the back, as a beast a burden.

called lo*-t'o 2

commonly
N.B.

411.

412.

Examples

sheny

HJ

lo*.

Emphasise

fa

hui

2
JJj}

inao-

5^0 'rh

t'a

lo

$.

^'

t'o

to

06s.

horse

tei

!^ sheng

ft hao

ft hao

fa 'rh

nien 2

$J

jji

come and

Teh the ma-/u


lit.,

t'o
i

Ma-fu:

Rarely used alone, and generally with k'ou, a mouth.

cattle; beasts.

man

ti

wei 4

k'ou

shih

ctiang'

ch'i
ti

2
j^ mei
a

4
Jg che

feed the horse.

catties of coal.

constantly ridden he must be well fed.


Camels cast their coats once a year.

This beast

Obs.

Lit.,

is

camels one year put

off

one time wool.

Jp chin

(239).

That camel has a load of 400

pai

"g
2

|$

na4

**<"'
4

^
fa

cho

;ff

f@ ko
1

lo

t'o

|^

t'o

PJj-

<-h!</t_>

,^

ma

fu

2
J!

PART

413. {iU

kr'ii,

preposition -with
414. 3$:

the heel

as ken

pan

wo

of an official of rank

common

set of persons organised to act together, as

any

a set of chair-bearers, a guard,

Ken -panl -ti


l

etc.

a general servant or valet

usage, kHn -pa -'rh-ti

are other terms for domestics,

415. 5J

c/i.tutng

416. ^f?

tai*,

to

is

the place of the

go with me.

ch'u*,

properly,

83

It often takes

hence, to follow, to accompany.

THE FOETY EXERCISES.

III.

or ken^-pa^-'rh-ti, the

also called hsia4 jen?

is

a troop of players,

servant or servants

(lit.,

under man).

the term applied to the servants of foreigners in Peking

which

will

put into

be met with

By
there

later.

to contain.

a girdle (with tz&); to lead; to bring;

also, as will

be seen

later,

a stretch

or strip of country, etc.


4

a beast's load.

417.

H^

418.

Examples

to

met*

#0

yy?

hsia 4

i4

na4

jf

1
1| chih

mo

f@ ko*

3$ na*

^
$

j$ ck'uari*

chuang

$f hao

~f liao

My

servant has

06*.

Go

To,,

with

ch'ii

tung

|f.,

hsi 1

lai 2

Jfc,,

#[>

wai*
tai 4

ffl;

in3

Sj|

feW

~f liao

cM 4

hsiung

J- tzu

ti

wo

i*

_t shang*

chuang $j ya?

wo3

ft

ti

1
$& ken

jfc

pan

gC p'i

ffl

ti

ma?

s
^J ta

/mi 2

meV2

f^

ifg

/p pv?

come back from beyond the

k'ov?

frontier with a horse.

here a preposition, from.

me

to the

yamen.

This box won't hold


Obi.

to

Won't hold

Is that ship

these things.

all

lit, put into not

loaded yet

down.

(Is the

loading of

it

completed (hao liao)

? )

*K^

419. jg. chui 1

shang

4
,

to

pursue

to follow

up

to prosecute, as a claim or an inquiry.

Chui 1

to overtake.

420.

but also means

421.

kun3

also to pursue.

to drive

^ /man

4
,

as

kan

ch'e

to call aloud

422. $ff wv?, not to be

It
1
,

appears to have

to drive a cart

much
s

kan iu

2
,

the same sense as the preceding,


to drive a donkey.

4
commonly combined with chiao

not to have.

The opposite

of

yu

to call.

to be

to have.

TZU BRH CHI.

84

423. ^Ij

commonly,

li*,

following character, hai


424.
to catch

an

425.

liai

hence, with

Properly, sharp-edged;

4
Also, to receive or suffer injury, etc.; as hai ping*, to get

p'a

be

to

afraid.

Examples:
li

f[

-fg

ts'o*

fe

wu

je*
te

tsai*

men

c/i'e

na*

Jean 3

ti

fij^

ni 3

ch'u4
hsiri1
i'a

jifi

Go

him

after

carter.

PJj-

chiao*

&

Pfeo

huan4

t?

hsieh 1

chui 1

'rh

,t'a

s/mi

die*

Tim

quickly.

herd-boy.

Let us get on quicker.

Who

calling (or crying) out there

is

The day

is

terribly hot.

His error was unintentional.

Not a cloud

round.

all

426. Learn also the following

5fjC

ch'iu 1

ch'uri1 spring.
,

ria

4
,

summer.

427. Examples

tung

2
;

4p nien?

4jS

tung

J
Ji

Spring

is

Summer

ch'u 4

nien2
hsia

tung

t'ien

t'ien

In autumn cool breezes begin to blow.

Winter

is

cold.

Next

winter.

winter.

Jcua 1

hot.

Last summer.

autumn.

Jisla

ch'un 1

warm.
is

ming

Bf)

the

terrible, terribly.

advantage.

profit;

hai 4 harm; hurt.

illness

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

ch'P

Hang
f*ng

t'ien 1

ti

shih

hou

t'ien

nunn*
cl'lu

ill,

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

85

EXERCISE XVI.
That

i.

cannot carry
these

all

is

too heavy a load; one animal


It will be difficult to carry

it.

things.

What

are

* P

carry

ff 2

them

The

2.

easily enough.

expression

will

hold

some

of leather,

all sorts

Trunks

some of wood, and

of things.

Pao shang pao l -'rh


1

3.

is

to

(to

make a

What have you brought

4.

To put odds and ends

7 P

into.

bundle)
has

He

things in anything.

wrap up
wrapped up that small box in a

IB

rug.

that bag for ?


a journey

On

the beasts have to be fed as soon as one


arrives at an inn.

tt

06s.

comprises

Jtsing-li

whatever a traveller carries with him.


are made,

*.

you talking

about? pack them in a box and you can

Note the

force of chin,

as

soon as;

lit.,

arriving at an inn one

must then and there (chin) feed

the animals.

Camels all come from beyond the fronTake care of the baggage; when the

5.

tier.

packages are

all there,

don't get off quickly, I


save the gates.

we

am

will start.

afraid

we

If

we

sha'n't

P
06s.

i.

All there

Ois.

2.

Get

06s.

3.

Save the gates

off,

lit., if

start

in before the gates are shut.

the baggage be

lit.,
:

raise the

lit.,

all rh'i,

body

</.<i,

shall not catch

complete (Radical 210).

to be on the move.

up the

city wall

i.e.,

shall not reach the city in time to get

86

EKH

TZtj

CHI.

;|{|[lfi3ifef;fJ^fl'j3jS-{|6
-ft.
-y
Q.I
^* r j_
.

vjj

JL

~J

5-

SI

#B

Obs.

$y

fftJ

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

-pan

are

they

who take

but the cart had started and he could

carts),

not catch

Tc$n

orders (your servants). He ordered a servant


to put his box (or boxes) into the cart (or

In southern "mandarin" an individual servant

i.

The

6.

it

up.

spoken of

is

us a Lr it-pan; in

Peking as ken-pan-ti,

or oftener, ken-jta-'rh-ti.

Take orders

Obs. 2.

;6

lit.,

are those

whom

IP?

'a

tt-ti

Et

fg=

57C

'X

J&

1r>lH

^c

!jc

15

T M m

rVj

"T

^li
"

"F"

1^

PJ

_&.

ffl"

_.

^Bl

06s.

i.

O6.f. 2.

'1*

^
M

Afe

WC

ffi

44 ^
i-i

calls.

The things which a beast bears on its


back are called a to*-tzti.
One may speak
7-

O f an ass or a

horse

mu

je

^ O 4.i

^ but seldom

of a

to*-totf.

-*-'

^
^
DLH H

[one] sends and

AJ
PH

5v

M. $E

3& <&

^t

Ifc

A good while
A great distance
:

lit.,

3& 8

W
J

see

*,

not

After I

8.

had gone out

his servant

came

a ^ er me> k ut though he pursued me for a


good while he did not overtake me; I did

him at a great distance running, but


know he was after me.

did

half the day.


lao, old, is

sometimes used as an adverb of intensity

you can say

also loo 3 taao 3

ti,

very early.

fift

lUi

H
_U

s&
HBH

h
_U

Avft

IH

jfct.

t/v

pjB
"7Ci

BR
WH 9

Sfr^%B*i-IHft4ll'tel
*E
o J
:S:

^
W
H
h-S-W^^P
$ mo 3= & }> M
#
T. si f& a

15

ife

TSft
at

Obs.

.A.

^5T

i.

2.

Fast enough:

As hard

as

lit.,

early)

that

not be possible to overWhether he is to be overtaken or

I fear it will

ta^ e

not,

you just run

'

lit.,

after

him

as hard as

can

running quickly you will be able

you can:

He

man?

has gone
out; if you run fast [enough] you wiU be able
He is gone some time (lit,
to overtake him.
is

"

7i

06s.

"flfc

Where

9-

to achieve

quick running pursue [him], then

it

coming up with him.


will be right (or well).

you

PART

Turn
1.

on

the

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

following into Chinese.

Everyone, no matter who, when going


must take baggage with him.

a journey

The cart will soon be here get your


The bundle of
luggage and boxes ready.
clothes and the bag have still to be made up.
2.

Obs.
Get ready to? lien 3 (lit., beat and point) to
3
3
arrange and check off. Tien , short for tien shu-'rh, to
count or check the number.
:

be called a

The carpet on the floor of this room


dusty, it must be taken out and beaten;
the table-cloth is very dirty, too, and will
06s.

Is

dusty

Note the repetimark the

liao t'u lino.

yu

tion of the particle liao, which does not here

past tense, but


4. Tell

is

simply a

the

final expletive.

ma-fu

to feed

the animals.

06s.

i.

06s.

2.

So:

going out in a little while, and I don't


want anybody with me tell my boy to pack
up the things I am taking with me.
shant/ signifying the completion of the act.

Wei

O6s.

Obs.

With

2.

for

me

Long

are called to*-tzu.

There are donkey

and mule

a camel's [load]

to*-tzu

428.

Jjji

jvio 3

the brains,

to -tzti

may

also

not a great kung-fit, while.

06s.

i.

06s.

2.

For me

little

you must

money:

verb

431.

IH yen3

432.

ijpj

to s

a bud

ching

1
,

9.

He

06s.

lips.

435. f|f hv?, the beard or moustache.

lit,,

two

this

is

indicated here

by the

a dreadful fellow.

is

Hao, good,

is

often used as a substitute for

very.

Summer

dreadfully hot; winter is


terribly cold these are expressions for great
heat and great cold. The seasons when it is
is

neither hot nor cold are spring and autumn.


06s.

often used with the following

433. P|f tsui 3 the mouth.


434. 'ff ch'uri2 the

lia ch'ien-'rh;

Expressions: hwt'ou-'rh;

followed by

tai*,

tit.,

heads of

a bag,

it

talk.

means

only used for the

is

hu3

a tiger, etc.

worn by the Chinese.

the pupil of the eye.

employ

positively get

the lobe of the ear.

the eye

to

come.

lai, to

the head, but, with the exception of the human head, the term nao tai*
heads of animals whose names are composed of more than one word, as lao-

430.

want

cash.

little
go to
money
no matter whether he says he has

when used with tzu; when

429. jj^ pien 4 the pigtail or queue

hurry

him and borrow a

10.

5. For carrying things about with one


animals are always used in the North they

or has not got any,


a small loan for me.

Mn,

Mn.

kind or fashion.

have a small matter

8.

sheng-

k'ou would be equally correct.

keep

him and tell him I have some more


things to give him to take.

Feed the beasts: pa sheny-k'ou wei shang;

i.

after

06s.

is

He

7.

this

lit.,

Not keep up lit., follow not up.


has not been gone out long

am

T'o^-chiao* (a litter)

up with you.

you on

to be washed.

to*-tzu.

chiao*-tzu (sedan-chair) carried by mules.


6. You walk so
quickly I cannot

is

have

(KEY, EXERCISE XVI.)

3.

87

the numerative of wells.

88

ERH

TZfr

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

436. Examples:

R| tsutf

ti

(ft

li

|i

fg fan*

ch'un 2

shang

1
ft chih

yen

$fc

|
/ma4
f
jg man*

s/mo 1

Ufc

/fu

|g

Iff

|g<, ^wftTi

-^ teS

91 fewi

fa

flfc

pien

^ fa

ti

erh 3
to

ft

3
1

8|

i'mfl

pu

fjf

ggotai
1
fa s/m
s
f /tao

'

-^

fswi

nao 3
4

t'iao*

fj

5J|

to?

^ pteTi

Jf^ c/ieW

-^o teit

4
ft to

te'it

fa

~j*

liao
2

gf <'ou

big head.

When you
His ear

is

have combed your hair well, do it into a pigtail.


incorrect or, he does not hear distinctly.

Sec 241.

One eye.
To plait the queue.
The hair on the

He

lip is short.

fair.

speaks
Don't speak with your mouth
437. )]& ko

ke

properly, the armpit

arm

438. Tlf pei*, the


439. *fe chih

or toe.

not used alone.

in general.

the finger; to point to; to point out; to point

Note the change of


440. If? ch

full.

Chihl -chia3 the

the nails.

ia*,

ChiW-t'ou, the finger

at.

tone.
,

nails,

whether of the hand or

Note the

foot.

tone of chih, which must be emphasised.


441. llS yuo

442.

the loins

Examples
3
g tuan
4f.

pu*

fa

chao'

fyt'a

That man's arm

s
3% ivo

6^

ti

%$

lco

Pe ^

is

it

me

yu

;o /c'cm4

t'iao 2
3

j$

t'ui

ffi

ton 1

!% yao
3
fi li

llang^

3
it tsou

JfJ

%
^

yu

mei 2

ch'ien 2

ffi

gf

yung*
chih

t'ou"

j% chih
$fo

kei 3

3
$5 ivo

1
$}, ts'u

fft

(ft

ti

chih

fj[

na*

fg ko*

A
1

Jen
ti

chia 3

l
%& ko

k'uai*

pei

thick.

Point

with your

Have you any money


Lit., in

legs.

jig

nails are sharp.

06s.

the

~fo liao

Your

out to

na

the waist.

t'iw\ the thigh

Jjj|

443.

in

finger.

your waistbelt

your waist ; a Chinaman's purse

is

attached to his girdle.

Both

My

my legs are tired out with walking.


arm is short I cannot get hold of him.
;

2
444. Jpo chieh to knot, bind, or collect together; hence, to conclude, to finish.
When
used with the following as an adjective, it means substantial, strong, or vigorous, and is pronounced
,

chieW-shih1
N. B.

The

chieh

must be emphasised.

PART
445.

nhi/r, true

Jf

447.

solid, as

to hollow.

opposed

89

Shih- tsai 4 in reality; truly; really.


,

soft.

weak.

JJJJ ./</,

448. -pK
talons

:l

>?i

446. ff|

sound

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

to catch or

clinch,

claw hold

of,

as a

man

with his hand, or a bird with

its

to clutch.

449. ifu la 1 , to pull

450.

to drag.

451.

Examples

dictionaries give a different

la

ifi

fi

$>;-

ft cAw*

''""

^P F'-

HoP*

''"'

J
fife,

In

t'a

am weak

jj|

The horse

is

Haul that

table over.

ff

to this character, but

"

&

jf^ p'a<>
3

jja

:fJ

J|)
1

i'ri

jjjj

ft

jg jo*

Ai/t

.^

tzti,

Jo

chieh

cho 1

J^ cfewa
fQ p a*
J4
not so strong as I was
going to bolt hold on to him.

this year

chiuii*

^o shang1
ftlj,

&

kuo 4

i>'

flfc

To '*""

sound

as above.

is

4
ft f/m
ft wo*

ft

The

to haul at.

chiidi*,

the colloquial pronunciation

J|Fj

ft

*i

3
2/

nien 2
a4

?o

$^

jniur'

last year.

Don't drag him, or you may tear his clothes.


He grasped me by the hand.

iti*,

452.

^pjj pine/

453.

j||> t'eng-,

illness; disease.

whether from wound or sickness

pain,

intensity of kindly feeling.

T'eng

tender love, or to love tenderly.


2

454.

pf

455.

fE

Kni* can

456.

by mo

(23),

^andteV, how
3jf;

final

In Peking never met with colloquially except when followed


n is not heard, the dissyllable being pronounced tsem s -mo, with
?

first syllable.

Examples
c/te*

what

then the

the emphasis on the


457.

strange (in a good sense).

Often used with the foregoing.


kim't*, monstrous; strange (in a bad sense).
be used verbally; to take offence at; to be astonished at.

also

ch'i'

iff

ch'i-

pit*

3=

ts/ ir'

mo

tsf fh'i-

~f a

l\ao

"^

kii'ii

>g kuai*

1
|g kan

fft

wi 3

ijfo

shuo 1

am terribly ill.
I am in awful pain.
No wonder your head

$%. t'eng

f^
51

tc"

~J

HI?

t'

ou2

06s.

No

wonder

lit.,

it

How

how

this

or,

sore

and your mouth

dry.

[you] astonished not can [be] that,

Don't you think


is

is

strange
did this come about

etc.

pu*

^o^

%\\

li

^o''"

TZU ERH CHI.

90

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE

A * *
%

-^

-kfe
iflt

fe

ft

i-*r

Hi

man's

t'ou

has iwcP-tz& (brains)

(his brain bag).

s
accordingly called nao -tai*
Your queue must be combed.

When

old he can neither hear well

inside

ir
'

i.

,.

7
~TT"

XVII.

it,

and

man

is

is

(lit, truly) with his ears nor see clearly (distinctly) with his eyes.

s|

man has
I am too

That

2.

countenance.
let

him

a very odd-looking
fond of this horse to

tire himself.

Countenance:

Obs.

lit.,

and similar combinations, chang 3

that man's nose and eyes=his face, growing has attained to singularity.
In this
must generally be construed is ; much as we say is turning out, or, has

to grow,

turned out.

A
M
1

JnL

ft

$9

$R

to

10

ft

note that chieh'

i.

Strong

06s.

2.

Note

06s.

3.

Juarfi-huo*:

tsoi-'rh,

a seat
lit.,

soft

This

man

very strong (sound) that


Native cloth is very
very feeble.
This seat is very soft (or comfortable).

3.

man

J&

06s.

it 3

is

strong.

is

must be strongly emphasised.

there

is

another form of the character.

and comfortable.

Gf.

nuan 3 -fnio' warm.


1

Have you anything

4.

you

No,

am

not

the matter with

only weak. I really


look after) this matter.

ill

cannot manage (or,


How can I possibly look after (or control) so

many men ?

ft

SP}'

5^

E3

JR

P.H

fet

H&

Obs.

Quiet

i/$

ivL

7J[

jpf

&

M*

<Ml

-&-

m.

M E

^ W ^
:

lit.,

old

and sound,

5j[_

5-

is

very quiet; won't you

? (or,
you had better buy him). He
looks quiet enough, but you feed him up for
a few days, and then see were you to ride
^ <i u ^*' ^ y ou could hold him.
^^

k uy him
>

f&

This horse

^5

sincere, or honest

the term

is

applied to

men

as well as animals.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

'jr

91

6. In these five or six years that you and


have not met your beard has turned quite
That's because I have been sadly
white.

some years
don't recognise me.
ailing for

even

my own

family

A
$jr

7.

man who

That

'"
r.
jl'Ji

have something the matter with the back


(loins)

upright

makes

that
(or,

it

is

I really

cannot do

this.

something the matter with


his tongue, and both it and his lips have
broken out. That woman's nails were so long
g.

that

tore

it is

IS.

claw

There

is

when she clutched hold

of his

arm they

it.

do you drag at me like that ?


not seemly (lit., what fashion is it ?) to

10.

XH.

Why

me

so

for

no reason.

anything to say, just say

06s.

finger

me)

back and limbs.

7.

My

stand

8 Do you walk so slowly because you


have something the matter with you? No,
it is age which makes me weak both in the

7, *,

fashion

to

impossible

straighten oneself).

sore (or, pains

To

has both his legs injured (or ulcerated).

ift

lying on the road

is

it

[If]

you have

out straight.

te

For no reason

lit.,

if

(yao for jo) you have no business, thus to drag drag, clutch clutch,

There being talk straight speak, then

it

will do.

is

what

TZU ERH CHI.

92

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

'

it

ni .the following into Chinese.

1. How can
anyone go and speak to him
about this matter ? Why are you so weak ?

pigtail

Obs.

him for ?
i.
How can,

how go with him


06s.
2.

all

What

3.

lit.,

men

this matter cause

When

lit.,

for

tso

be

he

old,

pu

8.

Note the

plurality obtained by repetition: yang yangeach or every kind jen jen-'rh, each or every man.
It must be remembered, however, that
only certain substantives form the adjective pronoun each or every by

9.

yung, do not

as this

or

fulfil,

in

He

is

too dry

my

is

appears to

When

is

strong

man

a
f

(li )

me

is

pull

strong

Liable

you

the time

when

can't pull him over on his back ?


kind of weak man lien, together

Lit., this

tai,

saw a

10. I

this is frequently rendered

man

to-day

by

with a very

queer countenance.

ai,

06s.

Countenance

lit.,

(mien / and eyes fmu).

face

JH mei2 eyebrows.
,

459. f|

460.

lit.,

that he

and, clutching do you still fear not to


recumbent ? Note the use of lien and (at as

him

to love, to be prone to.

458.

is it

and breath (Mi*).

2.

how

conjunctions.

lips are liable to chap.


06s. i.
Weather see 232.
06s.

to be just at the
;

Do you mean to say that if you haul


at a man in such a weak condition

with, hauling,

In spring the weather

something the matter with


walking he drags them after him

There

Obs.

See 303.

accomplish, use.
3.

pu chung

would be

and pull

We

my arm

to scratch

so.

06s.

could not say, for instance, cho cho, every


duplication.
table ; i i, every chair.
use

and

he has strength

No

long

me

about like that, your


to spoil them would be a

age when a man


is so weak ?

06s. 2.

so

in great pain.

Breaks down in every way


yang yang-'rh
hsing ; lit., kind kind all not work, move, or act.

'rh,

are

7.

tou

Look what a long beard he has

his legs

breaks down in every way his ears do not


hear distinctly, his eyes do not see true, and
in speaking his lips even are of no use.
06s.

isn't

it

Don't pull

equally

sM">-mo.

to

me

appears to

5.

misfortune,

also not more.

man comes

make a

hair as this to

little

it

6.

nails

speak.

After

06s. 2.

etc.

so

why

long as a man's beard.

all

afraid of

With

4.

the man has only one head (i.e., is


the same as anyone else), what are you

After

much

(KEY, EXERCISE XVII.)

pin*, the hair

JSf| s(ii\

on the temples.

the jaws; probably, inside the cheek.

~f"-C

461.

$H

462.

EL pa1 the name of a

chia*, chieh

the jaws

Generally combined with the following.

probably, the cheek on the outside.

place

used corruptly as part of the combination hsia*-pa l

the chin.
463.

winch

it is

igf||

k'o

1
,

the lower part of the face

colloquially, only

used with the foregoing, with

identical.

464. Examples

"

l'>

3
fg chiu
li ao
o

^f
chiu*

1
n chih

31
fife

ta

$, /ieV

^
fih,

t'a

jig

/zVmgf

1
8S wi

EL

tziL

fc'a%

fa1

hu2

<e

pn
Ho

j^ chieh*

mair
3

ch'ang

/is/a

W- lien 2

ELo?'"

;;m

/iSNI

mao'

pin*

PART

Whiskers.

465.

Very long eyebrows.


cheeks and you will

at his

jjljj 2

tne neck

1(> *>

clw'lr, joints, of

"fjf

to shave

468. %\\

t'i

469. ^(J

A-Htt

and without.

the bones, the bamboo, etc.

used only of shaving the head.

to scrape

he has been drinking.

see that

466. Hfl sang 3 the throat, within


467.

93

The hair on the temples.


The chin. The chin.

Eyebrows.

The cheeks.
Look

THE FORTY EXERCISKS.

III.

with a knife

to scrape the hair off

an animal's

skin.

Kua

lien3 ,

to shave the face.

470. Examples:

cM3

j$|

HI

/i

Mo
glj

'rh

fa

Mi

' '""'

faw 1

A:0

is

throat

fj"

f@

yiieh*
<'i

f/Mt

F||

*'

ow2

2
f5 cMch

-J

fort*

3
i/tt

'rh

fo

c/ie

*J?

s/icio

15

c/ite/i.

$!l

/(V^

His neck

My

i.

^f

jH

?/ao

die*

J|R

7?io

^; 3

fcaw

^
4

"? te^

P"^

>

"fife

i
o

fj

t'eng
g/ttto

ft

4
fj 7ma

'' <fl

it

))$

jr

^p

tzii

ta*

p^

sawgi

ku 2

tzii

::

P^

'i//</

long.

is sore.

Don't speak so loudly.


06s.

Pu

yao che

mo

ta sang-tzti, shiio

hua would be equally

correct.

Joints of the bones.

How many joints


06s.

Chit,

How many
06s.

has this bamboo?

has another numerative, kin', which will be met with

times a

Note that

t'i

To shave the

later.

month do you shave your head ?

can only be used of shaving the head.

face.

h siimy 1

the breast; in Peking, commonly called hsiuny 1 fi'vs-tzil.


There is no
recognised character for p'u, but the following is generally used, though its proper pronunciation
471.

is /i6

Jj@)

3
.

472. ,8$ ftp, p'u*.


473.

ff* pel

the back.

474.

^f

chi 3 the spine.

475.

-ninny-,

477. )Ji

1
,

to carry

on the back.

backbone, emphasising
476.

Pd

I'tmy
tu*,

the spine; properly read Hang 2 a horizontal beam.


,

Note, ch'f-niany-,

rlii-.

the shoulders; seldom used alone.

the belly.

2V, the

entrails

used only of the entrails of animals.

tin-

ERH

94
478.

Examples:
tn*

J|t

^o

chien 1

tzti

52,0

chest

'rh

are

niang
chi*

hsi

^o

te

pei

j>ei

Cwi 3

V/

tung
1

{ft.

ni 3

pel

t& ckan*

&

_t sliany*

tsai*

p'u?

3
ft wo

tzti

pel
sfte"

hou*

is sore.

Don't stand behind

What

mo

'rh

4
ft <M

c/ii

pang*

2
ft chih

My

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

back.

my

you carrying on your back

The back of a chair.


The spine. The back between and below the shoulders.
The shoulders. The belly.
The calf of the leg. The fleshy tip of the finger.
The thigh

06s.

is ta*-t'ui

Shui s po l a ripple on the water.

479. yS. po l waves.


,

^,

TO-

leng

481. Jpp,

J^]i,

chiao 3 the feet; the

480.

{^

482.

an edge; both forms are admissible.


,

first

form

is

the commoner.

z
3
huar, the ankle; colloquially, used only in the combination huai -tzu ku ankle,

bone (or ankle).


483.

respectable

flff

t'i

very commonly

484.

|jff

chan

485.

Kjjf

tser,

cld

486.

With

the body.

z
,

mien*, the face

also, of persons

and

(Radical

176), the combination

things, nice-looking.

to behead.

robbers

rebels

any malefactors.

a step in gradation

the heads of criminals

when cut

off.

487. Examples:
*<> ten*

-g eh'ang*
mac?

ffi,,

%
ftjgc,

ftfy

2j

hsui*
I

ti

loo 3

tsei

8i nao

tsei-

both

ti

t'a

Hang

J^ojen
3
"t shou

shih*

chiao 3

ko*

ton 1

&

hen s

tsou3

huai 2

t'eng-

tzti

my

chi*

shih*

t'i

(or ankle).

feet are sore.

a most respectable man.


Sl/inr'-i-lii- is the head of a malefactor
rebels.

An

old thief.

when cut

jjj

is

The long-haired

liao

The ankle-bone
till

ku 3

mien*

n<-

have walked

He

ffi

tsetf

The knee-cap.
I

3
Df chan

off.

pu

lencf

means

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

EXERCISE

95

XVIII.

men

%\\

ITU

&t8

are

ti

when men

shaving their faces;

get to forty
Send for a

or upwards they have beards.

?T

W
Obs.

i.

Obs.

2.

Ht
(ft

"T

W>

barber; I want

Bv

^ A A

comb

Most note that to does not mean all, but the greater
Shu t'ou is only applied to the female coiffure.
:

&

2.

which

is

One

i WKU.

of the senses of i

thus, i tung, to the east of

shaved

wai, outside
the queue towards outside short hair.

is

is

to follow, hence with

of.

The sentence

3.

xp

11

y\,

}tj

?5

SH

-H.

77 o

ffl

Obs.

You

what

tonsure,

[Chinese]

is

growing outside

SM
ill

fl^

"?"

lifc

XB

1BT

frlj

"ife

an

flf

construed

When you

-mien* you

say a

is,

it

means

in the

shaving the head, that

man

is t'i s -mien*

you

a person of good character


that such a person is chang 3 te
is

mean

that

lie is

good-looking.

barber's shop.

4-

"ftfc

jfc

words indicating place

literally

mean that he
when you say
t'i

1tSi

Ah

5$lj

the

off is the short hair

haired rebels.

89

Outside

06s.
direction of

In

the pigtail. Some years ago the outlaws who


did not shave the head were called long-

ft

part.

shaved

SR
*M

Women

hair dressed.

my

(or dress) the hair.

You can

and-so's

is

a respectable way).
is

house of so-

also say that that

t'tf-mien* (that

The

it is

4
erected, kai , in

t'i*-t'ovi?-tao* (razor)

used both for shaving the head and the

face.

cannot say kua-lien-tao.

5-

BS?

H4-

-ilt>

nor soaP

~T5

I'll

y>

We

natives

m sh avmg the head.

carry you on

learning.

use neither

He

my

back.

If

warm

water

you are

He

is

tired

man

of

has hanged himself.

A
06*.

i.

Note hsio'-wen, learning

the hsio* must be emphasised.

be the seat of intelligence.

06.

2.

tfhany

t-iao

(322) can only be used of suicide

by hanging.

The stomach

is

held by the Chinese to

TZU ERH CHI.

96

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.
6.

~V
A*

m
7MH

^A.
git

3fn

The

authorities

local

behead several rebels

morrow

am

(or

that

told

are

malefactors)

m m

tfc

to
to-

sword with

the

which criminals are beheaded

wt

going

not very

is

sharp, only heavy.

7.

so

is

How

that the bridge of your nose

is it

yellow

someone

Because

hit

me

[there] yesterday.

Hit

06s.

Jit.,

was

hit

Hsia :

by someone one blow.

lit.,

a fall

8.

a fall of the hand.

sc.,

Square things have four edges (ttng*)

and four corners (chiao3 ) ; but [you can] not


1
2
say too Ieng -'rh (the edge of a knife).

Turn
1.

How

the following into Chinese.

pretty that

to the Li family has

little girl

grown up

belonging

to be;

have

you seen her ?

own
2.

5.

when speaking

of

them

For a man's hsiungl -ch'ienz (breast)


2-

and petf-hou* (back) the expressions


hsin 1 and hou*-hsin l may be used.

Girls are often called ch'ien chin (thousand

06s.

[pieces of] gold), especially


their

(KEY, EXERCISE XVIII.)

6.

to

will

The bag contains heavy

have to

ck'ieri

articles

be carried on the back, or

it

parents.

Yes, I have seen her.

She has heavy


and a high bridge to her

eyebrows, big eyes,


nose her hair on either temple is both black
and bright she has a fine skin, too, on her

and

may

be placed on the shoulders.


7. What is the matter with you ? your
Are you lying down
face has a bad colour.

cheeks, a small chin, long neck, and slender


waist, while she speaks out very distinctly her
;

feet also are

she

is

indeed [pretty], and no mistake.

06s.

i.

06s.

2.

06s.

3.

3.

not large, nor her figure clumsy

Both

yu (Radical

29).

Figure lit., body and form, sMn' tV.


Is indeed
Jmo 3 chen', in very truth.
:

he

is ill

that every bone

body aches? No; it is because he is


old and has not sufficient vitality.
3
06s. i.
Body: man shen; lit., full body of ku-t'mi,

in his

bones, t'eng, that ache.


2.

teem 3 -mo

liao.

06s. 2.
8.

Colour;

It is

not

lit.,

my

aspect colour, ch'i

Vitality

lit.,

breath and blood, ch'i hsueh.

4. To get the head or the


one must send for a barber.

face shaved

See 232.

it is

which a boy hit


and my knee are

foot,

Both

with a stone.

so

stomach that aches

the ankle-bone of this

it

Is it because

06s.

there because you have a stomach-ache ?


What is the matter: lit., you how? ni
06s. i.

dreadfully painful.
06s.

Boy

pression for a
9.

Jit.,

boy or

small man.

child,

which

There are a whole

There

will be

lot of

is

another ex-

met with

later.

men's heads

man
hanging up outside the city gate.
told me they were, every one of them, the
heads of criminals who had been decapitated.
06s.

Hanging

expression for to hang.

tiao*

see

322.

There

is

another

PART
1

^f

chilli

489. JsJ

iiihr,

488.

97

the Sovereign.

the people, as distinguished from their governors.

+. chw\ a

490.

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

Chun

master.

chit?,

the term adopted in the British Treaty to designate

Her Majesty the Queen.


491. fg- chio 2 , chileh2 , ch'uio 2 high rank, whether official or hereditary.
,

492.

-fi/!

irei

Specially, high

place where he stands or sits.


the numerative of gentlemen, scholars, and officials, also of

properly, the position of a person, the

hence,

position;

cannon.
493.

ginseng.

fp

Also read

494.
title.

tx'tnt

y%

to counsel.

ts'en

When combined

with jen 2 a man, read


,

alien

as jdri*-s]ien l

(sec 576).

tsan*, to assist

as ts'an l -tsan 4 , to aid with counsel

and

advice.

Also,

an

official

See Examples.
495.

.^f['.

496.

tnun

l
,

honoured.

Examples:
Jjl

die
i

2
flfc

s/jj/t

4
fli]

tsan*
t'a

^'o

shlh 4

jjfe

f@ ko*

ti

3
j? chu
J-^ tzu

J^

?o

^t wei*

{a. a

wei*

^o^w^i

fihioiij*

t'a

^
4
jj|g

C/M

:!

jj

m'uf

ch'nuir ]

_t

./^'"

l
;g <:hun

/'"//

/<i//

Jj

in'ni-

The Sovereign.

He

is

man

Min

Obs.

The people.
of the people.

jcn in general conversation

is

the designation applied to Chinese us ili>tini;ui>hcd from Tartar.-.


may mean a private individual iili no official rank

In places in the provinces where there is no Tartar colony in/in jen


or status
in Peking he is called jiai* jei^-'rh, lit., a white man.
;

That
Obs.

is an
ordinary dwelling-house.
Min fang, in Peking, is a house which

is

the property of a private individual, as opposed to

kuan fang,

nment property.

The lord or master. The master


The captain of a ship.
His

official position is

What rank
Obs.

If

u-ei

has he

of the house.

honourable.

were omitted the question would be understood of hereditary rank only.

The Assistant Resident

in

certain

Chinese colonies.

(Used by us as the term for

diplomatic secretaries.)
He is an honourable man.
06s.

Who

Lit.,

is

honourable and important.

this

gentleman

13

98

497.

498.

'"'"

ten.

3t

500.

means

j|Jt

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

(Radical 67), civilian, as opposed to the following.

military.

499. -j^ ping

also

ERH

TZtJ

soldier.

ch'H.ch

to vacate; a

vacancy; hence, in certain contexts, any

official post.

It

short, or deficient.

501. |fj

nff<r,

>"Je'

properly, the forehead

as well as in writing, a fixed

colloquially,

number.
502.

^ ehuan

503. ytt ch'ung

1
,

to subscribe for a public purpose.


to stand for; to stand in the place of; to act as; to play the part

Often used with tang (342).


504.

Also, to

make

up, as a number.'

Examples:

&

1
r/!.

chuan

jra

|jjj

ping
iei

llTo />'""'

^j'"'//

ffc

;/

\Q ch'u

officials.

Military

To be a soldier. To be a soldier.
To go on a military expedition.
Have you been on active service ?
To remove from office for sickness
To fill, or succeed to, a vacancy.

or misconduct

or, to

vacate a post.

given number.

To purchase a grade

money.

Civil officials.

P m(J

yu

of.

505.

?K

506.

iSJl. t'ul*,

507.

IjpJ lo*,

Lei
508.

509.

1
,

s'wi

to kill

of rank

by subscribing

also, adverbially,

to retire

an

to the State's necessities.

intensive.

to drive back.

to bind; to coerce.

In combination read

le'

as le--no 3 to squeeze; to extort


,

to hold in, as a horse; also, in combination, to strangle, as will be seen later.

3
?f? so to
,

demand

to extort.

Examples:
JE,
BFj

P aS
ma 3

$1

ch'u1

ffi

leil

c/to

<''''

^''""

?o

^
ffl

te'^

A./'""

na*

fft

fe4

iS

ffi

t'ui

ch'u

'A
1

./'

""

i->^*!i

H5

'o" 1

6^

/i

|^

tsei

fe'it

c/ttt

wwi

A jV
^

c/tia

2/in

ffi "txcr

'""'
,-lnt

5fi

''/'

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

99

The innkeeper killed two guests.


The rebels were repulsed with loss.
Drive the rebels out of the

city.

T'ui cannot be used promiscuously

Obs.

you could

not, for instance, use

The Custom House people squeezed me out

in speaking of driving a

dog away.

of five taels.

That

official

compels people to subscribe money.

Obs.

Chtian

not generally used of subscriptions to a private object.

is

it

Pull the horse up.

Up

Obs.

Hold

chu, to a standstill.

in your horse a bit.

510. J@G fr! the bottom


,

below.

511. "T" ch'tian *, all

entire.

surname of family or

512.

J&

lia/iiif,

513.

^3

mi iii/-, name, or cognomen, as distinguished from the surname.

tribe.

514 Examples:
''' /(

H,

i&

ti

miutf

|J-

rhiao 4

lisi'iy

fi shih-

gU'ou*

ft./;

JUJiao*

j&Jt.-iixu

If

ch'iiini

cho

minif

Utehmtuf

shth*

tzu

-J

tzti,

{fa

ni s

ymnf

J&

ti

/.-'<

"

% a mo

3r

J"'

.s/je

^f

Jijo"'"

c '' e

JS

A;'(m;

p<>-

^4 hsing*

$]

A Jew

/<V

ti

xluli

ffi

li<P

Jg,

ft

~Fo^-s '"'

f
&

/'a

hsia

;g

Imt*

&

ti*

^g

ti

Downstairs.

Servants.

The bottom

head servant or

of the river

Below the table


Obi.

cho' mien^-'rh

06s.

or,

414.

stones.

underneath the

ti 3

table.
;

but in that case

it

would be more accurate

all

owing

to the inefficiency (worthlessness) of the people in his employ.

people.
hundred surnames.

Lit.,

Note the change

is

your name

(to inferiors)

What

is

your name

(to equals

is

the

name

in

sound and tone of pai 3 a hundred.

of this place

and superiors)

name.

What

to say

hsia 1 .

What

tice

This might also mean on the under face of the table

His troubles are

The

is all

butler,

LOO

TZfr

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE XIX.

Ac

A!:

4f

6f

E
m W &Si

til'

-^

ill

A*
*

ill

rVr

HsR

toeat

^KjTfi'F'To.Rlfl!'
TO

fl

tl_

3s o

AA
0y

TO

*i=*

iVt

tt*

rdj

p|

tl-

>

-t

3E

*E

All subjects, etc.:


quantity or number.

06x.

an

infinite

liT

-L

"44*

Cma

7.S

xE

bond-servants (while in a state of bondage).

J&

-&

IS 3

6*1

3&

xfL

^*

to

4P-

.PC

"F"
.

^.^

1u

._

/ntl

'ra

In

Pw 3 -tzii

Dim.

the court robe

T"
-T

^H

ri't

-*

NJ

_^

on the

animals arc depicted.

/Js

-4-

13

ffiS

^t

7^

)2

I "^
Jtj

/~t

j*4*

x!r

^5

-f<-

^
W,
i

jNL

==!

^ ^
>

i.

2.

(military officers

to distinffuish

between thr

the difference

is

and military

**

officials

It is

between them;

not
thi^

that the ji 3 -fr(( (or insignia)


that they wear are not identical.

only difference

is

_ &

L
TT

6.

HV

*&.

^t
-%

iit.,

pursuing, arrive

>7

is

called at the

are f un(l to

6>|

at, etc.

Call the muster

tien

ming ;

lit.,

of the

army

in different

places is fixed, but it is at most tunes under


tne p r0 p er complement; [so] when a muster

M 66 ^
m # A w w

When

The strength

i.e.,

when the end

prick, or check, the names.

end of the month some men

make up

of the

end of the month.


Obs.

/./(rn/

What

eag

03

JL

who have charge of lie people


(civilians); those who command

:i

?<v/

dress of civil

r^Ca
"F"'Ac.*!&S44li
A*
R
7t

>K

06s.

is

name given to the square embroidered patch worn by officials on the breast and back of
"patch" birds are represented, each grade having a distinctive bird on the military patch
The pu-tzti of princes and nobles of the highest grades are round.

-fC

Si

5.

office

the

is

iffl

are wen knaii

civil

-dbra^Hxfitja
xJ
flyl
KK xE
7u
^.

his

not considered

position."

yer

is

Officials

4"

that

"

have

troops are

^ ^

mean

a petty official

If^

xV

say that a man's position

honourable you

considerable

When you

3^s

^^
o
i^S

rh

fheng

1=1

lord over the hundred officials and myriad non-officials.


Wan is often used to denote
The Manchus more particularly speak of the Emperor as their chu-tzil, master.

**"

.y.

The cMln l ->i1ia>i!i* (Sovereign) is lord


over all his subjects, official and unofficial.
^,.11 ,
,,,,,
., ,
l
are ,,
the children
-tfGPborn to
2.

lit.,

-fa

~f

I-

By

^ ne reason this horse goes so slowly


because you have not given him enough

I-

is all

month

is

the number.

arrived

at.

Note

i/iieh

ti,

the

PART

>lf

frf

JS.

fe

if

gfc

were the

i-ho

turn

it is

lit.,

X.

W
^

HI

0B

E3

#F

who, owing to

omitted, kai would simply

m.

ft.

ft.ft

Ul 7

$&

YlH

fl

8=

Whose

06s.

$k
~y
>f

$j[

^
m m

Mb

sense

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

it,

then

will

it is

Kai-cho

it.

fill

know who

is

will get

will get

it.

in

The

it.

frequently used in the above

ought.

When an

8.

Wo

ft

I don't

Shantung;

w
ft

good vacancy has occurred over

person whose turn

till

mean

7-

101

office

or rank

obtained

is

by payment of money, that is


Tenant (to obtain an office by

called clma.nl

Was

No;

his

office

subscription).

purchased?

it

was

obtained by active military service.

7,

The high

g.

officer at

the head of the

troops has no ability whatever; some days


ago the rebels escaped into the mountains,

where they had nothing

to eat;

if

he had

pursued them at the time he could perfectly


them back with loss.

well have driven

B
IB ft ft

Ui

'".

I.

Ta kuan might be

06s.

2.

Nothing

to eat

either singular or plural.

mei, had not

(yii,

understood), ch'ih

eatables.

ti,

10.
is

06s.

Lit.,

your honourable name?

My common

Ihr jnUinrnir/ into

THI-II

ask your

the master, and the people,

(the

p<>-

Juttiifj

hundred surnames).

under Heaven);
the idea beins; that the Emperor of China exercises
sway
over everything under Heaven.
f'/w.

2.
tsiiii*

i.

Empire

of such officers

learning.

i.

t'ien* hsiu,* (lit.,

schoolfellow of

down West;
06s.

is

mine

is

ts'ttn -

hear that the position


very honourable.
I

Schoolfellow:

t'ung*

hsiio*

lit,,

Ilsiio', short for hliio*-fcmg', a school.

same

My name

KEY, EXERCISE XIX.)

Down

06s. 2.

name given

to Thibet

called

name

name, MA.

Ch'nii'xi'.

1. The greatest
person in the Empire is
the Sovereign the most numerous
body are
the ntiii2 j<'ir (people).
The Sovereign is also

May

MA.

west: hsi* hsia* ; this

is

the general

and the portion of Chinese

territory

to the north-west of the Great Wall.

He

thoroughly understands [the management of] affairs; is he likely to employ


3.

you

to assist
06s.

4.

him

Employ

tt'an-tsan (494)

Most military

officers

emphasise tsan.
rise

from the

ranks.
06s.

Rise from the ranks:

lit.,

arc from serving as

soldiers risen (got up) most.

The number of officers in command of


Whenever there is a vacancy
troops is fixed.
5.

TZU EUH CHI.

102
it

must be

filled

and nobody

When

up.

[to

it

fill

there

is

is

it

up],

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

a vacancy
a k'ung 1

in a quantity of

the

are

officials

Supernumerary

those

in

06s.

i.

Supernumerary

mii

"<jn*

outside

the

06s.

2.

Regular: eheng* (103).

bit

have been casting about to find a


7.
of a job, but I have not been able to do

so

so I have

opening
06s.
in

come

to ask

me.

i.

Have come,

06s. 2.

way

some

to find

you

etc.

ch'iny ni lai

may

be read

Opening

men'' lu*

door and

lit.,

way

2.

Insisted

Obs.

3.

10.

shuo' thu* lion, stood

Throw back:

t'ui 4

hui*

1 1

insist

06s.
To insist on having, etc. i ting*
chia 1 yao*, positively from persons wanting.
:

When

on the things,

I fixed

that I wanted

ch'ii

4
.

In future

ft 3

it.

hsia*, which can

tie

applied to

Are

12.

all

How

could

they

all

pi kmr,

han 1

that's

Jen'

be?

[it]

only

familiar with,

all.

Familiar:

06s.

I insisted

is

13.

have heard

lit.,

ripe.

Kill a fowl for me.

them good; why have

of

all

a nation

516. j|l chunc/

a rule

517.

&

518.

$J W,

519.

^E

520.

Examples:

a State

a law.

a Government.
1

Often used with

ctiencf (519).

statutes.

litf,

laws

ch'fag*,

amendments.

a stage in a journey.

pa

"

ch'eny

tf*

chuny

ch'eny-

iii

i'

{1}

lii*

chih 1

U*

too

Jj|?

ting*

ft

ti

la?

f*

;>

follGr

chili
1

%.

lii*

Laws are made by the

3f

chang

tao*

che

ht

i/ir'

Jjj

State.

It would be equally correct, but perhaps more indefinite, to say simply


connexion signifies completion of an act made and promulgated.

Obs.
lai in this

lii,

li

shih luo cliia tiny

ti.

I'k

Every Custom House has fixed regulations.

Do you know
06s.

at

to put the table in the

told

[contains] those which one

515.

(inn

See 48.

the surnames of the people in


"
the volume of the Po Chia Hsimj '."

squeeze.

9.

Obs.

11

time as well as to material objects.

of access to employment.

To

Fixed on: ting

06s.

on having money from a


person whether he possesses it or not is to
8.

i.

anything you must remember

for

to

you
middle of the room; why have you put it
In future, when I tell y<m
on one side?

two ways.

i.e.,

06s.

the statement.

number.

fixed

bad ones just

If

back on you.

lot

excess of the regular establishment.


4

number

you don't exchange


for good ones, I shall throw the whole

them

(empty) vacancy.
6.

you put

make up

Lu

ch'i'.iiij

the road
:

lit.,

The penal code

stages of a road.

These regulations won't

The laws

Lu

ch'eng can only be applied to long distances divided into stages.

of China.
do.

of different countries are not identical.

PART
521.
522.

taung

^
^

Itsiln

ch'a?, to
1

inquire into.

523.

{H

sou

524.

J|jJ

tuny* to move

525.

^H

chung

to search, as the person, baggage, etc.

to

and, less frequently, to be moved.

Read chung3

cultivate.

sow; to

seeds.

'rh,

Chung

(colloquially,

a kind or class.

),

526.

Examples

]fl

8
|H chi

6-Jo ti

/^ pir

tuiig
l

h*i

If

yao*

fjf

chung*

tiun

jffi

is

-chieh l -ti

is

the

man who

"ft

-i/ao

fang

55

'i

65

1
$j diich

*i

cfc'a

Sg

f?^^

]f[

1
^f k'an

S! sowl
1

,/ieV

z
4

The kim

pu

/j>

tinii'i

order

103

go the rounds.

to

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

2!: s''/t*
2

2
j^ hsun'

&

c/t'a

goes the round of the locality and sees

(q.d.,

that

kept).

06s.

Note that Van means here


1

watch or keep guard over, and

to

is

See 91.

in the first tone.

To search baggage.

Do not touch those things.


What time do you start ?

farmer (or farm labourer).

To grow vegetables.
To sow seeds.
06s.

Also called

tefl

'rh.

don't want this kind of thing.

527. ^pj chili 4 to regulate; to reform; to restore order;


,

from disorder.

arrange

as

chili

hnn

good government ns distinguished

to cure.

:!

regulating principle or force. Also, to manage


4
3
to set in order.
to observe
7/i hiti (129), to pay attention

528.
;

M|

Also, to treat medically

529.

/;

TJfc ]><io

530. ffL

In a

passionate; fierce.

hinii

531.

532.

'(g- lininf/

f.h'f,

4
,

The opposite

Read

to regulate.

lii

of ho 2 soft; gentle;
,

natural disposition.

533. Examples:
0^,<'h<~

*
55 na

pif

f@ ko*

fft

ynnrj*

A Jen"

3J

chao z

~/f>

shuo 1

TlT

k>M

JE

luting

-^

'"
li

fin

IJ8
2

chili
li

tzu

/p jui

kuo*

ts'o*

5!

die'*

Jf die*

ko*

fffl

fpf
|J[, 3

~}j

-fr

'j

fang
kuan 1

"Jj

p<r

jj

hsintj

chili*

i*

luan*

tien3

ko*

to

accommodating (210K

disorder.

nature

to notice.

quick in movement or temper.


4

jfjlj

ft 'rh

7t

ft

te

TZU ERH

104
The people

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

are very disorderly (or turbulent)

the local

officials

do not keep them

in the

slightest order.

Order and disorder

or, to restore order.

This reasoning (or principle)

perfectly correct.

is

Tao, morally, the right road


li, the principle imparted to man, if he conform to which he will keep the
Tao-li is, hence, right principle
right road.
next, any principle conformity to which produces the normal estate of
men or things, the rationale or logical condition of anything. It is against tao-li, in the first sense, to steal but the
<>bs.

tao-li of a thief is to steal, for


logical, there is
is

he would not be a thief

if

a Chinese would say mei che ko tao-li, it is not


should be a thief and not steal. Lastly, the term tao-li

he did not

man

no sense in such a proposition as that a

steal

used as the principles collectively, the philosophic system, of any teacher.

This

official is

That

man

Do

not get excited


Note the

06s.

Confucianism

the tao-li of Confucius.

is

too passionate.
talks too impetuously.

there

or,

is

no occasion to excite

peculiar use of cliao, which here

means

yourself.
not as in the expression

to put forth or give out;

ekaO*-Hamg*, to catch, or meet with unexpectedly.


1

534

f.

j>'u

universal.

2
535. !pi ck'iin , a flock

536. -JUf kens/

1
,

to

till

a drove

538.

possessive

539.

chlh

collectively.

ti*,

Hence, in any case

never

positively

always.

instances, comparatively rare, in the

spoken language.

Examples:

}EL

pa?

fjf:

3^

s/at
lil

i
J2g

lii

^
^

HoChih

ch'iinr
2

?/"M</

fam

fi]

_t

/ouo

chia 1

%.

t<i
1

shaitfi*

3%

"'"

|f}

tunny

fjj;

wi

$1

tsuii;/

^'

tc?

ta*
1

pa?

1
5

^
^
Q

^ch'u*

"gjcuan
JE,

e*'*

j'

chili

Ul sJtan

tsunrf'

HD er/r

iticr

k'an*
chieii.*

kuo*

'i4

^h

The population of the world is mostly agricultural.


If you want to sow seeds you must first plough the
I

to plough.

used in books as the pronoun of the third person and the sign of the

some

also, in

a multitude.

also read chine/ 1 as ching 1

537. $|l tswiff, to collect


1

^
^
J

5^

fieri*

fining''

$j

tl

'//

Ar

clnnii/

*}t

/'.-'"''

^'

te?

cliny

ty
1

(jfj

//

land.

have never seen a foreigner (or foreigners).


will have to (must positively) go.

You

In a word

speaking collectively.

strictly speaking, not colloquial, though the phrase


here a final particle of no particular value.

06s.

This

The high
06s.

is,

officials

is

constantly used in riiiiviTsutinn

i-hih is

of the State.

Ti would here be more colloquial than chih, but the

possessive construction.

Drive that flock of sheep on to the


Tut the books in order.

hills.

latter character is introduced

show

its

use in a

PAHT

THE FORTY EXKRC1SKS.

III.

105

EXERCISE XX.

ft

as

1.

The guards on
for

[there]

baggage

[the

the

city

are

gates

purpose of] searching [the

of] persons entering

and leaving the

city.
2.

ft

ft

the ground.

tilling

^ ^
3

3. Farming is the proper business of the


humbler classes; in the summer everyone is

ft

Proper business

06s.

ft

State are for

the administration of the people.

ft

The laws passed by the

pin, that which

is

originally,

^i H& ^* f^

itfr

^fr

Sfr

-^

^F

5v

~s~

~7^

"T

Jl.

IS

fen

the lot or share, hsiao min, of the humbler classes.

4'

ieat

sown

tne autumn, which

is

summer, is called ch'iu 1 mi*


(autumn wheat) wheat sown in the spring
and gathered in the summer is called spring
gathered in the

wheat.

ft

In that case are autumn wheat and

5.

spring wheat identical ?


They cannot be
considered so; the autumn wheat gives always

ft

a better yield.

W
06s.

i.

/g

That the great disorder which has


everywhere [prevailed] of late years is due to

Bfl

y^-

fact

~f

j$

6.

the maladministration of the authorities

IT

Late

ft

chin

lit.,

known

is

to the people of the whole Empire.

near.

kuan chang 3

the officials who rhani/ 3 are superior


the expression is only used in
,
speaking of the whole official class, in contradistinction to the hsiao min.
Maladministration chih-li, in governing, ti=tc, attained to, pu hao, badness.
Obs. 3.
O6.<. 4.
Notice the construction of the whole sentence
[the fact that of] late years the Empire's great
disorder is [the result of] the authorities' maladministration the entire Empire's people all know.
06s. 2.

Authorities

$*
rr
<T

fPt

Wii
-M-

Hv

^fi

'Hr

Si

-jy

t^c

^t

Wf

fm

06s.

I.

Unreasonable

Ob.

2.

Opinion to

offer

lit.,
:

"^"
i -

A*

t/5

-xtrr

US

That son of yours is altogether too


unreasonable
he never pays attention to
7-

anything he is told, and has an opinion to


offer on every subject going.

does not speak reason.

shuo

tsiti

often

means boasting or

self-glorification.

14

106

TZtl

ERH

- *

SR -F US

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

A horde of rebels came over there last


and
burnt that whole lot of buildings.
year
How about the occupants ? They decamped
8.

long before the rebels came.

ft

said to

number assembled together is


be a ch'un 2 the same term may be

applied

to

9.

large

and sheep

horses, oxen,

in

any

number.

-it

him

A
Note ming-p'ien, a

Turn
1.

visiting card (Radical 91).

all

over the world.

Every country has a penal code. The penal


code was fixed by the State for the government of the people. Regulations are drawn
Obs.
2.

sheep on
the wheat I

to

6.

the

(Radical 117).

first

my ground, and they


had sown there.

The k'<m l -chiehl -ti

flock

ate

up

of
all

are official under-

long wall) is
of the seven great wonders of the
have heard that it was a king who

compelled his people to build

terly

drove a

yesterday

The Great Wall (10,000

world.

j.
li

who go the rounds and

lings

(KEY, EXERCISE XX.)

officials.

Draw up:

A man

3.

See 1,025.

the following into Chinese.

There are Chinamen

up by the

that I

my

part of the afternoon to see him, as I have


something to say to him.

ft

06s.

card to his place and tell


shall go over myself in the latter

Take

10.

ft 10

li

it.

Quite right. That Sovereign was utwithout principle; he governed his

an

in

people

exceedingly

oppressive

way.

Within a few years from the completion of


the wall the whole Empire was in great
disorder.
Obs.

inspect every

lit., not principle


Utterly without, etc.
This phrase is not strictly

i.

to the utmost (Radical 133).

place.

Somebody, I don't know who, has been


books into confusion arrange
putting all my
4.

them

for

OJ S

into confusion

la

luan ;

drag into

lit,

confusion.
5.

8.

dress

That

man

is

dreadfully passionate

why do you pay any attention to him


Obs.

chih.

Obs.

me.
Put

though quite admissible in conversation. It


has been introduced to show the use of the possessive
colloquial,

Pay

attention to:

li

(528).

k'u 3

2.

Oppressive

fc'c

receiving

Sec 223.

put on the

It is necessary to

when

visitor

official

who

is

stranger.
Obs.

Stranger

(Radical 100).

sheng

k'o

lit.,

raw

stranger

PAKT

J^

540.
541.

^P

542.

to take

clriit a <f',

to

to snatch

t'ii

$jii

543.

JJJlt

ku

544.

j-jfi

t'fttr,

by violence.

to filch.

Also, secretly

stealthily.

Colloquially, used of banditti,

classically, the leg or thigh.

107

away.

to steal

THE FORTY EXERCISKS.

III.

etc.;

a gang or

band.

545.

]H

to

tx'tuui

as a fugitive.

fly,

to escape or scuttle

off,

as rats or mice; applied also to the escape of

rebels or banditti.

546.

"fjjf

547.
idiotic

'/J^

s<m 3

him

to disperse.

3 4

4
31 him

31

hiui-

fj^s/itto

>J>

h'n tu 3

3
01 hun

ft ho

tzti

fj
jij

i-'itai

^t

fa

ffe

ssti

ts'uan 4
tao

a?i

2
4

c/t'-u,

snatched

my

ch'uan

JjJ

J^
^|

^
T

3| /t
3
j^ shui

ahih 4

JG

'
1

ft

t'oii

ffj

t'ou

fcw

feet

8a

I 1 "''

fg

tr,r

$f

ti

iife
f|"j

JE,

j^

tsr)"

^
^

fa

''"""
f.so,

To'"'"

:i

^
^

speaking,

"J"

r/i'ii

pa

/i

JJJ

rh'iang

"f /ifi

To '''""

m> n

iw

ft Con

f'"

ft hsing*

to-

ch'il

TJiao
1

'""I/

ill

''"'

it.

things.
stealthily

(i.e.,

that no one shall know).

has run away.

That band of robbers from Ssuch'uan (Szechwan) has dispersed, and skulked
one into Yunnan.

Muddy
To

P'"

ti

jj^

''"''

fft

^ ao
i

4
f@ ko

and went off with


pen away from me.

seized the baggage

To steal
To walk

water, though, strictly

Wo'' 8

na4
i

2/iin

J]\

To ^ ao

'''^

/co

fa 'rh

feat

He

fgj
1

He

to

Read him 2 stupid

of torrents.

They

like the water

also

Examples

-f"

means muddy when applied


the same sound should be used.

another character of

f@ ko

San 3 a medicinal powder.

mingled in confusion,

It

reckless.

548.

water.

talk wildly.

Jumbled

He

is

together.

a reckless (or rowdy) youngster.

549. ffl Ian 3 idle


,

550. flf to
551.

$|

Lan

commonly used with the


-to

4
,

following.

idle.

kun*, a staff.

552. ^J5 jeng

553- $fc fang

to cast

4
,

to throw.

to release

Also read jeng3

to let go.

off

one by

108

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

The numerative

554.

ken 1

ERH

TZtr

and of the
555.

a spear; a musket.
kan 3 ken 1 (644), or t'iao 2

<-h'iaiifi

!flg

first,

of the second

is

kan 3 (325) or

Examples:
iK /""'I

0[ pien

''

|fj

.'/""f/

>r ^

52.

fife

fai""

3
Jb niao

^o''''1

7'""

3t

flo7"'

"J"

;K w

'

(i

cli'idii//
(

ft

i/(/o

%j[

'' (

'"

_t shun;/*

ffl

'S

.'/""

n.

k*

Ho

to3

<7<mr
^'""
;*

^
i
T

//v
4

That

He

man

tired

he does not like going to the yamen.


a shot and hit a bird.
is

lazy

Note chao ;

Obs.

You have

special force will be seen later.

(or, will have)

Pa, as

Obs.

its

before,

no use

for that stick

you had better throw

it

aside.

also be rendered imperatively.

may

Let him go.


Note that

Obs.

and might be omitted, though

liao is only an expletive,

it

has a certain force, as will be seen

from the following sentences.

Let him go

Yes, let

him

go.

556. ftj ch'ia*, to coincide with exactly.


557.

^5

cli'iao

558.

4$

^'

559. Js!

cunning;

special

4
,

meaning

4*1*

also,

opportune, with or without the preceding.

particular.

purpose.

#em3 accidental.

thus by nature; as it were; positively. Affixed to many words and combinaan adverbial force; as ;Vm 2 erh* (Radical 126), and yet; nevertheless.

561. ?fc ,/""

tions with

em3

560. jpl

562.

Examples:
4
/,v>

f@

A
"fj

515

2
^'

ch'lao

Hrt

^
*

s/tife*

tzti*

jtff

;(

jj|

shih*

$& Jan

ffe*
4
*

2
4

f|

/s'o

''""

^
$
^

%. lir

flfc

ti

fe

^-

Inr

|g

Jit-ir'

*5o

' /

He came in the nick of time.


You have arrived most opportunely.
I

came here purposely


2"e

ulm.

My

i,

to see you.

with special intent.

mistake was accidental

Obs.

That
This

Of course
is

ttstt

a matter of course.

man

is

of course

jan, of itself thus.

very ingenious.

it

was not done

fi

intentionally.

'''"

yj
:i

/'a

ch'ia 4
cli'nitr'
2
/'/''

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

109

EXERCISE XXI.
*

or not

06s.

Opinion

?i(.,

HI

It

*r
Note

06s.

Bring

me

your opinion, should


Of course you had better go.

go

that small cane (or stick) of

mine; J am going
want to shoot some

fire

is

leading or dominant idea.

2.

What

to, to fire

Load

out>
birds,

my

though

gun;

am

not

certain that I shall hit any.

*,

JB

or shoot at

fa chao or to Kao, to hit

what

is fired at.

Fang

(see

next paragraph), to

a gun.

Pf

HI,

7J&
^ ^

A>

J^L

tf

ifcA>

nn

>W^

_gL

&j

^t

fe

JnL

29
nt

T&
XK

iPJ

T>

us

- T
All round

06s.

lit.,

on four

>Nt

:|fc
ttfc

There were people all round me,


but luckily I did not hit anyone; if I had,
it would have been no end of a business.
let it off.

JC

sides.

.^

^|

f ou i (to steal or pilfer). To take away any2


thing from a person by force is to (to snatch

^H

IB

%1

"ir"

M>

'i*

&

&\I

J^

4-

or seize violently).

armed with spears

*vs*

^-

^T"*

When

a person takes a thing unobserved without letting anyone know, that is

3-1 picked up that gun yesterday without ^nowm o ^ was l a(ied, and accidentally

When
(or

number

of robber^

muskets) and swords

go at night by the light of torches to a man's


house and forcibly take his property, that is

3
ch'iang (robbery with violence).

06.

Unobserved: lit., in (or on) the ground behind the back;


lit., the light or brightness of fire; burglary
Torchlight
the combined characters are never used in any other sense.
i.

(>6s. 2.

v@
'*"b
aa.
gJto

W ^* ^&
^ W
&B M ^?

-^r

?ffl

>

an?

3C

ifr
Bti

^t-

5-

To

i.e.,

is

where one cannot be seen.

often referred to as miny-Inio simply, and

talk

without reference to reason


.

or

'

right)

is

(talking wildly).

what

is

considered hun* shuo 1

TXU ERH CHI.

110

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

How

6.

muddy?

tT it

will

be

is

it

that

It hasn't

all

bath water

my

so

is

been drawn very long;

right after a

little

it

while.

it
That pupil of mine is too idle altogether he won't study. Give him a thrashing, and then see how he does.
7.

8.

The other day two

armed with a long

robbers, the one

spear, the other with a

large staff, were assaulting people right and


left, when it fortunately happened that some-

fii

one with a musket came along. Seeing the


robbers so engaged, he hurriedly loaded and
fired.
And what did the robbers do ? The

one with the spear threw it down and ran


away; the one with the stick was struck by
the bullet in the leg, so he couldn't run.

the

*r

A,

man who

make

fired

his

by accident?

designedly or

am

accident, but I

Did

appearance

Probably

by

not sure.

ft
06.
always lean or

i.
fcere

06s. 2.

Note the numerative

of ch'iang.

Spears

may

be spoken of as ten, ken, or

Right and

left

hsia

li,

in the sense of direction.

Cf. also ssS, mien-'rh in paragraph


points of the compass.
Note ch'iang-tzti?, a bullet.
06s. 3.

Turn

but muskets are

the following into Chinese.

Last year over ten robbers armed with


spears and knives came into the city and
made a clean sweep of everything in my shop.

SsA

06s.

i.

Clean sweep

shop and robbed

it

for euphony's sake,

clean

lit,

the

though

it

took the things in

my

word " clean " is repeated


would be quite correct to

say, simply, kan-ching.

ch'ii liao,

am

too.

properly, the four

(KEY, EXERCISE XXI.)

An hour before this happened that lazy


servant of mine had gone to his home, and
when he went he did not shut the door. I
was done intentionally,

hsia, the four directions

3.

i.

afraid this

'tao,

(644).

Obs.

2.

2.

Gone home

hui chia

One

ch'ti liao,

this

may

be rendered by

or shang chia

of the robbers gave

called in a foreign doctor,

cltia

ch'ii liao.

me

a cut, and

who cured me.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

Another, seeing a fowling-piece of mine that

was loaded,
Obi.

let it off

Cut

i.

accident.

by

2.

Obs.

3.

Cure

back, saying

(527).

l
3. The k'an -chieh -ti, hearing the report
of the gun, came to see what was the matter.
On seeing the robbers he was frightened, and
l

On

ran straight away.


official,

06s.

&W,

to

know

watch

what.

Frightened

06s.

3.

Straight

The

hai liao p'a liao. See 424.


one straight ran. See 374.

off: lit.,

"That

officer said,

that story.

take

will

and

the robbers heard

564.

-{ra

lit.,

the talk he returned

all

you are to be so idle when you are


young, and dislike study, how will you succeed
in life when you grow up ?
If you do not
If

make

means

man

of yourself,

you

have no

will

of livelihood, and, without that, vou

have

to seek

dispersed in

Even

robbers."

will naturally

you need not say

fan-, all whatsoever.

Rejoinder

all

lit.,

ch'uai 3 to

2.

not true.

after

06s.

the days

j"L

you with them

I fear

the soldiers

the

all this.

563.

suspect you

06s. i.
Understanding: lit.,
were one breath were in collusion.

06s.

will do, etc.

official said

and they had an


His rejoinder was so full of

understanding."
untruths that orders were given for him to
get a few blows with a stick.

different directions.

That

The

come
had

that

they

directly,

do with

soldiers to the

arrest

forthwith,

When

06s.

servant had

my

the business which

your bread by
thieving.
Yesterday you threw away your
book and went out shooting with the visitors.

my

place

were coming

will

"

him,

6.

Note

(91).

2.

to

06s.

K'an'-chieh-ti, the local constable.

i.

Obs.

4.

the road he saw an

and told him some confused story or

other, I don't

time

that

taken him out was finished.

(304).

Doctor: commonly called tai-fu (~fc ife),


though there is a more literary term. Note tai*, not t'ai*.
Obs.

this

By

5.

Ill

feel,

they had gone you did not study.

Young: lit., your years' light time.


Means of livelihood lit., a road of passing
a means of subsisting from one day to another.
i.

2.

Also, as will be seen later, vulgar

or feel for,

by thrusting

in the

hand

common.

hence, in combination with

the following word, to guess.


565. )y.
566.
for treaty

$J

(i.e.,

567.

mo
1

ijo

yo

1
,

to feel with the fingers.

T'iao 2 yo l (181)
primarily, to bind; an agreement.
an agreement t'iao-, in strips, sections, or clauses).
1

i/ileh

568.

$?

569.

Examples:

to authorise

if

not

or, not.

2
[ffj

is

the expression

chun3
fov?,

true to a course.

Rarely used colloquially.

I'll Illl"'

t'ung

t, fa>
2

ch'ang

fan*

pu*
chun 3
It

mi 4

pu*

fou

mo

1
'.

xhili*

cluti*

shih*

!/<>*

m
&

'*

}l

TZU ERH CHI.

112

In

all

To

guess.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

things great care should be taken.

do not know whether he

cannot guess.

Chun 3 fon 3

will give his sanction or not.

as chun z

same

(to authorise or to negative) is the

4
3
pu chun but

is

it

not often

used in conversation.

He

me

invited

to go with him.

Most probably.
570.

J5

571. BS

kf,ng
3

faii

572. *js fo

change

secure

but kdng4 more, the sign of the comparative


,

(see 238).

to change.

to

Often used with tang 1 (342).

satisfactory.

573. iff chiutn 1 single; special.


,

1
574. -fc shih to lose; to miss.
,

ts'an

575.

fl}J xln'ii?, spirits,

576.

and shen 1
577. if!
578.

tx'i'n

human; animal

divine or

with the following

tz'ti,

spirits.

1
,

uneven

irregular;

Read

like foliage).

(e.g.,

also

(we, 493).
1

tz'ti,

with te'eV, irregular.

Examples:

filfo

515

''

Htf

''"

"" 4

shih 4

chun-ii
t'o

$fe

chiu*

ffiE

^ yu
^,
^

$fr

ts'en
tz'ti

f;((/

f^s/wt

tso

$
4
ft^,

s/tife

jg keny

shih
i

~f liao

ifi

kaP
t'a

cliuini

^
^
^

chini;/'
elt'c'iii/-

t'o

3
]

t<ti/t/

)fr

//-si/t

i^> 7</r

These regulations are satisfactory they need not be amended.


He gives his whole attention to study.
;

In the transaction of business absent-mindedness at once leads to irregularity.


Camels are specially employed as beasts of burden.

That

will

579.

ft
fSj

581.

jfjjf,

hsiiiiif/

punish,

584.

kan

4
,

2 3
,

busy.

towards; direction.

custom.

to attend to business
to

Pan 4 -tsui a

^/a

to face towards

kuei 1 a rule

583. j^f pan',


etc.

worse.

still

manrf, to haste
4

580.

582.

answer

administer;

business.

colloquially

it

It often takes the place of tso 4 to do.


,

has

many

meanings, as to purchase, to

(433), to squabble.

method;

fashion.

Read /a3 law


,

or laws.

Fa 4

kucP,

France; note the tone.

PART
585.

Examples

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

1 :;

To r

poo

BJJ

mint/-

$t

pan*

Jg

&

]pj

is.

./

hsiaiuj*

yuan

mo

*/'*

tt

kan*

fo)4

fli

ft

if nicn-

c/ie

t'..

chen 1

s/u&*

4I:

%,'rh

~j*

Jinn

Hitherto we have never been very busy.


Hitherto

Obs.

towards [the time that has now] come

lit.,

hsiang lai with a negative can <;enenilly

l>e

rendered never.
I

have decided to make a long journey next year.


Decided

Obs.

have determined or laid down, kuei, as a definite line of action.

ting,

lit.,

What have you come


This plan

He

is

is

really

for

impracticable.
an able administrator.

What's your hurry

586.

hu\ wildly

587.

lift"*,

to be in a rage

588.

lun 1

liln

589.

tSu'i

590.

1
,

Examples

1
,

blindly.

when they should not

of events, to occur

to whirl about, as a mace, etc.

to brandish, as the

occur.

fist,

etc.

to urge.

**

mang-

cli'eni/-

ch'u*

|
j^

tsti

flfc

To '"'"

chin

iP9
1

fVf

f|

m ^n

%, chia

tf&t

//;('
iiut

fs'wi

^
^

lining

~/f>

pu

lino*

yac

~f

linn

j^9

Inr

$i\

uai,

1
1

/'/'cy/
fii'ii

c/tid

a'

fc ta

1'*

<]<!>

kati?

/'<in"

jjL

III II

~f a

li

te'tt

~S

PI

Don't be disorderly.

There was a great outbreak of the people.


Note that

Ota
an epidemic

(see

fo

-te# is a disturbance; luan*, a state of disturbance.

Nao

can be used of the outbreak

ut

below).

To brandish a spear the whole


06s.

connexion.

day.
The whole day lit., a complete day. The teachers can give no explanation of the use of chia
We find the same sound in the expression pu chia, it is not so no.

Urge him

to

go and attend to

it

with

all

despatch.

Diphtheria has broken out in their house.


I have had a misfortune to-day.

15

in

this

114

ERH

TZtT

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE

4to

-*

"

'*

,A

^
.

2ft

~X
<T*

4ft

"H".
-esT

mi

A?

06s.

Secret

-gj

j,;.

J^
^.

iffl

,^.

?^o^

^Kjc

-A

An
TH

ifv

-f.

M
M ^

common

Hfe
t.

>^

^'

y^.

,_^

it

-^

,.j

-JP-

fflj

Cf. pei

2.

lui'

^
06.

TPC

m w

5R

-Sh

'LV

H^F

^^

gib
WE

_..

tt
KA

Rests with him

jj_

.3.

5E

lit.,

* T

lit., is

yet.

not satisfactorily dis-

is

The regulations

require altera-

.u.

it

must be remembered that the

title ta-jin

is

one wants to engage in any affair


one must first settle on a definite line of
3-

If

actioa

^^ ^

4'

tion

and
1

6^

W nen one
[in

skeri (to

is

engaged

one's attention

hand], that

is

is

in

any transac-

not devoted to the

what

is

called

dih

be absent-minded).

heait placed in or upon.

, .

That matter

rank.

matter

not

never good.

alteration will take place.

official

^fc

Attention devoted to

is

do not know whether Li ta-jen will


or
not.
Most probably no important
approve

AE

lK

M\
,

"M"-

-L

is

secret advice

advice

ti li.

posed of
tion, but

19

BT
O's.

-y

"Good

is

not, J<M, thus.

'S*

P^K ^

why

is
nothing
should he be

it

Yes, indeed; there


,

T*T

^^^

^@i

Probably

that

savins:

given in secret

anyone know

lets

given to any officer of the third or higher j,Tades of

about.

is

so secret about it?

Ta-jen: this might be translated His Excellency, but

Ofts.

never

very reputable, otherwise

'

^T

man

That

what he

pei* jen, behind people's backs.

3$jl'

i.

' *

Ht

pu, were

***

^ ^

Jx

SR

ii

if*

is

AE

Otherwise

?SC

>ul

Ofes. i.

|g

-y

Tto

jtf

2.

-y

Rl

. .

ift

fift

fiJu

ra

]fe

XXII.

j.

*> 5
At
-,

on his body

5.

The

final

which the thing

he bears the responsibility.

determination of the way in


is

to be

done

rests entirely

PART

2 W
itk

"X

i^t

,%

flEi

tffc

'i

N
i

79f

/\.

i.

O'w.

2.

rllSl

>?

5c

f-1

**i

tfe

^?

JL

^.

wft

which

it

dispose of promptly
himself a bit, and

but he would not hurry


when someone who wax

acting with him urged him to make a


...
more speed he would not listen.

little

Matter of importance yao, short for yao chin 3 a combination which


Acting with him t'nng jen, short for t'ung shift* tijen.
:

PH

a matter of importance
,
was necessary lie should

fr

ft,

jit

06s.

-fifa

man had

That

6.

In1

,AJf

-y

BK v
6

Ml
He

<4*

115

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

will be

met with

later.

;Hk

ft"

PA
^ m m & w
^
To iS
>o

What

7-

fl&

there for

ta-n

he swinging his arms about


suspect he has had too much

is

todrink

ffi

'Ifl

(treaties) are the regulations

for intercourse

^^.

draivn

tries

between their respective coundifferent

up by

nations

with

China.
06\
lai,

Li#.,

going and coming

iao-yo are each nation's with China

drawn up both

>74&j$$l'7'f9

IO

item.

frJ

pw
is

ck'i

i.

06s.

2.

may

also

Most

tafan;

to

stand,
guess)

Whenever you

the great whole


;

lit.,

ts'en-tz'ti.

you

jaggedness.

We

you

til*

irregularity here referred to

following into Chinese.

are studying

and hap(lit.,

most probably understand

Yesterday

The

is

unevenness in the writing;


which

in this case rather indicates incompleteness than unvvenness,

its

meaning.
2.

and incomplete.

can say that a certain number of persons lai

try diligently to get at it

will

accounts are drawn up item by


These that you have written out are

hence, the majority.

meet an expression you do not underif

Wany

clt'i

linn,

have

all arrived,

or

trimmed pu Mi, unevenly.

Turn

pen

lit.,

ts'en-tzS,

Irregular:

already provided for by

1.

regulations.

^ ost

irregular

mean uneven, though the context

that a hedge has been

and coming

This dish was specially prepared for

9-

At

06.

sides going

hence, interchange, whether of courtesies, correspondence, trade, or otherwise.

I invited

him

Western Hills; he said he must

to

go to the

first

go home

(KEY, EXERCISE XXII.)

to ask leave.

he

I fear

go any distance.
3. In
writing

will

letters

not be allowed to

and

despatches,

should there be any part written wrongly, a


piece of paper must be put over the characters
that are mis-written
to 3

pu

-tzii (to

put

this [operation] is called

in a crivction).

TZU ERH CHI.

116

will

Purposely and specially

i.

7.

it

it,

lit.,

Obs.

Look down upon:

2.

converse

is

eh'iao

This

6.

decline

it

ch''iao

pu

ch'i

you don't look up

i.e.,

you

lit.,

The

to me.

t& ch'i.

is

indeed nonsensical talk

because

do not

feel at liberty to

put

Nonsensical talk:

this talk

lit.,

spoken

room

furniture of this
it

for

private

is

all

in

to rights.

06s.

i.

Disorder:

Obs.

2.

Put

Obs.

tt'en-tz'H

to rights

pu

c)i'i.

see 528.

times.

i.

Took my eyes

straying) of the eyes (i


Obs. 2.

i.

synonym

jt'n-'rli,

(p. 97).

you a few

accept your things without having done anything to deserve them.


06*.

pai

I took my eyes off you, away you ran.


I'll
have to take a stick again and lay it about

hence, a

Cf.

vain, etc.

8. What is your
hurry ? it will be a little
time yet before the guests come.
g. What did you go away for?
.Directly

heart and special intent.

regard not elevated;

in

all,

The

disorder

with special

Note pai, white

2.

at

individual

you look down upon me.

(tliis is)

<>'>s.

you decline

If

specially for you.

shows

nothing

brought that flower-pot purposely

5.

and

Obs.

you are absent-minded in this way,


do nothing satisfactorily.

If

you

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

is

Lay

ts'o

off:

about you

it

lit.,

yen-'rh),
:

I,

one erring (or

you then

ran.

Inn :588i.

[could] not [with] good intent for nothing at all (pai')

The mode of action they have always


(hitherto) laid down cannot well be altered

want your things.

or modified.

truly wild extravagance.

591.

2/*

language

>

ty c7m a

593.

vy

594.

^| jang

[because] I

sayings.

clause ; a sentence.

ch'ao 1 ch'ao 3 to wrangle (of


,

to talk too loud.

matters that should be kept quiet

Examples
ft

iti

ch'i

|G

J$

mo

Pj|

jang

1
,

to chatter in a loud tone

also, to

talk abi nit

to let out a secret.

also,

liang

lin*

chil*

pu

hua*

ho*

chin*

ch'ao

shao

jang

The languages spoken


;

Jang

hsieh

sentence

two or many).

is

j|q

592.

595.

10.

do not want

i'

chii*

t'a*

m<?n

nao*

in different countries vary.

once and for

all.

Those two are not on good terms

before they have spoken two sentences they begin

to quarrel.
Obs.

Note that ch'ao nao

is

verbal altercation

(see also 583).

Make less noise.


What are you making such a noise about
To chatter; also, to let out a secret; or, to
596.

P^ a

1
,

an ejaculation

talk about a matter

sometimes interrogative.

which should be kept

quiet.

PART

to

117

wrong; untrue. Colloquially, generally to defraud by


extort money under false pretences
to accuse wrongfully.

597.
tion

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

ft "y

"Sto

false representa-

598.

7^-

599.

Examples:

lixi/io

chiu*

jgt

So

To

are

laughter.

kan2

ffl

jfc

l,:ai*

A j^n

65

**

ch'ien-

Ao^'*

put

/J\

shih*

Ht

What
What

to laugh

at

you laughing

^
^

hxi<n>*

65

*'i

yu

-S

s/te""

2
1

cfeia

Rfo al

iff.

'

IJ

.y/n<7

nip

hsiao*

il

JSH

ji/ao*

/c'o

3
J|

there to laugh at ?
insist upon payment of money that
is

is

not owed

is

extortion.

decayed; worn out.

600.

Jjj

xlniai1

601.

03

k'un*, k'ven*,

602.

chr, extreme excess.

surrounded

embarrassed

fatigued.

603. i|F menrf, a dream.

604.

Examples

j*

jljj

ft ch'ien*

65

ti

shlh*

ch'i~

-ffr

^
is

rltr

~f a

liao

ffi

in>

^,

His constitution

fa

,s/((/;

Zew.9

worn

~f liao
t

~f Uao

fj^,

txat*

(0 ko*

65

iK k'ang*
_fc

A ^en

shang*

gp

no*

jjjJJ

meng*

t'ang

yeh*

t'a

|^

meng*

jj

J
2

^'wn 4

"J* o

/./'i/u

$J

/>"'

out.

To dream.
Being extremely tired (sleepy) he lay down on the

k'ang*,

and talked

in his sleep all

through the night.

Extremely hot.
I dreamt a strange dream.
Obs,

A
A

Dreamt:

chuckle

saw

lit.,

in

my

or, ironical

dreams

strange thing.

laugh.

most excellent undertaking

(or arrangement).

605.

m/>*, personal appearance.

606.

ffi

Jixiniif/

607.

HI

i:h'ni(

4
,

the physiognomy.

This character will be met with later in a different

tone.

608.

^p

609.

xhiini

tiao*,

1
.

ugly (morally or physically).


ahuai 3 to throw; to dash down.

to

hang

(neuter)

to fall

down.

TZU ERH CHI.

118
610. }fj

ch'ti

clt'uo

to jar

by a

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

fall.

4
611. |f] tsuaii to grasp in the hand.
,

612.

Examples:
Jf

tel/dH

To'"'"

/UfiflO

&,

t'a

fifc

ie

flj

}Rf

::

ffi J'"

/o

Its/mill*

'i

;-

chlen4

^. shou?

To

To'""'

chany

tf is

flfs

ekuai1

"'

i''"

appearance grown

Lit.,

&'o

tiao

Ugly.

Good-looking.
06s.

ffio

Hsiang rnao might equally well be placed

to, etc.

before eh'ou

in either case

best not translated.

disgraceful (or scandalous) business.

To

To

down.

fall

down.

fall

vary according to the position of the speaker with reference to the object
if
Thus, were the speaker on foot he would say of a man on horseback, fa tiao hsia lai Jiao, he has fallen off
the speaker were on horseback too, he would say t'a tiao hsia ch'ii liao.

The use of

Obs.

lai

and

ch'ii will

fallen.

He

fell

into the river

We

06s.

He dashed

613.

614.

j|l)

615. iSi

H.

616.
617.

chai
tee"

tightly

by the hand.

narrow.

then; inconsequence.
4

k'Hftiuj

ck'leh

chien

besides.

Examples

also

in the next place.

ch'ieh

ti*

is

The

first place.

3fs

chii3

ch'uan 1

yu

e/7/:

To

|IJ

'"'"

jjj

tee"

t'ai

glj
4

%fa

fi ch'ang-

tee"

Jisiu

r
chien*

erh*

kiiu*

ill

tee"

Itfot/f

In the second place.

besides.

and, moreover,
place

pur

ch'lch

W> tsang

won't put on that coat

too long

Y/<

nniuf
""'

Ic'unng

i'

J,

weir

Moreover;

under certain circumstances, temporarily.

Also,

fan?

In the

it.

to one's arm.

me

grasped

li.

down and broke

the bottle

To give a shock

He

such a joke

could say also tiao tsai ho

is

narrow

it
;

in the first place, the sleeves are too

has been

there

I won't inquire into that

is

dirtied.

not

much

matter for the

space.

moment

(temporarily).

narrow

in the second,

it

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

EXERCISE

XXIII.
There

&

toh

7u

JTL

119

63

gates for the

Tit

are

m0 ving

is

but

number

little

space at the city


and horses that

of carts

through them in opposite direc-

tions.
06s.

Lit.,

^
H-l

i.

place narrow

coming and going

2.

^fc.

nJ

Ja

Wf

ly&

Ifl

flL

ifc

ffy

Note jang' fang

1
,

and horses many.

carts

Who

it
that is making such a
The servants and carters are
wrangling about something. Go out and tell
them not to make such a row, or they may

13

06s.

mouth

the city gates'

noise outside

is

get into trouble.

the noise of several people talking loudly

it

cannot be used of the noise made

by one person.
06s.

2.

Get

into trouble

lit.,

k'an, [or they

may]

find trouble (shih) break out

(nao fh'u

lai).

one
3. Look at those two little fellows
them is good-looking, the other very much
;

of

the reverse.

The good-looking one was making fun


and the latter, "ettint; into
.
j
a rage, smashed a tea-cup,
someone found
fault with him for this, when he was frightened
4.

of the ugly one,

Ob

5E

/f^

iVi

ml

an(^ sa

^ ^ie tea cu P
~

na(i fallen down.

-T.
06s.
it is

I.

Rage

lit,

best rendered matter


06s.

same nouns

2.

Found

begot, or generated, breath.

in this instance,

fiiult

wrath matter

shuo, to speak, followed

or pronouns are so circumstanced as to be in

A-

ti

-i-.

~2*

Cli'i, air,
;

breath: in Chinese physiology often untranslatable

the boy begot wrath matter

i.e.,

got into a rage.

by a personal noun or pronoun, means to blame but when the


what we call the dative ease, S/MID means to speak to.
;

trying to drag
jarred his

ann

him

off,

when he

in doing so.

lay

down and

120

TZtT

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

you eat too heavy a late dinner


He was
you are liable to dream at night.
thrown from his horse.

7,

ft

1$ "4

Jt

4*

6.

If

7.

I will tell

terday

2fc

that were with

my

about

Obs.

Went

off to sleep

The people
some
poured
liquid ink
mouth without my knowing anything

to sleep as I sat in

into

with

you a comical story. Yeswas dreadfully tired, and went off

my

it.

chao* liao, short for shutf-chao* liao, to go off to sleep

chair.

me

this character will

8.

The

narrow

street is too

a cart to be taken through

Turn
1.

men yesterday having


narrow space on the top

in that

of the city wall, one a good-looking individual,


The good-looking one
the other very ugly.

"There

only one of
t\vo answers, are you going to do this or are
you not ?"
said to the ugly one,

One

two answers
two sentences or two words about it.
06s.

i.

of

is

there are not

lit.,

Are you going to do this, etc. lit., this


matter you, too ti, cm fond (or eventually), do or not
:

ti is

best not translated.

3
Of. also too liao 'rh.

The ugly one replied, " In the first


place, I am afraid of what people will say and
hi the second, I am terribly tired.
Go and do
;

yourself;

What

06s.

of to blab
i

people

Note that

(yen-yii).

ytn-yii

you don't do

also,

to

it,

say:

how can

The other burst out


"

said,

afraid of
can't do

You

what people
it.

If

will

say?

you don't go

lit.,

fear

why

are

you

expect you

at once,

it is

very

The ugly
plain that I must pitch you down."
fellow ran off before [the other] had finished
what he was saying.
06s.

Very plain ming* ming'-'rlt ti.


Must pitch you down lit., this is evidently
causing me (chiao wo) to take you and throw you down.
Note shuai 3 not shuai*; hsia ch'ii, not Asia lal, the
i.

4. You surely must have been dreaming


there was no one on the wall yesterday.
5.

was riding along the main

men2

street of

an altercation between some men behind me,


I

don't

In Peking yen-yii

is

the day before yesterday,

when

remarks

know who,

yiian-i.

wrong

into a loud laugli

there

the ch'ien-

may mean to tell in the sense


mention e.g., when you want me

me know.

are

I ?"

ycn-ijn

sheng-'rh, let

pronounced nearly

will

3.

and

speaker being also on the wall.

2.

if

for so large

it.

Obs. 2.

06s. 2.

it

met

(KEY, EXERCISE XXIII.)

the following into Chinese.

There were two

an altercation

loo

In-

later.

After a

speed.
to my ankle.

sent

my

horse off at full

and gave a jar


Luckily, the shock was not a
little I fell off,

PART

heavy one;
I

a bit and got all right.


where the horse galloped to he

I rested

know

don't

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

6.

06s.

i.

Full speed:

06s.

lit.,

and run

2.-Luckily

caused

it

was yet good

(or

06s.-Got over your

fatigue

kug

Ua())

fortunate).

fetigue
Obs.

3.

618.
619.

Yet

chao*, a presage

am
it

to rest for a

is

^^

rh

lit.,

rested over your

an omen.

2
cf chi auspicious.
,

620. [X|

or

See 129.

this while.

lit.,

all

night; you will have got over your fatigue


by to-morrow.

horse to spread

off.

hai hao,

my

day to-day and


There is no help for

have walked

extremely sleepy.
the best thing you can do

has not been found yet.


his legs (k'ai t'ui)

121

Also, cruel

hsiung inauspicious.
,

malevolent

hence applied to acts of violence

murder
2

621.

jj^=

622.

Jfijj

623.

hsiang

jui*, the

Examples

good fortune

same

that which bodes good fortune.

as the foregoing hsiang2

ffijisiang

hsiung

j$ hsiang

1
ft ch'u

& ping

jjfc o

'& hen?
"g chi

A good
A good

fg ch'ing[Xj

An

omen.

chi 2

chao*

1
ft ch'u

"j*

ck'il*

4f.

nien~

ft wo*

liao
i

fpj

f@ ko*

men
chia
li

chi 2

%,

tji<>

j^J

hsiung

chao*

omen.

ill

omen has occurred

in our family.

Last year's campaign was most successful.


Prosperity.
06s.

This phrase

cruel

is

seldom met with in conversation.

and violent

624.

3^

625.

Jj,

n'Jan l

disposition.

z
,

character being tabooed, as


reign

is

characters are constantly seen on shop signs.

repose.

ning

-ffi.

The

styled Tao Kuang.

tranquility;

the second form

is

now always

used,

the original

formed the ming2 or personal designation, of the Emperor whose


When read ning*, and followed by a negative, it becomes a term of

it

comparison.
626.

j|||

shun*, obedient

hence, following.

1
627. |=[ k'uan broad; liberal.
,

628. j|^

c/t'o

language from k'uan

of exceeding extent (said of place, fortune, etc.)

inseparable in the spoken

1
.

16

TZU ERH CHI.

122

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

629. Examples:
3jf

s/tz'/i

4$ tow

$ji o ch'o*
1

t'a

flfj,

s/m

g^oi.V

)$|

t'a

jib

m^

?t ^

<i

71

fpj

$j

chia

Ifr

jig

shun*

?JC

sAwi 3

1
4g "tfan

$K

/o'iMiTi

'mw

S,Jeng

pu*

$|h

nin0

"g po

~f liao

hsing*

1
5t ^'ien

ffi

chiu*

A//

Peace and quietness (state of freedom from danger).


When the Empire is in disorder the people are not tranquil.

fair

wind and

His family

tide (or stream).

in easy circumstances.

is

Everything goes smoothly with them.


630.

p'in

poor.

631. |pf cfi'lung


632.

2
,

extremity

hence, poverty.

straitened (of space or fortune); not often used colloquially out of Peking.

jj

chiung

633.

j^

ch'ans to produce, as the earth

634.

|H

yeh*,

a calling

an occupation

its fruits

productions

property.
It

hence, acquired property.

is

also a sign of

the past tense.


635. Examples:

4
^

yu

2
s/ie "
1

:g

mo

Jg

ch'u

}1J

mei
che

1
"& chia

|jj

tien*

'rh

-%^v?
1

V-

yeli?

^
H

'rh

'&

ch'an

p'in*

fife

li*

$$ ch'iung'

Mn?

$g o chiung

eh*

%
ft
z

ti

J^Jen

t'a

chJn

pv?

shik*

He

is by no means a poor man.


His family is in very straitened circumstances.
They have absolutely no property.

What

are the natural products of this place

636. JJU p'eng*, a friend or

Never used alone


637.

638.

companion

a person with

whom

one

is

in constant contact.

colloquially.

^ yu a
H shang
3

friend

a person of kindred tastes or sentiments.

to bestow

on

also,

under certain circumstances, to take pleasure

in,

as

a pretty sight.
639.

^ hsiang

1
,

mutual

one person or thing to another.


640. Ijf

pang

1
,

to assist.

reciprocal

See 606.

but

it

also indicates the unreciprocated relation of

PART
641.

Examples

to

^ pang

me?t

to

ti

if

c/io

-||

4B hsiang
/iao

fK

wo3
3%.,
wo3
fj

^ fan9

%2

J| shang

ctiing

fj|

wi

{ft

j^

tai 2

JjJ

Note that

it is

used politely.

come and

Please

We

most instances shang

in

liu*, to

643.

^z

tiu 1 to lose.

644.

ken 1 the root of a tree

keep

now

f{?

neng

%?

hnieli?

Keep him

it

obliged

Obliged

We

It can't

06s.

j?

.s/ti/t

shang

p'eV

ti

too

wo

friend.

used of the

many

gift of

a superior to an inferior;

in the preceding

years.

the numerative of sticks, spears, ropes,

etc.

present time.

a contraction of the characters pv? yao 4

ken1

k^n 1

kun*

too 4

tiu 1

/F

Pu

~J*

liao

$&

ti

Zf.

shou 3

J|,

hsien*

&

fc'ai

ij

J&

pu*

ti

tiu

lit.,

It will

be met with

be

tiu

na ken

kun-tssil,

06s.

At

hsin 1

pieh*

jjji

tiu 1

1
5t t'ien

tS P' a

xp

^u

fa 1

|R /aw

fe ^
1

jjji

//.-si/i

but in southern kuan hua this would mean don't throw-

originally.

3
ti\ not ti

Eventually (or, after all)

My

2
-J liu

jjlj

*
5B na
3

/ei

stick.

lost.

root

hand

neng

am afraid I cannot to-day.


you have expended your thoughts ; one of many expressions of thanks.

might also say pieh

Note

~f o liao

away.

At the

|fc

to dinner.

Don't lose that


06s.

yu

Alto1

/j>

06s.

~f

proper signification.

Examples

Much

p'eng-

to detain.

646. $!| pieW, do not


its

JDJ

hull-lit

645. I!J hsien*,

presently in

^*

me.

assist

two have been good friends for

642.

647.

is

yo

"g

These flower-pots were presented to me by a


The local officials rewarded the people.
06s.

&ei

<//'''

jg

flO

1
If kuan

-f a tzu

weVi.

f|"j

2/*

i-

ti*

j&

$J hxing*

3
f^ Zia

example

123

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

is

sore

present

lit.,

it

was

lost.

cannot write at present.


the now that is.

124

ERH

TZtJ

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

EXERCISE XXIV.
Hfa

IF

$.

~~C

tf-

Jtdi

/;

tKl

xH

fe

^7

i!H$

l*J

7t

si*

t3

5%

Murderer

06s. 2.

w in

Ex-

i ex p ect; eventually be executed.


ecution at the scene of the crime.
(

{&.,

man

there did a cruel action.

Note

that fesiny fatttngi

may

mean

not

to

commit a

generally does.

it

murder, though

night.

JL

murder was committed there last


The murderer has been seized, and

-^

'

Murder

i.

7L

ffi
06s.

Iff:

hsiwtg

dwu ;

lit.,

murdering hand.

the hand,

/STwra,

not (infrequently used in place of

is

Jen, the individual.

Executed

06s. 3.

law

directs,

is,

cMng, in legal phraseology, means to punish

J=3JKl5l6^!H;S^-3
sf*
O #1* H J
'H

3ll2
T*

3.

A*.

>Jk

?U

WC

cMng

by the

fa, to punish

law, or as the

however, limited to capital punishment.

)?

tl

Iff

*!:

BE

JiL

-J*

When

2.

thing comes to pass

before a

Ira

something seen by which one can tell


j
that t iere w jfl be p ros p er ;ty at some future

Jx

date, that is called chi~ chao* (an auspicious

there

il*

is

omen).
06s.

preceding

^
,^0.

Afi
*

it

When

before

lit.,

into a predicate of the

^T

;H;

?M

[JiL

BK

rVt

jjft

~x

^.K

/s

IT..

word following

x?
j^
Mpt*
*

things not come's before

~~fc
.

*t

^J**

wt3.

^/

x?
,

M
, ,

the word chih here, like

ISC

house

^,

When

3-

m m

^
m

-r

jtf.

m>

JZ.

there

When

(comfort).

^1

forming a number of words

daily need, that

^S 4
rt

is

is

in

money enough

for daily use, that

^ ^

ti,

it.

is

there

called k'uan -ch'o l

not enough for

is

p'iu*-ch'iung (poverty).

4- When there is a regular income to


provide for daily subsistence, that is called

ft
ch'anP-yeh*

(property

producing

regular

income).
O6s.

Regular income

^H

lit.,

certain incoming's

>?!&

Mf^T>^5^
.^

fnj.

iM.

-.^

.L.^

j,.,

IR

*>

?fc

"W

-tX

f&l3vff1'fi^T

>*

--

fff

A,*

A.-

)&*

safe,

"f*

"^

6^J

TO

"3C

ifl

HH

<5c

XE

ABJ

X>

-^ -^

Jfi

-*M

money.

.^

IK
l
_-rt\

I^R

lost

ever y thin s at that time

>

so l

looked up a certain friend of mine and said


to him, "We have been good friends these
ever so
little

many

money

?"

years

will

you help me with a


"

He

no ^' ^ U ^ rea^y that

money
"

said,

It is

I cannot.

originally, as

not that

We

had a

you know, but

I will
little

now our

income has disappeared and we find very


great difficulty in

making a

single cash."

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

125

6. If
you can get your cart into the city
in the one day I will give you a large pour-

boire.

fl

xs.

>=
*2.

^A

When

7.

iT

do you start ? If I had not


should have been off to-day,

lost that silver I

but

shall

certainly start

In that case we

three or four days.

good-bye now.

journey

within the next

May

will

say

you have a prosperous

Obs.
Good-bye: fen shou; lit., separate the hands. It is the custom amongst Chinese to shake hands, though
not quite in the European fashion, when taking leave of each other for a long period ; and the drawing away of the hands
after such a leavetaking is fen shou.

<>bs.

ft

J^

"T

^-

tf.

=a^

HyR

~jf

^jj

-fte

ma

_z.

How

S.

We

open?

is it that your
shop is no longer
dissolved partnership last year.

Note another meaning of fen shou.

The

9.

$th of the 8th moon, the Festival

of Mid-autumn,

IE

is

just the right time for

viewing the moon.

06s.
Festival the Chinese year is divided into three principal periods or festivals (chieh; lit., joints), exc-ltmve
Year's Day, to each of which a specific name is given ; the first is on the I5th of the 1st moon (the Feast of
Lanterns), the second on the 5th of the 5th moon, and the third as above.
:

of

New

10.

ft

Please

otherwise

HJ
06s.

Lend a hand

-A.
:

Turn
1.

That man's

lit.,

&
aid a haste

come and lend me a hand,

sha'n't

get

th rough with

this

business to-day.
4tf
q.d.,

a person

who

the following into Chinese.

affairs

are certainly

not

prosperous.
Originally he had a regular income,
and was in easy circumstances as regarded his
2.

daily needs. There came a year when there


was no rain for months in succession, so he

got no crops off his land, and his family

is

in haste or busy.

(KEY, EXERCISE XXIV.)

affairs

did not go smoothly.

He

spent

all

by degrees, and now he is very


His
intimate friends now and again
poor.
(accidentally) help him along with a little
his capital

money.
Obs.

Capital

lit.,

root money.

TZU ERH CHI.

126

3.

Did ho alone

lose his

money, or did he

Involve

06s.

am

other persons
4.

money, yet was

[thut he] involved

it

and

furniture,

The greater part

of the farmers there-

money

so the district

also,

Note

how)

(lit.,

was

It

in

you become

this wise.

dreamt a dream.

man come and burn


Afterwards

had got hold of


< l!

Of

I.

648. $?

the wheat in

What you

my money

651.

p'ang

652.

mu

653.

Examples:

3
,

2
,

fg,

ti

06s.
Beggar:
be omitted.

f|

tzti*

$J

tso*

p'ang
1
j^ pien
5i >r h

What do you

that

rh'i" is

I did it myself.

want,

generalised

wrote

06s.

We

might

654.

jflS.

tsu 3 ancestors.
,

also say u:o

it

pen

Hang

ch'in 1

sir

Manchu

lit.,

wanting

again,

rice's

man

yes, sir, or

chung

the

madam.

P3

ftti
1

mu3
ch'in 1

chien*

t'iucP

mo

pe n

for carts

and the two

sides for people

by the numerative following instead of preceding

myself.

jt.n-rli,

my

I lost

am

individual

self.

"

man

short for ni lao j?

is

Bystanders.
is

at present

ft 'rh
too*

jig

Father (Radical 88). Mother.


On that high road the middle
Note

ch'e

If Hang*

wo

ch'in 1

Sir.

quite true

a mother.

wo

$J 3

and

the sides.

tsov?

pi

sir, is

say,

after that,

intimate relationship.

cliiimg )

beggar.

lai).

a sound taken from the

),

have

remember

So poor: lit., you how straitened


(ch'eng ) this kind ?
7.

may

How
I

more commonly pronounced ni-na, which,


my elder, you, sir, or madam.

ch'iri

06s.

into

long beforehand.

cha 1 (rather dja

a bottle, or

p'ing-tzil,

so poor as this

niri*,

flja

my

See 182.

too.

p'ing, a jar

06s.

it

near coming (chin

650.

Boy

got

enough.

saw a

unripe [as it
were short of rain, but

AVO

lit.,

chia ; politely, you


649.

all

my money

late

However

Obs. 2.

dreamt

whole of

so I sold the

stood].

I've

all

two or three years back you had a regular


income and could manage to live well

my opinion, things, whether good or evil,


One
give always a presage of their advent.

is

your name CHANG?

Isn't

6.

In

fields

one jar

small jar.

has been far from quiet of late I, however,


did not suffer much inconvenience. [You ask

rny household

all

pawned

this

[left].

Obs.

day

have a pre-

all

abouts lost their

me] why

lit.,

Please keep this jar, sir (tu-jtn); I


very poor. My friends won't assist me,

so I have sold or

lost

5.

or trouble (hi); in combination they form the verb to


involve.
The sentence, literally translated, runs was it

he one man

etc.

to connect (lien) in misfortune

lit.,

Give a presage,

3.

vious omen.

involve others in his misfortune


Obs.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

it.

on

foot.

"

PART
655. 2p}

weng

an old man.

hao*, or literary appellation

YA3

127

character of a person's
and his hao* YA3 -T'ING2 could

Generally employed with the

thus, a

be spoken of or addressed as

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

man whose name was WANG,

first

wencj

656. ^J, hsiung 1 an elder brother.


,

657.

-^ sun

658.

659.

Jj^J ti*,

660.

Examples:
l
ffi o sun
%* nin*

%
5.
f@
t}-\

a grandchild.

sM*, a cottage.
a younger brother.

yu

wu
/co

|o

ch'ieri*

JH c&i

hsiao

My

ancestors.

06s.

i.

06s.

2.

My

erh?

3-

tzti

^
"jfc

5t

-f^tzii
4

sitTi

lao 3
a

/tt

weng

3
fj wo
hsiung ffi men

chia 1
4

ffj

ii

ckia 1

fg.

tsu3

-Q:

mu

5L hsiung

c/ie

gfe

wo3

ft

ti

tsu3

JL shang
chid1

wei4

ft

jjj|

IfMi

My

grandfather.

-^ s^e

^nv?

ch'i*

flJco

1
J& sun

fy ling*

ffi^sun

wei

fit

My
We

gg

Mi

isw3

jjjjj

grandmother.
own

implied by the use of chia, which is used only in referring to one's


can also say chia tsu, my grandfather.
is

relations.

This old gentleman.


are seven brothers.

We

Note that

06s.

My

ti

precedes hsiung

elder brother.

son.

the

word

younger brother

My

grandson.

when

is plural,

(see

but that hsiung

Exercise

XXV,

ti

means a younger

brother.

4).

granddaughter.

How many
06s.

i.

06s.

2.

grandsons have you, sir ?


Note ling sun when speaking of others hsiao sun of
Have you ken ch'ien ; lit., in your presence.
;

one's

own

grandchildren.

iN'ee

208.

have

five

grandsons.

661. J$L nu-, a slave


662. ~/f

talent

ts'ai"*,

but also used disparagingly of inferiors not

slaves.

but when coupled with mi?, the foregoing,

does not appear to

it

affect its sense.

663. $Ql yivg", to go out to


664.

665.

Examples:
jffl

chieh

yivg

1
,

2'

chieh

fK.

nin2

to receive a present

*E

meet an equal or

*o 4

fa 'rh

kan3

ts'ai*

-%

to greet a guest.

J|5 7i

men

f["J

4
4

tsou 3

pu?
$$ /x',/'
4
_t shang ~f lido

superior.

Can be used with the

tei*

if.

/w

ch.'u*

&

k'ua.i*

|| /mai
1
fo hsin

j^ ying

^"Itich

j^

ti

nu2

H'

%%

wo3

2
1

hui*

foregoing.

$t nut
j

%. lai*
%%

%fc

chia

Slaves.

To

My

receive

to

father will

go to meet, as a parent, visitor, etc.


be back directly I must go and receive him.

Those rascally servants of mine

lost their

way, and were not in time to receive you.

TZU ERH

128

666.

f%

tsang*, to

^|,
1

bury

ssii

668.

U]

t'uan 2 a

669.

|$

jung*, woollen cloth

670.

R.

ch'ih 3 the

671.

Examples:

Chinese

velvet

worsted

shih*

ch'ih 2

lun*

saw1
ch'ih

$1 kuo*

very coarse

silk.

//.s/ti

Mn
ssu

ch'ili?

eY/t

|f
4

j| ch'ang'

;H
2

into a fabric.

foot, of 10 inches.

Jl ck'ang

ff,

made

silk, cotton, etc.

wu*
ts'un*

sj"

a lump, as of

ball,

form appears to be more frequently used.

first

winding) not yet

silk (spinning or

667. j|&

the

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

ts'un

$fa a

mai

san 1
t'uan?

|^ haien*

^ jung~

ti

&;

/c'itan

To bury.

ball of silk.

That velvet

three feet wide.

is

silken thread.

Velvet

Three

feet

Too long

3
ch'ih' ts'un* in combination, not ch'ih .

Note

672.

4
jf /mo

674.

foot.

two inches and a half in length.


lit., feet and inches excessive length.

Obs.

673.

by the

sold

is

ang
t'i*,

goods

merchandise.

2
,

rising

Seldom used

risen.

to supply the place of; for; instead

1
675. $|j t'iao, to carry on the shoulder

676.

alone.

of.

to select.

Examples:
$fc

ftao

i'-iao

'

Jl chang*

sworn 4

-i

"J"
3

4
f@ /w
3
*f Aao

liao

ta 3

ch'ing

nin2

^
^

liao

kuei*

hsien*

t'v?

tou 1

/mo4

shuo 1

fi

chia*

ch'ien 2

To buy goods
Obs.

Note

for export.

k'ou, a port, sea or riverine

High price
The price of
;

ang-

also,

a pass, frontier or otherwise.

rising in price.
silk

goods

is

ang

-kuei* (high) just now, or

either.

I propose to ask

you

to choose

me

a good one.

Bring (carry with a pole) those vegetables here.

chang (has

risen)

you may

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

111.

EXERCISE XXV.
31

i&

J^

A
Obs.

Lit.,

'W

^rl

IPA

_a,

xE

rftt

when one

accosts

I-

person addressed.

anyone as nin,

it is

that there

is

2.

Wt

a particle of honouring the person's intention.

Chia 1 tsu3 (my grandfather)

The

father's father.
is

Obs.

Third person:

i.

man

Obs.

2.

my

is

father of a third person

called his lao3

A
.speaking to a

^ ^d* 688

2
a P ers on as
(you, sir)
a
certain
idea
of
honour
to the
conveys
doing

of his

own

lit.,

side person.

Though

lao

wing

is

a term of respect, you do not use

when

it

father.

Ch'eng, here, to speak of

translated in

Example

by addressing, because

its

is

object

there in the

second person.

3.

is

i&

Is

honoured

the

grandfather well ?
worshipful one well ? are

honoured

inquiries after

the well-being of the grand-

father or father of the person addressed.

Note the interrogative

Obs.

the

a.

In speaking to anyone of one's own


1
brothers, the form used is chid ksiuny (the
4.

elder brother of

my
my

family),

s/</

;4

ti*

(the

In speaking
cottage).
to anyone else of his brother, the form is

younger brother of

the honoured elder brother, or the honoured

younger brother.
5.

But the more common

Obs.

frequent

or,

the saying

ft

fli

ar ft

*f

ti

^i

lit.,

[but]

jeV
still is [it

A&
a

ffi

ff'T

ffl

ft

&.&
*

i.
Buried, etc. lit., the day after to-morrow
two verbs compounded, not a verb and its object.

06s.

2.

(inferiors).

the fact that] saying

hsia

ti

jcit's

[fashion

is

the]

more

hsia Jen's [people] predominate.

Obs.
are

term wuP-ts'ai* means, simply,

servants, some are property (slaves), some are


4
not but the more common phrase is ii3 hsiu

A.

B9Jg;iIilB^W

The

Here, as in

many

places, the object (lao

grandfather returns to-day, and I


must go to meet him. Their father is to be
buried the day after to-morrow, and I shall
6.

My

have to go and lend a hand


their father [they]

bury

must

at the funeral.

to help

wing) preceding the verb may be made

them

go.

Ifsia

in our idiom the

subject of a passive verb.

17

TZU ERH CHI.

130

(fto

ft

To be

sure

can

lit.,

not be

it

country here

Note that

you

to choose-

younger brother presents his rehe says he is afraid he

My

to you, sir;

spects

cannot come to-morrow, so he has found a

A
i.

to

Jl

Obs.

and I shall be obliged


me some that is good.
not,

8.

elder

not raw silk a product of your


To be sure it is but velvet is
?

Is

7.

in

Obs.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

substitute to act in his stead for a few days.

hsiung-ti, in combination,

means a younger brother

or brothers,

and

ti

hsiung, brothers,

and younger.
obs. 2.

Present respects

Obs.

Substitute

3.

lit.,

cli'ing

an

lit.,

requests [to be informed of your] comfort or well-being.

an instead-of workman.

'

_t

ffi

tlf

3t

3fc

3fe

..,

,,

r.1

ft6&

5tR

jgg}

Jj\>

-y

.ft.

4-r

lit

h ave to carry those earthenou w


basins
that
I
have chosen with a carrying
ware
pole it won't do to put them in a cart.
9'

TTo
Note

Obs.

^&

^,

sjL

choose

t'iao, to

\\\

Hi

t'iao cho, to carry

with a pole.

IO

Obs.

Lit.,

he took paper, worked

it

[till

it]

formed a

He

rolled

towards

ball,

my

some paper

face

threw

it

into a ball

c/i

V//<y

is

and

often an

auxiliary simply denoting completion of an action.

*t -t

1 1

ft.

The load

animals
17&

1/&

/^

"5"%

0v

^Pl

ift

lIC

HA

*lk

1^

~f"

ffil

^a

Sfl

carried

on

the

backs of

called a to*-tzu, as has been before

is

explained that carried by men with a pole


over ti ie shoulder is called a t'!<io l -tzti,; and
;

and

06s.

t ^ iat

the following into Chinese.

Three days ago our elder brother returned home, bringing with him some 200
father told
I

me

was about

the goods.

silk

to

it,

called

and 50 bales of velvet. My


go and meet him, and, while
to assist

him

in carrying in

(KEY, EXERCISE XXV.)


Obs.

i.

odd of

is

are identical.

Turn

balls

by men on the back

carr ^ ec^

i.

Three days ago

2.

While

lit.,

the great day before

yesterday.
Obs.

the hand
(to

i.e.,

was about

it

lit.,

following with

taking advantage of one job to do another

take the opportunity).


2.

Is

your elder brother a draper, then

PART
To be

3.

of

his

What

Father and an ancestor

a hand, but the rascals wouldn't listen to me,

and never went at all. Some bystander had


said there was a ghost over there, and they

sure.

object have

What

in asking

you

object

what

lofty vision (or idea)

fine

raw

you ask this talk have

lit.,
I

younger brother wants to buy some


[and I wish to] ask your brother

My

were so frightened that they refused to go.


My grandson eventually called one of them

He

to him.

be done

him; can

[stuff] for

good

few strokes with a


06s.

can

has gone up
6.

some

it is

Good-bye,

Obs.

i.

silk for

one thing,

is

he

be done, of course;

certainly select

but there

my

am

sir

your brother;

afraid the price

you please

lit.,

An

truth

in

night,

and

account, or, please do not let

me

a wild sort
face yellow,

and the moment

frightened

day.

revoir

lit.,

also used for, that will do,

Obs.

^(

lisiaiig

678.

iP

ch'io 4

sometimes by

but,

to think

Note p'a

te.

Their grandfather was buried yesterI told my servants to go and lend them
677.

to think

i.

06s. 2.

thank you.

to the finish.

saw a ghost running about in


of way.
His hair was red, his

we shall
returning see
meet when you or I return, or by-and-by. These are
two of the most common salutations in use ; nin ch'ing
Obs. 2.

lit.,

kuei 3 (Radical 194).

servants say has some little


passed the place the other

it.

please

q.d.,

ghost

What your

8.

Au revoir

06s. 2.

detain you.

7.

stick.
too Iiao 3 -'rh;

Never:

i.

will

very dear at present.

Good-bye

do not remain on

may be

grandson gave him a

my

whereupon

across,

It

5.

gave a cha and came slowly

silk,

to pick out a little


it

131

were also in that line of business.

06s.

4.

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

9.

me

saw him

it

terribly.

By

this is rendered

to? (241).

by

me

Frightened
terribly
an active verb.

p'a

wo

ti

liao

pu

as

What

You certainly
to drink again.

nonsense

have had too much

must

of.

ch'ueh*, properly, to reject a present

a strong disjunctive, to be rendered

sometimes by emphasis only.

679. EH? dt id*, to sleep.


680.

fj

2
cJdao*, chid

chueh z

Chiao*

sometimes pronounced chid and chileh 2


1

chicio*

it

is

properly to perceive, to

when joined with s/mi4

in

which sense
it is

'

Examples:
chad2

chiao*

_t shang*
2
$fc chid

t'a

fihui*

lai
a

cho

mei

tsd2

ivo
2

tsdn 3

'rh

ft 'rh

mo

ti'

kud*

am

continually thinking about you.


688.

tning

chia 1

see

BfJ

^ud3

think he can arrive to-morrow.

ch'ang'

t'a

men

hsiang
t'a

latf

jg,
2

fy

tsai*

wo3

hsiang

cho

t'a

For ch'ang,

A
fi%

ch'ang
2

yomg*

jjg

hsiang

Pi
3

it is

pronounced

does not seem to affect the sense of that word in any way.

681.

06s.

feel,

to sleep (679),

fC

TZU EKH CHI.

132

What do you think of him ?


He came yesterday, and they
Ob$.$hui-chiao does not
I

cannot sleep

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

said I wasn't at

necessarily imply sleep,

but

home, but

it

'reposition

to,

684.

or marks the sign of the

683.

fun1

686.

tieli

to

&

689.

Examples:

&

ch'ang

shih 4

add

constant

j|

p'ing
ch'ang-

ch'i

j|g

^o

ti

a*

t'un 1

Oftener used figuratively of peculation or avarice.

^J

A j^

%j

chia

6$

fse^

^|J

The opposite

down.

continual.

tieh*

^o^

We

sometimes takes the place of the

to.

2g shang
2

~^. o shih*

Soft

It also

in folds or layers; to fold; repeatedly.

688.

next

dative.

to swallow; to bolt

687. fjf tseng

see

niggardly; never used alone.

685. ^j

asleep.

sn ^> to compete with.

HI" se

jg

was

I feel cold.

682. sfj tui 4 opposite to; to agree with; a pair.


]

does imply the attempt to sleep

M
A

^P

2
Ji ch'ien

rA'io 4

ffi

P aB

ft

the reverse side

se"

jj&

ma 3

Jf>

na4

k'e

je'n

P^
/'"rt

"^ mien*

ch'ing

ch'ien 2

$& p'co

'

^.K'nai*

////'

%%

'g. mien*

(pj

men

|^ Juan

8a *

%&,

kuo*

Hang

Jjf|

(BJ

km

<

wo 3

Hi mc<3

%f hao*

,^

{Jg
3

/t/A

,y //*//*
//'

ln>'

also, in front of.

the opposite of hard.


tried the horses twice the grey gallops the faster.
is

Niggardly

men do

not like to spend money.

Obs.Hao\
To pocket

(lit., swallow) people's money.


Fold up the clothes.

Obs.

Ch'i

Many

lai,

the auxiliary verb of

It is nevertheless

691.

does not necessarily imply

1
j

pgf

ts'ung

miao 2

common

a matter of

Olm.P'ing-cWang may
690.

tieh,

movement upwards.

added.

also

mean

occurrence.

indifferent, as a person

reputation.

onions.

sprouts; the

to the category of grasses.

first

appearance of any vegetation above the ground belonging

PART

Itfjk.

nen4 nun4 tender,

693.

sang

694.

|M

shu4 a

695.

4$fC

lin 2 a grove

696.

Examples:

692.

2,

'rh

pu?

a wood

|5 yuo
4

lao 3

stale, or old.

<'hi

"P

^*

forest.

yu

sang
shu4

Jj|
1

^
^

ft

^
[Ij

im2
"Fo ^^

Hi

nen

jjji

wo3

3%

young, as opposed to tough,

tree.

yno

fresh, or

133

the mulberry tree.

jj^

6^0

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

sang
shu4
sfian

J!j$

lai2

~f o liao
1

shu

ft

Kw2

Aott.

^fj

pel

^f-

J 'rh
4
g. tou

tzii

'j|f

5i

miao

1
fp chin

ts'uny

4
$S ^en

>r^

J^ shang

rninn-

catty of onions.

Tender sprouts.
The beans have sprouted.
06s.

Emphasise shang

grove of trees

The mulberry tree.


At the back of the
I

want soft-boiled

697.

scorch.

TJlfc

note that shang verbalises miao.

or,

a wood.

there

hill

a mulberry grove.

is

eggs, not hard-boiled ones.

sen 1 density, as of foliage.


,

698. $|j

lii

699. Jfl

tts'ao

green

the literary pronunciation

grass

plants not being trees.

700. yJ;,

1
^g, xhih wet; damp.

701. RJt,

fljSJj.

The second
702.

The

.sAi 4
is

is lu*.

first

form

is

the commoner.

a verb describing the action of the sun's rays; not necessarily to


a vulgar form.
,

Examples:
1
ft ch'u

5^ ch'u

s/(,i

.s//(i/

shang

.s/w'/i

liao

wo3

ffi

%$ tou
j||

*'

Bg

i
1

jJEJ: 3

.J- gfeen

<i

^c

"^f

tx'ao

/i8(V/r

3
"^T fe'ao
i|

'iii/iu*

^f tzu
,^| lii

J5 na

1
^| s^n

.seVi

fftji

All

my clothes

are wet

is

"Sf

f(g
'{'J

cA.u

ft

Zm

Onion sprouts are green.

How green that bamboo grove


Straw shoes. Straw hats.

^o 4

tjLe'rh

]$,

fafyjti

take them out and dry them in the sun.

J
2

^
^

tx'uny
("'"
'/7t
*///7<

//;'

TZ& ERH CHI.

134

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE XXVI.
i.

go to the Western

Let's

Hills

to-

When we get there we will look for


a grove of trees and sit down on the green
grass, where we shall be both cool and free
morrow.

Ill

ffl

What do you

from dust.

06s.

Green grass the word ch'ing applies to many other colours besides green
and further qualifies the shades of certain primary colours.
:

say

it

may

also

mean

glossy

black, grey, or blue,

2.

There

but I think
the sun;

"

ft

tt

it

is
it

is

nothing to prevent our going,


would be better to bask in
not the time of year to

sit

in the woods.

1^3

x.
,

06s.

Mfc

ii(., go, there is not,

in the sun's place to

warm

better

on the contrary, any not being able to go's [reason]


wood sitting the time [is] not apposite.

3.

Let's

should

like,

\ IE
it

^
06s.

mine, and

m &

ft

Just what

should like

IL

however, think,

still it is

lit.,

have a

race.

It's

just

what

but your legs are longer than

1 fear I can't

beat you.

correctly agrees with

ft 3?

fl

-ft

lib

j*

ft

15

m M

ft

I,

in a

ft

my

wishes (or feelings).

4.

Those two brothers of his are

terrible

they are both too niggardly; they


won't spend anything, and their money infellows,

creases every day.

SB 6

5.

Onions have been dear these

days; old and young


cash the catty.
Li

xe.

alike,

they are

last

two

all

200

PART

The term ts'ao3 mu* is generic of


The wheat has
flowers, plants, and trees.
You can also say huo3 miacP-'rh
sprouted.
6.

ffi

T T
O

(the flame of a
05s.

Generic

SI 4i
iVi

135

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

iVt

lit.,

A* tV

Jfl

Jfe

if ^

iVt

"^

fin

-21

>ti.

fire).

all-including name.

^ie

?
east

Mi aotztt

Szechwan

are P e pl e to tne souththey are divided into wild

and reclaimed.
06s.

Wild,

etc.

lit.,

unripe and ripe

reclaimed and unreclaimed.

8.

number

How

tzii.

cflr-

WE

is

called a shu*

liri*-

deep (or dense) the green of that

mulberry grove

of trees

is

9. If you want to dry damp clothes you


should spread them out in a sunny place for
the sun to shine upon them. When the sun

Hffi

R5lc

has dried them they should be folded up.

06s.

i.

To dry

06s.

2.

Sunny

IT?
ffiB

~f*

&&

nung, here, and often elsewhere, pronounced nou, verbalises the adjective
you must spread them in a sun place note jili-t'ou, the sun.

lit.,

A.

A.

slS

-^

-Z.

^?
xff'

lx

^*

?fj

06s.

i.

Over the way

06s.

2.

Over and over

Turn

lit.,
:

lit.,

the

nv

Archery

la

2.

A stretch

should be in bed.

on repeated occasions.

following into Chinese.

kung (Radical

i tai.

^ ves over

fronting over (or across).

the bow.
06s.

man w^

lft>

wood was of a lovely deep


When we had finished our archery
him a funny story.
i.

^ at ^ e

^^

-^

that stretch of

O//s.

^iear

'

*^ e wa ^
P 00 ^ 6 * 6 ^ people's money over
and over again.
It's 8 o'clock;

The other day we two were having an


The weather
archery match in the grove.
was excellent, the sun's rays were warm, and

I told

IO

f10

i.

green.

Jean, dry.

See 416.

57), to

draw

(KEY, EXERCISE XXVI.)

proceeded to say that once upon a


time there was a man of the name of MA,
2.

sold onions.
He was sleeping one day
on the ground in a mulberry grove, and when
he got up he saw a man standing before him

who

roaring with laughter.


(Hi.-:,

i.

06s.

2.

Once upon a time: lit., formerly.


lit., [with] great
Roaring with laughter

sound laugh[ing].

TZU ERH CHI.

13G

"What

3.

lie

"

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

there to laugh at here?"


The man said to him,

is

The ground here

damp

very

clothes, they are all

The money, too, could not be


knew that it was not a man but

out in the sun to dry besides, you have lost


the merchandise you brought with you."
;

Obs.
said, here

Asked

i.

is

Obs.

in a rage

what laughing head


Said to him

2.

(or item)

by origin he

note tui as

since,

The

man

onions,

who has?"
the

nothing,"

and

money ;"

"I've not eaten

other

as he spoke he threw

old head

lit.,

Obs.

given

is

There's the

2.

there

money

lit.,

Jt mow3

704.

^p

common

think that

a MiaotzQ, who, several years


business in straw (dry grass).

did a

Business

06s.

intention

(q.d., rich),

expres-

i4

lit., growing (or life)


a metaphorical synonym fur trade, which a

shlng

i,

the intention, xln'ny, of growing

or of living.

The metaphor was

originally

applied to the revival of vegetation in early spring.

the price I have

certain

as,

a certain man.

cJia

suddenly

unexpectedly.

Jylj

pieh?, to distinguish

in relations with.

to separate

4
707. ^ff su of uniform plainness
,

Also, vegetable diet, as

Examples

opposed

to

meat

See also 210.


See also 646.

hence, another.

hence, uninterruptedly through past time

heretofore.

diet.

%%

su

ti

&

wos

ft fen

mov?

Pieh

ch'ariij-

pu

ch'i

chih 1

ch'u

sltih*

kao 4

pu*

su*

4
fp hni
1

fy hsiiinrj

He

himself.

for

the

some large

2
4
705. ffl hai , ho together with

708.

kei ti for kei te (have given).

703.

706.

stingy.

but not often addressed to the individual.

sion,

fearfully

is

person engages in with,

cash into the grass.


Obs. i
Old man
.

them

"there's

replied;

MA

a sprite.

His money increases largely month by month


he has repeatedly pocketed other people's
money, but he is not fond of spending it

gave a look, and, true


his
were
enough,
bags
empty. "Then," said
"
if
who
has eaten my young
it
isn't
he,
you
old

is

found, so

comes from that place Yunnan.

a preposition.

4.

was

tui t'a shuo

man

That

6.

he begot rage, then

lit.,

this really

money, went forward to get it, but the moment


he took his eyes off the other, he was gone.

look at your
wet, and must be spread

is

The man MA, thinking

5.

asked in a rage.

cha

chien 4

$|J

pieh-

~2$. a

j<?n

fft

lai

A ./'"

certain person.

have opened a pawnshop with So-and-so


Don't tell anybody. Nobody else knows.
I

(or,

a certain individual).

On

suddenly seeing [them] I can't distinguish [which is which].


4
4
2
4
2
P'iny- su and su ch'ang have the meaning of hsiang lai (heretofore, in

all

past time).

PART

709.

IK

710.

frf tai

towards

/ton 4 thick

712.

|H

pin?,

713.

Examples:

pd\

1 'rh

to await

staunch

to treat, or

behave

to.

liberal.

thin.

J^ a jen

$| pao-

wo

JfL

hou*

Lit., intimate and hot.

That

is

mau 2

/to

flg
Jif-

t'ai*

-fc,

$& 9 jd*
no?

ft

wo3

ffq

men

lai 2

JjJ

tei 2

f
1

$& chih*

tien

were hot friends at

5| c/www/

06s.

t'a

c/ift

gjm

We

fill

?/ao

fi5

jt

ff

hou4
^

ft

wo3

jfr^hao

2J5
3

$j

ii

(///'

first.

an original flaw

(or defect)

Note moo-ping, a flaw or

06s.

137

yilnir, origin; beginning; in fact.

jfj[

711.

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

defect:

one that has always been there.

mao,

a hair,

hence a synonym for anything minute; the term may

lie

applied to moral, physical, or material blemishes.

He

treats

me

well.

At bottom he
Staunch

06..

a staunch (liberal-minded) man.

is

hou

too

This sheet of paper


714.

(|fc "ffuo

lit.,

of stout or staunch principles.

too thin

is

want a

little

thicker one.

proud.

715. $?c chi*, not used in speaking without the following iu 4 , with

which

it is

identical in

ng.

716.
717.

jffi

fu\ envious; jealous.

'|!$/f

/*'<')('-',

to be

718. pjl k'uei 4 to be


,

719.

Examples

ashamed

shame.

jit

cken 1

tai*

ffi-

fy

A jen

fy o k'uei*
,

He
06s.

jealous of

is
'

ft

my

wos

being an

$|

ti

4
flfr

man

J|

//

ft

ivo*

my

One

back

[lie]

me

fijl

liao

petf

ft

t'a

''/"'

wo3

official.
is,

literally, to rat

vinegar (Wi.'/7i

says I treat people arrogantly.

of the primary meanings of man*, slow,

This milly makes

tso*

~j*

'hi-tu cannot be used of jealousy of the affections, the term for which

Behind
06s.

following.

hsin 1

>fj

ashamed; generally used with the

fi-el

is

indifferent or rude.

ashamed.

18

t*

u*).

138

TZtJ

720. $J2 chiieh 2 , to cut

off,

ERH

CHI.

-COLLOQUIAL

SERIES.

to interrupt, as a stream, supplies, intercourse

721.

chiao 1 to interchange

722.

$$

p'ing*, to lean

intercourse

upon;

to

to

off.

Chiaol -ch'in(j2 friendship.

over.

Also, to let; to allow.

on.

depend

hand

to be so cut

It will

be met with

later in the sense of proof or evidence.

723.

Examples:
1
3c chiao

^^ chiao

chiao 1

&

kei s

jg che*

ff ch'ing

3%

wo3

f$ chien*

1j&

f$ pan*

3f

s/w/i

tsung
Tnei

Let them say what they like

me

to

&

yeh

fjfc

lien 2
2
i'

&] t7't

yu?

no matter what they

(or,

% mo

fl"j

4
fjfc
'

wo3

ii

2
Jg met

nien

4jp

^m*

?&

'

i/' ?7t

say), there is

p'iwg*
t'a

m&n
s^-tio

^"; ""
not a word

(lit.,

it.

a friendship of long standing, which has never been interrupted.

Ours

is

06s.

Friendship:

You had
to

n>

shift*

e/meA2

sentence) of truth in

m*

f9
2

lit.,

interchange of feelings.

me

better leave the settlement of this matter to

or,

hand that matter over

to deal with.

guest, stranger, as opposed to

724.

jf pin

725.

726.

!H ying

727.

pn

728.

Examples:
P

pai*, to salute
1

p'ei

HoP a
visitor

Pai

am

p'ei
4

ft,

5g

fijj

p'ei

%%

wo3

cho

fs

call.

simply to leave a card

You have come


I

right

|Fg

fc'o

has come to
is

is

ought.

fl

V&

pai

hd

chien*

ifc

te

ch'iao 3

ntf

must

fy a

fo

t'a

n>?

ffl

lad 4

w< 4

^
^

$ nm

cho'

3%

wo *

see him.

hui, to call with the intention of seeing the host.

in the very nick of time

going to have a cup of tea

>/ing

In that case
;

Jg

|f ch'ing

yao*

to bear one's guest

2
%, lai

~Pj

host.

to.

pay respects

ni 3

ft 'rh

Ob*.

conform to what

2
3g ch'a

i*

to

to play second to, as a candidate in reserve

ho 1

|^ pei

to

to visit

chu3 in the sense of

will

please keep the guests company.

you join me

company.

jv?
piri
k'u*

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

139

EXERCISE XXVII.

ft

^ $f
tc
n
m

t,

*,

ffi

3&

it,

& in
* $
& A

th

ft

>K

iff

^S

SR 3& 2

.y.

-^

j.

g.,

Sm

IS

nc

i^

^R

^*

Wt

-TM

-AI

-rt>

Wl

7E

p3

ToT

5^

2.

2t
Uf

ff

06s.

^5t5

You

i4?
.

Vb
-y

y~
UJ
Pi

06s.

Note

-j

H/g:

/\.

06s.

fl.il

^C

please

siB

jl

x^>

3&

yea

>&

at

first,

but

lie

When

went

to

your place to

call

yesterday, how was it you wouldn't see me ?


i'
a fraid your statement can't be altogether

ijfc

i yi
& n m

depended upon; I expect you just


card and went away.

left

your

f^ 3
;?*

Uf

t!

lit., it

depends on your liking to

sfi;

iffii

.g

AA

fri en(is

flfc

At

^ffl

^e were warm

ffi

*n

HK

I-

afterwards behaved in an arrogant way, so


broke off relations with him.

^v
jt

xS

3$t

n\*

)^

IDf

-Ji

_^

-PC,

xv

={V

>i-,

3-

If

manner,

You may

tell

whom, then

tell

your

whom you

in

this

arrogant

father

by-and-by.
please; I'm not

tell

whom

I all not fear.

4. A certain person tells me that you


have not yet handed over the money for that
^i O f y 0urs aren't you ashamed of youri

ft>t

tell

me

treat

afraid of anyone.

HV

yu
I'll

i/

fo

s eli

pi, the nuuierative of bills or of items in a bill.

<aa

M
7t*

Directly

*kl

fj

Jt^

&
iVt

5tj

HV

^6

US

note the force of

i ;

3JR

When I first glanced at those two jars


a PP eare(i ver y like a pair, but directly
}iaci a ca reful look at them, I found that
5-

K&

^ ey

1PW

I^L.

their dimensions were not the same.

lit.,

minutely one look, feet and inches then not the same.

uiay be used with reference to small articles as well as large.

Ch'ih ts'un

TZU ERH CHI.

140

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.
6. Some people envy me this good fortune of mine, yet it is a matter of very

ft

-tfe

Turn

Ob*.

ordinary occurrence, and, what


was my turn to get it.

note that ying tang might equally mean, deserve to get

AjnhJ2.;^H^|'j{jB|j7

T n m

it

To*

&

ft

XIX,

way we can

more,

it

Obs.

7,

can you distinguish the meaning

of the two characters ying tuvg?

m %

JWoJB

How

7-

See Exercise

it.

is

tell is to

The only

look at the context.

Obs.
Context lit., upper and lower text (literature, Radical 67). The sentence, literally translated, runs,
no other way only (altogether) must look at upper and lower text (what goes before and after), then know.
:

there

is

HI

-^

?E

InL

-T*

entertain

That
(fang

isn't

who help

that

correct

the

direction

7t.

j,w

As a general

P ayin g

>,

visits.

be worn

10

is

in

the following into Chinese.

Have you seen So-and-so

We

not.

also

He

before

No,

have seen him to-day

a very good fellow,


and I was very intimate with him from the
first moment I met him.
for the first time.

implies something

is

chien kuo mien,

met

face to face

not fond of

thin.

!,'<'

'-//-

.''illiberal,

un-

XXVII

have heard from other people that


at bottom a staunch, liberal man; one
I

who has all along treated people well, and


does his business without any meanness.
Oli.i.

Does

who

his business, or business: lining xhih.

it

more than seeing a person without

being acquainted with him.

is

am

in conduct).

(K^v, EXERCISE
2.

he

summer,

the opposite of

handsome

Turn

rule, I

In winter thick clothes must

K'ua/nl -hou4 (generous, lilieral-mind-

10.

ed)

Seen

depends entirely upon


in which the room faces
lit., place)

9.

Obs.

[while] those

below

does it agree or not (q.d., with the facts) ?


Note/dregi hsiang, the direction in which anything faces.

Correct

i.

Obit. 2.

we have

side,

sit

(hsiang).

I.

en t ei't am i n o (receiving) guests, the

on the eastern side and the guest

sits

on the western
to

Obs.

^n

^'

host

were to institute a comparison


between him and the man
know, the latter
3.

If I

PART

(the

man

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

by no means a fellow

is

know)

III.

k'o 3

4
ch'ing" k'o

is

to ask guests to a

Guests ought to be seated at the upper


and
the host should keep them company
end,

of this kind.

meal.

By no means

Obs.

To

6.

141

this is implied

by the word

at the side.

He

4.

arrogant to everybody, no matter

is

Whenever anyone

who.

in

is

luck,

he

that small

bird

of yours for? hand it over to me.


There,
there!
do
want
Why
you
people's things

He

takes people's things without


understanding that they have to be returned
and when one asks him [for them], he feels
envious.

What do you want

7.

is

How

no shame.
a

man

whenever you see them

can one help breaking with


of this kind ?

Obs.

Lit.,

cut off relations

and do

it

how you

[one] be able not with

him

to

Why?

what

Obs.

2.

There

(or,

if

yourself

like (or,

you

manage

for'/

that

kan
will

xhf,*-mo.

do)

If,

will

it

please).

730.

yffijlj

/at-,

|j

c/tiang*,

731.
732.

^ jan

733.

fs|f

736. fff
737.

workman

to

mount

a picture.

artificer.

to dye.

colours.

hung

2
,

red.

Jaw 2 blue.
,

Aua4

to

draw or paint

a drawing or painting.

Examples:

pu

Jt shang*

jaw

f^

^> pu"

_L

s/

'.////'

feo

Se

3^

(.'/*'?'

|jf

1C /tww/

ti

this picture for

The cracks

in the door

Note feng*-'rh, a

ft

,/"i/
'//.

fift

&

kei?

chiang*
t-'he

chang

paper-hanger.

Mount

merr
4

Jl hung
&

"4

06s.

to paste paper, cloth, etc., against another substance.

734. ftE

735.

T/ew

two sheets of paper together

to paste

piao

me.

must be pasted

crack.

See 287.

liru,

(lit.,

you don't want to go by yourself,


accompany you what do you say ?
If

8.

729. |ig

i.

finished).

have really no time to do this; go

5.

how can

06s.

up.

TZO ERH CHI.

142

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

dyer's shop.

Red

colour.

06s.

Si (Radical 139)

Blue colour.
also read shai 3 or she,*.

This piece of cloth won't take a red colour.


06s.

We

738.

739.

$jft

might also say janpu ck'u hung

weak

tan*,

(as of tea)

ti lai.

pale (as of colours).

hsin 1 new.
,

740. fff chiu*, old.


741.

742.

Examples

sha 1 crape.
,

4
$| tan

fan3

<j

~f liao

Jg yen

f@ ko

The colour

new

743.

of this carpet

necessarily

Ijfa pi*,

ti

}fc

or old
is

&

shih*

g chiu*
$

fa se*
Is this piece of crape

&

che*

$jz

jgf

ti

g{j

skill*

hsin

che*

p'i

sha 1

ti

faded.

must.

1
744. ^J| hsu , must.

745. 3fe

huang

746.

jun*, moist

'/p|

747 5$L po1


^

brightness.

> (said to

to moisten.

be derived from a Sanskrit word), glass of

748.

J^

749.

liao 4 materials

measure.
750.

all kinds.

often specially applied to vitreous ware.

See Part V, Lesson III, Note 8

Part V, Lesson L, Note

Also, to estimate

4.

Examples:
jtj

hao3

]H kai*

Tf;

mti4

]%

fav<i''

ffi

^. o

liao*

tzti

^.

liao*

>% pi*
'

tei3

rh

?Pi

juri*

c/te

jih*

>j&

pi*

||

i/en

/tsii

shuai3

}g

ctiu1

$ po

ch'u*

l&

Zso 4

jjg

s^e" 2

pa

fy<,'

ft

kuang

p'ingi

|g

/tern

ti

;fc

to4

^ jan

to

PART
The colour

not very glossy

is

Note that

Obs.

pi, followed

The sunlight
The

06s.

Why

is

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

it

hsii or tei, is

by

have to be dyed a

will

more emphatic than

143

deeper colour.

little

either of the latter words used singly.

very strong.

sun's disc is called jih kuang-'rh, as are also the sun's rays.

do you throw away the water in the glass bottle

In building a house one must use good wood.


Vitreous ware (also a slang term for a person
or agate being
j.

made

who

is

a fraud, spurious imitations of jade

of this vitreous ware).

751. $,* ts'a 1 to rub with the


,

hand or a

cloth, etc.

*T*%f-

752.

pjjl

753.

p'eng*, to

lieh*, to

to

come

violently in contact with.

as

wood

or paper.

run against;

crack of

itself,

2
2
1
hang a vulgar modification of hsing or hang' (Radical
a place of business a hong. Also, a column of characters.

754.

fJ"

144); a trade or calling

755.

Examples

li

tsai*

a
f* chi
2

ivei*

tung

tven 4

]f[

gl]

pieh?

To give a thing a

rub.

Take care

bump

don't

The paper

in that

column

lieh*

$$ na*

^ ao

M-

k'ai 1

fi

ni 3

~J*o

fp5

mn

ft.luwf

ts'a

hsiao 3

<-'h'uang
//it

ttfa

>J

ti

,g,
glj

against people.
is all

cracked.

(or mercantile) business

partners are there in your

Partners

tung, the east,

or, to start

is

hong

a business.

synonym

(or firm)

for a master or host, the east being

the master of the house, and the west that by the Bursts

by
much the same

position occupied

AJen'

fft

&

51 p'tny*

1
%$ ton

tz&

fa hang*

chih*

(or row) of characters.

How many

chia having

window

To carry on a wholesale

J?
1

chia 1

wo

fa hang*

fa

PJU

A Jen

Obs.

5g

ft hang

pu*

force as in jen-chia.

It should

be noticed that

by ancient custom the

hence, tuuii-<-1ii.
tunij-fliin is

;\

master or proprietor,

the term generally used by

Chinese servants in Peking to denote their foreign masters, though native heads of households are seldom so spoken
Cf. n]*o fang-tung, the owner of a house.
of.
I

am

'.'//.<.

the speaker

is

not an expert ask someone else.


expert: I am not in that line of business.
;

Note

unfamiliar.

It can be used with reference to

any subject with which

144

TZtr

^RH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SEEIES.

EXERCISE XXVIII.
if

- m

The top

i.

bright

give

the

**

il

ft

first

but of

late

first

instance

lit.,

SR 3

06s.

*i

& # ^

.^

ft

ft,

it

7o^

J^

Note the

distinction

commencement

at the time of (tang)

p'o, a

table

we have been
is

not very

is

able to

make

it

a slight difference between

lioLO*-huo* (vitreous ware)

ifc

In the

that

is

There

here too.

06s.

of

a rub.

a foreign article, isn't it? In


instance it was a foreign product,

Glass

2.

it

and po l -li-

(glass).

(ch'u).

How

did that glass bottle get broken


It was not broken by a blow
(or cracked)?
of its own accord in
it
cracked
(collision);
3-

baking.

break or crack from

collision, etc.

lieli,

spontaneous cracking.

Lieh

is

never

applied to glass except under the above conditions.

'

SM

_t
nH

^K

-^

C3
^

jnL

W S ^

ifi

JSL

xE

4fn

aw

4ffl

TfW

*fn

-1^-

Y+

O6jt.

i.

Paper-hanger

2.

Paste

up

BE
XPC

06s.

it

M$

lit.,

"4

JiM

"^
'^

'

wj

I/T.

S!i
3PC

P aP er f t^ie window is cracked;


nan ger to come and paste it up.
te ^ a P a P
To paste a single piece of paper upon anything
4'

er "

is

Au2

are

iao

E i

A A

E.
The character

fra/<<7

is

without the dot (namely, to move, the


calling, etc.

3
.

pasting artisan.

If

upward movement.

The term chicmg*

5.

06s.

two sheets of paper pasted together

sliang indicates completion of the act, not

is

applied to handi-

craftsmen in most trades; you


1

chiang

may

mu

say

(a carpenter), iva -chiang* (a brick-

s
layer), t'ieh -chiang* (a blacksmith).

not recognised by the dictionaries from the original meaning of the character
way or course of movement, the order of proceeding), it comes to mean class,
;

PART

#
&

*$

ft

tt

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

ft,

made

EK

* &

ft

06.

Original colour

dyed red again;

if

you prefer some other

sir, it

can be dyed blue.

Look

at that piece of red


crape

colour,

ft

ft

is

crape

The colour of that piece of crape is


faded; it must be dyed some other colour.
The original colour was red, and it can be

m m m m
5 W

of cotton

7.

ft

&B

JS

made

ft.

ft

ft,

Shirtings are
of silk.

6.

ft

&j[EVJN
/-A*

145

ft

original old colour.

Zi(.,

8.

me

and

not kuang 1 jun*. What does


1
kuang jun* mean ? That in the first place
the crape is good crape then that it is new
tell

if it is

is

of crape

ft

06s.

i.

In the

colour [men] dyeing


Obs.
it

2.

dyed a good colour.


The expression kuang1 jun* is not used only
and, besides, that

it

is

equally applicable to other

is

things.

first place, etc.:

achieved

it

it

= the

Not used only

lit.,

that the crape in the

colour that

lit.,

it is

dyed, also

is

first

instance was good

again [that

it] is

new

the

good to see.

does not halt in (or at) the speaking of crapes

to speak of other things also

does.

JL

9.

to give

&

7,

was bringing that glass


it

a rub,

when

the table and cracked

- m m

4*

It

it

I
;

bottle here

bumped
shall

it

it

against

be mended

need not be mended.

ti
10. What is his craft (or, line of business)
He must be a cook. Where do you come

the family ?
come second.

in
I
Obs.

I.

Craft

Obs.

2.

Hang, a

that sisters do not count

lit.,

We

are

five

brothers,

and

the trade or calling (hang) that he performs (tang).

list
e.g.,

hence, to be on a

man

list

with two elder

am

sisters

second in the

list (or

column) [of

my

generation].

and an elder brother would hang erh

girl,

Note

however,

reckons her position in the family quoad her sisters in the same way.

19

TZU ERH

146

Turn

dirty

afresh

room

(pasted) in this

a paper-hanger to

call

(KEY, EXERCISE XXVIII.)

the following into Chinese.

The paper hung

1.

is

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

6.

paper

for me; but do not

mount

this

paste

7.

is

Lets in

Why have

this colour

Note that

chin, to enter.

construction chin precedes

you dyed

Didn't

Obs.

to

Yet

dye

This coat of mine

10.

The colour

Of the

against anything.

cracked with dryness.

it is all

Businesses
different

divided

are

in

hongs

into hongs.
the capital, the

biggest are the silver (banks), wine, tea, and

cloth hongs.

too old

is

is

it

unbearable.
756.

p|lj

kang

properly, hard, which

the following character

H|

758.

^pj- tsai*,

759.

TT

760.

Examples

te

has an intensive

757.

ts'ai

it

just

now

ta*

ago.

lai

te

Asia 4

retains

with

Also, only just

then

thereupon.

also, to wait.

teng

2
fiji

t'a

moment

tsai*

shuo1

~f liao

t'a

teng

rff

huis

^jfi

,pa*
teng

kang

and we

tsai*

wo

cho

He came back

it

then.

7*o liao

'rh

bit

in certain combinations

ft

Wait a

moment

but a

class or grade

meaning

force.

the second time

again

n9 3 a

fg

%'rh

[B]

led2

;IL:<>.

will see

about

it.

Tsai shuo

may also be translated literally.


Wait a bit. I can wait no longer.
He hit me just now.
Obs.

Obs* Note that


more immediate present.

ts'ai-kang

It will just (exactly)


06s.

and kang-ts'ai are interchangeable, but that the

fit

this table top,

blue,

on the other hand.

too,

in this

it

bump

it

There has been absolutely no rain the


weather has been terribly dry. Just look at

this piece of crape

I tell

Take care how you carry that tumbler

9.

its object.

you
and yet you have dyed it red?
is
pale, too, and not glossy.
5.

8.

don't

up.

Obs.

4.

and

in holes (broken)

the wind; get a sheet of paper and

it

you must give it a rub with a piece


and the room will not be so dark.

(colour material) shops.

The window

lets in

dust on the glass in (on) the

is

Where can one buy the colours for


dyeing things ? They are sold in the colour

picture
the mounting be

let

too thick.
3.

of cloth,

paste new).
Find a man to

(lit.,

2.

There

window

it

(pack

in).

Note the tone of the second kang.

latter

perhaps places the time in the

PART

761. JJl ch'u*, to fetch

763.

la*, lao*, lo*,

764. j$C
765.

to bring

sung*, to carry to

762. $

yung

down

H? lao*

behind one

to leave out.

pu

t'a

fjjj

sung*

Fetch

me

At

Obs.

XXV,

I will

fa

fit

yung

yuan

niao3

t'a

'rh

ti

hsia*

Hf

^
@

lo*
t'a

ko*

ta*

2^

pn*

s/m1

f^ two

the same time: shun pien;

Eng.,

Obs. 2

i,

lit,

<zoo4

ch'ien 2

2^o

'*2

tou 1

f!^

shu*

mei2

jg swngf

following the convenience

wis

HI /mi

(i.e.,

chi

tsai*

yu

c/t'ii

|& fe *

_t shang*

pie%

ch'ien*

lao*

a few strings of cash at the same time (while you are about

Tf"

c/te*

it).

opportunity).

Cf. chin shou-'rh

p. 130).

send this book back for you.

have not omitted

out) a single cash.

(left

The bird has lighted on the


don't

He

^hsia*

&^

pu*

chih

)^ s/tww*

i*

Jt tao*

~f liao

la*

pu*
fl

'rh

Ijjl

sung*

to be

to leave

Examples:

pu

accompany.

eternal.

laV

to

to descend

147

to take for oneself.

to present

03

(Exercise

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

know

his whereabouts (the place in

home

has no

tree.

(or,

no person or place

to

which he has

whom

lighted).

or which he can go for help or shelter)

thrown upon the world.

He

will

06s.

never come back.

Never

lit, in

the infinite, or eternal, distance.

Don't [I pray] accompany


06s.
to the door.

This

is

me

[to the door].

a parting salutation in very

Another form

is liu'

pu* ;

add

lit.,

common

to a

ts'ou*,

to

767.

wo2

move a thing from one

768.

shuan1

766.

use,

and

it is

polite so to address one's host

when

seeing one

detain your footsteps.

body or number;

to assemble, of

men

or things; active

or neuter.

769.

clothes generally

to

t'ao*,
;

to tie

up animals

place to another.

or things.

generally, a closely-fitting case or envelope.

as i t'ao i-shang, a suit of clothes.

The numerative

of i-shang

148

ERH

CHI.

i2

TZtJ

770.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

Examples:
_t shung

s/m 1
3

chin 1

too*

ma6

s/m 1

>/'

t'ao*

We

i'ao

have got together (subscribed)


the bed to that side.

ts'ou*

t'ao*

shuan

t'ao*

c/te

i'cto

meVi

pa

no

liao

ma*

s/m 1

pien

five taels.

Remove

Tie up the horses (or horse).

This book
2"ao

Obs.

in four covers.

is

is

the cover or wrapper in which the pan or volumes are encased.

book within a

cover.

book

cover.

Get the cart ready.


06s.

hanirss the cart.

Lit.,

The Chinese do not

as a rule say t'ao of the horse or mule, but

it

would be

correct to do so in the following sentence.

Will you harness the mule or the horse to-day


Note that there

06s.

A set

of cups that

771. jig

skang

772.

Ht Hang

773.

|K

774.

U^

with cho

(see

775.

>

1
,

1
,

one within the other.

a trader

to consult.

Hang*, to calculate
1
,

enough

to measure.

the second form

is

the correct one.

chen 1 properly, to pour out wine; colloquially,


next word).

Sv

c/io

2
,

it

Examples

has not this sense, but

is

mi*

ft

f*

neng*

Ho ch'ing

ch'u*

^
1

skcmg*

men
chen

Hang"

c7to

The other day we were discussing


Can you go to-day or not ?
Kou

it

joined

combined with the foregoing chen 1 means to deliberate, whether with


also means to pour out wine, but not colloquially.

j| liany*

Obs.

another word for to saddle a horse, which will be couie to in due course.

fit

^ kou

another or oneself;
776.

is

Hang
4

j
\

c/i'-ii

^)u

fg o neng-

cho

^ch'ti,*

-^ chin
J

'/'A

{ij

ch'u
c/t'it

;j$j

ch'eng-

^
JP9

the question of having races outside the city.

here does not seeui to affect the force of ncng.

wo3
weVi

PA11T

Go and
Is

talk the matter over (or, consider

it

have you enough

enough
To measure rice.
The weight is not light.
Obs.Fm* Hang1 lit., the share
?

H9

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

enough

it).
?

or portion (fen'1 ) contained in the liang\ cubic capacity: note that liang*
;
a measure of capacity. We may say of a box that it has not liang'-'rh, capacity, to contain a certain quantity also
that a man's chiu*
Hang*, capacity for wine, is great or small.

is

i\ doubts

777. |i
778.

^ /mo

779.

PJ$(

780.

tu

781.

yi-iiy

782.

ts'ung

783.

^ mo

han 3
1

as sew

echo

in the

spoken language.

to halloo.

to reply.

or occasion

to cry aloud

Not used alone

doubt to bewilder.

to

to doubt.

to echo

to

proceeding from

the end

mo

Not

to.

to

be confounded with ying 1 (726).

forth from.

Read

the tip of anything that runs to a point.

lit.,

respond

mo-'rh, a time

-rh, three times.

784. Examples:
ti

$J

5ft

mo4

ck'ieri

]|{f

tsai

$h tvai

~T liao*
'rh

g- /,;o

HI
2j$

I
I

him,

have

my

?ai

tuaTi 1

Igf

5^ 9no

to 1

~f liao
'& mei?

pw

ts'ung'

f^

Tii

s//i 4

JL chen
3

^f o

^, 2/w^f
2

^, yeh

3
^J -zw

(^

t'ien

flj 't'a

%& ying*

51 t'ou

/(-ui'

4
fj^,

3
fo ni
1

che*

ti

iyo

t'a

doubts about the truth of what you say.


him ever so long, and yet he wouldn't answer

hallooed for

j?an

(or,

$J

wo3

^(S

/ma4

4
g^ /mo

though

pu
I

shouted to

etc.).

The yeh implies that the

06s.

i.

06s.

2.Taying:

emphasise

Did you agree (consent)


06s.

as ailing

Agree:

06s.

I.

Another expression

06s.

3.

things.

answer [in the

Note that

Empire outside the

was contrary to expectation or the natural order of

affirmative],

was formerly au official in the provinces, [but] I eventually


(retired on the ground of ill-health), and came back.

06s. 2.

emphatic

lit,

result

to.

for to retire

from

wai-t'ou, as a general rule,

office is

iao

(finally)

reported myself

t'ui (506).

when employed by

a person in Peking, means anywhere in the

capital.

Eventually

we could

also say

at the very last

mo

liao-'rh or

mo

lit.,

hou*.

at the tip of the finish.

The

reduplication of

mo

is

perhaps slightly

TZU EKH CHI.

150

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE XXIX.
We

i.

tt

were discussing this

affair

here

just now, and we called to him again and


again to come but after waiting ever so long
he made no answer. I suspect he did not

ft

fa

Ira,

hear.

Again and again

Obt.

the

ti,

adverbial, standing for fashion

three times' fashion.

2. I asked him
again and again to make
a present of that old book cover, but lie
refused every time, and after all I had to

BPJ

q.d.,

me
fa

buy a new

T
After

06s.

to

ft,
all

one.

lit.,

at the very end, still (hai)

was

it I

bought a new one.

3. Ten of us agreed, some time ago, to


some
money into a business. Two afterput
wards withdrew, and others took out their

when I saw this I did not choose


put any more money in either.

capital;
to

A
06s.

i.

06s.

2.

nave of a wheel
06s.

Agreed: ting

te;

most Pekingese would write and say

ti.

as the spokes to the


ts'ou, properly written with Radical 159, means to converge,
to contribute money to do trade.

To put money:
;

here,

lit.,

Withdrew

3.

06s. 4.

And

lit.,

others, etc.

there dropped out two men.


:

lit,

yet more there were laying-hand-on-capital took

Did not choose: pu k'en translates very well


5.
Note ju, to enter, as an active verb.
proposal has been made.
06s.

4.

ft.

Because

away which

why
Lit., [I] tell you to move apart
Ti can often be translated which.

Obi.

thus

far.

my

[it]

back ones.

as decline or refuse, where there

my

told

you

to

is

evidence that a

move

the box

younger brother gave me,

should you have moved

younger brother gave me's that box

[this

it

so far

being so]

why move

it

PART

^ _ ^
Aa
7& H

K..

T?(

pu

06s.

i.

One-horse cart

06s.

2.

Perfectly well

The

liao.

is

ig 5

my

According to

5-

measurement,

this

does not amount to five piculs, and a oneborse cart w ju ^aw ; t erfectl we ll.
r i ce

-7

>i>

7|t

enough dragging accomplish

lit.,

151

single-harness cart.

lit.,

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

note liao, here and below, to be able, la

(e

liao, la

tsu is emphatic.

_iL
.

kA

>%

3J.

flSl

~P"

"ZT

-fit

m *

Hofe

BE

SF

Ht

it

^E 6
little

^Ji

my

than two beasts

will

draw

it

it

ii., quantity fhsieh) as this (chi-mo) does not stop at

06s.

In

opinion this quantity is not so


as five piculs, and I don't think that less

6.

five piculs

not a two-harness

if it is

cart, [I] fear

dragging not accomplish.

come

^
travelled

by cart

and the moment we

before,

got to the inn the carter asked for his money.


I suspected that this was not the rule, so I

him

fi Mt

06s.

The moment:

r.

belonging to the cart just spoken


06s.

because

it

Not

2.

was just.

been the principle in

Sf

the rule

The

~7
J

W
<>

IE

we once

lit.,

-H"'!

St

06s.

necessarily a

indignation

i.

Sv

What

lit.,

arrived in the inn, the carter thereon wanted

suspected that hitherto there was not this

3*
on

$i|
*'J

v^

aft-

ia

gJto

money;

na, that carter

fffi.

lit.,

this is

the servant lets

fall

Wait a while

how
is

li,

a principle or rule that should obtain

the traveller suspects that this had never

will

never go to his place again.


Think the matter
make
.

What

'

a remark to

over aga j n

waj t a w hii e

gone, and you

f^

a remark!

justice

8 -I

g
Jk
"7-v

Ah

comment on a remark made, but


e.g.,

again.

of.

S ^5 iS
7 & M, H & & H
* *
i 7 9 M
yu

5>C

and come

carter

96/1

ftfr

^fc

would plead that to pay at once was li,


accordance with which action ought to be taken.

7Rv
1

ii

to wait a while

will

t in
your an ger has
have changed your mind

(or decision).

talk to say!

used under

a glass and breaks

it,

many

vulgarism in frequent use in Peking;

it is

not

conditions as an ejaculation of regret, surprise, or

upon which the master would

ejaculate che shih

tsemmo

hiia shiio.

Obs.

2.

06s. 3.
to

omit the Mi.

Note mei

till

or,

by-and-by when.

liao ch'i liao, not

mei

liao ch'i-'rh liao,

which means dead

hence, care

must be taken

152

ERH

Tztr

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

Why

won't you tie that horse up proLook he has bumped against the
door and broken it.
That doesn't signify;
9.

perly

call

a carpenter to

will

be

Why

2.

Doesn't signify:

won't you?

mend

it,

and that matter

settled.

_h

je
i.

Obs.

you

lit.,

still

(in

spite of

orders or consequences) do not efficiently tie

my

up

that horse.
Obs.

mend

it,

lit.,

that,

on the other hand, not what

(=

a carpenter to come and

call

anything);

and there an end.

them yesterday to buy a hundred eggs and bring them to the Hills. Can
you imagine it? what with what they broke
10. I told

JL

and

on the road, by the time they reached

lost

the Hills there were hardly any

left.

tii

shows the speaker to be at the Hills himself.


would have thought? in connexion with (lien) lost, together wiih(tai)
lit., who
bumping, coming up with arrival at the Hills [time] there was not anything [appreciable left] mei shcmino does not
mean that there were none at all, but that the quantity was unappreciable. Note the conjunctions lien and tai; the
06s.

i.

06s.

2.

Bring them note that


Can you imagine, etc.?
:

lai

Chinese seldom

make

use of the same conjunction twice running in the same sentence, whether conversationally or in

writing.

Turn
1.

the following into Chinese.

had just got out

of the door

and

was on the point of starting (walking) when


I said you were
a man came looking for you.
not at home, and told him to come again byand-by
2.

sils,

(KEY, EXERCISE XXIX.)

my

for

06s.

tools, etc.),

and not send

you have finished with


they come
Obs.

to fetch

it, is

Is that right?

it,

it

but even wait

that right

shift,

back when
till

te,

will [such conduct]

have never seen

enough
put

my

the price of things fall.


4. This money is terribly short [of the

amount].
and] get

I
it

have been everywhere to [try


together, and this trifle is all I

have managed to

raise (ts'ou).

It's

not enough

I'll

it

give

to you,

if

you

ch'iich

shoo

(see 500).

ts'ai ts'ou liao

Not enough,

use's [purpose]

chc-mo

i tien-'rh, I

as this.

little

etc.
;

pu

Icon

wo yung

ti,

not

the use to which I want to

it.

5. With him it's a never-ending get-fromhere and scrape-together-there for a livelihood;


never enough for his expenses.

06s.

Since I came here,

Short
Is all

have only collected as

do?
3.

i.

06s. 2.

06s. 3.

people's furniture (or, uten-

like.

(later on).

To borrow

purpose

Lit., he, passing his

days (getting his

liveli-

hood), eternally is east removing, west scraping together ;


ever (lao) not enough for spending's [purpose].
6.

am

Tie up the beasts

going

to)

put them

I shall

want

to (or,

in the cart shortly.

have bought a book hi a cover. I


have not enough money with me, and I want
j.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

10.

ask you (lit., consult with you) if you


have any about you (lit., on your body) to
to

lend

me
Obs.
8.

little

he says

can you

hsing.

me when you
I doubt, etc.:

i.

true

is

formation.

i.

Answer

11.

Ah! and

is

what

I doubt (suspect)

Obs.

rendered by

Inquire
See 241.

to t'ing, to beat about for in-

2.

you out in
objections to make.

future, I shall

caught

have some

do as

lai,

bad

so

yuan

up.
which cannot here be

lai,

ordinary meaning.
here be rendered by

negative, as this refers to the future.

Caught me

me up

at

home

kan shang wo

tsai

at hoiue.

Unlucky

3.

as well as a

good

ch'iao 3 ,

which can be used

in a

sense.

We

have thought out two plans for


managing this affair, and would ask you to
consider which we had better employ.
13.

[your doings] are found out by me.


Ta ying means here something stronger than mere objection, and implies that the matter will not be passed by
to t'iny passive

has never been here since

caught
06s.

if

he that has come

Twice: Hang mo- rh; though hui* would

i.

06s. 2.

the inquiry elicits the fact), then (k'o)


Note that the second chiao makes
I shall not agree.
(ch'u

it's

well.

Lit.,

chia,

so

He came twice, and on both occasions


me at home unlucky, wasn't it ?

06s.

you, backing me, do things not causing*


me to know, you then (k'o, hypothetical particle) take
care ; a day hereafter if it is causing me to inquire out
Obi.

it is.

answer a sound.

lit.,

"Never" must not

yung yuan and the

find

its

Obs. 2.

so
9. If you do things behind my back
If
that I shan't know, you just look out
I

calling out outside;

him a blowing

And

i.

He

it ?

the day I gave

not tme.

is

Obs.

Obs.

again,

get there.

lit.,

man

is

answer, and go out and see who

doubt whether what he says

inquire for
Obs.

Can you ? Using pu

There

153

if

with a mere protest.


2
785. *ft t'ai a terrace.
,

786.

^ wan

1
,

curving

787. '/I chiang

ho

may

1
,

to curve

a bay or indentation.

a river; see hcP (377).

Chiang

is

never used of a small stream, though

be applied to large ones.

788.

2
$8 /m

789.

ffii

Hv?, to flow

790.

J^

lung*, waves, larger than

a lake.

not to be confounded with

791. PJj, ']^, k'uo*, spacious

792.

liu*,

a current.

po

(479).

hence, wealthy.

Both forms are admissible.

Examples:

%
yv

chin*

shun*

s/te"

ch'i 3

liu?

mo

ting

t'ai*

lang*

po

feng
ta*

hai 3

chin*

wan

tao*

tsai*

ij

"J" 3

liao

1
.,

wan
ko*

worn
I

ti

wo1

$
1

chiang f@
k'uan 1

/.

wan
20

154

TZtj

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

Formosa.

curve

To bend,

a bay.

back

as a bow, one's

Round one turn more, and

in bowing, etc.

there

we

are.

Large rivers are wide.

When

the wind

high the waves in the sea

is

There are no great waves on the T'ai-hu


It flows quickly

To

float

rise.

(lake).

glides quickly.

with the current.

<>hs.
Shun* liu, with the emphasis on shun, means smooth, as the hair of a dog or cat brushed the ri^ht way.
should be borne in mind that shun liu does not mean going with the stream when propelling power is used, nor
the character for this is liu 4 which will be met with later.
does it mean a fair or favourable current
Cf. also -A n;i

It

ftng, ting feng (see 72).

793.

^ fou

794.

ffi|

ch'iao 2 a bridge.

795.

ching

1
,

fv?, floating

movable.

Fu4

shui 3 to swim.
,

796. J^t k'eng

a well.
a

pit,

natural or artificial; also, to cheat or swindle (see Part IV, Dia-

logue III, 113).


797.

hu2 \

798.

799.

800.

Examples:

kua1

TJj

tsou 3

street

'

an

hsiang*, a small street

jjfg

>J>

>a small
,

"
2

alley.

Generally pronounced hv?-t'un<f-rh.

t'ung' )
i'l

li3

ijji

hsiao

hsiang*

yu

f@

fco

sAeW

an

alley.

Not

so

common

J$ na*

Jjjf

t'iao"

$$ ching

A,u2

8
?j< s/tui

^g

t'ou

hao3

^@j

t'ung*

fft

^,

VA

PS^o

as the above.

na*
'

r^
3

i/w

good

In that lane there

When

it is

_t shuny*

jfe^cho

shih-

a deep hole.

the wind blows

'^

to drink.

is

BE

^ /<m

There's a stone bridge there.


is

*hu-i?

4
f@ io

Floating on the water.

Well water

?K

best to walk along the small alleys.

PART

801. Hf"

Hence, wild

savage.

802.

properly,

155

uninhabited ground, but often country as opposed to town.

yeli'

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

hsiang*, a village

^p|5

803. ^jf ts'un 1 a village


,

804. i|| fim 2 a grave


,

Often used with the following.

a region.

Smaller than hsiang 1

a hamlet.

a tomb

the

mound

or

monument above

a grave, but not a head-

stone or tablet.

805.

J|

mu*, a grave

806.

H^

feng

^
^

807.

808.

809.

hill.

a height not peaked.

chieri

a projecting point, of a knife,

hill, etc.

Examples:
**

$$ hsiang

na*

J hsia*
A Jen*

shift

ko*

/eV

2
p^ me^Ti

ti*

The whole of
Obs.

2
Rarely used without the preceding word fen

a tomb.

the peak of a

ling

1
gjj,

'rh
ti

tung

shan

llj

B|

t'ov?

ffi

ts'un 1

lai

A;uo

4fs /ent/

Ma?
o

fjjj

chien
t'a

is

ts'ao

Waste

Obi. 2.

hsiang

ts'un

'rh

pu?

mu

na

che*

'rh

mei 2

pien

io 4

7/e/t

/ma

[lj

p'ien*

ye^,

ft-

&
&

yeh<

chi
ch'ien 2

tV
ch'iian-

shih*

1
jt

eV

occupied by graves.

P'ien, the numerative of spaces of ground, generally large; the

I.

shih*

that waste ground

t'ien

ts'ung*

yeh

ling

word "whole"

yeh can only be properly applied to places at a distance from

human

is

rendered by

i.

habitations.

There are no pheasants here.

Wild

flowers.

Wild

grasses.

village.

The term can be applied

Obs.

This mountain pass

The peak ahead

He

is

is

of us

to

any

collection of houses, large or small,

impassable in winter.
is

very sharp pointed.

a countryman, and conies from Men-t'ou Ts'un.

Obs.

Men-t'ou Ts'un, the village of Men-t'ou.

That

is

a cemetery.

where there

is

no resident

official.

TZU ERH CHI.

156

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE XXX.
I- Taiwan
(Formosa) is a place in the sea,
south-east of China, the northern and southern

{ki2fl$5P^itil]il'i!l
'0

^7

tli

^
^

5j
^jr '

ft

;^
5.

~~5

7U>

7u

*. tt
:

sag

extremities of which are very mountainous,


the heights being of considerable elevation

AE

'/

l^i

iJj

Very mountainous

06s.

ft

ft

^e

mountam scenery
very 1>iclu "!sqm

at the

is

same time

the mountain heights are both numerous and large. Were they not lofty as well as
would be ch'ang, long, or k'uan, broad ; but not to, great.

extensive, their tao-'rh, or extent (48),

Ml

E3

-fa

>p M,

-ft

qy

~~K

-&

<sAH

J\

=ri

,tf=t

.fir

j\.

tvft

XI 2

The

(rivers, streams, lakes,

-J

terms

general

chiang

phrase
the

and

ho-

hai 3

InC1

seas) designates in

waters

greater

of

the

Empire.

lH

3'

^* ur

-^M

^?

9BT

KWJ

TL

XI

'A,,

ffi

j'G

fe

a lake in

The Great River: the chiang mien,

i.

6ft
1

>T

in the direction

li,

*K

*U

XI

scenery

m,

fine

tt

il

.^

._.

"

06.^
it is

"tfe

il

^.
fsj*

^
,.,

m/

lit.,

ll^

S
t,

will

do

'O
_y

is

^c

then, there

5?B

cfciw,

4-

is

places.

Of. ssft hsia


is

'

li,

its

breadth with a lake

We

in every direction.

precisely the same.

The course

west to east

of the Great River

vesse ^ s fr

from

is

Hupeh to Kiangsi
the whole way.
Tlie
to
is
rather
Kiangsi
you get

the stream

with

when

S-

are

The mountain peaks

no two

alike.

7C.

Sf*

narrow

tolerably good.

Also a height the construction

a sftam-Zmy]

breadth.

its

^"> HV

rivers here are su

long) River in

(lit.,

but the meaning

gO

hsia,

Js.

* - m
fine

li

7w?

SB

Rather

of, k'ltan,

ite
***

ifc

06s.

K'uan

SR 4

'IP

hsia,

many

surface, of the Great

$T

3K

a.

-^

li

sma^

J can ^ e crosse(i by movable bridges.


The Great River (the Yangtze) is as broad as
^ ne

4b

);

^K

when

A/t

fl

also invert the expression, as ch'ang

ijj

^J"*

=ln

mutually (639) the same.


Breadth hiia
06s. 2.

may

lii

*^ a*

06s.
[is]

XI

^fe

3
pointed; a shanking
of peaked form.

is

somewhat

elliptical

not that pointed form.

g.rf.,

a shan-ling

is

in a

shn

-feng

shan-feng is lofty and


also a height, but not

is

also high [like a shan-fcng,

but

PART

7)

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

6.

%>

157

The term chien

-'rk

the point of

to

applied
or the like.

be equally
a pencil,

may

a knife,

%
"/.

Term

i.

force can be seen at once

was

a tzH~yen-'rh,

character eye.

illustration

It

is

extremely

difficult to

thus, of hung, red, one

analyse this expression with any success, but

would say that the

tz&, character,

its

was hung, and that

it

term, for a particular yen-she, colour.

The

t)bs. 2.

lit.,

by

understand che tsung (525) yang-tz-il ti, this kind of ones, after pi chien.
Were too chien
Note sh(n-mo, any, anything.
can be applied to anything.

like:

and pi chien omitted, the sentence would run

7-

v-r

TO

^
yu

P.

iV

-ftfr

t
k

i.

>bs. 2.

no river water to speak of in


is drunk is well water.

Trade in the capital

qy

fiyt

A,

Where:

lit,

for the

most

Regarded

^?

/L

9- ^^ e countr y outside the city walls


where there are comparatively few habitations
4
3
i s cail e d
ye^ i ; even when there are graves
it it is

so rearded.

outside the walls a not-having-men's-houses' place [men] consequently (chiu)

lit,

together with having grave's [place men] also reckon yeh

A
A,

A
~f

"5T

yeh

ti.

Ia He is a >' okel ( vilLl ?er). and dreadraw That cemetery is very large, and
to a wealth famil
must bel
"

can s
can't

swim very

this river

across.

It is

call

ti.

s.

is

con ducted in shops on the great streets


j] ie ] anes an(j small streets are
e Bouses

principally dwelling-houses.

m
06s.

is

what

P art

-^

tHi

3*

-<h

.tft

There

the capital

contended by purists that/u 4 , to swim, should be written

far.

It is too

Could you swim across


wide for me to swim

158

TZtT

Turn

the

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

follmuing into Chinese.

Formosa has been Chinese

i.

ERH

territory for

There are
more than two hundred years.
mountain ranges in the north and south in
The
which are several very lofty peaks.
country (place)
it]

there

are

not very extensive, but [hi


some small rivers the fields
is

on the banks of which produce many things.


It contains both villages and towns, the inhabitants of which are of the

(mm2

Chinese

jen

same type

common

as the

am

people).

told that there are several places inhabited


savages, most of whom make their living

do not form

by
scattered about, and

are (live)

They

thieving.

by

village

most part with Chinese of


however (ch'io), ships from the various
for the

it)

late,

European countries have frequented the place,


and there are foreigners who have taken up
their residence there in order to carry on
business.
i.

ritory there are

06s.
3,
!>*.

2.

Obs.
3.

06s. 4.
sive

06s.

term

Has been:

lit.,

two hundred
la

Chinese

is

ter-

and south

5.

common

and upwardThe
[pro-

ceeding against the stream], appears to flow


with even greater rapidity [than it does]. The
smaller rivers are narrow and winding, and
are navigated only by river boats
travellers
;

by road

may

Obs.

i.

them by

cross

walking accomplish large


Obs. 2.

floating bridges.

Perfectly navigable

very

lit.,

much can

vessels.

Downward

current:

the water that

lit.,

flows downwards.

That country possesses (yu) several


large lakes, which (the surfaces of which) are
very extensive and resemble the sea hi size.
3.

In the

lakes, too, there are

mountain peaks
and small

they are navigable for both large

The moment there

is

a high wind

the waves are really terrible.


Size

O6s.

ta

li

hsia.

See Exercise

XXX,

3,

2.

2.

Fields

t'ien ti (Radical 102).

Produce

4.

ch'u ch'an (see 635), with the

Same type

as

t'ung

min

jen

(Chinese

Savages

Obs.

They

yeh jin,

men

the ground

live,

men saw 3

5.

street.

t'a,

villages.

Frequented
lit., of late, however, there
arc (have been) extreme-west (tai hsi) various-nation's
8.

nan2

is

where

the

a matter of great labour

Labour

hen fei

s/iih ;

lit.,

much expends

have a friend who

went

to look

lives in a small

him up the other

day,
got into the wrong lane and did not
find his house.

but

male.

811. tfR yeh-, properly, a father

but forming part of certain appellations of honour, also

of other words.
812. 5j| ntang-, properly, a

mother

813. tyj yu*, of tender years.

too hard.

effort (matter).

of the wilds.

about

is

some places

are

of wells

making

and do not form (ch'eng)

live scattered

cho chu, they scattered

810. ;?j

There

06s.

Obs. 6.

06s.

bound junks find it very slow [work].


downward current, as seen from a boat

subjects) i ko yang.

7.

is

the water rises (grows),

[the current] flows very rapidly,

Obs.

the produced things many.

When

large vessels.

Exercise

cf.

T'ai hsi kuo

go.

2. China has several rivers, both large


and deep, which are perfectly navigable for

years.

north

the

Formosa

come [and]

for foreign countries in general.

vessels.

06s.

XXX,

vessels [that]

Some

[communities].
people, too, say that these savages are cannibals.
The people who do business there deal
(do

(KEY, EXERCISE XXX.)

but in certain combinations, any woman.

PART

814. Ipc pei


815.

a class

Examples

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

an order

159

a generation.

men

^<;o

niang
J| chang

wo3

fJJ

3
jg lao

JjJ

nari'

'7-^

>j?

men

ffi
2

niang'

skao 4
yeh*

3
$f o hao

Jg

-wa-n,

AoJen

lacP

shih 4

pei*

Man and woman.


One's wife

a woman.

Obs.

Nil jen could only be used of the speaker's own wife.

That

is

my

husband.

Your worship
universally applied to

standing

Is

it

any

Obi.

much

the

title

Mr.

given to chii jen, or graduates of the second grade, but

title

it

below the rank of District Magistrate, or indeed any person of education and

to our Esquire.

Shao*, not shao*.

Note that

language ni

in polite

m&n

is

either singular or plural.

to play.

Women.
Pronounce nia'-'rh nun.

wife's family.

Old and young.


vim.

the

originally

your son well

obit.

a gentleman

officials

answers very

Men.

or,

Lao-yeh was

Obs.

Note shao 4

Old and young.

generation.

Of a generation
Of a generation
816.

^G wan
"rfit

than

earlier

to trifle

817.

4jf-

skua3

818.

j|f|

cJi'un

819.

^ pen
Aiff

later

than he.

to play.

to flourish, as a

I.

weapon

loutish in form or mind, or both.

of things, unwieldy

in fencing

of persons, stupid.

1
820. jp^ tat silly; idiotic; abstracted; abstractedly.
,

821.

Examples:
Tgt

skua 3

^ck'icn
2
J}|J

sitmi?
4

-///' //"

fife.

fa 1
shih 1

pieh
hsiao

pen*
2

'"""'
"fj|

clring*

pu

tai 1
t'ou 2

shih*

ted

55

wan2

nao3

ft 'rh

fife,

A >'""

fa 1

ch'un?

io 4

is

now

160

ERH

TZfr

are fond of play (or, practical joking).

Young people

He

is

He

is

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

playing (or joking).


This method is rude, clumsy.

a loutish fellow.

silly creature.

This business (or matter) is no joke (or, child's play).


He is dazed with study a bookworm absorbed in his books.
;

To gamble.
Don't [try and] fool me.
4
f^ mao

822.

properly, a covering for the head a word descriptive of obtrusiveness, of


let alone, of things that happen inopportunely out of place.

doing that which one ought to


823. fff

3
skuang of weather,

break, as a promise

or to

fail in,

at rest, as

eking

825.

$f

sku1 properly, open

826.

JJJH

/it

complying

827. JfH ckien


its

829.
830.

ft

unrolled.

obedient.

very

means

It also

2
,

difficult;

Nan 4

difficult.

to be in error.

It

Often combined with the following.

has

besides.

many meanings

but used in combination with the following nariz without

difficulties or misfortunes.

ka l the sound of loud laughter.


,

Examples:
ta4

sku1

1
F shu

'rh

%
k'uai 4

nV*

ffc

-fife

ckien 1

pieW
ta*

ha
l
B^ ^ ka
1

~f liao
$J yo

To walk
is

|H

nan

fjf

B& ka

pfc

B^ ha

fft
"/$

eke

hua

nan'

shuo1

z
jj lien

ni*

^
jji,

JJ che

pu

too 4

^; o tsou?

ching

AJen

cko-

4
ff

f w

pu

mao*

tzii

Jen*
an

tsou

sken 1

-g

Ijjfc

ti

jf|

fiM

~f liao

65

He

Also, to

meaning.

HI nan

828.

of persons, lively, free from care.

opposed to unquiet.

pp

as an engagement.

824.

intensifying

bright, cheery

ck'i

t'u
4

fj cku
cho

fife

shvan^

^f tzH

f@

/,

o4

shih 4

mao

skill
-

t'a

skik4

^|,

1,-u.i

in the rain.

a blundering fool (a person

who

says and does the wrong thing at the wrong time).

In brisk health.
Bracing, cheerful weather.
He is a smart, energetic fellow

promptitude.

also,

man who

speaks to the point and acts with

PAET

is

161

man.

quiet, steady

This

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

a comfortable house to live

in.

would not be incorrect to say che shih ko shu fu fang-tzU, but the first rendering is preferable, as thenare many coses in which shu fu. cannot be used as a simple qualifying adjective ; thus, we could not say ihu fu ma,
shu fu i-tzu, a comfortable chair, but would have to insert the verbs to ride and to sit on
;i comfortable horse, or
It

I'//,.

respectively, as in the
I

you

am

example above.

not satisfied with this statement of yours

or, I

object to or protest against what

say.

[He] finds difficulty even in walking.


You don't mean to say (lit., it is hard to say, you cannot say with truth) that you are
not comfortable.
i

Too, to say

H>*.

Shuo may be omitted.

(see 48).

He

has broken his compact.


Ho roared with laughter.

Don't
831.

humbug me

jjjjj

nai*, to

832. JB. hsiu 1 ,

don't

or,

"

me

stuff

up."

endure, either in the sense of to put

shame

up with

or to last.

to be ashamed.

833. Jfp jw4 jus , to insult.


,

834.

g>j" t'ao

to exact

to

demand

to provoke.

835. $ff hsien?, to dislike.


836.

Examples:
3

JH Ian?

t'a>

chang*

pu*
fa 1

lean
2

hslen

!>'

shao 3
lut "

hsiu

t'ao

ft

fJ

t'ao

yet that

[Men who

man

32.

nn

t'ien

fjfc

t'ao

Hif

3
%jji

hsieu 2

cli'ih

will be all right.

did not insult them.

are] fond of eating and lazy at work (people who like to

person's expense) provoke


I object to his

chin'

shih*

nai*

kuo

Get over the next two days (or, few days) and you
This won't last long (or, wear well).

And

hsiu1

ti

A Jen

hai*

c/ie

ych
mei 2

live at

another

people's dislike.

want of

cleanliness.

He

has come for payment of his bill (or, to dun for debts).
Are you not ashamed ? Have you no shame ?
Obs.See

424.

beggar.

He

objects that

it is

not enough

he

is

not satisfied with what he has got.

21

162

TZtJ

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE XXXI.
We

i.

two were skylarking together just


me over the head with a

now, and he hit

Be a

more quiet; don't be too


rough you must remember that your brother
is of tender
years and cannot stand such
stick.

JS

JL

fflf

m A
7.

Jt

JB

little

rough treatment.

*r
Rough treatment

06s.

^ W ^
&

&

HA

i.

1&
3&
fit

"M?
HsR

/2V

Indisposed:

cannot endure such rough hands and feet [as you lay upon him].

lit.,

^
^ MH

It's

posed.

Qnjy

deficient in repose (624);

lit.,

I hear, sir,

2.

g^

lj tt j e

that you are a

little indis-

nothing at all to speak of;


Qut Q f g ort g

this is a polite

am

form of address reserved for equals or

superiors.
2.

Out

of sorts

lit.,

on (or

in)

my body

not comfortable.

3.

sft.

06s.

Spell

JLft

ft

it,

:^

To

35 S&

fflf

tai, to abstract

^ ^
ffi

it

3A.

^|

oneself

^\

am

J^

VH-

fF

be

This

afraid.

new

coat of

mine won't

It's difficult to

say

if

continually in the rain of course


spoilt.

To take a

last long,

you wear

it will

soon

spell.

tr
q.d.,

from work that

fy 4

is

engaging one's attention.

4-

That insulting manner of

his

is

really

most annoying.

s-4.JC.rViS

The words nan 2 nil3 mean simply men


and women. The rebels slew all, without dis5.

tinction of age or sex.

6. Were you to say his whole family, lao*


and yu4 were sick alike, you would mean
,

that both those

who were

and those who were

of respectable age

of tender years were all

indisposed without distinction.


06s.
ch'ing, light

Respectable age

lit.,

years high

q.d.,

piled up, as opposed to the lesser burden of years, which

is

PART

J$L

fi*J

4ki

M.

3
yti

E=

-B&

5iL

3&
^
^

ftfi

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

?fO

!&

The generation which is the contemporary of your father and your grandfather

7-

"H

the chan<f pei

is

E3

^.^

IE

3ft

(senior generation): tliat

-"^

^i

t%.

163

7ft

the contemporary of your son and


3
grandson is the wan pei* (junior (or later)

which

is

generation).

nil*,

Contemporary

i.

lit.,

the with [a man's] grandfather and father one and the same generation's

om

the senior generation, etc.


Obs.

JSto
/I'T

Grandfather

2.

3P

3fe
fjff

H.

A4f
333

|_l_.

&

where tsufu combined make one word

OS.
^f=^

T!?
/&

fit
;^

Ifa
t/j"

BI

~r

r=i

/&

ffl^. o

jax

see 660,

T*

XE

T.

S K

T.

a *.*
A 7> it m

xE
.tt

0!n.

I beg your pardon

of apology, such as

xH

fill

off

&fi

yu

lit.,

8.

am

wrong, I

annoying.

are

am wrong

I really

you so

against

careless

me;

You have

is

it

really

most

beg your pardon.

did not pay attention.

There are other form>

tsui (852), etc.

ifo

^ &

'l^t

ilk

$ft

6*1

9'

*M

:||

D0

HI

$t

J/Lt

-Ao ov

B^

tyS*

i^

^ ou

are to

a ^i*^ 6 more smart.

an
H*G

Why

bumped up

;E^

they are here separate.

^retM^^u-^> awkward; be
Mind your own business

idiot like yourself to

attempt (want) to

find fault with other people

/5s

Mind your own business (or, what is that to you?): lit., do you take charge of (or mind) me? Great
must
be laid on Teuan, which, preceding a character in the third tone, is of course in the second.
The
emphasis
as
it
is
not
the
final
must
with
be
used
discretion,
very polite. Emphasise
jen.
expression
o//<.

ill

M-l

tf+

tffrt

^.

&

^S

m.

T m m &
l.

y\

Obs.

2.

'^

lit.,

fffl

^S

indeed a hard task for us to

is

^ve ^rom ^ay

to

such an able

man

^ ay-

remain in obscurity

as
all

-^ e

you
his

little

patient;
surely not

will

life.

m.

Able: neng nai, ability;

Obscurity

^JfelO

"J"

not confined to skill acquired by practice.

the lead.

10. It

fjBJ

5Pl

Obs.
is

Hll

lit.,

the ability that

Cf. also

is

acquired by patient application.

n&ng kan, capable,

not put out the head

come

The term, however,

able, or capability (582).

to the front

make

oneself prominent

also, to

take

164

ERH

TZt)

Turn
1.

the

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

follmoing into Chinese.

In the street yonder there

is

going through some performance.


lot of people,

CHI.

a fellow

whole

men and women,


Have

are looking at him.

old and young,


you heard of it ?

Performing shva wan i erh ; lit., brandishThe term is used of any performance,
ing playthings.
<nch as juggling, performing with a dancing bear, etc.
06s.

2.

When

You've just found that out, have you ?


I was out in the street a little while

ago I saw a lot of

men and women

standing

must be some perthere;


or
other
formance
going on, otherwise what
would a lot of people be gaping at? I was
I

thought there

going to have a look, when, at the very


moment, a man in a blundering manner put
"
You haven't been
a question to me said he,
just

I
have you quite recovered?"
and
was
no
other
saw it
gave one glance,

(KEY, EXERCISE XXXI.)


t(H|iii,-ilism

matter out, but you are


06s.

than a certain

member

of our family of the

certainly a disagreeable creature.


06s.
ni,

you

i.

still

You've just found that out: ni hai sliuo


speak of it, is an idiomatic col-

(or just)

837.

HI

838.

ktuig

839.

!g)J

c/('o

huancf, august
1

the morning

Obi. 3.

Otherwise

talking about

pu jan, were

it

it."

not thus.

Gaping at: tai-cho lien-'rh


faces.
Note the participial

3.

so

Isn't the

know

i'</, looking
force of cho.

man you

his father

speak of So-anda very steady man,

exceedingly brisk, both in action and speech.


Several years ago he was not very well off,
but I judge from his appearance of late that

he
are

is

now very comfortable. Times, I imagine,


easier with him than they used

somewhat

to be in the early days.


06s. i.
Inaction: hsingshih, in the putting through
(causing to progress) of business.
06s.

2.

Judge from

lit.,

of late looking at his

that fashion (appearance), on the other


comfortable.
06s.

think

3.

Times are somewhat

hand (tuo) very

easier, etc.:

days compared with original


(hsim) good to pass a little.
it is

(/<"</<)

imperial.

any dynasty of China.

properly, a hall of assembly; specially, the Emperor's Court.

841.

Examples:
r/('ao

ft

ying
2

kai 1

ch'uan 1

mao*

The place where the Emperor


The Emperor

hou*

chiu

skill*

?"/

ch'iur

shang*

ti

lives is the Imperial Palace.

ch'aa?

Kt, the august [one] above.

city.

kuang

llll/dllf

ch'u*
tai*
c/t'ao

[I]

brtnrr

not used colloquially.

t'biff,

lit.,

4. If you are insulted by people it is


not very hard to bear with them a little
why get into a rage ?

properly, to see the Emperor, as at Court

$i

The Imperial

still

an imperial palace.

840.

06s.

2.

with abstracted

very well,

same generation as myself; he had grown


loutish and awkward, and I have no idea
what his conversation was all about. He is

something equivalent to "that's i-tali news;


knew all about it long ago, and t.ilkol tlir

other people

shang*
chu*

Rend

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

165

In the time of the Ming dynasty.

The Court.

When

one goes to Court one ought to put on a Court dress and hat.
4

842. $l|

i']i/i')i

843.

liii

844.
to insist

(j

to set

to

up

descend

Colloquially, rarely, except in time.

to approach to.

will or inclination.

845.

J%

liaixf,

846.

chin*, to prohibit.

847.

Examples

also, superior to.

Often, over-energetic; violent;

ch'iang*, energetic.

on against a person's

Chiang*, obstinate

Ck'ifin/f;

self-willed.

virtuous; good.

&

l/ir

m>r

ch'icn-

&

sh'th*

chin*

J|

cli'ifnirf-

cluh 3

fo

]><t

5g chiang*

ti

ti

$!

Yamens

to establish.

mer

t't(

im
ftf}

metr

ck'ao 2

t/

t'hi ;

are established by the Court.

When he was on the point of starting


He is superior to other people.
He is terribly violent.

he insisted on having

my

monc'y.

Devoid of moral sense (or conscience).


Obs.

Liang

hsin,

lit.,

virtuous heart,

is

the innate goodness of man, who, according to Chinese ethics,

is

horn

virtuous.

To answer (argue with) a


Gambling is prohibited.
Honest (law-abiding)

The

superior.

subjects.

direct relations with the people (the Chih-hsien,

official in

commonly

called

the

District Magistrate).

848.

^j

wet 2 to do

849.

gl

fei

850.

fan

851.

^f|i

fan*, to stumble against; to offend; to incur a penalty.

852. pj*
8,

to be.

wrongdoing, in a grave sense

to turn upside

in id*,

down

properly, punishment

wrongdoer.

on the contrary

also, offences,

hence, to rebel.

great or small.

Obs.
s*# 3 to

853.

^B

854.

!H tang

3
,

die.

a gang

band

a political party

class.

See Exercise

XXXI,

TZU ERH CHI.

166

855.

Examples
fy

fit

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

inn

]j

2
/&o mi>> 9

A.

The bad characters

&/

3
5E wti

-^

shih*

Sfit

tang

jj^

kai 1

|H fei

&

she n2

-M tou1

ft3

A j^

che*

3
fjgf

chih 1

liao

~j"

|f

If

of that place have rebelled.

T'u fei must be natives of the locality. Fei can be applied to any individual who
misdemeanours, but it is generally understood to refer to banditti or rebels.
06*.

Sorry to have troubled you


06s.
for

Nan

via

is

much

It is essential that those

guilty of grave

is

obliged.

constantly used courteously,

a favour and as an acknowledgment of one.

06s.

/<-i

"

May

Distinguish wei*

trouble you to,"

nan 1

" Much

obliged," both as a request

to be in difficulties, difficult.

who break the laws be punished.

Chili tsui, to treat an offence

q.d.,

with punishment.

Chih ping, to treat a complaint

q.d.,

or

with medicine.

Dead.
06s.
is

Of persons

it

is

common

to use the

euphemism kuo

ch'ii liao,

he has passed away

pu

tsai liao,

he

no more.

These bandits are


06s.

all

of one gang.

Tseifei must be bandits or rebels.

What

penalty ought they to receive ?


is the name of the punishment (what
It should be death.

O6s.

Tsui ming: what

He was
06s.

strangled.
Note that there

another term for the punishment of death by strangulation.

|j

See 507.
is

856. ^f? clteny 1 to emulate


857.

particular penalty) [they] ought [to receive]

ton*, to fight,

to

wrangle

to fight with.

with or without arms

but not used of war.

lino*, a signal, visible, as a flag; audible, as a bugle call; a verbal order; a


or
number.
Also, to call, or the name by which a person is called by his friends,
sign, style,
in contradistinction to his ming 2 or cognomen by which he is known to his
family.

858. Hfc

859.
860.

fijif

citing*, quiet,

as a country free from disorder.

Examples:
Bjj

P
1,
fj|

^Cj

foil

k'ou s
/'""'

//'
'*

.,

chivy*

f|| o Jiaii

^
^g

x/<

Ejp

tzii*

J&

ti*
1

('"'-'

mo

S| hao*

"J* o litio

f}

hit

altili*

ii

-jj

fiinii

-^

pu*

2
:g she"

4Jjf

an 1

Jjfc

mo

"f

hx'ut*

chemj

|if]

jfg
J!j

t'u

J^J

t'mi<f

ton*
ch'i

lur

j^

15

^
jif

2><>'

PART

The
The
The
the

fifth

and the people began

local rowdies

What

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

(or,

the style of your


country is disturbed.

hong

style of a reign,

that

by which

is

i.e.,

its

have begun) to fight with each other.

years are called

thus,

TAG KUANG wu nwn,

TAG KUANG.
the number (sc.,

year of

What

is

Sao

06s.

t'ou-'rh;

lit.,

of a despatch, house in a street, etc.)


the number or distinguishing mark on the head, front, or

A password.
A soldier's uniform.
So

06s.
is

167

from the hao, the distinctive number or name of regiment, marked on the circular patch which

called

sewn on the breast and back of most

861.
862.
863.

^1
7||5[

'"Jen

grace

s/te

soldiers' jackets.

goodness shown to an

pardon; amnesty.

inferior.

Used only of Imperial pardons.

mien 3 to avoid; to cause to avoid; to dispense with; to forgo.

Hence

under certain circumstances, to


864.

Hf sr,

865.

Examples

top.

swi

let off; to

also,

pardon.

following after; according

to.

Ho

ch'ien

|f sul
fl$

k'ou3

HI,

luan*

shih*

|& shuo

'

su 1 '

hsia*

hid*

mien3

2}J

la 2

Jf to

te

$|

ti

|jt

hei

shih*

$H

^Q

chia-n;/

|fc

she*

$f

mien 3

!jfr

shih*

Jl hiutn ; f

3
1

_fc

shany*

ti

j;(f;t

&t*t

EH sui*

f/ei*
The Emperor's bounty

tfa

or goodness.

"sew tien: tien, the standard, canon, or law of bounty or favour.


The term, though now universally
of kindness shown by superiors to inferiors, was originally confined to Imperial acts of
to
acts
applied
grace, which were
a tien, canon, standard, or law for others to follow.
06s.

He came back
06s.

pardoned from the Black Dragon River (the Amoor).


is a common place of banishment for officials and soldiers
guilty

The Amoor region

Sit

down

To

talk recklessly

as

like, to

you

to let one's tongue

Expenditure of money
06s.

Nan

is

run away with one.

hardly avoidable.

has here almost the sense of a negative

Come from time

of crimes.

save bother.

unavoidable.

It is often thus

used courteor

to time.

To be guided by circumstances.
06s.

moment

Lit, according to time following after (or up) matters

require.

As you
06s.

please

This

may

or, at

your convenience.

be used either courteously or otherwise.

to deal with

11

matter as [the conditions of] the

168

T/f

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE XXXII.
As

i.

end approached

his

and

his sons

grandsons began to wrangle about the property.

fll

ft
2
2
Liang min (good subjects;

2.

tuous people) are those


against the laws.

ft

if,

ft

or, vir-

who do not

offend

When high officers go to Court, do


not
enter the huuncf kung 1 1 No the
they
1
huang* kung is the place in which the Em3.

_t

peror
to

and

lives,

even high

is

officials

forbidden ground, which

have never been allowed

visit.

ft

06s.

Never

lit.,

[by] heretofore [existing] law are not permitted to go

_t

4.

to.

Number

these despatches for me, com-

mencing the numbers with the

Obs.

Commencing,

etc.:

lit.,

it

from the very front days numbering commence.


5. Our chief (or master) has issued an
order forbidding the servants to gamble
if
the prohibition is disregarded, [the offender]

will certainly

J2TJ*

Obs.

:*

Ti

lit.,

the

fan

y^V

XV

& **
ft

A*

'13?

!oJ

-fcb

ffi

58?
ffif

HI

6.

You

the laws
ness.

if

hardly escape a breach of

will

this unprincipled businot be better to behave as

you pursue

Would

it

than to act hi an

5x.

an honest

manner 1 and yet you won't behave


it is

Note

be punished.

chin, disregard of the prohibition, certainly will be (yao) a punished one.

earliest date.

really

citizen

illegal

like

one

most strange.

that wei fei may mean to play the robber, or become a rebel, though the title can be earned by
the commission of any act of an intentionally illegal nature ; thus, smuggling, brawling, gambling, etc., come within
the category of wei fei.
06s.

PART

flf*

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

two raay squabble as much as


u
ease
y
pl
only don't come to blows, for that
would be beyond a joke.

$3*

/^

As much

O6s.

as

you please

>

gwi, short for gin jn'ew,

according to your convenience or inclination.

^A

A
06s.

remitted)

bounty

otfence against a private individual can be k'lian mien,

common

a more

<>bs. 2.

Criminal

is

expression

condoned

(lit.,

q.d.,

^H

-C/^

It

&

ft. It

&

9E

ofcx.

i.

4i)i

Se * sunstroke.

Hi I

ffco
:

^,

u won>t

tne sun> an(^ y

matter

It doesn't

treat his complaint,

.Sunstroke

Impori.il

against the laws.

m
'gtf

by

liberal remission; q.d., of penalties

jacf.

fanj&n, a man who offends

of

she can only be applied to Imperial pardons or the diminution of sentences

Note that

i.

An

The pardon

criminals always proceeds from the Emperor's

ii

eoniiiiand.

Seneral amn esty.

how you

he must die sooner or

shou ji can be used of any complaint caused by the action of the sun, whether directly

or indirectly.
nhs. 2.

Doesn't matter

lit.,

you may

treat his complaint according to

||]

"7

off-

Aft

,|tfe

10

it

how [you

please].

The Sovereign is guided by places


circumstances in his establishment of

10.

an(i

local authorities to be in near relations with

Bb

5T

ov

iki.

^A

^ ^

the people.

If the local authorities

govern

wisely (well), quiet naturally prevails.

Obi.
Is guided
lit.,
following (acting according to) place, considering chvumstunces establishes officers
the
the
[tor
government of]
locality.
Ti-fang Iman does not include exclusively judicial, fiscal, or educational
Ching (859) must
authorities, nor, in the capital, the departments of the central government, unless these be executive.
:

not be confounded with ching (824)


of the individual.

Turn

the

the former applies to conditions of place, and the latter to the character or state

following into Chinese.

(KEY, EXERCISE XXXII.)

many years ago there was a


LIN who wanted to be Emperor.
Before he rebelled he distributed his sworn

subsequently got known (lit., was broken),


and he himself was arrested. His sworn fol-

confederates here and there

months

i.

man

great

called

[till] they were


his men were even [to

lowers continued in rebellion for very


in

Sworn confederates

[posted] every where


be found] in the forbidden

ates to the death.

Imperial Palace.

distributed.

ground of the
His arrangements (the affair)

bs.

Obs.

I.

2.

many

Shantung and Honan.

Distributed:

pu san

ss& 3 lang 3 , confeder(406), arranged ami

22

170

ERH

TZtJ

2.

When

the people rebel the

sends (orders) a high

hear that that fellow Li has com-

6.

Emperor

mitted a grave crime some people say that


he is certain to be sentenced to death. He

to pacify the
the high official is

official

When

listurbed country.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

when men become

about to start he has to go to Court to see

deserves

the Emperor.

they cannot escape capital punishment.


men of that stamp are not put to death,

Obs.
3.
It

Pacify

What

p'ing ling

is

to level

lit.,

number

the

and

fix.

of that despatch

of the establishment of the

the place where the

place

it

Date

cup of tea

").

what

Cockfighting is a pastime in which


virtuous people do not indulge.
It is a most
5.

to be prohibited

law.

by

ku 3 ancient.

867.

nJilJi

868. -fL

be

will

my

particularly dread

you

shall

and ought

(matter),

866. ~fj

\H

see

to drink.

Then you

9.

amusement

time to time.

not a rich man, I am always


Although
able to give you a bowl of rice to eat and a

If

trouble.

disreputable

me from

see

am

nien fen ; lit., year distribution, the


occupies in the cyclical distribution of time.

Obs.

Come and

8.

southern capital

quite correct; still,


that the man Li

would have become a robber

Emperor resides is called cJ/m// (the capital),


and so that city was called Nan-ching (the
"

is

say

who would have thought

northern capital (the city of Peking) is not


tar back (yuan 3 ).
The Court was formerly
established in the South

If

how

What you

7.

The date

burglars

can honest people gain a quiet livelihood ?


Obs.
Burglars see Exercise XXI, 4, Obs. 2.

has not yet been numbered.


4.

for

it,

you

come
i.

Obs.

2.

giving people

will really let

in this way,

06s.

is

true friend, for

you

me come

will see

whether

to
I

often or not.
True friend
Let me,

etc.

lit.,

good

friend.

chiao wo.

4
,

an age; a generation.

surname of Confucius.

properly, a hole; the

L-'nnif',

869. li? nhnii/*, virtuous as heaven; sainted; canonised.


/

870.

fH JM

generally, a scholar

specially, a Confucianist, as

opposed to the Taoist and

Buddhist
871.

Examples

'

ft

/"-

-p a

tzti?

fJC

kit?

J> 1

c/((Vw

Itou

$5

dt'exfl

fjjj

fa

ft

IS ch'eng

ti

taint*

fy

t'a

icc'f

rhltllfl

k'n9
|| j/
In

all

JL

^'f

"'''"'

A Jen

ages Confucius has been honoured and styled the Sacred Man, and his doctrine

has been styled Confucianism.


Obs.
Lit., from of old till now

all

have

(are)

honoured Confucius.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

Future generations posterity.


K'UNG Fu-tzu (Confucius).
;

The great master Confucius

Obs.

fu-tzil,

a sage, a master, a distinguished man.

Emphasise

h*'i.

"curio" shop.
Obit.
Ku wan : lit., ancient gems
872.

|$

873.

fa

2
,

874. Ill

txo*,

875.

seng

876.
Also, with

chiti

a temple.

properly, a seat or throne


1

ffjj

.sir,

1
,

applied to any objects of vertu that are not absolutely new.

Buddha.

-minti*,

Jjjj\

also,

the numerative of

cities,

temples, etc.

a Buddhist priest.

common

properly,

in vulgar use

but under certain conditions, a layman.

Confucian.

most commonly a conjunction, not in frequent use


merely phonetic; as htr-shanc/*, a Buddhist priest.

877. t^T shunt/*, properly, eminent; but

When

colloquially.

linked to ho- (210),

N. B.

Emphasise

878.

Examples:
"6"o

it is

ho'.

ku3

yu

~}j

fang

jeir

J(.

{&.

&J

ti

ffi

f@

kt>*

lan

Jf o

too 4

sir

^f

chia l

ft ko*

shann*

jfo

""

ch'Ktuf-

JJ

ffi, sluing*
s

~.

sail

f@fa>

ti*

ff

^ pai*
$ fo'

c/n ;t

ft hir

J&feng

icri*

tso*

$$

^g miao*

seiif/*

yeli

%Q ho~

%>l'r

ffl

f| ,-hr

famla^

shancf

To worship Buddha.

A Buddhist temple.
How many priests are

there in this temple

Three priests and a servant


06s.
be.

temple servant

Note that Taoist

the

(or,

Zoo'-tao*,

temple

coolie).

but the character of the

is

common

merely phonetic

layman, as opposed to

When

indeed, both

may

style

as /en;/

si/,

or in vulgar use.

Every city has a Confucian temple (or temples).


Win miao: lit., temples of literature, as opposed to mi
Lao-yeh, the God of Wai-.

is

or morality, of a district (or locality).


its original
meaning, wind, feng, also means manner, deportment, or

Obi.

Oba.

sound

In addition to

manner that

Ti, or

latter

priests are also styled lao-tao.

The customs,
06x.

is

hoP-sliang*,

priests renounce their

Early antiquity.

miao,

lit.,

military temples, temples to

Kmm

a priest.

vows and become laymen they are

said to

hiwm

sit

(105), return to laymen.

172

ERH

TZfl

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

Besides; moreover.

The Mahomedan

Obs.
is

Mussulman

faith.
called a hui-hui or hui-tzil,

is

though the

The term

latter is slightly opprobrious.

luii

said to be a reproduction of Turkish sounds.

879.

message

be a

$?

880.

communicate by tradition;

to

j|| i-h'iinn-,

to

medium

to propagate by preaching; to convey a


a
record or chronicle.
divan*,

of communication,

a canonical book or Buddhist sntra;

citing,

to pass through or by.

also,

In

composition, a sign of the past tense.


881. ffl

ch'ifti

k'lti

properly, the stalk of grain; applied to a clerkly kind of

writing somewhat corresponding

to our

round

882. 2|! KUnnl*, to follow one's nature; properly, in a

given

'1m Re-

text.

sense,

good

but in the example

below, careless.
883.

kng*, before adjectives, more.

884.

"/f|

ntuiif, thick, of fluids.

885.

Examples:

%{faf &

ft Vfc

69

ti

II keng*

tui*

ft,''

*
%

pu*

^
^
^

3
%$ hao

jg mien*

~TJ<"

''

^
^

Distinguish keng

mnur

shih*

aim

hieh 3
te

('a

flfc

Miff*

chin

tso

Bfe

shitai*

nan*

hsielt?

(570).

minrf

cli'en-

fa

liir

diium*

lixin*

fata
1

2J

ft rfcW,r

Shih*

'rh

change

fSo'W

><

g? hsieh

to

eli'iiun

fat

chhif/

jg kuo*

$l

t,i

ch'iiair

%fc

diiitu

$,ti
wu*

8
^
^

china
xhili*
:;

/'

Missionaries.

The Five
Ob*.

Lit.,

Classics (or Canons)

have been handed down by tradition from ancient

ancient times transmitted flowing

down come.

To convey a message.

biography (or record) of illustrious


Illustrious

Obs.

He
He

officials.

miiig, short for eh'u ming, to

make

name.

has been through a deal of trouble.


wrote his round text yesterday carelessly, and to-day even worse.

06s.

Ts'ao, grass,

Numf

amongst other meanings, has that of "hasty

(thick, glutinous)

886.

j$

887.

JJ!f ch'iang*,

t'ich

to stick

a wall.

is

;"

hence

its

combination with shuai.

the opposite of tun* (733) (weak, watery).

to be sticking

to,

as a placard

on a

wall.

times.

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

173

888. Iff ts'e.wf, layers or sections of various tilings, from front to rear, side to side, top
to bottom.
to be

889.

$[

JUKI*,

to

890.

^T

skill*

(Radical 113), to proclaim; a proclamation.

891.

Examples:

hang up

hung

up.

iju

ti

f/t't

81

t<i<>

/v/o
jjt

^
H

4
f.sv(('

HI

!/*

informing proclamations.

lit.,

a loop and hang

f/t''''(^'

it

(or

them) in

<],'<< n

$j

ti

C/tO

;"'".'/'

''/'

893.

Bfl

cli'il

894.

ffl)

ch'ou 1 to

895.

Examples:

cli'ini;/*,

jlf -trail

''

t>ty

gg o

I'nr

one above the other.

is

indicated

1
%$ ch'ou

fy

ft
:

}-v

He

sings pleasantly.

To

sing ballads.

Give us a song

ch'i lai.

by

Also, crooked

draw one out of many, as a

irniii/

not used alone colloquially.

is

to sing.

^f a
3

fa

this

one kind of songs.

Shih

up on the wall.
a two -fold principle.

layers,

892.

let's

1 '' 1 '

clt'il

ch'-ii

^.
1

/(>

^
|g

t'a

tortuous.

stick

from a faggot.

ffi jr''

^
^

3
.'/"

skill*

;<'

ffi
2

Tiewr/

^5 o

Jisini*

ck'ou
e/t'K
/((i

Pg cli'ani^

PJ|

cli'iinn

^|

eti'i'i?

'rh

3%

fg

pit*
ir<>"

ffc

fa1

Vf

1<>

(e

P||
1

e/i'rtx//

/'('y/.'/

||, r

hear you.

out the thread.

occupied and cannot get away (lit., draw himself out


[The river] takes a winding course to the east.
06s.

ffi

skill*

it

is

One above the other

He

t'tm

ts'enf?

Obs.

Draw

t'wt

5J 'rh

gates of every city there are proclamations posted.

In this matter there


Place

3f

skih*

$f die*

Proclamations

06s.

Make

tx'wf

%Jr
At the

is

We

can also say wan'

wan 1

ch'ii

ch'ii3 .

N.B.

Wan wan

q.d.,

from his work).

ch'u 3 ch'iP, but

ch'ii' ch'i'.'

min

174

T/f

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL, SERIES.

EXERCISE XXXIII.

There

on the wall

It
hibiting

is

a proclamation posted (pasted)

at the gate of that temple pro-

women from

going

there to burn

incense.

fa

t, 2

52.

$E

in

-flSI

-A.

lia

^r

dead, and to-day


the Buddhist priests are going there to hold
a service (recite canons). Priests eat maigre
2.

(or,

Their grandfather

are vegetarians).

3.

(See 707.)

The proverb

you've got to-day

is

says,

"Just eat the

deal to-morrow with what

comes to-morrow (don't look ahead

rice

live for

This exactly corresponds with

the moment)."

your disposition.
.

i.

Just

2.

Exactly

rh'ieh; Hi., temporarily (616).


2
:

ta?iy-toig

-'r^.

See 760.

Are Laos -yeh l miao* (temples to Laothe God of War) Buddhist temples ? Yes.
4.

yeh,

Kuan Fu -tzti? is commonly called Lao-ych.


Kuan Fn-tzu is wen hua* (the literary style)
l

in colloquial parlance

he

is

Lao-yeh.

iven 2 -sJm l

(despatch) must be
written in round (clerkly) characters neither
"
"
(the
running hand nor grass characters

This

5.

tf

much
too,

abbreviated

must be

on the

LU

below

hill

i.

Kiinl

time

lit.,

picture

In

pull out [a portion of] leisure.

ink,

is

tier of

buildings in that temple


higher than the other (the one

it).

7.

The

thick.

Each

6.

form) will do.

Can you
?

Wang

long gone by.

find

time

l,v? (past

to

draw me a

antiquity)

is

tune

PART

la

WE
-^
-t
ftt

3L

1pJ

>**
"tt

"Sft

^
~

'

ffl

tit

1?F

itJL.

nil

Tb

*S

nl

F3

JIM
^E-

&

xB

6-*t

fff}

m*
.

**=

-y

fW

f"

^T

IrJ

man

Mis
called (whose surname was) K'UNG.
doctrine was entitled by subsequent generations the sJieny* chiao1 (the doctrine of the

Sainted Man).
It is that most honoured in
Ihere was also contemporaneous with
this the doctrine of Lao 3 -tzti, which is caUed

/f:V

Ui.

4*1

China.

Hja

^ A
1

tfy

the doctruie of <ao 4 (reason or right).


The
doctrine of
Buddha was propagated (or
,
7
fr
-X
1 /
preached) by the sen^-ck'ta (priests) from the

x*-

ay/^/^^Mt-FFt-^iL

S A

*6

H!

B^

1ft

-fit

-4-

cffr

^ ^
^ ^t

1*

n:

Ttr

In ancient times there was a sainted

8.

fd&i6li??6't[l-&i:
^c ^c
t

la H\J
44-11

175

..

^-

UJ

&4 ^t

S&
3X

Rv

/**

m
'

.31

3fi{-

3tX

i$t

I-H

4?-

1tra

THE FORTY EXERC1SKS.

III.

WL

^t,

ISl

5J<J

ff^

^ ^

iVi

-ftfr

"Si'

i*
^*

By

^
^

tPf-

?^0

rf

H?

II

^t o

6^1

who

^
^
-,*,

jg

for the

common

in

Those

parlance they are called ho^-shana*.

6*t

9.

Those who leave their homes

\v est<

honour of Buddha are seng-ckia

leave their

homes

r
for the

honour

i-

of

are too 4 -s/7i 4 (priests of too).


The s
chiao 1 (doctrine of Confucius) is also called ju*
Persons belonging to the ju 2 cA/"
chiao 1
<2

are called su z -chia l

(members of the ordinary


The three sects (or persuasions)

persuasion).

are spoken of collectively as

too 4 ju'

seng

(Buddhism, Taoism, and Confucianism).

subject

Obs.

i.

Most honoured

Oba.

2.

Also called

h,i.

3.

Collectively:

tmig ming ;

63

it

lit.,

-|-

AK?

Jid

1*5

fa*

the China most honours one.

the three doctrines all-including term


is

is

seng too ju.

Notii-e the

<-liin

;\\\<T

the

untranslatable in English.

Ign

"cf

^?

rVr

-kP

^M

it is

other name.

emphasises, but

=Cp

representing chiao;

ti

lit.,

nv

BV

5S
0y

There are

9-

some

many

temples in the capital;

are temples of Buddhist priests,

are temples of Taoist priests.


the books hi these sounds as

The
if

some

recital of

people were

singing songs.

Sounds as

06s.-

fashion.

Nien, to recite

if:

lit.,

the in that place reciting book's sound

is

with

men

singing songs one

ifr

Ufa

ItKl

5felO
S-

IO-

under

P as te d a

(or, at the

im.

i.

2.

Hua, a
Under

picture,
:

the

si

fresh piece of paper to-day

back

old picture
of) that ol

that lianas on the wall of

Obs.

(or,

see 122.

lit.,

may

on, but

also
it

mean a

scroll

with characters written on

must have been under, or

it.

at the back of, the picture.

mv

room.

TZU ERH CHI.

170

Turn

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

into Chinese.

In ancient days, more than 2,430 years


there lived (was) in China a man named

(KEY, EXERCISE XXXIII.)

1.

;i,i;o,

Ivi'XG,

who

Man.

styled by everybody the Sacred


book has been compiled (made up)
is

from his everyday conversations, by reading


which men [can] know how to follow after

How

the right.

As an

wise.

it is

official,

followed after

is

in this

in conducting affairs as

the agent (on behalf) of one's Sovereign, one


must be circumspect (use attention) at home,

ters"?

[because]

be tenderly affectionate towards one's brothers,


and even (chiu shih) one's wife should be
while one's friend-

treated with amiability,

this

must be genuine. If [you] can act in


manner [you] arc a good Confucianist

(lit,

a good

ships

man

in the

middle of the Con-

06s.

Everyday conversation

lit.,

of his ordin-

formed
ary (p'ing, 137) days spoken talk [men] have
(cluing liao) a book.

gative

Obs.

2.

06s.

3.

how

Follow after

lit.,

imitate, hsiao* (96).

In this wise, etc.: the sentence


the right imitated? it is thus.

is

Amiable, amiability: ho ch'i;

06s. 4.

monious breath.

It

is

is

interro-

term

har-

more generally supposed to be derived from


meaning of careless, hasty.

lit.,

friends
(chiao, 721) [of relations with]
[be] shih tsai, true

pi

hsii,

the interchange

must

positively

there must, shih, truth, tsai,

be present.

Written characters are distinguished


3
as chen 1 (the proper character) and ts'ao
2.

The proper
(" grass," or running, character).
3
is also called ch'iai (or k'atf)
(or round) text
shu1

When one is writing the ordinary charac-

ter the ink


"

The
slat,

grass

must be thick
character

"
is

for it to look well.

also called

ts'ao*

recite), as if

Obs.
is

one were singing a

Written characters lit., [in] writing characthe rhen fcft and ts'ao tzfi's (ehih) distinction

canon

ballad.

is

tranquility of mind, that

simply to give
is

all.

the common people do not know,

[This]

[for]

they

talk of being able to escape retribution for


their sins by reciting these canonical books,

which

is

really nonsense.
i.

Simply to

(pu kuo) cause (chiao)


and there an end.

give, etc.:

men

lit.,

not exceeding

to tranquili.se [their] hearts,

Escape retribution for

sins

mien

tsui.

sense.
tsui, forgiveness of sins in a religious

Mien

Ho^-shang* are the men


the books of Buddha. Another
6.

them

who recite
name for

is

seng jen".

before yesterday I saw a proclamation posted on the wall, the writing on


the upper portion of which I could not see
7.

The day

lower portion
distinctly, while the

and torn in
it was about.
06s.

ters there

and writing require undi-

Man of the West,


5. Buddha is the Sacred
The books which propagate his faith are called
the Buddhistic books (or sutras). The prin-

ts'ao,

vided (special) attention; one ought not to


recite without thinking (lit., empty, or emptily,

(fen).

Recitation

4.

Obs. 2.
:

men

there are

lit.,

is

in its

06s.
lit.,

here reduplicated for the sake

Genuine friendship

5.

are so called:

is

of euphony.
05s.

They

the character written out with grass one and the


same, then (therefore) called ts'ao tzit. The origin of the
it

men

I.

written the characters are just

know whether this


grass, but I don't
statement is correct or not.

ciple of the Buddhistic

fucian sect).
Obs.

when

like

one must also honour one's father and mother,

are they called "grass characSome people say they are so called

Why

3.

upper
(true).

places, so I

don't

was rubbed

know what

The writing on the upper portion


pen strokes [I] saw not

side's characters

lit.,

the

distinctly

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

177

896. y|t tx'ang 1 a granary.


,

897.

a store-room.

k'n*,

Jlljl

898. TJ? tsung 1 a sort


,

899. 3j? k'ao


900.

to

compare

if,

examine competitively.

to

noun that precedes

Examples:
HI

/titi

ff9

The custodian
There

is

no

3
3% wo

nhih*

ii

$J

also used as a collective, pluralising the

if

ni,-H*

ft

*"'

mew

|g

eW/

ti

^
^

pu*
2

tso*

fc a

tsung

met 2

/|f

?/*

J^ ts'any

&

yin*

fiJ 9 ti

4
.s/ti/t

ft ch'ing*

she-tig

tsung

fcrtM3
1

of a granary.

silver in the treasury.

cannot on any account do things of this kind.

Ancestors.

Our

pupils are examined three times a year.

901. #tJ

902.

jiir, if;

jo\

as.

if.

miscellaneous

903. $fi

tsa?,

904.

l'mg*> additional.

^7

not uniform.

905. $jf p'ai*, properly, the branches or ramifications of a stream.


to allot to send on a mission.

Hence, to distribute

906.

Examples:
2

in JM

m,t''J

If

chin 1

Jit

i.

Obs. 2.

Jo

ling*

w;

*i

%&

fit

tx,r

MoX"

ling*
4

5h

" Y "'

jf

//a/"'

Jft

lit., if

indeed

(gee

^f yw

M*

Mfi
4

it,

shih,
:

commonly pronounced yao


lit.,

grocer's shop.

margin or verge

(Not

The allowance (money)

q.d.,

much used

U"
^jo

<i,en

^liert

ZE P'ai*

al die*

A^'eV

ft

c/tien*

&

shih*

s//* 4

ft pan*

lincf

25

7/<u'

c/u(

tea

8
jfe

'i

this affair will all be in a mess.

else is sent instead, I shall

Chance

^, 'rh

ch'ien*

Ju jo would

364).

too

IS /'t

ffl
4

/tw

not sent to attend to

is

kuo:

somebody

Obs.

>

someone

Obs.

If

*1

not be incorrect.

then have a slight chance.

shih,

and often so written.

of hope.

in Peking.)

for food is not included.

Besides that there are.

Like

similar

to.

Now.
Obs.

Lit., as

now.

The

origin of this expression

is

obscure.

23

178

ERH

TZtr

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

j/flS to look for anxiously.

907.
908.

it-it

909.

lieh*,

910.

chung*, a

ng*, to

expect; to hope; to look towards; towards.

separated in due order.

number

911.

k'o

912.

Examples:

thirsty

of persons

all;

to thirst for.

pi*w

?f,

li'iii'j'

7jC

sh i/

VA

u- a

>

me

k'an'

i*

c/ii/i

n
fc<

"jT

'"

:!

iiao

f.v/t'

50

'''

wer
ch'iao

ivany*
/i:

*r

lii'r

chuny*

trf*

:i
i

fa'

cho

ch'u*

'rh

Ji

everyone.

~~f

liao

i/clr

P^

miit/j-

men

ti'ii ;/</'

These gentlemen were just hoping you would come, and, most opportunely, here you
Are your honours all well ?

There
I'll

no hope.

is

06s.

k'an

-Wang
by

familiar than pai, or

pai hui, and can only be reciprocally used by equals on

are thirsty don't drink cold water.

Lit.,

one

who does

The word "coolie"

verb of action) tsa, miscellaneous [jobs].


not known in Peking except as an Anglo-Chinese term.

913.

comply

more

coolie.

06s.
is

is

superiors to inferiors.

When you

labour)

to base) hope.

look you up to-morrow.

intimate terms, or

no indication, nothing to point to (nothing on which

Lit., there is

06s.

are.

with.

1
,

(to,

to lean against

Hence, pu*

1
,

to object

luan*, to be

I won't

914.

$H

lien*,

915.

&

k'ua*, to bestride

916.

yuan*, the shaft of a cart

stand

warmly attached
;

Hence, according to

closely following.
it.

(?

k'u 3 ii\ hard

to accede to

to

See Part IV, Dialogue VII, 37.

to a person or place.

to be seated with one leg hanging.

the side gates leading into the outer court of a

yamen.
917. -J& she
918. $!*,

3
,

^"

abbreviation of the
919.

to let go; to part with


n

yai*,

first.

to obstruct;

In Peking the

to

WJ

is

not to detain.

The second character

interfere with.

hardly sounded,

if

at

is

only an

all.

Examples:
ch'u 4

she
pit-

ai*
IPO

shou3

shun 1

pu*
te*

L 'rh

t'a

ii/Kiii"

shih*

,/'

ch'u1

yuan*
^ men*
fe

chiao s

yen*

ililir

ch'e

mien'

PART

When
father

man

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

179

goes on a long journey he can hardly help feeling unwilling to leave his

and mother.
I Ken

06s.

alone, or she

To

pu

on the shafts of a

sit

Note

06s.

generally used in connexion with love for parents or elders, not of love for children, which

is

Lien can also be used of addiction to a vice

te,.

e.g.,

man

lien, clings to, his

opium

lien

is

pipe.

cart.

not yila-'rh 2

ye-'rh*,

The outer gates of a yamen.

He

cannot part with (is loth to part with) his money.


Don't be afraid its nothing (or, there is no harm done
;

there

is

no harm in

it

doesn't

it

matter).

Be

with you you're in my way.


I should say (lit., according to my statement).
off

920. $fc p?, that, as opposed to this.


3

921. Jit

tz'ti

JH

clt'u

922.

923.

t|j}

924.

JiJt

925.

a place

Hence, ch'u

punish.

this.

Hence, partial

huo 4 expressive of uncertainty


,

3% wo

$1 she

2)'i<'ii

Jg

I"?

1* 2

mo
1

P'ien

&

hsivaig
tl

"'"

|pj

litt'iunrf

ffi

tni

3
JH ch'u

g^

ti

5J

l>'eng-

ftJM

tt

ti

&

yu

4
1

^o

if;

Also, to

manage

to

specially; particularly.
or.

perhaps; either;

'<'>

t'

fife,

'&

me?

He

treats all alike without distinction.

or,

hslnntj

fy fen

o tu',

$J pi

fj^^ ch'u

%& tsuncf

3
fy hao

4
fe a ch'u

4
j^ a ch'u

4
pj too

jjfc

lino*

tai

ho

ch'u4

ch'u

te'#

tz'ii

$g tsunf

shih*

^
^

^|

yancj

ffe

'rh

pi

jfc

&

mo

ft

must each consult the other

yu

ffg

*!'#*

fj

JJ eke*

We

Lit., he,

%
&

4
3z ch'u

ft fang

06s.

a place.

live in

3
l

to lean towards.

Examples

fg

but ch'u3 in composition, to

fen*, official penalties (see infra}.

p'im

yao*

shamf

;t o Kong
4

t'a

pu

both parties will have to consult each the other.

not distinguishing this one or that, collectively

is

one fashion treating [people].

Everywhere. Everywhere. Everywhere.


\Yhat advantage is there in this ? or, what advantage (or, good points) has this ?
Neither to his brothers nor to his friends does he show any marks of partiality.
I just
06s.
to),

but

won't go.

It

to give the exact force of p'ien in this combination


I should do so and so
diverging from the proper path, do something quite the contrary.

is difficult

I will p'ien,

Official penalties

of duty).

(the penalties, heavy or light, imposed

upon

officials

(or,

for

you want

me

dereliction

TZ& ERH CHI.

180

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE XXXIV.
What

i.

Jit

have been longing to see you.

Jit
Obs.

Lit.,

these

irlation of reciprocity).

is

Lit.,

2.

from this spot towards the

one look

east,

to the horizon.

[in]

one [unbroken] straightnesa as

Everybody says that the Emperor has

treasury and granary [and see if] they are


correct.
If either the rice or silver are short

[of

ft

the proper amount],

comes or

ft

all

you gentlemen

will receive (get) penalties I expect.

say that

06s.

edge of

recently specially deputed a high official to


examine the amounts of silver and rice in the

06s.

tar as the

water.

3.

Obs.

(in the

Looking from this spot in an easterly


direction one can see nothing but water right

up

Obs.

feeling

many days only then return [I have] thirstily thought [of you]. We two, we two
is a common salutation
amongst friends meeting after a separation.

._.-.

all is

The

mutual.

K'o hsiang

jff

heaven,

a time you have been away! 1

can't

it

should

matter to us whether he

not.

19:,

i.

Recently

hsin diin;

2.

Correct

3.

It won't matter to us

tui

pu

tui

lit.,

if it

ai

in the

new

(fresh) proximity,

</.</.,

of time.

agrees [with the registered amount] or not.

puchao;

indicating successful completion of an action (see

45

lit.,

also

interfering not succeed in our matter, rlian

Note

at the close of Exercise

a particle

XL).

What good

points (or qualities) does


this coolie possess that you should be so loth
4.

to part with

ffi

'.

In what does the chief portion of your


yearly income consist ? In the property left
us by our ancestors.
5.

ft

him

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

6.

T
A

181

There has been no rain

long,

dreadfully) for

it

to come.

blew them
Most provokingly

g^

IT?

jig

jljlj

_H 7

lit.,

fa*

~tf

AA

ft

is

make

y u

every

and

granaries

2-

flie

city

of

treasuries.

suries all

following into Chinese.

China

there

are

Granaries are for

have

underlings in charge
rice or money is lost, these

official

and when

underlings are in all cases responsible.


The money and rice contained in the treaofficial

and granaries have

every year.
had a friend

to be inspected

Some years ago


who was in charge

etc.

You had better get (find) another cart


on ^ie shafts [of this one] you are

understood).

(ti,

The

capital

is

a place with a miscel-

Note chW, not cfoV.

The

fifth

(KEY, EXERCISE XXXIV.)


ran
days, [he could think of] no plan, so he

away.
06s.

(that year)

of a treasury

upon

my friend

to

make good

Note Tcuan

jen, official underlings

Icuan,

Are responsible lit., wei, it is, kuan jen,


underlings, shih, that are, wen, asked.
06s. 3.
To make good : lit., according to the
06s.

the

2.

official

original quantity patching return.

05s. 4.
[he] so

had

Of

course, etc.

lit.,

much now (= ready) money

2.

i.

officials.

once

some robbers came in the night, broke (beat)


open the door, and carried off the whole of
The high officials thereupon
the treasure.
stolen,

the wind,"

si*

a five-quarters-miscellaneous-residing's place.

These granaries and trea-

ting silver into.

called

if

laneous population.

4rf

holding (containing) rice; treasuries for put-

suries

away.

the centre.

In

of them,

appearance

sure to get covered with dust.

(163) one body's dust

& M
-ir

7-

if

-MS.

tfe

Jth

Turn

i.

itt

^-

the capital

Obs.Lit,
is

3jz

it

Get covered with dust

06s.

quarter

;JA

their

most provokingly again

" I'll be
hanged

p'ien p'ien could here be fairly rendered

all

Yesterday, just as

made

a few clouds had


(grown), the wind

06s.

for ever so

and the country-folk are longing (hoping

my

friend,

as that

What was the use of that ?

where had

Even

if

he

run to the ends of the earth (the horizon),

couldn't the police have got hold of

him

and even if they could not manage to arrest


him, he would be unable to return to his
home supposing he did return, he could not
;

the silver

but of course he had no such

sum

in

ready money, and after deliberating for some

live there permanently.


06s.

The

police, etc.

lit,

yet seizing not arrive [at success]

the

official

underlings

182

ERH

TZtT

As

3.

to his penalty

to

would have been

it, it

regard

him

better for

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

far

than to have run

all

Carter

4.

have waited and submitted

look, there's

06s.

over the

man

sitting

why don't you whip behind


behind
Whip
wang hou ch'cm (894)

behind the cart

?
;i

Pekingese idiom.

country.

You wouldn't part with that woollen


I asked
when
carpet
you for it last year; if
you were to make me a present of it now
5.

06s.

Waited and submitted

to, etc.

lit.,

teng cho,

waiting, ti'ng, to have accepted or submitted to (131), his

(full)

on the contrary, compared with the whole


place running superior (ch'iang) much.

fh'u fen

too,

just wouldn't take

926. $ii nieh 1 , to hold between the fingers, as a flower

928.

means a

su

927.

rto

to

to sprinkle water; the

to

it

(want

work up,

it).

as clay.

second character being an abbreviation of the

sweep; when combined with the following

it

is

pronounced

sao*,

first.

and

large broom.

929. ^jy chou

3
,

a broom.

930. ^fl

931. ?f^,

c/i'i

4
,

to raise in courses or layers, as a wall.

hang

character, according to

to beat the

some

ground

for building, before bricks or stones are laid.

authorities, should

This

be written in the second form.

932. Examples:

ip|

$$

tsai*

J% fang

c/i'i*

2
j|

ch'iang

ffe

tue
4

tztt

A-o

hsien 1

tao*

fco

sao 4

He
all

nil?

cho 2

man3

'rh

fab

/;'

ft tancf

J>

~f

liao

ffi
3

'&'

chou

fr

to3

sao 3

7(sia

$f

Jiang

yao

hsilch 3

6ft

ti

ffi

hou*

kai*

rSi

.l>i*

nieh 1

fingers.

a small cow (out of clay) for a plaything.

sprinkled the whole ground

over the

nich 1

scr

tei

Holding a pencil in the

He moulded

hsiao 3

lH

(or,

the whole floor) with water

or,

he

spilt

the water

floor.

Sweep the snow away with a broom and make a


In building a house the ground has

to

path.

be prepared

first,

and the walls then

raised.

PAET

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

183

933. <$) kou 3 a dog.


,

934.

|f|?

hsiu 1 to put or keep in order


,

to repair

to revise.

935. |Bj yilan", round.


936.

that

p'iiir/

^jfl

(137)

937.

iff!

picn

and thin

flat

used of a

is

huang

3
,

also,

a tablet

hung over the door

of a

room or

house.

Note

surface without reference to thickness.

flat

a shop sign, whether of wood or any design indicating the nature of the

goods sold or business done.


3

properly, the outside.

938.

5jp|

939.

Examples:

piao

f^ huang

J| pien

yu

pim

~f a liao

JH|

shih*

3
f@ chiu

fati

IS p'u*

jt

fi^fo

tzti

$ pu
$&

tso*
ti

64

Hence, to manifest

tai*

tzti

^ fu

**

&

^piao3

ft 'rh
z

$f

ti

ch'ih

yu

111

yuan

64

il

^ Mft4

hence, a watch.

hsiu 1

$j
3

||j?

fn<f

J%

5*

tzft,

him*

liL

tao

t'iao*

kouB

^ hsiu
g
g chung
1

li

dog.
Note the numerative.

06s.

To mend

and watches.

mend and

Lit,, to

Obs.

To

clocks

regulate.

repair a house.

Rulers are round or


06s.

Rulers

drawing

lit.,

The doctor has


06s.

Lit.,

flat.
lines's feet.

Ch'ih

is also

has hung up his signboard.

Note that a pien can only be placed over the door,

Wine-shop signs are made of cotton

^ yuan

1
,

recognised by

called

li

pien (Radical

17),

an upright

or horizontally

tablet.

to be aggrieved.

peng*, to

lisprl Viv t.Vip


the

is

cloth.

941. 7pt ivang 3 , properly, not straight

942. *!

rule.

started in practice.

there are exceptions to this rule, but in such cases the pirn

940.

a foot measure or

jump

HiftinnnriAS
dictionaries.

off the

hence, injustice.

ground with both

legs

to

bound.

This rendering

is

not

184

TZtT

fnn>\ to

943.

j$fc

944.

l^|f lisia

945.

Examples:

jump

lino

~f

"To

t'iao*

j$
Is

ch'ii

%
f

not that doing him an injustice

Gave me a
Obs.

fright

Lit., frightened

946.

tsao

to

poo*, to

947.

or,

SERIES.

yu

*'

leg.

In composition, read ho 4

A Jen

Jump up on the wall.


A man has jumped into

-COLLOQUIAL

ground; generally, with one

hsia 4

CHI.

to scare.

clihuf

3% wo*
i

off the

to frighten

ERH

peng

gfc
2

shang

iao

icang*

flfc

t'a

Jjj

mo

shih4

{fa

ni3

yilan

SB ch'iang

accusing

ch'ii

no 4

%
4

hsia 4
(or,

g|$

him wrongfully)

pu

the well.

made me jump.

me a jump

t'iao,

however, refers to the action of the heart, not of the body.

make.

announce

to give notice

Hence, a newspaper

of.

a gazette

to re-

compense.
948.

ang

949.

it?,

to resemble.

9
only used with the foregoing fang

As fang s -fii2

to resemhle

seem

to

seemingly.
950.
951.

t'iao

2
,

with chou3 (929), a small broom.

Examples:
1st

yong

$$J

tz'&

sao s

p'iao

P a3

^..'/'"

^C ching

cho

fu

t'iao

ko 4

jg

tsao

~f

''"
i

'

tei

P ao

kuan 1

ts ""

>

fanif

A j^t
fan9

Before building a house you must give notice to the authorities.


Tsao

06s.

He

is

not the

common word

forged a cheque

A man
06*.

The

is

bank

holding a broom as

Lit., there is

"

(or,

man

for building

a house, which

is Jcai

4
.

note).
if

he were going

to

sweep the ground.

holding a broom [with a] seemingly wanting-to-sweep-the-ground's appearance.

Peking Gazette."

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

185

EXERCISE XXXV.

'4
1

makers' and

BR

t,A*f

Ami

all

1l3

You can

1i

ft

11

^S

i.

mine

to tne watch-

to repair

it

for me.

?i<.,

an indicator of cold and heat

q.d.,

a thermometer.

66^E^M^i^-j
r-y

t,

:01

^E

Kk

J|

IS

SL

(j^f

i.

Obs.

2.

;us

t-^

|g

,, ..

^,

-@r

Wfl

If

|g

1|f

-^jp

$P ^

M_|

jf

j*u

a*

-J-.

He

2.

as

has hold of a pencil in his fingers,


to write something.
Earthen-

he wanted

if

ware Dow i s are made by the hand of the


potter.

3.

was

to

The

rebels forged a proclamation

mss

^ one

ssue d

% the

which

authorities.

To pass as tso wei, both verbs, and both here meaning to play a part, to act as.
Issued
ch'u, to issue, here an active verb, of which kuan, officer, or the government,
an author! ties-issue-one one that is issued by the authorities.

Obs.

/'., to act

them

an indicator of shih ch'in, time, or periods of time; there are 12 shih ch'en in the 24
A watch can also be called j)iao simply, but special care must be taken not to append the common affix tzH.
Obs. 2.
Barometer lit., wind and rain indicator the term is naturally a modern one. Cf. also han* shu 3 piao,
06s.

hours.

ff

59

Watch:

watch

tell

take the opportunity to ask them


the repairs to my barometer are

whether
finished

tliat

is

the subject

xA.

5^5

7>&.
3E

_h
2k
S

^
rt'I

'*T

$R

^B

1pJ"
/fcfei

^5'
"*

"ftfi

**

He

4.

w ^k
at

n*

returned the merchandise he had


as Baggage,

which being detected

the Customs station, the whole was con-

i.
Being detected: chiao, lit., to cause; j.rf., [some agent or incident] caused [the inspector] at (shang)
station to find out [the truth]
There is not in Chinese any
[the truth] was discovered by the Customs.
verb properly passive, but the passive construction is effected by a verb like shou, to receive, pei, to suffer, or by

O6s.

the

Customs

statement of the action that caused what was received or suffered; the action being indicated by one active verb,
the subject of which, whether agent or
incident, is understood.
Obs.

P&

jl

2.

Confiscated

lit.,

all

entered into the

official

^SR^^^C^feS
vs

_L

**.

$8

-^

>f6l

ifc\

n&

7D

#l>

Jnl

[custody].

Sprinkle water before you sweep the


noor otherwise the dust will fly about.
5-

>

is certainly a very nice-looking


His coat is long, his legs
of
little dog
yours.
are s h or t and his ears are not small
only

^-

That

JHL

his

muzzle

is

little [too]

pointed.

24

ERH

186

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

tr

They must be going

7.

to build a house

there that they are preparing the ground.


06s.
They must be, etc.: pieh chiu shih;
to distinguish, has here the force of deciding between

lit.,

it

is

not then other than [to] build a house, I expect.


I'nli,
The rhln may
[it can't be] other than to build.

two alternatives

be dispensed with.

IfJxJ

JH

3^.

J&

Jfil

AA

[HI

ja

3a~

fiJ

S|

~Y

06s.

As

IMJ

Jjyt

regards, etc.:

if

Ztt.,

^fs

06s.

Note

tso tsei, to

yuan and

be a

difference

between

both the one and the other.

[one would] discuss

T>

tne

3
yuan (round) and pien (flat), a Avater melon
is round and a broad bean is flat; a cash is

yiew's unsameness.

If I

9.

ft

re o ai'd s

3C

^s

^'

have not broken the law and

accused of being a thief, that


to me,

not

is it

is

am

an injustice

thief.

That his

10.

IS
well

affairs of late

have not gone

entirely the reward of his own misI really can't think of any way of

is

deeds.

repaying his goodness to me.

Reward

of misdeeds

Turn
i.

po '>?, answering recompense, can only be

one

06s.

you have there

he does things very


promptly, and keeps the rooms extremely
whenever I go [to your house] I
clean
a very good

is

(KEY, EXERCISE

the following into Chinese.

notice that the coolie


;

him there with


That servant of mine

up.

is

with that

tall figure

of his,

broom sweeping
a terrible boor;

when he walks he

constantly jumping about in one direction


or another.
The whole day long, if he is not
is

driving (beating) the fowls he is worrying


the dogs, for all the world like a
(I ni)
<

youngster.

I.

and properly

XXXV.)

Promptly:
but tang,

at all in this connexion.


free

from obstruction

ttititi*

it

Cf.

pun

is

tang' (342), lit., quickly


maintained, has no force

shun tang (626), favourable,


tang (333), convenient.

06s.

always see

applied to the reward

sprinkles

2.
Keeps clean, etc.:
and sweeps (ti for te) very

06s.

3.

Tall figure, etc.:

lit.,

surement (shcn Hang, stature) as

lit.,

in

the

room

clean.

as great

that.

SMn

body mea-

Hang

refers

to height only, not girth.

06s. 4.
Jumping about, etc.: lit., a forward jumping (ping) backward bounding (t'iao) one.
2.

Another thing [about him

One

is

that he]

day, my watch
quite inexperienced.
being out of order (spoilt), I had put it on

is

PART
the table intending to look for a

He saw
What sort

it.

"

and

flat."

He was

this

is

man

to

mend

both round

it's

not holding

It

3.

tightly, so

it

187

Obs. 3.
Slipped from his hand, etc.: lit., one losing
of the hand (shih shon, 574), it fell to the ground.

in his hand, said,

it

and, taking

it,

of a thing

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

seems to

good enough

me

that your servant

He

also not wrong).

(lit.,

and, though a

is

is

slipped from his hand and fell to the


ground. I asked him why he threw my watch

rustic

down, and he concocted a story

strong (muscular), and


you should be builda
wall
ing
by-and-by, you can get him to
in
beating the ground (pile-driving), or
help

it

ported) that the dog

and

in

off

jumping

employ a

man

in helping the

I falsely

if

had damaged the watch,

he would be the victim of an

can

(falsely re-

to say that

asserted (597) that he

05s.

i.
Inexperienced: lit, has not opened his
bus never seen anything.
O/K. 2.
Hold tightly: he had not nieh chit,

little,

"6x.

eyes

pinched

man

is

sure to be

masons

for that

he

I.

And

also there

Obs.

2.

is

though,

etc.: lit.,

(shih yu) of

will

do

rough and carek-s>

it (<t).

Helping the masons:

tso

hsiao kung-'rh,

work done

to do little jobs, refers especially to the

lit.,

by a

bricklayer's assistant,

who

is

called hsiao kung-tzfi,;

the bricklayer, or master mason, being a to kung-tz&.

it to.

952.

kind of

rough

well enough.

How

injustice.

of this kind

by

careless, that

little

if

had jumped on the table,


had knocked the watch

He went on

down.

and

origin,

swi

fife,

the year; but used

more

2
limitedly than nien

The second

is

the

correct form.
953.
to

cln*,

jjijj

anciently, a period of twelve years; hence,

any period of

years.

Verbally,

reckon a period.
954.

955.

Examples:

ahou\ old age.

AJen2

shou*

iran*

to-

nlii-

lit

kao 1

~f liao

ft

4f

One's age.

The Emperor;

old are you

Obs.

This

A man
What
t ilj*.

is

the lord of 10,000 years.

lit.,

How

not a very polite form, the ordinary one being

of mature years

is

your age,

This form

moustache, which

is

is

sir

yin

957.

^ ?m

a cause

because

959.

IM\ ancient

JJJt,

because

of.

yuan

960.

men

only used to

958. ff*

f,

Iniei* keng',

which

Not applied

will be

met with

to persons

under

origin
;

Not

clue

of.
2
to be confounded with u-ei (848).

cause.

a cause

tan 1 to loiter
,

sixty.

over forty years of age, the limit being generally indicated by the
in the case of officials of a certain rank.

of.

!..

f/L

later.

i^fc

life.

seldom allowed to grow before that age, unless

956.

-_- r-

well advanced in

to delay.

The second

is

the

commoner

form.

188

ERH

TZtJ

961.

Examples:

yuan*

Sfc

/>"'

IS

Why
I

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

rt

x/V" 2

mo

Jg

ft 'rh

$|

fs'ai

2j5

Z<u

""~

yiian

ij$l

tan 1

%fc
2

fro

$y

f""

jij

g /($Lo

$f plnif
4

_pw

ft

"' V'r
;

Z/'"-

cannot go because

What

am

unwell.

the reason for delaying your arrival until

is

now

Lit., you delay put [on one side] until this while, only then come is because of what cause
never used alone colloquially, being generally combined with ko, as above, or with wu (962).

Obs.

The reasons
962.

^,

'

are hard to give (or, difficult to explain).

4
j$; ini

to leave

undone; to

fail

Moth

in doing; to be in error; to hinder.

forms are used.


963.

Jung

But

countenance.
964. J^r
965.

Avith

yl*, i

alone,

to receive;

the following

to

contain; to tolerate; to allow;

also,

the

easy.

change

but with jung z easy.


,

ts'/mr/

fif

i'ao

A jdn

ts'ung

hsien 2

A jn

ft 'rh
6^0

alone, to

Examples

yung

int

Zi

fj?

.pw

JJ che

''I'"

*4

c/t '^t2

T^

tx'itit*

'(si

^V;

fj^
2

Iciin*

]K

,'y

-fa

tfe

tan 1

'|^

ww4

JQ

^'Wi/

fjfc

SI5

wa*

j'uifi

tto*' ffll

^ ne(/
^ Jung

**

|g

t'ai

~/$>

pu*

%j

jini<(

/rat
tVi

^g

J^

?KO

?<('

''""

*Q.

ssiij

~f

liao

*
^C ta

-^
1

vc'

'|$t

p/m
5t

''"'"'

$J

/((/'

S'J y>ie/t

How
I

is it
you have delayed so long ?
have mistaken his meaning (or intention).

ulis.

Lit., I

have mistakenly understood.

See 129.

Don't delay.
It is not easy to
manage (or, deal with).
This table is (the dimensions of this table are) too large; there
the room.

He

is too
aggravating no one can tolerate him.
In a leisurely (or deliberate) manner.
;

966.

^y

chin 4 muscular strength

967.

t'u

968.

Hr

hsi

tu

properly,

3
,

joy

mud

to be pleased

also, in

combination, inclination.

but in hu2 -tu4 stupid, read


,

to like.

tu

4
.

is

not space for

it

in

PART

969.

970. *ff hsl

971.

show

/(/Km 1 to rejoice; to

lift

1
,

to pity

to feel for

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

pleasure.

to like

189

to spare

to save (economically).

Examples:
ftg

m4n

fig

lia?

3
Rf k'o

lisi

ft

ft,

ni3

Jt

too*

*'

flfe

i'ft

fife

hsi3

ff

/w/aji

^
1

gj cMn*

tit*

fgi c/tr

Jf eke*

^'r/i

al

These two days past I have had no strength in my body


That man is utterly stupid I certainly do not like him.

(I

have

felt limp).

A wedding (generally)
I

a birth,

etc.;

any event which

is

the subject of congratulation.

congratulate you.

His son

is

much

to be pitied.

Lit., his son is a

"/is.

To be fond

Those two hit


oh*.

[men] ought

(may) pity one (t=ti) very.

to

of.

Lit., their

it off

(get

on together,

suit each other) very well.

The

muscle corresponds.

origin of this expression


as their muscular strength corresponds, is equal, each would be careful not to

972.

ch'l

973.

hung

974.

3
,

976.

977.

Examples:
JG pa
515

1
,

a drawer

Hrt

to attempt to gain one's

_t shang*

man
Lit.,

is

honest,

t'i*

r//'^

k'uang

ffe

H p'ien*
~f

flj

did a

JE pa

-ft
3

A
%

chia 1

$j

ti

ft

and does not cheat

in

out of his watch.

Pull this drawer out and shut that one

to.

ch'ii*

has not cheating men's places.

man

t'a

liao

Don't deceive me.

He

lies, false

promises, etc.

of.

![1
1

1
$& ch'ou

ffi

end by

a tray.

i& ch'im

1
|| kuan

06s.

4
f@ &o

ko 4

That

to blows with the other.

to beguile.

975. !H| p'ien*, to defraud one


t'i*,

said to be found in the explanation that

come

to deceive.

|JE k'naiiy

j|fi,

is

j>>

any way.

fanrj

^, 'rh

yu?

$&

ch'i

ni 3

Pit

glj

pieh*

A je

Pjt

/*MH</

fi5

|g
1

hung
ti

-itn

f@ ko*
3

A ,/"V

190

TZtJ

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE XXXVI.
The drawer in this wardrobe (or, chest
of drawers) won't come (pull) out.
Give it a
hard
and
will
it
out.
good
pull
you
get
I.

Oiw.

fe
Good hard

pull, etc.:

lit.,

you use muscle one pull

and you

out,

^R 2

will

What

drag

+*

-LJL.

J./L.

>T

RK

flpto

TT

A,

ft

^3

it

easy to

3.

many

tell

What

out.

the reason

is

has not succeeded


are a great

it

(or,

that

why

has lagged)

reasons

too

affair

There

many

make

to

them.

is

the age of this son of yours,

eighteen his birthday is on


My
moon next year we are
of
6th
8th
the
the
going to marry him. When the wedding day
sir

son

is

A
ft

si

/^

Obs.

Marry

we want

lit.,

father speaks of his son's marriage as

A,

Af

comes

2Q

concn-atulations.

to arrange matters for

pan

him

shall

be sure to go and offer

yao being a sign of the future

Note

tense.

my

that the

shih simply, not hsi shih.

Don't try and deceive me, for [allow]


to tell you, it is not an easy matter.
4.

ft.

JW

me
am

tr

to (discuss) cheating,

match

quite a

for you,

you come
not up to my

and

you are

if

form.

m &
06s.

Up

to

my

form:

ft
pu

shih ko-rh; lit, are not a piece,

q.d.,

of a piece with me.

The expression

is

slang one.

31

^p

Ola.

Exceedingly

{&

1J-J

>

What

a pity

it

is

that that

exceedingly stupid that he cannot

e/h

ft

$.

self intelligible.

$5

much

exceeds in the matter of stupidity.

of

See 343.

my

time.

He

man

is

so

make him-

has taken up ever so

PART

*r

7 4

06s.

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

itt

He and

6.

3*6

191

I suit

each other very well.


is a
great cheat

Unfortunately, his brother

he did

Great cheat

is

me

out of some taels last year.

very competent (well knows how) to cheat people.


I

7.

particularly object

towards

elderly

people.

manner

his

to

I'll

tell

you the

reason [of his behaviour]; it's all because


his elders did not keep him in order in his
childhood.

I'll tell you the


06s. i.
reason, etc.: lit., I tell you that all is in childhood elders not control him's cause.
would not be incorrect were yuan ku to precede the cause, as in the translation.

Elders

06s. 2.

6*1

loo ehia-'rh, the elders of his family, inclusive of relations, such as uncles, aunts, etc.

^ &
*^

fl*

It

0^

MA.

$C
^a

~%*

g.

$L 8

He

a steady fellow, and does everything, no matter what, in a quiet, methodical


8.

is

way.

Turn
1.

After the

the follmving into Chinese.

new year you

be a year

will

older.

talk with him,

only

Obs.

The Chinese reckon age by the

mencing with the

ist of the 1st

year,

com-

moon, the fraction of the

year counting in favour of the child thus, a child born


in the loth moon would be two years old on the 1st
of the following ist moon.
;

2.

is

(KEY, EXERCISE XXXVI.)

How

now

old

is

your father

eighty-two.

My

father

person of his years

getting late,

was kept.

He

the chu indicating the impossibility of getting away.


06s. 2.
He only left, etc. : lit,, after half a day
had passed he only then (ts'ai) left.
4. It

I sat with him, etc.: lit, there being no


06s. i.
plan I accompanied (entertained, p'ci) him sitting down
[and] talked, being delayed to the spol (tan imi chu liao) ;

be considered an aged man.

may

and there

a long time, and as it was then


I did not go and look you up.

left after

the

main

is

quite near for

street

where you

you to get into


live, which is very

O6s.
person of his years, etc.: lit., [with] this
kind of age he also can be considered to be a possessing
longevity number's man.

convenient indeed for buying anything [one

waited the whole clay for


did
not
you why
you
go and look me up ?
There was a reason for it. I was just going

most inconvenient; it is by no means easy


to buy anything, however small.

3.

Yesterday

to start,

when

have

a distant relation turned up (came)

it,

at the

there was nothing for

moment,
it

but to

as luck

sit

would
;

down and

The

wants].

06s.

little

lane in which

By no moans

easy

lit.,

to

we

buy

live is

little

of

anything truly not easy.


5.

That

man

has not an atom of muscle

about him, and yet he thinks of learning

192

ERH

TZfr

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

military [exercises] (studying for the army).


How foolish he is

8.

much

How

stupidity
6.

foolish

luwt there

his

in

lit.,

is

sell

like this vegetable, don't

Unfortunately
more.

(it's

you

pity), there isn't

Don't

978.

me

deceive

&
^

980.
981.

lii

your money.
06s. i.
You

are not cheated:

in

lit.,

the shop*

saw

06s. 2.

Mostly

to (7).

frequent.

kung

public

just

ssii

private

u-u*,

982.

they mostly

buy things [they] do not cheat peoplf.

JP

979.

you bad things and cheat you out of

any

just now I
there was a whole lot in that drawer.
7.

how

You

when you buy


but when you buy them in

are not cheated

things in shops,
the street you have to look out

06..

You

business

illicit

Also, as will be seen later, a gentleman.

disinterested.

interested.

the verb must.

Examples:

A'yen?
A

shih*

shih*

rhia

pu*
3
?f chun

fach'ing*
1

Jcung

tsou

shih*

6{j

wu

eft

sk

wo3

wu*

t'

fifco^

yung*

2- hung

times.

Many

have reprimanded him time after time.


In transacting public business there must positively be attention (attention is essential).
2
Note that wu pi is stronger than either pi or tei alone. We can either say wu pi or mi pi*.
06s.
I

Private

affairs.

Household

affairs.

Merchants are not authorised (forbidden)


06s.

He

Smuggle

a just

is

walk

lit.,

man

(a

man

of just principles).

private understanding;

of the parties

is

to smuggle.

secretly.

or,

a
private relations, in a good or

bad

sense.

Where one

a woman, always in a bad sense.

983.

Hj]

ksien 2

984.

p*|

mthi*,

985.

*tjfc

empty

sad
1

hiHuiy

without occupation

leisure.

in low spirits.

an intensive of adjectives describing disagreeable sensations.

scared; agitated.
986.

987.

4
|| W

/o

4
,

joy in the heart; gladness in the countenance.

fair, to put, or be put to, trouble.

Also,

to.

laugh.

Also,

PART

988.

chi 2 quick in

H&

THE FORTY

III.

movement

or temper

193

KXKIM'ISKS.

With

rushing of water.

cltao

(45),

anxious

eager; impatient.
989.

Examples:
t'a

fa

ti

&}

5& na*
ffi hurt

ijjlj

pieh

chao-

ffe

i<ftl

*lo

15*

/</*

7Jiao
have no

Much
I

am

up a

wo3
2

kuang
1
huang
fa mcmg*

^ao

ffi

7ws

J VA

too 4

TO^

t&

ffc

^ fan

JJiao

lo*
4

^*

ssti

IS

ti

Ai'un^
V/t

f,

'

wen4

Ptl

See 199.

intensely dull.

bored to death.

want

ft

die*

fj

leisure.

bored

^
1

fc

ti

ff ch'ln<f ffijiuang g[ mei


3
3
$J wo
?g /.V
yu
2
4
4
|^ Zo
(^ wie%
g^ Asien'

ffi,men*

ch'u*

yao*

~f liao

'^ 2

san*

DF su
I

tai*

%}

some guests

to ask

have a good time, and dispel

to

my

melancholy (cheer

me

bit).

May

trouble you to take this parcel with you

Flurried; flustered.
1

be anxious (get excited

)on't

When

told

him

that

or,

be impatient).

gave him

(or,

that message), he laughed.

990. ifE feny\ properly, to raise the hands, as


orders, an appointment,

991. 5jc ck'iv?, to request

gt

t'o

993. fj|

fa

992.

1
,

to issue forth

^ Asm

995.

Examples:

4
,

pu*

to crave

commission

to

994.

send a

good

fi^

faith

65

<*

ft hsin*

pu?

k'ov?

f=

hsin*

shuo 1

ft hsin*

have a favour
crave

me

for

Obs.

Note sung

to receive, as

to seek.

to cause to issue
to believe

ko 4

letter.

to send.

Also, to follow, as one's inclination.

t'o

jg nin*

$
%

ch'iu 2

lao 3

ft chien*

nin

ii sung*

%f

t'i*

ft hsin*

&

wo z

yeh

ch'u*

ft

to?

ti

A Jen

hua*

gg
2

3
fa ni

|f fa

>0

?eV

yv?

^ shih*
^ feng*
^

cA'itt

to ask of you.

Your Honour's clemency

man

to request one to act as agent.

f|3

te*

ti

when presenting anything

etc.

with a letter

(or favour).

(or, to take a letter)

hsin, to send u letter

Would you

(I

would commission

yu

sung hsin-'rh, to send a message.

25

'.)

TZC ERH CHI.

194

do not believe what you

COLLOQUIAL SKRIKs.

say.

It is incredible.

To be

free

with one's tongue

Note Imn

Obs.

996. ^|?

ku4

997.

hai\ a child.

what conies into one's head.

to say

the sense of to follow one's inclination.

in

to hire, as a servant, horse,

conveyance

not said of a house, furniture,

etc.

998. jfj sa l to scatter from the hand, as seed, etc.


,

999.

1000.

be,

falsehood.

kuang

Jjf|J5

chuan*, to gain, as money.

1001.

it

fjfffc

hsing

1002.

jS/f

means

all.

so 3

star.

properly, a place

With

the relative pronoun that ^uhich.

i 3 (125), it

means

fc pen"

^ft

chou3

shih*

hsing

With the verb yu3

to

therefore, consequently (see 125).

1003. Examples:
3
Si so

3
^.

y^

^g shu

ch'ilan2

^
^
^

&. hao

To
To

Note that

yeh

H? hsing

pu*

neng

^S

chuan*

sw-i

i'a

Asin

/P^

fjj^fa

3
%$ hao

flfc

t'a

ch'ang* %% hai*

3
jjfc

ffi

huang
so 3

hai-tzti,

may mean

a boy or a

/,v/

f@
*J

hsiao3
kai-

ch'ii*

wan~
'rh

to carry

/.Ml

tzii
3

ti

ch'ieri*

fit

/ft-

flftjCh'uan

m^

hua*

lf,U*

(4

huang

ipa*
4

>^

fife

c/t'it

A ^"n.

if Ziu
3

met2

sung*
fit?

letter.
girl.

hire (or charter) a boat or ship.

Go and

He

play, that's a

constantly

To say what

boy

hire a small

Obs.

*
&

ti

f$

comet.

is

Although his
Obs.

It

good

tells lies, so

child.

nobody

not the truth

believes him.

to tell a falsehood.

meteor.
ability

is

great,

would be equally correct

he cannot make money.

to say t'a

ti

pen shih sui jan

to.

All the books that there are are good.


06s.

All that there are

followed by some word signifying

lit.,

all,

that which there are of

(ti)

books are

all

good.

such as tou or ch'ilan, the so yu being only intensive.

Note

that so

yu must be

PART

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

195

EXERCISE XXXVII.
tt

ft

H|j

~j

3
"C
-fjj?

jyt
*"

E3

j^i
vfe

rVt

^
^

xC 5R

M*

I-jtt

j-

3,
^
^

The

06s.

HH

S,

o ifJt

4fc

>T

3&

^t-

661

>v

1U

7t

IJJJ

/HH

^: ^e

Alt

then

final ts'ai hao,

it

<?

3fe

as

2.

^
*

will be all right,

have a favour to ask of you. I have


t ' me to -^ ! l ao -y eh' 8 place to
payment of that account which he

keen tmie a^ter


ask for

-^t

public duties keep you busy,

I cannot be considered to be very busy,


always have some leisure time during

sir ?

"sf

Do your

i.

owes me, but his people always say that he is


not at leisure, and he won't see me. Would

vou when you have nothing


for payment on my behalf?
>

is

omitted in the translation, as

to do, ask

him

seems unnecessary to

it

the completion of the sentence.

if-

Up

Yesterday a friend of mine who was


about a child of his in the

3.

in great distress

country that is ill, wanted to send a note off


at once to inquire how he was, and asked me

someone to take

to hire

- m

it.

did hire a

man, and sent him off, but he came back in


the afternoon and said that he had not been
able to find the place.
telling the truth, so I

knew he was not

would not give him

any money.
ffir,

&

&

It

Obs.

i.

In the afternoon:

Obs.

2.

Find the place

too,

sea

XBt

when

l^i
the time came to be afternoon.

Note on chao

at the end of Exercise

4.

XL.

To buy cheap and

ch'ien 2 (to

ft

ft

there

ft
To buy

at a small price bought

making money.

tael a catty

ft

ft

#f
Obi.

ft

ti
ti,

is

is

chuan*

The goods

cost a

sell

make money).
and were sold

dear

at a tael a catty

consequently nothing made on

the

transaction.

at a great price sell [they]


representing the goods, or any like word ; lit., [when men]
such a transaction, is
that
then
na
articles
the
chin,
them,
by
bought
goods,
goods

T/T ERH CHI.

196

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

brought a barrow-load of smuggled

goods into the city, [and

W
A

ft

He

5.

tt

official

underlings at the gate came forward to ask


what they were (lit., to search and inquire),

tt

when] the

he said

in

a flurried sort of way that

it

was

They didn't believe him,


and when they opened the boxes they saw
personal baggage.

&
n

S3

at once that, sure enough, the boxes contained

ifc

nothing but contraband


consequently

06s.

i.

-Note

( '''.-'.

2.

-Sure enough

or hsiao

di'e-tzti,

r//

kiwjan;

Ji,*

V-/-;u,

lit.,

indeed, in very truth, thus, they were,

etc.

6. Although there are plenty of stars in


the sky, comets are not often seen.

j. I have bought
and when we come to

Place: so tsai;
is

Turn
I.

with

lit.,

where [one]

seldom used without

the

it

It is difficult to account for the

meaning of

How

is

it

yourself
that on the repeated occa-

servants always answer


at home.

Just think
If

got?

it

is

it is

me

your

that you are not

what spare time have

not public business [that


private, and my household

occupies me],
affairs, too, are numerous.

i.

Spare time

2.

Nothing of any kind,

kung

fit,

short for hsien 2

kunrj fu.
06s.

kind not must

06.

3.

I manage ?
So see 1002.
:

man

If

2.

is

out of

etc.

lit.,

what one

spirits,

the best

thing he can do is to take a walk in the


streets.
When he sees some trifle that amuses

him
of

which he can find

(in

course

pleasure), his

no longer troubled.

is

If

mind
one

chances on a rainy day, so that one cannot


go out, it makes one very impatient.
06s.
3.

Chances on

lit.,

runs against.

have a pressing matter

and must trouble somebody

leisure time.
06s.

use of tsai in this connexion,

(KEY, EXERCISE XXXVII.)

Nothing of any
kind can be done without me, so I have never

any

sum-

place.

What do you generally occupy

live there in the

the children are sure to be as happy as


possible (happy in the extreme).

following into Chinese.

sions that I have been to your place

is.

in its

a place in the country,

mer

T
06s.

which were

a barrow.

ft

though colloquially so

articles,

all confiscated.

You

to him.

you

to

(it won't do), I have no time to


In my
please ask somebody else.

cannot

spare;

message
and have nothing
take him the message.

are at leisure

to do, so I beg
I

[in hand],

to take a

PAET

opinion

told

be

will

the same

all

Obs.

sent

and he came back and


me there were no carts on the street. I

make a squeeze

(make money), and that the bargain was not


1004.

to receive or

^ffc

ck'eny-,

^H

ck'ui 1 , to send,

in lying).

short time:

Obs. 2.
The
was not completed.

bargain, etc.

lit.,

in

nut

therefore the hiring

lit.,

His business pays well

he

sells

mis-

cellaneous articles of every kind, so he cannot


but make money.
Although it's a grocers

in a short tune, [so] I

that the boy wanted to

in

hired came.

5.

him

follow

it

and sent another person

came

It

(lit.,

It caiiJb

I.

great while, then

to hire a cart,

to hire one.

L97

concluded because the carter wouldn't follow


suit in the lie

given to lying.

is

didn't believe him,

knew

do) no

(all will

send.

That child

4.

him

it,

whom you

matter

THE FOKTY EXERCISES.

III.

shop, the business

is

first rate

one.

undertake on commission; to be the recipient

of,

as

favours.

1005.

Read

messenger.

|i

1006.

ch'a

1
,

different

yen*, to

hold an

whether as an envoy or, on ordinary occasions, as an


to differ ck'a*, to be out wrong.
:

office

official

Also, a trust or

the office so held.

burden

to allow, in

the sense of p' ing 2 (722).


1007. ^ff sku, 3 an official bureau.

1008.

Asi 2 to practise

when

Shu*, provisional tenure of

office.

learning.

1009. Examples:

pu

to

f(-

>u

^
^

cA'a
skd"

f.

3^

IS
Jfl

hsio
Asio

f?

/(.'-i-

Jf

mo

Jg

sku*

3 ^W3
So

skik s

pw-

shili*

san 1
j
2
if nien

s/ti/t

^
A

ck'ai 1

^> pw.

if ^ nien-

jg

fcito

}j!

jeri~

rnaTi3

shuo 1

liao

yu*

ck'eny-

jg eke*

"7%

Kao

3p:

j$t

ck'eng

ch'ing

Obs.

Ying

1
,

s/t?7t

office

A yamn
all

They

The time
His

2/w

A Jen

offices

am

obliged to you for your good

offices.

servant or messenger (lit, one who waits to be sent on an errand).


"
"
runner
or, to send a person, q.d., on an errand.
;

say they have

Ch'ai shih:

O/w.

$j ch'ing2
fg mei

1
although in the ist tone, has the force of ying* (781), not of ying (726).

To be the recipient of favours or good


Thanks for your kind inquiries.

An

ck'eng

ch'ni
c/tVii
|f
f^ i'a
frngr
to
undertake).
Nobody has undertaken this business (lit., consented
c/t'ft

s/rtA

ft ^'eV

3fc

for

lit.,

official business.

official

sending employment

which the post

is

employment

not the substantive (actual) appointment


To learn for a year a year's novitiate.
is

in

an

official capacity.

held expires in three years.


;

he

is

only acting.

Almost

very nearly the same.

Little difference.
06s.
<:h'a 2>ii liao to

This and the foregoing phrase, which are in constant use,


shao, etc.

may

be varied to ch'a

pu yuan j

liao (371),

TZO ERH CHI.

198

1010.

op pu any great category

1011.

g. fang2 a

large hall

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

a tribunal or board

in certain

the numerative of books.

departments of State, collective of the chiefs of

the establishment.
1012.

H]

ssti

to

manage;

to direct; to

manage one

of the departments in a great office;

the department so managed.

wei3 to depute, as a higher

1013.

^f

1014.

j| yuan?, any

1015.

5*

civil service in

i*, yi*,

officer of civil or military service.

mean

also, to

properly,

li*,

used with reference to the

is

clerks.

any employe*

1017. jfi tsao*, properly, black


jfj/i

a lower.

properly, to exercise authority over others,

li*,

various ways

1016. ^j

1018.

officer

but especially such people as constables,

the tsao of fei-tsao, soap

etc.

(see 279).

properly, one under the authority of another.

1019. Examples:
3
g| chi

fe

$r wei*

;fj

i*

kuan

*jr

mo

Unworn

|S

2
.

*$ a

pan

$jf
1

shu1

pan

/g chi*

ffi

"% pu*

tsao*

ch'a 1

li*

she"-"-

na*

& hsieh
^ ya?

~f o liao

liiS

pu*

slmng*

|!J

ssti

jjg

p'ai*

65

ti

Vang*

f* o

ldMnl

shu

li*

^L

2/*

we &

fg fung*

huai*

yuan-

_fc
1

The

chiefs of the Six Boards in the capital.


Both Presidents and Vice-Presidents of Boards are so
06s.

The high
Obs.

called, as also chiefs of other departments.

authorities (or, chief of the department) are sending a

The word wei-yuan has become

Those yamen runners are utterly corrupt (or depraved).


Shu li are almost the same as shu pan (yamen clerks) (there
Shu

06s.

body of runners

Obs.
insisted on.

are clerks in a provincial

li

yamen

is

officials (or,

1021.

Wiping

how many

representation is made.
found in the dictionary.

Rung

1
,

stances, read t'ieh

to accuse

tone.

in

Peking the black coat

is

not

evidence.

a superior; the petition or document in which the


The original form took the nsth Radical, under which it will be

to represent

to

1022. ife t'ieh 3 a slip of silk or paper with writing on


4

difference).

Note the

?)

kung*, properly, to supply for use.


3

no appreciable

(or lictors).

are probably so called from the colour of the dress they wear
For pan, see 414.

1020.

(or deputy).

in a metropolitan Board.

shu pan are clerks

They

Several

weiyuan

anglicised in China.

it

also,

under certain circum-

PART

1023.

THE FORTY EXERCISKS.

III.

199

ta'tm-, to preserve; to retain.

1024. f|j /cao 3 the rough draft of a document.


,

1025. Examples:
4

ffi

3
Ho ^

3
Wi kao

_t skang

pa

kung*
2

ming

^g

i't'cA

Wio

tzu

*^

kuan

%f

ts'uri

jg

ch'i

tsai4

fcao

ch'ou

^fi

also say

fang

~Jj

accusing him

k'ou

fjjj

fawig
3

ping

flj,

^,

ft

wo3

hsieh 3

~f liao
1

f@

fco

TL ping3

:i

^>ao

=fg

kung
fa 1

(I

t'a

^p a tzu

Imo

Vieh*

te

shuo 1

f
1

have written a petition

One can

ti

Jfe

4
Jg fi

i/e^

have brought an action against him).

kung (implicating him).

Oral evidence.

To petition (report to) the local authorities.


To draw out (to prepare) a draft.
Keep the

draft in the drawer.

To make

offerings to

an idol

visiting card.
Also called ming-p'ien

Obs.

explain

(see

before the tablets of ancestors).

(or,

Exercise

XX,

10,

The

Obs.).

difference

is

technical

any teacher

will

it.

1026.

ck'enz to spread out

J5|[

Here, and very commonly, stale

hence, to state.

4
1027. |fi '"Jan in legal or official language, a case or question.
regarding a case hence, records.
,

used.

Also, the correspondence

1028.

4
B$ ekao

1029.

5^

properly, to reflect light

shih*, a fashion

hence, according

to.

the fashion.

1030. Examples:

3
Jg mei

shih 4

%ft a
4

^ff o

yang

jj che
'

Q
No
Obs.
I

tiut

tS^

lit.,

chao

nyan

jf^

cho

tsai

draft,

HJJC

ch'en 2

Jfc a

mi

4
^L hsien

matter who prepares' the


Precedents

JjfJ

pan

it is

^
^
^j*

"S'an

pan

|jf

3
4

ij

ti

wo

f$ tou
4
j& shih

flg

chao 4

hf<i

tcung

Iff

t^uan

^
jjffl

chao

cho
cli

en~

"% pvf
glf

lun4

^| shuife

ch'i

^s KUO'

always done according to the precedents on record.

old cases.

like to eat old rice.

To

act

An

official

deal with a matter) in accordance with justice.


According to the present style (or fashion).
This case is not yet finished (or closed).

06s.

(or,

communication

The term

is

or, to

write officially.

almost exclusively confined to correspondence between foreign and Chinese

officials.

TXfT

-200

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

EXERCISE XXXVIII.
W

4S
HE
ISCk
^M

T&
^
~,

Ivfe
I

j?w

**"

but the tone

is

>l\
J

am

i.

offices for

/.

entirely indebted to your

'

ood

son's [success in] obtaining the

my

post of copyist in the Board of Works.

of copyist:

lit.,

^f

A^I

Ab
WL

xffl

^C

6^1

1JB

Obs.

Dead:

official in

iVt

Note

slip-writing employment.

not

t'ieh',

t'ieh 3 ;

(886) can also be nsnl.

t'ieh*

as above.

13!

"H
"^

"'

The post

06s.

-SrK

ft"

-de
9K.

nfe

xffl

^\ WL

v\\.

T M
>

vR

5IJ

'C4-

lit.,

W)

HJ

?fi

~7

The present incumbent

of the post

is

dead, and the chief has sent an officer to


w^ en th e new ly appointed substantive
act

/:H

^t

Hy

incumbent

be at an end.

has created a vacancy; the term used in

arrives, the acting

man's duties

reports for announcing the decease

official

will

an

active employment.

33

gi

j-

aa
.^

B, t^

'g

~f^

.jj..-

-ifcfe.

WE

iT

IS*

gl

pfe,

jar

-J-

j2|7

are the

Expectant

Ofe.s.

2.

Novitiate

lit.,

lit., is,

>D

&^I

JUt

'"

^^

_^

^ ^

HE

2$f

lie

-gr

ftf-

.,

ftk

& #
^
Oil

1^
.

*^

^
^ ^
Jf fHo

66
f*

-^

TT

fill

hou being here the verb

or acts as, [one

;H:

1^.

|.

waiting to

^
^fe
g.

5R

^S

^.
*^>

^ff

fly
n

to learn

by

fctta7l

Su b. c hiefs, or chiefs of

An

to wait.

practice

4-

yamens

.^

a.

who]

^^

x^

departments).

h
i.

OTft

expectant ssii kuan nc\vly


come to any yamen serves a novitiate.

Ha

ofa.

The

superior officers of the Six Boards


are called the Vang* kuan 1 ; those under them
3-

The

moves

[therein].

drafts of public

in the capital,

documents

when not prepared by

sub-chiefs of departments, are prepared


8^ wl

an

P anl (clerks).

official

in the

Rung*

by the

shih* are clerks with

button; their duties

are,

however, of

the same nature as those of the *hu l

pun

1
.

P^

^
^ ^

"T

*/.

^^

'K.

SK

5.

^e

When

^ra ft

a despatch has been sent

tftat
2

called a ch'en

of the past

3a?i

pl ace <l
4

no longer

(a case or

in hand).

tn e archives

off,

is

correspondence

PART

-tjf

^r

THE FORTY KXKKilsKS.

III.

ww

tery, so

ffi

7
B JH

lf

of

*JC

them were

money

manner;

c/i-'i,

to go to law, they

would want

just the same.

the aspect,

air,

or temper,

fesi,

T'-i

acquired by practice.

a bad sense.

in

06s.
is

hsi-ch'i, habit or

Ways:

i.

to the

Don't you yet know the ways of


yamen people ? even if the father of one

those

M
06s.

and went

petition

money.

in

10

;i

it,

3fc

1!r

wrote

from our ceim

trees

an action against him. The


yamen
send
in for me, however
would
not
ya yi
and said I must first give them so much

ffln

$1

iPi

some

stole

to bring

H 7

only

He

6.

201

Go

2.

to law:

to,

verb of motion, to undertake, kuan

The derivation of the term

an action at law.

ssti,

obscure.

W * &

j.

What

to

has the

come

arrived

by the chief

to

do

that

official

He

is

newly

a wei-yuan sent

is

to take evidence in that burglary

case.

P
Turn
1.

If a

following into Chinese.

the

man makes

a mistake in anything

a matter wrongly), and


(lit., manages
in fault, he must ch'eng2 tang 1 (abide the

he does
is

accept what he ought

consequences
Who undertakes this business
get).
;

2.

In

lit.,

business, whether great or

official

small, one

to

in all cases to serve one's

ought
country with zeal; and it is all one whether
the appointment be substantive or acting.
Obs.

Serve with zeal

tang

Tang
ch'ai 1

kuan
shili?

The management
be termed ch'ai 1
4.

when they

first

have

(to

of

the

is

private

same

as

is,

officials

learn

come

cannot

of the departments are called ssu 1


1

must

serve a

first

be sent to

kuan
The
yuan-.

duties

When
act.

(chiefs

of departments) or ssit
drafts
are prepared by them, but there are some

handed over
6.

shu 1

to the

Shu1 pan

When

li*.

of the

s/m 1
is

pan (clerks) to do.


the common name for

a matter

draft finished,

Board

to read.

2
3
fang hua* kao

their official

may

it is

duties).

affairs

to a public office.

a vacancy occurs they

1
A Board is divided into so many
shang* ssu
ssu 1 (departments), and the officials in charge

and the

official

shili?.

Expectant

novitiate, that

ch'ai 1

The largest public offices are the Six


Boards, and the highest officials in these are
the Pang* kuan 1 (chiefs) they are also called
5.

for (kei) the State put

lit.,

forth strength.
3.

(KEY, EXERCISE XXXVIII.)

is

duly transacted

given to the chiefs


2
is called /mi

That

(to lay before

lit.,

to report)

to the chiefs for signature.


j.

When

business,

transact

an

any public office has outside


must be deputed to

official

it.

26

202

ERH

TZtf

8.

Ya2

employed

yi*

and tsao4

in

Kuny

li

to

perform mis-

pass an examination

The correspondence

10.

that are concluded

Hi*

get

their

is

chung* (302).

-.

in official matters

stowed away and called

ts'un2 kao3 (archived drafts).

appointments

by examination; when they pass they get a


It is a more honourable appointment
button.
than that of shu 1 pan 1 (lit, they are more
honourable,

To

o/w.

are the underlings

yamen

every
cellaneous duties.
9.

li

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

drafts
not,

Of the archived
some have been sanctioned and others

but they are

all

archives.

etc.).

1031.

%$

huo4 adversity

1032. Jp|

1033.

the part of the stomach that produces digestion.

p'i?,

fH /it2

calamity.

prosperity.

with h#ing* (532), and sometimes

decree, of fate or of a superior;

1034. fin niing*,

without, existence.
1035. j|H yiin*, to convey

to bring to pass.

1036. Examples:
ch'i

ft huo*
1
5^ t'ien
4

mingr

ft.

&
Temper
06s.

yun

ch'i

g; cAi*

^ pv?

&

*hih*

ft to

h<?n

t'ai*

yu
2
|g /u

& P'#
t'a>

f4 hsiny*

fy

%
X

fa p'i

'rh
4

.'/"

'

7'' ;

also, eccentricity of character.

For ch\

His temper

Exercise

see

is

XXXVIII,

6,

Obs.

I.

too passionate.

He is also of a quick (or impatient) temperament.


He has a very prosperous air or, he is a prosperous
;

Is not this a great calamity

(or

happy) man.

The decrees of Heaven.


Good fortune.
Obs.

Lit.,

the ch'i [that the revolutions of fate bring] round.

To convey merchandise.
1037.
1038.
1039.

^
^
filj

1040. I

chih4 resolution.
,

yi

4
,

yi

huo2

addition; advantage.

alive
1

ts'ung

Colloquially, far oftener yV- than

living.

quick to apprehend what one hears.

//i

'

PART

1041.

wish

jp

yiinii*, to

3)(f

kung exertion

1042.

203

to bo willing.
in a

THE FORTY EXERCISKs.

III.

good cause.

1043. Examples:
>jj

&'an4

fld

fa

$k>

wai*

tti'ung

tfi

P'

Hfc

2
fg /mo'

chih*

me

man

^. VA.

wo8

Without resolution one may


Really there is no advantage.
Yi ch'u:

is

fear

1044.

my

eye, is that of a very intelligent

he can't

)j|

live.

k'uei

ku

to be deficient.

properly, fault

J^ /*,

specially, ingratitude

back on

to turn the

1047. ffE pao*, to hold in the


1048.

man.

unwilling to exert himself.

1045. lj&
1046.

a hundred years in vain."

live

places of advantage.

lit.,

His appearance, to

He

IS

of great resolution.

"

06s.

/'"""

2
fg /mo

"T liao 3
is

k'ung

^J mien*
yiian

He

to bear

to be ungrateful for.

on the back.

bosom or the arms; hence,

to cherish.

yuan*, resentment.

1049. Examples:

H fu*

pa

hai

"J"

yao*
chiao*

liao

s
ft wo

tzU

pao*
c/twi

yiian*

fft
4

fa 1

ti

/tao

lai*

cho

shu

wo3

i'a

ku

~f o liao

pu

jg
ft.
2

ts'ung
c/t'ien.

fljj,

^
^
tff,

hi

chien 4

$ pen*
^ ch'ien*

sM/< 4

Jg

c'/w"

to

t'ue?'

Jg k'uei
hen-

chieW

$j a k'uei

~f o liao

uen

yuan*
3

pun

nr

liao
ffc

ch'ilt

His capital was encroached upon he lost some of his capital.


suffer loss to get the worst of an encounter to have a bad time.
;

To

06s.

Lit., to eat (=suffer) loss.

almost entirely owing to you that this matter has been settled.
Owing to you lit., this matter, for the most part, if you had not been there (if your aid had been
would [not] have been settled. Chieh, completed lit., to knot (see 444). To W"iiei may be freely rendered, 1

It is
06s.

wanting),

am

greatly indebted to you.

RH

TZU

204

Kormerly

wanted him very much

me

against me, being ungrateful to


Obs.

Ungrateful

k'uei (1044)

living the child

/ra 2

1050. f5|

for

fu

my

felt

resentment

good intentions.
Peking

In fit.

as

in.

cold.

he was unwilling, and

to study;

as often used in

is

1051. f$| hui3 to repent, of good or


1052.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

evil.

shnn*, virtuous.

1053. jgi

"''o

",

vicious.

1054. Examples:

pu*

fg ndng
ton

ffi

&
^
Regret

ch'ien

-^ chin

ffl

tang

^j ch'u

^ Aua

Awi

to 1

fe hou*
<f|

fy

fg we?

#p jv?

A Jen
A jeV

yeh3

~f liao
2

t'a

men

in jv?

^
^
^

chin 1
hari*

k'u?

in bitter poverty.

much

spent too

Obs.

shan*

shorn*

~f liao

A fen*

%$ tou
3ft suan*

They are now

shih*

^o

~f liao

pu*

fg neng

suan*

'jj.

to begin with (at

When

after regrets.

lit.,

first),

and now

I regret

it.

verbalised, to repent or regret.

Good men and bad men.

Men

cannot

be accounted good, and yet they cannot

all

1055.

ch'tf,

1056.

f|ft

yiJ?,

1057. ff| ling

all

used in particular locutions as the definite


surplus

be accounted bad.

article

the person or thing.

remainder.

2
,

spiritual

intelligent.

1058. Examples:
te

'&

Jjn
3

j& ch'i

3E lai

wan2
i

3
fa hdn

^
g

5E 'rh
ffi

tou

&

fE no?

That child
Obs.

He
Obs.

Others
is

is
:

very intelligent

lit.,

J$

_t shang*

ling

fe

pien*

flfc

she*

mo

t'a

ft hsin

f|

^
%

t'a>

li

very quick, and can pick up any accomplishment.

Note

Jfl

yu*

hai 2

te#

ti

& pi
^ pu

3
fa hen

the others cannot be compared with him.


all compare not up to (or above) him.

the (ch'i) remaining ones

wan-i-'rh, accomplishments, such as music, archery, etc.

na*

ch'tf

ling

PART

THE FORTY EXEKrl-l>.

III.

205

EXERCISE XXXIX.

||J^^Jsi&yjS4ftlif.$i,l

-fj.

1$

iar

H,

*Si

HI

Not

i.

& t&

attribute

All due

06s. 2.

lit.,

yrt
l

'

1$ $C

'ffi

# tfl
Obs.

Ah
'o I" 'IW

jfi

-if

in

lit.,

wholly

That success of

i.
^

&

not attribute

was

all

tion

and industry.

due

to his

his

is

due

to his luck.

to his luck; I think it

it

own

merits, his determina-

T, ft

my
is

say ing
it

= opinion,

it is

See kuan

not connected with luck.

(63), to concern.

that he has resolution-and-willingness-to-use-exertion's good

points, or

advantage.

That good deeds bring happiness and

deeds misfortune

is

a natural principle

ordained by the laws of Heaven.

^S^t^^Kl^'ftfii^
*JL*

tl

de

ti&

-Hi

Tit

3S

xjv

To

15

'S

*3i

-fcr
"Ji

It

the

rice that he brought from


consignment
Chihli, and has even lost some of his capital.

the from Chihli conveyed coining

i.

Consignment

'".

2.

Note that tou does not here mean

lit.,

made anything on

has not
of

"/w.

He

3-

but both

all,

(tf) rice.

both the

profits

were absorbed, and some of the

<"ipitnl MS well.

JQSSM^roAWT4
P&

'

>/w.

Obs. 2.

&**

^
^

~JT

iffl

fT

No

matter

how

His temper

Sll

IS

fife

4-

man

*&

may

^s

a pity
mtel%ent

it

matter

how

temper.
he is sure to grumble

as

you please

treat

him

is

he

>

No

^S ^P

jen p'ing, you

What

that although that

has

an

impossible

well one treats him,

(Mt., feel

resentment).

well, etc.

note that one can speak of a man's p'i-ch'i being good, or of his having no p'i-ch'i,

eccentricities of character or temper, at all.

Jg
~f

^
AJ?
#ft,

ii:
ra,

H|
~f

vf-

=h

-jB'

66
ret

-fc?

5-

move

i.

Obs. 2.

the weather

about, and then

is cold,

people must

their bodily health will

not suffer; otherwise, when they get


will

nil*,

When

Note kan 3 , when, short for lean too, when they arrive at.
Repent in vain hou hui pu lai; lit., repentance won't eoine, there
:

Lai must here be treated as hsing, to succeed, to have good

ill,

they

repent in vain.

results, or

will

some similar word.

be no result from repentance.

TZO ERH CHI.

206

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

What do you gam by

i ]&

ffi

f^ if*

jg

energies to these undertakings which do not


concern you ?
Your father spent all that

J/h

I.

T&.

ffl

ffl

if?

money in buying you an official post, and yet


y u wont carry out your official duties us

_.

you should.

6.

devoting your

^*'

'

Isn't this ingratitude for the


of
goodness
your parents to you ? You really

^=f

ffi

estrange people [by your conduct].

**

-a*,

zc.

is

-^

x*-

unendurable (Ki,

The pain

killing).

All that money jo kan; lit., as these ones. Kan (Radical 51) is explained in the native
06s. i.
to be equivalent in this combination to ko, one or ones ; and by a process of amplification which it is not necessary here
to go through, the two characters can be shown to mean as many as these or this.
The expression is in common use
:

colloquially,

and may be positive as well as comparative, as jo kanjen, a whole lot of people.


As you should, properly ching ching ; lit., the straight length. Hence, the proper or

06s. 2.

morally, properly, respectably.


06s. 3.
To estrange :

direct route

Cf. ching ching jtn, a respectable person.


lit.,

Han

cause people's hearts to be cold.

hsin, a cold

heart, refers to the coldness

engendered by ingratitude.

&

10

*^C

3L

ffl
,

Igg

ML ^

^fe
,_.

y^j

**^

'

&

3L

$
ti
>\\

i.

Fat in the face

06s.

2.

Last year:

lit.,

lit.,

rest

of the

children are really no good at

all.

You

8.

time

06s.

you could not

huo

ti,

huo can be used


can be taken

Turn

off.

of anything that can be

The converse

prosperous man.
tained

it

He

is ssti ti ;

the following into Chinese.

i. He has a
very good disposition, and
has not a grain of temper
how can any
calamity befall him ? Besides, he looks a

06.

it

live.

eh'ii.

Open
;

This

judge from your appearance,

that window.

The window

is

won't open.

*>

Fixture
is

are quite fat in the face.

last year, to

9.

of a gun, which

intelligent, and,

The

fixture

fM

most

willing to exert himself.

your face has put forth happiness.


chiu often taking the place of

the old year

is

besides,

Q
O

m
06s.

stu(i ent

is

(See 302.)

HA
m

ft

^n ^s

?'

looks prosperous:

growing has
very-much-possessing-prosperity's manner.
lit.,

at-

moved
lit.,

or taken to pieces

dead, a fixture, or a

as, for instance,

the stock

dummy.

(KEY, EXERCISE XXXIX.)


2.

The ming*

(fortune) of a

man

at his

may be good or evil; and even yiin*


(luck) is not all of one kind.
3. No matter what one does, one must

birth
cft'i*

have resolution, and then success is a matter


If a man has not the slightest
of course.

PART

need not think to make any

resolution, he

way

his

all

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

207

disgust people with you (estrange them)

If

out (knows) by-and-by, and duns


you for the money, you will certainly repent

he finds

life.

4
Obs.
Way, progress chin yi ; lit., advancement
the
Note
the tone.
[on
path of] gain, advantage.
:

it

it.

Don't you make any mistake about


that man. In speech and action he has plenty
<>f
"go," and is not in the least a "stick."

Obs.

4.

Interference: to ihih;

i.

lit.,

many

matters,

a term applied to a busybody or a person who interferes


in matters witli which he has no concern.
Obs. 2.
Certainly repent chun shih hou hui ti, it
assuredly a to-be-a-hereafter repented of ti, action, or
some similar word ; hereafter being rendered by yao, the
:

He

is

exceedingly intelligent withal, and has

is

He is always at home, and


won't go anywhere, being so very fond of
work.

lots of resolution.

Obs.

Don't make a mistake:

i.

do not you wrongly regard


" Go "
Obs. 2.
converse

of which

is

The doing of good or the doing of evil


depends entirely on a man himself. An evil6.

man

that

movement

lively

ss& yang,

inanimate,

the

Depends on

Obs.

fashion.

7.

You borrow

other people's money, and


the
he, fearing
payment of interest may cause
you loss, pays it back for you. This is an
5.

don't

1059.

which

may

fft

precede or follow

1060. 551
also

fhin 3 tight

4
2/"-

it,

extreme

or rests with.

are all good.


take the rest away I
sorts

is

very quick; whatever

Very quick: hen yu ling hsing

lit.,

hence,

when used with yao4

to want,

When

so used

it is

1
generally coupled with hsien before
,

found in combination with the next character.


1061. Iff pei*, to prepare

ready.

1062. ill t'ung 1 passing from one point to another without hindrance; to understand.
,

1063.

^ kung

1064.

& ho

2
,

4
,

collectively

united

together with.

agreeing with.

1065. Examples:

3
f& hen

ho

pu

4
f@ ko

jj| 3

t'uny

t'ung'

cheng
ho 2

^fc

kung

san1

too

'rh

,B|

ma

fg

yii

f| pei

Jj|
1

,i

very

intelligent disposition or nature.

important.

beforehand.

>

You can

This little dog


he
understands.
say
06s.

Also,

pressing.

tsai, is in,

want them.

much has an

it

different

8.

Isn't this ingratitude for a well-

intentioned [act] on his part, and won't

These

Leave them.

advantage to you, and yet you resent his


interference.

is

equally a good man.

dead

lit.,

3
3
repents and reforms (hui kai )

who

doer

(ch'iao).

huo tung,

him

lit.,

sign of the future.

t'ung

^ pu

jj| 3

t'ung

IS

Ztt

yv?

fj|

yil

^ pei

"f hsia
,|| o

/^f o

C/l'tt

ma

ft hsien
4
%f kao
4

4
^f c^e

pu
chin*

te

kan3

chin?
3

g)f

su

hao

3E

wo3

liao

sung*
hsin*

it is

208

ERH

Tzfi

It

does not matter

not important.

it is

Send the letter as quickly


Is the room pivpaivd ?
Tell

me

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

as possible.

beforehand.

Get the horse ready; saddle the horse (not harness him,

Have

dift'erence;

has here the force of to be in waiting.

li*iu-

Can one get through by

No

see 770.)

the horse ready.


Note the

06s.

which

for

this

road

thoroughfare.

Altogether thirty.

Very much

We

06s.

my

to
liking.
can say also ho wo ti

i.

It just suits.
Obs.

Lit., exactly agrees

1066.

(^

ck'u-, to

1067. U0J,

with the pattern.

take away; to subtract from.

With/ei (Radical

The second

sMng*, to remain, as the balance of a sum.


first form is generally used.

jiff

character, though the

1068. ^ff ying*> excess

175), except.

is

the correct

overplus.

1069. ||j Jiswng*, properly, a figure resembling

to resemble

to

seem

like.

1070. ty\ ss& 4 shih4 (differently pronounced under different circumstances), resembling.
,

1071. Examples:
1

fei

flfc

t'a

ch'u*

*
Pu

ti

lao 3

J| chang

&

tztt

ffi

te

cjM

^
^

Mw*

J-

ff a hsing'

Hiyhsiang

c/t'tt

2
fife,

jfc

shui s

s/w/4

6^0

**

hsiang* jg cA?
t'a

&

2
fc liu

tzti

ft

hair

yu
ft hua

There

is

no surplus (nothing

06s.

Note that

This child

is

money goes

always pronounced shih when followed by

1072.

heng

it

2
,

^F c

g[

&

hsiang*

ti.

won't do.

horizontal, as opposed to perpendicular.

&

ck'ien 1

~f

yin*

ft

'

1
"f

yv?

fts. 1,000.

as water flows.

To photograph.
Except he goes,

8
jj /tao

very like his father.

'

over).

as fast as water flows

ssii is

c/i<ie%

After deducting the expenditure there remains a balance of

To spend money

^
&

yintf

j(flj

PART

209

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

4
| shu perpendicular, as opposed to horizontal.

1073. H|,

1
xhang of a man's person or
animate and inanimate.

1074.
beside,

1075. $JJ p'eng


1076.

feelings, to

2
,

a mat-shed

on

to 1 to place
,

a pent-house

to pile

up

to

wound

to injure.

Also of

many

things

an awning.
Also, to join, as a party of people

put up.

to

add.

1077. Examples:

ko

fg]

Hang-

jj^/tsm

$JJ

p'eng-

Jj

jfr a

hac3

3^

jj|

ck'uan

^ mu

shou4

|g shang

to 1
i

f^

wo3

wood upright

Set that log of

ft

Aen

3
fjfc

ch'u*
&

f wo

hsia 4
t'ie-n

&

ti

fjft

1
jg to

shunf/

_t shang

shang

Zmo

people can't pass

shu4

J&

ch'i?

A Jen*

to?

t'a

'rh,

when

| Aen^r

feai 4

^c

mw

jj|

f ou-

Jt too*

pu-

pa*
eke*
i*

it is

2
^5 lai

chia
Arao

:fl

fcg%'
4

lying across the road.

have wounded his cow.

To

suffer injury (of persons or things).

am

very distressed in mind.


it is a
good thing to put up an awning.
To take passage on board a ship.
I

In

summer

chuns

1078. '^6

The character

>f

power

to adjust

power; authority; hence, power to change.

Also, appearancr

1080. Examples:

p'ai*

'rh

i]\
fj^ o

J$j

hsiao 3

ni

His balance

is

$j

miao
ti

gj|

^t o

3% shih

sui4
shift,

jj che

not so true as mine

-T'ien-p'ing, a balance for

e/7t

ft Jen

tso*

/F pu*

06s.

Hence, a rule accurate accuracy certain sure.


is the form in more common use.

to equalise.

3
interchangeable with chun (567), but the latter

shih4 property
aspect condition.

1079.
i

is

Hang*

yu?

(&

t'a

yi<n?

fg

wo3

$j

ti

tzti,

JjQ

tsung

it is

weighing silver

3j

ch'a

ftfy

i|l

1
5c t'ien

ti

chun
i4

:i

2J>

pingmei2

invariably two candareens out on every


Note ch'a 4 (sec 1005).
326).

tael.

(see

According to circumstances.
This is an imposing looking temple.
06s.
small.

Lit., this

temple's shih p'ai-'rh, distributed appearance (=the way in which it is laid out), is not
to persons, also to any pageant or procession, such as a funeral cortege, a
wedding, etc.

The term can be applied

27

TZU ERH CHI.

'210

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

EXERCISE XL.
(Hi

p5ry

*r
j^

EX
^?f\

3^A

A" o f^

ira

3?

"4

^Ht

At+

E2

Tylv

$ft

-tiii

if*
$K?

rc
Kj

^P

A*

5f

EX.

&

Whether y u come every day or not


no consequence. If there be anything
of pressing importance you will have to be

I-

is

In any case:

Obs.

2.

Note the

will

have to come when sent

Mng

of

sent for in any case.

shu (here read heng* shih);

i.

Obs.

take

-H?

lit.,

horizontally or perpendicularly, whichever

way you

it.

which he

and

force of lai

for.

showing that the person addressed

ch'ii,

Emphasise

>P(Hlll(Hj^Kl^r2
/ttr

^
-^

re

"V

(&

flR

is

at the

moment

a pity that he has built that


house so unlike what a house ought to be. It
2.

Ji*t

It

is

looks just like a stable, and

^H

WJ

P? c 7&

W*

lut

ft

HA

-f-

06s. i.
Looks just like: hao=hen.
combine to produce our verb resemble the
;

at the place to

chiao.

seemly place

for

him

is

by no means

to live in.

Note the object resembled between hsicmg and sfcife, the two words which
had better be translated as a noun, q.d., much like a horse-shed's

latter

likeness.

Obs.

2.

stable

is

commonly

called

ma

hao

(858),

ma

p'eng being, strictly speaking, a lean-to without doors

or windows.
06s. 3.

Seemly

nn

~K

~T

"5"

:JT

B26

3*

"*

or suitable

jig

IT

not like the appearance,

/&

3||

3?

j2_

q.d.,

BR 3

that a house in which he lives should have.

3-

house

^*

How many
(or,

chien 1 are there in that

block of buildings)

There are

altogether more than a hundred some forty


or fifty over and above what people are
;

ft

CT

j?

?S

JW

House note that i so fang-tz-S, means the whole of the rooms or separate buildings forming one block,
06s. i.
courtyard, or set of courtyards comprising one establishment ; i tso fang-tzfl, would be one building, as, for instance, that
on one side of a courtyard, but the expression is not common.
:

Obs.

2.

Chien

is

not, strictly speaking, the numerative of

rooms or houses, but is a noun indicating a certain


many rooms, but so many chien, the chien being

space measurement. Chinese houses are not spoken of as containing so


the space between any four of the pillars that support the roof; thus,
fang-tz&,

if

we spoke

of a

ssfi,

chien wu-tzti or

ssti,

chien

we should mean

that there were four such spaces in the room or house, or, in other words, that the roof
ten pillars, five on a side
a house of 100 chien would be a house that contained 100 such spaces.

was supported by

number

The student

is requested to modify the rendering given of chien in 47 in


accordance with the above explanation yi chien fang-tuft, is not a house irrespective of the number of chien it contains
(which is i/i tso fang-tztt), but a house of one chien.

irrespective of the

of rooms.

Obs.

40 or 50

3.

chien.

Over and above:

lit,

having excluded the persons inhabiting ones, below remaining

still

are there

PART

^
j=^

~F

tw

n&

B|

gn

&fe

Obs.

i.

What

Obs.

^.

After paying

due

is

^^

wai

ch'ien

huan 1

read

not

lit.,

han

0.

._.

p.

/3

My

taels.

monthly income

am

is

never

sufficient,

sorely distressed at having to live

rtft

et a

in

^ Qe doorposts of a door are perpendithe [beams of] wood above and below

7-

IH

man

which he hurt very badly.

child,

cular
F=*.

ch'ien ioai.

in this way.

. ,

*E

is

pay.

me

have nothing left from it on the contrary,


have some debts remaining that I cannot

6>

due to

after paying my
have a credit balance <>t

outside owings, the converse of which

J?

flrt

is

and

taels,

I shall

what

or hai.

JZL

total of

one or two thousand

5-

ft ft

me

to

thousand

own debts

-M-

* *h T

li

4-1 put the


at ten

'

^i

$S.

i"

*_

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

III.

the door are horizontal.

S ^

^8

end on

I*

25

-Sb

direction of things laid flat will

be said to be perpendicular or horizontal conditionally; if [the direction of] a thing lying

.a.

ftf

The

8-

cular,

it

to

a person be held to be perpendibe regarded as horizontal by

will

anyone whose face

is

turned at right angles

to that of the first person.

06s. i.
Conditionally lit, of a tiling laid flat on the ground the saying king and the saying shu are accordingto-the-case-and-considering-the-circumstances' hito tung hua, movable expressions.
:

06s.

2.

be, a side-facing

Obs.

3.

End on

man, then

Held

if

lit.,

that before [one's] face chih, in a right line, confronting, be shu, [whoever] tsai,

will regard it as

to be

wei 1 , to

may

Mng.

make

of, as in (so wei.

the same verb ivei preceded by i, to use, here acting as the sign of the objective case of a
noun, the object of wei, understood; q.d., of the direction specified, the side-facing man makes horizontal=he regards it
as horizontal.
Treat i wei as the verb to regard, remembering that the object may either precede the combination or
Obs. 4.

come between

its

Regarded

two

parts.

It

is

equally correct to say

cM

ko i wei shih heng and i che ko wei heng.

212

TZf)

Turn

CHI.

had a very im-

portant matter to attend to, and that you


were to get the horse ready saddled in waiting

me and

for

got

If I don't scold you,

ready.
hi a temper,

me

put
as

even at this hour you have not

it

my

if

2.

end

and

if I

you

will

do, it will look

temper was bad.


into from

Putting together what

to

end

t'ung ch'ang, the complete

length (1062).
3.

You have borrowed more than you

How

have repaid.
to the

good

can you have any balance

I told

you

to

hang up the drawings

the perpendicular ones to be hung at the two


sides of the door, and the horizontal one over

5.

You have hung them all wrong.


You hand this matter over to me
In any case

I will

manage

it

to
all

right for you.


6.

Say nothing about

that other affair in a

way

it.

You managed

that distressed

me

very much. The last time I thought of putting up an awning (sky awning) I asked you
to buy mats for me.
To my surprise (who
would think?), you were not in the least to be

depended on (had not a grain of accuracy).


You did not buy the articles, and I couldn't
even catch a sight of your

NOTE.

dicular.

have

After deducting
what I have repaid you, I estimate that I
have a small sum over to the good.

From end

From your appearance I should say


a very intelligent man, and yet
were
you
don't
know horizontal from perpen(how) you
4.

deal with.

borrowed from you at different times, what


does the total amount to

06s.

(KEY, EXERCISE XL.)

the top.

Our accounts must be gone

to end.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

the fdlmvmg vnto Chinese.

you just now

I told

1.

ERH

face.

Cho 2 or chao 2

is written in the two different forms given in 45, but the second is that more
commonly
It is especially used in this latter sense in Imperial Decrees,
employed, except when eho signifies to command.
to express the "We will" of the Emperor.
When preceding adjectives or adverbs, it is read both cho and chao.
We have, for instance, cho shih, of that which is real and true, bond fide; cho lo, of the settlement of a doubt, claim,

After verbs, when


duly eager, or over-eager, and from the latter, impatient.
most commonly, almost universally, cho, as in tsou cho, going, p'ao cho, running but if the
auxiliary te, or pu representing pu te, come between it and the verb, it is invariably chao, as in chao te chao, has found
or can find, chao pu chao, cannot find.
In either case, whether chao or cho, after a verb its meaning is almost identical
inquiry, etc.

but chao

chi, anxious,

nothing intervenes, it is

The probability is that


te, which, again, as has been before observed, is often corruptly supplanted by ti.
used now to produce what we call the inflection of the possessive case was originally te, and it is reducible to an
equivalent of te in almost every construction in which we find it, except perhaps those which we should term adverbial
with that of
the

ti

If,

is

where

rendered by our terminations like as in sailorlike, or wise in crossivise. Even in these


would do their duty, but as the parallel constructions in classical written Chinese are formed by jan, thus, and there
between the primitive meaning of jan, and that of ti a certain affinity, it may be safer to infer that in these ti figures

those, that

is,

in its earlier

which

is

ti

may be

and uncorrupted sense. This was brightness, manifestness, like the white part of a target hence, that
The word jan, originally the flashing of fire, came to mean thiis by apparently a similar process.

evident.

PAET

III.

THE FORTY EXERCISES.

213

CHINESE WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.*


As

LENGTH.

in

started with a certain

England we commence with barleycorns, so in China have the natives


of kernels of grain
whether disposed lengthwise or crosswise

number

10 fen a ts'un 4 (-if), the Chinese inch


The
10 ts'un a ch'ih (/J), the Chinese cubit, covid, or foot; and 10 ch'ih a chang4 (?).
Board
at
is
Mathematical
the
fixed
the
ch'ih, says
13.125 English
Peking
Chrestomathy,
by
inches, that used by tradesmen in Canton varies from 14.625 inches to 14.81 inches, and that
is

One

disputed.

grain

is

held to

make a fen 1

(ft)

employed by the engineers of public works is 12.7 inches, while that by which distance
measured is 12.1 inches nearly. The li3 (J[), or mile, is 1,897^ English feet; and 192^

is

usually

li

used to

be reckoned for a degree of latitude or longitude. But the European mathematicians at the
capital, deviating from their predecessors, divided the degree into 250 li, reducing it to 1,826
English feet, or the tenth part of a French league; and this, at present, is the established
Accordingly, the

measure.

li is

The fen may be taken

little

more than one-third of an English

mile.

as equivalent to a line in rough calculations


an inch. The ts'un in

ch'ih 14.625 inches) exactly 1.015625 of the twelfth of

1.21875

an

inch, or one inch

and

one-fifth.

other artizans in measuring their work;

employed, but
N.B.
14.1

it is

usually about 14.35 feet

The chang

U)

it

(calling the

is

Canton

is

equal to

The chang

is frequently used by carpenters and


of
course
length
depends on that of the ch'ih

of the Foreign Trade Tariff of 1858

is

141 English inches; the ch'ih,

English inches.

LAND MEASURE.
f

its

or

mw = about one-sixth

current coin,

ch'ih,

Chinese

feet,

of an English acre

make one pu*


and 100

mou

(;?),

calculated with

It

reference to

commonly known

weight.

pace

one ch'ing

must be borne in mind that, except copper


and that, except where foreign coin is employed,

WEIGHT.

ounce,

Five

240

pu

one

mou s

(tg).

cash, the Chinese have no

payments in

all

The maximum money weight

as the tael, the subordinate divisions of

is

the

Hang

silver
3

are

(!), say

which are the ch'ien 2 (f&) or

1
2
mace, /eta (ft), candarin, li (;|f ), cash; the three last-named denominations respectively equalling
the one-tenth, one-hundredth, and one-thousandth of the Hang. The cash of the copper currency,

which should properly be worth a tael a thousand, are spoken of as t'ung2 ($g) ch'ien2 or
the latter term being moreover generic of money, like our word cash.

ch'ien,

In what we should call avoirdupois, the weights to be remembered, in addition to the


1
above, are the chin (Ff or ^jj) catty, or Chinese pound of 16 Hang or ounces, the ounce being
The chin is equal to about ij Ib. English, and 100 chin
subdivided, as in money weight.

make

the tan* (JJ), or shih* (%j),

known by us

as the

picul=i33j

tan and shih are used interchangeably at Peking, but the


sound, being called tan*, and almost invariably written g.
* Condensed from the " Chinese
Chrestomathy," the highly

Vciluable

latter is

ft.

English.

The

never used with

work compiled by the

late Dr.

characters
its

proper

BRIDGMAN.

PART

IV.

THE TEN DIALOGUES.

TZ& ERH CHI.

216

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

PART

IV.

THE TEN DIALOGUES.


DIALOGUE
What

1.

from, sir

you

am

man

a T'ien-ching (Tientsin)

ask your country ?


3. I am a Chihli man

too.

Ah we are fellow-provincials,
Who is that gentleman ?
He is a foreigner.
!

5.

6.
7.

Do you know what

8.

do not

intercourse

17.

better ask

sir

country,

What have you brought

Small things in the Japanese lacquer-

21

22.

[pi*
'

1.

Obs.

Obs.

chia 4

2.

May

ask

province of China do the


?

they do a large business ?


large, I should imagine.

Not very

12.

20.

06s.

Do

19.

T'ien-chin or T'ien-ching.

there.

From what

12.

What part kuei, honourable, for the


I am
pi, vile, in ill condition,

i.

There are some Chinese merchants

20.

ware wav.

2.

of our merchants gone over

The greater part are from the provinces of Kwangtung and Fukien.

with you,

sir?
2.

told that no one

have been removed, and


an easier matter than it used

majority of them go

in business.

10.
1 1

8.

19.

am

had been

and subjects

ask what brings you to our

May

is

Have any

there yet
1

9.

to be.

himself.

Indeed!

sir

late the restrictions

then.

him here ?
him

brings

you had

15.

could get into Japan or out of it.


1 6. That
difficulty did exist once, but of

4.

14.

Oh you are from Japan,


Yes; I am a Japanese.

13.

2.

may

part of the country are

I.

ij!|

22.

sheng

possessive pronoun of the second person.


for the possessive of the first pronoun

lit.,

have not

chili*

IS kitang 3

ling, received your instruction

my humble
;

place

i>

you have not said

whence you come.

ware

4.

Obs.

Fellow-provincials

8.

Obs.

Himself:

Obs.
Obs.

15.

Obs.

16.

06s.

19.

both the speakers are

men

of the province of Chihli.

Sir:

i.

No
i.

one

Did

nevertheless difficult.
hsieh-'rh,

hsiang, properly, village

tsunchia; lit., honoured chariot.


Japanese: tuny ;/<</<:/; lit., the eastern sea; the sea or ocean; hence, foreign.
the gum with which lacquerware is covered.

9.
12.

c/i'i,

him, the individual man.

lit.,

somewhat
Obs.

nan,

exist

Obs.

difficult,
t'oit li,

2.

i.s

k'ai,

to open, chin, the prohibitions

better.

Province

siting,

20. 06s.

Kwangtung

22. 06s.

of which there are 18 in China.

kuang, broad.

should imagine

2.

Lacquer-

as often as not used for impossible.

in the beginning, formerly, eh'io, notwithstanding,

Removed

Obs.

chihp'a;

lit.,

I only fear.

[however easy now,


hence, the state of things

it
is

was]
liao

PART

haven't they money


should say not much.

not

23.

Why

24.

Well,

Why

do they go

25.

they haven't

money

Most

26.

take charge of their hongs


and to act as brokers for them.

Japan, then,

if

Do

29.

on

get

the}'

Japanese
30. Neither has

have

accompanied

with

well

thr

much

confidence in

tin:

other, I imagine.

Europeans.

What do Europeans

27.

to

28. It is

them

of

to

217

THE TEN DIALOGUES.

IV.

carry

them with

them for?

Obs.

28.
to

i.

Act

as

but another form of (so

tm) is

through, fhou, the hand.


Confidence ksiang
30. Obs.

(see

Part III, 50).

Obs.

Brokers

2.

thing, in the sense of

i>ii>s

reciprocal trust, faith, or belief in each other (pi tz'n).

It-sin,

DIALOGUE
1

Is not the horse

you are

horse of our country hen


2.

for

Yes

it

riding,

13-

in

Who

4.

in the horse-yard chose

How much

did they ask you for

for

you

was

your country.

The people

it ?

15.

7.

They asked thirty


Did you give it ?

8.

6.

did not

him

taels.

thought they asked too

7.

8.

And how much


I

closed with

did you give ?


them for twenty-two

died

12.

The horse was mine

Was he

really

once.

why

'.

did you

returned

taels.
1 1

did you pay for

mi'

ni-na.

20.

06s.

Sir

06s.

And how much

19.

06s.

I.

Father died

had you not

was

my

gave up

home

Oh yes
And during
;

06s.

i.

Dear me! ai

hsien fu,

ya.

06s.
chiii

Obs.

my
3.

then, and

family

affairs.

his

illness

ill

'

who took

20.

i/o

my

my father

was your father long


pretty near ten years.

21.

(tjj-

employment

to look after

me

tin-

in a public office until

Dear

20.

in the first

good deal I had money then.


Ah! you had something in

'/.

III, 648).

[though you did not give what they asked] tao

ko hsia, laid down, the appointment.


second the administration, required in
20.

ai'

See nin, above (Part

i.

9.

[Jj

him

charge of his family


jjtj

ti,

in the end, etc.

06s. 2.
Gave up
departed from, sliih, the world.
liao li ; the first word signifying here the calculation, the

late father, ch'ii,

Look

after

ic, household business.


2.

Your

father: ling tsun;

days long enduring.


22. 06s. i.
His illness
t'a-na, like ni-na, a respectful form
chao ying, looked to everything, and met every requirement.
:

What

20.

22.

sell

him?
[.

he had no defect what-

at all;

public service,
19.

9.

Long

6.

instance

much.

10.

Not

ever.

it

me.
5.

him because I wanted money.


was not on account of any defect,

I sold

14. It

3.

it

sir,

'.

was bought

bought

II.

both words signifying honourable.

06s.

3.

jih-fzii chin,

pronounced t'an-na.

Obs. 2.

Took charge

28

T/r KRH CHI.

218

He was

23.

had you not


not

lost

might

am not sure.
26. How not sure ?

35.

still;

He

would have

in

staid

made

Did your salary

in

the place
out of it.

36.

was not he made Governor


?

was; Governor

if

of

Honan.

is

that were you

still

But

sir

in public

employ His Excellency WANG would beyond


doubt be willing to give you a lift.
he never liked me.
37. You are wrong

not cover your

it

My

idea

your

relation.

what do you imply by your question,

here had been more to be


28.

Better

of a province the other day

27. I
t

34.

your father ?
might have remained or

25. I

office

WANG

not His Excellency

connexion by marriage ?
33. More; he is my blood

out.

Should you have remained in

24.

32. Is

able to attend to his affairs

though he could not go

iu-doors,

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

expenses

imagination; what evidence


have you that he did not ?
39. The last time he left home I asked
38. That's

29. Well,

it

still

did;

addition

little

was required to make one comfortable.


Don't think

30.

odd

it

if I

say that you

him

were wrong to give up your place.

27.
28.

06s.

25.

Obs.

tang

1
,

31.

41.

man

i'

32.

wang'

32. J

made:

to be

hsiang, properly, the neck;

Cover expenses p'ei,


the advances made.
:

to

make up

34-

36.

ffipa*

36.

58.

fg

I'ltlHI/'

Tc hsiang, the items, MUMS,

subdivisions.

items;

a deficiency, but, popularly, to lose

Well [though I could have wished more]


Think it odd: kuai, to be angry with.
:

Obs.

i.

too, yet, I

06s. 2.

had not

money

tien, to

advance nmney.

to p'ei tien.

Were wrong:

in laying

down your

office

you were

not right.

You

06s.

number

marriage.

have you."

think:

to follow, to lean against, according to;

i,

would have] chiao, caused me to do what?


His Excellency: WANG ta-jln; the two
32. O6s. i.
large

in the world, I wouldn't

More

29. Obs.

/in

$C

specially used of the profits or pickings of an office.

tien, to lose

30.

ought

to

note that a son cannot speak of his father as J'a.


1
in office
tang here to perform.
To-shao ch'ien: in Peking as often pronounced to-rh ch'ien.

28. Obs.

P ei

^lim"

31.

Remained

27. Obs.

obtained

28.

hsiang

ftgp'ei'

He

23. Obs.
24.

JJ

me with him.
And what answer did he make
He said, "If there were not another

to take
40.

31. Why, what do you think


have done ?

all

of officials

Emphasise

whom, however, we should not

last

lit.,

in that case,

according to your idea, [you

words make an honourable appellative proper to a


06s. 2.
Connexion cli'in c/i'i, related l>y

style Excellency.

ch'in.

Made governor: fang, to let go (in the higher grades of office, to appoint), hsdn fn, the former
34. 06s.
character signifying to go rounds, as a watch the latter, to soothe, to conciliate.
Under the present dynasty, the chief
authority over a single province, with a few exceptions.
35. Obs.
Imply by your question: lit., what is your lofty view, the view of your superior intelligence
Give you a lift: t'i, to lift or pick up, pa, to pluck or pull up; t'i also means to mention or allude
36. 06s.
;

'.

to (see Dialogue

IV,

81).

anyone in preference to others to show preference


he heretofore has not hsi huan, rejoiced in, me.

T'i pa, to help on

37. 06s.

Never liked

38. 06s.

Evidence:

lit.,

what

is

to.

a tui chengl the latter word (chtng) signifying witness, that lui, accords with,

what you advance.


39.

outside

Obs.

i.

said of

Last time: shang tz'ii, the time, or turn, last above the present.
anyone going to some distance to trade, on duty, etc.

O6s.

2.

Left home:

lit.,

went

PART
Dear me

42.

such sternness

He

43.

THE TEN DIALOGUES.

IV.

was there any reason

'.

me

because

was

idle

52.

tinue to bear you such

You

don't

now.

illwill

know

53.

he said more than

54.
55.

no matter what luck

said that

me any

he might have, he would never show


favour again.

No;

is

it

equally divided amongst

What

was

sort of property

money
There was some ready money and

'.

it,

some house property, and business as well.


56. How came the house to you when
you were not the eldest son
57. While my father was alive my eldest

'

He

elder brother a larger share

the three of us.

47.

Has your

than the rest

have told you.


46. But not that he would never forgive

you

'.

50.

was young.
be easy about that. Bygones are
44. Oh
His Excellency surely doesn't conbygones.
45.

Did your father's property all come to


you, or was it divided
5 1. Not all to me
my two brothers, elder
and younger, have each a share.

for

can't bear

and extravagant when

what

What

a pity that with such an opportunity as this you shouldn't be able to avail

brother always looked after the shop.


58. Oh! and you live in the house to

yourself of

take care of your mother

48.

it.

There

49.

is

no help

my own that I
of my time long ago.

fault but

use

for

it

did not

it's

no one's

make

my younger brother beini;


away from home he has got a private
secretary's place somewhere or other.
59. Exactly,

also

better

44-

43.

43-

chien*

43.

43-

obt.

i.

Can't

i.

Oh

bear:

44.

chi

44.

chiu

hen,

to

yu*

50.

58.

\dtif

53-

59-

46.
4

48.
1

hate, to

49-

hsi

'

54-

be wrath with.

Obs.

2.

Idle:

was not

ch'in,

diligent,

and

C/MI//.

economical.
44.

|>a.-t,

Obs.

or,

46.

an

ai,

since the thing

is

06s.

2.

chin*, there

is

interjection.

past,

yu

Bygones: chi, of time that


no fault [imputed].

is

past

since.

Chi

n'<ing, as to

what

Forgive: yu, to forgive; k'ttan yu, to have the liberality to forgive.


Luck: lit., no matter what share of promotion, wealth, etc., he might reach.

Obs.

47. Obs.

48. Obs.
Opportunity: chi, motive power, hiti, to meet, to come across; the meeting with the motive power that
accomplish a certain object in view.
Better use: hsi, properly, rest; the profit, interest, accruing on money put out.
C/t'n hsi, to make
49. Obs.
profit, or the profit made; colloquially, seldom used except in a moral sense.
Emphasise </<'.
will

50.

Obs.

53.

"6s.

54.

06s.

All come: chtian, exclusively, Tcuei, to revert


Equally chun, in even shares.

to.

i.

Was

it:

na, an

interrogative particle.

06s.

2.

Property:

ch'an yeh

may mean

land, house,

01

business.

The house: lit., the dwelling-house below your person. 06s. 2. Eldest: chattg 3 cf. chang \>- i, an
56. 06s. i.
elder generation.
Alive: tsai, existing.
57. obs.
Take care of: tz'tt liou, to wait on both words meaning to wait, to wait for. Ob*. 2. Your mother:
58. O6*. i.
ling t'ang ; the latter word, properly a hall, being elliptically used for hsilan Pang, a poetical term for mother.
;

59.

Obs.

being in court.

Private secretary: mil, properly, a curtain or screen, behind which the secretary would
The term las a classical origin.

sit,

his

employer

220

ERH

TZtJ

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

DIALOGUE
1.

Come

here,

2.

Here,

sir

somebody!
what did you want,

4.

Who are you


My name is LAI-FU.

5.

What

3.

is

7.

What do you do

8.

10.
it.

and

came

to

do

is

here

brother's work.

pray

How came

25.

most

the same.

he to go away without

7.
8.

He was wanted

19.

What

brother,

sir,

not more than four

far

at

li

'.

the

in the Eastern Division too.

it's

28.

home on very

at

meanwhile you can go

he

is

31.

Ah

him

tell

come back

directly

>.

here by to-night.
LAI-SHUN himself

if

Oh, here

is

to

come

You can

here.

33.

You have no further orders for me, sir?


None whatever; you go.
Here,

LAI-SHUN

have made a sad mistake,


will
forgive me.
hope you
34. I

do

g-

His mother was very ill.


If BO, why should you and he have

changed places

brother

my

30.

32.

particular business

Must

29. It will

particular business.

my

home.

6.

may, servants

your house far from this ?


I should not call it very far.
What do you mean by not very

27. Well, in the

14. He thought he oughtn't to trouble


about
leave, sir, when you were unwell.
you
1
5. Why couldn't he wait till I was well

again

it

be back soon.

will

26. It's

Yes

that as

all

Don't be hard on

he

24.

after

13.

be

23. Is

What, the LAI-SHUN who looks

asking leave

sir.

22.

1 2.

it,

your work might not be

for fear

leave.

my elder

because father desired

should never leave the house without asking

Who is your elder brother


My brother's name is LAI-SHUN.

the library

came

21. Well,

CHANG.

My

9.

sir

done,

your surname

surname

He went

20.

'.

6.

III.

8.

fa><

21.

23-

3.

chia*

22.

34-

sir,

but

iW
1

shu 4

4. <H,s.
My name: hgiao ti, the little one servants so style themselves to their masters in a court, prisoners
and witnesses do the same. Differently used farther on, in Part V, Lesson LXXXVII.
8. Obs.
Elder brother ko-ko borrowed from the Manchu language. Notice t'i first as the preposition instead
;

'

if,

and then as the verb to replace, or


13.

Obs.

Ask

to

do instead

of.

leave: chin, to rest, to take a holiday;

not to be confounded with chia,

false.

Kao

ehia, to give

notice of leave.
14.

Obs.

He

19.

Obs.

If so: since it is che-mo cho, thus.

21. Obs.
din] matter]

22.

Obs.

23. Obs.

27. Obs.
28. Obs.
34.

oneself

Obi.

Be

oughtn't: pupien,
all

it

was not expedient, convenient,

that: wu,*, a negative imperative particle;

do not speak.
Don't be hard

Far from:

lit.,

befitting, that he should.

of other matters, before [I speak of this mosl

Colloquially, wu'.
:

jao, to forbear, to pardon, to excuse.

See Part III, Exercise

XXXII,

8,

Obs.

i .

from;
li,
your house from this far or near?
In the meanwhile hsien, before your brother comes.
Directly: chiu, now.
to separate; hence,

is

Forgive

me: k'nau

hence, to show mercy.

*/<.

,s'A/'.

to
properly, to forbear doing to others what <>m> dries not wish done

PART

THE TEN DIALOGUES.

IV.

It was a mistake indeed; why did


out
without saying a word to me ?
you go
You
were not well, sir, and they were
36.

go out and see, sir ?


No,
5
you needn't go. Shut (let down)
the window.
50. Shall I

35.

pressing
37.

money

me

for the

Who

they,

The

and what was

table for
p;iid for

where

there's

the

someone coming rushing into the house.

it.

want you

shop in the Western Divi-

39. Isn't that

to stand

sir

sir

outside the walls.

near which gate?


much about the town

41. Outside the walls!

know

42. I don't

outside the walls,

thrashing or your losses

sir.

perhaps

46.
47.

don't quite un-

What is it you don't understand, sir ?


You have got to speak the truth,

62.

mind.

49. Halloo

who

a noise in the court


48.

54-

y\ian*

49.

Venture
Court:

06s.

57.

56.

Pressing:

48. 06s.
49.

56.

54-

52.

36. Obs.

to

do with

it, sir,

yes,

him

indeed

that

is

the

man

before.
?

63.

Your fare from the Northern Division

64.

Northern Division

to

'.

an

tot

jjfc

belong
inn at Foal's Bridge.
65. Dear, dear! this really requires explanation take care what you say.

sir.

making such

is it that's

money.
do with your

What has he had to do with you


He hasn't paid me my fare.

61.

you a lie,

didn't notice

all this.

48. I shouldn't venture to tell

to

Ah

60.

derstand in

my

I've

your servant has, at any rate.


59. Which servant? what, LAI-SHUN here,

ting Gate.
I

you please

you have nothing

If

58.

But you know whether the shop was


north or south of this, don't you ?
44. Oh! I remember; it's outside the An-

sir.

if

And what have

57.

43.

45. There's something

friend,

Oh,
justice,
been thrashed and I've lost
56.

No,

my

What do you mean

55.

40.

'

53. Why, you are a waggoner, are you not?


what do you mean by rushing in in this way ?
54. Oh, sir
my humble service to you

bought the
shop,
to be
the
other
wanted
you
day
sir,

Dear me! what can the matter be

52.

38.

sion

1.

money.

were

221

57.

they were impatient

lit.,

in the

^ sMn
J&
jpf

i/

ho'

matter of (yd} from

chii.

64.

jf(i)

65.

fg

hai'

65.

f^

htiantf

me wanting money.

lean, to dare.

an enclosure surrounded by walls; the open spaces between the buildings

//"</;/.

in

.1

Cliinrsc

house are so called.


06$.

52.
tn burst a
54.

a kotow.
56.

way
06s.

06s.

Obs.

3.
I.

57.

Obs.

man

Have been thrashed:

suffer, to

Justice:

2.

3
ai 1 , here an interjection indicative of surprise or regret.
Obs. 2.
Rushing in: rft'tianj ,
or beast.
In Peking, rh'uang*.
Oh, sir! ai, a mere exclamation. 06s. 2. Humble service: k'o, to knock, t'ou, the head; perform
Stand my friend lit., I pray you, sir, to (so chu, to play the master, to manage my business for me.
!

into; said of
i.

06s.

mandarin, to

Dear me

i.

lit.,

pray you,

To do with

64. 06s.

In northern
ngai; originally, to beat; more commonly, side by side with.
we should call a sign of the passive.

be the recipient of; hence, when with other verbs, what

sir, *In"i>,

</, with

Foal's Bridgr

<//.<,

hai,

an

M retch

your

out so as to straighten, yilan, my wrong.


money, etc., has with me, bo lean, what connexion or concern?

loss of

horse, an ass,

or

;i

mule, not

full

grown.

Ma-chii

Ch'i.-io

is

\illagi-

few

miles east of Peking.


65. Obi.
explicit

I.

Dear, dear

and minute explanation.

interjection.

06s. 2.

Explanation

lit.,

this hai,

still,

requires hxiaiiy /<',

222

You may

66.

word

ing

ERH

TZtJ

take

my

leg

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

off, sir, if I

say

67.

What

68.

The

84.

time did you start this morn-

any one of them.


85. What, a
LAI-SHUN ?

here

cart was put to at cock-crow.

69.

Had you one

70.

Had you no

pair

beast or two

we were

to

go quick.

passenger but LAI-SHUN

proposed to go so

fast

74.

he came to hire

and when

cart,

made

if

due

be the fare

settled

that

was

to

have

that

Including the extra charge for speed?


I never

take in anybody.
the fare
79. Oh

Not

fair

is

go about

so fast;

it's

to

tell

it.

me

the fare that's

my

business.

want

to clear

up

this

worth taking up your time, sir.


you trouble yourself about

you've got to do

What!

94. Well,
tell

enough

didn't

was

it

you

Bridge
96.

is

to

answer

my

you say just now

that.

CHANG LAI-SHUN

72. Obs.

97.

that

Obs.

Wei*,

for,

!>""'-

78. 06s.
79. 06s.

Came

in

His father

is

a market-gardener out-

Oh

then of course LAI-SHUN

little

is

when he was

an

quite

fellow playing about the streets.

79-

91.

hit

96.

yilan'

partner, an associate.
to

lit.,

he said

if I

made

haste he could add some cash.

"Jo (see Part III, 597).

to blows

chia, properly, a frame

88. 06s.

Oh

91. Obs.

To understand:

93. 06s.

All you have to do:

dear

here a Foal's

going quickly.

Companion: pan, a
Extra cliia, to add
Take

to

man ?

74- Jfl chin'

70. Obs.

what do you want me

old acquaintance of yours ?


98. I used to see him

ashed me.
72.

sir,

side the village.

all.

you had a thrashing ?


but it was not LAI-SHUN
82. Yes

74.

please pay

I'll

Don't

all

95. Is

about this you came to blows ?


80. We didn't come to blows at

tin

me and

dear

questions.

78. Yes, the extra fare included

81.

Oh

tell.

92. It's not

two.
77.

to

93.

was

headed by

people

business.

76. It

know

No, not thieves either.

91.

haste he would pay me something extra.


75. What did you and he agree should

don't

88.

90. Oh, sir

he said that

it

89. Well, but you have got


whether it be long or short.

LAI-SHUN hired the

of

lot

No, no; LAI-SHUN did not bring anyone.


They were thieves then ?

a long story to

There was a companion of his as well.


And which of the two was it that

73.

of people

87.

86.

72.

five

Who then?
A number

83.

that's not true.

to

ward

oft'

blows

with

ta,

to fight, with

anus or without.

ai yo, an interjection.

hsi, bright, clear; I


clrih,

only;

must fen
I

hsl, distinguish

one part from another, ming-pai,

clearly.

only require that when I ask you something you say that

something.
96.
lin.a yituii,

Ohx.

Gardener

yilan, a garden

his father keeps

Howt-r gunk'n, kuo nut yiian, an orchard.

(I'd.,

opens) a t/fai yiian, vegetable garden, as distinct from

PART

Was he

99.

THE TEN

IV.

honest as a boy, or the

re-

back

100. Sir,

hud rather not

don't want you specially to

fare

anybody.

But

ioj.
tales

know

of him, can't
02. Sir!

let

you can

me go

you

please

about

fell

and

me; where did the people


upon you ?

104.

They belonged

105.

How

to a tea-house

06.

<

well.

115.

Oh!

set

Not

far;

on the

1 1

outside the Sha-wo

just

And LAI-SHUN had some

108.

No, no tea

some

99. Obs.

my

whip

you

loo. 06s.
103.

Obs.

104. Obs.

was mended you

for you,

06.

x/(,,I

104.

06.

WO

fare

There

19.

is

me my

no

doesn't

and

fare,

difficulty

signify;
let

about the

".'/OK,

go

fare;

me

it

at once,

sir, if

and let me go home ?


Don't disturb yourself about

please,

but have you

10.

nothing to say to

114.

the

him

II 9 .

ip
t><

fH

slippery, evasive, dishonest, not to be

li,

me

out of LAI-SHUN'S wages for

it

a*

depended upon.

commonly

called liu

Tell tales: to tell people's tuan ch'u, short places, demerits; ch'aiig

upon

Could you give

20.

hence, metaphorical for a slippery customer,

Fell

eh

about what took place at the rea-shop

103.

Reverse: liu

Dialogue VII, 72)

and the tea-shop

it;

Oh! the beating

8.

121.
it

but the tea-

upon me.

shall stop

mended.

in. Well, and when


came back to the house ?

me

you.

him

was away getting

and some-

spirits

thing to eat besides.


109. Did you breakfast with

no. No;

tea there

that was

but please, sir, pay


about my business.

Jate.

107.

117. Well, so far as the beating you got


at the tea-house goes, I don't see that I can

do anything
from the city

and when

Yes, and not only

4.

house as

pay they

n >ad.
far

came back

wanted you to pay your passengers' bill ?


1 1 6.
That was it; and when I wouldn't

business.

my

103. Well, tell

come from who

fare

223

KS.

pay me my

Yes, I

2.

1 1

me any good you

tell

tales of

tell

!.<)(

got
found that they were off.
113. Off! having done you out of your
1

verse?

tell

Dl A

Liu

li

li ch'iu'-'rli,

ch'ii is

is, lit.,

"

glassware {aee

glass marble."

a man's -pecial merit.

to beat, with or without a weapon.

Tea-house: kuan, a term to be differently translated according to circumstances

>chool, an hotel,

the temporary residence of an official


travelling on duty, etc.
106. Obs.

Gate:

tfha-ieo,

Whip:

pien; mended, uliuan, as before, to

popularly pronounced ,s7<-/xi

///.,

dust, or sand, nest.

Wo

is

the nest nr

lair

>!'

bird or beast.
1

10.

06s.

12.

Ob*.

I.

When /.,
:

tie to,

or round.

come up

as before, to overtake, to

to.

Ob*. 2.

They were

off:

they had, before the

time so described, run away.


113.

Obs.

Done you out of: k'etig (see Part III, 796).


Not only: tan, only; not only the waggon

14.

Obs.

17.

06s.

So

119.

06.

Stop

another.

far as: ts'eng;

Also read she

it:

lit.,

che, properly,

(see

fare,

HIM, also,

etc.

a layer; hence, a stage in proceedings, an incident.


to

Part V, Lesson

snap off; here, as elsewhere, to deduct from one account in favour of

XXVII,

13)

TZU ERH CHI.

224

No, no; nothing whatever.

122.

pay

me my

fare, sir,

and

me

let

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

Please

go home.

int'ii

''h

UH9 l

1
|g to

123.

123.

123.

Right good: chuny, honest, loyal; hou, thick (morally, sound, liberal, the opposite of mean
2.
Put up with: tan 1 to bear on the shoulder, but read tow 4 when used materially; tan tai to behave towarilBut when rliimj, a strong disjunctive.
Obs. 3.
as one bearing their pu shih, faults, on one's own shoulder.
123. Obs.

(>l>*.

&

is

servants.

put up with your neighbour's wrongdoing in


tin's way; but when
you get back to your
I2 3-

any good, and that I


have nothing whatever to do with such

will

to

LAI-SIIUN'S father that

tell

neither of his sons

you are a right good fellow

123. Well,

you may

village,

i.

Any good

Obs. 4.

man.

Ob*.

ts'ai liao,

materials

lit.,

Nothing whatever: chaeh;

5.

neither of

lit.,

them

is

1.

LUNG-T'IEN
Sir!

Who

4.

His name

5.

Oh

6.

Yes, sir

7.
8.

9.

Many

1 1

Were

Pretty
connected.

sir

well,

No,

sir,
4.

I.

06s.

Come

7.

&

His father! what

He was

what

we

are

especially with a junior,

is

about

is

his father

in business once

at present

distantly

Do you know

6.

shall I

23.

If

shih'

remember the man

don't

line of business
22.

him.

Ittii"

It's

24.

was he

in

at

all:

'(

Surely
you remember the large
in
the
Western Division, sir ?
shop
Oh! Hsi Fr-m'txo; I do remember
his son,

His son,

is it

sir.

'

7-

yu"

23-

name of the person addressed, not the surname


omitted.
Were the surname expressed, it would precede
!

19.

21. I

can ask him

LUNG-T'IEN

me what

20.

draper's

but

to see

8.

he has no occupation.

3.

14.

Oh, you're connected


what he has come for ?
1

have no objection.
says he is come to see Your ExI

His father has sent him to pay his


respects, he says.

years ago.
you intimate

2.

is it

an old acquaintance.

was that

He

6.

cellency.
1

Where did you meet


We met at Shanghai.

When

Hsu.

is

man you know,


;

Do;

15.

that in the court

is

10.

IV.

3.

useful, or honest

to cut; positively, decidedly.

DIALOGUE
2.

makes a good,

of the material that

the

this,

the

in

name

familiar

intercourse,

as above in Dialn^iir

III, 954.

Obs.

of two syllables.
5. 06s.

Hsu: a surname.

Know

There are in

all

China but some 540 single-syllabled surnames, with perhaps 30

6.

06s.

7.

06s.

shih, to know, to recognise.


Old acquaintances: ch'cn, old, of things long
Meet ya, to meet by accident.

18.

06s.

Respects:

21. 06s.

The man:

in use: also, stale (see

Part III, 1026).

sent to

rh'itig,

for ch'ing

wm,

to

beg to be allowed to inquire after your im, health,

comfort.
q.d., this

man

is

one

so,

whom,

do not remember; the addition of the

so

is

emphasise the affirmation.


23. Obs.

Hsu FU-CH'ING:

ch'ing, prosperity, congratulations

upon prosperity;

here, part of a man's name.

held to

PART
Ask

25.

liim to stop

THE TEN DIALOG

IV.

in.
in.

Djn!

32.

Hsu,

34.

The son

hope he

of

am

sir.

Hsu FU-CH'IM;

Very

thank you,

sir

am sure, and
much trouble.
Oh,

39.

he sent

ch'i 1

32.

Ask him

O6s.

used of invitations to

Some

tea

33. Obs.

Your

service

37. Obs.

Thank you

38.

Good

i.

persons or things
trouble

should be well

satisfied if

he looked

Your Excellency.
understand

why he should
have.

Your Excellency has


;

But they are over now that he has

from business.

49. Yes,

sir,

he /<*

retired,

but that was

37-

t'o<

38.

38.

tien'

40.

ch'i, to
:

smoke,

4549-

hence, to offer

to, to

invite to benefit by.

Very commonly

etc.

pour boiling water on

chien, cheap, lowly

the same as

lao"

tea.

like pi (see Dialogue

for the

I, 2),

pronoun of the

tirst

person.

Part III, 992), to be beholden to, fu, the prosperity, of the person
t'o,
which
Heaven
rewards
goodness,
by making him prosper, has a beneficial influence on the speaker.

q.d.,

Obs.

48.

my

Jang, properly, to concede to

eat, to drink, to

06s.

addressed

t'o (see

of him: chiao, to cause, as elsewhere, puts the verb in the passive; tien, to be anxious about

not recognised by the dictionaries.

Lao

lao, trouble, to trouble.

2.-1 am

Obs.

sure

ehao

xhili,

in

chia, to trouble the chariot, politely for to trouble

very truth.

you

it

is

Obs.

3.

Take

also frequently

used in the sense of " thank you."


40. Obs.

remember: mo, a word not used separately from hw; the combination implying dimness of sight
The character nu> is not recognised by the native dictionaries, and is probably a corruption
or the same phonetic with the 72nd or rogth Radical.
If I

or sense; dimly remember.


of mo, to

feel,

42. Obs.

Much

the same

rh'ai' (see Part III, 1005), or


45.

Obs.

i.

tz'fi

As hearty:

represent this hitter sound.

ch'a 1 ,

(see

wu

k'o

properly,

Part

06s.

2.

diverging

Well
for

not

Ch'apu

III, 577).

ying, hard;

[would be a thing that though] one asked

satisfied
it,

lit., if

my

2
,

confounded with the same character read

tall.

much, nearly the same

There

is,

father could be like

one could not obtain

to be

differing not

to,

lang*, properly lang

Not help nai, properly, a certain fruit, but


nai ho both mean that the case is without any remedy

49. 06s.

because he could not help himself.


25.

32.

years, for

had
but my poor father
has had his domestic financial anxieties.

simple duty.

25.

him by two

beat

he has not gone through what

retired

was no more than

agi-

sir.

sixty-nine,

a public man
47.
great cares no doubt

very good of you to take

it

sir,

44.

is

As

Your Excellency's health.


was very good of him to think of

He

Then

46. Well, I don't

to inquire after
38. It

43.

45. I

the same

as hearty as
;

much

is

seventy-one.

'.

not

well,

am

sir?

Hsu,

Age! why, he

42.

is well.

37.

me,

service,

your

is

Hsu FU-CH'ING is my father.


I used to know him
years ago

35.

so

at

33.

36.

me

Your name

teal

pretty good, thank

is

you, considering his age.

as

Some

41. His eyesight

31

now

better

'.

if

eyes,

27.
hope Your Excellency is well.
28. Take a seat
take a seat
29. When Your Excellency is seated.
take a seat
Here,
30 Take a seat
I

somebody

Your father used to suffer from his


I remember
rightly; are they am

40.

His Excellency begs you will walk

26.

225

'Ks.

it

strictly speaking,

Your Excellency

is

no character

tn

that hearty, thai

too good a thing to be got.

as used in this phrase, untranslatable.

there

as.

no help

for

Wu

nai ho and

it.

29

_>26

P;RH CHI.

T/fr

Oh, indeed

50.

was unfortunate

lie

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.
in

61.

business?

52.

Nut exactly, sir.


No thm was lie robbed

53.

Far worse,

51.

were
?

54.

make

loss

off

56.

58.

How many

59.

Four

60.

But not

home

52

06s.
Obs.

Ob*. 2.

06s.

ch'ieh 4

No ?
:

i.

"'" 4

54-

i^

55-

^?a

quite a

is

young

thing,

and always

57-

ping'

59.

59-

IJTJ

ching

60.

62.

| yang
chieh

JJ

ttmci

negative imperative

62.

^
^ /'
^

suffer

from

wei 4

mnnf

63.

shuang*

64.

t^ia

64.

4
63. ffi cfem

ma pu,

if it

when

were not

hence, sign of the passive)

what does she

69. My mother died while she was a baby


the breast, and she never throve afterwards.

56.

pei, to cover (hence, to suffer

followed

was

it

by

a negative, never.

not then that he was robbed

ch'ieh, to steal, to pilfer.

Worse wu, to hate k'o wu, deserving hate, detestable, abominable. Obs. 2. Made
when trying to extricate oneself from bonds cMng ch'ien, to make money by exertion.
;

ehing, to

Make

06s.

TOO, generally,

effort, as

54.

at

Ching, a strong disjunctive; then, but then, only, nothing but;


I.

Robbed

53.

make an

is

Ah

68.

53- ffi ching*

52.

51.

six.

is

ailing.

53-

52.

two children,

a large family to keep, indeed;


another lady unmarried ?

She

67.

are there of you ?


sons and three daughters.

51.

52.

and there

them

all at

That

66.

has told on your father's health, has it ?


57. Naturally, sir; he has a large family
to give

killed in

widows are come home

their

and the other with

Absconded; how abominable! and the

to oftiVers

husbands were

again

a friend he went security for

No,

daughters

them were married

65. Yes, sir; one with her

55.

and nothing

of

And

64.

it ?

sir,

Two

sir.

father's

that last campaign in the West.

someone who owed him money

with

your

thought
married ?

of the army, but their

money he had made.


Dear me! I'm sorry to hear that; how

it? did

all

63.

he was cheated out

sir;

of almost all the

was

Every one at home,

62. I

recognised character,

with
did the ch'ien chu, debtor, peng, flick it, the money, away? Peng, which is not a
used of the action of a bowstring, or of a piece of wood so set as to propel anything, upon the

oft'

is

missile propelled.
55.

Obs.

Security: pao, to secure, to ensure, in any sense.

56.

"6s.

Health: ching, properly, minute, subtle; ching, the


ching shSn, animal spirits, health.

external manifestation
57.

Obs.

59.

man

lit,

he has not

li

wherewith

liang, resources

to,

yang huo,

to

keep them alive

All

61. 06s.
i.

63. Obs.

i.

ko ho-'rh, every individual.


Daughters: ku-niang, a spinster. Obs. 2. Married: chia, of the woman married, to leave home.
06. 2. Killed: cMn, a rank, the ranks
Married: those they were given to were military officers.
:

wang, to die

cMn wang,

died in battle

were killed the

last

was a ch'u ping, going forth to war.


thuang widowed (in Peking, shuang*} fu, a

time that in the West,

lit.,

on the western

n>ad (beyond the frontier) there

Willows

64. 06s.

ailing: ai, to love

67. Obs.
69. Obs.

it-.

or beast.

62. 06s.

within one, as distinguished from shea.

Daughters: chieh, elder sisters of the speaker mei, his younger sisters.
But not wei, not, not yet wei pi, it does not necessarily follow.

06s.

60. 06s.

of a force

to give

Nothing

Hang, to feed, to rear,

spirit

r.

Always
While:

wanted, was deficient

in,

ta,

milk.

hence, at the time when.

proceeding from;
06s.

3.

wife.

Fii-jen is used of

any woman.

here and often, in the sense of "to be used to."

Throve

06s.

tsu chuang, sufficiently vigorous.

2.

At

the breast: eh'iieh na

THK TEN DIALOGUES.

i'ART IV.

This

70.

vm

is

family,

79.

the

for

your brothers arc doing something


I

Oh, Your Excellency, I should be inexpressibly grateful if you would take so much

but you and

sad, really;

interest in me.

suppose.

7i.I should be very glad

do anything,

to

80.

73.

to

74.

Well, but what

alluded to

about

visit to-day,

your eldest brother

is

and quite

a cripple

is

unfit for

this

76. Well,

a terrible case

is

father gave

and

business,

up

for their schooling

short of
1

lace,

my

jo.

suppose the long and the

Obs.

no

is

to find

what

can do

for

you

am

84.

Good-bye, then, for the present.

85.

Good-bye

to

Your Excellency.

you a

70.

73-

$)/''"'''

lien*

75.

Very sad:

i.

iH

75- j$

used simply as to pity.


06s.
But: lit., I,
71. "6s.
there

me

see

days.

they have been very

that you want

it is

eh

I'll

greatly indebted to yoii for the


preference you are showing me, sir; I will
wait on Your Excellency again in a few

imperfectly educated.
78. Well,

you had nor

be so good as to call again about ten days


hence.

he couldn't

as

sir,

have presumed
if

it.

83. I

vour younger brothers ?


77 They were quite children when

shouldn't

Indeed,

and

it ?

mention the subject,

82. Well,

He

anything.

1.

that was the real object of your

wasn't

75.

pay

And

can get nothing to do.


Are you the eldest son ?
The eldest but one, sir.

but unfortunately
72.

227

76. Jj; ching

'''"'

77-

jfS

(s(l *'

77.

j-ji P''"'~

79-

79-

Wi^""'

79.

to compassionate; k'o lien, that rightly

lien,

For Hang,

2.

ts'an'

ch'iieh, for

;ill

may

Part III, 772.


that may be argued to the contrary,

chin*

be, deserves to be, pitied;

but

it

is

see

am

very willing; k'o hsi, lamentably,

tao-lu, road.

Eldest son chang 3 fang; lit., the chamber first in order.


The sons, while children, are all in one
72. O6s.
apartment; as each one marries, he has a room to himself; the eldest will be first married.
Eldest but one: p'ai, to arrange in order.
P'ai erh, I stand second among the sons; a daughter might
73. O6s.
:

si\

it

of her place

cruel)

among

her

sisters.

Cf. also hang,

Part III, Exercise

Cripple: f.s'are chi, dreadfully ailing in the legs and


chi, ailments in general.

75.

Obs.

76. Obs.

Terrible case:

i.

scenery, features of a landscape.

10.

Ts'an, to destroy, to seriously injure (hence,

ching, circumstance; the latter word, alone, being

kuang
06s.

XXVIII,

feet.

2.

K'o,

is

may

properly,

more

properly be said to be, lino

pu

strictly applicable to
te,

infinite, sc., in its

badness.
77.

Obs.

Gave up: shou, here

i.

in the sense of to

pack up, as a huckster his wares. 06s. 2. Pay for schooling:


round the roots; could not take care of them [so as to

tsai p'ei, properly, of trees; tsai, to plant; p'ei, to pile earth

06s. 3.
enable them] to read.
Imperfectly
cannot either be considered deep.
79. Obs.

move the

to exhaust,

words

8 1. O6s.
83.

to help

i.

Interest:

heart, or to

Obs.

lit.,

their learning [though they have some] hai, or han, for all that,

t'eng ai, to tenderly love.

have the heart moved

chi, the

06s.

2.

Grateful:

kan chi; the character kan meaning

outbursting of the heart moved.

06s.

3.

Inexpressibly

t<>

chin,

will hardly exhaust.

Allude to:
Preference:

on anyone

t'i,

t'i

properly, to pick

pa; the

first

up (see Dialogue II, 36).


word as in 81 the second means,
;

in preference to others (see Dialogue II, 36).

to

draw one out of a bundle.

T'i pu,

228

TZ(J

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

DIALOGUE
1.

LUNG-T'IEN

you

ain,

2.

him

tell

Poor

when Hsu YUNG

calls

misinformed on that point.

be

he'll

sadly disappointed; what has he done to offend Your

his

5.

Oh, yes; he's

And

8.

that broke

Hsu

HsO Fu-

fail

but not as he
fail

then

20.

folly

man

21.

himself has been dead

and who maintains

years!

He

did smoke, certainly


fond of his glass too.

little

at Shanghai,

those sons and daughters of his ?


13. His daughters all died before him,

and he never had any son but

He

24.

to

20.

1.

Obs.

2.

Obs.

Hsu YUNG

ch'a'

yung, eternal; here the

Disappointed: pai hsi hiuin,

I.

Offend:

Obs. 2.

5.
J

for exportation.

produce, tea or silk


Van

k'tuing-

te

tsui, to get

'

name

lit.,

blame of you; before

of the

nah*

man surnamed Hsu.

to rejoice in vain;
ta-je,n

his son

what was he doing there ?


had been commissioned

What

25.

and he was

Now, when you met

'~

ten

said he

buy produce

this impostor.

9.

or

23. Exactly.

Dead some

nine

They used to say he was a very proud


never heard anything else against him.
Wasn't he very much given to

22.

first

years.
12.

all

In the

so.

smoking opium
sort.

that

Now, when old Hsu kept


shop, what was his character ?

Just

the draper's

Nothing of the

Oh, more than

8.

19.

nothing else.
he has an immense family to

Still

Hsu FU-CH'ING

place,

some

But you have seen nothing of them

years.

said.

was his own extravagance and

him

as he said

support.
11.

I did.

6.

17.

FU-CH'ING'S son.

didn't his father

He did fail
How did he

9. It

10.

marriage

for four or five years

6.

been making

Didn't you say that


you were connected with these people by

'II'ING?

7.

in the least; I've

very careful inquiries.

whole story was a tissue

of falsehoods from beginning to end.


4. Why, isn't he the son of

Not

15.

Excellency
3. Offend

think Your Excellency must be

14. Sir, I

I've left town.

fellow!

V.

understand

the literary equivalent


yil (see

Part III, 343),

is

in

xhih

/(./

(tfc gj).

the sense of ''from"

or "of."
3.

Obs.

9. Obs.

Beginning to end

t'ung sh(n, entire body.

Extravagance: p'ao, to

let

go suddenly of what

is

held

in

the

hand; p'ao

fei, to

spend without

restraint.

15.
(net

Obs.

20. Obs.
21.
1

Careful inquiries: kao ch'a, the latter character being identical in the colloquial language with

//'

Part III, 522).

Obs.

Proud

k'tiang, of unbridled temper or passions


Smoking: yen, smoke of any kind. CJi'ih yen,
:

-ed of opium-smoking, at least in conversation with foreigners.


22.

Obs.

Fond

k'ttang ao, ungovernably proud, contemptuous.


to eat

Opium

of his glass: fan, to covet, to desire immoderately.

24. 06s.

Produce

25. Obs.

Tea

t'u hito,

merchandise of the place or country.

yeh, a leaf; ch'a yeh, tea leaves, tea in the market.

smoke, to smoke; nowadays more particularly


is

often particularised as la i/m.

PART
26.

Tea and

27.

And where were

THE TEN DIALOGUES.

IV.

Oh, he used to frequent a divan, did


Like father, like son.

and medicines.

silk

39.

they to have been

lie

carried?

40. Well,

or south.
forget whether he said north

28. I

And

29.

did he say nothing about pur-

chasing imports

He may

30.

possibly have done so, but

32. Yes,

Only purchased it for others, eh?


And what was the difficulty he got into about
it?

were

now you mention it, I


had some little difficulty

yes;

that he

recollect

in the

Oh

34.

yes.

The

drug was

price of the

rising every day, but there was plenty of


to be bought.
35.

What

36.

Not exactly

it

And had

was stowed away

in

No

Hsu YUNG used

to

frequent was in the back of a small house


a narrow street.

up

38.

the divan

hu*

26.

26.

26.

26. 06s.

Hu

Silk:

i.

for a

He

did he succeed at last?

shipped

in

it

thought firewood all came to Shangwhere could it be going to from the

wei*

47.

And

48.

Yes

the tide

upon

ts'ai*

32.

generically of the finer silk.

away

46. Probably to some place in the neighbourhood. The junk, you may be sure, had
more opium than firewood on board.

premises

it

port?

be smoked on foreign

to

it

he had purchased

45. I

hai

publicly

after

a boat freighted
with firewood, and smuggled it out of port.

it

the receiving ships or in warehouses.


37.

And how

43.
44.

suppose.

and

the trade

against

prohibitions

in force,

long time.

There wasn't as much as he wanted

market,

The

still

what he wanted, he couldn't get

aliout his opium.


33.

after

41.

42.

Nothing about opium

31.

he didn't smoke so much

all.

remember.

ilnn't

229

so he got into a scrape


his

junk was dropping down

when a revenue

cruiser

pounced

her.

36. j|f

tun 3

36. jjgg <''"r/

36. ijl clian

Hu-chou Fu, in the province of Che-chiang ( !hekiang), but used


Medicines: yao, drug; ts'ai, materials; the latter word used particularly "t

ss&, properly, silk of

06s.

2.

<

timber.
27.

Obs.

Carried

29.

06s.

Imports

31.

(that

is,

06.
as

possibly have: ch'iao


chance.

May

30. 06s.

752), casually,

convey (see Part III, 1035).


yang huo, foreign commodities (see Dialogue

yiin, to

by
I.

it is

Nothing about:

lit.,

lai,

lit.,

I,

12).

coming by chance; ch'iao

is

short for p'eng ch'iao (see Part III,

did he not mention that he was pan, managing, engaged in, an operation of
06s. 2.
Opium yang yao, foreign drag, drag from the seas hence,

very commonly used, buying).

Abroad.

Some

little
wei, minute hsieh wei i tien, a very common diminutive.
Publicly: kung jan; the latter word as in Part III, 561.
36. 06s. I.
Receiving ships: tun rh'-uan; the first character meaning to buy wholesale.
than fang. Obs. 3. Stored: ts'ang, to conceal, to put out of sight.

32. Obs.
35.

44. Obs.
48.

06s.

Obs.

Smuggled
Pounced:

it

out

t.'on,

to M<>;tl

ch'oit leng-tzfi,

t'ou-cho, stealthily,

went out

2.

Warehouses:

of port.

an expression indicating unlooked-for occurrences

clapped the paw, or plaw, upon, and held or stopped the boat.
occurrence unlocked for, but ch'ou, to draw, is scarcely explicable.

06s.

The word Ung,

cold,

may

on

;i

sudden

<///'

refer to the shock

<if

any

KRH

TXf

230

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

And put the cargo under seal


but the tidewaiters threatened
50. No
search her if Hsu YUNG didn't behave

But he didn't get away immediately,

62.

49.

that was the best of

it.

to

liberally.

for the

51.

How much

52.

They named no sum; they only

he must be

did they ask

money ?
64. No; but

'.

said

And what

54.

Well, like a

did he offer
fool,

he offered a hundred

That was pretty liberal; didn't the


Custom House people think so ?
55.

it

a boat loaded with


unless he paid

much

too liberal for

59.

Then how

60.

He gave them an

got it to pay.
did he manage

were

wus

49-

He was

it.

6 1.

!?'

Under

49. Obs.

it
very late at night
about nine o'clock.

Commissioner and his people


suppose

The Commissioner,

at his

rooms

'.

in the city

should think.

but his people

singing and keeping

it

up on board.
71. But his people had no concern with
a Customs question ?

in

66.

65.

J?|l

tin-

66.

cltnillii/'

seal: feng, properly, to stop

Was
late

were laughing and

fchu?

64. jjj

52.

all asleep, I

70.
?

house in Shanghai.

wonder they took


to get away at all.
luck
great

Not very

69. Still, the

order on a foreign

61. I

68.

whole cargo.
did he pay three hundred taels?

58.

67. Capital

three hundred taels they

And
He hadn't

negotiation

himself and the other for his suite.

wi mid seize the


57.

this

No, not cruisers two boats belonging


Imperial Commissioner Liu one for

66.

to the

and they said that

fuel,

down

all

that were lying at anchor.


65. What, two other cruisers

taels.

They thought

while

had been going on the Customs boat and the


junk had been dropping down the tide side
by side, and they ran foul of two other boats

liberal.

53.

56.

What, did the Customs people repent


had got the order

63.

of their bargain after they

up an

orifice; here, to close

by pasting

certain utlirial papers over

door, hatch, etc.

:t

50.

Tidewaiter

06s.

there

is

another term for the tidewaiters in the employ of the Foreign Customs.

Handsome: feng, abounding, plenteous;

52. Obs.

tiling ftng, in an abounding manner, in the most abounding

manner.
60. 06s.
etc.

Obs.

c/t'ten,

2.

An

i.

On

order:

a house

lit.,

ken,

he wrote ko

tzti-'rh,

commonly, following,

a [paper of] characters; applicable to any note, memorandum,


presence of here, of or from of the foreign house ch'H

in the

to take the money.

61. 06s.

Get away

62. 06s.

But he

hu, the tiger

didn't, etc.

lit.,

that he got out of the tiger's

mouth was

but there was more [to come]

his p'ien

i,

this wasn't yet to

advantage.

be considered entirely

(so)

getting out of the tiger's mouth.


64. 06s.

Part III, 786)


65. 06..

Ran

i.
;

foul: ehuang, to run

there, a

bay

Cruisers

up against;

collision of persons or things.

Obs.

2.

At anchor: wan

(str

but here and often, to be at anchor.

shao, properly, to whistle, or to

make

the like sound

hence, to

make

it

as a signal

hsiiu

nlmn ch'uan, circulating signal-making vessels.


66. 06s.

i.

Not

cruisers: kuan, here short for hai

sioner: eh'in, imperial; ch'ai, envoy.

06s.

3.

kuan, Maritime Customs establishment.


Liu, a surname.

Obt.

?.

Commis-

PART
True

72.
ii)i

but

when

THE TEN DIA i.ot: r i;s.

IV.

his boat ran

bump

when

it

it all

Compensation for what


For the fright, and

damage done

74.

to

wonder Hsu YUNG didn't show

They were

76.

too

many

for

7-

Ming*

Obs.

2.

74-

Obs.

76.

Ob,.

science

to

Frightened
:

tan, the hver,

was

te

they were satisfied

80.

Oh

yes;

76.

tan 3

76.

'hsii,'

to

78.

80.

also terror.

seriously.

the few, could not


the opposite of

ti,

stand before, as equal

6arly> S

bef re

^'^

**

seeingTnd knowing

06,. 2 -Guilty
ehnng, the many.
the Chinese the liver is the seat of

^ ^ ^' ^

me tlme

* "

to,

With

shih, true, sound, solid.

K*?'

''"*"

And

word indicating surprise, but


injure sun huai, to injure

Damage sun, to
i.-Too many kua,

-l^I^

H fci

thing, a

79.

overhaul his junk.

76.

Compare our term white-livered.


Hl
ha Uled ff:

'mirage.

him, and,

76.

74-

But how did

might have.

they would have taken


were
much too far gone to
anything; they

fight.

he had a guilty conscience.

besides,

well he

the Commissioner's
people ten taels only.

the Imperial Commissioner's


boats, and anything else you please.
75- I

end

78. The Customs boat had hauled off,


but his experience in her case had
taught him
not to be too liberal this time, so he offend

they came down on him for compensation.


73.

As

77.

frightened them, and then,


had
recovered
from their alarm,
they

against them,

231

t0 > t0

withdmw

"

'

k ai> to

out of the
way.

added a piece f <***


had a

DIALOGUE
1.

lie tell

Well.to return to his fabrications.

you whom he was buying opium

2.

3.

He didn't tell you it was for

4.
5.

father's

Did

for

was a bad speculation

6.

It

7.

In one sense,
yes;

the

'.

\vas

opium

shipped for Tientsin.

forget.

I don't

VI.

remember,

his father

really.

It ivas for his


father,

this

What, and seized there

9.

It

never arrived

very

10.

transaction.

And

had invested
ctmng'

"

the junk

it

was on

board of was taken


by pirates off the Shantung coast.

however, and his

bankruptcy was due to

8.
?

g.

old
in

Hsu

lost all

the moix-y

* '""

b. .....

,,r
,

properly, goods

I,,.

it ?

here,

money

capital.

232

1 1

ti>

ERH

TZfT

Yes,

and not only

But

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

Quite large enough to be divided


and the cruiser's people not only kept more
than their share, but fought about what they

button

that, but his

19.

boot.
12.

know

that he had any

He had purchased

a grade the year

didn't

rank.

kept.

13.

was

that he

Precisely; and once the authorities


got wind of it, the whole operation was traced
to its source, and old Hst; had to pay the

not alleged

is

it

with the pirates,

relations

in

But how could

heaviest fine that could be inflicted, and was

surely?

stripped of his rank as well.

The piracy did not

15.

affect

but the

it,

22. Well,

smuggling did.
1 6.
What, did the smuggling come to the

desire to

his father's disgrace quiet.

23. Certainly

Do you

suppose large sums are ever


extorted without the knowledge of the autho17.

keep

Hsu YUNC'S

one can't wonder at

he wasn't obliged to
publish such a thing; but that is no reason
why he should come here with a long invention

knowledge of the authorities?

then one told on the rest

21.

Purchased a grade
the piracy affect his rank ?
14.

rities

And

20.

before.

not,

about his father being the victim of misplaced

Three hundred

8.

confidence.

was not so very

taels

large a sum.
21.

14.
id.

I'll

21.

j|

Button: ting tai;

Obs.

11.

That was too bad,

24.

In

/a*

is

'

23-

y'u

23-

cha*

that which

lit.,

admit.

borne on the crown of the head; but

it

means, generally, the

insignia of office.

Rank kung ming, elliptically, for the credit one has gained, the name one
whether obtained by merit or purchase.

12. 06s.

for official rank,

Obt.

14.

affect

she,

i.

But: jan

erh, often

properly, to ford

Ian

pronounced ja" 'rh; the case being jan, thus,

>/<i",

to

be affected by prejudicially

erh, yet,

Obs.

15.
/iwo,

Divided

06s.

19.

Could

am

she,

Part III, 830

(see

Smuggling tsow ssti the ss-S, is applied to any act unauthorised by law ; a Chinese here understands
it, and treats tsou, to go, as an active verb.
Compare our phrase to run goods.
Authorities

Obs.

16.

2.

goods, after

Obs.

Obs. 3.
Not alleged nan tao
implicated in it; as a man fording a stream is wet by the water.
In relations t'ung, to penetrate here, to be in communication with, to be in league with.
Oli. 4.
:

commonly used

leaving;

the thing kan, strikes me,

q.d.,

is

ch'ang, an arena

with

kuan ch'ang chung,

in the official arena,

amongst the

authorities.

their t'ung shih, fellows in the business, ch-iin fen, in equal parts shared

fiini/

xhih

is

equally applicable to associates in a lawful undertaking, those one acts with.


21. Obs.

i.

Traced: chiu, to investigate; they carefully investigated [in such wise that there was] a wateiHeaviest ts'ung chung (see tt'wngfeng, Dialogue V, 52
Obs. 2.

descending-stone-appearing, a discovery of the truth.


06s.

3.

Fine

22. 06s.

fa, properly, to punish


I.

Father's disgrace

wholly, yen, to half-screen


23. Obs.

Invention
24.

and

false.

i.

die,

yen

Too bad

pien
yii,

but, colloquially, to fine.

tin lien, to lose, to

may be used

Publish: rhang yang; the

pien, to weave

06s.

literally,

first

tsao, to fabricate

06s.

throw away,

but

is

4.

Stripped

face.

06s.

2.

M (Radical
To keep

177);
quiet

lit.,

to skin.

rhe, to screen

oftener figurative.

word meaning

to spread wide, the second, to raise high.

O6s.

2.

a story.

to overpass, to exceed, cha, falsehood

kuo

yii,

to exceed in, hsil eha,

what

is

empty

THK TEN

I'AHT IV.

25.
I

half mistrusted liim at the time, and

him

resolved to ask Li YuNG-CH'fiNG about

knew

And

satisfactory, I

suppose

at all. He knows Hsu YUNG very


was weak enough to recommend him
for a place once without examining him.

As what ?
As an office copyist

28.

29.

keep the place a month.


30. Why not ? was

at

all,

known

ill-conducted or

lie

rki?

27.

i.

06s.

i.

yet,

with

you know of his

all

help pitying people that have

when

better days,

39. Pity him as


don't ask me to get

he could not write round hand

wonder how he contrives

06s.

that

them

I see

in ex-

tremity.
;

and

won't do

said.

31.

k'ao"

35.

fa-

poor
35-

mo

much

as you will; but


him employment, for t

it.

40. He'll be

to dress

as well as he does, with nothing to live on.

25.

And

38. I can't

they never could believe a word that he

25

must

dishonesty and extravagance, you seem inclined to take his part.

but he didn't

so he was of no use as a copyist

32. 1

so

that

very good case.


37.

incompetent
3 1 Both

the other day

thought he came in a cart.


No, he rode here; on a stout mule

36.
in

In

The coat he had on

35. I

Not

27.

well

KS.

must have cost something; and


mule he was on.

him was not

account of

his

!.<)(

33.

that he used to be very intimate with

26.

'

was no great things, 1 am sure.


34. Great things or not, it was a coat

father.

ID'S

1)1

on the

36-

36.

37-

Intimate: show ho; ho, short for ho p'ing.

Obs.

streets before long.

fellow.

iff;

ft

38.

38- ffc hsii'

Resolved: ta-cho.

2.

ch-nany"
'"*'

Obs.

hsiang*

3.

To ask

ta t'iny,

to inquire.
26.

suppose

to kai, in all probability.

Recommend:

27. Obs.

06s.

2.

Account

shuo, not here to blame, but to talk

chii, to

to raise;

29. 06s.
III,

Exercise
30.

06s.

31.

06s.

write; the

Office copyist

XXXVIII,

so,

i,

Ill-conducted

Not

i.

t'iehhsieh;

to write

memoranda
same

hsing

rJiih,

that are

t'ieh,

in heart yuan, soft,

appended, to the document.

See Part

character.

moving and being stationary

= conduct

under

all

conditions), not good.

write round hand at all:

lit., as to ch'iai shu, round hand, so, it was what, he could noi
sometimes regarded by a Chinese, however, as intensive or emphasising, not as
Believe k'ao, to lean against, to rely upon kao pu chu, not to be relied on.

as before observed,

a relative pronoun.

lit.,

Obs., for another form of the

of.

of, a person.
consented not

to guarantee the goodness

pao
recommend,
That man formerly besought him kei chao, for him to seek, something he being
having examined him, chin, yet proceeded, to recommend him.
chii, classically,

06s. 2.

32. 06s.

Wonder:

33. 06s.

No

35. 06s.

is

that

lit.,

great things

man

strange; being without money, how

is

is it

that what he wears

is

so respectable.

also not anything.

1
thought: kn mo, from ku

(in

Peking,

fat 3 ), to

estimate, as

number

or value; mo, to feel with the

fingers.

06s.

Good

case

37. 06s.

Take

his part

36.

38. 06s.

i.

Dialogue IV, 70)


40. 06s.

eye

is

i.

beholding.

piao chuang, sleek and stout


:

piao not used except of beasts.

hu, to protect.

Better days: having formerly hsiang, enjoyed, fu, happiness.


hsii means the same as lien.

Poor fellow:
Olx.

3.

On

k'o-hsi-liao-'rh-ti,

the streets

he

one deserving of pity. 06s.


about to, want rice.

06s.

2.

2.

Pitying: Hen, to pity

Pitying:

(.*>

yen k'an-cho, while the

will, or is

30

234

TZtJ

41
I'll

ERH

CHI.

when he comes to want a meal


him; but recommend him for any

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

Well,
it

give

He was

to be here the

day

after to-

morrow.

him what

Then

44.

That you

be back

tell

I told

you.

have nothing to say to

will

No
And
;

that I
if

am

he asks when you are likely to

cutter

come

49. Let

for his

Let

55.

You

was only joking

54. I

hear his voice

it's

in

the block-

money.

him come

the end of

at

the

month.

56.

The man has been here twice

57.

So he

long I shall

is

inclined to

Then you may just put him off


way you can, for see him I won't.

53.

the best

gone out of town.

can't say you don't know how


be away.
48. But if he should be calling every day
to find out ?
47.

less

still

52. If I don't mistake, I

him, sir?

46.

am

in the yard.

43.

45.

which

enter with him.

place I will not.


42.

No, no; that will involve explana-

51.

tions into

him

call as often as

he

likes,

he

already,

sir.

him

so he

and

has,

must be

promised to pay

paid.

not to be admitted.
50.

Wouldn't

be better to

it

plainly that he mustn't count on


lency's support

tell

58.

him

Your Excel-

I'll

pay him,

sir

don't trouble your-

self.

49.

M-

hsii,

50.

&i chuan 3

50.

52-

Pf

heng<

53-

$1

*' tti

53-

i.
meal: tun, originally, to bow the head a time or turn; hence, one time of eating. 06s. 2.
pao, to guarantee (see above, 27, pao chu).
Was to be here: according to what was that day agreed to, you yo, engaged, him to come the day
42. 06s.
after to-morrow.

41.

Obs.

Recommend

43.

06s.

49.

O6.

50.

Obs.

What I told you ch'i hsien, at the beginning.


He is not to be hsii, to permit I do not permit him to come
l.
Better: pu ju, nothing so good as; interrogatively, would
:

Ubs. 3.
'hih, from chien, concise, summary, and chih, straight.
on anything, do you chiian, turning round, commission someone

in.
it

Mustn't count
else

not be best?

Obs.

2.

Plainly: chien

you are to suan, speculating


ehuan, as here, constantly used as a disjunctive ;
:

lit., if

so far from commissioning you, chuan, on the contrary, commission someone else.
06s. 4.
Your Excellency's
support it is of no use i k'ao, to lean against Your Excellency ; i and k'ao are nearly identical in meaning.
No, no: note the force of ch'io as above. 06s. 2. Explanations: lit., it will be necessary to tel)
51. Obs. i.
</.d.,

him minutely and plainly

hua, words stating the so ijan, wherefore thus; the reason why.
what? also, an ejaculation or grunt.
Put him off t'ui te'jt, to push or put forward excuses the latter word meaning originally language.
53. 06s. i.
Kao tz'u, to make one's excuses, is to take leave. As a verb, tz'ti, means to decline also, to dismiss from one's employ.
Obs. 2.
See him I won't: chiieh, positively, decidedly; a strong affirmative.
52.

06s.

so i

jan

ti

If I don't mistake: heng, here, an interrogative word, ah?


:

54. 06s.

223)

Block-cutter: k'o 1 , to engrave; not to be confounded with the same character read k'o* (see Part III,

chmng, a type-cutter.
Obs.
Promised: ying hsii; both words

k'o-tzu

57.

in the sense of

responding favourably to what

is

proposed, promising

to perform.
58.

Obs.

settlement of a

I'll pay him: lit, I


number of accounts.

for you, sir, will fc'at fa, distributingly issue; k'ai

fa

in strictness

applying to the

AKT

THE TEN DIALOGUES.

IV.

DIALOGUE
Was

1.

the door

VII.

at

22.

No,

23.

How

so

24.

No

it's all

was

It

3.

Where

4.

5.

am
Who

6.

I.

are

you from

from outside the

you looking for


person named MENG.

Well, that's

8.

Oh you
Yes,

my

name.

are Mr.

MENG ?

am MENG

them

to bring

bought no drawings.
it was not
you who

that

27.

What

28.

Oh,

for

me?

your house.

could anyone have meant by

buying drawings for

what do you want

bring them to

why

Someone bought them

me ?

you needn't ask what

sir,

his

motive was.

was sent from the Kuang Wen Chai.


not the Kuang Wen Chai a book-

but who was

1 1

Is

them

12.

Yes, a bookseller's.

in the T'ang-tzu

13.

What book

15.

is

it

you were

told

to

have not brought any book.


What, isn't that a book you have
I

your hand
6.

29. Well,

for

30.

14.

in

No

me
Do you know

it's

a book cover, not a book.

32.
33.

Not he

34.

38.

20.

21

Drawings

few drawings.
!

i.

06s.
Obs.

state it?
;

you

will

you're

Quizzing! I shouldn't think of sucli

to the

wrong

39.

But why not speak,

10.

jfc meiig*

Knocking: lit., willing, sc., someone to come out.


MfiNO a family name ; the surname of the philosopher known
:

37-

if

you have got

Jl

hsi<

to us as Mencius.

Wen

Chai: chai, properly, a swallow's nest; a pavilion in which to repose; elegantly used of
rcrtain shops (see below, Part V, Lesson LXXX, 2).
Book cover: t'ao (see Part III, 769); here, the cover of pasteboard and cloth in which Chinese volumes
16. Obs.
10.

O6s.

Kuang

are wrapped.
see Part III, 797 ; t'ang, properly, a hall ; t'ang-tzft, may also mean a
30. Obs.
T'ang-tzfl Hu-t'ung
bathing
establishment, but is specially the name of the chapel in which the Emperor sacrifices to his ancestors.
36. 06s.
Presently : hui lai, in a turn of time ; not, when you return.
37. O6s.
Quizzing hsi, to play, dramatically or otherwise ; this is skua hsi, joking language ; I pu i, will not
:

submit to
39.

it (see

Part III, 913).

Obs,

Serious: cheng ching,

the opposite of shua hsi, fun.

'.

mentioning him.

stand this

won't

it

a thing.

you've come

suspect.

6.

anything serious to say


6.

for

you have, why don't you

Come,

lives

was he, was

why mention him

have a reason

what has

got inside

then

it

You're in a great hurry, sir


understand more about it presently.
37.

bought

CHANG who

Hu-t'ung
do know him; and
No, it was not he.

quizzing me.

it

that

36.

If it isn't,

Mr.

31. I

you have no books, why bring an


empty book cover ?
8. The book cover is not
empty.
19.

it

35. If

17. If

house,

I've

26.

10.

know

25. Well, then,

me ?

bring

was

bought them.

city.

are

7.

seller's

right; I

here.

2.

9.

of

you who were knocking

it

235

lit.,

upright and straight; often used as

we

vulgarly use the word regular; here,

236

ERH

TZtT

40. It's a long story to


41. Well,

if

be off with you

me,

I'll

go

in;

all

no time

I've

know Mr. CHANG,

say you

45. Yes, I told

you so

46.

Do you know

47.

Not

well

48. Well,

his

my

He
He

64.

nephew,

him

sir

65.

these

When

52.

Return

doubt

Indeed

I've seen

him

in

has a separate establishment, at

what makes you

it ?

71.
office ?

me

What, all that way from the Board's


that would never do what made you
;

think he lived in the Chinese town


I

72.

was not

you that he bought

for

How

73.

Then what have you brought them


am not going to buy them, I can

me

here for? I

The

58.
59.

Well, I

he has paid for them.


do not understand one word
;

these contradictions.

46. Obs.

chili?

Nephew:

76.
it

72.

65.

rltih,

was his

cart

How

75.

no

could that be? he was here with

last night.

74.

assure you.

Buy them

met

his cart yesterday at sunset in

the Liu-li Ch'ang.

them.

46.

thought he lived in the Chinese

70. I

Peking ever

Never mind; what did he send

56. It

all

was

but he wasn't in

it.

did you know, then, that the cart

An

old

woman

was Mr. MING'S

liif

his,

in the cart said that

cart.
3

72.

Jfg ch'ang

76. |j| p'o-'

the son of a brother, not of a sister.

All day: rhin-cho, completely, utterly.


Your son: see shao, Part III, 815; his junior worship.
62. 06s. i.
the Department of the Population=of the Census.
61. Obs.

06s.

2.

Board ef Revenue:

Hu Pn

lit.,

live with you


tan chu, to live alone, apart from parents or brothers.
Separate establishment: pan, to remove from one place to another; not used of small tilings; specially
uged of a change of residence
he at this time has in singleness removed [his establishment] out, ne., of his fathers

64.

town.

last.

the drawings for

of

your son employed in the Board

To be sure he does

69.

since last year.

57.

here

Hsiang, on the north side of the way.


68. Lives in Chiao Min Hsiang ?

recollect his going to Kiangsi the

year before

55.

me

keep

53. I

54

has he been absent

Wasn't he away with some officer


I don't know
what year was it ?

don't

May I ask where his house is ?


He lives at the west end of Chiao Min

67.

did he

50.
5

present.
66.

drawings to be sent to you.


49. He ordered them
return

then

doesn't live with you, does he

once.

he that ordered

say a few

63. You do nothing but ask questions


son is under the Board of Revenue.

before.

I've seen
is

it

sir

me

Revenue?

of

to waste.

You

let

you

day.
62. Isn't

will if

words more.
61. Quick,

don't be in such a hurry

got something more to say.


43. Be quick about it then

44.

But you

60.

it

42. Stop, stop


I've

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

tell.

can't tell

you

CHI.

Does not

06s.

65. 06s.

house.
72. 06s.

76. 06s.

loo.
Obs. 2.
Liu-li Ch'ang: lit., glassware manufactory; the name of
Liu, glassware li, as in po-li; ch'ang, properly, a large booth.
p'o, any married woman.

Sunset: jih-t'ou

i.

the outer, or Chinese, city.

Old woman

a street

in

PART

An

77.

arras

woman

old

THE TEN DIALOGUES.

IV.

with a child in her

Exactly

a child some seven or eight

years old.

Dear me

79.

grandson

must have been

it

my

where could he have been going

didn't

Don't be alarmed,

80.

with a

What was

taken fright

No

82.

they had met

accident.

little

81

sir

pray

it,

state.

83.

Oh and

them

that the roads were

is

the cart had been upset

them

No, not that either; it and another


cart had run against each other.

and were they


at that hour ?

85. Well,

wasn't

that

might have had wasn't

still

said,

they

over.

my

Confound that other cart


know whose it was ?

'

88.

83.

Obs.

tsao

Run

85. 06s.

Still

against each other

discussing

out, thoroughly explained

88. 06s.

Sprained

93. Obs.

To

94. Obs.

Ping

pacify
is

lit.,

3&

I"'"!/'

did

the

him

ask

child

for

Oh and
!

son's

but

these drawings are for him


why didn't you take them to

house instead of bringing them here


Mr. CHANG'S nephew came to our

'.

we knew your house

and hen he
t

bring the drawings here


in a day or two.
98.
7
i

BE
^^

he'll

told us to

himself

call

100. Iff fu 3
ft-l

k'u 1

'

oo. J}R lang*

a time of day.

flight or other

movement backwards and

the cart had with

And

ii

tui-t'ou-'rh ch'e,

forward*.

an opposing

cart,

made

collision.

the collision having taken place, had they lao, in so long a time, not shuo k'ai,

it.

niu, to twist

94-

wan = such

Upset: fan; originally,

84. Obs.

it

na

late:

yn'

he had; he had just bought

shop this morning to find out where your son


We said we couldn't say, but that
lived, sir.

belonged to Mr. CHANG'S nephew.

into

No; your grandson cried, and he


Don't cry, and I'll send you something

100.

do you

93-

came

99.

89.

carts

to play with

So

when the

his

to play with."

discussing

any discussion

sir.

98.

Then the little boy was hurt ?


88. Not severely
he jumped out of the
cart, and in jumping out he sprained his leg.

79. 06s.

your grandson,

at our shop.

"

87.

90. It

for

buy them on purpose for the child.


95. And he had them with him in

97.

84.

86. It

93.

But why should he buy drawings, of

96. Yes,

the fact

bad

the collision

Are

collision

the

92.

hand, I suppose,

had the mule

and

things in the world, to pacify the child ?


94. He had bought the drawings; he

all

so late?

talked

nephew

drawings that ho has sent

78.

in a

CHANG'S

91. Mr.

here, twisted, or sprained, the leg.

ya, properly, to press

down, to suppress ching, fright.


also; moreover; when followed by a negative

a copulative particle meaning with

it

intni^ili.

the negation.
98. 06s.
100.

O6s.

Oied: k'ti, to cry, as a human being.


Your son lang, properly, a male, a man

Obe. 2.
ling laiig, your son's, rhii rh'u, abiding place.
here in the translation to give the force of ling, honoured.
06s. 3.
Here: fu, properly, a
trea,-mry, a palace; politely, fu shang, your residence; the niinng also indicating the superiority of the )i- "-"ii

The word
nha. 4.

I.

sir is introduced

Himself: ck'in

tzii,

his

own

self.

ERH

238

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

DIALOGUE
1

Your

12.

sir.

servant,

do you do ? Who are you ?


have been sent by the Ying Shun

How

2.

3. I

show you the way to Peking,


When do you propose going, sir
4. I want to be off to-morrow.
to

Hong

it

5.

water, sir
6.

13.

Yes; there

the better

is

way

I should say

sir,

When you

5.

will

you

How

then.
9.
sir,

me

Dear
If

somewhere

river

and pushed

you ought

on,

is

to be at

bridge.

on the other side of

it.

is

you must inquire there


and when you are across
;

there one

the ferry,

There

suppose.

a ferry.
1

carts

Peking

by the following evening if you took your


time, you would be well able to reach it on

is

You mean

17.

to-morrow morning,

off

have heard that one has to cross

6.

in five or six

won't do to go by water,
about going by land ?

you were

that.

the second bridge, you will be in a road goingnorth-west, which is the high road to Peking.

it

are

for another bridge,

days.
8.

about

difficulty

be in a street where there

good deal going on

tracking the boat up stream, and if you were


to come in for a northerly wind, I don't think

you could fetch T'ung Chou

know the

Yes, I

no

the floating bridge to the east

14.

Which

is

you leave this city, sir

intend to go by land or by

about

to dispense with a guide, suptake one ?

Do you know
as

me enough

tell

me

to enable

sir.

by land the river will


be so high with the heavy rams we have had
these last few days that it will be hard work
7.

Then can you

posing I don't

'.

Do you

VIII.

There

8.

is

how do

a ferry! and

and horses manage ?


9. There is no trouble with them

the

they

can be ferried over.


20. Well,

the third day.


10.
1

1.

Do you know the land road well


Know it well ? I should think I

been travelling it back


these ten years and more.
I've

and forward

5.

chou 1
jH }

9.

han*

17.

^pai

17.

g|

for thirty

when you come

Tientsin,

jfc ying
j|L

for

what then

leave the ferry station,

keep along the high road

called P'u-k'ou

3.

did

after the ferry,

When you

21.

and

that

tv*

is

21.

to a

the

[g

odd

li

>.

you

from

market town

first stage.

tixi.ii'

21.

Ying Shun Hong ying, properly, bursting into flower hence, gallant, heroic shun, obedient, that
Ying shun might translate as the Prosperous; the hong, mercantile firm, whose sign is Prosperity.
the character employed to denote England, commonly called ying kuo.

3.

06s.

flows without check.

Ying

is

land

5.

06s.

By

7.

06s.

T'ung Chou

han, dry.

chou, one of the minor jurisdictions into which a

/,

prefecture,

is

ordinarily divided.

See hsien, Dialogue IX, 47.


9.

06s.

13.

06s.

15.

06s.

Were

off
lung she,n, to move the person specially, to start on a journey.
Floating bridge /era ch'iao or fit ch'iao.
Good deal going on: je, nao chidi-'rh, a bustling street.
:

pai-tu from pai, to shake, as the ferryman must the boat, and tu, to cross water.
Ferry station k'ou, the mouth on the sea-coast, a port here, specially, of the hollow in the banks
where they are touched by the ferry boat going and returning.
06s. 2.
P'u-k'ou p'u 3 a bend in the bank of M
06s. 3.
river; here ivml //V
Stage: tuan
properly, a piece, a section.
17.

06s.

21. 06s.

Feny

i.

'.

PART
22.

Wn

What,

first

Ho-si

stage

23.

No,

Ho-si

sir;

first

Wu

a long way on;

is

When

day's journey.

you have passed through P'u-k'ou, you come


next to Yang Ts'un, and after that to Nants'ai

These places are


towards nightfall.
from
over
each other.
li
something
thirty

And how much

24.

to

to

you supposed

all

have done when you get

about half way. You spend the


and you may be in Peking next
there,
night
25. It's

day.
26.

And where

27.

Some

inns, sir

Which

28.

is

in the temples.

sir

that's the

of

way

No

32.

cook

is

not even a kitchen.

kitchen! then where do the people

The people

33.

thing but maigre

Humph

cook no-

in the temples

may

they

one

Which

inn then.

will

not cook meat.

be best off in an

the best inn in Ho-si

is

Wu?
35.

There

is

Fu Hsing and

the

the

the inns more convenient

At the temples strangers are taken


in only now and then, and it is not certain,
in the first place, whether there is accommodation to be had in them or not then, if there
is a
large number of carters, the priests do

36.

And which

37.

It

me

will it suit

best to go

to?

it

must be

for

suits

best to stop at a south

to

you

decide,

you
end inn or an inn at the north end

sing there

to

it

and, besides,

no one

is

Ah

to

anything

make

responsible.

38.

What

does

it

whether

signify

at the inns north or the inns south

23.

06s.

23.

RI

29.

Jf

39.

No

great

stop

way

apart

Ho-si

Wu

is

not

a large place like our city here it is only a


market town, one long street with some shops

and

so forth on either side of

33.

35.

[hvn

g/-

it.

H hxnif

ko'

35.

cfciV

39.

the village of the family of Yang. 06s. 2.


Nan Ts'ai Ts'un: the southern village.
06s. 3.
From each other hsiang ke, or ko, mutually separated.
of the road
lit., speaking according to, with reference to, the length of the road.

Yang Ts'un:

i.

the family of Ts'ai.


Much
24. 06s.

lit.,

25.

Obs.

About

29.

Obs.

Now

beyond rule

y<M*g*

a great way apart

are they

then the innkeeper has to look


30.
if
things are lost at an inn, has he ?

the fare

at both.

mis-

is

2 3-

<>f

if

sir,

and accommodation are pretty much the same

it;

Shun

both of them large inns one stands at


the south end of the street, and the other at
Lai,

whether

myself.

not like

And

it.

another consideration, the inns can


in
to eat or drink

the temples there

the better, the inns or

are

the temples ?
29. I think

Yes,

the north.

does one pass the night?


of your countrymen stop at the

some

34.

of the road to Peking

Wu?

Ho-si

239

get you what you want

and you may then reach Ho-si

Ts'un,

Wu

are

there

the end of the

it's

the

isn't

THE TEN DIALOGUES.

IV.

half

way

and then

lit., it

ke,

may

be reckoned to be chwng chien, in the middle.


meanings comes to signify a bound or rule

or ko, from various other

ko wai,

in the temples' liu k'o, the keeping


strangers, is

an extraordinary thing, a thing not usual.


33. Obs.
Maigre su (see Part III, 707), but here used of food which is not meat him, properly, that which
lias a relish, but simply meat or fish when
opposed to su, maigre.
Fu Hsing fu, rich ; fu hsing, wealth and prosperity say, the sign of the Well-to-do. 06.<. 2.35. Obs. i.
Shun Lai the inn to which guests come shim, in an uninterrupted stream say, the Ever-going.
Fare ch'ih shih.
37. Obs.
;

39. 06s.

i.

Market town

importance than a district city.

chen, properly, to control;


06s.

2.

Some shops

amongst other meanings it has that of a town,


ti, and anything you like.

p'u-txb, shops, shen-mo

lrs<

in

240

TZfl

EKH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

Very well; then what difference is


there between the north end and the south ?
40.

There

41.

tlemen

no difference; but the genhave shown the road to have in

is

most instances put up at the inn nearest


hand after they had got into the town.
42.

You mean, put up

at the south

at

end

they were going from Tientsin, and at the


north coming from Peking, don't you ?
if

so, sir.

Exactly

43.

likely that I shall be

you have

have you, sir ?


I
have not.
46. No,
47. Well, if you have

best

tried our

fare,

at

it

me

with

not,

sir,

you had

but

if I

hardly tell, but you speak


and so you can have a talk with
them about that before you take your rooms

if

their charge

objecting to

for one's
51.

will

any fixed sum that one pays


?

lodging

We pay much

circumstances, but the

the same under any

man

in charge

probably make a foreign traveller pay a


more than we do.
52. Is the

of the inn
53.

man

is

too high, there's no

and

will

something

After leaving Ho-si

57.

still

you

ing,

odd

li

on,

in charge the proprietor

Wu

in

less.

in the

keep

you come

to

from Ma-t'ou, you come


walled town of Chang-chia Wan.
58. Isn't there

sir

No,

the town

to the old

a small stream somewhere

you reach Chang-chia

before

and at
and then.

An-p'ing,

more, to Ma-t'ou

li

morn-

north-west, and, at twenty

li

twenty

Wan
is

on the

river.

You will
part north of it, and part south.
go in at the south gate, up the main street.
across the river,

and out by the north

gate.

Outside the gate there is a forked road; the


road north takes you to T'ung Chou; the

which bears west, takes you to Peking.

other,

little

by,

60.

How

61.

That depends on the gate you go in


If you stop at an inn in the Chinese

sir.

far

is it

from that to Peking

you will go in by the Sha-wo Gate, and


that is some fifty li from Chang-chia Wan

city,

There

is

no

rule; in

some

cases the

proprietor takes charge himself, sometimes he


engages a man in charge to look after the

business for him.

you are going into the city by the East


Wicket, you must keep north two or three

if

//'

mi great distance
55-

41.

offering

harm

do very well. Now, to


to
next
get
Peking
day, which way am I to go

59.

charge you for your accommodation.


Is there

it

56. Yes, that will

don't feed

the inn, they won't like it, will they ?


49. It doesn't signify the inn people

50.

my

sir,

some twenty

have something that will carry got ready


and take it with you.

Take

asked to pay for

can

55.

Chinese,

at Tientsin,
48.

is it

'

Now, when I get to my inn.


best tell them to get ready for me ?

45. I don't suppose

Chinese

And how much

lodging

44. All right.

what had

understand.

54.

Nearest at hand

Obs.

chin chidt, once they entered the

farther.

1'"''

street.

With you: pu ju, there is nothing so good as that, N'M</, at, Tientsin [the place from which you
47. 06s.
are moving], you should tso, having prepared, a little good-to-carry victuals, lai-chn, carry them with you.
No harm pu fang, no hurt, no objection. 06s. 2. Objecting po, properly, to turn sharp round
55. 06s. i.
:

to contradict.
59.

O6.s-.

diverging road.
case is north.
60. O6.v.

i.

On
Ob.i.

From

the river:
3.

that

chfi-cho, bestriding the river tare.

liens west: p'ien, swerving from a right

chieli is

here used in the same sense as

ta,

oh*.
line,

2.

Forked road: two /.,

leaning

from.

oft'

lit.,

limbs, of

the perpendicular, which in this

PART

THE TEN DIALOGUES.

IV.

Which gate should one go in by to


the Foreign Legations
63. They are all inside the Ha-ta Gate,

73. Better hire

62.

-ci

to

Very good

64.

There

am

another question

is

go so

to

do with

to

ask, if

baggage have you,

sir

will

67.

To be sure they

am

baggage behind,

if

or a

sir,

mule

but

am

afraid

our saddles will not do for you.

are.

78. I've got

you would have

sir;

to

sible for

same

do

all that

that will do

all

the

the saddle might be put on one of


our horses, but I don't think he would stand
;

the chiao^-mao^-tzii.

go any pace.
Well, then, what do you recommend

70.

don't think

79. I

pay

to

you

English saddlery and

sort of thing with me.

a good deal for the hire of so many large


carts, and, not only that, it would be impos-

80.

What

is

the chiao-mao-tzti

(head-

piece)

you might hire a small


cart to carry your bedding and all that sort
of thing with you, and ship the rest of the

is the
gear on a horse's head for
bit
and
the
reins to.
What I am
attaching
afraid of is that as the horse is not used to

Uigguge by T'ung Chou.


72. In that case do

carrying the like he might

8 1. It

71. I think, sir,

with the baggage

take with

me

63. 06s.
hill.

Small cart

79. 06s.

yii,

chiao*

79.

f&an*

81.

name given

the

properly, to drive a chariot

ch'e

i.

Afraid

i.

Be put on

chili p'a, I

bite,

whether of man or beast

to.

Dim.

Tcuan'

the gate by the late dynasty

when

it is

tai, classically, a

prefixed to certain words, imperial.

joined.

ch'e,

:i

large or

only

fear.

06s.

2.

Saddles: an.

lit., our horses hai, after all, can pei, take on the back.
here, short for chiao-tzti,, a bit (see 81).

i.
Reins: ch'e, to draw; ch'e' shou, the bridle used by a rider. 06s. 2.
Restive: nao hsing-txil, to let his temper break out, to give way to temper.

81. O/>..

81.

with a top, as opposed to to ch'e, or ch'ang 3


ch'e, a passenger cart
hsiao ch'e, also a passenger cart hsiao ch'e-tzil, a wheel-barrow.

chiao

Dialogue VII, 72)

06s.

3.

77-

'

k'ung, the same in meaning as p'a, with which

Afraid

73. 06s.
(see

k'ung

Ha-ta Gate: properly, Hai Tai

i.

69. Obs.

77.

Imperial Canal Bridge

(tin. 2.

open cart

>

foreign horse.

''.

69. jgi

63.

be restive.

should say you would do better to buy

ride in the cart

63.

but

77. Yes,

you intend to be in Peking in two


afraid you must leave some of the

69. If

to

Ah

much

don't

68.

me

be heavy.

the roads are so heavy


can
fancy riding in a cart
hire a horse here ?

Those things lying outside the door.


What, are all those large cases yours

66.

and they

of water on the roads after the rain,

my

76.

How much

65.

days, I

>

baggage

too, sir

am

what

fast,

Will they be carts with one beast or

want to

75. If you want to get on, sir, you must


have two beasts
indeed, you might wel
have three, for there will be a good deal

understand perfectly.

another small cart to ride

you think so

two?

way would be

don't

74.

neighbourhood of the Imperial Canal

Bridge I should say the best


by the East Wicket.

in, sir

'(

in the

241

06*.

2.

Not used

Chiao: properly, to

kuan, avcustmiuii

31

242

ERH

T/tJ

But how am

B2.

here at Tientsin

to

buy a

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

foreign horse

86. It

83. There's a horse in

our hong that one

of the gentlemen wants to sell; he

is

a very

good horse, quiet and fast, and he has been


to Peking and back three or four times.

Good

go to the hong and have


a talk about it. And now, when these boxes
go up to T'ung Chou, whom can I hire to go
84.

I'll

with them to Peking

83. 06s.
chi,

it

do to hire me,

would do very

whether the house

well,

sir

but

will let

you go
they could spare you for

think

doubt

I
;

so

don't

many

days.
87.

They can spare me,

me

they send

sir

what did

here to-day for but to take

your orders ?

83.

with ; huo

Would

8 5-

&huo*

87.

87.

:
huo, originally, a number of persons or things ; thence, the same with, associated
associated with one in a place, sometimes as a partner, but more generally as a paid employe.

Gentlemen

i.

one

who

is

Quiet: lao-shih, honest; hence, simple; when applied to animals, inoffensive.


06s.
Let you go: jung*, the same character as that read yung in Part III, 963, but here meaning to allow.
to tolerate
I fear [the people] in your hong K pu k'ai, unable to separate from you, will not let you go.
Orders fen fu, to give orders to the combination is not well explained by the dictionaries. By
87. 06s.
06s.

2.

86.

some teachers the two words are

said to

mean no more than they would without

the Radical k'ou, namely, to

allot

to

different persons their several functions.

DIALOGUE
a teacher

1.
There's
[Servant.]
wishes to see you, sir.

2.

Ask him

[Master.]

to

walk

3.

The

4.

[Master, to the Teacher.]

teacher,

who

sir.

seat,

Thank

[Teacher.]

7.
8.

May ask your name,


My name is Su.
I

And your

sir

3.

He

did not specify whether it was for


sir
is it not for
yourself

me

is

me

to

7.

06s.

Su:

06s.

Sir: ko, properly, an

used in the text,


06s.

own,

sir.
:

he did not

do not want a teacher

mine has commissioned

sir
6.

Is

your friend a countryman of your

He

is

he has not been in China, long.

here, a surname.
upper story; ko-hsia in ancient times applied only to certain ministers; now.

su, properly, reviving

Specify

engage one for him.

15.

9.

<

myself, but a friend of

business with

yesterday.

3.

must have been CHANI;

14. It is not;

it

yourself or not,

heard that you wanted to engage a


a friend of mine mentioned it
teacher, sir
9.

12. Did he tell you that I was looking


out for a teacher for myself or for someone

you, sir; pray be

seated.
6.

Ah

else?

please.
5.

10.

xkeng who was speaking of it.


11. It was CHANG hsien-sheng.

in.

Take a

IX.

tell

me

hsiang

hsi, explicitly.

PART

17.
I

Then

8.

does not understand Chinese,

lio

suppose
1

THE TEN DIALOGUES.

IV.

He

does not speak a word of Chinese,


know a character.

nor does he
19.

How am

20.

You

read with him then

I to

But how am

21.

character

22.

Oh,

if

makes

so

countrymen,

will

teach him, surely

pupils

not find

We

become able

without learning

is

another

How

upon something.

still

old were

ask

may

we may hit
you when

18.

began

puts

those

Some

six or seven

And how

old were you when you


have them explained to you ?
I was twelve years of age.

38. Did you study the commentary, or


did you have the text explained to you orally
by your teacher ?

gj

chiang*

38.

Read with: chiao

kei; the kei being untranslatable in English

i.

we should

say that

it

the word sheng being construed

a.<

grammatically,

06s. 2.
Experience: loo slum, an old hand.
Pupils: men-sheng
to the men, gate or door, of the hsien-sheng, teacher.

lit.,

Without learning

backing recite

erh,

and yet

we do not

pei, short for pei-cho shu,

learn,

and yet we are

with one's back to the book,

29.

Ubs.

31.

Obs.

Twice repeated ch'ung* (see Part III, 336).


Five Canons: ching (see Part III, 885) here specially of the

36.

06s.

Explained

i.e.,

Obs.

able.

Obs.

2.

Learn by heart

without looking at

it.

chiang, properly, to

tell

five great classical

specially, to explain the

Commentary

chu, properly, to

make

books of China.

meaning of a character or a text

chiang, to begin explaining.


38.

who come

23. '>&*.

pei nien,

sir.

the dative case.

22. Obs.

man

36.

take you,

to

37.

han'

it

things Chinese.

Obs.

19.

t'a in

JS

years did

Chinese: han, the name of the dynasty which commenced about B.C. 200; now applied generally tn

dbs.

men and

S.

How many

36.

all

'<

Did you begin with the Three-characClassic and the Poem in a Thousand

Characters

they learn after these


Four Books, and, after
the
rule,

the Five Canons you were fourteen ?


35. Yes, in my fourteenth year.

26.

ter

they

years from the


beginning of the course to the end of it.
34. Ah then by the time you had learned

began at seven.

31.

As a

33.

your friend will put himself to

That of course not

25.

this,

characters.

And what do

Canons

the trouble of keeping to the same order of


proceeding as our Chinese boys.

you began

learned

them all, from the time you began


the Four Books until you knew the Five

and we acquire the written

it,

to read,

no character twice repeated, and

when they have

30.

32.

24.

in

is

to learn

speak Chinese

to

language by learning books off by heart when


we are very young but I don't think it
likely that

Classic

these, the Five Canons.

Teaching as we are taught

23.

the real advantage of

Three-character

know a thousand

to

impossible

those

it

acters has

he doesn't

among your own


it

begin with

The

therefore,

many

is

first studies.

easy for little children to commit it


to memory; the Poem in a Thousand Char-

a teacher of your experience,

sir,

what

my

all

sentences of three characters each, and this

who has had

affair.

to begin

books

29.

<

he begins to speak, we shall see


what can be done in the written language.

know a

28.

they were

their so doing

have to teach him to talk

will

Yes

The Chinese

little

When

first.

27.

a note of; thence, to annotate.

i'o

TZO ERH CHI.

244
39 At

teacher; but after

my

by

first,

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

listening to his explanations a year or so, I

began to read the commentary myself. Then


worked at prose and verse composition some

Shantung

lie

tary

Nothing of the kind, indeed; it was


I had to stand several examinations

all

luck.

for

my

for

seven or eight years after.


42. May I ask your age ?

and

licentiate's degree,

didn't get

it

degree

years,

for

What

some time

If

shih

41- fib

hsiu*

my

want

will

friend,

who wishes

to study official cor-

a pity that one can't see one's

to beginning the

morrow

By
as

all

you

means;
desire, sir

41. f$l hsing

41.

gj

shih 4

I'll

at

wait on you to-

what o'clock

we

say between three and four


then I take my leave.
55. Very good, sir
54. Shall

'.

42.

56.

Good-day.

57.

Good-day.
51. ffihsii*

Jgkeng*

46. ffejung*
47. j|

53.

hsien 4

JH

tsun 1

54.

forms of literature, literature which conforms to the rules of


not included in the term.
Obs. 2.
Graduated: chin hsio, to enter hsio, the colleges, or

Prose composition: wenchang;

shih, poetry, is

additional recommendation

'.

ehiao 3

'

chung

40.

omposition

In this respect

spoken language.
have a plan, but I am too busy
to-day to explain it; could you come and
see me to-morrow and talk it over with me

after that I acted as

did your friend hold

office

40. *f

i.

How an

50.

53.

39-

39. Obs.

49.

language.

private secretary to a friend.


46.

in

came home

respondence when he has learned the spoken

have been doing nothing to speak


took pupils at home for the first two

and

52. I

45. I
of;

and

Your having acted as a private secrean additional recommendation.

engage you,

way

am thirty.
And what has

been your occupation


in the six years since you took your licentiate's

to

is

51. It's

43. I
44.

last year,

48.

a first-rate man.
41.

magistrate of a district

he died

again.

two years or more, and then I graduated.


40. At sixteen that was early you must

He was

47.

lit.,

which the graduates who have taken the first degree are members.
Early: what, at sixteen, chung* (not to be confounded with the same character read chung ), you
obtained the degree of hsiu ts'ai, fine talent, your B.A. Obs. 2.
Chung* properly, to hit a mark hsiu, fair, elegant.
First-rate man: your t'ienfen, share of ability assigned you by Heaven, is kao, of high degree.
Obs. 3.
literary establishments, of

40.

06s.

i.

All luck: ehiao, amongst many meanings, has that of a byway; hsing, properly, fortunate; ehiao
41. Obs. i.
06s. 2.
Licentiate: hsiang shih, lit, village trial; an allusion to ancient
hsing, generally, of success beyond merit.
(Competitive examination in one's native district, but now technically signifying the examination for the second degree
held in the capital of the province.
42. Obs.

of one's age.
46. Obs.

your

Your age

What

Mng, one of the characters used

office

in the Chinese time cycle

Jung, properly, of vegetation, flourishing

colloquially, as here, the years

used as here, complimentarily

juny

ji'n.

somewhat

less

post.

47. Obs.

District

important than a chou

one of the minor jurisdictions into which a prefecture is divided


it is called a
chih-hsien, as in the chou, a chih-chou.

hsien,

51. Obs.

Correspondence wln-shu, generic of all official documents.


See one's way hsii, a skein of silk t'ou hsii, the clue to unravel a skein.

53. Obs.

As you

50.

Obs.

54. 06*.

you company.

obey your commands.


Three and four: shen, the ninth of the 12 two-hour periods into which the 24 hours are divided;
desire: tsun, to obey

I will just

it

shen ch'u, the first part of the period shen.


Take leave: shih (see Part III, 574), to lose, to deprive oneself of [the pleasure of] p'ei, bearing

extends from 3 to
55. Obs.

the magistrate governing

5 P.M.

PART

THE TEN D1ALOUUKS.

IV.

DIALOGUE
This morning a friend of mine sent
an invitation to dinner at a restaurant;
in

two minds about going, because

seems

to

me

am

that as I

any of your forms of

in

it

yourself

not very well up

3.

Chinese

were

absolute

if I

invitation.

Oh

who asks you

lao-yeh,

I see

its

invitations
for

instance,

CHANG

ta

character chun does not occur in

to dine at the Ch'ing

often go there myself.


They are very particular there about the cooking, and everything

If

simply, so

i.

chuang*

i.

is

the

P.M.

you

if

you go

CHANG

ta

which names four o'clock


at six

you won't be

late.

go too early, not only will the other

guests not have all assembled, but it may


chance even that your host has not arrived.

no establishment that

is

considered

noon

That depends on how the invitation is


3
worded; if the character chun (precisely)
The
occurs, one must go at the hour named.
lao-yeh's invitation,

palatable; there

be

when

4.

Hui T'ang; that's a capital restaurant; it is


roomy, and the apartments are very cool; I

is

cannot

to be in order.

your

bit.

have heard that the time stated on

hour given, one should go at about

Don't imagine that when I have told


what
the ordinary formalities are, you will
you
understand what to do. Let me have a look
at

up a

social etiquette, I

should raise a laugh at my expense


to omit any of the usual formalities.
2.

X.

comes up to it; you'd better go; you'll be


glad to have a chat with them all, and wake

1.

me
I
am

245

yu*

2.

ch'ou-

2.

ehiti'

3.

jfc

1. Obs. i.
Invitation t'ie-'rh, a slip of paper in the form of a memorandum anything extending over one sheet
not generally included in the term (see Part III, 1022). Cf. shuo t'-ie-'rh, a memorandum generally; ch'ing t'ie-'rh,
;in invitation.
Obs, 2.
Restaurant
chuang, lit., a large place of business, also a village, is only applied in this
connexion to a restaurant which does not supply lodging accommodation. Obs. 3. In two minds yu yii, or yu yi',
:

is

an elephant

both supposed to be suspicious animals, and hence typical of doubt or


indecision.
Obs. 4.
Etiquette ying ch'ou ti li chieh, lit., the items (chieh) of li, observances (ritual or ceremonial),
belonging to (ti) ying dt'ou, social requirements ying and ch'ou botli mean to return, as a compliment, though the
latter in certain combinations means also to recompense.
Ying ch'ou is applied only to the amenities of society we can
indecision

yu,

a monkey

lit.,

yii,

ying ch'ou ta, or to, his social duties are numerous, or he has a large circle of friends. 06*. 5. If fang
Obs. 6.
seldom used without jo in conversation.
Omit la (see Part III, 763). 06s. 7. Formalities, observances
kuo chieh ; chieh (short for li chieh, as above), the formalities, kuo, that pass.
say

t'a ti

t'ao-tzA, lit., common casing, suit, or set; t'ao, an envelope or casing (see Part
the phrase i t'ao i-shang, a suit of clothes, a numerative of some such word as ceremony, form,
See observations on the numeratives, Part III, 8.
etc., understood, of which it takes the place ; hence, the affix (zrt.
for ch'ing, see Dialogue IV, 23.
Obi. 2.
this might be rendered the Hall of Happy Meetings
Ch'ing Hui T'ang
2.

06s.

Ordinary formalities: su

i.

II, 769), is here, as in

much

explain and inquire; they give


the food should be cooked], and inform themselves [as to the manner in which these
lirections are carried out] ; chiu, to inquire into, to examine ; it will be found later in another combination.
Obs. 4.
Palatable: te, to obtain (=have), wei-'rh (pronounce w-Y/i. 4 ), a flavour; wei, taste, flavour, smell; we-'rh may be used

Obs.

Particular:

3.

chiang chiu,

in the dishes they prepare they very

lit.,

how

particular directions [as to

O6s. 5.
Glad to: lo te"* (emphasise te), lit., gladly obtain; it is slightly intensive, only
yourself up see Part III, 989.
Absolute ch'eng has here no special force, chun being the important word, and therefore emphasise'!.
wu k', one of the eight k'e, or divisions, in the shih ch'en, or hour period, ion (see Part III, 225),

indiscriminately of either.
too glad.
3.

Obs. 2.

which

06s. 6.
06s.

i.

Noon
lasts

Wake

from

1 1

A.M. to

precise, additional characters


in

P.M.

wu

the ch'u, or commencing half, of the

and may mean any quarter between 1 1 and i. To make it


ch'u (see Dialogue IX, 54) irh k'e, would be the second division
Wei is the next period to mi.
in other words, half-past 1 1.

k'e is indefinite,

would be required
-wit

thus,

period

wu

246

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

takes the invitation from you, will also

it

some depreciatory remark about himself, and


everybody will then sit down and take tea.

his hospitality,

me

seems to

that I ought to

When

the guests have arrived, you will be


invited to take your places, and dinner will be

send him an answer.

There

6.

is

no occasion; your retention

of the invitation

When

9.

go

shall

the invitation, sha'n't I

Yes

8.

you should, on

go,

have

The people

in

take have

your

in attendance at the door

When you

in.

you

without

to

me

in

bound

to protest,

to table, although

he

certain not to

is

much

he can

arrive

formality.

and made

host,

down

sit

his

to

have met

bow and

hit>

speech.]

The

your invitation."

host, as

10.

he

7.

|tj|

rhiao 3

Here you

[Host.]

are,

sir!

been remiss in not going to meet you


forgive me.
tit

3k. hu'

5.

when you come

[The guest is noiu supposed

am bothering you again


of
I am as ashamed
myself as I can be; 1
am not worthy of the terms you have applied
Here

been determined beforehand by

all

and when he does

should take the letter of invitation and present it to him with both hands, saying as
so,

invited to take the vacant

need not remind you that you should in


first
place salute him, after which you

you do

wanting,

When he

vacant seat
allow you to sit as you please.
is thus reserved for a guest who comes late,

see your host,

the

"

are

is

the

all

is

seats that the different guests shall

the host, so

your card, and, showing you the way


invite you to enter whatever room the

may be

host

The

seat.

will take
in, will

sometimes happens that

It

does turn up, he

arrival at the door of the

hand

table.

guests cannot come; and if only one


you do not keep on waiting for him.

up

When you

is this.

restaurant, tell your servant to


card.

to give

the custom

all

put on the

a proof of your positive

is

intention to go.
7.

make

is

another point upon which


\vant the benefit of your advice if I accept

There

$.

ERH

TZtJ

8.

8.

JjJ

pray

Uji clt'ien'

8.

i'

have

4* MO"

8.

5.
Accept
ling, here, to receive, to accept ; if I receive his ch'ing, politenesses (tokens of
Ling can also be applied to the drawing of pay, etc. it further means the neck ; hence, Ung-tzU,
friendly sentiment).
ci il la r.
Ubs. 2.
It seems to me hu is here a particle implying doubt
for ss-ii, see Part III, 1070.
See also Dialogue I, 2.

06s.

his hospitality

i.

6.
lay's

Proof

Obs.

p'ing, to lean

upon

(see

Part

III, 722)

chit, to

lay hold

of,

the something reliable that one

hold of; hence, proof, evidence.


7.

Cliiao, to deliver up, to surrender.

06s.

Custom

chil*, a carpenter's square


(see Part III, 581), lit., a pair of compasses, a rule, custom
the two are never used apart in the above sense,
libs. 2.
When you go ming-'rh
is often used indefinitely of some future date not
for Jang, to
Obs. 3.
Ti, to hand in or over to
very far remote.
Obs. 4.
Salute
Obs. 5.
Bothertso i, to make the Chinese bow with the hands folded.
invite, see Dialogue IV, 25.

8.

hence

06s.

also,

I.

kuei

a rule or custom

ing

jao, to bother, to give trouble to, to

incommode

for t'ao, see Part III,

05s. 7.
carry shame in my bosom ; see Part III, 718.
1
myself to be) the person you treat me as (see Part III, 342, tang )
k'uei,

lit.,

834 and 836.

Not worthy

lit.,

Ashamed

06s. 6.

pao

I dare not act as (represent

a
I cannot play the part you assign to me
very common depreciatory expression applicable to almost any compliment or civility. There ;u e of course many other
forms of saluting a host than the one here given.
06s. 8.
ch'ien, humble, modest
hsil, empty, in
Depreciatory
the sense of deficiency (see Dialogue V, 76).
06s. 9.
One note i pan wei this is
pure colloquialism. The pan
;

;i

must not be emphasised.


9.

Obs.

which sense
10.

it is

Obs.

jang, to invite in the present instance, in the sense of to yield, to give


frequently used.
Remiss, etc. shih ying, failed to meet you.

Formality

way

to others

in

PART
ii.

Not

[Guest]

and

utraid,

have

at

I'm

particular attention

gentlemen

they've only just

gentlemen won't get your chopsticks to work,

you

late,

waiting.
12.

arrived
1

3.

No, no;

[Host,]

get to dinner.

let's

am

so I

I'm guilty of great assump-

[Guest.]

247

the cooking of the


dishes, and they seem to me rather better
than those not made to order. I notice you

all;
all

kept

I'm

THE TEN DIALOGUES.

IV.

to

You might

obliged to help you.

taste them.

tion in taking this


place.
14.

15.
1

6.

It's

[Host.]

take wine

yours by

Pray

right.

19.

of you; we'll begin with a bumper.


[To host.] Your health.
all

[Host.]

down

20.

I won't help
Please begin.
intimates here, and each one

we can

you we're all


must help himself.
;

17.

if

we

it

No,

22.

not.

man

sent a

and

a day or two ago to the manager's office to


tell him to
beg them in the kitchen to pay
1

12.

<'!'

ffihti*

13-

chien 1

no longer

it's

home.
offer

17.

your

tsao*

8.

|j

17.

8.

$8. k'uai"

cart has come,

must be getting
your house to

thanks.

my

filching*

'7-

my

early, so I

I shall call
shortly at

'

17.

carry,

for

you

What are you talking about ?

[Guest]

say no more to-day, as

I'll

right.

am

to

as

ing powers.

We

[Host.]

much

as

There has been nothing fit


for you to eat to-day, and the wine is so bad
that you have not done justice to your drink-

There you are we've just agreed to


please.
dispense with formalities, and you are comshall have to return the
mencing them.

compliment to make

had

21. [Host.]

begin to press each other to eat, it will


look too formal; we'd much better go as we

8.

all

and more wine than we can

excellent dinner.

all

We've

[Guest.}
eat,

and are very much obliged


That's the best way;

[Guest.]

Don't put your chopsticks


you must all make a good meal.

[Host]

8.

ch'ang*

ch'ii

hsieli'

19.

11. Obs. i.
All you gentlemen: chu, all; for kmig, .tee Part III, 979.
06x.
you shou, to endure [the trouble of], teng, waiting.
12. Obs.
Get to dinner hsi, a repast or banquet; let's enter upon our repast.

2.

Kept yon waiting:

///..

13.

Kiiilty of

Obs.

Assumption

fhien, to usurp, to

assume what does not belong

to one: [in taking

this scat

am

indeed

much assumption.

14.

Obi.

16.

06s.

bumper: lit., let us all drain a cup.


Help you pit, to distribute (see Part III, 406).
I.
Look: hsien, manifest, apparent; hsien-cho, apparently
:

hence, to appear to be, to look as. Obs. 2.


Forma], conventional rhii, to grasp, to adhere to ni*, bigoted, opinionated rli ii ni, a grasping at what one con<
3
to be the proper
06s. 3.
Return the compliment rlini/, to honour, to show respect to.
thing; ni mud.
18. 06s. I.
06s. 2.
Kitchen: tsao, a furnace.
Manager's office: kml *////</; lit., in, or at, the counter.
17.

Obs.

clicking range, of a large establishment; shang, as above.

li'in'l.

3.

K^mi,

a ch.>|pstick

19.

06s.

properly written without the radical "mouth."


Make a good dinner cli'ih pao, eat till you are full, or satisfied.

20.

06s.

Excellent dinner

Vang,

what

Obs.

to taste:

so laid out,

22.

06s.

called

l-'imi.-tztt,

<

H>.

01

_|.

"ln'-mj,

superlative, excellent, fine, etc.

</.''.,

Offer

my

dinner.

thanks

t<>

I.

our slang word "spread."


21. 06s.
Not done justice, etc.: i-h'ii, lit., crooked, or bent awry;
capacity (see Part III, 776, Obs.); here, capacity for drink.

is

nKo

lay out, to arrange; hence,

'f.

tao, to say, to

also, a

give expression to, hsieh, thanks

or grievance, to do

wrong

//.</',/<

iliank you,

wp
sir.

248

KRH CHI.

TZf

J j. [Host.]

couldn't think of such a

Please yourself about


won't venture to detain you.

going.

thing.
I

24.
sit

me

in

you

23.

Ob*.

I.

no occasion

there's

me

SERIK.s.

for

our host either to see

out; now, please, return and see to your

other guests.

Good-bye, good-bye

to the door, pray;

is

beg;

Are you gentlemen going to


that case I must take my leave
don't

set-

stop where you are;


23.

rli'i

[Quest.]

a while

before

COLLOQUIAL

j=

Couldn't think of:

25. [Host.]

you into your

27. [Host.]

lit.,

how

25. |jg

could

Av

I'll set-

thanks,

revovr.

<-li-i'ii//

venture (to trouble you, or some such

how

The above
or what, but only used in certain set phrases.
used with as much frequency as pn kan tang (see above, 8, Obs. 7).

the interrogative particle

further

mam

Thanks,

26. [Quest.}

r/i.'/'

come no

I'll

cart.

is

phrase, nuclei-stood;

one of the commonest

06s. 2.
of polite phrases, and is
Detain feng
It is difficult to give the exact force of fcng in this phrase ; it means, properly, to raise the hands when presenting
anything (see Part III, 990) to do an act of homage or respect ; hence, the respect that such an act implies.
:

liu.

24.

06.

25. 06s.

Stop where you are

Get

into

liu pw,

lit.,

detain your footsteps

only used politely.

your cart: ch'eiig shang, to mount, as a horse or a chariot

not

used colloquially except

polite conversation.
26.

Obs.

Many

thanks

fc'o

/'OH

is a

i-cum

i-xpiv-:ic>n for thanks,

but not to an

interim-.

in

PART

V.

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

32

250

ERH

TZt)

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

PART

V.

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.


LESSON
1.

So

hear you are studying


That's right.
Manchu is with

[Senior.]

Manchu, eh
1

us Manchus the
sentials

with the relations existing between us,


7
try to back out ?

and foremost of

first

to

is

it

in

us,

es-

2
in his own part of the
language spoken
is to a Chinese; so it would never
country

do to be without a knowledge of Manchu,


would it ?
2.

To be sure not

[Junior.]

an additional reason
I've

it.

in

am

seeing

my way

but

I can't master

if

it.

have

5.

enough of it to pass for


shall have broken down

fear

pay

my

chou', properly, a river shoal

2.

Hip ffc hsiang fan, lit,

$?l
*tm

4-

HI

yi'i to

5-

JL

"a hsiung-t'ai,

6-

S 18

JO.

Ife
Jl

C,

you how.

Find

never forget your kindness, and


it

handsomely.

What are you talking about?

[Senior.]

are one of us, are you not?


would have been that you
;

but, since

My only
were not

you are

willing, I

be only too glad 10 to contribute to your


Talk of handsome return, indeed
success.
shall

respects to

/',
'

people as intimate as

you and

are should

never use such language to one another.


[Junior.] Well, sir, if that's the way
am sure I feel extremely obliged. I
it,
have only to make you my best bow, and I

2
,

tn'il

/j

4
,

shall say

an island

no more.

not used colloquially

here merely as a sound to represent

original territory of the present dynasty.

country chat: Van, to chat or talk with another.

explain, to interpret:

my

fan

yi, to translate

elder brother's worship; you,

to confer on

P al

Pu

ti->

or interpret;

fan

yi kuan, an official interpreter.

sir.

difficult.

a plea, an argument, an apology;

n* n 9 k n > P ower

dc

also,

of

to translate.

^ Ma * nan, monstrously

fz'fl.

Manchu, the name of the

*1-

9-

tell

can, to

6.

the second syllable of the word

j^

account; I will

anxious to learn

am come to-day,

as to put yourself to a little trouble

I shall

You

So

to ask, then,

take an interest

will so far

shall not fail to repay

for the last

What's your difficulty ? pray


3. [Senior.]
have
got to say. If it's anything
say what you
that I can do for you, do you suppose that,

8-

my

Sir,

however.

7.

on

you

have

I shall

time,
you
compose a few phrases
8
for me to study, and if I
manage to succeed
at all, I shall regard it entirely as your work."

you, and, in the next, to ask a favour of you.


I
find it not so easy 6 to open the subject,

jjtyj

me

now begun Manchu,

I've

in the first place, to

1.

in

as far as ever from

still

a translatorship, 3 * I
at both ends of the line.
sir,

that

if

for wishing to acquire

been studying Chinese

ten years, but I

and

this

is

What

[Junior.]

4.

what the

short,

I.

also, to resign

t'wi

te'fl,

to put forward excuses.

sufficing.

an

may

inferior.
it

be that

too good to get, or too good to be caught.

pa

is

probably used for

pa

(see

Part III, 86)

q.d.,

not to be laid hands on,

PART

THE HUNDRED

V.

LESSON
1.

Well, I hear that you have


Manchu that you are begin-

[Senior.]

made such way


ning to speak
2.

in

that

quite correctly.

Nonsense

[Junior.]
I

like other people,

3.

it,

it

but

even string 2 half

I can't

make

a speaker

from considering myself one,


of ever learning to speak.

^ HI

mere want of

all

Whenever you meet

to

If you follow
quite naturally to your mouth.
this rule, in a year or two at the farthest you

will

speak
9

myself

mould

is

memory, and talkthe habit of speaking comes

incessantly, until

quite despair

kuei mo', compasses mould, a

commit phrases

day,

Indeed, so far

say to

This

Listen to me.

i.

have not got

him at once, and talk away with him.


You must 8 go and take lessons of competent
7
professors of the language as well, you know
and if you have any friends who are good
Manchu scholars, you should be for ever
talking with them. Read some Manchu every

that 1 dare not go on without hesitating 3


now, so long as this continues to be the case,

studying

at

used

my

a man, 6 no matter who, that can talk Manchu,

without being the least able to say


become so alarmed about mistakes

I to

all

[Senior.]

practice.

to begin,

how am

with

proficient.

understand

a dozen sentences together.


Then there is
another odd thing I do whenever I am going
I

if'

farther than this, I shall certainly never be a

when
hear
spoken, but it will
be some time yet before I can speak it myself.
It is not only that I can't go right through
with a piece of conversation of any length

why,

II.

it

certainly,

251

LESSONS.

despair

it

without an

effort

so

now

don't

any more.

or form on which anything should be fashioned

only figuratively

colloquially, mu?-tzii, a mould.


2

if^c

and what

is

'T*

JL d^ch P u

below

3.

^j

fjfj

4-

pf

PJf

ffc

Jt'o

become connected

shang, do not

chieh, specially of

shang, an auxiliary verb, to a certain extent in

}&

chien-chien-chueh-chiieh-ti,

chiao,

[the causes

connexion between what

is

above

affinity with chieh.

summarily and decidedly.


above] properly

specified

make me how speaking;

that

is,

not

speaking,

unable to speak.
5.

fc

hui', ashes

6-

iB.

/L tan fan whether

7-

here verbally used

'

SB fj

shih'-fu

fu, originally, to aid

by

4
,

my

heart

is

made

ashes, it despairs.

singly or universally, all whatsoever.

any master of a

craft

shih,

among

other meanings, means a

model, hence a teacher

counsels.

8.

|H

yao, here imperative.

9-

ch'ou?, to grieve

[after

what

have said] yu,

still,

do you lament what

inability

TZU ERH CHI.

252

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
1.

Why, when did you


Manchu you know,

[Senior.]

time to learn

find

the

all

Your pronunciation

is

6.

longer at

it,

good, and you speak

Then he

is

does talk well

he

in the language

intelligible,' fluent,

7.

and

Nay,

[Senior.]

resolved and the thing

trouble

my

young

friend,

is

done

"
?

What he

knows he knows only because he has learnt


7
it
has not come to him by intuition.
it;

And

please.

How

have

should

think you are making a slight mistake. Don't


"
Be
you remember what the proverb says,

3
Then, besides this, he
quite proficient.
has such a stock of words and phrases. Now,
that is what one may call a good scholar, if

[Senior.]

come up with him.

to

enough

is

3.

much

hand.

out of his

thoroughly at

is

speaks without a particle of Chinese accent

you

been

memory steadily ever since he


committing
without
began,
stopping; the book is never

com-

are too

[Junior.] Oh, sir, you


1
plimentary.
My Manchu does not amount
to a great deal.
There's a friend of mine who

he

he has

and knows a great deal more.


5
he has been
very studious

to

2.

home

Oh,

[Junior.]

sir

quite intelligibly.

really

III.

does he compare with

are

not at

we

all

any way otherwise constituted?


Well, then, no matter how exact

in

may be, all we have


make up our minds and apply
the language; and if we don't

or practised a speaker he

you?
4.

[Junior.]

Me

should never venture

compare myself with him; I am as far


from being his match as the heavens are from

to

i.

3.

4'

vacuum

What

[Senior.]
3

chiang

#jc

to praise

Hn $& ch'ing-ch'u
$ji

4
,

the reason of that

I,

ch'eng,

reach the point he has attained, we


shall not be very far behind him, I suspect. 8
quite

||}j

6.

Jg

p'o',

a strong intensive

ching, after

all,

in

by
;

the recipient

it is soft

8.

PJJ

lick*,

IjsJ.

worthy elder brother's too great

space, the division caused

ko, a partition,

any contingency

to

hsiang, I suspect.

shou

by space

something that divides

only used with certain adjectives

him who has

a final particle expressing certainty.

ti ao

my

hence, to practise

happen what may, completed.


7.

of,

praise.

applied also to transaction of business, settlement of accounts, etc.

originally, to boil silk until

which the heavens are hung

5.

am

distinct, clear

^itara 2 hf, separated


Rf!

in

lien

is

to

is

ourselves to

the earth.
5.

do

to

See Part III, 749.

lien, proficient.

hsiian is properly to hang,

off

q.d.,

the

ko k'ai, to separate, to keep apart.

hao*, to be fond

chih, resolution,

an

of.

affair

will
be]
[he commences

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
1.

The

comes into

world has to do

and the great object

to study,

is

of his reading

is

IV.
not only bring discredit
4. Such men
and disrepute on themselves, but they make

man who

chief thing that every


this

253

10

people execrate

the

the parents that could have

understanding of the rights of things (tao-li).

had such

Such an understanding once arrived at, a man


will do his duty 2 by his parents while he is at

n
Now, my young friend, just reflect
a moment and tell me whether the obligation

home

5.

he must do his best for the State when

he enters the public service; and he will be


certain to succeed 3 in whatever he undertakes.
2.

Once you have

knowledge you ought

spected wherever you go. I don't mean only


4
by other people you have yourself a sense
of your own title to be respected.

There

a class

is

be well

to

Well, then, the least a child

his family illustrious,

he cannot

If

and bring glory u

by great achievements, that can't

to his line

who do not

of persons

and who take no pains


6
conducted, relying exclusively on
read,

1S

behave himself.

to

is

good-

in the very

be helped; but, on the other hand, what can


be more utterly good-for-nothing 15 than so to
conduct oneself as to bring down curses on

3.

him can ever be repaid

can do

make

to his parents 12 for their

under

is

smallest degree

are re-

you

man

ness to

the

acquired

really

to have,

children.

one's father

their attain-

6.

and mother ?

careful consideration of the subject,

no man

ments, as they regard them, in the arts of

then, satisfies us, does

8
For my part, I
intrigue and adulation.
what
their
minds
can be
comprehend

can with propriety neglect the study of books


and the regulation of his moral conduct ?

but

know

1.

(fif

I feel sorely
l

jjfj

wei

ashamed 9

ti,

the

can't
like,

not, that

them.

for

wei4

wherefore:

special

it

because of;

as a relative,

ti,

representing the

word

cause understood.
2.
3-

4.
5.

$jf.
fiSs

^
m

hsiao 4 , pious to parents: hsiao shun,

Wi

chio, to perceive, to

chung*

(to

be sensible

obedient

make

here construed verbally.

a good job of

be distinguished from ehung*, to plant), a kind or

to pierce as
fl| tsuan*,

hence, select

with a tsuan 4

elliptical for a longer phrase, tsuan

chiu here differing

from

little

te.

of.

properly, a kind or class


pjj p'in
to take care of one's moral nature.
6.

7.

filially

ch'&ng chiu, to accomplish satisfactorily, to

ying mow

sort.

p'in hsing, each man's peculiar nature

a centre-bit

to

make way through

htiu p'in, to study,

a small aperture

accomplishment of business

kan, to study the

by

intrigue;

tsuan kan

mmi

lean

is

m;iy

he used of a good object as well.


to meet
8.
ying, to go to meet, to welcome fing ying, to play up obsequiously to what you
jj|b fmg*,
be a superior's wish, to endeavour to ingratiate oneself with a superior.
hai hsiu, sorely ashamed hai as in hai p'a, hai sao, etc.
9;||
:

to

ro.
1 1.

13.

T|?

15.

to

Jlj|

ma4

pai, white, blank, in vain

|=j

man,

jj|

yao

wan

i,

4
,

[fj

JJ,

what fen,

yo

here

q.d.,

whether there be such a case or

he who

is, jen-tzti-ti,

a man's son

make

not, just think, etc.

q.d.,

a son in his relation to his parents.

part in 10,000; also used elsewhere as 10,000 chances to

brightness, glory; here to glorify: tsung, for tsu

ch'u hsi, to
in

to revile.

ioeijen-tzil-ti: wei,

etc.,

illustrate one's house,

up

12.

14.

chou 4 to curse

know

tsung,

i.

ancestral plurality, one's ancestors;

glorious one's ancestors.

make

what degree?

profit, interest:

to cause one's parents to

be reviled by people

is

to

be unprofitable

254

EEH

TZt)

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON
1.

sir;

every day,
go to?

observe you pass this way


what place is it that you

was thinking that the one you go to would


do for me well enough, and that one of these

my studies.

days I might commence my attendance.


Will you be so good as to say a word for me
to the master beforehand ?

2.

[Junior.]

3.

[Senior.]

It

isn't it

10.

is.

What

[Senior.]

5.

Manchu

go to

To read Mancliu,

[Junior.]

4.

[Senior.]

are

you reading

it

Manchu round hand

write

yet

presently,

shall be taught to write

Well,

[Senior.]

9.

and

to

sir,

looked,

and

for a school;

we

ijB ]Ij

"
cise

XI,

ji! lit
4)

m*

tsuan

3'

&

4.

iT J9

4)

see k f r

t'ou,

'

/* n 9'

tso -chin,

study Manchu

J|= tsu*, properly, class, species

6.

|fj

!p|

argument

tzA

ti,

here those

tsai cho constantly

8.
E. wan
any way help himself.

9.

*J

10.

mi feng,

itself,

your behalf,

any trouble

ti

aud eyes

at

should not have thought

it

all.

things of constant occurrence.


(see

Part III, Exer-

searching for a crevice, trying every approach to a question.

colloquially, clan or tribe of


sc.,

of the clan

who [may come]

means in the second

Pw

10

properly, the left side or hand.

sons and younger brothers,

tsai cho,

M7^

iso,

besides

for,

a thing commendable in
and as for the trouble of speaking in

the merits or chances of anything

sc.,

is

>

neighbouring:

ta-liang, to reckon,

lessons

he has to go to the yamen every

a seam a crevice, to be distinguished from feng', to stitch

'

boring with the head

regular

give

Manchu.

for

before the face

inien, ch'ien,

5.

7.

in

no school

$, ycn

Ijif

to

and corner 2

is

by

these circumstances I fear I cannot help you,


sir
were the case otherwise, your desire to

sorry to say, there

may

It is only because we are so idle that we


work by ourselves that he feels obliged s
find time 9 to play the tutor.
Under

to

have tried every imaginable

any

attend are relations

don't

of procuring instruction left no place


unexamined but in our neighbourhood, 3 1 am

means

that

teaching us,

have

day.

have been want-

myself,
assure you, in every hole

at

to translate too.

study Manchu

ing to

and he has scarcely

marriage; there is not an outsider among


them.
But the fact is that our elder is too

but

to lengthen,

that

busy

[Junior.]
present to leave any time for writing;

when they begin

is

others

The days are too short

8.

4
you think

any pupils but our own near cousins;

Manchu).

Are they teaching you

[Senior.]

7.

to the Essential in

I see

of the elders of our clan, 5

\Jwvior.] Oh, no new books nothing


but the two old things, detached sentences
on common subjects, 1 and the " Ch'ing Hua

Yao" (Guide

Ah!

[Junior.]

a regular professor that teaches us but


that is not the case.
Our instructor is one

in

6.

Chili

V.

not used of numbers or amounts.


tsu hsiung,

an elder brother of the

tribe.

the speaker's near cousins.

in addition,

to the

sc.,

blood

relations

aforesaid;

but ia

place, or furthermore.

feels obliged

yiin'-cho. properly, dividing into

men

i is

properly to stop

even shares

fei, as mfei-shih (see Part IV, Dialogue VI, 58).

10,000 times can he not stop,

he cannot

here simply apportioning a part of k'ung-rh, his leisure.

PART

THE HUNDRED

V.

LESSON
1.

when

This morning

those lads

lessons

their

found one

than another.

prepared

went to hear 1

in

"

your

mind 5

to

With the

and endeavouring

you

credit

that

you are not

entitled to

It is

instead of sitting

get

work

not

you?

8
only that you are wasting day after day and

month

month, but I

after

am

want

pay so

"

1.

attention to

Heard

their lessons

raw

skiing,
4

i,

am

jj|

teng

what
by an

is

said to

them

elliptical process

to rest,

do

set to
13

with

of you."

really quite at

my

my wit's

You may

sponsibility.

as

you please

I've

end.

whole soul into the advice

give you, and so acquit myself of


14

Really, it shows a want of all shame,"


"that grown-up lads like you should

2.

3.

5.

little

down

make men

3.

my

to

doing, not mine, remember."

said,

me, don't

Simply because, being my flesh and


want you to turn to some account

can only throw

is left

come home from

to find one fault after another

energies to no purpose either; you are the


sufferers, but the harm done you is your own
"

that
I

blood, I

my

expending

I give you for


was so much wind

business I should be glad enough to repose


myself, for instance ?
Why don't I ? why,

your

to

it

little leisure

12
you think that when

7
work; but when will it be accomplished if
you go on in this fashion, making believe that

are students,

if

Mancliu, to give your whole

just as

don't go out of my way to find fault "


with you, don't say that
there are plenty
of arguments against such an hypothesis.

now

business,

the lecturing that

4.

it's
stop and listen to me
that you are studying

There

10

ears."

your

"

hawing, gaping and staring,


and nothing else could they do.
2. I saw how the land lay, so I said to

them,

treat

your good

There they stood,

humming and

VI.
you

less

255

LESSONS.

done

listen to
all

me

my

re-

or not,

that I can do."

is

pei

here to hear lessons repeated, not to repeat them.

here, unprepared with a lesson.

to open the eyes wide.

ch'ieh chu, there

stop: ch'ieh, for chan ch'ieh, temporarily, for the time being.

4'

J3.

ft

5-

}H

P' U 'J colloquially, of the forward

movement one would make with

one's

arm

to catch a bird,

an

insect, etc.

undividedly, p'u, making such a forward movement, no, hsin, tender your mind.
6.

7.

ku', properly, to

~f

buy wine ku
:

hsii

liao shou, to bring one's work,

ming, to buy an empty name,


lit.,

false credit.

hand, to an end.

J[||

tu4 , to pass; hsil tu, to pass to no purpose; also, a rule, a measurement, a plan.

9'

&.

Ufa.

10.

8.

n.
12.
J

wan,

J^

[(

P'*

Jjj

|jf

5S

14.

jl[

tse',

>

s ' cln face >

a face

tang ch'tng: you tang, let


ts'o

to
Sji p'i',

3-

^en

5B

to complete,

with
it

to

thick a skin to blush.

represent,

make

it,

ch'eng, to be,

wind by the

side of the ear.

feng, fault crevices, holes in one's coat.

compare with: p'iju,


f

''"'

fi{j

originally,

what

my

na h

'*'

for instance;

used in argument, as we say, do you suppose,

this an(i that; shuo, to speak,

amongst other meanings, a

tse-jen, responsibility,

requires

fault;
;

etc.

must be understood.

to punish for a fault; hence, responsibility: I desire

then will

it

be right.

25G

ERH

TZtT

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
1.

As

[Senior.]

becoming a translator
and

to

Manchu, you
you can have no

in

difficulty

you need

All

translate.

own

learning to
exclusive

coming

your mind

to the one subject.


devotion of
Don't let anything interfere l with your studies,
and let these be progressive 2 and in two or

well on your way.

If

who

the fisherman,

you go

days and

to

nothing.
2.

Will you do

[Junior.]

to look over these translations,

a few corrections

me
sir,

am

your

should be glad enough to

afraid that, being a hsiu-tx'i.

not qualified.

10

n
why, even the i-hsio sheny
and if so, how should a ksiu-ts'ai

Nonsense

may

stand

not

be qualified?

But the

hsiu-ts'ai

the favour

entitled to stand, I can assure you,

and make

for this reason that

as hard as

my

son

12

is

he can at Manchu

and

are
it

is

now working
for the little

time that remains before he has to go up.


Don't you throw away the opportunity. 14 Add
13
your name to the list at once.

examining them] Oh, come,


have
made very great progress
you really
3.

in

What ? when any Banner5. [Senior]


man 9 can go up, do you mean to say that a
man of your attainments would not be allowed

you will be
work like

is

am

two days drying his nets, you may


read for twenty years, but it will come to
then

is

[Junior.]

4.

to

fishes for three

Have you returned

now

off

stand, but I

three years, as a matter of course,

your examination, success

hands. 6

yourself as
a candidate at these examinations 7 that are

an

is

for

go up

are a Chinese scholar,

of

VII.

[Senior,

every sentence runs as it should every word


6
I have not a fault
is clear
to find.
If you
;

2.

PJH

ko tuan, to interrupt

|{|j

in the sense of side


jjH ai,

by

ko,

interposition, tuan, to cut.

by side, ai-cho

tz'-H-'rh,

in proper order, seriatim.

3-

IP3

wany*, a

4-

8S vang jan,

Jj

ko\ a pimple; hsing', a star: ko-hsing, any spot on paper, wood, porcelain, etc.; hence, figuratively, defect,

5.

net.

in vain

for wang, as crooked, unjust, see Part III, 941; here useless.

blemish.
6.

78.

3J:

l|lfi

j^

ti

f
,

shcng*

j^

(JJf;),

those

to overcome

pi-t'ieh-shih, three

to tender, to

hand up

you

will
1

sheng

be able to grasp, ch'iian (^), the balance, power, of pi shing,


be equal to sustaining.

to sustain, to

words used to produce the Manchu word


have you returned your name

a flag, a banner pa ch'i, the Eight


]^t ch'f,
the Manchus are enrolled. There are also eight
:

9.

which

hand

to grasp in the

ts'ao'.

certain success

who

10.
11.

sided with the

|<J3

ffj

(w,

only

the

^i-hsio:

12.

jjji

chih*,

13.

H| ;g

14.

jj||

man, a

clerk.

Banner Corps, of mixed civil and military organisation, in


Mongol Banner Corps, and eight of Chinese descended from

Manchus when they invaded China.


li,

you to be examined, can there be ?


founded by one or more persons of
of
the
Banner
Corps are distinguished from the
sheng

justice of exceptionally not permitting

a hsio, school, whether Chinese or Manchu,

where boys are taught to read gratis. The i-hsio


sheng, candidates from the Government establishments.
spirit,

bitgheshi, a lettered

i,

nephew; here the son of the speaker who addresses the other person as his brother.
ming-tzu,, add your name, lit., supplementarily, as you have not yet returned it.

3 pu

chi hui, opportunity: chi, as elsewhere, the motive spring; hui, a conjuncture, the right

moment.

public

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
1.

Never read

novels. 1

thing, read the Mirror of History

if

other one guarded u with his axe; 10 how that


this one made a thrust 12 with his spear, which

that will

extend the range of your scholarship

and

VIII.

you read any-

If

the other one parried 1:i with a staff. If either


of the parties is supposed to be defeated, 14 the

for you,

you keep the events of the past

in

your

memory, making the good your pattern and


3
taking warning
by the bad, you will find
all
for it, body and mind.
the
better
yourself
4
novels and old tales, 5 fictions
2. As to
7

without a shadow" of truth

that once

he

and

1 *1

fairies,

scatters,

17

on which they become fighting

men.

that different

upon a

spirits

who come on clouds and go in mist; grass


16
makes horses, or beans that
that, when cut,

All

4.

this

is

evidently
told

to

false,

yet

receive

is

not only ridicule 20 works of the sort, but have


a certain distaste 21 for them. So don't you

time, in

bestow any pains on such trash.

one made a cut with his sword, which the


i.

3.

hsiao shuo, tales, romances.

t\\ =J

Hi

chien 4 , a mirror

jfc chiuh*, to

chih

the t'ung chien, universal mirror,

beware
to

come

to

3js

JJ

5.

gjjj

tz'u-,

6.

^ ying

7-

blind
BiF hsia', properly,

8.

9.

to.

n.
12.

13.

|j

talk expressions
3

^r fu

ku-erh

tz'fi,

talk about the

proposition

men

4
,

to fight, as armies

ward

to

properly,

;jj|f

fang'', to

off,

guard

also,

damaged, destroyed; here, and commonly, defeated.

14.

jjjjyoi

15.

|||l

shen', spirits in general

16.

jj

chien 3 , to cut with scissors, to cut with a knife, etc.

17.

so 3 to scatter.

18.

g|

fefl

19.

^U

21.

tat

j^jj

originally,

f|}j

hsien', fairies

shcn-hsien, a collection of such beings.


:

chien-tzil, scissors.

See sa 1 Part III, 998.


,

a pleasant flavour

chirn-shih, experience

Ijjjj

depend upon.

parry a thrust.

20.

to

a frame, a stand, a staging.

JL

introduced.

and very commonly, to lean against,

tha', to thrust at with the point of a stick or weapon.

is

erh for jen, man.

other.

chia*, to

to.

2jfc

of old

Asia hua, falsehood.

an axe, carpenter's or

common where a new

very

becoming, made up

chang

a famous historical work.

shadow.

cheng

y'd,

is

of.

4.

^
;

ivel*,

any flavour:

tzil-wei,

the sense derived from

a pleasant flavour, a

relish.

it.

hsiao hua, to laugh at.

4
,

slow, taking

no interest

in

it

xsuch-and-such a state, so-and-so fought ever


so many rights 9 with so-and-so how that this

the

as
people
there
stand
like
idiots, taking
gospel
they
18
it in with a
Men of sense 19
positive gusto.
it

stupid

3. There are people who have got no


sense of decency, who will go on reading to

how

he invokes are

auxiliaries

people have composed, it will do you no good


8
it'
you read a thousand volumes of them.

their audience

257

lan-tai, lazy; not eager ch'iao, to read

such books.

33

TZ& ERH

258

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
1.

is

Has

[Senior.]

2.

come

that book

It has been sent

[Junior.]

yet

for,

ever,

but

it

Who

yet!

is

lad, sir.

When

he wouldn't

stir for

The young

him

we

first

us,

but kept loitering here ever so long, as if


l
whether he went or not. At

told

to go,

him

pery

know,

the book

sir,

leave

t'ao?

it,"

'

we

??

up

you

rfte *

2.
Jjjj

left out,

to lean against

$;

{',

4.

j*j^

hua?, slippery, to

5-

m
ItE y

7.

8.

9.

*<

severe

doubt,

is

to correct

him

severely

as he returns, I shall tie him


and give him a very sound thrashing. 8

for-nothing

than he

is

now.

by

a, yao,

importance.

//IK'

ti.

to
j|| k'an',
;

La

(see

Part III, 763)

to, to

assent to

is

pu

more common.
i,

not to assent

to, to

be dissatisfied with.

slip.

kuan

chiao, to

keep in order and teach;

here,

much

as

we

often use the word correction.

beyond doubt.

positively,

bind with cords, things or persons.

tun*, in the sense of

what he ought

etc.

hence, to incline

4
Hi tuan -tuan, decidedly,

|jg k'un*, to

IJdl

is

lou*, to leak, as anything holding fluid; to leak out, as the fluid itself; frequently used, as here, of things

3.

||Jf

the word in brackets being represented

omissions in writing, business,

6.

all

chin: some such word as attitude must here be understood; yu, he had
;

course, he

Otherwise this kind of thing will grow into


a habit, and he will become a greater good-

haste you can, and

"

Of

as soon

so,

said,

chin, not pressing [manner]

some place where there is something


amuse himself. The right thing,

beyond

or when your master comes


he won't be best pleased 3 with you." How-

get

there ever such a slip-

world

going on, to

So we asked

in four.

is

"What made you


had better make all the

article in this

off to

he started off post haste. But when he came


back he brought only three fao, and, as you

Was

[Senior.]

5.

was you who had desired


that the book should be brought, and then
it

him,

meet him, but then he would be most likely


returning by one road while the messenger
was going another.

didn't matter

last I told

in

had bungled the directions we gave him,


and so he went off in a huff, and lie
not back yet. Someone might be sent to

he said

was

it ?

[Junior.]

4.

We
Not come

[Senior]

3.

it

he would not plead guilty un the


contrary, he tried to put us in the wrong.

not come yet

sent for

IX.

turn or time

tun fan, a meal.

have strength to bear; to be equal to duty, responsibility,

elsewhere

it

may mean

that more

is

laid

etc.:

on a person than he can bear.

pu

k'an, here, unequal to doing

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
1.

X.

[Senior.]

Miuichus
as

Easy

Foot archer}- l 2 is with us


most important consideration.

it

so

it is

seems,

much

and

sir,

Well, look at

[Junior.]

4.

the reverse in

259

my

see if I have improved.

anything

fault

find

to

with,

shooting,

If there

please

is

correct

practice that notwithstanding the number of


archers who shoot 3 from morning till night,

me.'

ay, take their very bows to bed with them,


there are but a small number who come to

said against your shooting as a foot archer.


Trust to your thumb, 11 and sooner or later you

shoot so well

will

is

the difficulty

[Senior.] The body must be kept quite


upright, the shoulders of the same height,
3.

the attitude of the whole person perfectly


unconstrained 7 then 9 the bow should be so

stiff

when

the arrow leaves

it

particulars,

ijfif

jl

3-

4.

^H

5.

3ft.

chien 4 an arrow

&

ch'ang

lei',

pu

7.
S.

9-

10.

continually to

la,

ts'ui 4 ,

JU?

to

better than
to

keep you

draw the bow.

reeds or grass growing in tufts


if

there be

any whose
tSee

tz-il

$Jj

jan, as of

s
,

in

evil or fault

books po

!
;

pa

ts'ui, to

draw out one stem or blade from such a

la,

to be so good as to ch'u

lei,

tuft,

thereby

excel their class, [and as

below, ch'u chung.

become famous

of those

who have done

so,

how many ?

there are

unconstrained.

ta-cho. additionally; it

31
po

itself,

shooting, come

;g ch'u miny, to put forth a name, to

^ ^ mao-ping,
jp-

few

a class or category.

JfJ

these

in

chien, foot archery.

pre-eminence
such] to be extracted from the bunch,
6.

Reform

shih 2 , in books she 4 , to shoot arrows.

it

giving

style

and, no matter where you go

the majority
under him. 14

good.

2.

and

you are certain to shoot


no one will be able

shoot,

f$

Your

that your bow is not quite


that the bow hand is

unsteady.

slightly

it

goes with force and then if every arrow hits


the mark, the shooting may be pronounced

1.

enough,

is

13

withal that

wear the peacock's feather. 1 2

thing to remark

stiff

nothing to be

good, you show

is

What

[Junior.]

is

training, and you shoot


If everyone shot like you, there would
clean.
be no fault to find with anyone. The only

above their competitors.


2.

No, there

'

as to distinguish themselves 6

4 6

[Senior.]

5.

even so large as a

may be used

properly, to

move

hair.

with yu preceding

it,

apart with the hand

as here, or without yu.

po

cheng, to set right

not used of moving

material things.

win 3 , a finger not used alone chang-cho, relying on ; ta mu-chih-t'ou, the great finger great in the sense
JJJ
The middle finger is chung chih ; the next, ssu mu-chihthe series, the forefinger being erh mu-chih-t'ou.
The little finger is hsiao mu-chih-t'ou.
t'ou, but also, politely, wu-ming chih, the finger without a name.
1 1

of

first in

12.
fflft

ling*,

feathers; here,

more honourable than the former


13.

fi^f

tail of the pheasant or the peacock, the


wear such a feather in the cap.

a feather from the


tai ling, to

liao 4 or lio 4 , to diminish, to abridge, a digest, a sketch, a

more common.
14.

See also Lesson

to press
J]g ;/',

of ya, between

XXIII,

slightly.

The

being

first

much

reading

is

4.

down, as anything
and i-h'H.

its auxiliaries lixia

resume; hence,

latter

l;iid

on another presses that which

is

below

it.

Observe

i.

the object

260

ERH

Tztr

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON
1.
l

[Junior,

to you, sir

year

2.

happy new year

You

5.

eating than he is hungry again. L>o cat some,


or I shall certainly think that your abstemious-

are

very good;

ness

1 1

Please take your seat,

[Senior.]

What

[ Junior.]

That

for

sir.

[Senior.]

won't hear of

you a kotow;
are

my

my

bounden duty,

as

13.

you

4
you a few of these dumplings

give

my

pay

me
9.

at
10.

so

let

me

spoil

I ate

%.

3'

good time,

it

will set people

Now don't get up from table, sir


my way out by myself 7 you'll

find

your dinner

if

you come away from

it.

A
Wliat, not see you out
Dear me! to think that you have

hsin hsi,

j|

sheng
Jfc

fu

1$

chiao

5-

ff

'(HI

kind of pretence

3
,

new

had the trouble of coming


even a cup of tea!
10

meet

that you can't eat any more, surely ?


At your time of life a man has no sooner done
jjjf

visits in

likely story

Well, but you did not eat

[Senior.]

1.

tea for me, thank you.

[Senior.]

wondering.

much

2.

No

[Junior.]

16. [Seni-or.]

[Junior.] Not any, thank you


home, before I came out.

tea

gentleman.

have here.

some

Here, then,

it.

make some

have posterity may you pass your life in


wealth and honour! 3 now please get up off
your knees, and sit down on the upper seat.
Let

should never think of

But why not?


I must be off elsewhere
1
15. [Junior.]
have a number of places to go to, and if I don't
14.

Get up, get up, I beg of you.


[Senior.]
2
have
may you
promotion
may you

home

sir.

elder.

8.

There

it's

must make

sir,

should do otherwise than make

you an untruth, depend on

for this

Indeed,

[Junior]

12. [Senior.]

such a thing.
7.

I am in earnest, I assure
[Junior.]
You don't suppose, do you, that in

myself at
telling

No, no

pretence.

your house

year salaam to you.


6.

sir.

you,

may make my new-

is all

to both of us.

[Junior.]

4.

happy new

[Senior.]

3.

entering.]

XI.

your

again.

for

nothing

Well, good-bye

till

Make my compliments

people, will

you

9
;

to

not

we
all

[year's] congratulations.

properly, to rise: sheng kuan, to obtain promotion.


kuei, rich
flour

and honourable.

dumplings with or without meat

inside.

1
3
chuang chia , pretending; specially, pretending to have no appetite chia chuang is used of any
to
adorn
Note chia?, not chia*, as in Part IV,
chuang,
oneself, to dress up also, to pretend.
:

III, 13.
6-

my

$&

fan

ss *

not coming to see them.


7.
8.

9-

Ph

Ivmg:

people will

sung, do not accompany me,

jjjlj

J3

3fj

k'an, lest: look to

iS? -S&

I shall fan, offend,

Construe

all
sc.,

run foul

of,

people's

be [by nie] fan

ssfi

ssil

8fc

<>t

to the door.

you do not carry away the wet, relish of your dinner.


k'ung-k'ung-rh-ti, emptily, specially where a visitor has had nothing to
it

that

to him.

I0

liany, speculations as to Hie cause

Hang.

kaijih, another day; tsai chien,

we

shall see each other again.

eat,

or nothing presented

PABT

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
I

They

[Junior.]

who have gone before me and have


found favour with Heaven " and I can't be

congratulate

sure about getting

ching-ship.
2.

Yes

[Senior.]

at the selection

terday they decided on proposing


nominee.

me

On whom

[Junior.]

3.

nominee
4.

in waiting

standing

subaltern of the Vanguard. 4

Camp

[Senior]
Only with the Hunting
he has never served a campaign.

6
;

Well, I feel satisfied that

[Junior]

be wearing the peacock's feather

will

my

counting on

a certainty.

but

it,

your friends of the

to that, are

now

date,

and those

ta-jen,

later

army

same

than you did

Picked Archers. 11

Who

your Banner Corps

12

is

that

there, therefore, in

is

man

a better

know what you

than

are thinking of;

afraid, I suppose, that I am come


13
a
to get
out of you in h< mour
glass of wine
of the occasion.

you are

8. [Senior]
Don't flatter me, pray; I
have no particular merits of my own, and there
are too many better men than I in the field to

of

You underrate yourself, sir.

all

you are

presently.

admit of

all.

been promoted.
Then, as to your
have
been
in
the wars, you have
services, you
been wounded, and you are now one of the

6.

7.

you

service

[Junior]

all

entered the

have

5.

you come

who

know a

don't

Has he seen any

at

did they decide

you

it

Why, think of the number of years you have


been in the service
You're a man of good
if

A man

[Senior.]

[Junior]

9.

yesas the

effective

as

XII.
those

you, sir.
say you have been selected for a chang1.

261

may

if I

do,

the appointment as
have the luck to lay hold 10

it

will

TjC chang-ching

ift

[Senior] Wine, indeed!


14
you that if the news is true,
10.

tell

say wine, but anything you like

be by the virtue of

happy

can only
it's not to

be

shall

to offer you.

the words are supposed to give nearly the sound of the

Manchu word

chanyin,

signifying an "assistant."
2.

3
3
j[! hsilan , to choose; ||j chien , to select:

their turn, but

by merit

slicing is

chien-hsiian, colloquially used only of choosing officers, not in


an auxiliary verb, but indicating at the same time the superior merit of the person

chosen.
3.

4-

|H
"Hif

point of a

ni 3 commonly, to suggest; here, of submitting a


,

^$

ch'ien feng' hsiao 4

weapon; the Ch'ien Feng

is

name

to the Throne.

the hsiao are military officers in Manchu corps, of the sixth grade; feny, the
one of the grand divisions of the Manchu army; the point in advance, or

vanguard.
5.

6.

^ Jn yu

3
surround; hence applied to hunting as carried on with a corps of beaters: kua , only, I
service ta wei, to go shooting or hunting.
3
7L llE k' un 9 ch'io', the peacock ch'iao is the common reading of the second character.
chih
to
to
and
look towards; to hope.
wang,
point
$5 |>g
4
the shade cast by trees, plants, etc. fu yin, the overshadowing of prosperity [due to the vi
jSf* yin

done mi, Hunting


78.
9.

of

tsit

ping, to have seen military service.

to
|jj wei~,

Camp

tsung, one's ancestors.


10.

lao',

to take

up out of water, with the hand or otherwise.


and petty officers selected

shorn she, Manchu soldiers


successful shots being fired in each way.
11.

|f

%fo

12.

^f ~f

13.

14.

^}| $Jc

ch'i hsia

serving under the chiefs of your

hsi chin, congratulation wine.

kuojan, in very deed.

ch'i,

for proficiency in three branches of archery, five

Banner Corps, who

is

ch'iang,

more

able, than

you

EKH

262

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
all

7
away, showing no sign of life,
and spending his pay without doing any duty
for it, how can he possibly expect to be pro-

idles the year

Success in the public service


on
the
depends
opportunities of the ini.

[Senior.]

dividual.

you have no more than ordinary

If

Your

luck, nothing will go well with you.


object, whatever

present

may seem on

be,

service.

will

There are

expressly to foil you.

people who hold such

moted? why, he ought

the point

and some contretemps

of attainment,
itself

it

XIII.

who have such

and

be dismissed from the

to

The foremost

duties of an employe'
9

He must

are

diligence

also

keep on good terms with his friends

attentiveness.

not

nothing

taking a line of his own, nor refusing to do


as others do never bringing in 10 his comrades

that does not turn out as they desire and

for a share of trouble that belongs only to

own way without

him; and when any duty, no matter what,

a run of

They have

expect.

hands,

that there really

luck,'

their

is

or hindrance, 3 and, in the twinkling of an


eye,* there they are in the highest places they

devolves upon him, it behoves him to give


whole mind to the discharge of it, and to
u
push gallantly to the front. Let a man take

let

can

till.

2.

Well,

[Junior.]

different opinion

sir,

think

am of an entirely

stumps or

fyj[ ch'a*,

lesser

this line,

a question

it is all

of exertion or no exertion. 6

1.

his

he

fail

and he

of success

is

certain to rise

how can

an employe'

If

boughs branching out from the stem of a

tree; figuratively for

an occurrence out

of the plain course one would pursue.


2.

this

3.

air,

JjjJ

rare

is

ts'ai t'ou,

5Jj

colour end; the right colour side of the dice:

||| 3pJ shtuing-shuang-li-U-ti,

quickly and without hindrance

untrammelled, as a sky without clouds


4.

3
gjf ch'ou , to see, to look

5.

|H yu

6.

gi &o P a

expression
7.

no work

is

$j

excellent:

yu

chieh, in

what

ts'an',

is

li,

3JL 5J

j|

bad; but

ko

t'ui,

ch'in'

10.

||| p'an

11.

S yung

3
,

shuang, as in Part III, 823, free as the morning

sharp, quick.

teng, highest

degree of kao

siting, rising to

and pa evidently stands

for

some other

eaten, to eat: su, properly, white

to strip off [office

diligent;

at.

high place.

g|i chin

3
,

and compel] to

attention

but rarely used except

in this

combination, the

retire.

properly, solemn attentiveness, as in a place of worship.

to drag

towards one with the hand; here, of pulling in others to do one's own work.

brave

also,

a "brave," or irregular

soldier.

The

character.

here used like pai, vainly; su ts'an, vainly eating, doing

shih wei, a corpse personage, a dead person

9.

ts'ai t'ou is

a good sense, as here, to exert oneself; in a bad sense, to intrigue for patronage.

purely colloquial,

for one's

wages
upper and lower parts of which are sometimes transposed.
8.

you might say that the

tsou yim, to follow in the track of luck.

PART

THE HUXDKKI) LKSSOXH.

V.

LESSON
CHANG

XIV.
sure to leave nothing undone that may relieve "
the sufferer. He really is an old man who has

anything but cordial


to his acquaintance; not like an old gentleman that I know, who is quite another style
1.

This

of old

man

is

very friendly

with everybody

delights in a long literary conversation

10

there

to

is

3.
8

Then he

is

^ * nin>

j|5i

j|fe

"$

yiieh

4.

i/tn

to rejoice

And

13

there

belonging to

The man who

on his whole

the old

is

is

man

with an

ample fortune, and sons and grandsons in


15
10
all the reward
of his own \\vllplenty;
doing.

t cordial.

ho yen, with friendly colour, and

to lead, to guide

$B

chihpo

to point to

jU;

7-

$n*,

8.

U hu

9-

3$t chiu*, to save

6.

to' (see
10.

4
;

jjj

yii

to tempt, to

gladsome

yileh she,

draw

on, in a

tint.

good or bad sense

here, yin

yti,

draw on

to

12.

and

set right.

chiao too 4 , to give good advice

4
,

See above,

po

too 4, properly too

in po* cheng (Lesson


3
,

benevolence, humanity, disinterestedness, Christian charity


to assist

hu chmig,
:

X, Note

10).

to guide.
:

jen ai, kind-hearted.

charitable, philanthropic.

to? chin, to

come

to the rescue of (q.d.,

adding one's own hand or person)

la 3, properly

Part III, 1076).


;^j|

hou, that
11.

is

all
"

hao ch'u, good ways.


5-

is

ij|

brings luck on

14

charit-

taxless, n

am

ch'injo, the opposite of long tan.


4

to

and

He

as the proverb says,

blest himself, brings blessings

he were the party concerned;

^ an(
3.

4.

house."

so kind-hearted

12

visit.

him

what

as eager to help anyone he finds in

distress as if

2.

needed.

it is

so strongly that

with myself when 1 let any


of
time
great length
pass without paying liiin

and gives them good

reprove,

when

advice

able;

ho

for all the blessings

I feel this

quite dissatisfied

talking history a whole day, and never tire.


3
2. He
is
very amiable, too, with any
young people he happens to meet; tries to
to the right road; reproves

and

enjoys,

sit

win them 4

thank his virtues

to

will

263

chi\ to accumulate
is,

his fu, blessings, accumulate

thanks to his

too,

way

of

life,

the characteristic of which

chung hou, sincerity and unselfishness.


kw

tz'ii,

accordingly, for this cause.

fjfc

$fc

^ }; pu kuo

i,

not to be able to get over the thought.

Observe the emphasis given by rhih

xliili,

it

simply the fact that, etc.


13.

^^

t'o

tai,

not used except in this proverb

(which prove the greatness of his virtues),

(see

14.

'5-

HE waw

ch'ung

Jg!

4
<7

>

tsu,

amply

6.

412

Jffi

sufficing

the whole house

ch'ung in the sense of

brilliancy, great success: hsing

Part IV, Dialogue VIII,

tai, are drawn, follow him,

t-o,

being beholden to his fu,

and share these

filling to

the

blessings.

full.

wang, nourishing, either as here, or of commerce, harvests,

35).

poo yinSt Heaven's reward of good or retribution of

evil.

I-!.

etc.:

h^iny

TZU ERH CHI.

'204

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XV.
i.

[Junior.]

You must mind what you are

2.

You young gentlemen

[Senior.]

about, gentlemen, before His Excellency here.

say what you please on the subject

He

can

1
very quick and decided, and whatever
comes to his hand is certain to be turned out

is

Then he

shipshape.'

is

With

ties.

he

this

all

is

fail

to bring

them

and support

else-

me

all

it is

to say out

conduct and

my

Still,

my nature

pretty much what they ought

and

this

if

5
4
game by a show of diligence,
well look out. They can't escape

require

my

what

language are

to be,9 1 suspect

the reason

is

and are ready

their
as

what

did not

feel.

appointments or promotion at
the fitting season.
But if he comes across
fellows who shirk duty, eye-servants who try

make

day with

delinquents,

their claims to

to

are watching

recommend those who deserve to be


recommended, and pull up those who deserve
As to coming down on
to be pulled up ? 7
I

real quali-

very kind-hearted,

forward,

When you

8
your respective merits be done justice to

and when the young fellows belonging to those


about him are diligent and respectable, he will
never

do

day
your eyes, in the hope that
shall make a career for you, how would

after

very clear-sighted
He is not

he knows what people are worth.


to be humbugged 3 as to any man's

nia\

to

why people obey me,


exert themselves when 1

it.

they may
him, and once they fall into his hands they
will not get away very easily.

i.

|jj[

those of a
-

word

min?, quick intelligence

man

^1

clear-seeing

in movement, active
J| chieh", quick

his ts'ai-ch'ing, abilities, are, in character,

and prompt.

^ W 91 V

M) y w M> a fig"16 taken from thread duly sorted, not in confusion,

i ''"

li

representing the

order.

v
f
4.

ItS
*"lTI

j^j

MMI = to hoodwink.
.

/<s(t/<

to

make

offer to

a superior of a present or of a suggestion

here, to

make a show

of tendering

diligence.
5.

6-

4
jj chan so pronounced, to take without
,

EL

pa'-pa-'rh, of the eye fixed

right

on a mark

clian p'ien

}j

shu', to tie up, as

|JJ

shang

a bundle of

sticks

to gain advantage unduly.

not to be explained etymologically, unless pa'

corrupt for the same character written with the 17 7th Radical, pa*,
7.

i,

a.

is

taken a*

target.

yo, also, properly, to

bind

yo shu, to control, to enforce discipline

upon.
8.

9'

3
,

to confer

dE JK chmg p'ai*,

on an

inferior; hence, to

right course, correctness

reward; kung, exertion, hence well-doing, merit.


p'ai, in the sense of divergent courses of

water poured out.

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
Children are reared to be the prop 1 of
age, and a son should remember all the trouble
he has given his parents how kind it was of
1.

them

him up
make him show

to bring

should

3
now, while they are

as they did
his sense of

and

this
4

filial

duty
by finding them

alive,

good food to eat and good clothes to put on,


and by rejoicing the heart of the old folks
with his amiability and cheerfulness.
son neglects to feed and clothe his

If a

2.

he does not trouble himself about

parents, if

what they may suffer from want 5 or from


weather, and so, by treating them as if they
did not belong to him, pains and vexes the
old people while they are yet with him, he
7
may weep and wail as he will a hundred years

but what good will that do ? Supposing


be sincere, 8 no one will believe in it.

later,

his grief to
It will

he

'

fi5

23-

4-

uttering

it

be put

down

as a sham, got

up because

And

afraid of people's contempt.

is

fan9*,

*ff loo

/&

1
,

pei, to

guard against: fang

as for

make

2G5

XVI.
sacrifices,

you may

set

please before the dead, but

n
spirits

12

gobbled up

13

who

these dishes

enjoy

by the

dainties

any

living

ever

you
knew the

They

10

are all

the dead don't

gain anything by them.


3. There are some children who are worst-

than neglectful

children

who

will

tell

that their parents are so old that there

you
no

is

making them understand anything they ought


to do 14 and who go on clamour, clamour, in
;

the house, until at last they insist on having a


u>
separate establishment. Language such asthis

makes one distressed and angry in spite of one1"


Such persons revolt 17 the powers of nature,
self.
and the spirits abhor them. How 18 is it possible,
one asks, that they should die in their beds ?
20
4. Just observe these undutiful
people,

li(

21
and, in the twinkling of an eye, you will see
their children and their children's children as

undutiful as they have been. 22

preparation against possible

evil.

labour, pains, trouble.

ch'en\ properly, to avail oneself of an opportunity.


hsiao* ching*, filially, to respect, to pay that honour which filial piety demands
by an inferior to a superior, or of gratuitous labour given under similar conditions.

^ RK
made

IB| clii', to

6-

^t

it

is

also used of an

hunger, to starve.
k'an tai is explained by the clause preceding it, without which tang tai or tai, alone, would be used
must be construed as if k'an were detached from tai and linked with the words preceding it.
7- IIB 5<t t'ung* k'u 1 to
cry bitterly t'ung, the excitement of strong emotion.

3.

!$ ch'tng true, sincere, real.


$k hung, here, to set out for sacrifice.
,

9-

Io

chin 1 , jewels; fa; htiu*, dainty fare: chen hsiu, dainty fare; mei 3 (^|) teei, goodly taste.
Iiun 2 the spirit of life which leaves man when he dies; not his ch'i, the breath: hun ling, this same spirit
belonging to men dead or dreaming in abeyance when a man is half-drowned in ordinary men, not immortal.
3
12.
to enjoy, as happiness: shou hsiang, the same.
Ijf. hsiang
-

"

'3-

Eg nang 3

toeat; jf| sang

1
,

properly, to push back with the hand:

nang

sang, filling the

mouth with food

like

a glutton.

4 Bjjf hui 4 , of the sight darkened


darkness are drivelling, doting.
1

lao pei hui, so old that they turn the back on

what

is

and go

right

in

'$
1

own

6.

T$i

!&

ck'ang' ch'u, arena-place, this length.

~/fc

gj

/ffj

pu yu

ti,

without one's permission, whether one will or no

yu, from, out of

also,

of one's

accord.
'7-

xj

!t pnjung,
1

not to tolerate

heaven and earth, the powers of nature, cannot bear them.

how can they, etc. ?


chung', the end; here, to die: shan chung, comfortably to die; shan, as in the phrase *lmii fa, good,
commendable, methods not virtuous, righteous, etc.
'8-

9-

'jij

yen

classical interrogative

$5

4
20. j^f
ching , still, tranquil
21.
chan 3 also

22.

ching-ching-ti, silently.

3
colloquially read cha ,

and

in books,

pien

3
;

to

wink the

eye.

hsiao*, to imitate.

34

266

ERH

TZtT

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON

XVII.

Touching quarrels in families brothers


are borne in the one mother's womb, and while

lose

they are

that

1.

and each one


himself.

the other as

will love

much

as

to a certain time they will be as

Up

affectionate as possible;

and

if later

in

life

most cases
they become less intimate, it is
because they are egged on 3 by their wives 2 to
*
tight about property, or because they listen to

is

in

persons not connected with them, who tell


them things calculated to produce estrange5
ment; the result of which cause is, in very
selfish indifference

and, in

there

fine,

is

any

who

your

is

bone of your bone and


will risk

flesh
?

17

his

life

Will any outsider

help you
such an effort ? not a bit of

6 7

a feud

serious difficulty, will feel to you like

efforts to

it

he

in his

make

will sheer

18

he won't
being compromised
be able to get out of the way fast enough. 1 "
5. All this proves that there is no friend
so near one as a brother.
Why can't people
off for fear of

8
by daily calumnies that they
can think of nothing else, some fine day they
lose all patience, 11 and then come 10 blows and

altercations,

cannot be reproduced.
should
remember also that there
4. They
no ally like a brother who else, if you are
it off, it

flesh of

12

10

the brother

on the part of each to the interest of the other.


2. And so, when their senses have become
so affected

if

snap

in

many instances, a state of

the wife were to die, they could marry 16


again; but that injury done to a brother is
like injury done to a hand or foot; if you

they eat together, play together,

little

But they should remember that if they


u more
goods or property, they can buy
3.

bear these facts somewhat more particularly

13

in

mind

between them.
'

2.

two

what degree? a form of the superlative;

1^1

TT ho'

chV, the wife,

$.

t'iao*, to set

teng,

who

is

espoused

fjf

c&'te/t.

4
,

in the highest degree.

the concubine,

who

is

purchased

man cannot

have

legally

ch'i.
3-

make

mischief: fiao
45-

6.

so,

trouble going privily; not to be confounded with t'iao', to carry on the shoulder;
to incite to contention.

cheng

^J

chicn*, to divide

||j

7.

to

not to be confounded with chien 1

(see

Part III, 47)

language that

ckien, separates.

the breast, to carry in the breast or heart.

strange

here, estranged.

8.

g|| ts'an", to criticise ill-naturedly, to backbite.

^jfc

ckih*, to cause:

10.

SI

to quarrel, to quarrel about.

MM?,

Dg

thoroughly saturated, as a thing steeped in water: the ear saturated, mujan, the eye dyed.

i,

using [the means above described] chih, they cause, what follows;

yii,

classically,

governing the object of chih.


1 1

12.

J3> jc

to endure, to bear patiently.

^ pan*

(properly,

and

often, pien*), to distinguish in discussion:

pronounced pan only

in this phrase;

ix\d, altercation.

13.

HI

ch'ou', hate, feud.

14.

chih 1 to make, to provide

IS1

6.

17.
1

8.

19.

?c
yj
j^

to take a

che*, to

she

j|t SjL
jjjj

fh'ii

tieh

snap

to fling

lun
1
,

lei,

woman

off; also

hence, as here, to buy.

to wife.

1
read she

away: she ming,

to fling

away

life.

entanglement, complication.

here, in the sense of achieving satisfactorily: to

pu

tieh,

cannot succeed in escaping.

pan-

TART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
As

men should imitate


KUAN CHUNG 1 and PAO SHU 2 of the olden time.
1.

to friendship,

These two were walking together one


in the country, 3 when they saw an
out
day
6
ingot of gold lying by the roadside.
2.

Each wanted the other

3.

as

neither would pick

himself, they left

it

7 8

it

to take

up

to

but

it,

keep

XVIII.
two informants.

he,

when he had caught them

bad blood

and walked on

is

was an ingot of gold

me my

cost

Here,

say

me

mo

life, let

"

what

me

that

up,

a two-headed snake

You have

shouted

there between you and

you should have told

tell

pretty near

you."

Not believing what he

7.

back

Until they fell in with a labouring


man. 9 " There's an ingot of gold over there,"
said they to him; "you go and take it up

"

"

his

for

4.

267

to the spot to take

said, they went


a look, and there

they found the lump of gold lying where they


first seen it, but cut in two pieces.

had

KUAN CHUNG

8.

took one

half,

and PAO

now."

SHU

5. Away went the labourer as hard as


he could to look for the gold, but no gold
could he see, and all he did see was a snake 10

labourer had to go his

with two heads.

story comes out of a story-book, it is true


still the conduct of these two men, as here

him considerably. With-

out further loss of time he cut the snake in

two

13

with his hoe,

i.

flp

way empty-handed.
Such was friendship as it subsisted

9.

between

friends of

the olden

time.

This
;

This startled 11

6.

the other, and off they went, while the

12

and then gave chase

to

15
to the
undoubtedly reads a lesson
w folks of our own
profit-at-any-price
day.

related,

chung*, properly, the second son in a family; here, a name.

IS P ao> <K

shu*: the

of one's father

first

character always a surname; the second, here a name, means the younger brother

colloquially, shu-shu.

SP chiao', originally, the knd at a radius of 10 li round a capital city; ]{j hiiang', barren, waste, deserted:
chiao, the country, as opposed to ground that is built over ; yeh wai, nearly the same.

3-

huang

4-

Sg

5'

5C

precious
is

kuany*, to

stroll,

to

walk

for pleasure

to visit, as a temple or other place of interest.

3
yuan*, properly, original here, in the sense of great
j* pao a jewel, here in the sense of something
chin yuan poo means simply a large lump of gold fashioned into the shape in which the Government silver

usually

o;ist.
3

6-

fit chien

7-

ijj jzng*, still as ever, still as before.

to pick up.

8.

Jg

liao', properly, to

9-

Hi HI chuang

throw down

chia 1

3
({ she , a serpent: a snake

1 1.

1$ hsia\

in

12.

HJ

ch'u',

a hoe.

'3'

ffil

is

here, to leave on the ground, jeng,

a Chinese

Han,

10.

commonly

books read ho 4 ; to frighten

Hang

chieh

3
,

who

where

was.

it

has to do with chuang chia, grain crops

called eh'ang ch'ung;

lit.,

[the sight] frightened

an agricultural labourer.

long reptile.

him a

great start.

two fragments: observe the construction; pa before the object


the verb chieh meaning to cut off.

[so that the snake] ch'cng, became two chieh, fragments


'4-

she,

snake; k'an, struck,

wang', here so intoned, but identical with wang*, to forget: the phrase chien

li

wang

i,

to forget justice

at the sight of gain, is classical.

in

3
'5'
He pang y an 9, a lesson, an example: pang, amongst other meanings, the
which successful graduates stand.

list

posted up to show the order

268

ERH

TZtr

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
You mean

1.

don't you

is

that

I do.

make

his

and

and he

very steady; highly


well conducted,

When
6

is

and

home

his parents

living

and till the question is settled he


won't take his hand off it.
Everyone, con-

he has none to

sequently,

quietly with his

1.

jg nang*, a

2.

fff chui

1
,

fault.

chiu?, long in duration.

4-

yffi

yiian', a

5-

lit han-chang-'rh,

5C (chang), an
6.

7-

8-

^g

chil

Mfi

jiff

ii

ch'i

possibility, that
910.

1
,

not

will

fail to

bless

I0

him.

an abyss; only used in certain

it,

set

phrases:

f|j!

po'

of learning,

deep and wide.

fine fellow

han, as in Lesson XVIII, Note

9, a fellow

chang, probably a corruption

elder, a senior, one worthy of respect.

to dwell in, to inhabit

tien t'ou, to
3

''

good man," and Heaven

Then, again,

deep place with water in

his hsio-wen, learning, is

?H

"

an awl.

7^

No doubt; and such a man as this


never 8 go through life empty-handed.
"
Heaven," says the proverb, stands by the
6.

purse, a bag.

3'

extensive

him, and entertains an

will

dutiful to

is

respects

affection for him.

affectionate to his brothers;

he really has not a single

of

He

expenditure.

and

If

for you,

family, he gives himself up entirely to the


management of household affairs and to the

eare of

if

he does not promise his aid, that's all about


it
if he gives you to understand 7 that you
shall have it, he will not fail to do all he can

so diligent in the discharge

of his public duties.


discharge,

he

uncommonly

well looking

He

in a bag. 1

before long. 3

way

How is this ?
He is naturally

you want his


apply to him he will
or he will tell him plainly if
if

man

If a

he can,
can't, be the applicant who he may.

help
he's a regular awl

certain to

5.

such a friend to have

is

assistance.

Ah

educated,

he

friend of ours,

young

2.

XIX.

how

nod the head

ch'i yu,

how can

chii chia, to live at

home, not elsewhere on business or pleasure.

in token of assent

if

there be

is

common form

he should go k'ung, without advantage, through


1

4B

lisiang* (not

pjj:

chiang* (not hsiang'), to descend,

hsiang

),

to aid, to stand

prosperous, man, identical with the good man.

by

he do not ying, promise, enough


of negation

how

if

he assent, then,

can there be

li,

etc.

a rational, just

life ?

hence, anciently, a minister or counsellor.

or, as here, to

cause to descend.

Observe chi jcn, the

fortiimitf,

in-

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

269

LESSON XX.
known

[Senior.]
1

us so very long, 2 and


is

pointment.
I first

really is the case.

it

the truth of

the proverb,

resolve, the thing

to

make a

"

'

$J

BE

of his public duties; so diligent; and as to


looking out for himself, or turning a penny

but

underhand, he is perfectly spotless. 8 It's quite


a case 9 in which one may observe that " The

done;"

is

No man

is

is

all

very

home, and there always at his studies;

never moving in the direction of a dissolute 7


life.
Then he is so careful in the discharge

too

house where virtue accumulates from generation to generation will not fail to have more

resolution."

[Junior.} That
his father's virtues

2.

still,

at

shows

man

"If a

he wants to do

and of the other proverb,

young

It

well, sir;

must have had claims

than an ordinary share of happiness."

fang', properly, in past times, a region or quarter of a city

ntny y u can

-fif

it

be how

many days

to

hears that he

friends I find

to

that he has got an apI only half believed the report


heard it,3 until on inquiring of

doing very well

when

now one

Heaven 4

enable him to beget a


a son of such promise a young man so plain "
and honest, so well conducted spending any
spare time his archery drill may leave him

That young fellow is our old


neighbour, you know; the lad we have seen
grow up here. He has not been away from
1.

q.d., it is

chieh-fang, neighbours, a neighbour.

but a few days, ko

lai-cho implies the continuance of the action of the verbs hsin

liao, that

and

i until

he has been separated from


the time indicated

us.

by hmi

by-and-by.
1

4-

Izi

5-

HI

9 yin kung, secret desert, merit


ts'ai

6.

^|

p'tc

known

[his father's claims being

have been known before he could,


properly,

wood

known

to

to

Heaven

Heaven]

only.
ts'ai,

then, or thereon, was he enabled

his claims

must

etc.

as yet untouched

by

tools, paint, etc.; q.d., in primitive simplicity:

p'u shih, plain

:ind true, guileless.


7- J|

for

fang

2
,

a Chinese surname, taken as

some other character: huang-t'ang,


S-

9-

ffi

&

~T ho

chan* jan, dipped and dyed


liao, that agrees

its style

by a celebrated dynasty

here,

most

likely, corruptly

wild, dissolute in conduct.

with

only used morally, as here.

[the case]

is

indeed one that agrees with that

chii

hua, saying.

used

TZO ERH CHI.

270

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON

XXI.
the laws

But you're not a stranger here,


If you wanted to see me, you should
surely.
have walked straight in; what occasion was
1

[Host.]

there for you to have yourself announced l at


And once you had got to the door, why
all ?

The fact is
turn back without coming in?
that you were put out, I suppose, because my
people said I was not at home, eh ? Well,
you won't see why they should have said so
unless I explain so listen.
;

2.

For some time past

our young fellows

have had a gambling club going, and they


had just been here vowing and protesting 3
that I

must attend

place, as

you

to play;

never can

in the first

Now,

too.

very well know,

haven't time

from one moment

tell

may be wanted on duty


in
next
the
and,
place, even if I had the time,
to another

jj

2.

fa

<idan,
4-

shih

announced

t'ung, passing
:

i,

through

if

against

are extremely severe,

anything were to go wrong,

my

I resolved, coilte

cotttv,

que

go to the club, let them take


6
pleased, and I told the servants

it

to

fang

6-

pj 1&

7-

^$

not to

as

they

deny

me

Well, you call, and the stupid beggars make


the same answer to you as to A or B, and

send you about your business before they


come in to say a word to me. I did send

my great annoymessenger came back and reported


that he had not been able to catch you up.
haste, but, to

after

you post

ance,

my

Now,

don't, pray, think

in this matter

denied without

(ac.,

that I

am

to

blame

do assure you that you were

my

knowledge.

from the door to the rooms within).

unity unbroken, continuity

an oath;

lai, of

time towards

ch'i shih are

used without

hsiang, as in hsiang

make oath, fa yuan, to utter a vow: the words


without the former.

ch'i shih, to
if ever,

wang*, a king or prince, the title in ancient times of the ruler


King of Corea : icang fa, the laws of the State.

til

should

to all visitors, without distinction of persons.

now only

applied to princes or tributary

rulers, e.g., the


5'

character.

So

3.

gaming

heretofore.

but the latter seldom,


]

hsiang, for some time past

coming

^f

f|< t'ung pao,


|R)

this point
3-

but I

and
lose

3
,

too

if,

but

ti, lit.,

if ; fjg is

to the

chiao*, properly, to

the abridged form.

bottom

used in various ways

compare two sides

here,

happen what might.

chi chiao, to reckon

and compare, to think over a wrong.

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
He and

XXII.
the farthest end

were friends a long time


1
back, and then we became connected by various intermarriages; and as we had not met
1.

wanted

the door was

to

At

When

got there I asked for

my

went

in search of the

3.

$|

'

ti

ff

ta,

3-

il

hsii

ties,

alley,

but

for half

an hour.

had been knocking

10

and

he was gone somewhere or


"
when he comes home,
I,

Then," said

I called, will

"

you

But, in addition to her other infirmi-

the old

woman was

so deaf

12

that she

could hear nothing, and I was obliged to


borrow a pen and ink 14 of a small shop next

door 1S and write a note, 15 which I left, to


my friend that I had been to see him.

house according

and up a blind

to their directions,

him

tell

in.

had long removed elsewhere, and


was now residing round a corner 7 at the west
end of a certain small street.
I

"

other.

they said he

2.

home

not at

but

friend,

and no one made answer,

and called
I

it

the other, and she said that her master was

prevented
could find time until yesterday, when, as I
was passing that way, I took the opportunity 5
of calling at the house he used to live

fast,

when

last,

of the street, I found

shouting ever so long, there appeared an old


woman 11 who could not put one foot before

However, one thing or another


my going to see him, and I never

with him.

I called

though

came home from 2 the wars


hunt him up and have a chat 3

when

for years,

271

at

tell

ken', in the root, at the beginning.

as often elsewhere, from.


4

written sometimes with the 29th, sometimes with the 66th, Radical; properly, to state in order; not

used alone colloquially

hsii

fan, to converse, to chat.

*
P an c ^ 1 *) prevented, detained

-pan, to entangle, to

4-

$f

5-

Jvi

US shun pien,

following convenience

6.

JU

pan', here, for

pan

chia, to shift one's

hamper.

the opportunity presenting

home pan,
:

to

itself.

remove from one place

to another.

kidnap but probably in the combination before us confounded with the same
character written with the 75th Radical, meaning a crutch: kuai wan, crutch-like bending, round a corner.
7-

&

$jj kiiai

fjj

roof, etc.;
9-

ff

q.d.,

BH

lea

to gull, to deceive, to

Bjf

$i

c ^*' n '"' Pou-'rh,

the farthest end

the extreme point before the


1

has no meaning alone

fall

liu 1 , properly, to

commences;

ka-la-'rh in

fall,

as water after running

down a

rock,

liu 4 , a current (see Part III, 789).

Manchu means

the opening of a seam in

wood

in

Peking,

it is

used

of a cul-de-sac round a corner.


10. j|}[ ch'iao', to strike.

$&

mn', properly, an old

12.

3|

lung', deaf.

'3

H:

1 '

ko* pi*

woman

in this connexion

children call their mothers

commonly

ma

or

ma-ma:

read ehiih' pP-'rh, the

first

lao ma-'rh, a nurse.

word meaning to divide, the second,

a partition wall.
'4-

?Ji yen

4
,

the stone upon which the Chinese nib their ink;

character being an abbreviation of Part III, 785.


'5-

tzn-'rh,

a short letter or note.

commonly

called

yen-t'ai

($1

),

the latter

272

ERH

TZl

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
Keqi on your horse, sir,
1
|n-;iy
ought
havegotout of your sight.
Now, why should you go through the form of
dismounting when you are so tired ?
1.

'.

2.

what a tidy

[Junior.]

to

so nice

5.

and

sit
4.

Well,

Oh,

down a moment
But, dear

me

it's

what a show of

flowers

tier of it

has a character of

to 3

j$

in,

W yl

5.

6.

7-

8-

m
i&

A
#

9-m
10.
,i.

fpf

it

was created
13.

J|
4H

ssti,,

up

you

ling ch'ing, cold

yen*

fan

ho' ju

2
,

and

2
,

disgust

(to /ma

4
,

every

And

wan

tame

that

much

be your fellowI don't bore 9 you


I'll

Bore, indeed

[Junior.]

you

will.

it

will

be a

never asked you

you would refuse

you really are coming


fortunate 12 of men.

yuan; has no reference

to time.

purely intensive.

Sound Table (Vok

See

making a

hill

been employed

tui-te,

I, p.

13), lio, liieh,

I tin.

piled up, very nicely.

hc,n ch'iao,

very ingeniously.

lit.,

to regard as a bore, the object being wo, me, understood.

how
;

if [I

do]

often, as here, the

Ksing,

immense

felicity.

shall be the

no warmth in the thing, dull work.

properly, to create

good fortune

is

10

if

most

hua, to change, the operation of nature.


hsing*,

alone

said of a sight that causes pleasure.

and trouble
1

all

I shih, failed, to to pi.

hsii,

clear,

what say you

provided

but

hearts' thoughts, one's fancy, has

student,

score.

to come, because I feared

shmi-tzti, shih-'rh, stones

ju yen, to enter the eye

difficulty

on that

7.

And

lao, intensive of

very long time

pile, to pile

-fii

way

that I have no friend to

Well, there needn't be

[Senior.]

real blessing 11 if

diminutive of time, as here, or of quantity.

rn hsin

jjjif

off:

own

it's

to get out of the

ao yiian, very far

tui',

IjJi

hsil ehiu,

/iao

4-

pi

is

nice enough, no doubt

and studying

what say you

step in and sit


so long 8 since we met.
I'll

yes,

have, and what a stock of gold fish


5
6
your rockery, so ingeniously conceived

6.

down ?
[Senior.]

men

work.

won't you step in

sir,

It's

[Junior.]

study with,

2
you ever so far off, you wouldn't
have had me keep on my horse, would you ?

[Junior.]

looks

it

quite the place for reading

it's

everything in

library!

the misfortune

I did see

3.

like us.

Not dismount, indeed


If
but when

[Senior.]

had not seen you, well and good

XXIII.

good fortune bestowed on one by Heaven when one

PART

THE HUNDRED

V.

273

LESSONS.

LESSON XXIV.
When

met that man


manner very frank and hearty.
1.

his

first I

thought

be.

Then he

no

hu took

tion,

my

how

ask myself

withal; always setting people wrong,

11

and, however fair he might be to your face,


doing you serious damage behind the scenes.

used to

fancy greatly.
should best cultivate his

There was display enough in him, but


A dark and dangerous 10

solid qualities.

man

looked so like a gentleman that, with his fine


handsome person : and his powers of conversa2

man

12
drop into his net, and he is laid
13
on his back at once.
He has been the rum 14

Let a

acquaintance, and never ceased singing his


4

of I can't say

praises.

how many

people; more than

be constantly

15
you could count on your fingers.
3. His acquaintances, consequently, never

thrown together,6 I had occasion to observe 7


his conduct more carefully, and then began

speak of him without remarking that he is


a man to be afraid of. There is not one of

2.

But,
5

acquainted

to see that

we grew

as

by-and-by,

and we came

he was not at

to

what he ought

all

$vj k'uei*, properly, the head

better

them that he has not made

to

eminent ; a hero

3
fei wei , great, remarkable

smart.

k'uei wei, of Jarge stature

htm

chang, as to stature, a fine person.

is

<T TO

an actor or musician

i^ Si

3-

ling

li is

ya li* ch'ih, ready of speech


not used without ling.

hsien* mu*, took

my

fancy

hsien, to

li is

ling

used of any kind of cleverness

admire as superior to oneself

mu,

ling, classically,

to feel devotion to as superior

to oneself.
4-

]B? k'ua', to boast

5-

3C _L chiao shang,

6-

01 81 hurf-hun,

7-

S-

IE IS

Ia 1^ BK

"

as intercourse began or proceeded.

properly, the mingling of water.

examine and compare,

to observe.

cheng ching, of persons, rightly going, well-conducted; of things, right and proper.

in his heart,

k'ua chiang, to praise.

chiao, to

4
I? 3? won

9-

frame

is? k <a

?/*'*

AT ?S hao

k'ung, the

first

commonly read nung*

character

working out hollowness

without, an

empty

an impostor.
hsien 3 , dark and dangerous, treacherous.

not letting

too,

men go

the right

way: observe

pit kei

and various analogous constructions mean,

in Chinese, to prevent.
1

HI

3-

sault, or

ch'iian

t'ao,

a ring, circular enclosure, and a trap

a figure from hunting.

1
?$) chin , properly, the same as the 6gth Radical, a catty; here read

fall, is

not explained

upwards, on one's back

yang

it is

also

'4-

ifL li" k'eng' hai, injured

'5-

$1

jli

jg

BJJ

so used whether of

means
by

man

or beast

JJ^J

why

ke,n':

Hi yang

3
,

ken lou should

to look

upwards

mean

a somer-

yang mien,

(-M-V

to admire.

falling into

cVu'-cho chih-t'ou,

lit.,

a pit; not used except figuratively.

crooking the fingers: suan, to reckon; ch'u, to crook, crooked; hence,

often, bent by oppression.

35

274

to

TZtJ

4. He is just one
whom the proverb

heart

you may see a man's

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

of those men, in fact,

5.

"The

applies exactly,
the coat of the stomach

concealed by

is

EBH

face,

him.

have had wonderful luck

He would

me

have had

in escaping

in his grip

16

men, if I hadn't taken


great care to give him a wide berth.

for certain, like other

but you don't see

his mind."

'

Hi

lung

/o

4
:

to,

netted cords, a small net

lung

3
,

1
properly lung' , a cage

lung

only used as here,

lo,

figuratively.

LESSON XXV.
1
you take things too easy.
If you can't do what
you are asked to do,
there's an end of it; but when you have

No,

i.

really,

undertaken

a thing,

to

if

is

business

1-

what do you mean by

it

way you

get

through

-jjj p'i-,

Us P^ ying

4.

IB.

jfll

5-

%$

"fit

for

first

instance

his

mind would

you were conhis attention


and
he
have
turned
cerned,
might
to some other means of attaining his end.

your

to.

ch'eng, to promise, to undertake a commission.

hsin, earlier used as a letter,


ytl

are

set at ease, so far as

properly, wearied, exhausted; here, callous, not paying due attention

fo

eh'i, as

news

compared with

here, in

its

proper sense of to believe.

the proposition following

man'-han*, dawdling, not exerting oneself as one should.

ch'i.

Neither character in this dissyllable

is

found

from the other.


6-

up

i:g.,

plain in the

have been

3-

.i|Kirt

tie

the

you
ashamed

far
It
you, I can assure you.
4
6
6
better, instead of dawdling along in this way,
to have told the man the truth 7 plump and

your friends ever place in your promises

this

to think
feel

would have been

keeping people waiting, instead of making all


the haste in your power ? What confidence 3
will

2. And you don't seem


blame either? Well, /

^jfc

14

so* hsing: so

3
,

here so 2 , properly, a cord

although yon prefer dawdling, so hsing,

may be
7.

in combination with various words, to draw, to extort

also, to

hence, to curb or force ; so hsing, to do violence to, or curb, the natural bent of one's will, to stretch a point

fairly

-^

make an

effort, stretch

a point, and

rendered "nevertheless," or "in spite of the fact that"


3

citing

properly, the light of the sun

(see

tell

him the real truth

Part VI, Chapter

kuang-ching, circumstances.

in

some

XXI, Note

6).

in>!

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

275

LESSON XXVI.
1

What

all

is

about

this

The affair
yet, and if it

headlong random

me

has not even assumed shape 1


2
had, a little delay would make no difference.

should you take the initiative in pressing one


so violently on the subject ?

The grand

2.

prematurely,

mind

of

It

it.

'

2.

3
in

is

made up

it's

cery,

whatever. 8

am

so

my

by getting
nature

my
If

constituted

must be

left

make me

act

head into chan-

decline

to

all

action

our friend has confidence

in

let him bide my time


if
he has not, let
him apply to someone else to do his business
who would prevent him ? 10

should be carefully considered again and again,


and that one should give out nothing until
one's

however,

But,

that in anything I undertake


If people try to
unfettered. 6

essential is that a question

would have

fashion you

talk.
3.

the party principally interested is in


no hurry whatever about it, so why on earth
Besides,

me,

as to the proper solution

does not do to begin talking in the

'H 3& y u ying,


j

,-h'ih', late.

IP|

SL shang

to

have a shadow, which a thing cannot have

ch'ieh,

a strong affirmative

q.d.,

till it

has form or shape.

the cheng ching, rightful principal in the

affair,

even he

is

no hurry.
4

press,

is

|[

ts'ui', to

urge on;

what reasonableness

Je

3t

Jg

pi', to press, to constrain: that

fi^ hu"-li-ma?-li-ti > in

5-

>r$)

6.

rh'an', to tie a cord

^=f

Jf

Hfj

^P tuan* pu, a strong dissent

"

fjii}

character
10.

is

5i&

shih, to get or

le

fang

3
,

if,

but

2
,

hsiert,

moving before he

does, urgently

if

a wild, irregular fashion.

about persons or things.

become

the fruit after the blossom has fallen.

solid, as

on no account, under no circumstances.

not used colloquially without

used interchangeably with

JUJ /an

you should

$jj[

in Lesson

properly, to stop with the hand

XXI, Note

to hinder.

jo,
5.

and then, as

general

rule,

disjunctively.

This

ERH

276

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XXVII.
Ah! you

know

yet [that there


are other men as able as you are] this fondness for feats of strength is all along of your
1
youth the heyday is in the blood but when
1.

don't

2.

tell

I'll

full

of heart.

you

my own

case

all

gave them up, and for this reason. My elder


brother was equally fond of these gymnastics; 5
it

fell

One

lame

in with a

15

jerked

he

man who had come in from


who was a swordsman, and

the country 8 and

and

thing,

but before he

his foe

w;is

tried to dodge,

he

under the throat and

him a

10
great distaste for the

I left off learning too.

shows, doesn't
ing that there
in the empire ?

they proposed, one to the other, that they


should have a trial of skill each man to use

in,

to a considerable distance.

This gave

5.

uncle's,

the

the lame man's blade

and as he

upon
was caught u by

and he was so

my

it

his neck,

day, however, at

deli-

12

haste to draw the lance

could recover

that not one in a score could

get within his guard.


3.

lance,

took his lance in his

straight across, and the


13
piece broke off at the j oint. My brother made

handy with

He

this.

lance was snapped

was once

weapon was the

made nothing of 11 an

hurrying himself the least in the world,


berately parried the thrust with his sword

2
very fond of martial exercises, and I used to
3
practise them every day but after a time I

his

brother

hand and made a thrust straight at the lame


man's heart.
But the lame man, without

you have met with a few reverses, naturally,


you won't be so

my

antagonist like

Well,

4.

it,

is

that I

am

But

this

right in maintain-

no dearth of powerful men

10

the weapon

he was accustomed

to.

i
[
wang', properly, bright ; colloquially, of anything that is succeeding, or at its best
See above, Lesson XIV, Note 1
blood and breath, the constitution, which is wang, in its prime.

ih,

un 9

chin, to

move the

up some

practice or habit.

muscles.

ken ch'ien, here, of getting at the person of the opponent


7-

J4

chiti*, one's

8.

1^

i'ttn

9H

10.

12.
l,:o,

ch'i*,

ken (Wien^-'rh, not ch'ien*-'rh.

originally, allotments of land granted to soldiers.

lame, whether of a person or an animal.

a weapon, an implement, a utensil.

5R 51
j^ ch'a',

maternal uncle.

a village

rh'iieh',

individual
13-

fll

na

'

!'-'

rh

yu

' <a i i

n n ' s mind where had he him

he held him cheap.

Observe the idiom, ch'i, even;


a character not recognised by the dictionaries; a crack or split.
The tone of ch'a varies.
ch'i-ko-ch'a-rh-ti, in the manner of cracks evenly separating.
ch'a, crack
:

as in Part IV, Dialogue III, 119.


fjf she', not che',

1
14. Tfc chia , not to be confounded with chia? (Part III, 309); to keep fast hold
the arm, in the leaves of a book, etc.

*51

6.

to practise in order to proficiency.

hsieh shou, to rest the hand, to give

1 *

here, of the hsieh ch'i,

5.

to pa?-shih, to do feats of strength or of anus a good authority explains pa to be the hand or arm
ff iC
the condition, or circumstances, in which the arm is placed while performing martial exercises (?).
si,

9.

ffi

1*

ch'u, to jerk

jJH ch'tl*, pleasing

away

savour, taste.

liao, properly, to

put down, to

let fall.

of,

as between the finders, under

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

277

LESSON XXVIII.
No,

1.

1
you are too extravagant;

really,

can't help taking

fulness

you

man wants

if

to task for

accustom himself

to

to

economy

of

like

at

money

and fancy

in everything.

men

you and myself can't


your millionaires, who have plenty

Besides,

3.

go on

he must

live,
2

your waste-

your servants ? I wonder the very


of
such waste doesn't make you
thought

dishes,

to

you'll

uneasy.
2.

self about,

fact

my

that

is

you trouble youreating the rice. You


all

friend, is

not,"

before

arrives here

it

to get a single grain

la TO sheng-chien

f?f kou', a ditch, a sewer,

4'

|f

a grain of

IS

li*,

6.

$&

fc'wn.

or

3
,

Old men

"

Waste not want


and be your luck
as good as you
11
if you don't become a better
manager,
tell

us,

10

12

it

that you don't starve 13 in the


will be too late to repent when

long run; it
that day comes.

extravagance, also pretentiousness: she-ch'ih, wastefulness.

a kennel

kou yen, a kitchen sink, the head of a drain.

tow rope by which the crew

ch'ien*, the

the variety of your

or chien-sheng, economy.

3-

5-

to

no easy matter.

is

she', extravagance; ffi ch'ih*

8
but
you'll not only have no luck,

look to

such trouble that even

please,

ignore altogether the trouble people have had


4
it
growing it, and tracking
up the canal,

this

beggar yourself to boot.

4.

The

eat

you habituate yourself to


of living, eating for ever 8

If

your present way


and without limit

it

command, who

their

that.

Instead of throwing the rice you don't eat


into the kennel, 3 wouldn't it be better to
give

like

la,

drag the

vessel.

rice.

k'un 3

properly, to tie

up persons or things

here, q.d.,

put a stopper on the mouth to prevent

eating.
7-

!! 31

8.

fjf che, as in

meant one
9-

lo

1 '

chin

t'ou,

extreme end, farthest

Lesson XVII, Note

limit.

to

16,

snap

off:

che fu, to do a

damage to the happiness which Heaven

to enjoy.

fa

hsi

fi

O /"

fa

&

|$!

fi

i,

to be fond of one's clothes

t'ien,

hence, to save or spare them.

the field of your blessings, the region of your luck

hui kuo, to

know how

a Buddhistic expression.

to get through jih-tztt, one's days, understood

to take proper care of one's

money.
12.

'3' jSf

ai

2
,

an embankment: tifang cho, be on your guard.


to suffer: the

shang auxiliary, and marking progress of time

you

will

come

to suffer hunger.

TZ& ERH

278

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XXIX.
i.

What

[Neighbour.]

is

the use of stow-

2.

your money away so safe and never


spending any? a hundred years, if a man
live so long, are past in the twinkling of an

knowledge of my
mere speculation ?

ing

How

eye.

few days,

ourselves a
before

it

or

is

indeed the

it

all

man

out, with

enough
would be quite right that I

We had
fit for nothing.
use of our time, then, and occupy

other people have ? Would you have me run


in debt 5 for dress, or eat myself out of house

little

we grow

in

and home

Supposing that I did what you


recommend, what would become of me when
all my gear was gone and I was left bemoan-

with the table and the toilet

When

old.

sinews are become

stiff,

our bones and

dress don't

become

what pleasure
circumstances
is

is

there hi

No

that

all

life

to avoid excess,

is

us, we have no great relish for what we eat,


and we have to do our children's bidding; 3

on a man

to spare,

pray,
I

should enjoy myself like other people; but


how if I have not the money and estate that

any enjoyment
2
we become
light

make

Were
me
make
money you

and

body of mine have

affairs,

the space of a flash of

best

of

say to myself, will

this vagrant dream-stuff 1

Are you speaking with any

[Host.]

my lot in such misery that death would


be a blessing ? And if, which is most likely,
I did not die, but was to drag on existence
ing

under such

with just enough breath left to live, how


should I support myself? If I turned to you,

incumbent

and then, when

we know what we have got to spend,4 it is


quite proper that we should enjoy ourselves

would you

listen to

my

application

to a certain extent.

'

?? 3i fou
3

slieng, life, as if

to dazzle

on waves, ju meng, like to a dream.

the action of any strong light upon the eyes.

5Jk

huang

3-

@l!i

ch'ouP-eho, regarding our children's chins, watching

4-

J5f

so ti

5-

chai*, debt; hence, chai-chu, debt-proprietor, a creditor.

6.

EH

t'an', to sigh

[but] 10,000 to

*he fin, portion, that

not dying,

we have

what they

say,

we

pass our days.

got.

a breath of the mouth

to heave a sigh

k'ou

ch'i,

still

having breath I should live; rightly, possibly,

and then

how should

to die, that
I live?

would be well

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

279

LESSON XXX.
1.

2.

Who

[Senior.]

had a curly 12 beard that.


covered his whole chin, and he talked as if
He said something
his tongue was too short. 18
to me, and I was within an ace of bursting 14

has been here to-day?

marks,

[Junior.] Two visitors came just after


the house, sir; they came to con-

left

you

you, they said, on your promotion.


Who went out to speak to
[Senior.]

gratulate
3.

them

11

too; he

out laughing.

7.

who can the

"Gentlemen, will you walk in and sit


down ? " but they declined and went away

and they each

8.

I said,

9.

5.

[Senior.]

6.

[Junior.]

little taller

What were they like ?


One was a stout 3 man,

than you
5

with a beard

up

he had a square

to his temples, 4

where

face,

prominent

[Senior.]
is

know, but

a card. 15

Wait, and

I will

at, sir.

Dear me that monkey, 16 eh


!

he from,

You

wonder?

fellows

must not look down on him, though. His


form may be as crooked 17 as you please, but
he is very able with his pen, and he has all
his wits about him 18 he has long had a repu-

sir,

left

asked them their names,

[Junior.]

bring you the cards to look

again.

man

[Senior] The stout


other be ?

was standing 2 at the door


4. [Junior.]
at the time I told them you were out, and
I

and a dark, ruddy complexion. 7 The


other was quite a figure of fun; shockingly

eyes,

tation, that

8
with
dirty; but one eye, and he squinted
that his face was densely pitted 9 10 with pock-

man you
;

can name him to no

one that has not heard of him.

'

3-

jE

&

2}5

31

tao hsi, to offer congratulations.


lai-cho, auxiliary of

4-

5?

pin*, the temples

5-

hu', the beard.

6-

?9 ~f

7-

tzil

lien pin, connected

pao'-tzil, properly, a leopard


}

purple

fang'

3j

1
4 hsieh slanting

8-

9-

|M

chiang*, flour paste.

%$

c/t'ow

2
,

with the temples.

applied to prominent eyes, not in the sense of ferociousness.

a species of crab

tree,

diverging from the right

10.

chan-cho ; so below, after wen, to ask.

ffi p'ang*, fleshly, corpulent.

the

line,

wood

of which

is

mahogany

coloured.

whether perpendicular or horizontal.

standing thick together.

ft "? ma'-tzU, a man

pitted with small-pox, the

marks of which were chiang

ch'ow, close together, like the

of over-boiled rice.

I2
J

3-

$
P$

&

I'hiian 3

mao, curly-haired: chiian, to

Si yao

-cho she-'rh;

lit.,

curl, to roll up.

biting his tongue, unable to speak out, clipping sounds, especially

!ln>

Crh.

'4

Pl[ Pit p'u

ch'ih 1 , the

sound of laughing; the

first

character

is

not found in dictionaries.

chW

properly, offioe, department:


miny (note the tone), properly, one's official
one's card, whether it bear one's title or not.
See also ming-p'ien.
'5-

'?

Iff!

chili

liou*,

3?

wai', deflected, crooked; the opposite of cheng, upright: wai-wai niii-niii, turning

title,

but uswl

now

of

a monkey.

and

twisting.

$y t'ao', properly, the case for a bow; to put the bow in its case; it would then be concealed;
sense of to ponder, to devise t'ao liieh, concealed devices ; specially stratagems in war.
18.

liieh,

in the

280

TZU ERH CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XXXI.
1.

[(Senior.]

2.

[Junior.']

What!

Oh

are

you not

off'

yet

My travelling baggage and other traps


are all packed 2 right enough; what I am a

to you.

by.

short of

little

expenses/'

leaving

money to pay my travelling


believe to-day in the truth of

is

the saying that

it's

easier to

go up a

hill after

4.

no purpose

your

I couldn't get anyone to lend


the money. So in my extremity, sir, I'm
come to look for you, to beg you to oblige me
with a slight loan either of money or of some
;

As soon

and

3.

[Senior.']

when you did;

lucky

you came

to

me

mise

you had been a little later


you would not have been in time. I happen
to have in hand a few ounces that have just 8
been brought in from the country; you take
'

&[

2.
3'/.<'..

if

ch'i shen, to
3

3H

Jig cheng

SH:

$5

to

li,

first

care be to keep on good terms with


10
;

show kindness

who

serve under

rest.

hand. 11

interest.

It is

am.

If you get on ground where you


turn
a
may
penny, never forget that reputation is the grand essential, and hold your

the

as I return I shall

[Junior.]

you, without distinguishing between those who


are in more immediate contact with you and

pawn.
do myself the honour of repaying you both 6
principal

By
home

the way, tell me, are you not


now for the first time ?

the friends you live amongst


to all the common employes

me

article to

weigh them out

I'll

tea,

When you

use.

your

Well, then, a word in your


5. [Senior.]
the
line
to take when you are
ear;
right
9
going to a distance from home is this. Let

a tiger than it is to begin speaking about


a thing one wants. I have been begging with
the greatest effrontery in every direction, but
to

for

have drunk your

be off by-and-

I shall

them

the half of

12

6.

Ill-gotten gain will seriously comproa good name.


I fully appreciate the value
[Junior.]

of your advice,

days

I shall

and

sir,

never forget

to

the end of

my

it.

be in movement for a journey.

put in proper order

for

p'an ch'an", travelling expenses

to-tzti,,

see

Part III, 417.

p'an, see p'an fei, Part III, Exercise

XV,

7,

Obs. 4

ch'an, to tie

tied in your girdle, about your waist.

hands on, to make prisoners

4-

wi

ch'in*, to lay

5-

6?

BJt tang'-t'ou,

6.

7-

(see

wild beasts

Jfc

hu 3 a
,

tiger,

commonly

called loo

hu

a something that will stand for money at the tang-p'u, pawnshop.

ffi ping*, collected together

tender back

of, evil-doers,

pen

li,

principal

and

interest, i ping, entirely

and

together, will I fang huan,

Part III, 990, 995).

hsing*, fortunate, auspicious; k'uei, to be deficient, has not here

any translatable meaning:

hting-k'uei,

luckily.

9.

10.

~H $t fang ts'ai, just now fang (Radical 70), then.


>t Pf yuan men, as if it were li men yuan, far from your own
:

J^

T '

^ Jl

12.

not so here

sh

eh'ang, the

hand

long, too far reaching

hsi 1 , properly, to connect as


:

door.

ch'u 3 to dwell in or amongst; not to be confounded with ch'u*, a place.

kuan

hsi, to

have relation

let

not this be.

by threads; very commonly

to, to affect, to

concern

in books, the verb to be, the participle being; but

but always of evil consequences.

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

281

LESSON XXXII.
1.

When

[Senior.]

from the country,


2.

or

sir,

been here some days.

I've
I

[Senior.]

your return,

1 1

12.

never heard a word about

in

should have called on

hear, sir;

was not

It

we

you

likely

live so far

[Junior.]

this
1

from one

Wasn't there a

first, and then of drought?


All mere report 7 no truth
;

Take black pulse alone

it.

low

[Junior.]

4.

How odd

[Senior.]

ten cash or so a sheny

yon long ago.


should

talk of floods 8 there

sir ?

[Junior.]

3.

did you come in

many

14.

down

it is

to

has not been so

it

years.

You

[Senior.]

3.

don't say so

But do say so.


Well, in that case, the next
I

[Junior.]

and, besides, you have your


duties to attend to.

official

[Senior]
time you send there, please buy a few piculs

me

to ask

of pulse for me
out the account,

another

hereabouts your military allotment


6.

Will you allow

[Senior.]

5.
\\

ion of

[Junior.]

8.

9.

By

[Senior.]
[

the Liu-li River,

Junior.]

[Senior.]

'hilili

c^* **^>

tiao*, properly,

I l"^i properly,
shu

belonging

ji

fc

6.

f? lao*, to flood

7-

&
9-

the nest of a large bird

to

domineer

to,

under the authority

^| sheng
Iff ts'ao

jj|J

with rain

but

1
,

1
,

a measure

(see

works

deep

it

much

be

will

better to have

for

it

it
111

at the rates they are

not used alone colloquially


;

here, the

name

tiao

yuan,

tar

otl.

of a district in the province of

of.

here, the

Part IV, Dialogue VIII, Note

name

of a river.

yao

fruit or grain.

5).

yen, gossip, idle report.

the tenth of the tou.

a trough, whether for water or forage

it is

pay you

hence, Iff jH, domineering

han, dry

I'll

from down yonder at half-price

*hou ch'eng, in-gathered in a state of completeness, used only of crops, whether of

fe yao*, properly, to sing as one

horse trough
'o.

fi

the

indeed;

me,

you'll tell

cost you.

and

properly, confused, like pure and turbid water mingling

/urn

well

if

brought
than to be paying
charging us here.

in

properly speaking, what day of the inoon

to feed

Very

[Junior.]

it

and when you have made

1 6.
[Junior.] Aye; you are right. I sec
have
a number of horses standing in your
you
9
stables, which, of course, you must have pulse

No by the Hun * River.


And how have the crops

harvest has been perfect.

<

is it

5.

whatever

a place in the jurisdic-

It's

turned out there this year

3'

is ?

Pa 3 Chou.

7.

10

incorrect to put the

name

ts'ao shang, in the stable,

speaking of any cattle

ma

of any other animal before ts'ao.

chien 3 , to diminish.

36

ts'ao, a

TZD ERH CHI.

282

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XXXIII.
1.

buy a good
to see

you buy a horse

If

[Senior.]

and then

one,

in the stable

it

it

but

at

all,

will be a pleasure

waste forage

why

on the keep of a such a screw

as this?

him, and

tried

there

From what you say on the

quite clear to me that you don't


horse when you see one.
A good

know a

horse must have his legs


to

hard work

hunting
i-

is

is.

am

Well, but what

nothing for
I

it

16

for,

I to

do ?

and so

but to see to his keep,

have no business of much

importance to take me out, nor any that


There's
sends me a great way from home.
one point in his favour, he has no vice 17 s<

sound, must be equal


he should know the drill of the

he'll

and he should be well-shaped

him than on

field,

in the legs that,

bought and paid

is

such as he

it's

subject

and so gone

[Junior.]

The horse

sure-footed.

[Senior]

12

13
always coming down with him.

are

4.

3.

this beast of

14
as yours,
Besides, with a figure as unwieldy
1B
horse for you.
he is not at all a suitable

*
practice he didn't swerve a hair's breadth off
the course or within it he has a good mouth,

is

is

He's old in the teeth, with his lower

they

and he

10

yours

would do well enough to ride his amble was


even 3 his gallop was fast at the archery
;

will mount, with


on his back, and away he flies
the hawk; 9 a sight worth looking at. 11

fellows
7

jaw drooping,

found that he

young

But what manner of horse

and

walls

of your fine

like

[Junior.]
I

That's the sort of horse that one

his quiver

You don't know his points,


do for when they brought 2 the
sir, but
horse home yesterday I took him outside the
2.

and handy.

>

answer

my

foot, at

any

better to be on

It's

purpose.

rate.

18

ill ts'an\ a word disparaging appearance: ts'an-t'ou, speaking of men, a blockhead; here, simply poor-looking.

xood-for-nothing.
2.
3-

sf

ch'ien 1 , to drag, or to lead along, animals.

tien', here, to

amble, like a horse or mule: tien

wen, his amble

te

is

secure, even;

wen 3

stable, not t"

he shaken.
4:t

trench
5-

Ji kuo 3
;

if

f?c

properly, to

wrap round with cord

he swerve outwards, he
3

t'ui -tz&

"?

is

said to chang,

if

in the Chinese riding-school the horse gallops along

or cloth:

inwards, to

kito.

can only be applied to beasts, or the legs of tables, chairs,

etc.

for the

common form

of t'ni,

see Part III, 442.


67^'

ying hsiung*, a hero, a

fife
4

K|

c/ti

fi&

=&

J$

ying

to bind on, to tie

sa-tai,
1

9-

10

1 1-

12.

JjpJ

kuan

$\L ta

'3- Ijif ffe


'4-

'5-

49

'6-

51?

'^-

1
,

<''('

rarely,

fesi

4
.

a quiver.

lit.,

one

sort, like.

to look at, to attend to


la,

hanging down; both

but kuan*, a Taoist temple.


characters used corruptly.

shih, to miss the footing forward

this horse

i'ere, is

in the habit of, tripping.

pin, of the body, clumsy.


2
^JL hsiang i , suited.

J!>t

''hiang ehiu, here

word that means


'7- /t

more

a falcon.

$x ipan;

fine fellow.

also pronounced, but

to

move from one

means, by an

effort to

make

a thing suit; chiang being corruptly used for another

place to another.

honest; of horses and like animals, quiet, harmless.

1C

tao-*At/i,

3JC

chiu ching, seeking to the end

after

all.

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

I'AUT V.

283

LESSON XXXIV.
1.

cloak of sable
2.

the

Where

[Senior.]

in a

shop

No

[Junw-t:]

did

you buy that


it

bought

at one of

How much did you give for it?

4.

[Junior.]

5.

[Senior.]

Guess.
It's

all

it

[Junior.]

5
hundred, and went up, and when

hundred and

fifty,

got to two

man let me have it.


What could have made

7. [Senior.]
so cheap ?
I remember

fur

the colour

and smooth;

thick

so

is,

and the

then the hair

7
along the edges is quite even the lining is
a piece of thick satin, 8 the figure on that is of
;

ii

new

cloak

pattern, and, to
itself

fitting you,

it

L
2

ffi

to all this, the

couldn't have fitted

had been made

if it

add

of the latest fashion.

is

As

to

you better

Mine that's worth nothing.


a cloak by courtesy, but that's
!

it.

is

The

hair

faded

!)

is

coming
wear

can't

if

Well, well,

[Junior.]

that's

the

10

pay-day.

Oh! I'm too much a man

[Senior.]

of the past to be nice about dress; all I require


is
something to keep me warm. You are one
of the younger
career. 11

It's

fellows just

quite right for

commencing a
you to put on

good clothes and turn out smart on a leve'e


13
day but if I were to dress in that way, we
li!

won't say how I should look


I should be
so uncomfortable as well.
Besides, we who
;

have got military duty to do have no occasion


for fine clothes.
We just put on anything

it

we

for you.

marten or

tiao', the

!} _t miao

you

you must get yourself a good one next


11.

it

some time ago the


of such a cloak as this was as
hundred ounces.
Why, just

case,

the

common price
much as five
look at it; how deep

sir,

with the fur outside.


10.

began with an offer of two

it

and the colour

out,

worth at least 4 three

call

one can say for

hundred ounces.
6.

don't forget,

[Senior.]

9.

You can

[Senior.]

If

[Junior.]

used to have one.

fairs.3.

8.

may

be

old, or

it

may want mending,

are quite satisfied with

it all

but

the same. 14

sable.

shang, in the temple; one of two temples in Peking where fairs are held on certain days every

month.
3-

Jra

t'ai', to guess.

4-

3!

7 B? chihpu

come up
5'

cfet

4
,

most not complete, farthest from completeness, at the very

least: rhi, to complete, to

to.
'fife

t'ien', to

" ^B

is

7-

add.

51 ^ M0

tao-'rh, the fur: too,

not translatable by any of the meanings ordinarily assigned it.


feng mao, the fur edge that projects beyond the silk or satin lining on which the fur is laid
even and regular, as if cut with a knife it also means complete, or in a state of readiness.
JSH

ch'i chidi.

8.

iJU tuan*, satin.

shao*, the tip of anything; also used in the sense of to carry, as a note or a
one's proper business or errand.
9-

10.

ffl

ffi ffag', official salary; kuan, probably in its original sense of to bar, to bolt; when the finy, official salary to
is assigned to
you Icuan fcng is now used to mean simply drawing one's allotted pay or rations.

which you are limited,


1

'

EL &n pa
-

ijiJJ

'3

im^si^v, but in excess of

chieh, here, to

'ff ch'ao hui,

make an

effort to

a lev^e at court.

ffi pan*, to dress.

'4- ilK

too,

notwithstanding,

all

the same.

get on in one's career.

TZU ERH CHI.

284

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XXXV.
a friend who

I've

1.

He was

nerve.

is

man

10
out
open the doors of a standing-press
of this he took a large quantity of clothes,
n
12 13
clapped them under his arm,
hopped out
of the window, and away he went.

of great

to

lying one summer's night

with the window propped open, 1 and in the


midst of his slumbers he became sensible that
2
He opened
something was making a noise.
3
to see what it was, and there, in
his eyes
the bright moonlight, was an elfin thing 4

14

whole body

eyes, its

hair

white as snow, and

if this

be taking clothes, I should think and he


was discussing this phenomenon with himself
;

when the

Such an apparition suddenly 8 presenting itself to my friend as he was startled out


of his sleep 7 made him jump considerably.

me

Dear

him

"

said he,

quietly

and

"

it's

a ghost

what

see

let

fell

f|p knifing*,

Bj- chen-g*, to

4-

$>f

17

lit,

j?

come

8-

9-

10

81
3>
"fjlf

3
,

hit'

%&

to

kind of

Note

4,

of streams mingling in confusion,

such plants; should probably be written


dishevelled hair, tumbled, confused.

flag; in disorder like the foliage of

c,hing hsing, to

(sung

),

be startled out of one's

sleep.

fan, suddenly, abruptly, unexpectedly.


;

3
generally pronounced ch'iao' or ch'iao

kuei, a standing-press.

jfc

ffif

11-

$$
BR

rkia', to

12-

wake

rh'iao*, still, quiet


'*

anyone he might,

affairs, business.

p'eng*, here y'cHj', a

hsing

19

across.

with the same radical as the following character,


7-

it

ghost in order to frighten

see him, Lesson XXXII,


5 J? &S
shin, the entire person
'indistinguishable; q.d., all parts of the person without distinction.
6-

ground with a loud ai-ya.


servants were called, and the lamp

The

open the eyes.

wu*, things, animate or inanimate


tw

My

again.

3-

'

once

prop up, to keep from falling by putting a stick under.


sound of any kind it may be used alone, or as here, in composition.

J|j chih\ to

in

15

turned out that the ghost a


M
good joke, really was a thief, who, intending
to rob the house, had disguised himself as a

went hopping about, but before very long he began

2.

to the

being

us watch

Well, for a time the ghost

3.

at

5.

he takes."

line

came

and gave the


jumped up
creature a blow with a sword, 16 on which it

2.

"

gallows-bird

friend

its

confusion. 6

all in

Come, thought my friend to himself,


were a bond fide ghost he would not

4.

hopping towards him, with a face the colour


of yellow paper, blood running out of its
5

put under the arm

chih*, the upper part of the

read hsia*, to put pressure on a superior.

arm; not used

alone, nor without the characters here immediately preceding

;ind following.
13.

wo', a nest or

14.

an 4

<& meHg\

5-

'6

secret:

den of bird or beast

an

fierce,

courageous

meng jan, moving

JJ

yao*-tao, a sword, not a dagger.

7-

fl?,

8-

^ ku

19-

JHf

$fc

3
0^ hu

chao, the
i,

ko-chih wo, the armpit.

hsiang, thought to himself.

moment

rapidly,

q.tl.,

without fear

[the light] shone on him.

with intent, designedly.

to intimidate;

with hsia, to frighten; hu must not be intonated.

it also

means suddenly,

<T

\'

PART

THE HUNDRED

V.

285

LESSONS.

LESSON XXXVI.
While we were so engaged,

Well, gentlemen, as ghosts have been


your subject of conversation, I'll tell you a
curious thing now. Your stories are all out
1.

of story-books

mine

an adventure

is

of

of a sudden the

my

4.

own.

Everyone was aghast

we were

Some

at the sight,

getting out of the way,

all for

and

when

years ago I and some friends


had been outside the city for a walk, and we

an uncle 8 of mine shook his hand 9 and stopped


"
us before we had time to move.
Stand up, 10

were on our way home again when we came to


a large cemetery 2 that was by the road-side it

and don't be

2.

was in a very tumble-down condition walls 3


and buildings in a state of utter dilapidation
but inside the enclosure there was a fine thick 4
;

"

"

this

S?

'

fll

Jg

6-

89-

I0

"

4
,

close together

iE chung

wi

shu-shu,

-^ pai

fi chan
ao 1

curious,

Observe the numerative

tso.

ch'iang-yiian, a wall, not necessarily large.

also, secret.
is

larger than that,

and probably distinguished us

it

catches anything.

father's

younger brother.

wave the hand.

chu, literally, stand and stop; don't go.

here, a

sound to express that of the


was the god Terminus.

first

syllable in aopo, or 060, a

Mongolian word

for

boundary

spirit disturbed
4
,

i2

has
eh

to thank.

many meanings;
1

here, a

ceremony:

liao (see Part III, 774.)

~T

5-

too 3 , properly, to pray for happiness.

6.

chi\ properly, to

make an

or either without the other.

hsieh-i, a thank-offering.

dien here, to pour out.

'4-

itt'ering,

saw myself

not recognised by the dictionaries

my

shou, to

tfi

12.

'3

fli

TJ[$

it ?

of metal.

ffi leng*, stupefied

wasn't

a cup; the same as chung, Part III, 221; this

J2- hit', the sound of fire as

The

line.

yiian', properly, a large wall

^ mi

7-

yilan, a grave enclosure, a cemetery.

St

4-

being made

for

ching kuo, to have passed through.

3-

5-

went out immediately.


5. This was a thing

and drink.

to eat

ls

us go in and rest awhile;" and we


out
the
fruit and other eatables we had
put
brought with us, and sat ourselves down in

and began

there used

Leave a thank-offering 12

15
to the spirit at the same time and
praying
the flame of the wine that had been in a blaze

place; let

front of the tomb,

"
;

a nice cool

is

he

So saying, he hastily filled


alighted here."
a cup with wine and poured a libation, 16

trees of every kind.

So," said we,

3.

'

the spirit on the boundary 11 of his jurisdiction;' and the spirit of this spot has now

growth of

frightened," said

to be a saying,

<

all

wine we had in our cups 6 blazed up of itself,


with a purring sound, like a thing on fhv.'

offering of

meat

f|

tien

4
,

to pour a libation

chi lien, to offer a

meat and drink

286

TZfr

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON XXXVII.
1

3.

buy

were followed by apparitions 7 and the women


*
in the family were so scared by their constant

do you inquire?
of mine wants to

encounters" with these horrors that some of

house

is

[Senior.]

Why

[Junior.]

A. friend

them

The house

[Senior.]

An

haunted.

it

is

uninhabitable

elder brother of

once on a time, and a

live there

house

mine did

fine spacious

seven rooms in front,

is;

the other exorcists n were

and

and

in

good order.

when the

came

But

go

five

came

to be

'

ffi

-'">

Well, you know,

and

the house

sir,

this is

if there be any by,


keep out of sight,
and have no power to hurt. On the other
hand, he is a very timorous subject, that friend

spirits,

into

of

mine

heard
it

but as time went on sounds

originally, a place;

let

12

after his death,

heard in broad daylight;

[Junior.]

5.

of a sudden ghosts and hobgoblins


commenced their antics 6 there. They were not
first,

of no use either,

was nothing for it but to


anything it would fetch.

because the owner was not in luck's way.


When a man has luck with him, these evil

rebuilt, all

bad at

for

on the spirits

all

place
my nephew's hands,
4
according to his account, the side buildings
5
got out of repair, and though he had them

so

10

so there

rows of buildings from front to rear, all distributed as they ought to be in a dwellinghouse,

The wise women

actually died of fright.

called in only wasted their arts

it.

4.
it's

that

sort of

opposite yours
2.

What

[Junior.]

it,

will

I shall tell

and then

him the

I shall

truth as I have

have done

my duty

be for him to buy the house or not, as

he sees

fit.

these

here, a collective

numerative of fang-1%9,;

all

the buildings in the house being

included in the question.

2-

i&

3-

PI (S

4- Jfj|

ti

shih, the circumstances of the ground, its dimension, condition, etc.

TOCTI

mien, not the face of the gate, but the gate-face, the face in which the gate stands.

hsiany', the lesser buildings that

commonly

flank the central

building at right angles to

it

not used

colloquially without fang.


5- ft!" ts'ao*,

6.

VjL sui*,

4
colloquially, in disrepair; 'H^ ten , tattered, dilapidated,

properly, evil done spontaneously

7-

Jf? hsing', the outer, or visible, form.

8-

W)

9-

Ia

7 W)

un 9 P u

IS Si chuang
Wfc

1$

t'i"

tung, on every occasion

k'o, to run

up

by

spirits

began their pranks.

against.

shcn, the act of female exorcists; they stand on a table and affect by

*>

}ff5

tso-ch'i siti lai, [the spirits]

Ian, all in ruins.

used only in speaking of unpleasant occurrences.

mm ing the limbs, to attract the spirits to themselves.


" jfs HI sun9 su to see the sui, the evil influence,
'2.

worn out: U'ao

t'iao,

posture-making,

to the door; also the act of exorcists, male or female.

hsieh", deflected, sloping; hence, moral depravity, depraved.

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

287

LESSON XXXVIII.
1.

That string 1 of beads 2 of


said I would take away I

[Junior.]
that I

sir,

yours,

5.

[Junior.]

6.

[Senior.]

7.

[Junioi:]

How

They're

have never taken.


haven't you ?
I have been here several

Why

2.

[Senior.]

3.

[Junior.]

it's

So

you what I was going to do, after


could take the beads with a clear

conscience. 5

return for

buy anything you fancy in


your liberality, and if it's something

2E

'

can

tell

p'an, not as in Part III, 190

them, and where were they ? not a sign


of them to be seen I don't know who stole

for

what do you say ?


If
4. [Senior.]
you had just carried off
the beads whether I was at home or not, it
;

better, I

Ah

12
wainscoting of the stove-bed, and I forgot to
put them by. When I came in I went to look

not to be got in the shops, I shall do


best to hit upon a means of procuring it for

would have been

[Senior.]
I

I'll

you somewhere or other

There

they were doomed to


be lost.
was going into the garden one day
last month, and they were hanging against the
8.

r.hat is

my

pity

had made them quite bright and smooth. 11


You ought to have put them away in the
press when you hadn't them in your hand.

telling

which

what a

it

came

to-day for the express purpose of seeing you

and

lost.

being carried about daily, they had become


saturated 10 with the sweat 9 of the hand, and

you were not to be found.

as

Oh,

beads enough in the world, but 8


seldom one sees any like those. From

are p'u-t'i

but you were not at home, and I


couldn't think of taking your things without
4
saying a word to you and that was impossible,
times,

do you mean

1:t

them. 14

you.

snakes p'an, coil themselves

p'an

is

here a coil or set of beads.

4
fjjj su
properly, sung* ; pronounced su, it means to recite, as the Buddhists do their books; ffi chu', a
bead su-ehu, properly, the Buddhist chaplet. The character for su given in this note is the correct one.

2.

<ir

3-

is is
w)

every time

tsao' tsao,
T^1 '1

"

4'

e5

5-

9$ Aao

6.

Pg

7-

^ />V,

8-

i|J cfo'Mcfo or

2
>

lit,

to be reticent

every rencounter.

han, to hold in the mouth

having told you, I could then without

hu, in the sense of mystery, confused.

wrong take them away.

hai 1 an exclamation.
,

merely gives the sound of the


c/i'io:

observe

its

first

relation

syllable of p'u-t'i, a Thibetan word.


to sui, although,

and

its

place after the subject of the

verb

it,

immediately precedes.
9-

rf

man

ou*, to saturate

"

^ kuang

5t

!2.
Ifjlj

wall

han*, sweat of

'- \%

or beast.

}^

t'ou, to

penetrate thoroughly.

hua*, bright, glossy: hua, properly, to

slip, slippery.

properly, ch'a', the planking at the end of the stove bed,

cli'a*,

not used except as in the combination p'ai-ch'a.

13- Bf; tsung',

man's footprint: tsung ying, footprint

14. WJ- ehiao

by whom

they were stolen.

;tii(I

shadow.

when but one end

of this rests

ag;iiii>i

.1

TZU ERH CHI.

288

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XXXIX.
1.

makes out

one's past history as truly

as correctly 4 as if

and

someone had told

it

in the minutest particular

why
him

2,

predicts.

make

calculated

'

3-

4-

5.

6.

and

iF

He made

by him.

'<*' 1 thin,

W fhuan
^ M*,
U chun
"fit

out

my

9-

10.

1 1.

negative

^ pa

tzti,

is

one up a

bit,

and there

is

it's

home
9

only

here

to cheer

10

nothing improper"

in going there either.

most

also, to squeeze, to press out.

the eight characters, taken from the Chinese cyclic system of 60 combinations of the 10 stein
;

the

ihu, to belong to

2j- 7/ao

2
,

HI" c hih

fjft

(jjj

first

combination marks the year, the second the month, the third the day, the fourth

is

calculated.

here, to belong to a certain year.


ssfl

an 9 (observe

hao, anything small, as a thread of silk or a single hair; the minutest degree.
1
tang*, not tang },

it

only represents,

it

only amounts

to.

chieh men, to relax, to dissipate, sadness.

pj"

q.d.,

a small hair:

5>

still,

near in time, lately.

3
}j| chi , to crowd, to shoulder as in a crowd

with our hands before us

the hour, in which the person was born, and on the eight his fortune

8.

true

tui (see Part III, 1078), exactly corresponding.

ffl

Jig

all

shih, returned to the world.

2 branch characters

7-

what

be

may

to be out walking than sitting at

father's

properly, the ridge of a roof; extreuiest,

/V

Well, that

there that you and 1


wouldn't spend the few hundred cash he asks
upon ? so, come along. It is better for us

enough

friends

my

[Junior.]

3.

have been going to him


for some days past, and I went there
myself
the day before yesterday and had my nativity 6
ago.

but, thought I to

myself, although

heard of him some time

[Senior.]

All

8
;

he was quite right about all


that has happened, it's not quite so certain
that things that have not will turn out as he

tells

him.

People of our acquaintance are going to him


in such numbers the whole day long that his
booth is quite crowded. 5 If he is so first rate,
shouldn't you and I go too, and
tell us our fortunes ?

brothers,

my

an astrologer that they say is as sharp as if


he had come back from the other world. 2 He

it

number of my

wife's family name, and the date of my


admission into the service, without a mistake

'

7
age, the

and mother's

Perhaps you've heard, sir,


new arrival in the suburb ?

[Junior.]
have you, of the

pu

k'o,

when

impropriety.

all is said,

Observe the force of yu at the beginning of the clause, followed as

yu, on the other

part,

what impropriety

is

there

it

is

by the

PART

THE HUNDKED

V.

LESSON

LKSSONS.

XL.
time he freed himself

give you something to laugh at.


sitting here all alone just now when I
saw that a bird had lit on the window-frame. 1

him

The sun

in in a body,

1.

I'll

was

as he

over very softly 2 to the place


he was, and made a grab at him

So

where

I stole

through

the

hole 3 in

it

window paper, tearing a large


but I made a good shot,4 and got
my hand, when I saw directly

safe in

that he was a sparrow. 5


him from
3. I was in the act of passing
one hand to the other, when P-r-r-rh 7 away
!

he

made

flew.

but just as

fja

again,**

and

had got hold of him a second


pronounced

tmig*, properly,

was chasing

room, when

the

the

boys,

hearing that a bird had been caught,

came

and we

all

chased and chevied,


1

his cap over

him and secured him.


4.

"

Well, then I interceded for the bird


I said,

Why,"
them

"

some people even buy


10

i),

liberty.

What

such stubbornness u
let

him have

happy,

the bird.

and
13

skipping,

a wooden framework

12

he

away

that I was obliged to

This

made him

went,

hopping and

as pleased as could be.

also,

a cross-piece or bar of such a frame

+ $R fi dma'
SIR cess
56.

W.

mew*, to nip in the fingers: nieh-shoii-nieh-chiao-'rh-ti, used of moving inincingly,

softly,

the two words are colloquially inseparable.

chu, the first verb indicating the motion of the hand, the dash

by good fortune, the issue being just what

rh'ia hao,

I desired, I

made

made

at the object; the second.

the dash and got hold of the bird.

chia ch'iao 3 , a house sparrow.

ik.

]|ij

also

it

not be heard.

may

HH" k'u'-lnng*, a hole

3-

quite

snare.

nidi', also read

3<

so that one

tad

to fall

down, as a man, a

wall, etc.

here, to pass

from one hand to another

used in this sense of

4
transferring a shop, business in trade; not to be confounded with too , to pour (see Part III, 182).

of no meaning but to express the sound of a bird's wings in motion, or the like.

7-

Dg

fig-

8.

if

rhtng*.

9-

3JJ T:E k'ou chu, the

to-

1.

p'u'-lu

See Part IV, Dialogue IV,


first

Note

word signifying

sheng, to let go alive

fg

i-hui*, to

be kept hanging by a weight.

j|jj;

ku

l
,

an axle-tree;

JUfe t'iao,

to

hung

jump;

to

hi*,

53.

to cover over either with the hand, a cap, a cup, or the like,

4 fnng

circular stone weight

13

jJS;

12.

birds

can you do with


"
this one ? let him go, can't you ?
But he
would not hear of it, and he held out with
to give

the rungs of a ladder, etc.; read tang*, the open spaces between the rungs of a ladder or of lattice-work

means a trap or

it>

haste and shut the door,

tang*, also

round

all

until one little fellow popped'

bopped about.

2.

him

shadow against the window

east his

289

in conformity with the doctrine of

Buddhism, which teaches

to spare

life.

a roller or pulley: ku-lu, properly, the wheel of a cart; but chui-ku-lu*


Note the tones.

is

awnings or curtains to keep them from shifting in the wind.

tsuan, properly, to bore; here, indicating the action of the head as the child skips away.

37

TZO 6RH CHI.

290

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
Was there ever such a brat,
[Junior.]
Other people have
as that boy there! 1

XLI.

1.

sir,

him

given

sorts of advice,

all

good, and to

keep him from

For

bad for him.

regard; they find

what

is

right

up what

is

men

all

and proper as

and just now

my

say; on the

If

ear."

listen to. 10

he didn't belong

Why

should

certain to disgust

no longer,

it

is:

to me, 1
should be glad enough, I'm sure, to speak
in a way that would be pleasanter to him to

and he pouts 4

could stand

I lost

sullen,

Blockhead that he

bitter to

have blown him up


sore with talking, but
3

of tears.

The proverb says, "Good medicine is


the taste, and honest 8 advice grates H

4.

easy to pick

born to do no good.

on the

makes him

and looks black. 5


a

he's

he pays no attention to what


reverse,

full

eyes

vicious.

As for this boy,


my mouth is quite
it

is

are alike in that

it is

Why

do something else besides picking


my coat ?" and he went off with his

holes in

only for his

learning what

"

coloured up, and, says he,

can't they

just as hard to acquire

it

2.

till

He

3.

reason

him

if

be doing what
it

wasn't

is

for this

temper and gave him

very severe thrashing.

~? huai

'

SI $

IfJ rA'iiott

4
,

hai-tzti,

not spoiled in our sense of the term, but so bad that he will do no good.

to advise, to admonish.

Note 2), q.d., he has no spirit to pluy though


fit JT 3& wu C hi n 9 to t^ai (see ts'ai fou, Lesson XIII,
This
is one explanation ; another is, that ta ts'ai menus anv
no
soul
for
it.
has
he
a
be
pleasant thing, yet
gambling
latter character being the ehing in i-hinn
enjoyment. It is not used in either way except with wit rMng, the

$&

animal

spirits.

to protrude the lips, to pout.

4-

chii,eh*,

5-

IHt li

6.

hi*, to weep.

7-

iiiamg',

9-

10.

ti en

'

^'-i to lgt

properly, wide

down

the face.

and deep

of a wide expanse of water.

a friend.
chung', faithful, loyal, as a minister to his sovereign, as a friend to

ni\ the opposite of shun, obedient, compliant


PJt ;f|

hung

-cho

lit.,

rebellious,

would that humbugging him

opposed

to.

might make him

glad.

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

I'AUT V.

LESSON
Just see what a miserable creature

1.

that

is

he

not a

is

man

at all

he

a beast

is

XLII.
with another, like a

same scrape

into

his eyes are so closed

up

short of his

down, and

that

see, and he runs against everything


and when he talks he stammers and stutters,4
6

As

3.

as

he

house than no one at

he ought

no use whatever.

to do, he's of

for

If

He's ready
you allow him

the length
one's

it

hand

ought to

him any harm

wise he

or

I'm in this vein I

a fidget

chien huo,

commodity of small value:

if

f5

U huo

And when

if

so far from wishing

any money comes

little for love's sake.

in.

ching, [though he seems to be a

15

man] yet he

is

not at

while living to put off the skin: he has grown up so that he resembles his father as

t'o,

without dying, had thrown

Jif

attend

tn,

IB chtf-ku\

all

flit

fj|

5-

\m

OM

jere,

I^U

3R

t'ao'

7-

to gaze with the eyelids closed together

ku, properly, to look over the shoulder, to look

stammering.
a booby that people dislike and ridicule.

ch'i,

tomfoolery, mischief, high spirits.

amongst other meanings,

to attend

V %W

upon: fu shih

"D

f)

chi 1 tiny' kit' tung 1

do more than express a sound


10

l;

B
ft

used of the personal attendance of the wife on


upon both parents, in

wife, or of the children

iino-shih ching : the thing is here elliptically used for


;
q.d., clever as an imp in nan shih, making trouble
ft*

j*i

is

upon husband and

an imp, impish, devilish


9-

also.

k'o-k'o pa-pa,

the husband, or of the other women of the harem,


helping them to dress and undress, etc.
Hi]

f^f shih*,

if bis

off his skin.

to look after.

4-

6-

to

that

am

anything nice to eat or drink,

I've

give him

be,

14
poker may not be
but it's better than

man.

father,

in

Jw S.

'

play without ceasing and such


as he is, up with one thing and down

all.

to stir the fire with.

enough
any tomfoolery
no leisure, and keep him constantly attending 7
upon you, he does a little better but otheris all

he does belong to the family, 13 and whatever


his shortcomings, he is of more use in the

is.

for doing anything that

am angry I feel as if nothing


would satisfy me then I cool

Life

like a real lout

trouble, trouble,"

say to myself, no ; even if he


didn't belong to the family, I could never 12
10
set about killing u him
and then
seriously

the

he can't

When

4.

Wherever he goes he gets

monkey

never quiet for an instant.

the very counterpart of his father 2 the more


one sees of him the more he disgusts one.
2.

291

$j HI
;

how,

^^

(ching-ling) or
(i/ao'-cliiitt/j.
explained in the words that follow.

is

the combination does not admit of analysis; no character in

it is

intended

the whole means a jumble of sounds.

1
fl* fang chen: observe tang , in the sense of to stand for, to represent.
f

i&L

s ha differs

somewhat from

din, alone,

which would imply that death wax

inflicted

by a

lethal

weapon.
l

~-

J2 jew

3
,

the pain

felt

by the heart

to bear to do, to bear to see: kuai, devilishly, that

is,

exceedingly not can

bear.

~f chia-Klieiifi-t-ii, one burn in the house, the son of a slave.


huo
^C jiS
bin, a poker, whether of wood or metal, though short,
See po, Lesson X, Note 10.
with the hand.
'5- iM
/''(f/( t'eng, specially tender, to show special kindness to.
'3-

fe

'4-

is

ch'iang, better, than shou pa', stirring

ERH

292

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON
1.

while

Yesterday,

was

those

out,

if

dumb

and walked

in,

and they

all

became

for

A'e

'

?lj[

"iffi

representing the
2

3-

!{$

-s<m 4 , to cough; the

"

"

hacking

Js

and so on

to die,"

UJI tgei

'K We fi 5i

first

Now,

if

a wink, to

make

3.

And when
off, all

j$B kuei*, to kneel

7-

JtF

}T 5u

^'

S^

very

had

dja-mg

done,

took

they

as they went.

word, which

is also

read hai'

(see

Part IV, Dialogue III, Note 65),

the

ti

sound of coughing.
;

adverbialising the phrase.

down.

painful feeling

your disorderliness

you

You won't mind

signs with the eyes.

5-

thrash

I'll

do you,
look out

a short wooden post, straight-post-like.

chiieh*,

ai

it

to give

"hih yen-shai-'rh, using colour of the eyes, with an expression of the eyes, to wit, such a- is
.il~<>,
q.d., thief and mice-like glancing at each other, took themselves oft' one by one

flit

js

stick, that

me

and

nui shu yen, eyebrows of wrong-doers, eyes of mice

4-

6-

said to them,

happens again,

for

Described in the foregoing clause;


to tip

this

your skins,

themselves

<

we deserve

soundly,
promise you.
unless I do."

This morning, just as I was out of


bed, in came the villains and dropped down
s
>n their knees
as stiff as posts, 4 and began,
'

and

you wanted the

feel as if

2.

Oh

little,

Do you

pray

one by one, looking at each other 3 as guilty


and frightened as possible.

"

began to cool a

7
you can't be quiet ? if you oblige
you a thrashing, what good will

and then they sneaked out 2

together,

begging pardon

so dolefully that

"

a cough

kotowing and
my wrath

and

praying
6

the house belonged to


and
the
time
I came home there
them,
by
was a fine uproar. Pack of monkeys
I gave
l

kept on

they

mine began to wrangle

rascally servants of

and make a row as

XLIII.

"tl

ai ch'iu, to implore.

hao 3 -hao'-rh-ti, of things,

[is it

* sa *

y^i

because] your
if

flesh

fg

satisfactorily,

(yang

3
),

arranged as they ought to bo

itches?

sc.,

for the stick.

on another occasion you are so minded, are set on like doings.

of persons, quiet, orderly

PART

THE HUNDRED

V.

293

LESSONS.

LESSON XLIV.
1

Just look at him,

[Senior.]

sir

mind 9

there

1
so
is, drunk again to-day; dead drunk,
that he can't keep his legs.
I asked him if

he

he had given the orders

and

to

fro,

and he
and lurching

as

to-day

something
2.
lie

may happen

forgot to go

don't, I

vow 6

to me.

by to-day, forgive

warn him from

time forth to

this

make up

~'

~m rP' the

3-

strictly correct expression is ch'ien

movement

IS PC yn?-pa

it'

4vk t'ung
any business.

5-

S. HI

6-

jg

l
,

dumb

person

may

k'uai, indicating a combination of

tit-fa, to

let

him

but

off to-day,

make

oath

hou yang ho

hou referring

which

also

to

yang

means

promptitude and completeness

observe the idiom

%& %&

chi jan, since

W -t

mien shang, having regard

9-

iH iS

'fr

1 '

I'll

answer

He'll not abstain for

for

it

more

3
,

to look up; ch'ien to ho,

it

hoarse.

may be applied

to the despatch

punish, but specially of corporal punishment.

ch'i ahih, to

it is

so that I

am

q.d., if I

don't beat

him [may

I incur the penalty of breaking

for

present.

my

hen hen hsin, harden his heart

chieh', to

be

to rise; used only of persons lying senseless from drink,

ya, interchangeable with -Us,

8-

?K

to

of the body.

7-

chance
for him.

the oath I swear to beat him.

IO

if I

word

than a couple of days at the longest, and then


he'll be drinking again as hard as ever.

his

fix vb ch'Sng ni, has become as mud, lies unable


who have been beaten till they were insensible.

the forward

and

he

him

you don't know, sir,


thing he is, and always has

he won't reform.

'

>r

it'

and

and

any more, thrash

way

Ah

not,

what a hopeless
been; and as for drink, he'll give his life for
it
it's dearer to him than his father's blood.

this once

in consideration of that circumstance

he does

if

you please

"

he became frightened, and this was


the reason why he did not answer you. As 7 I

him

as

[Senior.]

3.

to blame,

to be

much

in this

a witness, I shall not say a

wish

the bettor;

gets drunk

Come, come, sir, I daresay


and then, as he knew he was

[Junior.}

happen

much

4
give the scoundrel a very severe

if I

You know what

chance of giving his master the slip."


You can always get at him. If he reforms,
so

'

correction

of drink.

little

without answering a word. Why


is neither deaf nor

I'll

10

the proverb says, "The stocking is a sure


the boot, and the slave has as

couldn't he answer; he

ilumb

beware

find inside

desired,

stared straight at me, heeling

to

beware of; also read

ch'lng ch'i, to

make

face,

not to put

hen here

me

to shame.

in the sense of cruel, hard-hearted.

chi*.

a utensil, to be of some use or other.

TZU ERH CHI.

294

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XLV.
1.

Your
it

what's the matter, sir

Why,

[Junior.}

face

as pale as if

is

and since

saw you 2

have quite fallen away.

on which

you had whitened


a short time ago you
1

the head,
in

but you don't know


what has happened since then, sir. These
last few days they have been cleaning the
2.

drains,

was

Yes,

[Senior.]

moment and hot the next,


how he was to take
As

himself.

for

that a

all

and drank a cup of cold

i-

am

I'll

[Senior.]

a simple one

follow

eat sparingly.

If

give

you a rule

ti>

when you

you

do

will

are hungry,
this,

little

cold won't do you any harm. 12

tea,

not different in meaning from skua 1 to brush.

^Ij skua',

should not have been able to

not, I

4.

over me, and

to cool myself,

doing.

a violent perspiration broke


I took off my long dress 6

and not moving about more than

hold myself up n to-day even as well as

me, the day before yesterday

it

[Junior.]

had

had been very cool up to breakfast time,


but soon after it became so hot that no one
out

if I

I felt as sick

can help. However, yesterday I had the luck


if
to throw up 10 all there was in my stomach

it

could stand

as

myself,

care of

couldn't say

my

and

You're not the only person


in the same condition.
I am out of sorts

besides this, the weather has been so variable,

man

in

in the clouds.
3.

and the stench was very bad; and

cool one

came on
and dizzy 7 n

head, a hoarseness

my

throat,

was seized with a violent pain in


8
my nose began to run, I had a cold
I

JBk "7" ling*

ku l ting 1 ,

all

of a sudden; the expression

ku, solitary, properly, fatherless, but also used of one

who

is

incapable of analysis: Ung, cold, here, a shock;

has lost both parents

ting,

a person, an individual

but

it

has other meanings.


shou*, thin.

3-

He

4-

}$3 t'ao

5-

J$J y'oo

to cleanse out a well or a ditch

it'

properly, the action of

had been rousted,


6-

latter is

||l

p'ao

my

fire

the drains.

t'ao Icou, to clean

upon meat; here read p'ao* ;

t'ou han,

The common people erroneously apply

by

p'ao-tzti,

9-

10.
1 '

hu', properly, to forget


f'ji

JL }$

driit,

vulgarly

th
:

t'u

i[Jj

heat: p'ao-tsao-ti, as

kua-tzit

in hot weather the

hence, not to attend to

to spit out: ch'iian

u, to

t't

4
;

shang feng, to catch or have a cold

hu-hu, wool-gathering.

throw up everything.

? cheng, to hold oneself up by an effort q.d., eha, planted in the ground, cMng, struggling. Observe
[having done what I did I am able to-day to hold myself up by an effort ;] had it not been thus,

then, even though I

12.

under the

officials

the construction
yeh

fire

yiin*, dizzy.

9l- v(>

?&

by

to other long robes.

1
pi ting', the mucous discharge from the nose: tin; properly,
to
suffer injury from, feng, the wind.
shang, short for shou shang,
**

(sao 4 , dried

throughout perspired.

properly, the long dress, open in front below, worn

dispensed with.

7- !ijb

whole person

made

the

effort, I

fang', to injure, to interfere with

could not succeed.

though you

Note

eiuio l-i.any,

j
cha?, not cha , as in Lesson VIII,

encounter cold, even so

it

Note

12.

will not hurt you.

PART

THE HUNDRED

V.

295

LESSONS.

LESSON XLVI.
1.

what does

Dear, dear!

[Senior.]

must be some truth

this

sir ?
It was only the other day that
we met, and here you are with your beard
!
grown grey, and your whole appearance that
of an old man ?
Now, don't be angry with

found

mean,

all
is

bling

our friends making it.'


Now, gamevil without bounds
a bottomless

an

any victim that

pit to

when

in the charge

falls

into

it.

If

he

do hear that

does not get foul of the law, he plays away


4
till he hasn't a cash left, and he is cleaned

and that you have a, number of


debts unpaid. This is no joke, if it's true

out of house and land before he gives over.


I won't
say that a hundred is a very large

you had

number, but I have seen or heard of more


than a hundred cases of the kind. You and

me

speaking out

for

you

but

play,

2.

best give

up

This

[Junior.]

gossip, not a

the habit.

shadow of truth

in

it.

Inquire

you'll see.

quire of
his

own

1-

3-

4-

then

is

fat

the
i*

why should

No man

jfjt

dew;

in-

lou*, to

become manifest,

into: if

say that,

36 ching kuang, clean and


q.d., in

it

all I

bright.

every case

that) [the player] will let

is it

(w 3 , to play, to gamble, to bet.

and what would our

for

all,

don't

gamble

have to say; you needn't

'
;

insist

that's

on

my

inquiring."

to allow to be seen.

i,

to deliberate in council, to debate.


fall

hsien also

into [gambling],

means

na 3

in

what

[place], is there a

bottom

'

to collapse, to fall in.

Observe the construction:


that the family estate

go his hold.

"

be that you

etc.

intimate

One word

it ?

ignorant of

lun, to discuss, to talk about a thing:

the attributive;

!8i

is

could not but think there

Jg hsien* chin, to fall


we may proceed hence to

= before
5-

else
I

doings.

31 Wi

hiu shih,

kuang

anyone

i
-

No, no;

[Senior.]

3.

are very

friendship be worth if I knew of such a thing


as this and did not try to dissuade you from

and then

you don't believe me,

carefully, if

merest

the

all

is

is

ti

representing the noun, of which eking

nung, worked

to,

a clean bright [condition];

296

ERH

TZIT

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XLVII.
1. You drink very hard, I
observe; you're
never away from the vine; you're too fond of

And when you


!

you may bring' very serious calamity upon

drink, you
you never think you have had
enough- till you can't stand on your legs.
it,

really.

so

drunk

This

is

better

making

it
ought to be wouldn't it be
were
to drink a little less than
you
;

respect

you do?
a

little

is

and a man should on no account give way


to indulgence in it.
Look in the glass, 11 if

with special reason or

without special reason, you have always the


cup to your lips ? You simply excite the

you don't believe me, and

and children, and you


by your elders, when they see
6
you in this state. The least penalty you will
will
be the rum of some business or other
pay
of importance
and you may do far worse,
5

and

ei ftng,

~T i*

y$-

finished

^P sE

US ^S
here equal to

78-

9-

10.

"
12.

so used

>

repair to

you do
is

is

an act of

concerned.

happens.

you

Part IV, Dialogue X, Note 12

hsi, see

ti,

jc

2
jji!

-AiA, a fault; here, the blame for

then,

when you

can't stand, consider

fu

hsi, to

you have

go to a great dinner.

it:

tS

pu-shih, to be found fault with.

ch'ing-eho : observe the antithesis of eh'ing and chung, and our corresponding idiom
or to the classical relative cho so often used to isolate the thesis.
or jo 3 , to
4

draw down,

also that cho is

to be beholden to.

^}

chieh

jijfc

(King*, reverence, reverential

3&

tu*,

f?

dting*, a mirror.

|j

tsao 1 , properly, the dregs left after distilling spirit; hence, a soft,

as evil things.

poison

ching chung, to respect.

tu yao, a poisonous drug.

hence, thoroughly saturated,


showing itself in the face.
;

here the verb to finish

is

as

3p? hsi shih, a joyful affair, a wedding.

4-

5-

the latter

it

your nose

not before.

SU /(64

3-

and day

suicide so far as your career

every time you meet with, every time

how

What makes it worse in you, too,


you are a man of a certain class, and

to drink night

12

face.

that

is

see

you'll

thoroughly the wine has stained

disgust of your wife

get blown up

a thing that

3.

it if,

is

to pass.

In a word, wine is a poison 10 as injurious to the mind as it is harmful to the body,

3
4
dining out, or at a wedding,
excess doesn't matter much but what

one

good can come of

one, that, I should say,

very rarely comes

If

2.

the other hand, as for any man


wine the means of acquiring any

particular accomplishment or developing any


faculty, so as to be able to do what is right
and proper in such wise as to make people

not as
if

On

yourself.

will get

:is

grain must be so to break

broken condition such as that of grain

tsao t'ou, thoroughly saturated, the spirit within

PART

THE HUNDRED

V.

297

LESSONS.

LESSON XL VIII.
1.

have had a great deal to do the

about two o'clock, when I woke rather chilly


what had made me so I can't say my
stomach 5 was puffed out and uncomfortable
I was burning 7 from head to foot as if I had
;

few days, and after sitting up for two


l
nights in succession, my whole frame was so
last

exhausted that

So

had no spring

left in

<;

me.

would be

been over a

in
night
thought
bed early, but it wasn't to be. There was a
rendezvous 3 of the whole family 2 at my house,
2.

last

and how was

had a pain

to take care of themselves

?
Well, though it
was a gruat effort, I did contrive to stay up
and keep them company but oh it was sore

work
I

for the eyes

my

it

till

moment they

did, I

lay down, all dressed as I was,


'

$C

tt&

and

sit

when

it

had

carried

me, good, bad, and


feel

little

inside

away everything
indifferent,

more at ease

15

than

began to
had been.
I

till

slept

burn the night, to

ytht to

or sitting up.

thought the best thing I could do


to abstain from eating altogether, 12
and to take a purgative. 13 This I did, and

The
guests departed.
clutched a pillow 4 and

my

down n

3.

was quite stupid; however, there was no

help for

all this, I

which was so severe

in the ears

would be

and

eyelids drooped,

9
and, to add to

it

lying

8
;

inflamed the whole jowl; I had no


10
appetite left, and I was equally uncomfortable
that

go to bed and leave them

I to

fire

up

all

night working by lamplight: ao means also to cook or prepare

by stewing or simmering.
~'

3
3
5u p'u -H p'u -'rh,

a 5s a

hui

the whole tribe

all,

met together: observe

ch'i, all

said of persons or things.

here, hui

ch'i-'rh, as if it

were hui ko

ch'i-'rh,

meeting made a

full

number.
4-

a pillow for the head.

u*

5-

4
,

6.

p'eng

7-

(lit.,

'''"?

fa

ifcfl

the bowels.
puffed out

used only of the stomach

shoo, burning hot:

8-

k'ao 3 , to roast.

9-

_L

to-

p'eng men, puffed out and uncomfortable.

fa jo, to be feverish.

Observe the construction also add to this [there was that which] hurt the inside
shang, to add to.
3
the pain was such that also the whole cheek
;
(chung ), swelled.
:

bottom) of the ear


Jo-

ffi.

yin

n. ^\ wo 4
12.

ff

3
,

to drink

not so used colloquially alone.

to recline, to lie

t'iny', to stop, to

down; not used

cause to stop

colloquially alone; also written

thought that the case was one for

[5||.

t'ing

chu

skill,

stopping eating.

'3- J1E /, not differing in sound or tone from the same character in Part III, 826; but here, to swallow a dose:
4
i chi la i/ao, a dose of purging medicine
Hj p/it a dose, a mixture we cannot, however, say 'that a bottle contains
,

so

many

may

chi,

doses; the expression for this

14-

f?3

net

'5-

Ja

[ft

4
,

inside, as

is

|)K

|^.

opposed to wai, outside.

sung k'uai, the opposite of p'eng men, the comfort derived from getting

rid of the latter;

sung

also be applied to the mind.

38

k'tiai

298

TZt?

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XLIX.
1.

He had

not

much

with,

care of himself.

He was

women, and now his constitution

is

2.
2

paying

attention,

His present illness has been a long


but yesterday, when we went to see

3.

evident

was

sure I can't thank you enough 6 for the


different things you are so good as to send

always something coming from


course, I attribute the interest you
is

and blood,

ch'i hsiieh, breath

acknowledgments."
in this strain, but

same time what an

to

him

to hold himself up.

4.

We

merely observed,

"

You

it

was

effort it

are

too

to say

am

sun 3 to injure: his

well again I shall

sensible a

putting yourselves to the trouble of coming


to call on me so often this hot weather, and I

you.

at the

am

man, sir, to make it needful for us


more to you than that you must take
good care of yourself and you will soon be
We'll come and see you again when
well.
we have time." When we had said this we
came home.

Of

fullest

He went on

"
drawing-room to speak to us: Really, gentle"
4
men," he said, you do me too much honour,

there

and when

make you the

him, he managed to bring himself into the

me;

our relationship. If you had


1 could not
reasonably

7
expect you to take such an interest in me.
I don't
say much, but I sha'n't forget your

the penalty. 1

affair,

to

no connexion with me,6

and

too fond of wine

me

take in

strength to begin
to take proper

and he never knew how

his constitution, k'uei sun,

is

deficient

and

injured, fails

him.
2.

JjE yen*, properly, to

3-

4-

^*

5-

1-

3fc

go to a distance, to go on for a long time

twig, I with fatigue stir you, I give

is P u k an tang,

kan ch'ing:

my

yen ch'an, as of a long cord wrapped round.

you the trouble of moving.

do not venture to bear, to be the recipient

lean, feeling in

my

heart,

of,

so

much kindness

your ch'ing, kindly disposition,

my

am

gratitude for

not worthy.
it, is

pu, chin,

inexhaustible.
6-

7-

4B "f hsiang

tien

4
,

kan, to be concerned with

if

to think kindly of: tien chi, to

you were p'ang, bystanding persons with no concern

remember one with kindness.

The character

tien

in me.
is

not in the

dictionaries.

k'o lou ch'u; the Vo has a certain disjunctive power, in answer to the sui jan in the preceding
such
words were in his mouth, his person, to say the truth, lou ch'u, allowed to escape, the appearance
although
Observe lai liao at the close, auxiliary of lou ch'u, the object intervening
of one who could not hold himself up.
8-

clause

Pf

{!}

between the verb and

its

auxiliary.

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
summer he did contrive to walk,
but he has grown much worse in the last few
days so much so, indeed, that he has taken to
Last

1.

his

ill

is

and racket; 2 and the old folks are in such


affliction that they have quite fallen away.

and

of

3.

saw

it

was

he grasped
and he said,
I,

very tight,
deserve my fate

my hand
"
Ah sir,

don't suppose

no doubt

fit]

ho*, properly, a folding

'J$i

hung

door

to close

of brothers

and then
and

my

all

in-

who

are

distressing

scene;

still

nearest relations

can't bear to tear myself

were streaming with

tears.

It

his eyes

was a most

had one been

and

iron

9
stone, one must have been quite upset

at

hearing him talk in this way.

that after

sinking so low I can possibly recover.

and

in years,

from anyone belonging to me."


4. Before he had done speaking,

own

in his

I first fell

But what moves me is the thought


father and mother, who are now well

are here too,

and when he

his eyes wide,

done myself no

I've

destiny.

children;

?"

He opened

my

my

on

same man. I went up to him very gently


and I said, "Are you any better than you
were

Since

lot.

been treated by every physician 6 there


here, and I have taken every description of

justice.

he was no longer the

so thin that

my

went to see him the other day, and


found him lying on the stove-bed gasping 3 for
breath,

it's

I've

It's

2.

know

medicine, and again and again, just as I was


beginning to improve, I have had a relapse."

bed altogether. His people have no idea


to do for him
they are all confusion
1

what

L.

course, I

299

Of

it

hence,

all

within

it

hence, of persons,

all

ho

chia-tzft,

the whole

family.
2.

3-

US

too

1
,

properly, the flickering or flaring of flames

3
(not too , Lesson

XI, Note

6,

nor too 4

hung-hung-ti, of restless, anxious, movement.

Part III, 182), especially of the breath when

it

is

short

to gasp.
4-

7C TT

most

ta liao,

likely

5-

6.

tai

7-

Hi

$tr

8-

31

Hfl wei-ch'ii, injustice,

taken

all

9-

fe# ti'vng,

i/S

4
,

ta,

on the whole

liao, I imagine.

See Lesson III,

8.

both words meaning from in time; ever since.

only so read in tai-fu, physician.

cA'ny

/o,

of sickness only

to

go down a second time, to

oppression: wei

means truly;

relapse.

eh'u, as before, to

the pains I have to get well, I should have been


unjust to myself.

1^

Note

ts'an 3 , to be

moved

in the heart

te

huang, as in Part III, 989.

bend; no injustice;

q.d.,

had

not

TZU KRH CHI.

300

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON

night

he

man

If a

1.

be because
I

not to be killed

is

it

his destiny to be saved. 1

it is

must

lost all consciousness,


4

his senses again

and

come

didn't

for a long time

visit the day before


and
he
is not
quite himself"
yesterday,
though
he
has
back
his
colour 7 and he has
yet,
got

2
;

picked up a

to

and though

I tried to
quiet his parents by begging them
not to be alarmed and assuring them that

confess, I

my own

mind,

must

treat

patient

He

4.
"

chuckled 9 as

no merit of mine

It's

you and the

was there a fresh physician


and from the time he began

in,

said to

after I

him the

leaning

"

Well,

at death's door, 8 1 can tell you."

thought the case desperate.

was called

"

are you all right again ? I congratulate


Your
most
you
sincerely on your escape.
attack was a pretty severe one
you wore

However, the sick man and his parents


had better luck than one gave them credit for.

to

He was

flesh.

"

him,

2.

The day

little

against his pillow, eating.

there was no danger, in

paid him a

3.

That

was with our friend he was very bad

LI.

am

out of
11

improved visibly

recovery,

rest of
it

now

take

my

spoke, and, said he,


heaven's love for

it's

friends

it's

as to danger, 10

a most providential

it."

from day to day.

'

J^fc

S chiu

hsing, a redeeming star, a spirit that will save one.

2-

JJC ch'en', to sink in

3-

ff'

4-

H!

hun

5-

iU wei

7-

3fiC

~JC

1
,

properly, dusk, twilight

4
,

sense of comfort in the

huan yuan,

affairs.

hence, to be mentally obscured, to faint away.

from apparent death or from a swoon

to revive

',

water; hence, in some phrases, weighty: ch'$n chung, heavy, of things; grave, of

mind

to cause it

su hsing, reviving, to wake up, to come to

to console

an

life

again.

wei, to comfort, to console.

to restore the original ch'i, breath, animation.

ch'i $e, the colour

due to his reanimation.

Observe the

k'o for k'o wei,

may be

said to.

Note

not chuari*.
8-

J8t

&

t'o

you put

p'i,

off

one layer of skin,

c.,

before you could get through your difficulty

you had

very

narrow escape.
to smile

9- Rff hsi',
10.

1 '

ff

tsai

^ $?

1
,

'

in conversation, always doubled as here.

any misfortune

inflicted

by Heaven.

a hao, as opposed to hao

affirmation, but indicates the attainment of


k'o

wan

liao, at last it is

a slight improvement.
Observe k'o, which does not here modify the
something that was almost despaired of. Cf. k'o te* liao, I've got it at last

i tien,

done, meaning I began to despair of finishing

it.

PART

THE HUNDRED

V.

LESSON
1
very well your recommending
to take physic, but I have an idea of

me

my own

on the

If

subject.

was

it

really

necessary that I should take physic, I am


not too stingy 2 to buy some; one isn't such
better than

a fool as to love

money

the reason

I object

why

the year before last

and very nearly

And

medicine
4

killed myself

heart beat to think of


2.

to

it

it

makes

my

of the

cent.

may be some good ones


not more than one per
but
them,
All the rest care for is to get in the

money

as

present day, there

among

Van

f!| chi', nearly

it

10

good,

shall

all

to do

me no

keep quiet and take care of

i',

"j^

cMn

here

1
;

aaiig

3
,

it

in

no way

from k'an 4

affects the sense of ho.

to see (see Part III, 91).


:

Observe the idiom

here, to cause to die

sang ming, to do mortal injury to one's own

life

not used

mourning, or matters pertaining to death.

to treat, as a medical

-ff

be distinguished from chi 3 (see Part III, 7) chi-chi-hu, nearly the hu being here merely
ours would require yu, not mei yii, before sang liao ming.

to

jl| sang*, properly, to die

of injury to another's

6-

an adverb of past time

to take care of; to be distinguished

adverbial termination.

5'

if

skill of

every variety of medicine,

ts'eng*, properly,

2.

4-

the

all

11
myself; I shall get well enough.

i.

3-

the doctor;

it does not, he says it was your destiny;


doesn t concern him the least in the world.

it's

In the present instance I know very


well what I'm about.
Instead of swallowing

dies?

itn

then

4.

hard as they can


what does it
them whether a patient lives or

signify to

it,

then he dashes off 7 a prescription, 8 pockets his


9
If the case turns out
fee, and away he goes.
well,

then as to the doctors

calls

your pulse," that is to say, he puts his


finger somewhere or other for a moment;

even now.
5

he

feels

that

is

He comes

case.

bustling into the house, and, as

took the wrong dose,

from undertaking the

flinch

But

life.

LII.
3. Call one in, if you don't believe me,
and try him. He may understand medicine
or he may not; but if he doesn't, he won't

It's all

1.

301

LESSONS.

man

i-sheng, a physician.

properly, to regard, to scrutinise

here, specially to feel the pulse

Jj|j

mo 4

properly,

any artery

here, specially the pulse.


2
4
?S hu -li -ma'-li'i

7-

$J ?S

DJI

^'

lH

~Jj

yao-fang, a prescription

$3

^ ma

9-

10.

ffi hsiao

yii ch'i, as

"

4
,

ch'ien, horse

'69

j$
is

bustling
;

the sentence

fang being used

money, the doctor's

first

proposition],

too hao; this reinforces the


better.

pu

is

incapable of analysis

in the sense of fang-fa,

hu-li-ma 3 -'rh-ti

way

is

as often used.

or means.

fee.

pu Men hsiao, to be sensible of no favourable result. Observe


pu ju, there is nothing so good as [the second proposition].

to succeed, to result favourably

compared with [the

withstanding,

ju: the second proposition, whatever the merits of the

first,

too,

the

not-

T/f ERH CHI.

302

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
What

1.

if

[X'-u/o/

.]

does

it

signify to

you

him

And

with

other people find fault

anything to say he should be gentle and


quiet about it but to fly into such a passion
;

why get more

as

too hot, 1 really.

is

then when I try to mollify you,

Oh you are

LIII.

and more angry


Wait till they're gone and then speak if you
2
like
why must you argue the whole case
this very minute ?
?

is

2.

Come, sir, I cannot stand


language from you. We are both

[Junior.]

same boat.

at all

you and me more or


it is

this,

your

it

when they

Well,

doesn't concern
discuss

it

them

1.

j^

All

faao

No, no

UJ pun*,

3-

kita*, properly, to

4-

fit

_t shao shang
it

(see

Lesson

properly, to tie

up

6-

%. 16

7.

nu*, rage, furious anger.

J1J1

eh' ung

9-

its

J$

hsiang-shili
10.

|j]

'

way

in

this

1
,

you'll

make

it

as

ai, generally, to

XXXIV,

moved:

chi-tsao, impetuous.

to argue a point, not necessarily with vehemence.

Note

impede:

9), q.d.,

ping-ping-ti, tied tight


;

i.e.,

kita-ngai, to affect,

the matter with

its

more or

less prejudicially.

extreme end touches us

it

more

to drive out.

is

as, for instance,

a drum head.

sitting here.

also written \fy, of water bursting

your only concern

way

unpleasant for them to stay as to go and


then the next thing will be that you'll be
cut by all your acquaintance.

feel

sa * * so > occupying the seats

nien 3
ti,

10

carries us along.

S3S pfaig

object in

storming

this

mind fen pien,

hook on to;

5-

8.

had gone

and

did nothing of
if a man has

to distinguish in the

2.

or less regards us

you would have felt if they


but if you keep on raving and

properly written with this, the I57th, radical; of the heart, easily

"

sitting

meant was that

are

mortification

dissatisfied.

[Senior.]

the sort.

you

but instead of

you take the same side as they do


and I certainly do

3.

who

away, and the reason that they did not go


was that they didn't want to cause you the

brings

under review,

less

place to stop

him

don't understand,

somewhat

these people

You

maintain, do you, that

All

9
everybody out of doors.
They were so scandalised that they were ah thinking of
going

yourself have a certain


interest in this question; you don't mean to

in the

it ?

here are come on your account; and what


must you do but boil up 7 8 in such style
that one might suppose you wanted to turn

this sort of

be actually bursting with rage,"


not
the way to settle the matter,
surely

you

did, to

embankments

or,

to carry

away with

Observe the construction: [instead of being calm,]

too,

one seeming, to want to drive away [everyone, no matter] whom.

1
3
Dj| slian jmig clamour as within a mountain: Jcuai chiao, devilishly crying out.
,

rush, as water an

rage boiling over.

on the contrary, you are

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
1.
[Senior.] Well, now, from what I have
seen of you in this affair, I should say that,
however Avell you may talk, 1 you haven't the

Remember what

comes

in his

way

so long as he

right; but
crosses
him
ever so
who,
it's

with,

ence, unaided,

he's

all

to

is

a terrible

course, so far

little,

that

sets to work,

you

10
11
might and main, tomakehisown side win, and
he neverstayshishand till he has carried the day.

wi 7E

'

chin shih

observe that chiu

liao 3 , originally, a torch;


or
scorch.
singe
-

JtK

it

was the

to follow

right course

it,

aye,

to

5-

IB

IJE c hih' shih, to give direction to

6.

fj
$T

niu*, also read

7-

in

your
^-

ning

to twist, as

to urge

of thinking. 18

chili

which precedes

it.

be angry with, to show anger by speech or looks

4- f/jt PJ ni k'o, that you must


provoke him, that you should think it right to provoke him.
however, here assign k'o .something of the power of the disjunctives ch'io, too, etc.

and

had you been of another way

2
3
hence, to illumine: liao iiang, of intellectual brightness; liao also

3- Dj|
&'$', also written with other radicals
to provoke by anger or censure.

I'm

from offering opposition, which

connected with shih, and not with the

is

would have been unjustifiable on my part,


I should have felt it
my duty to remind 17 you

anyone that

not interfered

he

won't carry you very far


;

anyone, no matter

if

16

some years ahead of you anyway and if


the course you preferred had been the right

Everyone says

the proverb says, "Take a

Oh you don't half know him,

He never shows mercy 9

why

your hand when you walk, and you


won't tumble down u take counsel in action,
and you'll make no false moves." 15 Well, you
had best lean on me now your own experi-

6
5
away as if you were possessed; and now here
7
you are again having got the worst of it.

fellow.

but then,

let

staff in

the villain. 8

a sleeping tiger lie? 12 What is the fun 13


of going out of your way to look for trouble ?

go and provoke him ? I advised you not to


do it, but instead of listening to me, you tore

[Junior.]

Exactly so

[-Senior.]

3.

that, to look at you, one would suppose


had.
If he chose to leave you alone, 3 so
you
much the better for you why 4 should you

2.

LIV.
not

sense

303

means

to

htiin ch'cn,

The Chinese,

and make to act; here, impelled by, shen-kuei, demons.

a cord, a wire,

etc.

ting', a nail: p'eng liao ting-tzu, to run foul of a nail, to kick against the pricks, to

come back with a

flea

ear.

i& 9E kai

to [his viciousness]

>'**

he

is

Construe thus: that one deserving death,


a notoriously terrible man.

tell

me

[if

you can] what

is

he?

There

is

no end

9JT '<" /'-'">' '*> to leave a portion, sc., of consideration for; fin being ch'ing fen, the apportionment of
the feelings, of which more would be shown to one man and less to another.
10
3s tieh'-eho, reiterating, redoubling; ching-'rh, muscle, muscular effort.
-

"
if

>u li

chan-c.hu, to stand fast; here, to effect a position, that is, if chan be written with the liyth Radical
it, it means to usurp ; but so written it is not found with chu.

written without
12.

Ilit

'3-

sH

hiing

to rouse to

motion by a cry not hung'3 to deceive.


from seeing or heaving.
;

ch'tf-'rh, pleasure

H- $% c.hiao', by itself, vulgarly, to struggle hard together like wrestlers, both with hand and foot: if
j^ tieh to slip or fall.
kuai-kun-'rh, a staff such as old men lean on, you will not tieh chiao, get a fall

you have

'

5-

;fe

3s

shih' chao', to err in your move


a figure taken from chess or draughts
down in the other: cliao-'rh, a plan or move.
;

chao

is

to

move

one, or to put one


1

6.

% knang

'7- JCE

Ja

JH

t'i

1
,

often vulgarly used, as here, for only, alone:

po

l
,

ch'i yu,

to bring to the recollection, to

how

remind

is it

only your chien-shih, experience.

of.

should there be too, on the contrary, ch'ing-li, justice, in stopping you.

a piece in the

304

T/f

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON
1

to

[Elder Brother,

younger.]

you behave yourself in society


set

you down

because

sit

you

will

People won't

as having nothing in
still,

you

a decent,

as

34

orderly

you never say a word no


accuse you of not having the use of
If

person should.

one

Why can't

And what

pleasure can there

your tongue.
be in going on as you do whenever you find

6
yourself in society irritating this person or
the other person by talking as if you wanted
5
You don't
to raise a laugh
against him.

LV.

the long run, to

what he

in with

of these days

you

who is not to
come to grief,

be trifled with, and

run by
2.

ther.]

will fall

someone

when you

understand the risk you

you'll

says, for

no one not connected with

7
you would take the same interest in you
and though you are so tall for your years,

you are

still

a serious

young

effort

you
break

to

really

must make

yourself of

this

habit.
3.

perceive how ill it looks, but it makes all the


rest of the company uncomfortable, and one

warm words, and, in


no good. You should mind

Quizzing leads to

sir.

[Continuing,

You

to the elder Brother.]

have been young, you know, and in


one
is all for
youth
play. I should recommend
loss
of
without
time, to get him some
you,

and

man

of good repute as a tutor,

and

let

him

He'll add by degrees to his


stock of information, and as soon as he knows

read with him.

more

of the

world, he'll

mend

of

himself.

this sort of conduct.

Don't distress yourself with the notion that

[Friend, addressing the younger BroWhat your brother says is very true,

he'll

S wen

-chung, of gravity, decorum, opposed to

'

U$| tiao', to carve

3-

38

4- J||

s!t< >

$j

/>

'

(fh'ing-t'iao), levity,

want of manners.

wood.

model the human

to

go to the bad.

figure out of clay.

thing to throw aside:

who would

say you were a thing to throw aside, a worthless

article,

ran ed of wood, or fashioned of mud?


5-

<o<

hsiao, to provoke a laugh

ton, to fight, to set

by the

ears

it is

maintained by some that

the proper character to be used in this phrase.


6.

7-

8.

:JS i-liao', to

^0

beckon

also, to

annoy or

excite.

kiian ch'ieh*, affectionately interested in: kuan, to connect; ch'ieh, to cut deep into, to chop up.

j$f r/iiVn

1
,

gradual, beginning from the spring or source.

Jg

is

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
1

sure

What odd

[Friend.]

He stammers

one that

so

behaviour

when he

to be

with any-

is

make out

impossible either to

it's

what he wants when he speaks to you, or to


get an intelligible answer out of him; and
he's in such a state of trepidation 3 all the
time that he never knows when he ought
to come forward or when to go back.
He

305

LVI.
remark about that; or

be staring

he'll

at

you with his eyes fixed and his mouth open,


and all of a sudden he'll blurt out some pieceof incoherent nonsense,

and make people

He came

their sides with laughing.

to

split

pay

me

a visit the day before yesterday, and when


he got up to go away, instead of walking
straight

on,

he turned himself half round

always seems asleep a perfect apology for a


How can anyone be such a
man, really.
booby as he is at his time of life. You and

and moved backwards. I called out to him,


"
"
but before
Take care of the door-sill,' sir
the words were out of my mouth he had

caught his foot against it, and over he


tumbled on his back. I ran to help him up 7
in such a hurry that I was very near 8 getting

his other friends ought to take

little
2.

him

to task

it might do him good,


perhaps.
Ah you haven't been long
[Host.]
!

enough acquainted with him

He

thoroughly.
besides those

You may

has

many

to

know him

an absurd trick

you have been enumerating.

be sitting with him talking, and

just as you have got upon one subject, some


other comes into his head, and he'll make a

'

Wi f
&a

timg-tso, behaviour,

G chidi

fall

myself.

have spoken to

As to taking him to task, 1


him often enough before now,

but I found he was the kind of good-fornothing that advice won't improve so I don't
;

see the

any

use of wasting

my

breath

on him

longer.

whether as regards speech or action.

pa, to stammer; as

Note

says one Chinese, hsia-pa, the chin, were chieh, tied to something.

if,

rhieh*.

3-

J5C

icei'

to fear:

or end, colloquially,

wei-shou-wei-wei-ti, fearing the head, fearing the tail; extremely nervous:

chih chiao, to point out a man's errors for his edification, to pull

$"

3-

Bji Jjj yen chu-'rh, the pupil of the eye.

6-

7-

^-

^jjt

k'an 3 a door-sill
,

$C 3L fu ^"j
*

Jit

5H

^>

mi 3

the tail

J& JG (& P a )-

4-

jffc

when read

chien 4 ,

properly, to support

or f '"' '" ( > nearly.

it

chi,

up.

has other meanings.

by holding under the arm

Note

him

fu chu may be used with

persons or things.

an adverb meaning nearly.

39

TZU ERH CHI.

:306

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
Did you

1.

he was

all

observe,

the time about

how

sir,

keep out of debt without applying to any man


for help, 4 and therefore I have nothing to feel

ill-natured

old clothes

my

LVII.

don't want to boast of my superiority,"2


but really, for his years, he knows nothing.

shame

As

All they are good for

2. I

any

for this question of dress, neither

them understands

of

clothes

are

New

all.

out

intended to be worn on extra-

What

ordinary occasions.

my home

at

it

I've

he nor

does

it

matter

on every day, be a little


If a man is an
ignoramus he has something
to be ashamed of; but what can it
signify
how he dresses ? Take myself 8 I am not a
dressy

2.

Bfj

<'D 2

jj

fc'tia',

to praise another, to

And what

swathed

^?

5-

55

ch'ih

6-

3
the corner of the eye
BJ| J^ yen chiao

to

be ashamed of

7-

9-

the feet.

$
$$
;

huen', fresh, just killed, as meat;


ch'ou

kno

3
,

silk

to

JU

tuan

wrap about,

4
,

and

to

swagger
respect-

makes a man

there wonderful in being


satin

from head

to foot

Your thoroughly low

fellows,

who have

make up

to

them simply

5)

ts'ao chin,

for gentlemen,

them accordingly; but


as so

worn

many

and

regard

clothes-horses.

out.

in the spoken,

and used much

as thin

is

chi jv

is

to.

also written

8-

in silk

is

man, may mistake them

XXXVII, Note

and appealing

jjfc

and

made them

that

if

boast of oneself.

4-

kao, praying

to dress themselves

is

clothes,

3- ^P chi', a word as common in the written language as rhiu


more elegant than fhiupifang, well, for instance.

c/i'iw

new

fine

not eyes to distinguish a lout from a gentle-

a great deal

the same as ts'ao (see Lesson

less

useful.

4.

better off than people that are.


3. How so ?
Why, because I contrive to

i-

in

as they are

am

admit, but I

something

our young friends there,


than contempt for them. 8

for

able; they learn nothing that

if

put
the worse for wear?

As

jauntily about, as

suit here, the clothes that I

man

about. 6

Jjjt.

not even in the corner of

hsien->,

seldom,

my

eye do

hold them.

rare.

satin.

as a cord or bandage

swathed

in silks

and

satins too

ti,

down

to the bottom,

.,

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
1.

[Senior.]

You have no

LVIII.

to be

right

had anything

[Junior.]

there

it

of

my

intentions

me

Admit

unjustly.

don't understand him,

reverential, respectful.

hsing-tzti, a

slow-natured fellow, no great quickness either for good or for

'P ife kuo pu ch'il, not to be able to pass said of places through which there
unable to pass by, unable to put up with, the objectionable matter in question.

.1?!

yu'

that you have been

T worn

14

of the line you are going

up and he'll checkmate you then and


Now, with the risk I run in the case
he was speaking of, do you think, sir, it would
have done for me to put him in full possession "
follow

censuring

You

sure

He'll lead

kung

4-

make

to

7
you on till he has wormed
your views out of you, and then he'll stand off
and watch his opportunity. The moment he
sees an opening, 8 no matter how small, he'll

'

3-

is

to take.

instead of taking his part, should be using


him so ill is really more than I can put

feelings,

have no sense,4

way

do any great harm. Supposing it was anyone else that was humbugging him, it would
be our place to remonstrate; and that you,

sort of being that seems to

without some experience of it.


He's full of
His
shifts, and he'll circumvent anybody.

to

2.

you

He's just that

''

but I
for, I shouldn't pull you up
can see that he's a very simple fellow.
A
shows
one
he
is
slow
that
too
single glance

with.

if

to say to him.

while in reality he's extremely mischievous.


You couldn't form an idea of his viciousness

up

He'd get round you soon enough

sir.

taking him in in this way. When people ask


you for an opinion in the most respectful
1
manner, if you know the thing, good if you
don't know it, you should say you don't; but
it makes
you look as if you wanted to do
them a mischief when you set them wrong by
If the man
telling them what isn't the case.
were some scoundrel that one ought to have

no love

307

stupid, inwardly; jy;

"j

is

evil.

no way

ch'un 3 loutish, outwardly; both are used separately: yii ch'un


,

here, of the

may be

used of

either stupidity within or loutishness without.


5-

$&

78-

9-

lij
!/II

*J

c/tii

hsien n eo, treacherous and evil


4
,

properly, to lay hold of: p'ing-chil, proof.

kou', to hook

?t

p'o chan

Mi 35

does not wish spilt

kou yin, to lead on.

4
,

a rent and opening seam, a hole in one's coat.

3ff tou'-p'i'-kui-chiang', to
also, to

take in the rear

takes his adversary in the rear.

i-

The king

$$L ch'e*, properly written

the bottom.

vicious, malevolent.

See Lesson

LXI, Note

checkmate

p'i-Jcu, the

ton, to carry, as

buttocks

a napkin having something in it that one


q.d., a general who

chiang, in the sense of a general

in Chinese chess is called chiang.

with the 8jth Radical, to


9.

clear,

as water of its sediment; ch'e

ti-tzti,,

cleared to

308

ERH

TZtJ

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON
1.

so

What

for

him

full

nothing
3
;

2.

what

for the last

of woe, 1 looking as

and had nobody

is

it,

all

about

I can't tell you.

out of doors

His appearance disquieted me


night or day.
a good deal, and I was just going to ask him

has befallen our friend So-and-

There he has been

with a face

LIX.

if

to

few days
he cared
care

a question when, as luck would have it, a


relation of his came in, and I said no more.

for

5.

He used

to be

wasn't snowing or raining, he was


sure to be off in some direction or other.
If

day.

it

They never could get him

to sit in the

with his hands before him.

3.

4.

worn

'

house

so.

Still,

man

that has

all,

so yester-

Yes ? and didn't you find him changed?

ch'oii jwtig,

him

is not to be
frightened by the lesser ills of life
and seeing that What's-his-name has always
come very well out of any serious difficulty he
may have had on his hands in times past,

He's grown very thin, and he seems


in fact, he looks as if he got no rest,

IS 3r

disturbing

it's

lived through hard trials, as the proverb says,

For some tune

however, he hasn't shown at


day I paid him a visit.
past,

is

from

should infer that

always
never at home, except on a wet

Dear me

what you say I


the difficulty he finds
himself in about that business, you know, that

sorrowful appearance,

man

mien,

don't see

why he should

importance to a
so

all

much

attach so

trifle like this

distress of

it's

much

not worth

mind, surely.

over his face: jung, the same character as yimg

(see

Part III, 963), but with a different meaning.


2.

3-

I/ft liao*,

j)j^

lai*,

properly, to lean against, to depend upon.

much

the same as liao, and more in use: imt-liao-wu-lai-ti, in a

listless,

apathetic manner:

means to repudiate, as a just debt, or to deny a true accusation.

$5

Bff

jan-$rh, read ja*~'rh, nevertheless : jan, thus, this being so, erh, yet, notwithstanding.

5- ll[

^H

f hih

4-

t,

is it

indeed worth that

jE

1
(yu ch'mi), sadness and dissatisfaction.

lai also

1'AIIT

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
1. You can have seen
nothing of life to
be in such a state of nervousness as this. 1 If

LX.
be in this state of chronic alarm, and taking
all

you have anything to say to him, why keep


it on
your mind when by going to him and
telling him plainly what you think you could

these precautions
3.

Follow rny advice, and keep your mind


rest of them.
If he doesn't

intend to

course, he must act like a reasonable being;


why should he not ? What you have to do
is, first, to state how all this came about, and

of terror

or

other

that

which

he'll

fi

ti,

3-

that

is,

4is

!$C

*oei*-erh,

"uS

ti*,

low

nD

inei

lit.,

I'll

but

engage

I believe

that you

tung ching, not to move, to give no sign of concern; lai

is

known

pu

of han-tztt, a Chinese

kao

ti,

$!H i'a

4
,

(see

up

the height of anything, but here, the keeping


is

and who

to be kao

to the present time.

Part

III, 906)

ti; to

try a

up

or falling

down

^i?

to warrant

the

a wrestler] he

So says a Pekingese, but

to judge from another dialect,

Mi

has

q.d., as at this time.

properly, to reach to oneself from a distance

{S kuan pao,

if [like

fall.

to spy out

t'an-tzU, a

spy

for information.

7-

to put forth timidity; to be nervous.

read vx-rh, the odour, that by which the true quality

urh chin,

simply the sense of ju


6-

do

a man.

about to see with you who


5-

will

it

have observed that so

and get some information

he has forgotten it, and


have no trouble at all.

not so strong a word asp'a: fa ch'ieh,


is still:

for

scathe,
I

will bring

try

1ft fl^ twnq ching; lit., to stir what


whether anything is happening or not.

moment

has long passed out of his recollection.


If
you think otherwise, set to work quietly and

murder you or

lai

in the matter,

no one has hinted that he does intend


hostility, and my own idea is that the thing
far

ch'ieh*, timidity;

in at this

nothing of the kind.

Besides, when everyone else interested


2
3
perfectly at his ease, is it manly in you to

'

you are

you through without

2.

is

you have your way

then to go over the whole ground step by


Do you
step, arguing each point separately.
will
in
he
take
life
some
that
your
suppose

way

let

4
going to try a fall with you, he'll give
you no law and don't suppose that the state

if he's

ilevour you,

easy like the

bring the thing to a conclusion ? He is only


a man like yourself he's not a beast and, of
;

309

first

character adds nothing to the force of the second.

Van

t'ing, to

look out

310

EKH

T/l

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON
1.

You two used

[Senior.]

be such

to

to the wedding, I did write

old

what's the reason


2.

knowledge

I don't profess to

[Junior.]
I

for

in

it

one other way, and that

is

regard.

that he

[Senior] Didn't

3.

him

trust

put him out

for saying

you were
what I

indeed,

and he gave up coming to see me. Not


that that would have mattered so much, but
what I don't understand is, why he should
it

either for

I tell you you couldn't


word or for deed ? and

you wouldn't even go into such a question;

but

it;

as well

may

did,

4.

far

verb says,

You may

but you can't

satisfied

True enough

[Junioi:]
"

from

be more careful in future.

was

and

feeling that

5.

i-

it

on, or in

it

JB pu

ho, to treat

TP tang

5-

injure me, this

what

is

JJK

y, sc.,

9-

10

All one can do

evil.

as,

to

hsin-i, intention?

make
j

of:

we indeed were

in

not worth remembering.

treating

me

as

hua

friend,

Cf. also

fan pu shang, not worth

tsao, to tread

_t

lien

shang must be construed as a noun, the subject of hsia pu


it would show to a friend.

under foot

t'a,

hou, in after time, hereafter

it vE wang

TO

lai,

Icai*.

the whole collectively, of

men

or

t'a,

to

down

to be unable to lower, to let pas>

chieh chiao, to knit intercourse, to

ch't*, thoroughly, to the bottom.

tsao

to fall

fG.-

not the face, but the regard

~~"

man

indiscri-

the habit of going on [with one

pa?-'rh, a handle of discourse;

J#| tsao' t'a, to injure, to spoil

hsi 2 fvf-rh, properly, a son's wife, but


vulgarly, anyone's wife.

j^ iH

to

on, or in, a half sentence of talk.

tW

is

won't do to call every

It

that

That's the right thing, un-

[Senior.]

Note pa 4 not pi 3 ; the character should properly be written

in ruins, to subside.
6-

10

was because of [what was]

fan, here, not to regard or concern


the trouble, or inconsistent with dignity.
/}>

all

minately.

xf JtJ J Sin hao-hao-tuan-tuan, well and rightly:


another well and rightly].

4-

know

mount, as a kdder; to ascend, as a height.

^j- teng', to

_h shang,

of good or

you meet your very good

3-

it

doubtedly.

would be

marrying my
a shame 7 not to ask an old friend like that
son,

in

face,

his heart's like."

never meeting any of my


dangerous
6
without
acquaintances
introducing my name
and disparaging me. A short time ago I was

as the pro-

knoAV a man's

what

tell

couldn't see into his so as to

me

with

did.

never be saying anything but evil of me


behind my back making me out so bad and
so

dog to acmake no more

acquaintances, really everyone I have met


has treated me with just the same want of

took offence at something I said myself; it


was only a few words,3 and nothing that, con2
sidering the terms we had been on, need have
so that he couldn't forget

it.

invitation,

as a

understand

suppose some of our people here must


have offended him. If not, I can only account

him.

him an

and he didn't send so much

and now lie never crosses your threshJ

t'riuuds,

LXI.

make

acquaintance.

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
1.

He began

who was findshould like to know?

[Senior.]

You

said.

man

are the last

drunk again.
go on just as

should think
2

You

and now to-day he comes in, after


been
having
drinking somewhere or other,
and the moment he sees me he calls out,
"

Hallo

how

is it I

only

now

you here

find

for

if I

him

a whole month, he attacked

had been neglecting


5

certainly felt

him

me

I
duty.
I
didn't
However,

Sift
-

3-

him

he had

"I

said,

said slipped out

13
;

but

it

wasn't so at

all

he was flushed

with anger when he spoke to me.


Now,
who is going to be afraid of him ? I am sure

wouldn't join issue with


him on the subject, sir. Why should you be
'

If

was only in joke; what


;

[Junior.]

him more cock-a-hoop. 11

12
unintentionally I apologise for the rudeness
of my remark," one might have forgiven

my own

it

2.

are not obliged to take notice of him,

?"

very angry.
necessary to argue the point with
to-day we'll see about it to-morrow.

think

if

Yes but I can tell you, sir,


3. [Senior.]
that forbearance to a bully like this, who is
as insolent as he is cowardly, 10 merely makes

In other words, instead of being grateful to


4
for working double tides, and doing his

as

to

is

are you?

me

duty

All you have got to do

you had heard nothing and


seen nothing, and there will be an end of it.

of trying to deceive, and I tell you that since


New Year's day he has never once been to
the office

That's the very thing that he


8
is;
talking at people is just the one thing
he loves, as you must know. I expect IK; was
?

by what he

LXII.
contentious

it;

ing fault with him, I


It was he who forced me to speak

311

I'm not. 14

man*, to blind, to deceive.

&

H&

jjj;

~f

tsou liao:

time

ts'ung, from, a certain

on what ch'ai

the combination has no greater force than either of

shih, official duty, has

You

he gone?

its

parts separately.

could not, however, say tsou liao

fh'ai shih for having been on duty.

?o 3 k'ung, withdraw [the person in order to enjoy] leisure. Construe: if it were as he says, I, [though I]
4without allowing myself leisure, for a whole month have been bearing his office for him [instead of having done well],
on the reverse, am in the wrong, am I! Note the tone of t'o.
5
|
rholer rises.
6-

SE

Hng
p'ei

oneself on the

the back of the neck: po-Mng-tzti, the back of the neck, which, say the Chinese, stiffens as one's

the mate

same

level as

sufficiently exalted position.


7-

JH yf

9-

H m

5ji

lift

/Jf

-f

to

pu

gj| ching*, to strive, to

8.

Io

pan, of the same sort ; i p'ei, a match with i pan i p'ei, to put
fan pn shang (see Lesson LXI, Note 4), not good enough, not of
See "fit company," Lesson LXIII, i.

of,
;

the converse of

wrangle

shtia Isui

ch-ih tang,

match with

p'ei,

not used colloquially alone, or otherwise than as here, in cheng ching.

p'i-tzfl, ;

lit, to

fence with the lips, to

only to represent, to bear oneself just as

bandy words with,

in

fun or in earnest.

if.

hen ch'ien, in the presence of: when you stand before this sort of tung-hsi,

who

insults the soft MIT!

fears the hard, etc.


1

'Si fll chang chia, to increase in price or value of; said of things, or, as here, of self-esteem.

'

I2

?k ma shih: by my abruptness,

lR Hang

4
,

or inconsiderateness, I erred

originally, faith, confidence; hence, to

combination being an

elliptical

form of

fj{f

fft lj

assume as

yuan

ch'ing

fact:

Hang

common form

in

yuan Hang

shih, bethinking

of apology.
it signifies

forgiveness, thi*

you of the matter;

sc.,

my

fault, forgive that matter.


J

4-

/?

}$t

pu

ch'&ng, a

common form

of ending a sentence interrogatively, especially

when nan

too has preceded

it.

TZU

312

a rage,

sir

drunken

I'll

villain

'5-

'6-

JH ma

tB

7-

Don't

properly j/i

linger in his face

names. 1

4
,

unfrequented by man, out of the

Si

eh'u rh'u

vent rage

ch'i, to

You

false-hearted villain, you!

showing these

company

airs

to

me! am

not

fit

quiet.

what do you mean by it ? If you had


"I had no business to say what I did,"
one might have forgiven you 7 but no, not a
;

said,

if I were to
go back on the past, the
next thing you would accuse me of 3 would
be of trying to show you up. 4

of Hjj

-f

What

3.

it is

that

you consider

entitles

conduct yourself 10 with such impertinyou


ence to me I cannot understand. We're too
fairly

matched, remember, for either to be

you want to try a fall.


11
hang fire, I'm no true man.

afraid of the other.

not so very long ago that you used to catch


liao, here, attributive

it

to

know as much about you in your


you know about me in mine; it is

^| ~f huai

"

nothing will make you give in


are
determined
not to admit you were in
you
the wrong, and enrage one more than ever.
bit of

because

'

'1

LXIII.

me

2
If I were disposed
your sleeve at me ?
to talk, we have been long enough in daily
contact to enable me to do so; but I don't,

my

sorts of

in

as

shake

all

it

you must always be laughing

right or wrong,

2.

I'll

him

from everybody, 5 and now, forsooth, you


miserable wretch you affect superiority over

to be

you, I should like to know?


take yourself for, pray, that,

for

What do you

home

and

call

here, for another.

LESSON
1.

way and

and

to revile, to curse; ehih-cho, pointing with the finger at his face.

'tj

15
corner, out of the way,

let

/"

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

him put you in


17
in
a
The
get
rage for you.
I'll take him to some
quiet

[Junior.]

4.

CHI.

KIIII

I'm ready.

(ch'anf-tzit),

lit.,

If I

If

the bowels (figuratively, for the inner man)

ruined, or cornipted, heart.


-

4
lit <''"' cfe'iao , to criticise covertly

the first character used alone; the second not without the first. The
be used of criticism either to a man's face or behind his back, the critic not speaking plainly, but
employing ch'iao hua, cunning talk, clever innuendoes the ch'iao of eh'iao hua, or ch'iao p'i hua is not as above, but f^f.

li

combination

may

3-

% mien

4-

$g

chieh 1 , to open, to disclose

8e

jou*, to rub between the

5-

3
,

to avoid

wei mien, inevitably, yu, in the next place, you would say.

same meaning, used only with the


be subject
6eJi'i

and
7-

8J

8-

56 fB

9-

10-

"

bullying, then

tso tsu, to

J5L

first

used by

show up the shortcomings

jou-ts'o, to bully.

how many days

of.

4
(<s'o ), a verb of the
things of persons, as here, with
Observe the construction [since] you have ceased shou, to

itself of

is it?

play the part of a self-sufficient man.

Observe the place occupied by the auxiliary verbs

lai.

specially,

if

to, people's

chieh tuan, to

hands

s/itt

to pardon.

niv ; lit, determined to twist something held in the hand you were in the wrong, yet you p'ien,
were ready to die rather than not twist determined to have your way.
i k'ou, holding one language unchanged ; yao 3 ting, biting fast, not yielding.
ssfi,

-^

j|l|

''"' '""f/. vising


4

'''f/

>

and moving; conduct, behaviour.

properly, stairs, steps, of stone: ta

ko teng-'rh (pronounced

the person were mounting steps, not walking on a smooth level.

tfrrrh) is

used of a halting advance, as

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

313

LESSON LXIV.
He's no good, that fellow; how came
you to take a fancy to him? He may be a
man in form, but he's a beast by nature.

So-and-so something

1.

Keep

clear of him, whatever

2.

you

Mind what I'm saying

a mischief-making

scoundrel

come and

He's

a dark and

trifle

but he's in great luck


without being abused.
friend,

about a man, and

been a bad

blab, blab, he'll publish all over the place in a

way

'

2.

f} -p

3-

>C"

haug-txH;

BS hsin

or he'll go

lit.,

lit.,

I5fc

Mao

5-

~%>

J||

1
PU Wan not

6-

'f*

ISf

ch'ucm 2 , to propagate reports

{j

<e

7-

8.

2
,

shuo, to chatter, to babble

it,

and mother must have


have been the parents of a

his father
lot

fellow so odious

tell

tso

by which

intensified

to tolerate, intolerable.

$? .A ts'ung-chmig

virtue

spoken of

to

and contemptible.

one of a class; a fellow; but used always in a bad sense.

"@

he's

an account in confusion; a strong term of abuse implying certain mischievousness.

4-

and

yen, the eyes of the heart or mind,


1

if

6
;

Ok nk 'Mm chang;

Ah

4.

that's intolerable

may

in

dangerous man.
According to him there's
a
storm
always
brewing somewhere. He'll get
hold of some small

he'll

set you both by the ears,


between you as mediator. 6
3. If you think I'm not telling you the
not only has he no
truth, observe this fact

do.

you, and

you something about So-and-so,

in order that he

and then step

to you.
z

tell

about

hao jen,

is

it.

emitted

|j

&

the heart should be red.

See Part IV, Dialogue VIII, 79.

he chang yang, pronmlges

mediator

when read chuan 4 a


,

intelligence

by hun, preceding

Construe
to act as

its

(shuo ho)

it

to a degree, that I

is

equally admissible.

pu

story.

hsing, virtuous conduct.

40

i'an.

314

ERH

Tztr

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON LXV.
I.

was coming home from the

[Senior]

just now, when, at some distance from


I
heard the noise 1 of a large party on
me,
office

horseback.
to me,

and

Such a

you know.

such a team, quite a case of

and the costly

cloak,"

"

the sleek steed

come

fine

i.

you must remember well


to go on when he

originally, a clatter of

Ijt!

if

with

fur,

3-

2)5

house at least two or three times

if

he didn't ask 6

for another.

45-

day

he becomes a new man, with means


and his antecedents 10 all pass out
11
Really, without presumption,

more commonly

called p'i-wao 3

Construe: there

the words fei

ma

somewhat shorn of

its

ch'ing ch'iu,
proportions,

pi shih, at the time

to call, etc.

yu

JJJ:

'jjlj.

to

8-

^C 'f 3s

ii.

fg

ch'iu

their talents; he

J3. ton

yn hun, a wandering

to put in the

OBI tsa

Ia

4
,

mouth,

hsin*, to try

up one

straw, even that, a straw, was esteemed a rarity.

and get something

for nothing.

to taste with the tongue.

pu chaojen, he no
is

spirit.

shih-cho, if he picked

hsiln', to want, to look for

7-

mean with

roam

hsi'-han?, rare

fp ^p

6.

9-

for one thing he


should like to know

lai-cho is auxiliary, observe, of yao, to be about to, not of hsiu ju, to insult:

3s

doing

a meal;

for

trying everyone

sleek steed and light fur cloak (the light fur being expensive), are a classical passage,
signifying a wealthy condition.

was going

to eat,

wheels; roar of thunder or of cannon, any loud clamour.


there were a large body of men, etc.

ch'iu*, a certain long dress lined

after

about as restless as a

think we can afford to be quite indifferent


about the bearing of such a beggar on
horseback.

how he used

|$ hung',

my

of his head.

I've not."

was a noise that came to be, was such, as

Day

to

of his own, 8

sir,

he had

what there was belonging to me that he


didn't taste; he made my chopsticks shine
7
Well, one
again, he ate with them so often.

enough,

to

would

him to stop,
ashamed of himself; 3 but on second thoughts
"
Pooh what's the use ?
I said to myself,
it isn't his recognition of me that would make
me respectable who has got leisure to go
into such a question with him ? I am sure
!

his breakfast

to secure a dinner.

but

a day, and

At first I was going to call out to


and I would have made him well

Dear me

had

2.

wretchedly poor; so poor that

very lucky if he managed to pick up any


trifle of the commonest
He'd
description.

saw me, but he took no notice of me whatever screwed his head back and looked up
to the sky.

neighbourhood three years

when he had nothing

without;

He

and person.

well filled out both in face

work

spirit;

and the man himself

in our

day he'd be roaming

and

toilet

ago.

He was

set to

saw

old neighbour,

down

as soon as he

looked hard as they came up


it was What's-his-name, our

I
I

lived

longer requests people,

sc.,

to assist

him;

here, with

money;

it

might

become independent.

properly, sunrise

yi tan, one day.

5t thing k'uang, circumstances: k'uang amongst other meanings has, classically, that of to bestow;
hence, the condition of things bestowed by Heaven.
t'ai', to

carry; properly, as two

extolling another or oneself.

men

carry anything on a pole between

them:

t'ai chil,

only figurative of

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

315

LESSON LXVI.
i

Well, of

[Senior.]

all

bad memories in

2.

[Junior.]

You're blaming me unjustly,


It's of no use entering into

the world, I do think yours is the worst.


What did I tell you 1 the day before yesterday?
on no account to let any mortal know any-

sir, I

thing about this business


whicli you have let it out. 3

innocence as plain as words could make it;


but God sees my heart, and time will show

particulars, for

All the arrange-

ments you and I have been privately concerting have been made public, and at this

moment they

are the talk of the town.

whether

shame
anger and
;

If

then shame will turn to

first,

in

if

their

under existing circumstances 5


believe

me

if

have been talking or

meantime

whether

am

made my

In the

not.

should say that, instead of feeling unkindly towards me before you know

they get to the ears of these people, they'll


feel

wouldn't

you

notwithstanding

assure you.

to

blame or

not,

you had best

pretend to be entirely ignorant of the publicity


affair, and keep your eye on the movements of the other party. If they are not

disgust at our pro-

of this

ceedings they commence operations against


4
There's a
us, a nice mess we shall be in.
good scheme brought to nothing, and all

going to quarrel, they are not; if they are,


you'll have time enough to reorganise your

your doing.

plans

chu 3

'

command,
-

to enjoin on another (one's equal or inferior):

and be prepared

for

them.

chu-fu, not so imperative as fen-fu, which

is

to

as a superior.

T$l ill hsuM-lou*, both characters

mean

to leak,

and

serve, singly, in their literal sense

the combination

is

only used figuratively.


3-

H fi

h*iu-nao, not used except with the rest of the phrase

hsiu will become nao, and both be turned into

nu, rage.
4-

Wi 1& t un 9

f ^'*

wi tn

lai as

an auxiliary, to set going,

e.g.,

mischief; here, the hand and foot, to act against

aggressively.
5-

!^S

$S

tsung* jam, admitting that: although I were fenpien, to argue, [until there was] a teeth-clean-mouth-

plain's [state of things].

pai, plain and clear

Observe that the word ya, teeth,

were I to argue

tao-li,

till

my

is

used for talk, as ch'ih in Lesson

LXIX, Note

4.

Ch'ing

talk fully explained this case.

here in the sense of theory, system

again

make

a theory, devise some other order of proceeding.

TZ& ERH CHI.

316

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON LXVII.
i.

You

[Senior.]

are

too

him no law

you give

faults,
tell

him

act

of

J
;

When you know

blunt.

at all

correct

to

friendship

but you
a man's

It

one's

is

2.

for

friends'

it.

It

isn't

surely,

right,

up,
It's

Now, in what you said


So-and-so, you meant well, I am sure, but
put him out very much. He stared with
"

astonishment

1-

Ho,

thought he,

cha?, dregs, lees; here, impurity,

3$L

&

^ 0C

4-

/J

ch'in

J5

sii

|8i

y'ti

wfr

near and

know

have

full faith in

as well as

the

anyone that

has always been a fault in

my

lips

Something
burn to speak,4 and out

comes.

it

an old saying that words addressed to a


5
is not
worthy of them are words

thrown away.
and if 7 from

I'll

reform in earnest 6 at once

this time forth,

sir,

I'll

leave

give you

10

to spit

8 9

my

in

commit

myself by speaking when I ought to be

kuei, properly, a

silent,

face.

compass

kuo, transgression.

far.

ti, without one's allowing it, involuntarily


independently of one's pleasure in the matter.

pu yu

faff

does speak to him,

my

very salutary counsel


no doubt the right medicine
is

unsoundness; properly, cha*.

kuei kuo, to correct the fault of another

restraining, not allowing

6-

ho,"

3-

5-

"

he may mean

man who

3
degrees of intimacy.

it

about

like this to-day turns

character.

advice to everyone that comes under the


denomination of friend, without reference to

to

am

This

complaint.

this bluntness

tender

to

my

it's

prescription.

gives

[Junior.]

of yours, sir

an

but one should study the person to


see whether advice will do good, before one

faults,

mischief."

will

you

what you think.

plainly

must mind what

are an excellent fellow,

know, with the best heart possible

yen, to a person to speak:

pu

k'o, if it

abbreviated from

chin

pu

be not right to [such a person] to speak,

pu yu

erh,

and

ti,

yet,

not

one

etc.

t& fung*

kai, thoroughly reform

ch'ien fei,

my

former errors

t'ung, sore, suffering

morally used as an

intensive of feelings.
Is

7-

fiS H5i

8.

0^

9-

?^ ""A

10.

fjfj

ung shih, although; in no way differing from tsung jan

(see

Lesson

LXVI, Note

5).

ts'ui*, to spit.

properly,

ling'*,

scum

t'u,

to spit

t'u-mo, spittle

also read t'u-mi.

properly, the neck; hence, to lead; from inclination of the head (probably), to receive: ling show,

to receive, specially, if not solely,

an injury.

PART

V.

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

LESSON
1.

There

is

no better fellow than

LXVIII.

yourself,
l

but it's too simple of you to keep on praising


that friend of yours in the way you do. A
scoundrel like that
what is there so won!

him? why, you ought never

derful about

to

mention his name.


2.

man

He's the kind of

that will agree

to do anything so long as he has a favour to


ask of you, but the moment his business is
settled he turns on his heel and forgets there
is

such a person as you in the world.


3. He was hard up last year, and he came

No one asked him

beg me to help him.


he had anything to put down, but of his
own accord he told me that he had got a
to
if

nice book,

"

to look at, if

'

M?

eh'eng
sense,

3T wu 2

Radical to the
3.

you

^jj

tsari*,

to praise

which

send you

considerable time without

waited a

any news of

it,

day we met, and then I asked him,


"What about that book you promised me?"
until one

but instead of giving me any good reason


for not sending it, on my putting the question
to

him

first

in this way, face to face, he turned


red and then pale, and put me off 2 with

all sorts
5.

of excuses.

As

for his book, a

very curious.

he gave

me

it

book

It didn't signify

deception of one

nothing so
much whether
is

but his gratuitous


simply disgusting in the

or not;
is

extreme.

is

tsan, properly

meaning

to aid, to support, should be distinguished

from another

simply this character written without the i4Qth Radical

l
first person: chih wu , more properly written with the 75th
both characters, to make a defence, in speech or action, where none ought to be made.

hsi'-hani, rare

the sense of widely scattered

Note

I'll

more did he say about the book.

a classical form of the pronoun of the

left of

2p

"

This was the promise he made me,


but when the loan was raised, not a word
4.

like."

same

111

tsan of the

which," says he,

317

10), thick, glutinous.

the phrase
it is also

identical with that in Lesson

LXV, Note

hsi also

meaning

rare, in

2
applied to thin or wutery paste, in opposition to ch'ou (see Lesson

XXX,

is

5, this

318

ERH

T/f

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON LXIX.
1.

What motive you can have

[Junior.]

for so positively refusing


I

have brought you,

Do you

out.
I

came
2.

habit

treat

so late, or

As

to the

of

to

sir, I

me

honours; and as to my present, sir, and though


no doubt your other friends and relations have

keep the present

really cannot

3
brought things in such quantities that

make

way because

in this

on some other ground ?


first, I have been in the

visiting

here

and

constantly,

What really made me late was this,


know in time that it was a
if I had known it, I should, of

that I did not

birthday
course,

have been here long

mean

don't

3. I

my

presence

would have made any material


difference, still, had I been in time I might
have been of use in helping you to do the
or absence

iu 4

'
|

decline; kujan,
2

tliis

originally, fortified;

for

your parents.

to

eat

my

IflF

if

they were just

whereas a positive refusal

them places me
dilemma it becomes

ceive

to sit here as to

to re-

in a very disagreeable

as unpleasant for

me

'

go away.

hence, adequately fortified; hence, secure, impregnable:

fl.

hai shao mo, are they indeed few?

J&

4-

$} gl kua

5-

Us? ch'ang*, to taste

6.

il? Jj

chiieh

but

ku

tz'H,

positively to

follows as a necessary consequence, of course.

it

3-

Jj

presents,

them 8 it would show a kindly feeling


towards me, and this would make me quite
to taste

shang ch'ieh, a strong affirmative: su ch'ang, all along,


on
your parents' birthday notwithstanding not to have come,
being so]
-

don't presume to press your parents

4. I

contented

ago.

to say that

is,

of course, impossible to get through them all,


and the trifles I have brought are not worth
4
mention, still they were brought to show that
I have a certain sense of affectionate regard

couldn't have done so unfriendly an act as


to omit calling on your father's or mother's
birthday.

it

ch'Mi, to

hang on the teeth

by

'*

sc.,

in

very deed have constantly come; [and

etc.

[No.]

speak

of.

eating or drinking.

another form of Jfe

7- $1 3
"J* |S too
make me a difficult course.

to

liao

(see

Part IV, Dialogue III, 123).

nan: [whichever

might do,

my

intention either

way

being good,] you

nevertholt'.s.-

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

319

LESSON LXX.
1.

Have you heard what they


That gourmand of ours is utterly

say, sir

and

ruined,3

6 6

there

in the greatest distress

is all

in pieces. 7

come

would

no good,
the gallows-bird!
Last year he underwent
of
every species
suffering, and if he had had
2.

I said he'd

[Senior.]

to

"

man

If the

in this

it

tastes.

Wi

Sit p'o pai, to be ruined

for

4.

he

sir,

him

die outright, will

it ?

appears to me, would be


trifle, and make a sub-

it

him.

That
aid

is, you would give


don't think that's a

you why. He is
so constituted, as you must know, that the
I'll

good suggestion.

of persons, without funds


;

Yes,

[Senior.]

ch'an tsui, to gluttonise, to be always eating

and torn

tattered

hua-tzti, a

~?

4- ^fc

Ian 3 Hi 3

fS lU

3-

an epicure

ch'an*, to be

right thing,

him pecuniary

11

12

fa

I predicted

16

had he to be fancying this


wine or that dish, and to gad about 13 precisely
business

mess

you may be quite


what you say still, now that he is
wretched condition, it won't do 15 to

scription

true, and, accordingly,

behoved our friend to revise his

What

The

in the

for us each to give a

have no breeches

will

is,

look on and see

chooses to be the rich

poor
man's mate, the mate 10
to wear." This is quite
says,

shall

[Junior.]

right in

9
any strength of mind, he would have turned
over a new leaf. We know what the proverb

tell

t'a ch'an*,

he

fond of good eating.

is

not otherwise used.

the two characters are not used apart from each other.

beggar ; explained by some to be short for hao* hua ch'ien

chih-tzii,

a fellow

who

has been

fond of spending money.


5-

chan\ properly,

|D5

shiver from cold


e.g., t'a

hsia

to fight in battle; here,

to? chan-'rh, to

ti

commenced

ch'an' ch'i lai liao, he


3
J^- (<m , to shake, as

6.

7-

ifefc

and

tremble with

from cold or fear: to Ung 3 chan-'rh, to


The character gfj (ch'an*) is also used in the same sense ;

often, to tremble as

fear.

to shiver.

you would any material

to get the dust

oft' it

throw over one's person, to carry over one

p'ei', also p'i', to

here read tow 1

carrying over his person a p'o pel, ragged

coverlid.

ff!iii fh'en yilan*, to come in for the wishes,

die; the
9-

Io

ii.
it is

two epithets are entirely separate: yuan


chih-ch'i, resolution

Ju

?K

fH

&5 pan-ti, an associate

[11 i

swallowed

tffc
;

i hui kuo

its wei, flavour,

had there only been

we-'rh, to profit

then hui kuo

lai,

3-

S$

'4-

_t

J7C

the bad wishes, of someone

sc.,

simply another form of

kai-ssil-ti,

the deserving to

TO!.

to his share a fraction of resolution.

used verbally in the foregoing clause.

1 2
'& i& hsin ch'ang, heart and bowels
heart to do this or that.

is

by experience: the Chinese

olive is said not to

be tasted until after

comes back.

mind

here, for the

yu wan, roaming about and amusing

man

in sorrow

may be

said to have

no hsin ch'ang,

himself.

shang tuny, the beginning of winter; shang

ch'iu, the

beginning of autumn; but nhang

is

not so used

with spring or summer.


15.
1 6.

"pj"

Jg

k'o

tang

the k'o would not be used here

ts'uan*, to pile

up

together: ts'uan ts'ou, to

be.

3.

a grand seigneur

"Wait till the winter, 11


see how he gets on."
And

the time,

now there he

mere beggar, and shivering away

under a quilt that

man and

he was a rich

and then we

in

all

if

I said at

like a

rags,

as

[Junior.]

if

the position that he ought to die were affirmative.

make up

a heap or

amount by

contribution.

320

ERH

TZfr

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

No; I should say that if we were


him a suit of clothes,17 that would be

there
got hold of the money
would
fraction
would be an end to it not a

moment he

he keep in hand

he'd spend the whole of

<|S i t'ao, of

17.

common

good

clothes,

to

of

buy
some

use.

it.

would mean no more than a

p'ao-tzti,

and a

here, a

fcwa-fzfi;

whole

suit of

garments.

LESSON LXXI.
1.

How

[Senior.]

is

it

have been so

We'll have a quiet pot-luck


chat together.
and
then
dinner,
you can go I'll not order

and where have


long without a sight of you
1
all this time?
to
off
been
Why can't
you
;

you come to

house when you have a

my

time to spare

little

anything additional.
4.

have been coming to pay


some time past, but I became

2.

[Junior.]

had a moment

that latterly I have never

to

I should not
myself from morning to night.
2
I
hadn't
if
even
have got away
adopted
to-day

had business of importance,

which was an untruth, and they have just

me

go
3.

moment;

right

let

in consequence.

was just

come

at the

feeling very low.

You'll be able to give me a little of your


company, I hope, so as to let us have a day's
i-

to

2.

on a

it

jf$j

Don't talk as

[Senior.]

3.

jfc ~J*

4-

HJ

chai-t'o, to

fang

take oneself

liao, let

me

combination
off,

to

When

such a stranger, pray.


commence between us

if

you were

did the coolness

more days
from you, I
should have got something ready and sent you
a formal invitation; but this very ordinary
?

had elapsed without a

meal

is
it.

If a few
visit

not worth talking about, so don't


Besides, I have eaten everything

that you had to give me at your house, and


"
if
you are going to act so disloyal!)- by me,
it

to

be a plain proof that you want


there
go
any more.

will

me

not

na 3

'rh,

where are you

properly, chai' (see Part III, 298), to take

off,

as one's cap, fruit

chai*, so read only in this

tree, etc.

5.

1
to run; when read pen* it may stand alone, colloquially, for to go:
forms part of various combinations.

yf phi

as pen

makes me

it

gratuitously* whenever I come here;


that's the reason I'm afraid to come often.

refuse

Well, you have

[Senior.]

But, really,

down

you a visit for


mixed up in an affair that didn't concern
me in the least, and I got so entangled in it

a ruse; I said

[Junior.]

uncomfortable to be turning the house upside

withdraw

pen.

off

oneself.

go, released me.

sao', originally, to stir, to set in

fidget a person, to put him to trouble

motion

sao jen, a

man

here read tsao 1 : tsao 1 joo 3 to


q.d., one who vents his sao, sorrows,

to fidget actively or passively

of troubles

elegantly, a poet

in verse.
5-

$P Ja wai

too,

reasoning on the basis of one's being an outsider:

why

should you thus regard yourself as

an outsider?
6-

H W,

diih-ch't'iMj.

rendered ceremoniously.

truthful, reliable:

pu

shih-ch'&ng

is

the falsehood of politeness;

it

might here almost be

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

321

LESSON LXXII.
I

Oh

[Jwnior.]

2.

was

we were

made us

Well, what

[Senior.]

this

starting

just

house when, to our horror, a

so late

for

fellow,

your

who

all

about nothing,

he went without stopping all


too; first one trifle and then another; there
was no end to it. If I had had nothing else

more or

him

spin

begin to

but

should have

feared that

that

off the rest of

it till

you would

to-morrow.

meat, quite plain,"


no occasion for

is

are not going to treat

strangers,

surely

Nay, what

there

little

is

desire to

of showing

is

let

your

rice,

gentlemen.

We don't require pressing


[Senior]
with such a display before us, 13 u I can assure
6.

to stop him by
we were busy to-day and

We

you.

we

If

him we should have been

hadn't been for

there

my
only by way
there's nothing much worth
be hospitable
12
with,
offering you; but do eat something

was obliged

so I

pray don't gisv

11

we were

[Junior]

5.

here

uncomfortable at our non-ap-

feel

him

must put
it

out

it

pearance,
telling

a yarn

less of

if

sir;

slice of

You

these dishes. 10

us as

shouldn't have objected to

to,

do very well

will

to attend

No, no,

[Senior.]

4.

any such orders.

is

the greatest bore in the world, 1 presented


himself and set to work talking 2 3 din, din, on
;

Be
gentlemen must

outside there

is

the
quick and set the table
be hungry; and look sharp with whatever
you have got to bring in.

would have been in bed.

who

minutes more and

Here

of time.

here you are at last, sir


have been waiting for you a long time a few
1.

sha'n't

and

are not waiting to be asked,

down our

lay

chopsticks

till

we

can eat no more.

seated here ever so long ago. 7


Oh don't imagine that you
3. [Junior.]
are late; you have arrived in the very nick

7.

more

In that case

[Junior.]
to say

that's

treating

I've

me

nothing

as

if

you

15
really loved me.

1
5E RJ s.-# jou, dead flesh, a fellow without animation unexpectedly there happened to present himself
certain ssil-jou, who provokes people's disgust.
1
1
2
2
tz'tl , properly, to prick with a
jjjlj
point here read la ; fa , to cut with a knife.
:

34-

$C

hsiu*, to rest, to cease

^ hsd\

gossamer, the

la la

down

pu

hsiu, the

of the willow

worry of incessant talking.


;

the quality of cotton,

which may be drawn out

etc.,

to an

indefinite length.
5-

much

ty]

tao', colloquially, to talk

talk, a long

yarn

S): jg; ting chi, to

7-

dt )w
>K

1
properly read t'ao to receive, to be the subject
,

4
p'ien , to slice; paijou, meat boiled without salt or seasoning.
l
io.
ihu 1 , properly, wild vegetables: ts'ai su, food, dishes, in general,
or
jg|
,
intended.

9-

as kindness, mercy: hsii t'ao',

Jjjlj

is

of,

be made impatient by waiting.


tsofan. seated a long time: fan not here indicating fatigue either in oneself or one's host.
~f" fan 9 cho-tzfi, set the table in the middle of the room, or on the k'ang ; not lay the table.

6.

tao tao, to find fault with.

"

when

a compliment to the cvirine

<S

r4
k'o, representing strangers: do you taking us act towards us as strangers? or, merging pa in
Ha ^3r
wo-inin, as the object of the verb tai, do you treat us as strangers ?
I2 JB
chiu-cho ; lit., moving on to, proceeding to: adding something to the plain rice which they arc

already eating.
'3-

14
dishes

'5-

!?

shung

4
,

a state of prosperity or affluence.

|5j she', properly, to place in order, to array;

there

is

$5 5t

no occasion kuo jang, to exceed


yfi

wo

thing she, to put out in great abundance; used only, as here, of


and drink there is an over-display of dishes, etc.

in invitations to eat

hsiung-ti, me, your younger brother.

41

322

TZU ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
1.

ask

may

Where

[Junior.]

2.

are

you from,

LXXIII.

sir,

have been to

[Senior.]

a rela-

visit

sir

mine who lives down yonder. Won't


2
you step in and sit down on your way, sir ?

10.

[Senior.]

Here

11.

[Junior.]

Not

I can't

smoke

bring a

light.

me, thank you,


have a sore mouth. 5
for

tion of

3.

neighbourhood,
4.

Do you

[Junior.]
sir

reside

in

Oh!

[Junior.]

moved

Go

you,

if

you

on,

[Junior.]

Drink

we
had

bring whatever

pray;

I'll

yourself to so

please.

What, in my own house?


[Senior]
ever heard of such a thing ?
Now,

please take the upper


7.

where

I
8.

seat.

[Junior]
am.

Thank

[Senior]

But

are sitting,

what place

6.

ready;

Do

you, I

if

am

am

you

sit

I to

take

very well

235

lai-cho,

3'

elliptical for

way most convenient

_L 4

the

shang

(so, sit in

room makes the

where you
?

But

shun-cho ni-ti pien

so

I'll

too,

little

of anything

Not

[Junior]

just now,

you please.
thank you,

to-day

really

have not the time,

your halt being an incident shun, in accordance with

the upper seat; generally to the

of the host, though in

left

when one

seated

ch'uany', generally, a large boil or ulcer: a k'ou ch'uang


(ho'

some

cases the arrange-

right seat, as farthest from the door, or from the outer wall, the place of honour.

$&

T^f

and eat a

say good-bye.

5-

6-

is

it's

to you.

k'ao t'ou, something to lean against

j|

got

only whatever is
being prepared for you.

nothing

with you

jfj|

still

Jrl

called

do not put

4-

commonly

have

coming: having been to what place are you coming?

TO fS shun pien,

pien too, the

ment of

sir
I

but we are old acquaintances, you know


and now that I have found out where you
live, I'll come another time and spend the day
sir

I have got a seat, thank


[Junior]
and a seat with a back to it. 4

'

try

trouble.

else.

[Senior.]

17.

9.

you

then, pray.

first.

No, indeed,

much

go somewhere

to

ready

[Junior.]

15.

follow

is

6.

who

first,

After you, sir.


Boy, go
is in the kitchen, and

14. [Senior.]

indeed, sir; then

sir,

13.

bring some

then,

and see what there

are not so very far from each other.


If I
been aware that you lived here, I should have
called before.

Well,

this

into this house not long ago.


5.

[Senior.]

tea.

[Senior] Yes, in this house

12.

to.

t chiang chin,

),

is

not necessarily the back of a chair.

may

be any pimple in the mouth; a boil

which also means a knot.

make an

effort

sc.,

although the food

is

not good, to eat it

is

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

323

LESSON LXXIV.
1.

terday
2.

friend

You were out very

[Senior.]
;

whose house were you at


I

went

he

lives

[Junior.]
of ours;

close

visit to

to the west

an immense way from this


and then he made me stay and eat a bit of
wall of the city,

dinner with him

so that, altogether,

it

was

had something of imwanted to talk to you about,


I

[Senior.]

portance that
I sent several times to ask you to look
but
in,
your servants said you had left home
I

and

in the cart, without saying

going

great deal

yuan

"

to.

IE!

K,

Well," I said,
he'll

f^J

"

circle,

and

he'll

be certain

come here afterwards;" but no such


waited

till

thing.

the sun was well down, but you

never came, and, thought I to myself,


just as well not have waited at all.

might

I had started
came to look for
me, and when I got home, and my servants
told me you had been sending for me two
or three times, I would have come to you at
4.

[Junior.]

was

out, sir

long before your messenger

rather late before I got home.


3.

one in our small


to

pay a

to

late yes-

where you were


he doesn't visit a

once, but

you,

it

and,

was very

besides,

late

to be disturbing

was afraid the

gates would be shut; so


and here I am.

waited

till

street

to-day,

only have gone to see some-

ch'ua n '-'rh nei, within the

circle,

sc.,

of our friends:

circle,

mathematically speaking,

is

called

-ch'iian-'rh.

>J> -j" fP9 hsiao-tzit-men, here, the servants, not the sons of the house.

3-

tiH til chat-Ian*,

upright poles which form


outlaw's stockade.

a wooden barrier or gateway at the eud of a street, closed at night: cka is properly the
lan-tzii is becoming the term for an
Ian, the transverse beams that connect the poles

this

Cf. also

$% <f

a railing, a balustrade; ban' being a pole or mast.

324

EHH

TZtJ

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON LXXV.
Wasn't

1.

you

left

town

your cemetery that

to visit

it

the day before yesterday

6.

cemetery

no room

It was.

2.

How

3.

us,

day?

Our cemetery

4.

so far off that

is

for

and we

city,

any more graves


8

laid

We

indeed.

not,

very near the

the geomancers

that you only got back to-

is it

will

They

had a

but as there was

in

it,

we engaged

some ground
out ours where it now

to look at

for
is,

because they said it was a good spot for one.


It is a long way off, to be sure still, the long

you

go and return

can't

in a

day

besides, I

and the short of

we must manage
to get to our cemetery somehow or other
like rich people, if we have money, or like
poor people, if we have none; and supposing

I started
stayed there a couple of nights.
the day before yesterday, the moment the city
;

my meat and

our circumstances were so narrow as to put


a cart beyond our means, we could always

drink offerings yester-

day, passed the second night there,


menced my journey home with the

and com-

dawn

reach the cemetery and pour our cup of wine


to the dead if we would but walk there.
As

this

but though I didn't venture to halt,


8
except for a mouthful of lunch, I only got
back here just as the gates were being closed

morning

that

is

3
gates were open, and I travelled all day but
I
it was night before I reached the place.

offered

it

to

what a man's descendants

will

do by him,

own dispothat depends entirely upon


sitions; if they are good-for-nothing fellows,
their

for the night.

whose regard

for their ancestors

so slight

is

5. Ay, they
may say what they like
about the preferableness of cemeteries that
lie a good way off, but if one's posterity have

that they can't pay the usual visits to their


tombs because they lie some distance off, it
by no means follows that they would burn a

not wherewithal, they won't find it so easy to


pay their visits there at the proper seasons.

9
piece of paper money to
grave-yard ever so near.

^ -f

i.

rhnang-tzil, a small village; as

that the person addressed

is

we

him were

say, the country: observe lai-cho, as in Lesson

the family

LXXIII,

I,

showing

returning.

" EH 5C ' n !7 t'itn, in one day. Note that we cannot say tang t'ien under any circumstances, hut taiifi' jih
and tang' jih are both employed, though in different ways, e.g., ^' H Jt j jfH -^ JS
%. H. and -t 11
It"
H El /J 2J5; t'Uifi' jih meaning "on the day that," tang* jih meaning "within the day" or "on one and the same
1

<<f.

lay."
3-

4-

also the following

IK
fit

M PI
kung*

1
(see

ti

n9

-f'

_t SI

ffl,

Part III, 1020)

^$

%* H

ch'cng me^-'rh, as though I

had

ting,

run

my

head, against the gate before

here in the sense of laying out a sacrifice

read hung

1
,

it

it

was opened.

means the evidence

or admission of a criminal or a witness.


5-

In chien, to

ff

eat

any short meal when

travelling.

See chien, Part III, 808

its

employment here cannot

be explained.
6.

7-

8
,

9-

jjj?

ying

t||

mai 1

JH

?fC

a grave-yard.
to

bury anything

tsang, to bury the dead.

feng-shui, wind and water

a term for the condition of a locality geomantically considered

a geomancer.
jfi

i$

fhih ch'ien, the paper money, shaped like ingots, which

is

burned to the dead.

k'an-fe.ng-

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

325

LESSON LXXVI.
Which

1.

dead
ago,

and

of their family

is

that

it

Oh, dear! that's a long way off; I


should say at least forty li, if not fifty. The

is

9.

was passing their house three days


observed that they were all in

next time you

call,

you can

It was my day at the office, so


mourning.
I hadn't time to make any inquiries; but I
have just heard that a younger brother, or

me how

cousin of

am off duty. And


let me know 7 when

brother

their

is

father,

dead;

is

his

own

his uncle;

It is

3.

Have you paid your

dolence

con-

of

visit

7.

7^

Pu

4-

not to be, to be dead

to

come

Jft

36

sang', to die, death

kaipan,

to one's turn of

6-

below,

it

pin', to carry a coffin to the grave

may

"

fS

31;

W)

so

if I

do go

will say that

after him. 8

it

means not

at

home.

filial

piety, or, in a

more

roster.

See pan, Part III, 414.

is

money

more common

ch'rt,

pin

is

(see

above, Lesson

for t'an, see

Lesson

damage to (see Leeson LII,


LXXV, Note 9) tiao sang, to

LX, Note

6.

the funeral aa the act of the family

xung pin

may be

the

be the attendance of friends at the funeral.

jtt fjii too nao, condolence in case of

fan nao,

7-

running

duty according to the

one's contribution of paper

?H

to

to be distinguished from sang 4 , to do mortal, or irreparable,

to

4)
tiao, lit.,
hang up, sc.,
mourn with the bereaved in Peking, fan sang
5-

power

affection.

fS

same, or

am

not so used in the South, where

apprehend that people

I don't

ch'uan hsiao, to be in mourning; to be wearing clothes in token of hsiao,

-5f-

tsai,

extended sense, family

Note

their cemetery

is

Close by ours.

my

the whole length in 'testifying my sympathy


with him on the occasion of so serious a loss,

hear about the end of the moon.

3-

the world should be friends

Whereabouts

be

to

is

'

6.

for if it is not in

Do you know when he

8.

do,

nephew and myself, but whenever we do


meet we are very cordial and, besides, all

whole day.
buried

you

they are going to bury

coffin to the cemetery, I shall


with
it outside the
Thero
certainly go
city.
has never been much intercourse between the

they were reading the service


of the dead yesterday, and I was there the

5.

pray, whatever

accompany the

Yes

4.

and

him a visit in company with


him in person as soon as

brother.

2.

our friend for

tell

to hear of his loss, 6

to condole with

you

sorry

that I shall pay

his

it

am

in the

same

hirfa-rh, as

death

my

tao, to tell, sc.,

sympathy with your nao,

trouble, sorrow.

See

sense.

we

say, a

word of intimation

whether in writing or verbally.

movement, going about


which has another meaning.

tsou lung, of any ordinary

t-xercised in the use of tsou tung,

tsou

pu

tung, unable to move.

Caution must be

TZ& ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON LXXVII.
makes your head ache 5 with his exhaustive
3
chatter about all manner of dirty trifles that

was at home when he came, and


All of a sudden something woke
down.
lying
me; I listened and heard a strange voice in
1.

the drawing-room.
I, talking so loud

Who
Oh

bore What's-his-name.

and

can this
!

at the first glance I

have been talked of

be,

thought

of course,

it's

that

went into the room,


saw it was he, sure

and he

everything, good, bad, or indifferent,


has to be put out of his sight. You mustn't
to

It

really

too

is

3.

'

3-

jj| fang

5c
*t

fc"

4-

|5

No

whatever

it

advantage

strikes

jjj

will

be to their

stiffly.

properly, any kind of grain

ku-tzU, used generally of rice with the

sau 1 , rotten

rice,

to rot like rice: things, that were as stale rice and


sent.

Observe that

all

husk on ;

ch'en, that

is

stale,

and,

wu*, to hate

is

attributive of the latter.

whose head

same character read

to be distinguished from the

damaged sesame, that people have

between pa and shih-ch'ing

Hii ?ff t'ing te: [a person] listening arrives at the condition of a person

6.

them

Ian rMh-ma, damaged sesame.

chiang chin, discussed, until they were


5-

up

up,

but beasts within,9 in whom all principle is


annihilated, are to have the monopoly of

bad that a man should

of persons or things, to stick

it

he

huang-hun, twilight, of the evening only.

"H*

here, spoiling

do,

your house and sit there talking the


whole day, whether he has got anything to
say or not. And it is not only that this fellow

set eyes

one has ever been able to say a


good word for him since he was born; and
is it to be
pretended that such men, who are

staid such a

to

him

on anything; if you
asks no questions, but he just snaps
and away he goes with it.

he went away.
2.

call,

let

tune; two dinners might have been served


while he was there; it was getting dark'2 before

come

but

he has got another detestable trick of laying


when he is coming
hands on everything

of that; his tongue never stopped from the


in

stale,

1
enough. And there he sat as stiff as a post,
and talked and talked, first of this and then

moment he came

they are

till

is

quite aching,

etc.

o or ngo (see Part III, 1053)

k'o-wu,

odious, detestable.

his,

no

mo

properly, of taking things out of the water

7-

w>

"

tft 5ff g hito t'ou,

If!

'

a point, or

trait, of

generally, of picking

which one can speak favourably

has never had that merit.


9- j$t

tsa sui, properly, miscellaneous

fragments

the

offal

up

things.

he, che i pei-tzU, this whole lifetime of

of sheep, pigs,

etc.

PART

V.

THE HUNDRED

327

LESSONS.

LESSON LXXVIII.
What

other took a liking

the meaning of this? Don't


1
you perceive what a bore you must be, always
asking for anything out of the common way
1.

that you
It's

is

to see in people's possession

happen

positively

liking for

to a

man
2.

on having everything that belongs

therefore, to lose

don't give
it

and what right have you,

your temper

with those that

3-

ffl

^$*

fy pen fen,

JT iw shuai

5-

having.

fT

no capacity,

but that

is

it

not your

wonder you are not

talked about as a

man

afraid of being

that can't see a thing

belonging to another without begging for

it/'

hsufan, the annoyance occasioned by trouble repeatedly given.

s&

to,,

one's proper duty.

to fling things about: shih hsing-tztt, giving vent to temper; shiiai tajin, to

a person by throwing things about


hardened.
being
4-

affair

of

going

what they want?

Suppose that
was something of yours that someone or

'

you are;

and when you have wherewithal to feed


and clothe yourself, what can make you so
eager to lay hands on every small thing
case

sin;

you were a man

would be another

be angry be-

cause you can't get it presents are a matter


of favour if people won't make presents, they

commit no

without loss of time.


4. If

this, to

ill-tempered fellow

but no one else would have given way. Now,


ponder my words well, and mend your ways

But worse than

And how would you

bore with you yesterday because I

3.

knew what an

you have things, too, ever so many times,


because one didn't know how to refuse; why
can't you be satisfied ? Why must you go on
let

insisting

as well

your wishes were not consulted at all,


and the whole concern was carried off bodily ?

feel if

After one has

disreputable.

it

mightn't you have a

to,

shou shuai

hang-tzfi, slightly abusive, as above, in


~

SI

yen-p'i-tzfl,

ch'ien,

the eyelid

to,

show

one's anger

to go through a course of rough treatment with a view to

Lesson

LXIV, Note

of no thickness

2.

so that whatever is seen

is

thought worth

TZO ERH CHI.

328

COLLOQUIAL SEKIES.

LESSON LXXIX.
"If you don't study in your youth,"
"
the
ancient proverb,
what will you do
says
when you grow old ?" the moral of which
1.

is that all men ought to study with


and that no man should be idle.

all

people

diligence,

But of

behoves the Bannerman to be

it

diligent; for whereas any man, no matter


who, that achieves by application the power
of doing something, however small, for himself,

may be looked on
who study so hard

'

2.

3-

Now,

State, without stirring


if

to

with

work

all

from his

place.

And

privileges he does not set


his youth to study hard,'2 what

these

in

he acquire that

will enable

him

qualities will

to exert 3 himself in the service of his lord

to exert oneself:

career

official

is

and master

Heaven

to attain this point

and mechanical labour; 1 he has nothing to


do but eat the rations given him by the

as to rise to the highest

t 4 , properly, ability:

3
55 nu

about his food nor his clothing; he is exempt from agricultural labour, coolie labour,

as provided for, to those

standard of qualifications an
a,
forti&ri a certainty.
2.

duty of the Bannerman than of anyone else,


because he has to trouble himself neither

is

more the

or what return will he

for bringing

keeping him

in

him

li,

with

all one's

KJ> 3Ji i-cho: the i in the sense of to employ.

might, ch'in hsio, to be

to

into the world and

it ?

shou-i, handicraft.

nu

make

oliligent in learning.

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

329

LESSON LXXX.
What

mere

properly meant by the expression "well-doing" is the observance of


those principles in conformity with which it
1.

is

man's duty to

dhist

bread in their mouths

live,
1

2
Buddhas, or giving alms to the priests of Tao
or Fo, that are to be accounted well-doers.

them out

A man may

Buddhism enjoins,
temples and stay

be a vicious man, and

repair bridges or mend roads as much as


3
pleases, but will that give him absolution?

may
he

Not

at

neither

all;

is

the

in

it

All that going to heaven

and going somewhere

'

3s

*'*

>

else 5 if

if

you

duty to elder brothers and

thai, reverent, respectful

here, to

chieh liao, loosen, absolve

3-

$P

4-

Of? 3sf

IDl yii', classically, a prison:

6-

fg

jjjj

hu'

7-

ch'-ih chui,

to fast

him

only used in

hu

And

if

they were

what

to shut the gates of the

quietly within doors, de-

and reading out

what would they do

to

their sacred

the

convert

Could they

live

upon

air?

is

is

to parents.

show respect

Buddha by

to

subsidising his priests.

See Part IV,

8.

of his tsui-ngo, iniquities.


(see

Part IV, Dialogue VIII,

the hell of the Buddhists

chieh tuan, to borrow a kind or form of things, to


*,

to be

the same as ch'ih su


ti yii,

all

Buddha, 10 they would have neither


food to eat nor clothes to put on and then

seniors, as hsiao

Dialogue VII, Note 10; also below, Notes 4 and

not

elect of

fast,

you eat meat,

money

books, never going abroad

the very Buddhas and spirits themselves to


bestow happiness upon him.
2.

of their

voutly fasting

of

power

is

it

obliged to confine themselves strictly to

he

if so,

7
;

8
taken for gospel.
If they did not
terrify
people with this tremendous story and that
tremendous story, how would they swindle

namely, duteousness,
It is not
and
truth.
subordination, loyalty,
to
those
who
spirits and
only
go sacrificing

is

talk got up by the priests of the Budand Taoist sects to enable them to put

k'ow, to plaster the

mouth,

t'ien

with a

hun

ts'ai.

fang, their paradise.

make something
sc.,

33), the opposite of

a plea

little food,

for.

not more than will enable one

to live.
8-

9-

Io

yu

'

jfjfj

hu', to frighten; identical with

Rf

ch'ih', to grasp in the

'ft

Wi

hand

hu 3

(see

Lesson

it is, sc., to

Note

19).

ch'ih thai, to maintain a reverent heart

h ua yuan, the begging of Buddhist

yilan, those whose lot

XXXV,

priests,

and bearing,

to be devout.

is to hua, convert, those who


now asking alms when both were in

whose ostensible avocation

repay the kindness done

them by the

priest

a former existence.

42

TZC ERH CHI.

330

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON LXXXI.
I've come for the express
[Junior.]
purpose of asking your advice, sir, in a matter
1.

that interests me.

It's

a thing that might be

attended with certain consequences to myself,


perhaps, were I to do it but, on the other
;

would be a great pity, now that I've


hand,
gone as far as I have gone, to leave it undone.
it

It's

not in reason to

let

an advantage that

is

ready to drop into your mouth go away to


other people who have no claim to it; but
what with objections to doing it and objections

to

not doing

dilemma, and

it,

want you

you think will preserve


less in the transaction.
2.

[Senior.]

to

am fairly in a
tell me what line

me

perfectly

Your course

harm-

fpj hsien

clear enough.

is

3
,

brightness, visibility

<K 3 , to stop a hole, to close a passage.

3.

Jj$

HI

no, ts'ai, elliptical for no,

4-

ii

tlh

fi ~T

it's

5-

you

let yourself

be held

it,

but

It's

if

will find
little

little is

are

you
you don't ?
to be well

yourself in

good

you'll

neither

get

more nor

than the first growth of future trouble.


Whatever advantage may belong to it, there
is, without doubt, disadvantage; and it will

less

when you come

be too late to repent

My

advice to you

not to hesitate

is

to grief.

make up

your mind positively not to do the thing, and


have no more to say to it. If you continue
undecided,

if

you

can't

give

up the

idea,

man who

not only gets no


rice into his sack, but loses his sack to boot.

be like the

You'll incur all the disgrace

a discreditable

that attaches to

affair.

and easy to be seen.

ts'ai,

then, etc.

keep back from moving onward, where circumstances are the cause; were
The construction is here passive; q.d., if, delaying and doubting without

fast.

ch'ou 3 , ugliness of the face

mouths shut

and that

the cause a person, the verb would be la chu.


intermission,

when 3 the thing comes

difficulty.

out of

How

the better for you.

talked about that you

ko shih-hou, at that time

c ^'* c hu liaa, to

all

keep people's

And

this thing is plainly visible

2.

'<*

to

you'll
1

There's nothing to prevent you making your


mind up, surely. Let the thing alone, and it

be

will

here, figuratively, of

moral deformity.

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

331

LESSON LXXXII.
1.

to ask

you

do

to

so I went

something I want
me, sir, but I feel some

There

[Junior.]

for

is

tongue

and quietly put my


window-paper, and on looking

up the

to the

steps,

delicacy in addressing you on the subject; I


have asked so many favours of you. Still, if

through the hole I had made, I saw a room


full of people, one helping the other to wine,

I don't apply to
you, there is no one else who
can manage the matter for me, and I am therefore come to trouble l you once more.

and the other returning the compliment and


the whole company 6 eating and drinking, and

2.

Isn't

[Senior.]

it

3.

that, sir

4.

about

It

[Jumior.]

How came

is.

to

would have

CHANG was

Towards noon

out.

entered the court

it,

Don't

~'

3
Jj| so , properly, fragments of precious stones

wi

i>C H[fJ

nP

'

's

you

arrange

talking and laughing in the drawing-room;

went again
heard a noise of
1

possible.

The servants saw me and wanted to announce


me, but I made signs to them not to do so.

there

at breakfast-time, but, as luck

but as

me

you

Your son was speaking


morning, and I went over

this

"
7
put out at my obliging them all to get up
from their wine to receive me so I withdrew.

[Senior.]
it

to

At first I thought I
but there were a great number
of the guests who were strangers to me, and
it struck me that
they would be dreadfully
merry as
would go in

as

that affair in which

you want CHANG'S assistance

know

it

disturb
all

however;

I'll

with him comfortably the

first

yourself,

thing to-morrow morning.

hence, things small,

a * ehiao shang wu: just as [the

ssti,

trifles

fan

period, nine to eleven,]

so, to

give trouble

to.

was joining the wu period [eleven

to one].

3-

1
Pgf i-kieh , a flight of stone or brick steps

4-

JS?5 t'ien

5-

Jf|

\.

^'

"T

vSi

faf

A Ss

7-

3
,

in t'ai chieh the

word

t'ai, terrace,

does not modify the meaning.

to lick, to wet with the tongue.

"

3
e chiao

ch'ung san:

K.

'

tsai i eh'u;

if I

by

lit.,

stirred

ch'ung, breaking

up
in,

together.

were to make them san, disperse, quit their

ftn i-'rk, to please people; kitai, as before,

places.

an intensive; monstrously to displease.

332

ERH

TZtj

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON LXXXIII.
1.

my own

It wasn't of

motion that

took charge of the affair for him, I am sure.


I am a
quiet, stay-at-home sort of man, and I

know where he found

don't

out that

hi the case,

and he

declined to engage himself to me, as he said


there were too many parties to be consulted. 4

knew

had hoped, 3 alone

as I

At

was going to enter into

first I

particulars,

the person he wanted; but he came to me


"
I rely entirely
again and again about him.
said
and
sir,"
he,
upon you,
begged that I

and press the matter farther, but I thought


to myself I had best say no more about it.
To judge from appearances, the thing is not

would be so good as to say a word

to

He

never

me

let

be brought about,6 and what right have I


to insist 6 on anyone's undertaking it, 7 nolens

for him.

out of his sight, in short.

Well, as

you very well know, I've


been
a
soft-hearted
fellow, and when
always
I saw a man in this kind of strait,
imploring
me on his knees l to assist him, I hadn't the
2.

him home discontented; and


advanced would induce him

face to send

nothing I

me

leave
for

alone,

volens
4.

me

scowled at

to

no hope

undertook the commission

spoke to my friend So-and-so


about his affair, but I found that he was not,

went back and told

me

round and abused

as

come

So

So

my

principal

what had occurred, and instead of thanking


me for the trouble I had taken, he turned

him.
3.

at

of

if I had
had known what was to
certainly should not have spoken

What

all.

speaking

a marplot, and

so that I really felt as

If I

left.
it,

as

object

could I have had in

kuei*, to kneel.

'P &\

3fe JU

*'"*

'

J"* k' a *

'

I t'ui,

though

put forward excuses,

t'o

fc'at,

I could not get myself

away

from him.
3-

^P

^ ii

pu

ch'eng wang, contrary to the hope I had entertained

man

ch'eng wang, to entertain the

strongest hopes.
4-

5-

(J

ch'e,*,

$&

3
I'-'cra

to pull towards one

3
^ chou

the elbow

ch'e thou, to

colloquially, to force round, as the ends of a

bow

hold back by the arm.

wan

hui, to force back from a direction already

taken, to retrieve a false step.


6-

7-

fl|

$1 ya p'ai;

^C yun

8.
;};$?

13

t'u

Mao
3
,

lit.,

with pressure to require

p'ai being used in the sense of

official requisition.

to sanction, to give assent to: ying yiln, to promise assent, to agree to a proposition.

liao', to let

here, of course,
9-

down

a hanging screen, for instance

liao

4
.

a map, a plan

here, a verb

to contemplate, to plan.

ch'i lai, to trice or close

up such a

screen

it is

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

333

LESSON LXXXIV.
1.

did think that

should have had no

in arranging that affair of yours


with him; but instead of that, he proved so
utterly impracticable, the wretch, that it gave

difficulty

me

a great deal of trouble before I could

manage
2.

When

told

him

my

me

what had passed


conversation on the

to

once,

was talking nonsense.

blood rise directly.

and he

This

made

If that's to be the

order of the day, thought


felt

I,

so be it;

and

every inclination to say something sharp

him
3.

in return.

But then

I reflected

It

myself.

~
;@

flfc

jc

3-

&& wei

4-

3? 18 Jung

'

person speak or
5-

fc

we

and reasoned with

would be a mistake,

* pien,

i tun, as

if

$|r

he and

which, after

him * a
4.

one time

I said, to lose

So

here about 3 the

my own

I fall out, it will

other people's time and

of

all,

what

little

account;

be to the loss
besides

pains;

me

will it cost

to give

him run on

fl

finding fault till


he had to give, with-

I let

he was

tired, taking all


out allowing a syllable to escape me; and I

sat

on and

on,

watching him and humouring

him, until by degrees

my

got so far as to press

request on him earnestly, and he then at

last assented.
5.

JH

2l

and

fell at

am

business of friends, not on

in to

it.

between you and me in


subject, his countenance
told

temper with him;

my

you

Now,

see,

if

your

had been a

affair

little

hasty,

would never have been

settled.

here untranslatable in our idiom.

a to provoke him a provocation.


>

ti,

the cause

that which

jang, to give

way

to

is

the wei 4 , because

of.

jung, properly, capable of containing

used singly as to allow, to

let,

a,

act.

s '"'

'j W-i to run clown the whole score; used


him all I thought about his conduct.

say, I told

only, as here, of moderate vituperation

teo

shu

lo

t'a,

334

ERH

TZft

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON LXXXV.
1.

indebted
2.

what

ask to

May

[Host.]

for the pleasure of this

am

visit, sir ?*

3
brought you and myself together in this world,
we are come to beg you to let us have your

daughter
all

in marriage.
5

son here

My

not at

is

mind

or person, nor does he possess

now, gentlemen,

him unworthy your

shall ask

to be so

you

kind as to

Step forward, and

[To his son.]

tell

company.]
hear what
'

2l

'c?

have got to

5L wu

Hi

hsiung,

my

brother.

4.

ladies

can have

part, your
brought out for them to

my

see.

not be too late for him to

when

all

make

his

parties are agreed.

are all

See above, Lesson

chien chiao, to bestow instruction; the

fe

own

Visitor.] Certainly, sir, you are quite


Please
right.
go in and inform your ladies,
and take my boy in for them to see. It will

so.

us prefer

We

say.

be matched in a manner that will satisfy

little girl

[To all the


be
seated, everybody, and
Pray
Stop, gentlemen

[Host.]

they regard

do no more than hope they

our request with our heads to the ground. 8


3.

independently of

on the other

you

him

are made in heaven quite


man; and parents, however

we know,

anxiety to do their utmost for their


Still, as my old people have never
offspring.
seen your son, I had better present him and.

7
goodwill, I

let

Marriages,

don't consider

their

nor does he ever visit those haunts of dissipation" where men lose their wits he has never
if

same flesh and blood there


may,
no one present who is not known to everyone else.
But what I have to say is this

may

And

true; be our degree what

is

their children, can

any extraordinary accomplishments but, on


the other hand, he neither drinks nor plays,

been astray.

it is

of the

great the affection with which

I admit, to the rest of his kind,

superior,

either in

here,

all

it

Well, as our good luck has

Visitor.]

kinsmen

LXVIII, Note

word chien

is

2.

found in the sense of conferring, bestowing,

in

various complimentary phrases used in letters.

See Lesson

LXXX,

Note

3-

T| Wi

?/" yiia,n.

4-

eh'iu ch'in, to ask for [the daughter of the person


addressed] as a wife for one's son, younger brother,,

HE

10.

or other junior.
5'

6.

43
j;j

ch'ao'

lit.,

to overleap

ch'ao ch'un, to rise above the crowd.

mf, to lose, to stray off, the road mi hu, or mi huo, to cause to stray and make unsteady
The expression ch'ii-ch'u-'rh, places one goes to, can be used in any connexion.
:

used specially

of libertinism.
78-

HI

ch'i*, to

"P &'ow

4
,

to

abandon

ch'i hsien, to leave

knock the head

a person unnoticed because he

is

not to one's

k'ou ch'iu, to ask a favour on one's knees.

9- WC y e ^i properly, to hold up by the arm


k'u pa, anxiously drawing out
the incidents that shall conduce to the children's happiness.
:

xc.,

NOTE.

It should

taste.

be observed that the above

is

k'u yeh, anxiously helping along,

not the prevailing method of arranging marriages.

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

335

LESSON LXXXVI.
1.

made

for

2.

your daughter's intended

sneered 9 at you

make

And what

[Visitor.']

people about

Yes.

[Host]

3.

were made in the house.

Are not these clothes being

[Visitor.]

are

6.

are

They

4. [Host.]

tailors

that have

sir.

clothes.

of a cotton

o,

for instance, all

What you say is quite correct,


you only know one part of the story,

hands took a

not giving ourselves a moment's


tailors are

seam 5 of the arm-hole, and another putting


on the collar. 6 If there was a cuff to bind, 7 it
would be bound if there was a button 8 to be

the soldier

tion

this

ing to

was put on and in a day or two, at


put
the most, the work was done. Even the caps
i-

^f

hsii 4 ,

wife's parents
-

]\

we were

to hold on, cofiie

why we should

que

be like

who comes on the parade-ground u

good time, and contrives notwithstandbe late for parade. It would never do 12

when we knew

right well

the husband of one's daughter; colloquially, he is always So-and-so's nit


is another form of the same character.
call him ling hsii; j

behindhand, surely,

how time was

hsil,

flying.

but when asking the

about him, you

a somewhat classical construction

i,

jacket worn under the ma-kua, though

it

i being used pretty


can be worn without it.
;

lift

4-

5-

%% sha

t'aruf, the line

wo, the armpit

1
,

made

properly, the

same

as sha, to kill

131 f$i '"'? t'iao, the strip of stuff

We Uen *,

8.

M niu

as

pa

before the object of lun;

|H

ao 3 a
,

side.

on the dress in chalk or ink, to guide the tailor in stitching.


;

sometimes used as hen, very

not used of any other part of the dress

7-

much

which buttons on the right breast and

chin', the overlap of the Chinese dress,

3-

6-

If

for us to let
things be

and the

it's a
questhe clothes will be ready in

co4te, to the old usage,

all in

rest,

working night and day,

now whether

time or not.

the

it

there

the wedding-day is well in sight we have but


ten days left, all told; 10 and though we are

wadding and fitting the


had been turned, one
lining;
would be stitching the overlap, 3 another would
be laying the chalk line, 4 and another closing

on,

first place, is

style of the past


that of the present ? In the next,

time and

part in laying the

and when

In the

other.

no difference between the

the girls in the house could make


If the question was 2 the making up

all

if

[Host]

Still,

and not the

been called in for the job.


Dear! dear! but have you
5. [Visitor.]
old
our
forgotten
ways then ? Why, in former
days

one, or

of buying one.

these

all

People would have

you had hired a tailor to


you had gone to the expense
if

here, to close the

Peking the expression sha


that binds the neck of a garment.
;

in

read ynan 1 , a binding on a garment

k'i'n*

f|)

is

seam of the ko-chihmore common.

here, of binding the edge of the cuff.


the clothes' button, made of cloth, metal, etc. Jp[ p'an*, a cord loop or " becket " that secures one
side of the dress to the button on the other side, which is not sewn on to the stuff, but passed through a similar
loop
sewn down to the garment.
9'

JH

a' s

chien hsiao, to laugh at (see chien, Lesson

LXXXV,

Note

2)

people might chien hsiao in their hearts

here, witlnmt laughing outright, they laugh through the nose, sneer.
10.

J|J e/i'tV, to nip between finger

and thumb

ch'ia-cho chih-t'ou

is

explained as meaning

"

to measure to

a nicety."
1 '

J!$r

ff

ch'i-kan, flagstaff, staff of the colours: to be on the drill-ground

being at the trouble of rising early in order to attend.


I2
far

ffc

would

it

The

ch'i here is

and miss drill,

so.,

another form of ch'i

by

(see

falling asleep there, sifter

Lesson VII, Note

9).

ch'cng shih, to complete the matter in hand, sc., as it ought to be completed: ch'cng sM*-mo shih, howbe right, if to ching-cho, widely opening the eyes, we were tan wit, to make a mess of the business.

336

ERH

Tztr

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON LXXXVII.
1.

Where does

[Junior]

in the family, sir


2.

party

3.

4.
5.

number is so large, while others, like myself,


who have but few, are always wishing to have

this son stand

the

He is the Benjamin of the


[Senior]
the child of my old age.

more, without being able to have them. It's a


hard matter for Heaven 6 to satisfy both parties.

Has he had the small-pox ? T


[Senior] He had it last year.
[Junior] And do all these boys come

7
8
[Senior] If your little girl had lived,
far would she have got in her teens ?

10.

[Junior]

11.

year

'.

One

after the other, without

old

[Senior]
a break. There were nine born, and there are

nine there

alive.

it

possible

Well,

me

sir,

a clever

is

quite a t&u-sun niang-niang.


a fortunate man, indeed.
;

Fortunate
[Senior]
sinned in a previous existence,
8.

elder children are a little

more

You're

Well, we're

'

ffi

any

3-

^p

4- JJJ

lit.,

to

tl

sao 3 , the wife of one's elder brother

,-hih',

class

9-

jjl ^If

m '^

^C l

"'"in-hsiang,

12.

someone had taught

it

her,

which sense

it

may be used

literally; here, figuratively,

^|

q.d.,

the person addressed being

with cha, a sound of chattering.

j/} jtng', used only in this sense of the loss of a child.

was

subject,

ta sao-tzii, wife of one's eldest brother

8.

beholding,

was asked a question on


she would come out with a long

If she

to be this relative.

Jit niu', a girl

"pj"

you how you

~J* ts'un liao, there are preserved, there are alive.

7-

11.

to ask

put forth flowers, to blossom.

^ ^C

and

the trouble of bringing up.

6.

IO

so different

and not omit a word. A child like that is


as good as any ten. 12 Mine here are not worth

complimentarily assumed
5.

name even now makes

She looked

it

story, just as if

""'" chicn, standing shoulder to shoulder; in


in consecutive order.
fefe

that was a nice child.

and her manner was so quiet; 10 and

anything.

alike in this

hua, to have the small-pox

c 'l tt

of her

feel for you.

were,

grandchildren are always discontented because


1

Ah

[Senior]

11
quite touched one to look at her.
That little tongue of hers, too, could talk of

must have
think.
The

[Junior]
Folks that have plenty of children and

9.

world.

2.

so erect,

bearable, but

all

she would be ten years

when she came forward

the chatter of these younger ones makes a din


that gives me the headache.

her seventh

in

talked so differently from other children. If


she was brought in to see anyone she stood

must say that your good


mother and an experienced

in sober earnest I

lady
nurse

she was alive now.

The mention
Is

[Junior]

7.

if
1

She was

[Junior.]

when she died

one after the other


6.

how

Jfi

'

ao t'ien-yeh, the old lord of heaven, providence.


;

the character

'4 she died;

lit.,

may

is

said to have been introduced from Corea, where it

is

used as a surname.

was not, came to be not; generally read met ti.


is ngan-ching, quiet, and hsiang-hsi,

be used of demeanour that

careful.

Observe the construction: the e,rh makes a substantive of k'o lien Men, with tender feeling
touched one as soon as one beheld her; crh, a person, to look on whom moved one directly; ti, of that
I'o lien.

she.

]|( -f-

f[

tiny sink ko,

would be a substitute

for ten: ting, in the sense of tang*, to serve for.

PART

THE HUNDRED

V.

I.KSSONS.

337

LESSON LXXXVIII.
1.

when

you,

sacrifice

really too

had eaten

of

tlemen,

did you ?
dear sir, not a word.

My

and

It

4.

5.

occupied; the pigs have to be killed

and

their

things keep
no one I could

invitation, for I

have

to

that

is

and

up,

all

hands so busy that

make

[Visitor.]

3.

made

insides

their

a messenger

Oh!
know

had

enough that

you

3H pei

midnight.

The pei

observed that
2.

38

^C $3

5'

6.

7-

word

^
~~

(a

jou

is

such an occasion

This fashion you

offered about

on

quite out of order.

is

used only with reference to

chi shin, offer [pork] to the spirits,


is

Friends

it.

*<-.,

Manchu

sacrifices (prepared

of their ancestors, shortly after

8 on the evening of the

interchangeable with teng, a lamp, but in the latter case

same day.
is

It

read teng

should be

1
.

with a knife any beast or bird good for eating, though an exception should perhaps be made

the meat which has been offered in the chi shen sacrifice, and which on the following daj

is

There are two chi shen

hsii* ch'ih, in

mf

i 'i") as

j'oo
i'o

1
,

sacrifices

order of our teeth, that

is,

on successive days, followed by one pei teng

sacrifice.

our ages.

a stream uninterrupted, the seniors not ceremoniously declining the upper seats.

properly, a bubble

classically k'o*, to

signifying bounty.

spirits.

a stirrup,

tH

'if!

They

formalities

are introducing of pressing your visitors

behind the lamps, in the dark


lights.

What?

game.

friends are invited to eat.


4-

lit.,

teng sacrifice, also of pork,

(tang*},

3
?J? tnii , to kill

in the case of
3-

teng ;

removing the

after

sir

this

door when they depart.

come along with me and eat your ta jou. 3 We


did fear that we should be late; however,
1

Eh,
like

and relatives who come for the purpose


should not either be received with ceremony
when they arrive, nor accompanied to the

an

attend to everything yourself, and


why I engaged our friends here to

by women)

to eat, gentle-

should require pressing to eat

of.

didn't wait for

well

beg you

Never was such


a thing heard of amongst us Manchus before.
The meat is your ancestors' dole, 7 remember,
and it is not in reason that your guests

these
I

[Visitor.]

me

broth over the meat.

little

on an occasion

are

Let

[Host.}

Put 6 a

men.

was just

Now, gen-

to the trouble
;

it,
my duty
going to send to you to invite you to come
over but you know how all my people here

to present

we won't put our host

of attending to us individually let us just sit


down in a row/' wniores priores* and begin.

why

[Host.]

was

here we are in the nick of time.

good of

your morning
send your evening l

to

yesterday,

sacrifice to-day
2.

was

It

[Visitor.]

More

here and elsewhere, to pour, or to soak in liquid, as bread in milk,

be able

etc.

here, without meaning, k'o-shih being simply used to represent a

politely these sacrificial viands are called jp$

f^

(shen

yii),

Manchu

the leavings of the am-estva

TZD ^EH CHI.

338

COLLOQUIAL SEKIES.

LESSON LXXXIX.
When we

were in Manchuria 1 we used

2.

go out after game regularly every day, and


one day that I was out a roe-deer 2 sprang
out of the grass before me. I laid on with

let fly

i.

kept

horse at

my

and the

it,

I got well up with the roe-deer, I


another arrow, but this time over his

4
Strange to say, a deer that was coming
cantering over the brow of the hill in my

head.

the whip immediately, and then I let fly an


arrow at him. It fell a little short, and by

direction stood right into

the time I got my hand behind me to draw


out another, I could only just see his tail

he

Such a throw
but,

really;

as

I gave chase with all the


it.
could
but he topped the next
muster,
speed
hill and was off down the far slope of it.

shot,

and down

is

good a joke,

too

they say, you get a thing

always when you

the hill next to

my

fell.

3.

bobbing, and, in the twinkling of an eye, he


was over the crest of the hill 3 and breasting

least expect

it.

may

as

well keep the story to myself, however, for


if I

Bi IK kvan-tung, the country

moment

to

'

Well,

were to

tell it

only a traveller's

east of the Shan-hai

Kuan, the

barrier

people would think

it

was

tale.

which divides Manchuria from China

Proper.
:i

p'ao*, a small deer,

which WILLIAMS surmises

may

be the nylghau, but other authorities declare to be

roebuck.

3-

ill

lUf

shan

ch'ien, the front, the opposite side, of the hill I

was wang shang, ascending, the next


4-

,gg hi, evidently not the

was ascending; having passed

this,

the animal

hill.

same

as the p'ao, though

what other

species of deer there

is

nothing to show.

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
1

[Senior.]

I find

it

weather sitting at home


have nothing to do.
2.

[Junior.]

day

idle;

It is dull, indeed.

and
I

and

in

the walls with

on

till

me

invited'

him

we came

to

for a stroll,

path

all

country, with a distant spring prospect that


was really charming. 2 Along the river banks 3

Don't take

were moving to and

1.

Ijfj

fro

day enjoying ourselves.

of me,

sir,

that I didn't ask

of birds were calling pleasantly in the trees,


and a gentle breeze blew the scent of the

Small

it ill

you to accompany us it wasn't that


to conceal our trip from you, but

against one's nostrils.

We spent a full

cheap.

the red peach 4 blossoms were looking so fresh,


and the willow 5 branches so green 6 all kinds

meadows

till

was

and we went
was

people

we reached a spot where the wood


thick, and there, all in one tableau, we
saw before us a group of people, some playing
the guitar, 8 some singing, some selling tea and
wine; and then for refreshments there were
9
live fish and live shrimps to be had, and very

went

go outside

a place that

to

it

were strolling about in parties of four or five.


My brother and I followed a narrow winding

out yesterday with a young brother of mine.

He camu

XC.
the water, and on both sides 7 of

very dull this spring


all

3311

that

we might

would be disagreeable

craft

come

without ceasing on

you, so

to

wished

feared

someone

with

in

fall

that

didn't

to look for you.

k'nang*, properly, empty, vacant; hence, disused: Ic'uang yeh, properly, desert

and

wild, but used of the

country in general as distinct from the town.


2.

love

"pj"

k'o wai.

Observe the construction

the prospect truly caused people

i'o, to

be justly

able,

sai, to

it.

3- ?ft

yen

properly yen', the shore of a sea or river

yen

2
,

along the edge

of.

the peach tree.

4-

$li t'ao

5-

$$

liu 3 , the willow tree.

6-

fH

pi*, green jadestone

fip

cm 4 a beach or shore

7-

hence, the colour of this stone, which

from yen

Note

may be

bluish green or greenish blue.

can be used alone

3,

above) in that

it

an instrument with the

finger, to play

on a stringed instrument ;

it differs

(see

e.g.,

we

say shany

an, not shang yen, to go ashore.


8.

with the

(pp fan?, to touch the strings of


finger.

9- iix

hsia 1 shrimps.
,

also, to fillip

.340

ERH

TZt)

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
The day

1.

excursion to

may

before yesterday

that

say

Western

tlio

anything more.

was

it

Hills,

3. We had punted the boat on to a spot


where the reeds 5 were thick, when, all of a

we made an
and

I really

to

impossible

sudden, the sound of a temple bell was heard,


and as it came booming" down the wind, one's

enjoy

ramble by day is pleasant


it is even more delight-

enough we know, but


ful

heart

We

rose as bright as day.

punted

themselves

gently

there

that

hill

was no saying which

and stream,

to

be

happier

we

than

were.

without either getting drunk or feeling sleepy.


4. It is but seldom in the course of one's

4
point in the hills there lay a broad sheet
of silver before us sky and water so blended

was which

had been

There we sat enjoying the thing more and


more, and we drank the whole night long

came round a

the stream, and as we

together

cares

When we had had

our dinners, we got


into a boat, and before very long the moon

down

8
felt as free as if all
its

washed away in short, we were in such a


state of contentment that I defy the gods u

by night.
2.

XCI.

life

that one lights on such a

weather n and when one

too, in perfect

to turn

repose.

12

them

to

moon 10 and such

does,

it is

good account,

13

is

a pity not
it not ?

'
I!E ft c hin hsing, exhaustively pleasurable: chin, to exhaust; hsing, for kao Using, elevation of spirit.
kao-liao hsing, towards the end of the third paragraph of this Lesson.

2.

U|

See

3
ch'ang', properly, to penetrate; to grow, to increase: ch'ang k'uai, the sensation of happiness belonging to

freedom from care ; note the tone.


to keep off an assailant with the hand
a box over-full.
1

3-

ftp

ch'eng

p'o, to burst, as
4-

Jj5f

St

5-

reeds

hao*, like a large sheet of water

hi'-wei

3?^

a reed

ken

is i

3
,

reeds, rushes;

/!

Jjjt.

with a boat, as here, to push with a pole, to punt

hao-hao, sheet-like, ju yin, as

both

may

cli'cng

silver.

be used independently, as in hi hua, wei hua, the flower of such

also, distant

yu-yu yang-yang, used of distant sounds borne upon the

bethink one, more especially of what

Hi*, to

wei-tzit.

yu', properly, mournful

6-

7-

is

to

come

to be anxious about, forethoughtful

air.

hence, rare,

anxiety, forethought.
*

8.

chieh*, all

9-

ffi

l-

1S

fijj

lang

is

3ifc

chih*, a

form, or

12.

purpose
13.

who have

died,

but who have

left this

world and become

spirits.

bright.

word of many meanings in books, most commonly to cause, in which sense it occurs colloquially
hence, the cause, the occasion but here its
chih, whereby was occasioned, the result of which was
appearance; ching, see Lesson LXV, Note 10: ching-chih, scenery, landscape.

the combination

sense

only used colloquially in some few combinations.

1 '

in

ch'u shih, not

4Jj|
;

t'u

with
Jff?

2
,

ti,

originally, to

walk on foot; hence, a tramp, a rowdy; also, empty; hence,


it means an apprentice, pupil, or neophyte.

t'u jan, in vain,

to

no

a younger brother,

tu', to cross over, to pass

have vainly passed so many years

through:

here, t'u

jan

vainly to pass; used humbly, elsewhere, in stating


means to have passed by without availing oneself of.

hsii tu,
hsii tu

one's age; I

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
The day

1.

we went

before yesterday

a few of us, for a

it

though

stroll,

341

XCII.
4
nobody would stir; and there they sat on,
talking and laughing, until, by-and-by, they

out,

was not

worthy of the name, for, turn which way we


1
First of all, as
would, we got into difficulty.

saw that

we left the city we got off 2 the proper road, and


made a round, I can't tell you where. How-

as hard as they could.

it

was close

to sunset,

and then they

got on their horses and began to ride back

3.

By

the time they reached the suburb

by dint of asking here and inquiring


we went along, we did hit the canal

there was a slight glimmer of moonlight/' and


the people coming out of the city were all

There we seated ourselves in a boat,


and chatted and hobnobbed until we had

"
and telling us that
crying out, Make haste
6
one leaf of the gate was shut to already. This

dropped down to Tung-hua Yuan here we


turned back, but by the time we reached the

made us more anxious than

lock the sun was well down.

to

ever,

there as
lock. 3

'

So as soon as dinner was over

2.

to

them

be

off;

and

'

fP g hou

3-

pfjj

Not a

way home."

a long

tsui;

lit.,

we

fang-cho,

to receive

let

4-

3
tl chin

fiB

5-

'|3t

II? liuang

tail,

Note

hn,

JH shan

JD

7-

^'

5ft Ji|

Hi

9-

of

mind

chia

to fan

1
,

;ei

3
,

add

to

the tail end.

here, to

come

too, the

to grief, to

bank

cha-k'ou, the points on the river

have a bad time of

properly ch'eng*

it.

proper or regular road.

will,

but of their act

at

which the locks

lie

ij.d.,

their

they sat on and on.

it is

frequently used; but often,

shan*, the leaf of a door, one half of a hinge.

but often employed, as here, for the verb

Note wei 3 not


,

eh'tng

s<io

tion.

sun and moon.

sharS-tzti, a fan

properly, to

mo

it

the same.

properly, of indecision of mind, or forgetfulness, of which

as here, of the struggling light of the


6-

bit of

all

21.

not of the persons'


1

4. It was certainly an expedition with


a merry beginning 9 and a sorrowful termina-

punishment

cha', a lock in a canal, a sluice

laid

better

go our hold of cheng-ching

See Part IV, Dialogue VIII,

ports.

and we

shut out

got to walk,

all

ever,

with the whip and pressed our horses up


the wall; but the rear 8 of the party was

I said

we had

Gentlemen,

all,

the servants have

its

"

on

"

(see

3
.

Part IV, Dialogue X, Note 25);

hsing, having swept that state

away

to use.

note the tone of

.s-ao.

Ut.,

riding on; iising, a merry, exalted

-tati-

842

ERH

T/A

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

LESSON

XCIII.

2
[Visitor.] It's dreadfully hot. I suspect

i.

to do,

the very hottest 3 day we have had this


summer l there is not a breath of wind stirit's

year's

say to the pedlars, for instance, who, in order


to earn a hundred cash or so to keep them

Everything in the house is so burning


hand to touch it, and the

ring.
it

scorches 4 one's

more

"'

could see nothing else for

took a bath, and after cooling myself a little


while in the shade of the trees, I felt some-

runs off them like rain

what more at

as I

you about

my

on a

But you; what

ease.
fiery

day

like

this,

out, crying their wares

are

when

it is

yourself
2.

is

Do you

intend to

the perspiration

Are they as

well off

any pace that suits me,

to live

upon

Besides,

it

be as hot as it will, put up


and
quietly,
perhaps you may light
on a cool moment. As the proverb says, " It
with

kill

Let

it

it

be cool if you only determine it shall be."


But you won't escape n the heat if you let it
put you out at all, remember.

will

This

[Host.]

jfc

and

till

always has been, that the


should be hot and the winter should

the rule,

be cold.

Jt M

is

all

very

who have no

idlers like you,

'

10

here, writing at

summer

you are seated writing, with your head down


to the table.
What sin did you commit beyou were born

am

and with wherewithal

everyone else is sitting stripped to the middle


and even then in dread of the heat,7 there

fore

directions

all

carrying great loads, with their backs bending


under their weight and their necks stretched

so I

it,

have to run about in

alive,

cold water one drinks the thirstier one


I

feels.

and who just take your ease from one


end to the other. But what do you

fine talk for

official

business

commencement of summer, one of the 24

hsia, the

fortnightly terms into which the Chinese year

divided.
2-

3-

hot day

I5

fe

ftB $ huo te ch'i,

$g

t'ang\ to scald, to scorch

5-

j|

yiieh*, to overstep, to

6-

Jt ^S kuang-cho,

8.

nieh

"

Cf.

mai pu

ch'i, I can't afford to

if!

the action of

hence,

hit, as

a mark

Jl ft

Ji

i,

first

more, the more.

tsui

ho',

not used apart to cry wares,


"
drive on."
yao ho means
;

etc., in

fever, to suffer

nieh,

the street

in carter's parlance,
jj, yi t or

the speaker meant the

from heat.

the punishment incurred, according to the

a previous state of existence.

yao

still

ehung shu, to get a

the earliest sprouts of any vegetation

Had

or hot water.

fire

days.

Imy.

bare, naked.

shu 3 sun-heat ; chung, to

10.

afford to say.

exceed, to pass over

7- ;5f

we can

4-

9-

say,

t'ou i.
Construe the number one hot of days, the hottest of
Bl
we have had, he would have said chin t'ien ts'ai* j& (emphasising ts'ai).

Buddhists, for sin in

away

we may

""""

used in Part

~T

III, 964, as easy

><i ntiig Co

liao.

here, to change.

Note the tone

of

t'o.

also, to call to a

person to desist or to go

PART

THE HUNDRED

V.

343

LESSONS.

LESSON XCIV.
1.

to in

Hallo

[Host.]

2.

[Traveller.]

funeral of a friend.
still,

went.

Come

have been attending the


The morning was dull

on,

day was perfectly fine at noon so


But as we were on our way back I

my

of the weather

people,
;

it

rain."

as

Well,
3

came

sir.

shall

couldn't get on

as I

1.

$P

my

felt

hsiany*, brightness;

also,

coat or

3-

4-

fUjj

ch'ou*, thick, as grain

\m

skua', the sound of falling rain;


4

'H man an
,

5-

6.

f[ chan',
<i

chu

1
,

7-

>f|| ch'i',

8-

or

a pig

any

in

eating

have nothing

this

still,

out-of-the-way

Oh no

[Traveller.]

excuses, pray, on

my fare, sir; I'm lucky enough,


I'm sure, to have found so snug a billet to
I don't see how I could have
rest in. 7
helped
8

facing

the rain otherwise.

my

whether as bright or ringing,

it is

it,

is

here used with

intensive of ch'ing, clear,

fine.

growing close together.


it

has no other meaning; skua cannot be used of a very heavy downpour.


;

hence, any waste or expanse.

like fabric.

also written f |f

to roost like birds

ch'i shen, to rest the

body, to set oneself down.

mao-cho, running the head against: kai p'a,

facing the rain

day

expanse or overflow of water

felt,

to-morrow.

sound, in which sense, according to some authorities,

reference to the sound of the ground on a clear


2.

till

the score of

There

speaking,
steadily,
wasn't much chance of shelter, as you may
4
suppose, out there in the open country, and
5

4.

was

it's

one or two for your supper.

don't like the look

get on with you, or we

be caught in the

down

as

have got some little pigs " and


chickens of our own rearing, and we'll kill
corner

"

and

change your

you some of mine to put


so late you had better not go

I will give

much worth

saw the clouds begin little by little to gather, 2


and in no time the whole sky was overcast
so I said to

into the city

Never mind

[Host]

3.

clothes

was wet through

waterproof quick enough,


from head to foot.

in directly.

looked rather like rain at that

it

though

time, the
I

where have you been

such a rain as this

is it

indeed probable that

could have gone on without

TOT ERH CHI.

344

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XCV.
west of the house that sounded" as

got an awful frightening last night.


I had had quite enough ' of this succession of
1.

dismal days

damp

what with

there was not

there,

whole house one could

lie

mountain had collapsed

here and

rent asunder.

a place in the

with fear and

my

leak

down

at last

And

5
tumbling and tossing about with-

I lay

out having slept a wink until after morning


bells I then closed 6 my eyes deliberately, and
;

for a time I was dropping


when, just as I was half asleep, I was
roused 10 by a tremendous crash to the northafter lying patiently

2.

really

hisin

)jj

jjfj

$i

wiri*,

3-

J&

4-

OTJ"

ting

it

ahnu,

fco

-fsao

3
,

io

is

Yao 3 can

also

opened

te,

like that.

raining

sc.,

it

had attained

colloquially, to sting

be applied to the bite of

stung me,

te,

6.

PJ

pi* t to close

fS>

~T

jjjj

ping

l|Sj

hsiang

fife

tou 3 colloquially, of heights, precipitous, descending abruptly: tou-jan, suddenly.

7-

8.

9-

10.

n.

^
|lj

13. 1$;

14.

'tao > I

it

kuan

(see

Part III, 63), with which

perforce I closed

the sound of a landslip


3

used alone.
it

was

forwards: fan, to turn over; fu, to come back to the original position.

often used with

bore

is

my

it is

almost identical in meaning.

eyes and bore the annoyance a

little

while.

used classically of the death of an Emperor.

to sound; properly written as in Lesson

XCIV, Note

i.

t'u*,

from a spring
12.

$n

books,

to such a degree that,

S /a"

until, etc.

insects.

S8

4
/ ' backwards and

had rained

tsao, in

5-

to,

bugs.

a character not recognised by the dictionaries;

properly, of talk that bores one

hard to bear them.

roar

ch'ou ch'ung, stinking insects,

or Isao', fleas

was no longer a novelty: observe hsia

mosquitoes, gnats
4

or the earth been

lay ever so long trembling


heart going pit-a-pat, 11 until

sleeping man's powers of endurance, an up-

off,

1.

nothing in the

:;

There

if

my eyes, and seeing that


room had been injured, I sent
out to ascertain what was the matter, and
was told that it was the end wall u of a
neighbour's house that had come down, undermined ls by the rain.
it's
3. Dear me
something beyond a

in to sleep.

then the mosquitoes, 2 the bugs, 2


and the fleas
bit * me beyond endurance.
2.

)jj

come upon unawares;

properly, to

to butt against:

t'u t'u ti,

knock, knock, as water bubbling up

here, of one's heart.

shan

ch'iantj, the hill-shaped wall, the

Hn*, vulgarly Ida

jg| chin*, the

shock of such a sound

2
,

to soak or moisten

gable of a house.

with dropping water; also used passively.

shock of a clap of thunder, or to shock like one: how thing


?

te ch'i,

could a

man go

through, the

PART

345

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON XCVI.
Yesterday morning when I got up it
was so dark I thought the sun could not
i.

have risen

yet.

stepped out into the court

and I saw that it was daylight, but


Howthat the sky was as black as pitch.
I
was
I
a
and
face
wash,
ever,
going
gave my

to look,

to

spit,

and soon

steadily

when

the yamen,

for

start

after I

so I sat

heard

down

it

again,

3-

thought

and that
it

it

was

But

day and
it

till

was too violent to

would wait a

held up.

all

in a perfect torrent.*

all

little,

last

and

very long,
start

was quite out;

it

rained

night without stopping; nor

after breakfast this

morning that

the sun began to show himself a little. It's


fine seasonable rain though, for all that.
I

and

should think the ground

began to
I

might

everywhere.
to be fair.

is

well

The autumn crops

saturated

are certain

the sound of a clap of thunder; not used alone.

^'*'

' e^ 2

fllj

ch'ing', to turn out the contents of

thunder

p'i-lei

when

coming down

it

have been seated time enough to drink a cup


of tea, when there was a clap l of thunder, 2

'

and the rain came down

combines the ideas of the suddenness and loudness of a clap of thunder.


anything by upsetting

it:

ch'ing p'en, a bowl upset.

44

346

ERH

TZfr

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON
It

i.

that

it

was so cold the night before


woke me up, and I lay awake

last
till

morning. The moment it was light I jumped


out of bed, and on opening the door to take
a look,

found the whole place glittering

white 2 with snow.


2.

after

o'clock,

to

it

had

snow harder

the

began
grew larger and larger, and came flut34
down. Said I to myself, " I've
tering wavily
nothing to do; I wish a friend would drop
;

flakes

in for a chat
3.

To

moment
some

how

is

this to be

managed

great delight, just at that very


hi came the servants and announced
I told

$|? tung*, to freeze

'

them

yeh

to

li

shang tung,

<jh

3-

IS

p'iao

4-

JiB,

y&o

5-

$&

fit yiiehfa,

jljjf

lung', to prepare a stove, to

'

6-

P ai Hang*

jfi!
1

2
!

friends to walk

my

in,

which they

The

did.

wine and other things that were ready were


brought in, and we sat sipping our liquor

it

we had the door-curtain 7

how

rolled well

to see

up

things looked, and there before us was

a superb 8 snow scene that beat anything one


had ever beheld. The snow was falling thick
in all directions
it.

9
;

hill,

The

stream, and woods,

sight

made us

We got out the chess-board

ever.

10

jollier

all

than

and played
it was

two games, and after dinner, just as


dusk, our party broke upi

put out some-

&

(;

white with

?"

my

visitors.

thing to eat and drink, and to light a pan


of charcoal.
Then I made haste and asked

without hurrying ourselves, until by-and-by

About eleven

breakfasted,

XCVII.

freezes at night.

Note the tone

Hang*, glittering white.

of liang.

to whirl round as wind.

the same as p'iao, unless combined with which

more than

See Lesson

ever.

make

it is

XCIII, Note

fire.

not found.

5.

See also Part III, 198.

The

dictionaries do not recognise

this term.
7-

S.

snow

j|

iJH

lien',

ya

scene, as
9-

10.

3
,

a curtain, a screen, properly of


of anything that

is nice,

refined

compared with anything, was

i$J

/*

|fi

in

numbers and

split

bamboo, but

ch'ing

also used of those

ya may be

materials.

said of scenery, of the interior of a house, etc.

the

fine.

in confusion

can be used of rain as well as snow.

Note

i p'an ch'i, a set of chess-men and board;


There are two other ways of writing ch'i 1

i-h'i'-p'an is a chess-board;

liao i p'an, played one game.

composed of other

3
hsiieh* pai, not hsileh

c/t't-fcft'-Vfc,

chess-men: hsia

PART

THE HUNDRED LESSONS.

V.

LESSON
1.

and

it

Yesterday we were all at the yamen,


was a fine clear day, without a breath

All of a sudden, the sun began to


look gloomy, 1 and I said to the rest of them,
of wind.

"

the look of the weather

I don't like

we

XCVIII.
2

up with the cold. People were all hissing'


and blowing, and running to keep themselves
warm.

As for me, I got on pretty well at first,


had my back to the wind; but when
I came to breast it, the cold set my cheeks
and my whole face tingling as if they had
4.

for I

are

going to have a blow, and we had best be


off."
They all thought so too, and we broke

up

home when the


The way in which
the blast roared through the trees was something awful, and this continued until after
midnight, when the wind lulled a little.
3. But as I was coming here this morning
I

had

just reached

storm began in earnest.

been pricked with needles. My fingers grew


so stiff 3 that I couldn't hold my whip; and

accordingly.
2.

remarked that everyone

'

pitiful,

2.

'H

life.

hsi', the

very spittle became ice before it could


reach the ground, and broke in pieces as

my

it fell.

5.

such

Never did anybody

in all his life

sec-

cold."

met was doubled

ts'an 3 tan*, of weather,

heart-rending

347

gloomy

ts'an, of the sky,

sad

generally, cruel, inhuman, or, adjective!)',

tan, of the sun's rays, weak.

sound of drawing the breath in

3-

aft lien*, of the fingers stiffening

4.

J^ {^

chu

shuai sui, broke in pieces as

ha, here, the sound of the breath emitted.

lien, so stiff that

it fell.

they could not

chii,

keep their hold of anything.

348

ERH

Tztr

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

LESSON XCIX.
Man

1.

stands

of

highest

created

all

brings, as being possessed of reason.

know good from

did not

understand the rule of

he

differ

from the beasts

evil, if

education
8

he

If

creep.

right rule

3.

ever since he has

fellow,

him

speak.

made everybody

if it

all

this

disgusts people

unpopular his way of talking makes him;


but no, not a bit of it 9 he bears himself as

me?
Now,

it

flesh

like a dog's

he had any of the proper sentiments


ought to have, he would feel how

man

with proper respect, is it not; that I should


show a certain deference to you, and you
to

else;

one's

more

is

4. If

>.

that each should treat the other

is

his voice

so that they can't bear to hear

Well, in the relations of friends the

2.

make

to

enough

bark than anything

he could not

wherein would

right,

is

Then

the more contented

understand

can't

and

and he was

like him,
10

in consequence.

it.

occasions, giving people

His father was always a good enough


kind of man when he was alive. What sin

whatever bad language came into his head. 4


Whether he thinks this clever, or what else

could he have committed before he was born,


to breed such a good-for-nothing as this ?

be the meaning of his conduct, I can't


but
say
just look at the man, with that illfavoured phiz 5 of his and his large paunch 6

father

time, has been

arrived this
2

on

over-bearing

all

bullying

5.

However, there's nothing before him now his


11
expended all the luck of the family.

may

He

and

to think that a genius

pretension
i

jfj

iinimals

to

imagine

like that has the

himself

ch'u*, also read hsii*

man

has come to the end of his tether, 12 and as

for rising

of

like to

originally, to breed, to rear

13

any higher, as he expects,

know how he

domestic animals

is

to

compass

should

it.

ch'u-sheng, animals, not being wild

here, the beasts of the field.

other meanings, eminent

2-

jp; hao',

3-

^H

heng< (see heng

4-

ffi

iff hsin-cho, trusting to

5-

Ci

among

^ ku

7-

de

Note

s 'i(*

by prowess, heroic

q.d.,

it

leaving

to his

is

bad

materially

sense.

hao heng, the

qualities of a bully.

mouth, hun ma, at random to abuse, people.

here used for the whole face, that


tsui-pa ku-tzit, the jaw-bones
the lower half of the face tsui pa, a slap on the face, a box on the ears.

tsui-pa-tzil,

fact-

to bulge out, as paper, a wall, etc.

here, in a

Part III, 1072), here, morally what hcng

tsui-pa, properly, the cheeks

being ill-looking.
6-

here, of the person.

properly, a sharp fellow; but colloquially, always the reverse.

8$0 $j> j u
a, the flesh creeping: ma, elliptically representing ma mil, hemp-seed and wood, used for
inanimate matter; hence, the affection of a foot asleep, or a palsied limb, which is ma mu.
g.

jjfil

t'ien 3 , thick, substantial

here, of the skin of the face

brazening

it

out,

he

pu

chih eh'ih,

is

insensible

to shame.
10. J$L

t'ou

may

ksing-t'ou, happiness, contentedness

pu hao ; that

II ft fu fen,

i '

I2

PU

be hao or

%a

*3- I?S

the

is,

amount

he

may

hsing, as in kao Using (see Lesson

XCI, Note

i)

a man's hsing-

be contented or discontented.

of happiness allotted [his family], his father hsiang chin, enjoyed to exhaustion.

chieh kuo, he has formed into fruit;

8$

sheng t'eng', to rise;

sc.,

as an

q.d.,

official.

he has done blooming, he has come to the end of his

career.

PART

V.

THE HUNDRED U-XSoNS.

LESSON
What do you mean by

leading such a
life as this ?
All you do of a day is to fill
1
your belly, and then to take up your guitar
1

or your lute

and go on strumming upon

no purpose that

make

to

propose

2.

name

you going

to get

for

have the luck

our

return, then

Recollect that the proverb says,


as much the mission of man to rise as it

your

to

be

ground that

when

and

is

We

master's.

you as a

2.

j|

ea p'i'-pa

t'ou ting,

what

3-

Bj|

4-

IS ;&

5-

3fi tun*, a blemish, as

19 Hr '*

7.
8-

my

head

4.

your regular

official

Certainly not

high in rank or
8

appointment

and

office

am

if I

not speak-

name someone

who owes

his

first

to his skill on the guitar, will

you?

sc.,

my

roof; chiao

the mind.

on a jewel.

shu, to study.

JJ* ch'u

ing the truth, perhaps you'll

fan, to play, either on

rises to, sc.,

tsuan-cho, burrowing with,

Jjl f2y pei' wu',


ffj

the

a certain stringed instrument.

hsien*, also a musical instrument

IB

qualification in

career, pray

heart and soul to such an accomplishment as

is

and remember

7
repute of being a dirty, low-caste individual.
Will your ability to play the giu'tar avail

while he

in the discharge of his


duty, devotes himself

"

It is

that,

under our feet,


owe him some
man,

"

however great proficiency you may


achieve on the guitar, you won't escape the

Manchus,

neglects the acquisition of things right and


proper for him to learn, and displays no zeal

'

Surely

to tin-

would be better

it

property of water to descend

families to the
all

Manchu.

3.

and as such we have Government rice to eat


and Government money monthly to spend.
Our quarters, from the roof 3 that covers our
are

of

a disgrace

is

useless subject of this sort.

it ?

We

he

worth your while to be studying 8 than expending all the best powers of your mind on a

yourself famous by your

guitar-playing, or are

bread by

it

C.

this guitar-playing,

Do you

can make out.

34!)

sMn,

mean and
to

dirty: pei, low, lowly; wu, foul.

commence an

official career.

it

or on the p'i-p'a.

tz'ft?,

or ts'ai

3
,

what

See Lesson

my

XC, Note

foot treads,

sc.,

my

8.

floor.

PART

VI.

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

352

ERH

Zir

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

PART

[CHAP.

i.

VI.

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING


OR

THE STORY OF A PROMISE THAT WAS


CHAPTER
Once upon a

1.

time,

ter's,

4
temple at P'u Chou, which was

built a

called the P'u-chiu

Ssii.

He died some years after, and his


Madame Ts'ui, whose maiden name was

age

was

CHENG/' then moved into the temple, where


she lived apart in some buildings on the west

and gravity gave great promise of future


happiness.

She was, besides, as clever as she was


She knew all history, ancient and
pretty.
modern, and she could write in all the four

side.

5.

11

She had one son and one daughter.


name was HUAN LANG the daugh-

3.

The

her eyebrows were well defined, her eye


10
clear, and her air of high breeding

!l

2.

wife,

I.

YING YiNG. 7 She also brought with her


a serving maid 8 named HUNG NIANG
she
was in close attendance upon YING YING,
who never stirred without her.
4. YING YING was just of the charming

under the T'ang

dynasty, there was a man high in office named


Ts'ui - CHIO, who, having retired into private
life,

KEPT.

son's

'

ill

W ~F>

IS

to retire into private life;

used only of retirement from

office; kuei, to

return to an original

condition of things.

2.

3-

'ff'-

ts'ui*,

a surname

IE

Note the use of

chio*

ts'eng as

is

also used only as a

name.

an adverb of past time, supplying the "once upon a time" with which the

story opens.
4"
5-

Tffl

HP

cheng*, a surname ; also the name of a feudal state in the Chou dynasty (B.C. 774-500)

P' U

c/ww, the

name

be in earnest, to attach importance


6.

JJ;

Madame
7.
8.

shih* after

two proper names indicates that the

1$

cheng chutnj, to

latter is the

maiden name of a married woman

thus,

$!; ying', the oriole;


*~f

to.

me CH&JG.

Ts'ui,

5JI ya' t'ou,

knots into which the hair


9-

of a prefecture in Shansi.

miao*

Sft

commonly called huang ying or huang li" (lf| III)'


a serving maid ya, a fork or crotch ya t'ou, lit., forked head, referring
of a young girl is tied a father can speak of his own daughters as ya t'ou.

ling',

to the

two

tufts or

charming age: miao, good, excellent;

ling, the years of one's

life,

an elegant synonym

of nien.
10. jfe

f,

3
3
high breeding: her ^a , excellence, tien , was of an orthodox kind, was regulated by the

titn,

canon

or standard, of education.
it-

fH

their excellence].

her mao, personal appearance, and

tt'ai, ability,

[were] shuang, equally (a pair), ch'iian, complete [in

CHAP.

PART

I.]

stylos of

ter.

discovery of someone

round hand, running


character, and the seal charac-

handwriting

hand, the

li

to lend.

12

still

in

promised

of Madame Ts'ui's.
This CHNG
nephew
an
was
HKNG, unfortunately,
especially worth-

from year to year,

His livelong day was passed hi


the
man
of means and consequence 14
playing
nothing could exceed his affectation of posi;

when you

least

was so greedy,

this,

vantage.
would cheat

needs be following their example. There was


positively nothing to be made of him.

certainly

clean away,

supplies became the


-

S:

3ff

running hand
ft

'3-

ts'ao li 4

expected

exceeded

10

And

it.

then he

always after some small adwith money he

22

if

He

he could not bully him.

was an out-and-out

rascal.

himself as best he might, empty handed, 2


without a fraction of income of any sort to

-'

for

such a degree of distress was he reduced.

life

chuan*, the four kinds of Chinese text

a wife's brother's son.

J3i>

21

to this

sist

a style introduced shortly before the Christian era

li,

cMn

Jj

and foraging

purpose of his

sole

until, in fact, it

Added

For these reasons he was despised by


everybody, and, little by little, he had to sub-

The upshot was that a fortune 15 he


had hail of over ten thousand taels was all
squandered

month and

to

8.

7.

17

month

Any man he found

that whatever he saw people doing, eating


choice fare or wearing fine clothes, he must

16

18

he was very
dangerous. He would speak you fair, and be
20
so that you came to grief
tripping you up,

the original loan.

less person.

Another bad habit he had was

of these ran on from

13

tion.

of

for his need and seeing that to the end


of time he never paid his debts, the interest

quite a child she had been


marriage to CH&NG HfiNG, a

While

who might have money

Whoever had, he would borrow

him
6.

353

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

chen, the true, fairly

chuan, ordinarily

wife's relations are distinguished as nei

known

formed

ts'ao,

the

as the seal character.

when they belong

to the males of her

and as wai when they belong to the females thus, Madame Ts'ui's brother's children were her nei chih-'rh and
nei chili ml-'rh, her sister's children were her wai sheng' ($f 5$}) and wai sheng nil-'rh; her brothers stood in the
relation of nei hsiung and nei ti to her husband, whose own sister's children were both her and his wai sheng and wai
2
s]ii in/ nil; his
brothers, elder and younger, being Madame Ts'ui's ta po (fc f&) an d hsiao shu (jj> jjjj) respectively,
family,

3
Peking, ta pai -tzti and hsiao shu-tzU; Madame Ts'ui's sisters, elder and younger, standing in the relation to
and hsiao i respectively. |f[, lit., constant, regular.
her husband of ta i* (fc

or, in

^)

'4-

a stall
1

(sc.,

5-

'6I

7-

8.

$f-

~f

p'ai

of wares)

is

to arrange in order, to set out; hence, p'ai-tzti, ostentation, display; pai 3 chia-tzti,, to set out
much the same sense. Note that jjg when used in the sense of only is read ching 4

used in

1. fortune

squandered.

fJ|J

'"

$1

|j!

'o

2
,

tang-'rh, that would serve [to maintain], chia, a family or home.

See Part IV, Dialogue V,

to forage, to

"cadge":

lo,

Note

9.

a net; looked about, sou, for what he could net,

_^J, ran on from month to month and year to year: both chi* and

lei

lo.

(note the tone)

mean to

accumulate.
'9-

2O

2I

tfa

*>

in addition; see

$? ~F> trip
to put the hobbles on.

who

RB

&

has seen

covets every
22.

doors to

"J"

little

new

ij$ ping

}i|j

jiff

Part III, 1076.

pan-tzit (see

Note that yu, or some

similar adverb,

must precede

Part V, Lesson XXII, Note 4) are properly hobbles;

ta.

_t $f -f,

greedy; strictly speaking, "shallowness under the skin of the eyes" is applied to a person
is generally used to indicate the childish
greediness that

and has no experience, but the expression

object.
1
,

to cheat, to do out of; properly, to pull a

make them shut

23. ;|s

vou U P

bow; peng-kung-'rh, the bow attached by the Chinese to

of themselves.

ch'iian'-t'ou, the fist:

tsuan ch'iian-t'ou, to close the

fist.

45

354

Tztr

EKH

COLLOQUIAL SEKIES.

CHI.

CHAPTER

man named

had been

it

occupation

T'IEN

RH,

whose

do jobs

to

up,

people.

and borrow a

little

money

of him.

With-

out loss of time he slipped on an old doublet


that was of something between a green and a
blue, and so worn that it made a terrible show.

sole

for other

He had, as a fact, begun with nothing,

II.

3.

suddenly remembered that there was still


one friend to whom he might apply for assistance'2

ii.

On the day in question it occurred to


CHENG HENG that he ought to look this friend

was his destiny,1 however, that he


should be rescued from his difficulties.
He
It

1.

[CHAP.

As soon

as

it

was

he saw at a glance

on,

that,

but had succeeded in establishing himself, and


at the time we are speaking of he was worth

on purpose,7 there were also two buttonloops off, which he had to stitch on, and then

of his career his conduct

he perceived that his cap had no throat-lash


either.
But he had no time to mend this,

means

At the commencement
had not been by any
but he was now a reformed

as he

as

a good deal of money.

correct,

character. 5
2.

CHENG HENG, having no

if

was

afraid of missing his chance;

so

away he went with his cap in this condition,


8
wagging his head from side to side preten-

abilities of his

own, had in earlier times associated himself


as a partner with T'IEN
RH, and the two had

tiously, till

he got to T'IEN

knocked at the

RH'S,

when he

door.

been closely linked together 6 in various shady


transactions.

'

&

fiS>

read hiio* kai, it was his destiny: ho, lit., to correspond to, to meet; kai, what ought to happen. Note
mean " served him right," but that the bad or good fortune, as the case may be, was foreordained.

that huo kai does not


2.

3-

^ ~ pang

J|jj

chu', to assist

hang' irh, the second in the family

fj

See Part III, Exercise

M
:

4-

lit

S5 4&

^ "T

some such word as


subscriptions
6.

4J

^
jjji

hang, a row, a

Note

list,

line,

a series

second in the

is

cfe'e

list (q.d.,

of sons).

73.

do odd jobs for other people ; lit., to hoist the


often used with the object placed between the two characters ; thus, J

la 1 p'eng*

ch'ien*, to

(p'mg) and drag the

sail

Jg-

$C,

a house agent.

properly jff jj.

shou 1 lien 4 , was a reformed character:

wild oats," bad propensities,

etc.,

lien, to

gather together, as a

must be understood.

Lien 4

is

number

of scattered articles;

also read lien 3 , as

$j&, to get in

(ft, to collect debts.

Jfl fora

to 1 lien'

huan, a ring of two links;

cf.

of a questionable nature.

Jjfc

7-

ti fi ^, $f>

8-

Iff f;| Bij

shake, to vibrate, or to
indicates a

10; Part IV, Dialogue IV,

XXVIII,

I?

tow rope. La di'ien is


Note that to hoist a sail
5

both characters are identical in meaning.

as if
fisi

huan 3

closely linked together;

5U H|, the Chinese


~
f@ j^ IH, to fire a

"Jl,

on purpose.
J

2/ a

t'

more violent action

lit.,

added together and linked: huan, a ring;

The above expression

is

lien

only applied to transactions

volley.

See Part III, 925.

u kuang* nao

move from

ring puzzle.

side to side

ti,
;

wagging his head from side

to side

the latter character, which

is

the two are often used together as a single verb.

both yao and huang mean to

not recognised by the dictionaries,

CHAP.

PART

III.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

CHAPTER
RH came

T'IEN

1.

soon as he had looked

him

was, he asked

it

at

in

"
;

"

And

"

2.

CHENG

fond of being complimented.


ingly much pleased to hear

pray,"

?"

and how

world,

know.

mouthful

to get a

But now,

in

your

was

sir,

opinion,

this

way out

"

for

You are right there," said T'IEN KH;


3.
men of our class a handicraft is quite out

betake
sir,

of the question."
"

4
"

True indeed, sir," said CHENG HENG


used to my comforts, 4 how should

engage in handicraft

much

so full of years

sir,

less

me

position inspires

'

IB

3-

t'ai*

?f|

%%

Your

with infinite respect. 6

are well aware,


I

sir,"

continued

have a good deal of pride 7

a very narrow way, to which I


I am here to-day,

it,

in utter despair. 9

you
it

Now

to help

me

it is

for

you

to

do

suits you."

this

T'IEN

was a fellow who

10
always had an eye to the main chance, and
he did not at all like to lose anything. So
as soon as he heard such words as these

could you,

and good actions

better off than the gods themselves.

on a pole

to ask

"j.

worthy

of

me

so or not as

am

I that

"

possible ?"
"

accord-

CHENG HENG

about me but a fine fellow [as they say] may


be ruined 8 for want of a single cash. That is
precisely my case, and there remains but one

a journeyman,
to learn his craft of him.

me

As you

CHENG HENG,

relative of mine,

once wanted

"

6.

don't

He was

speak in this way.

This was a happy hit on the part of


HENG, for the man T'IEN was very

5.

where do you come from


come from my house, sir," replied
CHENG HENG; "I have not a cash 2 in the
said he,

III.

as

him and seen who

walk

to

and

to the door,

355

he bounced out before he had time

"

himself,

ou, to raise or lift the head: t'ai, to raise or

11

"

Your idea

means

lift,

is

also to carry

to

to stop

get something

between two or more

men

$j; -f- $J, chair-bearers.

yf

* fi n

t$|

'

w>2- fen

is

the one-hundredth part of a tael

See Part V, Lesson

LXXX,

Note

wen

is

the nunierative of cash.

7.

~f $}, accustomed to comforts shou yung, comfortable, is elliptical shou, in the matter of what
yung, in what one makes use of [there is sufficiency] a sufficiency in the requirements of daily life
in other words, comfortable surroundings as compared with $j* jjfc, bodily comfort.
4-

ffi

one enjoys or

tft

gets,

5-

IB!

6-

^1 5i

how much

ho k'uang,

"51,

mu

hsien*

4
,

less?

to admire

lit.,

the

how much more?

first

word meaning

to admire as superior to oneself

the second, to feel

devotion to as superior to oneself.


7-

l^r

IS y an 9*

yjfo

j|jj

f h'i,

pride: lit, to hold

up

one's spirit; not to

be overridden; proper pride, or

self-respect, is

it is

down

pieh

synonym

tao 3 , to crush: pieh in its original sense is

for suppression,

9-

Io

3& RT

may

&

Jjjj

^,

an ulcer or abscess which has not yet burst; hence


to hold one's breath,

JU

pieh tao in the present instance means to crush under the weight,
ruin a man.

one's indignation

of] a single cash

sc.,

of feelings, etc., as

See Part IV, Dialogue IV,

fa4

Note

^ ~~
q.d.,

fit

"P Jl-

of poverty

to

keep

[the want

49.

an advantage out of anything: chan, lit., to encroach upon; he only looked


ffi OS. 'S. chan p'ien i,
to (chih kn ; see Part V, Lesson XLII, Note 3) tzti-chi chan p'ien i, getting a personal advantage, the main chance
he was a shou-'rh, hand, that would positively (chueh) not suffer loss.
-

to get

"

76

^r> involuntarily, in spite of himself.

356

TZtJ

12

for nothing;

what

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

"Whatever you

it?"

is

ERH

besides, that I

please," answered CHIANG HENG; "it matters

have not paid

[CHAP, in.,

iv.

off in full, 15

and

in addition to all this, the crops have been


16
swamped by the floods ; I have a little money,

not what."

time, I

but not more than just enough 17 to pay my


own way. And then there is another matter;

assure you," said he


"I have lost money in
business my stock of goods is low, and the

had some idea 18 of purchasing myself a


I
grade, and of buying some land as well.

no longer what can be made on


they have to be sold off cheap for what
14
and just now
ready money they will fetch,
business is at a standstill.
I owe money,

can't

8.

T'IEN'S countenance

"You have come

changed at once

an unfortunate

at

13

them

12.

te'ou* ch'iao,

^5

H 7

4-

i5

let

I'll

'S6.

3-

?R

7-

1 8.

it

for nothing (see

opportune;

$ Men

you have

to

lit.,

mai pu shi 1 to
on credit wo shS cho,
,

swamp,

Part V, Lesson

to

money

lending

LXV, Note

6)

else ?"

anyone

read hsiin', to look

Note

sell
I'll

cheap without giving credit:


take it on credit.

the, to

buy

for.

or sell on credit;

wo

she

i.

to drown; used of persons or things, but with the former in combination with 5E> as yen

iH US

chin 3 kou, only just enough: chin, only, scarcely, exactly, with nothing to spare.

#j|f,

abort

|0 ^

myself; just
I should be

a combination of fortuitous [circumstances].

See Part V, Lesson III,


1

yen
drowned.
1

want something

hsin', to

kei ni,

ssti,

'3- Til

make both ends meet 19


think, now, how is it possible

is

question

**#*

chuan pu k'ai, can't make both ends meet: both chou and chuan mean to revolve; chou
k'ai must be here used in the sense of clearing a passage, as in tsou k'ai, to get out of
K'ai has often the force of the adverbial termination able, which is the
the way, fen pu k'ai, undistinguishable.
Chou chuan pu k'ai, the circle or revolution
property of many other words in Chinese, such as jg 'fff, jfc, etc.
19.

j)!|

JJU chou*

chuan, a complete revolution

( q.d.,

of

my

daily expenditure)

is

uncomplete-aife ; there

is

a block in

CHAPTER
"

That

i.

purchasing

of

grades,"

CHENG HENG, when he had heard what

the

unwary;

purchase of land

How many
may

ask

_L fa shang
-

are

is

right enough.

you now farming,

"

"

acres

a$ st ~T

that will do,"

sir,

2.

T'lEN

"

tang', to fall into a trap.

wiN

that's

do, is

good enough

"

"

Are you

"

mind your own

my

abruptly asked
business, and don't be

keeper ?

4
playing the dog after the mice, meddling with
CHENG HENG
what doesn't concern you."
was too great a coward ever to put himself

in

that cannot be k'ai, cleared away.

IV.

said

other had to say, "is simply a trap for the

it

See Part V, Lesson

a qualified approval.

the

way

XL, Note

of a collision,

and finding

his

I.

Note that pa

4
liao without the prefix too

means

enough of the matter."

6 mu and upwards are equivalent to an English acre.


;
4
3
(? kou na hao -tzu; hao-tzu, a rat, a mouse; distinguished as to or hsiao: to
meddle with what does not concern one, the catching of rats and mice being the business of a cat, not a dog ;
Jj! (Radical 208), being
p^ is merely another form of D|J (see Part III, 983). Eats and mice are also called
distinguished as ta and hsiao.
3-

Bjft

mu3

a Chinese measure of land

4-faJ^^-y^

H?

ftfi

PART

CHAP. IV.]

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

vi.

whose tone had been pleasant enough,


suddenly changing his front, he made equal

"
Every man," said he, is bound
know how to stitch and patch 9 you

to

"

haste to say,
Dear me I only wanted to
borrow a little money of you if there was
if nothing, noanything to be done, good

you

And

containing a

man who was


When he saw

The proverb says

only joking.
but dirt

"Now,

sum

We
as

"

don't

on

the

"how many

and

stove-bed,

things do

"

HENG.

any

So

mean

to say that

you are

me any number," said CHENG


am concerned, the more

ready to give

far as I

'

[and mine is engaged in this matter].


two were as great friends once upon a time

was possible

it

and

for us to be,

the better."
8.

would

it

"

give you but one article," said


Take the first that comes to hand
no occasion for you to be picking and

there

I shall

"

T'IEN.

be to ignore all our past claims 7 on each


other, wouldn't it, if I were to let you tell me

is

choosing."

the story you have told me to no purpose ?


8
he went
4. Then after a short pause
on,

said he,

You

7.

Money

well,

sir,"

of articles of dress,

out

it

you want?"

'

one's reputation is worth

number

opened

having

ready to face any conditions).


that CHIANG HENG was going away, he came
round at once, and said with a smile, " I was
is

will

you a present of something

6.

T'IEN was a piece of gristle that always

3.

turned the edge of the knife 5 (a

"

Saying which he brought out a cloth


10
more or less the worse for wear,
wrapper

thereupon he rose

to go.

up

me make

let

like that," said T'IEN,

new?"

don't see what occasion there was

for this sort of


thing."

making fun of people."

"Don't talk

5.

needn't be

thing

"

and over

friend,

357

9.

CHENG HENG took no

"That's a worn-out old thing you have

talking his eye

mending your own

which he drew

on; are you


clothes ?"

still

to

up

CHENG HENG blushed up

to roll,

the same

to the ears

lit

upon

11

a brand

new 12

cloak,

out, taking care to observe at


"
This is no great things."
time,

t5 /J 15 kun3 tao chin 1 gristle that turns the edge of the knife, a tough customer, one on whom it is not
make an impression; also, a man who is ready to face any emergency: kun, to turn, to mil over; ff j;J
as a dog or a mule, in the dust kun also means to bubble, to boil, as kun
shui, boiling water, but k'ai shui is

5-

easy to

notice whatever

of this illiberal speech, but while T'IEN was

more common.
6.

7-

abandon
8

:1| /ere
FJiJ

dung fen

J5 SH

Part

for kuiig, see

1$

t'u,

T ~~ Hi

2,

earth used for manure, as the sweepings of streets, etc.

Imng 1 thin

Iff ch'ien

c/t'i

4
,

the merit of past service utterly thrown away:

ch'i,

to fling away, to

III, 1042.

after a pause.

See Part III, Exercise

3.

articles,

not found apart from fing ; chan 4 an opened


as a division between the "uppers" and the sole of a boot, an open seam in the

timbers of a boat, and so forth

pin fen

shih,

10.

j |f

Tit

pao'-fu*, a wrapper:

n-

fit,

seam

lien 2 , a seam,

XXXI,

/tf?
seam, generally applied to hard

to stitch a

9- !>t fel ?jt

a matter which

but

it is

it is

one's proper share or lot to perform.

a square cloth, properly read/u 2

?fr OJI 7g |t>


upon: leng yen, an unprejudiced eye; an eye that looks upon a thing for the
first time, or that is not influenced by
familiarity with the object contemplated e.g., a person is ill, and he invites a
friend with whom he is not in constant contact to look at him with a leng yen and tell him whether he appears worse

his eye lit

than he did some time previously as the people in constant contact with him regard him with an accustomed eye
(^5 Sft ~T)> t'lev are no * a e to appreciate the difference in his appearance.
;

I2
first

3
v\ W( chan hsin', brand new, just cut off [from the original piece]: the character ? (chan*) appears in the
work and is also given in WILLIAMS'S Dictionary, but native dictionaries support the first reading.

edition of this

TZU ERH

358
"Chut!" said T'IEN

10.

"

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

"

RH, with a sneer,

14.

13

Keep what you have for yourself,"


RH; "I want for nothing; and

it
Try and put up with
you will disgust
if
show
are
never satisfied.
that
people
you
you
Take the thing and go your ways but once

said T'IEN

out of this house, mind, I won't undertake to

with you as well."

11.

else

now

fifty

catties in it;

it."

change

"
?

"I should

12.

say," said T'IEN,

had best make up your mind

"

that

at once

if

you

"And

what," said

here

it,

you might take

CHENG HENG,

what

do

shall I

she-ass

lend you to put

it

15

on,"

"
?

here

that

said T'IEN

and play the spendthrift

CHENG HENG promised most empha-

what little thing shall I


he thanked him,
have the honour of presenting you with in

tically

return

friend good-bye,

17.

that he would not, and bidding his


away he went.

10

?"

along

my

there now, don't go


any more."

as

it

are too thoughtful, really," said


"but it's out of
power to

"

"

a sack of rice with

is

weight
"I've a stout

6.

I will

you

take this you'll have done very well."


13.

"You

CHENG HENG;
u such a
lift

it be
changed for something
asked CHENG HENG, smiling.

"Might

now

think of

15.

iv., v.

[CHAP,

1
'3- ^L @> poo han*, put up with, keep one's opinion to oneself; used generally with reference to presents given,
2
or as an apology for a blunder, etc.
f^ "S "&
Si 5i ft> he is inexperienced, make due
H. i^ IS
i&
:

N.B.

allowance for him.

$1

'4-

phrase

Dialogue

ti

liu\ to carry in the hand, to carry by one's side or lift from the ground: the value of liu in this
N.B. Ti 1 , not t'i*, as in Part IV,
it is a colloquialism probably peculiar to the North.

to discover;

II, 36.

1?

15-

for

\vl

is difficult

Shih*, not shUi*.

some reason
'6-

3
ts'ao Hi, a she-ass: ts'ao, the female of equine animals, but colloquially only applied to asses and,
or other, to domestic fowls, though generally without the radical "horse."

iHJ

-tj3J

Jf

fi^

emphatically, decisively: ch'ieh', to chop

up

(see

Part V, Lesson LV, Note 7);

also, a

particle expressive of earnestness, emphasis, or sincerity.

CHAPTER
I.

old

For

all

a coat as

his promises, unfortunately the


in him, and he

went straight

to a

gambling house that he

to frequent.

The people

at

sighted.

play there were men whose experience of the


outside world was limited. 1 They were aware
that

CHENG HENG had

of late been without

something

of any kind, and they were quite surprised to see him all of a sudden with such
'
-

8 j& 8 1K VM Bl

3-

H.

4-

1W

5-

Note

to

does
"

don't

you?"

see

said

don't be chaffing
I want
5
of
this
for
me,
dispose
;

to eat

some of you, and


drink with the

signify to

it

us get some meat and

let

money

what say you

"
?

13.

chin-*hih*-yen, short-sighted: shih, to regard, to behold; Jfc I0i long sight.

that sense

See above, Chapter IV,

comes one of them

man, you know, and

"What
CHENG HENG

well."

means

Up

this.

"
What is this
him, accordingly, and says he,
made of ? [let's have a look ;] I'm a near-

man remained unchanged

had been used

V.

tfj

LIV, Note 3.
hua: ch'iao p'i is,
but when applied to speech it means to
See Part V, Lesson

JJC f?f chfiao* p'i

I8> to get rid

of,

either

by pawning

strictly speaking, pretty,


chair, to

or selling.

winsome,

attractive,

and

is

often used in

give a person credit for attractions he does not possess.

PART

CHAP. V.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

359

This suited his hearers well; 6 they


were greatly pleased and in no time the coat

5. Now, amongst these gamblers there


was one bald-headed fellow, 13 well known for

had been sold and a


and brought in.

as crafty a schemer 14 as any man.


He was
tho
of
the
rice
that
sight
tempted by

2.

3.

meat

Some

till

all in

bought

CHNG

down

of the party stewed

was

it

lot of things

HNG

had got with him, and taking two or


three of the party aside, he entered into consultation with them on the subject.

the

shreds 7 and smelt fra-

9
grantly others kneaded dough as fast as they
could and others baked the scons. And just
;

as all this

was being got ready, there were

some who had a fancy


It

was every man


4.

Now

for

still

my trying my
to-day, except
that what I want to do can't exactly be done

savoury dumplings.

CHNG HENG

when

by me

had

keep out

all

of

The moment that he had got

of his way.

meat and wine

7.

"

"

the proverb
Friends
is meat and
there
be
friends
when
may
only
wine going; man and wife will remain man
is

and wife where there

is

iE

*t*

ftii

tun

8.

D|f

@ ^'en

}H il

7-

11

11.

|^ |^
fjlf

'jjjj,

it

what

to his proposition;

never do to break the law h'ke that,"

they; "you must be set on your

So

far

from

own

minding what

lit.,

said he, "well

and good; but

trouble 16

am

and

if

taken up for

I get into
I
it,

may

exactly hit [the wish that was] at the bottom of (or

See Part III, 302.

stewed (or boiled) a long time until

it

was

f^j (hsi

),

watery, and J$| (Ian*), done to a shred.

hsiang, gave forth a fragrant odour: p'en, to puff out, as from the mouth.

ch'uai 1 , to

being baked on an
10.

or wishes

alike;

15

they said, however, the bald man threatened


them " If you won't join me in the business,"

nothing to cook but


no bond that holds

'IS- jus* suited their ideas

to get hold

?"

destruction."

[There
plain
in adversity but the matrimonial.]

beneath) [each man's] bosom.

me

help

and then we can divide

The men objected

It will

said

is

rice."

thing,

do you say

to give them, their friendly

True indeed

You

all alone.

the

amongst us, share and share

demeanour u returned, and they ate his meat


and drank his wine and made merry 12 with
him.

hand

to prevent

to his liking, without a doubt.

observe,

10

no money, these men would

"

learned the ways of a certain craft


"I see nothing
a long time ago," said he
6.

thump

or

knead the dough preparatory to making

scons, these scons or cakes

f$

(ping

3
)

iron,

J$f (too

).

po'-po', dumplings

cakes of various kinds.

also, small

friendly demeanour: mien, the face of eVing (short for 3>C

fjif),

friendship, tiao Tcuo lai,

was turned

round to him.
I2

drank
:

f?H

(yin).

3-

Ifi

Cf.

36 "?

tft &' a * hiiai' ch'ang*

^j $J, happy,

t'u'-tza,

free

from

fhiln

lit.,

opened their hearts

(cast care to the winds)

and joyously

(ch'ang)

t'u is also applied to the point of

a Chinese pencil or writing brush

out.

14.
|H tiao tsuan, unscrupulous
adjective expressive of general depravity.

^ iH ^) IS

care.

a bald-headed person

which from much use has opened

'S-

yin

and scheming

t'an* yuri sa?i 4

to a degree that

pu

kuo, could not be surpassed: tiao

share and share alike: chiin and yiin, or chiin yiin,

Pan, properly, to contribute to, but here merging its sense into that of son, to distribute.

mean

Cf. J*[

is

an

in even part*
fJf

j&

^>

to strike an average.
'6-

|B

law ; just as

7 y.
JB A

get into trouble; not to break the law, but to get into trouble in consequence of breaking the
is a criminal under arrest, not a law-breaker who has not been caught out

360

in

TZfr

it too."

child's play

reflected a

When a thief bites,"

If

shall only sacrifice

ourselves for nothing."

18

And

still

CHENG HENG, and

to

such a

here

lot of liquor

and when the rest were not minding


him, he stole away home with the donkey
behind him, reeling and lurching backwards
tunity,

so back they
"

said they,

There's

what say you

and forwards as he went.


11. It was broad daylight when he got to
his house, and at the same moment a man

to see who has got the


CHENG HENG tried to excuse

match

to a drinking

hardest head ?"

19
himself; "I can't carry much," said he,

had been sent by T'IEN ERH for the


presented himself, and led her oft' home.

"and

that

"

have already had my fill."


Nonsense !"
"
man, force the wine into his
20
mouth, and see whether he will drink or
I

not."

CHENG HENG was by nature

as

much

fast

as

to turn to

and drink with

hard as he could.

The drinking

went on
fifth

till

when they had

forced as

3iE f

19

4C

IP

fft fP9

ffi

not one could stand

p'an', drag

you

in for it;

well.

"

What ? "

cried he,

as he

lit.,

Robbery

in

broad day

Ah

See Part V, Lesson XIII,

drag you out.

it's

like

Note

my

10.

pai jao , for nothing; jao is here used in the sense of to throw something extra into a bargain;
ffi> throw this in as well
pai jao is to throw in something for nothing, to give absolutely away.

(Bo

IB*

SB

See Part III, 776, Obs.

jf; Hang*.

-- JH

titan

4
,

here, to

21
~fc
ffi Is
demeanour which courtesy
-

2fc

turned himself over and got off the stove-bed,


"

'7-

22

was well past noon when he woke,


first
thing he did was to look

but not a grain of rice was there


there, and the door, he observed, had been

drank so

all

It

for the rice

legs.

l &-

?G

13.

off his rice.

and the very

that they were staggering and stum-

bling from side to side

on his

a poker, and carried

the day began to break 23 in the

watch,

much

asleep.

every mortal thing, the bald man, coming


24
with
stealthily to his door, wrenched it open

21
using strong language, he became afraid that
there would be a general row. 22 So he had

them

upon it and fell


While he was unconscious of

sently he stretched himself

bad people as he was ready to bully


the gentle, and when he found his companions
afraid of

no alternative but

ass

12. CHENG HENG went in, and having


his rice and bolted the door, he sat
down
put
down to rest a while on the stove-bed; pre-

cried the bald

g.

so far

what was now taking place, he pretty nearly


guessed the truth. So he watched his oppor-

we

we

CHENG HENG, however, was not

gone; he was still half sober; and having


had his suspicions from the first, when lie saw

thought

don't do as he wants,

came

10.

This was

little.

bites right into the bone.

"lie

tin -v,

"

[CHAP. v.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

you in

don't drag

if I

CHI.

17

The men

8.

no

bed

die in iny

\t'\-

for

ERH

fc

%j

hsiin*,

kuan

yao*, to administer medicine.

using strong language; hs'dn, properly, docile, modest, humble; the humility of

requires.

i SH

$j

(p. 149).

pour forcibly down the throat, to compel to drink

"fifc

^J!J

fit ?3

>

tsao 1 Jcao*, there

would be a general row:

to chia huo-'rh, the

whole of the

would with him nao, get angry to the making of a tsao kao ; the first word is used of anything so
rotten or saturated as to have lost its consistency (see Part V, Lesson XLVII, Note 12) ; the second signifies a cake of a
Cf. tsao law, here's a mess ; used of any disastrous combination of circumstances.
certain kind.
parties associated

2 3-

?H

fii

24.

fH

ch'iao

55

4
,

fr5 fllf IBt

wen? meng* Uang*-rh, the break of day; meng,

to prize, to burst open: poker, t'ung-t'iao;

lit.,

penetrating rod.

properly, misty or foggy.

PAET

CHAP. V.]
luck; the worse
misfortunes be." 25

am

And

off,

worse

the

he went

so

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

361

launched a most dreadful decree 32 at him,


directing him to shut himself up and meditate

my

on, crying

and howling ever so long, making a great


noise, and to no purpose either.

He had

his wrong-doing.

upon

33

paralysis

a stroke of

some time after, and


treatment, he died of it.

in his house

The explanation of all this is that


CHNG H&NG came primarily of a bad stock.26
His father, who had held a provincial appoint-

this not yielding to

27
ment, confined his attention to taking bribes.
He had no feeling for the troubles of the

and the family, as we have just shown, being


thus unsound at the root, it was not possible,

14.

people

been allowed to run

the aged and lonely, widows, orphans,

or childless parents, 28 all alike, he

was

would have

it,

that he,

his favourite 34 son,

riot

CHNG

36

had

in his childhood,

Hfbra, should be any

good himself? So true is it that no cloth can


be drawn out of the indigo vat 36 unstained.

29
whenever a chance
something out of them
itself
he
would
turn
the public inpresented
;

terest to his

CH&NG H&NG,

15.

In the ruin that had at this time befallen

whole family 37 is seen the perfect uner38


ringness of Heaven's justice.

own account; 30 then he had no

his

capacity except for bad ends, and being at


denounced to the Emperor,31 His Majesty

last

2 S-

is

2<^

ift

2 7-

1
zft tsao

1 Hi

yang

meet with misfortune or mishap.

to

ken*-chi', stock

c&i,

j^ $g

ft

|j|'

a foundation, a basis.

s^ow hui 4 lu 4 , to take bribes ; the

j$?

Cf.

first

sometimes used without the second

fx

||J, to offer

or

give bribes.
2 ^'

3
ft 3P Jt 83 iaji' fata Ait tot 3 : JitaJi, an aged widower kua, lone, alone here, a widow (commonly called
&, properly, fatherless, but here used of one without either parent tu, properly, single, but used of men in
1

:Jk $1?)

years

who have no
2 9-

JfiB

}3

3- TR

son.

lo

jPf

k'en

3
,

to levy black mail, to extort

cftia

?,/

secondary sense of to borrow

money from;

Jc'en

also

means

to detain

by

force.

own account chia is here used in its


kung* chi ssii ,
he borrowed the public [opportunities his position afforded him], chi, to further, ssii, his

turned the public interest to his

private interests.

31

32

ts'an 1 , also read ts'en (see

HI;

lei*

SI

ijgi

fan'-huan 4

34-

t'%', short

35-

KE

33-

Part III, 493 and 576), to impeach or denounce to the Emperor.

fing", both meaning thunder, are applied to the anger of the Emperor.
paralytic, paralysis

fan, paralysis

huan, a word of the same meaning never separated

from fan.

ffe

m 1?

for

feng ai
4

tsung

fa

(see

Part III, 453).

sa* yeh 3 , allowed

to scatter ; hence, to be unrestrained, to let go


4

36. gjt iQ, tien

37-

^ ^C

j$C

kang

JH

1
,

an indigo vat

ch'iian chia

(see

Part V, Lesson VIII, Note

(see

Part V, Lesson

38-

thuang

3
,

5c ?1 58
to be

(cf.

him

to ran riot: tsung, to loosen, to let go; hence, to allow; sa,

sa shou 3 , let go)

yeh, in a wild manner.

kang, an earthenware jar or vessel.

pai chin,

his

whole family utterly ruined

pai,

damaged

or destroyed, also defeated

14).

chao 1 chang', the manifestation, t'ien li, of Heaven's justice, ssil hao 2, in the minutest degree
XXXIX, Note 8), pu shuang, is not incorrect; chao 1 , bright light; chang, manifestation of light;
j|

wrong

(see

Part III, 823).

46

362

ERH

TZtJ

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

CHAPTER
And now

HENG was

think that he

YING and her maid HUNG NIANG

there he

(Miss ROSE),

like

looking, a very

handy

"

I don't

know what can be the matter


YING YING to her one day in

with me," says


the work-room; 5 "for the last few days, I
don't know why, I've had a bad headache, and
it

made me

has

feel so

been able to bear

low that

tan 1 , only.

-33

S,

4-

Jjfc

^!l ma'-li, sprightly,

5'

tja

Sit hsiu*

j!f ya',

buds

it

he was so good.

is

the thought of

and

CHENG

you

this time, I daresay


"
say to going with me to see ?

by

servant.

handy

Hj

sisters.

probably corruptly used for

not sprouts, which are miao*

(see

My

idea

him

HUNG NIANG; "if you'll please


me what you think it best you should do,

budding

fang, a boudoir or lady's work-room

told

I'll

can be used of the relationship of brothers as well as

3'

6.

is no longer a youth, and


yet
not only with half his life spent
nothing, but getting himself ill

See Part III, 308.

p'u*, master

wait upon you." "Those trees you planted


in the garden one day," said YING YING, " are

"Mayn't it be that you have some"


thing on your mind, miss ? answered HUNG
"
If I might give a guess, whether it's
NIANG.

H
i m chu

that

tell

3.

i.

when

miss," said

it."

right or not, I should say that that

Well,

a sigh; "don't begin talking nonsense the


first thing in the morning."
"Very good,

have hardly

that keeps
from
in
you
taking pleasure
anything you are
"
about."
There, there," said YING YING with
is

speech.
2.

eh

is,

when we were

and ready of

servant,

it,

doing
spoken of by everybody, I can't help detesting him. We were nicely taken in indeed

was in their private relations quite


a sister. 3 She was, to say the truth, nice-

mistress,

the cause of

in

who, although nominally the servant of her

vi.

VI.

[leaving CHENG HENG for a


1
while] let us confine our attention to YING
i.

[CHAP.

!.

hriu, to embroider.

Part III, 691).

The bud

of a flower

is

what do

CHAP.

PAET

VII.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

CHAPTER
While we leave them

1.

walk,

this tune in Hsi-lo;


2

KuNG, and

his

to go up to the capital in time for


them, talcing with him a single servant called
CH'IN T'UNG 8 (the lad CH'IN).
3. The day before they were to start the

name was CHANG

was CHUN Jui (the

his style 3

Our

since.

"We

graduate said to CH'IN T'UNG,


off to-morrow the moment it

Jewel of his Sovereign).


2. His father likewise had
held high
office, but had retired, and, returning to his
4
home, had died long

VII.

mined

to take their

us speak of a certain graduate at

let

363

you got everything ready


have?"

graduate,

is

shall be

light

have

that you ought to

though small of stature, had a distinguished


countenance; he was modest in manner and

"I have everything ready, sir," answered CH'IN T'UNG and next morning, very

and kindly disposition 6


the same time he possessed so much of

early, master and

of a courteous

complishment, whether as a
in the

way

of

man

4.

at

They had been


when they came to a

in fact, put faith in

And

him.

ney.

now, most

opportunely, while he was wishing to test the


ability within him, the year of the metropolitan examinations

2.

3^ kung

3
,

fSf

decline, to

IS

W UK

p'ei^

ffi

lit, friendly
2
,

name by which he
life.

is

known

to his friends.

9-

%j-

^ ^j

12

that they were

Note that

hsieh

is

See Part III, 858.

here used in

primary sense of to

its

fp, to apologise.

and pleasing;

in combination, courteous, friendly.

to have regard or respect for, to have confidence in

The expression

p'ei

fu

is

p'ei, to carry

on the person, as clothes

derived from an ancient poem, in which the poet says that he


:

Jjj(

f|f

^f

ifjf

^p> W-i the year of the great comparison; the metropolitan examination for the degree of chin-

shih (the highest literary grade), which is held once in every three years.
the author of the story is in the capital ; were he not, lai would be incorrect.
8-

place at

words of a certain philosopher upon his girdle and wear them constantly about him
'JK (see also LEGGE'S Classics, Vol. I, p. 160, 4).

^C Jt

their jour-

travelling

suited each other so perfectly


just like brothers.

deter-

withdraw from

lit.,

Cf. also f|J

wear ornaments.

will write the

style," or the

hsieh* shih*, to die

6-

7-

"

withdraw from.

ft 81 ho ai 3 ;

fit p'ei, to

on

a jewel; not used colloquially.

5-

^T &>

came round, and he

hao*, a person's

3-

4-

set out

some days
no great distance from which the graduate CHANG remembered that a man named Tu 10 was living;
the two had been friends in adversity, 11 anu

ac-

of letters or

exercises, that everyone,

manly

man

ch'in* t'ung

ch'i' chieh', all

ch'in, the

ready

2J$ JjC

*jj

^f

note

lai, indicating

that

Chinese lute or harpsichord; t'ung, a lad under 15 years of age.

yii

pei

ti,

prepared, ch'i chieh, to a state of completeness

chieh, to cut off

hence,

bring to an end.
10. ;fc tu 4
,
properly,

a species of crab apple, commonly called /fc

also, to

shut out, as

Pfj

f^ ^,

to deny oneself to visitors.


itI2>

(fj,

huan*, misfortune, calamity.

'fit

IS; Si*

were in harmony.

'&> suited each other perfectly: their ch'ing, feelings,

T'ou has various other meanings.

t'ou*,

accorded,

and

their

i,

opinions, ho,

364

TZtJ fiRH CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SEBIES.

5. This man, who was now in the army,


was quartered with a force under his command at the P'u Kuan, in charge ls of that barrier.
His extraordinary proficiency in martial

and

exercises

his skill in the

movement

u were such that he was known


troops
Pai Ma Chiang-chun. 15

of

as the

7. Accordingly, he did rest awhile, and


he
asked one of the people of the inn if
then
there was any place worth going to in the

"There's the P'u-chiu Sstt.


neighbourhood.
not far from this," said the man; "that's a

very pleasant place."


8.

As the graduate called his friend to


mind, it occurred to him that he could not do
better than try and make time to pay him a
6.

vii.

[CHAP.

"

Ah

"
!

said the graduate

me something to eat first,

"
;

well, get

am exceedingly

for I

hungry."

passing visit before he went on to the capital


would not interfere at all with the business

The man immediately went out and


18
a
bought
pickled chicken, and when he had
brought it in he set on with it two bowls of

he had in hand.

vermicelli prepared with sauce.

it

he arrived

at

So making a slight detour


the P'u Kuan, and alighted at

an inn that he found in the suburb [of the


He was so fatigued 16 by his journey
town].
that before going out for a stroll 17 he proposed to rest for a

3-

r 4-

fBJ

(tiao ping)
I

5-

General
sense

is

cc
it

The graduate

ate

this,

and

after

telling the people of the inn to feed his horse


and to take good care of his odds and ends,

he

left

the inn with CH'IN T'UNG behind him.

11

tu*;

lit.,

custody, to hold on guard; can be used alone, or, as here, with fang, for which, s*e

movement

has other meanings, and

T$ J?
it is

tiao

10.

little.

3
T? shou to have in
Part V, Lesson XVI, Note I.
1

9.

is

plans or arrangements
sometimes read t'iao*.

chiang^-chun*, a general; properly, a

Manchu

tiao referring here specially to the

General-in-chief, or, as he is

also the title given to certain military governors stationed

a division or army corps;

it is

also a general

term

commonly

beyond the Great Wall

for "military," as 5ft

<$, military

movement of troops

called, Tartar

chiin in its original

affairs; jf[

munitions

of war.
J6-

also

$fc lao* lu*, fatigued: loo*, labour, trouble; In, properly, the unevenness of stony ground.

Lao

In

may

be used of hard physical work.


1

7-

T&

xSl

J/

huang*, to stroll: yu, to roam or saunter about; in Peking, more commonly '{?

P ^

ff

(liu' to').

3
3
shengt-k'ou a salted chicken: lu, brine, pickle; a chicken, which is generally called hsiao chinot
(or
unfrequently spoken of as sheng-k'ou, an animal, to avoid the risk of making the mistake of giving
the word chi an equivocal meaning by the addition of a common affix which is likely to slip out involuntarily.

*8-

feft

?fi %k.

erh), is

CHAP.

PART

VIII.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

CHAPTER
There was a temple gathering that
Kuan, and there was such a

r.

in the P'u

day

constant flow of people that walking along


the road was no easy matter.
"

Out of the way, you," shouted CH'IN


"
don't block up 1 the road so." The

2.

T'UNG

crowd thereupon opened a passage for them,


and the two, master and man, passed through,
and made straight for the P'u-chiu Ssfi. Before
they got

became
2

ing

much

farther the temple in question

visible in the distance

edifice

lofty,

impos-

was.

it

They went in, and had been wandering


about here and there some time [without
3.

meeting anyone] when a young bonze made


appearance; he was called FA TS'UNG,

365

VIII.

5. The young shabi changed the tea for


some better immediately, and when they had
drunk it they strolled all about the place

until the graduate suddenly observed, inside


the half-open door of a flower garden that lay
to the west of the temple, a

young lady who,


with her servant behind her, was strolling
about like himself.

The young lady's complexion was


white as snow, and her lips were rosy red;
6.

her deep black hair was gathered behind 5


into a yuan-pao, and in the hair on the
top

head were

of her

fresh, sweet-smelling roses

7
;

she wore ear-rings of green jade in her ears;,


on her wrists,8 a pair of bracelets 10 of deep 9

and the graduate and he having communi-

yellow gold; and her dress was a long robe


of pale blue. 11 All this matched besides
by a

cated to each other their respective names,


FA TS'UNG invited the stranger to come in and

quantity of pearls and jewels and ornaments


of jade, set 12 in gold a unique and
perfect

have some

toilet

his

tea.

The

was served by a young shabi, 3


when FA TS'UNG exclaimed, " This tea is
4.

too

tea

pale in colour

just like so much


make a fresh cup for

it's

hot water: quick, and

indeed

it

At the

was.

her the graduate


by surprise that even
he
was
no
physically
longer master of himAnd as for the young lady, when, as she
self.
7.

CHANG was

sight

of

so taken

looked through the door, she observed our

us.

iJVjji

2i

farejr

to impede, to obstruct.

J^ iS wei

-wu?, imposing

generally applied to objects


3-

shami or

ffi {Si
4

J>

jgjj

shabi, a

wei,

Buddhist novice

icJJ

3
*& tsuan , a chignon, a top-knot.

6.

1
Jjf eh'a , to thrust or stick, as a

7-

$C 9&

8-

910.
1 '

12>

J8&

ei

kuei 1

"? shou

4
,

a species of

Mao',

to scorch or

fig

35

a reproduction of a Sanskrit word.

cfto

sword into

its

sheath, flowers into the hair, etc.

rose, red and very fragrant;

wan^-tzit, the wrist

Jlfi

^B

with wu, properly, martial grandeur, but

here an adverb, equivalent to too, very.

5-

personal dignity or majesty.

4-

i'c

majestic, awe-inspiring

burn with

$$

fire

JUS :?> vulgarly

common monthly

J$jt Jjif:

in cooking, to scorch or

J,

roses are called ,/J :fE

the ankle.

burn the meat,

etc., is

$j

(feu

).

a bracelet.

ts'ui 4 Ian", kingfisher blue

ts'ui

hsiang', to inlay, to frame, to put

can also be applied to green

an edging round, to

set.

1 ^f

5l> the kingfisher.

Ijfjj.

it

is

TZU ERH

366

graduate, with his lips so red and his teeth


so white, his distinguished 13 air, his whole
14
appearance that of no common
person, she

it

They

are official 15 people," answered

rogated FA TS'UNG "Can I have accommodation here," asked he; "I want to come

When

family

he

18

Madame

died,

of His Excellency

Ts'ui

and

came

life."

22

18

please,

been

9. "Well, I've

all

round 19 the em-

thought the graduate CHANG to himI have seen no small number of

What

a pity

difficulty in

days

my
I

longer,

20

examinations;
aminations, I

of this one.

being

and

may

if I

lose

miss

go up

my

he was too much out of spirits &

hand at anything he didn't care for his


and as little about anything to eat; his
thoughts were all about Miss Ts'ui, and he
;

the

got no sleep

for the ex-

all night.

opportunity here;

/i pufan', uncommon fan here in the sense of common, vulgar. See Part III, 563.
sgf. ffi
ordinary, common: hsiin is an ancient measure of 8 ch'ih in length; a ch'ang was
nothing to show how it came to be used in the sense of common or ordinary.
!
the word huan is a somewhat classical equivalent of kuan.
5- "a *E kuan huan*, official
J 3-

to try

tea,

inevitably

talk the matter over

The graduate CHANG had nothing


but to return to his inn for the time

his

that there should be any


way if I stay here some

shall

and you can

12.

for it

is

it

sir,

with him."

"and

women, but never the superior

too."

temple

"The superior is not at home," said


FA TS'UNG, "and I can't take upon me to
speak come to-morrow a little earlier, if you

17

without a care in

live in the
11.

in this neighbourhood.
temporarily
They
are in very comfortable circumstances; really

pire,"

with no decision

irresolute,

came round

to the opinion
that with so fair a young lady [to woo] it
would be better 21 for him [to stay where he

with the young lady to take up her quarters

self,

And

was] than to go up to the examinations.


10. This conclusion arrived at, he inter-

FA TS'UNG; "the
Ts'ui.

in a sore dilemma."

FA

asked the graduate of

is?"

'

he kept on

taken, until he

TS'UNG.
8.

me

really puts

so

experienced quite the same sort of feeling


towards him. " Can you tell me who that

young lady

[CHAP. vni.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

14-

2 hsiln; there

is

a wife

6:

'$

:f=p

chia chiiari1 , the

chuan, to regard, to care

'7-

tsjF

|a

for, to

of a family; the

love

women and

hence, one's wife

and

chi* chii 1 , to take

to leave on deposit
J 8-

members

chi also

"K v^

up temporary quarters, to lodge


means to send, as a letter.

hsiao 1 yao* k'uai

are identical with

lo,

?f ^}, which

children,

children.
chi, to

Jf

lodge

but generally, the


,

your wife

also, to deposit

women

only; also,

(politely).

temporarily

cf.

^- ]^,

without a care, in easy circumstances; the native dictionaries explain

K'ANQ Hsi explains as follows hsiao, to melt, as ice,


which leaves the substance behind; yao, to shake, to vibrate, as a ship in motion without injury to its contents.
Hence the two characters are synonymous of bodily comfort, of a condition of body that does not feel the waste of
that

vital

5s

the dictionary of

energy consequent upon a straggle for existence ; k'uai


J 9-

circuit.

20.

21

"

jfe

Hf ~T

2 3-

lo applies

more

particularly to mental comfort.

(sou pien* liao, have been right round, or


everywhere: pien, everywhere, entire, to

make

a complete

$5c $jf ~f, I've looked everywhere.


^Jj ch'i*

4
,

Hf

W7

]5E

a set time or period ; hence, times or seasons.


better to.

3m

(ts'ai,

See Part III, 625.

3
shih* chu , a patron, a benefactor: shih 1 ,

The common term by which


and luck

-IT

(Hf>

priests address their visitors.

dejected, out of spirits:

see Part III, 259) driven away,

to.

wu

amongst other meanings, to dispense, to bestow, as


Note the tone of shih.
thing

(see

Part IV, Dialogue IV, Note

56),

without

charity.

spirits,

PAET

CHAP. IX.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

CHAPTER
moment it was day, the graduate CHANG went
off to the temple and had an interview with
the old bonze, whose

kitchen

name was FA P^N.

not set about

the other's name, the graduate stated that he


wanted to take 1 some rooms; on which, before

going farther,

honoured
"
3.

visitor's

some

inquired where his


mansion might be.

When

beheld this temple

and seeing what a


to

move

into

it

fine place it was, I

if I

You

of yours,

proposed

"After

self,

all, it

had always been

be better,

you."

4-

it

tsu 1 , to hire or rent

4
^|J cfe'o ,

^H.

$&> to rent to

ifa

$L

p'u,

lit.,

little

Jfc

he

"

your charitable
under great obligation to

me

H,

the rent of a house.

16.

an unfinished (unpolished) vessel of wood.

1
1
3
$& yGn hsiin huo Kao grimed with smoke and scorched by
burn ; here, stained by scorching.

S^

said

sir,"

J-, rents on land

a Buddhist temple; poo, as in Chapter VIII, Note

i^C

properly, to
5-

from

p'u* shih, ingenuous, straightforward

JR

him-

a building in two divisions over there in the

Woo 4

to

6
only be risking a

intentions lay

3- ill

will

more money on the venture." " And so," said


"
he,
you undertake the repairs I'll be responsible if the funds run short, and come to
"
your aid what say you ?
"
8. FA PN thanked him
Nothing could

PN

2.

their residence.

Well,

fl

is

The graduate CHANG thought

does happen that there is just


"
what will suit you," said FA
there is
;

I-

over there;

rises

are

7.

words.
"

other side of the wall.

not without means, but whether


they would choose to find such a sum as this,
I don't know."

way to speak without reserve ; what there


was in his mind, therefore, he had said in so
5.

CHANG; "who

the temple of the Ts'ui


"
the buildings they

where the ground

see

They

his

many

is

beyond the wall of the court

near the family on the west side there."


4. The fact is that the graduate CHANG
it

The temple

PN

do, I should prefer being

was an ingenuous 3 man;

a collection for temple

said

family," said FA
occupy are on the

inconvenient, and the living there is very


expensive, so I was thinking of shifting else-

where.

"

6.

belong to another part of the coun-

yet."

make

have

would be quite the

It

the graduate
repairs,"
the
may
proprietor be ?"

said the graduate; "I am here about


business; but I find staying at the inn

try,"

up myself; but

it

"

it

right thing to

PN

FA

such a condition that I was

in

is

thinking of doing

After each had informed himself of

2.

IX.

west wing; but then, what with the grime


of the smoke and the heat of the fire, 4 the

The following morning, getting up the

1.

367

fire

hsiin, sooty, stained

by smoke

mw4 hua?

hire, to enrol; hua, to change,

1
ch'ung* hsiu , to beg subscriptions for the repair [of Buddhist temples]: inn, to
men's
hearts; to evoke their sympathies [and obtain money for] ch'-ung, afresh,
sc.,

hsiu, repairing.
6.

flj

51

huo*-cho, colloquially, to run a risk, as glj

the risk of a rebuff: huo

is, literally,

to rip

up

or open.

^ ge

$fr, I'll risk

a wetting; flj

^ {ilj

?,

Ill

run

368

ERH

TZtj

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

The graduate CHANG at once 7 begged


him to send someone with him forthwith for
the money, who could at the same time get
a carpenter to make some things that might
be ready 8 when he wanted them and then
9.

he asked FA

PN

how many days

IJT tcng* shih, at

once

ting,

lit.,

ready for use.

ywig,

PN

take to complete the repairs. FA


said
it would probably be
quite done inside of

ten days. This said, the two men took leave


of each other, and FA
went to look for

PN

workmen.

would

it

to

mount, to ascend,

Note the

is

The lad CH'IN was by his master's


and
when he heard him talking in this
side,
"
This habit of taking no thought for
fashion,
and without

all;"

won't do at

farther ceremony,

he

here identical with

said,

money you have with you is not


much if you spend it all here, how will you
"
manage when you get to the capital ?
"Sir, the

2.

Is it

any business

of yours

"
?

said

"
what does it matter
the graduate in a rage
to you if I choose of my own goodwill to do
"
the old superior a turn ?
;

3.

There's a proverb in two lines,

thought,
'

Say what you know


1

will

be agreeable

plain
go his
;

him
how I'm to make any

people:' let

speaking

provokes

own way;

I don't see

q.v.

furniture, in his stupidity, has not turned out

the things as they should be, and I have just


desired him to make them all over again."
5. The prospect of this delay of several
made
the graduate feel impatient, and
days

he went

off himself to look for the


carpenter.

"No

6.

and

tables

time must be lost about those

he told him; "you must


desire you
you had best be

chairs,"

do just as

you want

careful if

altogether, sir
"

8.

articles

you want

tell

you long ago," said the

that I wanted two tables and five

and don't two added

chairs,

do

said the carpenter.

Didn't I
"

graduate,

"

to five

make

And

seven?"

then turning to CH'IN T'UNG,


he desired him to keep the people to their
work, so that not a

hand of it."

to please."

"How many

7.

The lad CH'IN did not speak, but he


"

X.

"

^jg

tone.

1.

"

ix., x.

that

CHAPTER

the morrow," said he to himself,

[CHAP,

"

moment should be

lost.

How many

few days later and back came the


4.
if the
to
the temple to ask FA
graduate
"
The rooms," said FA
rooms were ready yet.

work

P&N, "will soon be done, but, unfortunately,


the carpenter who was to have made the

said the graduate CHANG


they could all be
finished in four or five days, I am sure."

PN

T-

BK

dictionaries),
2.

6,

and

7.

Ojj

Mng 3 -chih

2
,

1
,

properly wa', to vomit,

is

hence, one

in
10.

days are they to do the


"
asked the lad CH'IN.

"The

things are not so very many,"


"

outspokenness, generally in a good sense

which means alone, a single person

9.

who

keng

is

here used in the sense of

stands firm to his principles

here a corruption of the numerative ko;

it

ft

(vide native

chih, straight

often follows the numerals 4, 5,

CHAP.

PART

X., XI.]

1 1.

The

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

vi.

repairs of the buildings

had been

completed some tune, and in less than five


days the tables and chairs were quite ready.

The graduate having inspected them


declared that they were not so bad " The
2.

all,

legs of the tables," said he,

"

and the chairs are

there

to be

found

solid

And

this time."

are well turned,


is

no

fault

then he told the

369

to be put; this was to stand in this place, and


in this other place that other thing was to

stand; and they were to hang four scrolls* on


the wall, and to be careful not to tear them.

Then, as soon as

these preparations were


ended, he told the lad CH'IN to go over at
all

once for the baggage, which he brought and

duly distributed.

people of the temple where the things were

3-

4-

4
|t hsilan , to turn in a lathe.

fu*, a roll

a rather long and narrow slip of paper with either writing or a design upon it

CHAPTER XL
They had been installed, master and
man, some days, when the graduate saw a
young girl come out, followed by a little boy
1.

she asked

PN

FA

if

FA

fixed

PN

said

yes,

a day had been

the fifteenth of that moon.

The graduate observed that the young


1
was
girl
very nice-looking;
[and she was
2
were
nicely dressed;] her hair ornaments
2.

silver gilt,

and her

arranged.

He nudged

i.

sex

g|

cfeiire

4
,

coiffure
(lit.,

"H

was very trimly


pulled)

FA PN,

nice-looking, superior in mental

man

classically, the cleverest

3
0p shou shih

ornaments in general.

this

house

any day had been fixed

for the reading of a service for the late Ts'ui


ta-jen.

and asked him


does

1
,

and bodily

person hold in

"

3.

PN,

"What place
Madame Ts'ui's

in a low voice,

"

"She

is

Miss Ts'ui's maid," said

and her name

is

HUNG

is

FA

Miss

YING YING'S own wit and beauty are such


that HUNG NIANG from attending on her has
3
Notwithinsensibly taken the same colour.
standing (tao) their difference in degree, they
are just like twin sisters, and the young lady,
finding that the maid has a clever tongue of

her own, that she

qualifications

is

equally ready whether in

applicable only to

young persons of

either

in a thousand.

head ornaments

shih, to adorn, to embellish

shou shih can be used of a woman's

{g tv*, to gild.

one t^es the colour of one's company: near vermilion (chu


ink one

NIANG.

one

is

red, near

black.

47

370

EBH

TZtJ

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

that the girl asked FA PfiN, " What


"
makes the gentleman smile so ?

4
speech or action, and a girl of modest demeanour withal, trusts her with everything she is
;

her mistress's right hand.


4.

this,

The

graduate,

veteran

all

turned his head round and said out loud

"

FA PN, "I

and

since he died,

you,

sir,

you

will

I shall be

much

bring

in 6 as well;

will

this,

FA P^N

Before

could

HUNG

reply,

was

NIANG, who was a kind-hearted body, and saw


that the graduate was a well-mannered man,

as ourselves

should he not
6.

and

5-

~~

^ $$
as a message

mien 3

iff shao

1
,

down

for a while,

"

whispered to one of the

What

is the name of the gentleman


The bonze told her all about hin^
she came out again the graduate took

and

as

why

you

to ask her,

in charge

of,

"Whose

miss?"

&

8-

3U %L jj,

home.

ifan,

me come

See Chapter XII,


short for

business are

"In the charge of

well pleased at this,


smiles

modest ; both words mean embarrassed in manner.

once; here the numerative

in,

bring

me

in, let

me

join you

shoo, to take along with one, to carry; to send,

by a convenient opportunity.

4B

and while she

beamed with

a turn:

tot 4 , let

sat

the old lady's business," said HUNG NIANG,


and as she spoke she turned away and went

tien 3 , coy, bashful,

/are

7-

9- j|g

gentleman is extremely
he can have his service

sitting there she

occasion

"

The graduate was

f fi f ft

he wants to

the

anything," said he,

outside?"

his countenance so

4-

if

mean

doesn't

that

and

bonzes,

observed gently, "This gentleman 7 can have a


service read for him on the fifteenth at the

same time

it

Well,

performed on the fifteenth too." HUNG NIANG


stepped into the waiting-room when she heard

possible ?"
5.

ever to

was too experienced a


be kept hi the dark, and he

delighted to learn that

be

it

"except

obliged to

as superior of this establishment, if

me

that

pretty soon saw through the whole business.

myself have been desiring


to have a service read for my father ever
to

is it

Now FA P&N

7.

when he had heard

[CHAP. xi.

jj

Note

2J|

2.

% jj

fiff,

an ld

ch'en* shih*, seized the occasion, took

traveller; hence,

an experienced person.

advantage of the circumstance.

CHAP.

PART

XII.]

VI.

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

CHAPTER
From

1.

day forward the graduate


walk in the court every day, but

used to

cv&te,

said he

shall

course use

necessary for

hand, and there

lost

your senses,

when you were running on with nothing but


wild, nonsensical talk, if any busybody by
had heard you and told the old lady, where
would it all have ended ?"

all

"

is

nothing,

am

"I

the wit I have

is

Dear me !" said the graduate CHANG,


such a bungler,3 I never can speak
ought; pray bear with me a little, and

4.

as I
I'll

"

be more careful 4 in future."

Well, that's

HUNG

NIANG, and
taking her leave of him, she went home.
she got home she said
5. As soon as
as

there, that

they cannot accomplish ? Still, your old lady


does keep such a very tight hand over the
family that in trying to bring about the

to

1 am committing to your hands,


want you to put yourself entirely on my
side, and never to go against me."

arrangement

with

that you forget yourself so ? have you


no idea of what is right and wrong ? fancy,

As you know, miss, it is only


two people to join heart and

to help you.

free

sir,

have a service to ask of you, miss,"


if you can perform it I shall feel

of

rather

unboundedly grateful, and should you ever


have any trouble in the time to come, miss,
I

getting

"Have you

on, out loud,

"
;

are

your remarks, aren't you," thought HUN<J


NIANG, as she listened; and then she went

At last one day he could stand it no


and out he came with it, codte que

"

"You

3.

to speak to her.

longer,

XII.

this

though he met HUNG NIANG several times,


he could never muster up courage enough
2.

371

it

should be,"

YING YING,

"

said

You remember

you saw the other day,

miss,

the graduate
don't

you?

name turns out 6 to be CHANG, and


have just met him again." And then she

well, his

HI $E chou'-hsilan': chou, to make a circuit, to environ ; see Chapter III, Note 19, with which character it is
come back to the same point; the two in combination mean to get round an object

identical; Aswan, to revolve, to

or enclosure, with a view of stopping a place of entry or attack.

Chou-hsiian also means to pay attention

to,

as a host

to a guest.
2

has

much

meng*-tung

flf fit

the same sense

native dictionaries.

>f0

to lose one's senses, to be oblivious to the proprieties:

to

"

understand

(hsiang*)

was

"

originally the title applied to Secretaries of State, but it

criminately to denote

kung, master one or


3-

fiB

!$!

3$;

"young gentlemen;" parents speak of their sons


two see also Part V, Lesson XIX, Note 9.

fa

5-

Sfc fit

SI

cho* tsui 3 pen* sai 1 , a bungler, one with

and

c/uV-sften

careful, attention

chin, properly of

awkward

lips

&&3

and clumsy cheeks

used, not of the

cho pen (also read chuo*)

is

awkward,

solemn attentiveness, as at worship ; shen, also attentive.

an exact equivalent for this phrase in English; it is


a manner different to expectation, though, as in the
Cf. the following:
it does not seem to have a stronger force than our expression "turns out."
A. Ifc fll JE fft Bf, I thought it was So-and-So, but it turns out to be you instead.
:

it

is

extremely

difficult to

generally expressive of surprise at the realisation of

$5 /K

indis-

small.

kan 3 -ch'ing

present instance,

now used

in large things

4-

is

to the servants as to hsiang-kung, erh hsiang-

lips or cheeks, but figuratively of a man's lack of power to express himself:

clumsy

meng, oblivious, stupid; tung


is not recognised in

appears to be a secondary meaning of tung, which

some

find

fact in

TZU ERH CHI.

372

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

[CHAP, xn.,

went on and reproduced the whole of her


conversation 6 with him, word for word.

alarmed and gratified " You needn't


old lady," she hastened to remark.

After a moment's thought, YING YING


divined what was passing in the graduate's

"

mind, and, to say the truth, she

be spoken of; I know that very well."

felt

"
j.

equally

hsiao* shuo implies a reproduction of the

Meanwhile

the

remained

graduate

way

went

at

"no wonder the girl was


The reflection became quite

so hard

himself;

me."

"I came
sir,"

"

start

Oh,

you may get a


cold

stone

chill sitting

here too;

if

you

2.

shady

?F
up

~-

mind

under the

3-

which

trees.

The cover was

thick, still her face

to a certain extent visible,

the graduate

air

it

and

seemed more

was

to the eyes of
attractive than

impulsive, abrupt: mang, properly, tangled, like brushwood, etc.; chuang,

mang* chuang*, headlong,

1*

JB$!

BXi

men*, to be absorbed or involved in melancholy: na, to take in, to receive, has


is to pay, as taxes or fees ; na men also means to be
puzzled.

M(l4

common

4- $fc

cooler sitting here in a

an

of

against.

$ft

the most

its

all

8
Moving on tiptoe to the wall, he
climbed up 9 it, and peeping over he saw that
it was YING YING herself burning incense

a number

said the graduate, with

was daylight, he heard,

if it

4.

5.

but

place,"

'

to run

Yes

a sudden, female voices on the other side of


the wall.

you'll get stung."


"

what are you come about ?


you that dinner was ready,

to tell

bright as

he gave a

don't

"

"
;

you can go and get your own dinhe sat on without stirring 7 till just
at midnight, while the moon was shining as

don't

there's

To mimic

And

ner."

you think
there on that very

And, dear me,

of scorpions

"

said he,

sir,"

N.B.

to

"I can't swallow 6 a mouthful," said the

graduate

intolerable,

his master looked,

what ought

"

on

sat there

how melancholy

HUNG NIANG

said the lad CH'IN.


3.

on a stone in a sad way 2 until


3
it was nearly dark, when the lad CH'IN came
over from the servants' quarter, and seeing

and he

the

XIII.

said he to

it,"

That, of course," said

one's business to speak of

of annoyance

standing in the court, all alone, turning the


"
It was
thing over and over in his mind.
the headlong

it's

manner and gestures of the people speaking.

CHAPTER
1.

tell

6.

xiii.

pang* wan, nearly dark


1

$j( ping

many meanings,

of which

liang, icy cold

hsieh*, a scorpion.

pang, near.

p ing,

35

ice.

che,

1
,

to sting, of bees, wasps, scorpions;

not of centipedes, serpents,

etc.,

bite.

6.

I^S yen,

4
,

to swallow, to gulp

down.

Hi> never budged

7-

Z^ US Si

8-

SiS

9-

JR: p'a?, to crawl, to creep, to

$ K|

elbows or hands

Jql) to

also,

go on

lit.,

tiptoe, to

did not move his wo 1 ,

walk

climb

stealthily

pa

1
,

lair,

form, or nest.

nieh*, to tread.

as will be seen below, in JRJ

under certain circumstances, to get

at,

^ ^,

to get hold of (see Chapter

to

hang on

XXXIV,

to the wall,

paragraph

7).

by the

CHAP.
at first

PART

XIII., XIV.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

he could not help feeling more

some of these shrubs plucked up,


might be less hindrance to the
lad CH'IN happening to come
when
the
view,
out, and seeing his master with his arms on
to have

in love

with her than ever.

so that there

When she had done burning her


incense, HUNG NIANG pointed to the shrubs,
6.

the wall and his feet unsupported, cried out,


Take care not to let go with your hands,

observing that such a one had ripe fruit upon


it, and that on such another the fruit was just
"

forming

the roots are


7.

such a

It is
all

As she

pity," said she,

eaten into by the ants."

rattled

on in

"

"

that

sir

10

ma is

Si XR ma3

i 3,

also applied to

an ant ;

this strain, the

(see

Chapter

XIX, Note

it

seem

to be as

be,

2
his people in the
wrong.

2.

said

"The cook
"

'

the rice

a very dirty cook," he

is

full

is

"U _t 7\ v

of grit

it

well bucket or basket


-

45

fife

made

iP!>

Ufa t'ao*, here, to

4-

MT

fault, tried to

wash or scour

thai', a sieve

3Ht p'ieh*, to

skim

-f

5EL

off.

kuo

any

insect on wood, paper, etc.

The word

f@ $D

XIV.
been properly washed

why wasn't it passed


4
the
sieve?
And
the wine is cold;
through
why haven't you wanned it?" Then, when
;

he had taken a mouthful of


quite bitter too; pour

it

it,

"And

back into the

it's

flask

directly."

The

lad CH'IN obeyed, and put on the


soup, but the first taste of this dissatisfied
3.

the graduate more than ever.


"The dust
has got into the soup," he cried; "skim 6 it

The expression
{6|

JT $,

is

-fc f

a quotation from a

_t 2f,

put them in the wrong, looked for [their

faults].

rice.

shai-tzti, to

fall."

to give the alarm to every-

of withes.

found

3-

5-

hasn't

H$> his equilibrium was disturbed.

indicative of mental disturbance or indecision

to

3).

YING YING went

anything to

you were

one?"

and as he leaned against the


of the table he did
nothing but try to put

ought to

side

for

if

What

"do you want

home, and the graduate returning to his


chamber, the lad CH'IN put supper on the
table.
But the graduate's equilibrium was
1

"

Sg- chu*, to eat into, specially of the action of

wasps or bees

In a short time

too disturbed

would be no joke

should you be making such a


noise for?" said the graduate to him sharply;

CHAPTER
1.

it

8.

graduate could hear every word, and he was


just saying to himself that it would be best

IO

373

pass through a sieve

shai

i shai, to sift.

common proverb
J

kuan*, a

TZU ERH

374

directly,

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

and turn out the bottom of

it

his animadverit, he recommenced


n on the
cooking every dish had been
so dreadfully salt 12 that day; nothing had
been as well flavoured as it usually was. The
lad CH'IN was to tell the cook that he posi-

as

eating
sions

well."
6
4. "I've just bought a pomegranate,"
"
said the lad CH'IN, but I am not sure whether
7

in proper order;

it is

5.

will

you try

sir?"

it,

in, but the graduate,


as soon as he put a piece

having peeled it,


of it in his mouth, exclaimed,
bad sour and rough." 9

"

This

is

tively

The lad

very

there was no putting it to one's lips, and


while the graduate was waiting for it to cool,
he kept on stretching out one leg or drawing

CH'IN, finding that things gave


way as another, was

as little satisfaction one


at his wit's end.

Then, remembering that the

cook had bought some

soft

to his master, "There's

you have any

me

little

of

it,"

"

?"

beancurd,

some

soft

10

up

beancurd;

said the graduate,

and

he had to be patient and hold his peace his


hope was that his master would get over
;

to

the worst of his temper, and then

boil the rest."


7.

This was done, and the beancurd was

brought in

6-

7-

8-

9-

well.

shih'-liu, the pomegranate.

to flay, to peel, to skin

flj

poo

suan', sour

JSSf

4
,

tou*-fu, beancurd

iH

hsien*, salt in flavour.

\k Men 3

Jl|

cVuan2

*5-

&

/?

jS

any way you like

fn

3
,

pu

to take

sloughing

LXXII, Note

it.

fingers, as apples, etc.

up the arm

Jcuo, it

flesh.

5.

3
(or lien ) ehia'-huo, cleared the table.

to double

tso

not used of fruit which cannot be peeled with the

properly, rotten

See Part V, Lesson

1
DJJ too -

4-

rough, that sets the teeth on edge.

5)

'3- jSfc 1fc

would

3
?ft t'ien , sweet, pleasant to the taste.

I2-

be

all

but when the graduate had done

35 19

10 JH.
1 1.

14

the other, just out of 15 temper with


everything. CH'IN was out of temper too, but

he said

Tell the cook to fry


"

his obedience,

and having cleared the dinner table,13 brought


in tea.
The tea was so scalding hot that

6.

must be more careful.


8. The lad CH'IN
signified

was brought

It

will

[CHAP. xiv.

Both readings of the

first

character are admissible.

or leg.

was nothing more than,

it

was just (temper)

tso,

short for tso yu, right or left;

i.e.,

PART

CHAP. XV.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

375

CHAPTER XV.
The next

1.

on

but

change;

the

morning
"

CH'IN

the fifteenth."

is

it

had

graduate
delay, and

this way, saying

said

Whereupon the

they were making for the waiting-room FA


stepped forward to meet them, and having
saluted them with folded hands, 8 he pointed

queue plaited without


done he went out to the front
his

this

PN

the temple and asked FA P&N if


1
everything was in order for the reading of
part of

"

the service.
it

Not

FA

quite," said

PN

"
;

lady that the graduate was a friend of his


who was desirous of having a service read for

lump of silver out of the breast of his dress,


and presenting it with both his hands, he

his

to

4.

FA P&N thanked him;

good of
"

you

duty to do

my

it's

think of

to

'

Y?

2 t$U

t'ing'

ffi t'ao

its
1

4-

5-

W it-

face
^'

together
9-

he

tang

eh'u,

1
,

in order, satisfactory: t'ing

drew out (from

his jacket),

ting

5y)

quality

511
;

1$

y'u,

on that same

lady

observing

style

that

he

from

the

to

the

belonged

answered, "Very proper that

is no
objection to his having
read on the same day as ourselves." After
which conversation the Buddhistic service
;

there

9
The people who
began up in the chief chapel.
had come to look on at the show, some of

them old

fellows

here equivalent to

is

and some youngsters, when

j.

forked out."

10 parts complete; wen",

lit.,

streaks; specially the

marks on the

may be known.

an ingot, bar, or shoe of bullion.

See Part IV, Dialogue VI,


hsiao* lao

2
,

$?

Note

10.

to exert oneself, to take pains

term

Cf. the legal

$&

~ft

hsiao, to exert

UK

fpi

lao, labour, pains

to expiate a crime

chai' chieh* inn* yii*, fasting (chai), abstinence (chieh),

and

in combination the

by gratuitous labour

purification

mu,

to

(ghu').

wash the hands

to bathe the person.

^T f@ P3

(&

hsiin

Us

lit.,

"

herself,

it

phrase means to work for nothing.

and

said

like

old

class,

he should

best without re-

my

~f* J5L $%. JS> pure silver: shih tsu,

metal by which

7-

very

"That would be out of the question,"


and they kept chatting in

3.

said the graduate

6-

sir,"

is

The

lettered

muneration."

3-

it,

"It

father,

graduate's

2.

late

day.

FA P&N,

"Please accept this as a


contribution to your expenses 5 it is a ting *
of the highest touch." 3
said

CHANG, and informed the old

to the graduate

but

The graduate drew 2 a

will be presently."

one to the other whatever

came uppermost, when Madame Ts'ui and


YING YING, having duly fasted and performed
their ablutions, 7 came over together from their
house into the front court of the temple. As

the

after,

Isn't this the

graduate suddenly inquired,


fifteenth of the moon?" "Certainly,"
"

no

day, however, there was

!f)

tien

4
,

** 3
4
,

&

to ask,

hsiin,

sc.,

made a

salutation

after a person's health.

the main building of a temple

Buddhist

Laymen

also, a palace, a hall.

with the palms of the hands placed


(kung*), fold the hands in salutation.

priests salute
;gfc

^f

376

Tztr

they beheld YING YING,


was indeed fair to see.

remarks of

all

ERH

declared that she

And what

with the

to do.

FA

PN

the head of his hatchet flew

be a

little

more

in

of inattention,

off,

and another

against the head of the hatchet and

observing that

down sprawling on his face. 14


7. The din from the roar

they were not minding what they were about,


cried out loud, "Don't be so careless, you
there

moment

13
bonze, blind of an eye, who was running over
to have a look at YING YING, caught his foot

and made a sad jumble of

what they had

for fuel with a hatchet

the court, when, in a

created such a stir that the bonzes became


quite nervous,

wood 12

splitting

one and of that one, they

this

[CHAP. xv.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

attentive, do."

really amusing,

FA

PN

but

it

irritated

came

of voices was

and fidgeted

There was a young bonze standing


outside the chapel in a state of abstraction

he could not help himself; so


he just kept on telling his beads and muttering

whom FA

it

his incantations, 15 pretending not to observe

but,

what was going on.


8. The service ended, YING YING followed
the old lady home. The graduate also, as soon

5.

PB!N told to peel the fruit

and cut

The young bonze obeyed,

into slices.

like the rest of them,

he could not take

his

still,

eyes off YING YING while he was cutting the


10
fruit, and the consequence was that he cut
his finger with the knife; on which FA

as

abused him for a useless good-for-nothing, that


only cared to be fed and wouldn't work.

too sad to enjoy anything; too


restless to sit still or to lie down
he kept

All this was due, beyond doubt, to the


superior charms of Miss YING YING, nor was

over the place with his shoes


walking
down at heel. 16 In which condition we leave

the young bonze alone that lost his wits;


there was another bonze in the kitchen, who

him

PN

changed
9.

10

11

12.

tone.

MW
3r

~fr

|j$|

|j|

See Part V, Lesson

la? P'O-

He was

for the present, 17

and confine ourselves

to

what was passing elsewhere.

he was

LXXII, Note

2.

an axe.

^|

prostration, returned home,


off his boots.

and drew

it

his dress,

all

6.

was deaf and dumb from his birth

he had made his

3
firewood: p'i', to split, to cleave; p'i 3 -ch'ai, firewood; note the
p'i' p'i -ch'ai', to split

change of

See Part III, 348.


'3-

'

'4- ?'\

ft

JEiu>

$t

!nL

blind of one eye

a Peking vulgarism

fj|

Bj|

ft

A would be equally

admissible.

a vulgarism for falling flat on one's face


p'a* hu-'rh; lit, sprawling or crouching tiger;

p'a

is

not

recognised in native dictionaries.


*S'

curse, to

men

!H1

wish evil

t'i

3
,

*' fll

or sa *> W1 $i shoes

XVI

down

also

means

to

at heel.

here, to discuss, to notice; the character

For convenience of arrangement, the


Chapter

it

to.

^ iH

!& US Ji
I?-

which priests recite;


chou*, to mutter incantations: chou, a litany or incantation

of the Chinese text.

last portion of

(see

paragraph

II, Note 36) is perhaps preferable.


English text, has been included in

Part IV, Dialogue


9,

Chapter

XV,

PART

CHAP. XVI.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

CHAPTER

377

XVI.

At a short distance from the temple


upon which a band of outlaws 1 had for years located 2 themselves.
Their chief 3 was named SUN FEI-HU, and
at the head of his gang, 4 which numbered a
thousand or more, he robbed and plundered

and on hearing CH'IEN'S observation he


asked with a smile, " And pray, honoured sir,
what may be the fine proposal that you are

in every direction.

have heard a report


that a graduate named CHANG, who is from
the same part of the country as myself, is

1.

plans,

stood a mountain

2.

He had

able to suggest

CH'IEN knew perfectly well that the


remark was ironical
but he replied, with
5.

affected humility,

been at the templo the day

YING YING was sacrificing there, and


and when he returned to his

that

had seen her

make her my queen

gestion that

fellows

you
6

enterprise
"
3.

is

as this

Well,

camp

5
;

6.

now which

equal to such a glorious

not so

difficult,"

7.

propose,
4. It

if it's

5S

to succeed."

to squat

3-

4
fa $& chan

cM 4

4
,

a bandit, a robber

had taken

too,

own

"when

the thing

rewarded handsomely."

shall be

captain,

having changed

self like

was not SUN FEI-HU'S nature

3nE ch'iang' too

The

at a sug-

so well with his

CH'IEN, having got his

any time, and


and attired him-

orders, did not venture to lose


so,

his dress

any ordinary person he came straight

to the P'u-chiu Ssu.

to give
ear to other people's counsel or to adopt their

'

marched

"Capital," said he;

done you

an-

swered one of his mates, a captain whose name


was CH'IEN; "but the thing must be done as
I

SUN FEI-HU was overjoyed

ideas.
is

it's

inquiries."

sir,

let me go and see him,


can take the opportunity to make

and

of the

"

living in the temple

stronghold he said to his followers, "That's


a very fine girl I have just seen in the temple,
and I have, a mind to bring her home and
of all

"
?

one

forcible possession

who
:

robs openly, as opposed to

chan, to encroach

(see

jjjJi,

thief.

Part V, Lesson

XV, Note

5)

M,

down, to crouch.

sl

chai* chu, the chief of the stronghold

chai

is

"
a stockade or
log

fort,"

not necessarily the stronghold

of rebels or banditti.

IH

4-

1j

5-

31

=$

6-

Hi

3fo

'

ou2 l*y the rank and

7$ .A
',

is

file

of a gang of rebels or banditti.

only applicable as in the text

Ht; meritorious service (kung) of the

it is

first

a quotation.

order

(t'ou).

48

378

Tztr

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHAPTER
1. He
there called upon the graduate
CHANG, and the two men having referred to
their long separation, 1 and interchanged some

2
phrases of compliment, CH'IEN said,

"

May

and the more he reflected the


more suspicious he became that his visitor
had not come for any good purpose the one
;

6
thing to be done was summarily to stop all
"
talk on the subject
so he said,
I really

quite recovered from the malady that used to

trouble
2.

him ?"
"
Thank you, thank

cannot say my way is not


about what does not concern
ask some other gentleman,

you," answered the

"

how
;

true

it is

it

is

very sad,

that good

if

you

please,

best

sir."

The man CH'IEN, seeing that this plan


did not answer, felt that he must just bethink
him of some other, and so he staid there two

sigh
are short lived

myself

me you had

8.

dead

to trouble

it's
very good of you to inquire,
graduate
but my father has long departed this life."
"
Ah " exclaimed the captain with a
3.

"

XVII.
his village,

whether your honoured father has

inquire

[CHAP. xvii.

men

days without offering to


9.

really."

stir.

The graduate CHANG, when he saw

4. After a short pause he asked another


"
Do you live in this place by
question,
"
or do you mess with
yourself, sir," said he,

that he was not going, began to be angry with


everything, and at meal-time he made CH'IN

the rest?"

[being unable to attack the real offender]


"
The cookery has been getting worse and

5.

"Well,

mess with them," said


the custom in this temple

I don't
"

it's

done separately." 3
"
Ah so," answered the captain " may
6.
I ask if it's true, as I have heard it said, that

last

10.

named Ts'ui, who used to live in the


next down the road, have moved over

T'UNG.

village

said the graduate

as

more

spoiled than ever."

"
;

of course, the cook has

been drunk again call him here directly."


6
11. CH'IN T'UNG went out and presently

to this place?"

man

is

"I cooked this myself," said CH'IN


"And who desired you to cook at all ?"

a family

to-day everything

duate

outbreak

further

few days," said he " neither


the boiled meat nor the roast is properly
done; less done one day than another; and

worse these

anyone staying here to have his cooking

7.

for

the graduate
for

T'UNG the handle

His words rather startled 4 the grahe fancied that he remembered this

came back
"

having been an ill-ordered person in


ei

Why

are

"
;

The cook

is

here,"

you always drinking

said

he.

and why

jjf, to infringe, to disobey, to


long separation: wei, here, to leave, to relinquish; but
The word JQ is more applicable to a breach of laws or prohibitions.

contravene, as regulations, treaties, etc.


2.

5p

ifS jjj

usages restrictions

also

3-

|tjj

4-

f JE

means
5-

~f

fc'o

t'ao

(t'ao, lit.,

"

8>

hua, complimentary or polite remarks, set phrases lit., talk that is confined to the
envelope or case ; see Part III, 769), in force when treating with a stranger.
;

living together but messing apart

tjE Ung*,

was

startled,

to be silent, to pause, as

6-

i7H

g|
ill

ts'uan',

lit.,

a furnace for cooking.

Ung, properly read cheng*,

below in Chapter XVIII, paragraph

3
PS tt c^a chu, put a stop

Lesson XCII, Note

taken aback

to (the conversation).

t'ao,

restless,

nervous, agitated

ling*

2.

Note cha 3 , not

cha?, a

dam

or sluice, as in Part V,

3.

fang*, a turn, a time; but seldom so used except with verbs of motion, as
fang, the numerative of times or rows, sc., of figures, etc.

Ifc jjj

~f

|,

PART

CHAP. XVII., XVIII.]

VI.

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

your cookred and


asked
the
his
face
ing?"
graduate,
"
liis ears crimson with
anger
your wages
don't

you pay proper attention

to

13.

to

be docked, and

you won't be more careful


1

The cook

2.

"

we'll see if

foul

he

of,

thought to himself, "Yes; I've put out


7
money to my own damage, no doubt."

my

did not venture to

exculpate

but

bowed

and went out without

to the storm

himself,

shifted his

How

is it,"

dis-

asked

coming when I want


"
do attend to, pray ?

and

certainly was a tippler,

when

"

have told you to look after everyin


the
room, that my knife is not to be
thing
seen, and that my inkstone is never forthhe,

after that."

when he saw what he had run

The graduate now

pleasure to CH'IN T'UNG

have

will just

379

14.

He

"It's

really

it ?

no

what

is it

fault

of mine,

that

you
sir,"

answered CH'IN T'UNG; "I put everything


back into its proper place whenever it is done
with."

saying a word.

7-

Ifi

my money

^,

fp

put

my money

my own

out to

to the purchase of isui, retribution for

[my own]

damage

t'ieh, lit.,

to stick on, as a placard

have applied

use.

CHAPTER

XVIII.

The captain observed the scene as a


spectator, and divining that almost all that
was passing was due to his presence there, he

seeing how his master looked, did not venture


to answer the question, and the whole party
remained without making sign or sound until

was greatly amused; he asked the graduate

the graduate, turning to CH'IN T'UNG, called


for his water-pipe. 2 CH'IN T'UNG could not lay

1.

in a sheepish sort of way, 1

polished shoes you have on,


Canton ? they are very nice."
2.

"Did not those


sir, come from

The graduate, who was

he could

be, did

as angry as

not answer a word.

Your master's

much

service does not give

you be getting a month ?

I-

to the

i1?

iS 31

meaning

"

ta> shan'-cho, in

of this phrase,

you over-

what wages may


But CH'IN T'UNG,

trouble, I daresay;

and

"

Then

said CH'IEN to CH'IN T'UNG, with a dry chuckle,


"

hand upon it immediately, and this put


the graduate in a passion again, and he began
to abuse the lad.

his

3.

You might

once," cried he;

you

can't see

it."

just as well be blind at


"why, there it is, and yet
Then CH'IN T'UNG did see

the pipe, and he brought it with all speed.


The graduate smoked a couple of pipes, and

a sheepish or diffident sort of way.

also as to the characters that should

There

is

considerable difference of opinion as

be employed

one authority decides

in favour

another prefers f > jj|I[, and says that it means to come up to the point in an indirect way
preference has been given to the first meaning in this case simply because the authority is more trustworthy, but it must
be received with caution; in another instance it seems to mean a pretension of inadvertence (see Chapter XXVII, i).
of the above rendering

yen'-tai\ a pipe

why

tai,

a,

bag,

is

introduced

it is difficult

to say.

380

ERH

TZtJ

ment could be come

any notice of CH'IEN, he

then, without taking

There happened to be a number of

and so taken up with their play that


did
not get out of his way. The grathey
not
duate,
being in the happiest of moods, got

children outside the temple gate engaged in


play;

'on the dogs to

play.

worry

gate,

Some were setting

the pigs; some were

others, again, were looking on at


chickens lighting, and backing 6 one chicken
against another as the better of the two. And
6

wrestling

angry, and cried out

there were

8.

let

cocks and hens

to distinguish between

way

and there were

The children were frightened and


made way for him as fast as they could, and
9.

than they, explaining that hens laid eggs, and


that cocks crew. 8 But with this explanation

the graduate went into the temple, where


finding the captain, CH'IEN, still making no

the younger ones would not be satisfied.


5. Then, again, in the midst of all this

move, he said to him, "Are you not going

home

bustle there was a very little child threading


his way through the crowd, with no one to

look after

it

moved

to-day, sir?"

As a matter of fact, the man, having


learned all about YING YING, was just about
10.

which the graduate observing

Get up and stand aside there, and


by; put your playthings back a bit;

them."

others, older
7

as he passed along, he was much


thought that it would be hustled

me

at the

to

start

to

make

by the crowd,

so he answered,

and he told someone to take it home at once.


6. He had gone some steps farther when

for several days,

he saw a

man

carrying a small dog.

starting;

had

It

drooping ears, and he wanted to buy it


but after a good deal of bargaining, no agree-

3-

from

ts'u

III

hi?, of play, etc.,

I've

his

report to

"

Certainly,

sir,

his
I

chief;

was just

been a great trouble to you


and I feel I can't show my

gratitude as I desire, but I shall make farther


acknowledgment some other time."

fine

"

you mustn't take up so much room with

some very young children who were

arguing as to the

some time longer,


and then he thought he would go in.
7. The children were still outside the

T0NG.

and very rough

to regarding the price

so he continued his walk for

went out of the temple, followed by CH'IN

4.

[CHAP. xvni.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

rough; of individuals, coarse, stupid-looking: lu not colloquially separated

ts'u.

4- $$5

yao

3
,

to bite,

is

the correct form of yao in Part V, Lesson

5-

^5 $%

shuai 1 chiao', to wrestle

6-

iH JK

sfe"

yinf,

to lose

chiao,

and win

lit.,

XXX,

Note

13.

the ankle-bone.

respectively,

whether in gambling or any contest

4
shing* and pai are the

terms for victory and defeat in warfare.


7-

S>

lay egg s

to

an4 ) an eSS-

ff 1i| Mi *a ming*-'rh,
makes a verb of it.
8*

9-

iff

vL j&

cord, a curtain,

etc.

la-cho,

to

crow

Tt'ao chi, a hen

see

Chapter IV, Note

5.

ming, the sound made by any bird or animal

hanging down:

ta,

to

hang down;

la, to

also applied to other sounds

drag; used of anything pendulous, such as a

PART

CHAP. XIX.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

CHAPTER
This said, the two

1.

you may be

captain,

blowing

delighted;

to him, could not

all

loudly

The

they swarmed round

YING YING burst

to her.

the brigands in the hills, 1

their horns

have I met

say,

no ordinary degree 5 away she went to YING


YING'S room, and toddling 6 in, she repeated it

So he came on 3 next day at

succeed.

the head of

greatly

may

Never

His story frightened the old lady in

4.

seemed

it

my

experience, I

with anything so calamitous."

particular.

his expedition,
fail to

in all

SUN

to

XIX.

must go out and parley with them.

no time in

sure, lost

SUN FEI-HU was

2.

The

parted.

and reporting

returning to the hills

FEI-HU every

men

381

and

into tears, crying


bitterly, unable to get out a word.

old lady at her great age was very far

the temple, investing it so closely that not


a drop of water could get through, and the

from clear when she had anything to speak


about says she to the bonze, " Dear me

whole body kept on shouting that YING YING


must come out and answer a question.

I haven't a relative in the world that I could

on to help
brother, and he

madame

Do you

me

rely

3. The news frightened FA PEN out of his


senses; he rushed into the old lady's court,

"

is

except one,

away

at

my own

elder

Su-chou (Soochow),

where he has been promoted couldn't some"


one fetch him back at once, eh ?
;

there

hear,
crying out,
a great band of brigands outside; their
chief, SUN FEI-HU, is a murderous robber,
is

5.

"Oh!

gestions

any sentiment of humanity or justice, whose constant thought is of


rapine and murder; and now here he is at
the head of a thousand or ten thousand men,
quite impervious to

thing to

it's

of

no use making such sug-

FA PEN

as that," said

be done

is

to try

"

the only

and find out

for

your
any of the people living here in the
temple can suggest a means of getting this
force to draw off; which is doubtful, after all."
ladyship

4
beating gongs and drums, and shouting as
loud as they can bawl that Miss YING YING

"So be

if

it,"

you may

Madame

said

find

someone

Ts'ui
;

"Heaven send

go and ask

at once."

"RT UJ 69 Is 1H' "U the brigands in the hills. Note the peculiar use of k'o, which is here equivalent to ch'iian,
man, full. Of. the following: Rf
_t ;j$
$f Jjg, I feel uncomfortable all over; Pf
JjC
fft
Si $!> 'f %f ^> every road in the capital is bad ^f J|t -f
^' fj, the whole room jnu.^t be papered.
'

or

all,
*tlL

2.

a wasp

4-

IjflJ

&

3
D/\ Ia -pa', a trumpet, a long horn.
1

!&$

$| 6$

^-

^,

a bee

JH iU

~f fing yung

2j

(see

came on

s 'la *

swarm feng, insects of the bee, wasp, or hornet tribe


yung, to crowd, throng, or push together.

in a

Chapter XIII, Note 10)

l* hi 3 ku 3 gonging and drumming:


,

shai, to strike, specially the

gong

(Io); lei

Jj| $^,

3
,

properly

hi 2 to beat, specially the drum.


,

f?3 'J* "RT> in no ordinary degree; lit., [the fright] was not (fei) identical with (t'ung) a small k'o:
here a noun, will not bear any of the meanings usually assigned to it, and must be treated as equivalent to
or some similar word.
5- $f-

which

is

81 !i

characters

mean

IS.

x. tieh* hsieh*, tottered, trotted, toddled; generally applied to the shuffling gait of old age.

to walk,

E.

II

Both

but are not used separately.

7- II; l$ij hao* t'ao*, to cry aloud


hao, to cry out
characters are only applied to loud weeping.

I'o,

15c, short for

^$

fg fg.

t'ao,

lit.,

the prattle of a child

See Part V, Lesson

I,

Note

10.

in combination the

two

382

ERH

Tztr

man

She then turned and spoke to YING


"
"
I send you out to
If," said she,

6.

TING

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

be disgraced 9 by so doing; if
I don't send you, I jeopardise the lives of one

and

of us.

all

there

is

anyone

am

"I have not myself, I admit, any


knowledge of war," said the graduate, "but
that's of no consequence
what I meant when
I spoke was that I have a friend who is
;

destroy these brigands and rescue us, and if


there is, of promising to marry you to him

at

"

was no

so

alternative,

11

way
is

there

Pai

Ma

the

Pu

Chiang-chun ; he is stationed
Kuan, and as soon as it was
rumoured that these robbers were on their
the

do you say yea or nay ?


7. YING YING felt how pressing was the
emergency, but she was too bashful to speak
however,

should also be skilled hi

10.

thinking of asking if
the temple who can

in

letters,

war?"

shall

them,

of

[CHAP. xix.

she

good plan

nodded her head hi token of acquiescence.


went forth and
8. Whereupon FA

a messenger to let him know he


come to the rescue with some

I sent

certain to
12

or other."

He

repeated what had been said to all there


No one moved but one person,
assembled.

only said this, however, to allay


the old lady's fears for the moment.
His
words made her more than ever delighted;
she could hardly contain herself; 13 what re-

Madame

joices the heart is certain to be believed in;

11.

PN

the graduate

CHANG; he came

am

said he, "Don't be afraid; I


to bring these brigands

do

is

to set

The

g.

comes

it,"

9-

and

court, and, addressing the old lady,

Ts'ui's

to

into

under

your heart at

10
;

quite able

all

difficulty
"

you have

she,

Note, not "lose a man," but lose

face,

was quite her case


is

satisfactorily

I shall feel

"
:

When

disposed

bound, you

may

of,"

lose the attributes of a

our
said

be sure, to

reward you handsomely."


YING YING
felt a good deal more at her ease.

rest."

old lady was delighted; "How


asked she, " that you, who are a

31 A-

this

also

man, a manly character; hence,

generally, to be disgraced.

Io

P? f^ hsiang' fu to bring
Part V, Lesson XIX, Note 10.
-

See

n-

.stationed at,

I2

'3'

into subjection: hsiang, to submit, to cause to submit; fu, to prostrate oneself.

$lj chu* cha', to reside at, to

be stationed at; generally, of

officials;

but a vessel of war may chu, be

a given place.
4

a plan) an expedient.

Ft ^1

<**

fa<

Ml

'P

W 5C>

&5l

>

could not contain herself for joy

chih, here, to withstand, to bear

up

against, to sustain.

PART

CHAP. XX.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

CHAPTER
1.

speeches

the

of

consoling
however, the

graduate's,

XX.

"All you will have to do," said the


graduate, "is to tell SUN FEI-HU that Miss

these

all

Notwithstanding

383

3.

now

brigands kept on bawling incessantly outside


the temple and after the brave words he had

YING YING

is

trepidation

but that

used he could do no

men

less

1
might make them good; hurrying out, he
asked, "Which of you, as a first step, will
carry a letter to SUN FEI-HU?" "SuN," said
FA PEN, " is a rude fellow he is a man of

no use writing

it's

and anyway it will be simpler


message by word of mouth."
2.

"

to

out to him

4.

vailed

to

and

undertake

&

'

Bit

I don't
3

know who would venture

make

words good:

his

yen, to tread in the track of one's words, to

exact equivalent in colloquial

3-

^ 38

thing so carried.
4-

If-

fl> I

am

ch'eng* tan

1
,

the nearest

not

fit

is

fjlj

one's promises.
fjj fjj

H^

for the mission, task, or

to undertake;

lit.,

first,

was

at last pre-

repeated entreaties to give

on or

in, sc.,

the footsteps of another; hence, chien

The expression

(ying*},

but that

is

is

rather literary, but there

is

no

rather the fulfilment of a prediction.

1
duty: for sheng see Part V, Lesson VII, Note
,

6.

to undertake the carrying of: tan', to carry on a pole; tan 4 -taH, the

See Part IV, Dialogue III, Note 123.


See Part V, Lesson

upon by

at

the third day arrives, not a fowl nor a dog


will I leave alive in the place."

chieri1 , to tread

fulfil

hero, but after fighting

anything so serious."

^ W>

FA PEN was no

a grudging consent to what was proposed


"
But if," said he, " she be not sent out when

off his

now, away with you, and don't

though he refused

Very
"
you be able to go and say a word to him ?
"11" said FA PEN " I am not fit for such a
mission,

draw

long time he agreed to go, and he went


accordingly with the message. SUN FEI-HU,

will

will

off 4 a

him,
send him a
"

a sad state of

in

he

be frightened."

to

good," said the graduate

if

get somewhat composed, she shall be sent

no education

just

a bowshot from the temple, and wait


two or three days, so as to give her time to

than turn his atten-

some expedient that

tion to the discovery of

LXVIII, Note

2.

The common expression

is

ff| $$,

^ JE.

384

TZU

RH

CHAPTER
FA

1.

PN

carried this message back to


"

the graduate CHANG.

must not waste any

"

had heard

Which

time.

it,

is

Not one

2.

to say a word,

the

him come and speak to me directly." Up


came Hui MING with all speed as soon as
let

a great state of mind, and


But in order
upon going himself.
6
more
to
excite
the
him,
yet
graduate threw
"
in another word or two
It's no child's

he heard

play," said he

how much
down, who

FA P&N

"
4.

recommend

him

'%}
-

for the mission

/<*' swa

j'

'**!

3-

IX

JjjC

4-

Jjf e hii' chien*, to

name

0fe> cross-grained,

less
is

if

others can't do the thing,

can you

was not

to

he would be

taste

m,

be gainsaid

when

"
;

and very

insipid they

this chief I shall

quick, quickly.

seldom used alone.

amenable neither to command nor persuasion, a


lit.,

breaks

for my dumplings,"
the air of a man who

have killed

properly, kindness, benevolence, compassion

recommend;

it

supposing

blame?"

to bear the

replied

have no meat 7

one were to

with flying haste:

hid*, here, a proper

/^

if

"
;

Hui MING, with

that

this, in

insisted

fires,

anyone here

Ma

as

named Hui 2 MING, who

so cross-grained

is

he had something to
If there is

that has the courage to


take a letter to the Pai
Chiang-chun,

suddenly bethought himself of him, and said


he to the graduate, "Hui MING is the very
man to send, but there is this against it

he

out,

except Hui MING

but at the back of the temple

that he hit cared to return his blow.

"

he called

try,

and who, though not possessed


of much brains, was very handy with his
fists and his feet; such a boxer that no one
lit

to succeed

way

6
something that will pique him."
The graduate thought a minute, and

3.

of the bonzes present ventured

there was an old one,

the only

then, observing that

he asked in a loud tone, "is man enough to


start at once with a letter for the Pai Ma
fast

it

to say

we

of you,"

Chiang-chun, to hurry him here as


he can come ?"

XXI.

certain to refuse

If that is it," said the

graduate, as soon as he

[CHAP. xxi.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

man

that

must be humoured.

to select for recommendation: chti, to raise (see Part IV, Dialogue

VI, Note 27); chien, to introduce, to recommend; |K

fif,

a letter of introduction.

Note the tone of

ehii in

this

combination.
5'

(|l

temper,

etc.

6.

ja

tou

is

H
ton,

cJii

4
,

1
fa, to pique, to rouse to action: chi , to rouse, to excite to; fa, the putting forth,

here, to excite, to irritate, to impel

to delay, to loiter, as

although Hui Mrso was

up

little

7-

JE

5iL

-t

ill

5>

(cf.

jH %%

to loiter

^j|, to

on the road;

make a

child laugh)

so hsing, see Part

already prepared to go, the graduate thought he

would

q.d.,

of energy,

the proper meaning of

V, Lesson

XXV,

nevertheless, in spite of

Note 6:

that, stir

him

more.
/men. 4 , the meat or stuffing inside a dumpling ; mom-Cow, properly, steamed bread,

a stuffing of chopped meat or sugar.

Cf.

$J

fi SH-

is

occasionally

made with

PART

CHAP. XXI.]

make mincemeat
sir

Ma Chiang-chun

if

the

is

to be responsible, pray
5.

And in order to
upon him, FA P^N put
8

an

the

letter,

but now,

doesn't come,

who

"
?

"It won't affect you," said the gra-

duate.

is

me

you need mind about

that's all

Pai

Give

of him.

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

affair of

put further pressure


word: "There

in his

mine," said he,

me

dispose of for

at the

Hui MING promptly

"

that

same

you could
But

time."

rejoined that that could

not be; two commissions were more than


one person could charge himself with.9
6.

"Well,

if that's

the

way

of

it,"

said

the graduate, who saw that his mind was so


bent in the right direction that nothing could
"

oppose him,

off

with you at once."

Hui MING, striding along with light


and valourous air,10 took leave of the

7.

step

gate, a solitary

385

horseman

"Which

along he shouted,

to try his strength with

now, and
man."
8.

let

of

me

us see which

as

he galloped

you is coming
do your best

is

the stronger

Now, the temple stood on the high

shoulder of a

11

so that once out of the

hill,

gate the horse found


hill,

and

and he

it

easy going

down the

set off at full gallop, plunging

12

and prancing as if he was frightened.


9. Even if the robbers had given chase,
being on foot of course they could not come

Hui MING never stopped once

up with him.

draw breath, but galloped straight to the


P'u Kuan, and taking the letter out of his
13
it to the Pai Ma
breast, he presented
Chiang-

to

chun, and told him the whole state of the


case exactly as

it

stood.

graduate then and there, and rode out of the

8.

and,

Jj|

tui, try

UJ

J 3-

H Si!

ft> eg

31,

H|> with light

jS $L

ch'ieh

tui

is

said to be equivalent to

J,

to try

(of. jjfj

p'o-tzti,,

'*'>

one [mmn. in his own] person cannot perform two

(or high) step

and valourous

air

chi, press

him

chih 3 , the foot

the shoulder of a hill: p'o, a sloping bank; ch'ieh, here, deviating from the peris

JJ

ts'uan 1 , here apparently to plunge.

of tone.

ch'eng*, to

^J)

affairs.

the dictionaries do not support this pronunciation of the character, which

pendicular
12.

upon

[whether he will yield to pressure].


*

11

chi 3 tui, to put pressure

hand

See Part III, 545.

Note the change

properly read tsv? or

ch'ii

to a superior; ch ing-tz&, a petition.

49

1
.

386

TZtT

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

CHAPTER
The perusal of the letter startled
the Pai Ma Chiang-chun; "Ah," exclaimed
1.

he,

"

this

is

indeed

business

pretty

XXII.
4

along

him

to the general,

he knelt down before

on his horse and implored his

as he sat

"

mercy.

Without more ado, he mustered a body of


infantry and cavalry, and set it in motion,

and with banners waving and loud shouts his


force came straight down upon the Fu-chiu

4.

The Pai

made

Ma

Chiang-chun knew what

a notorious brigand he was, and how he had


for years contrived to keep out of the meshes
of the law

and

when he had

Ssu.

The graduate heard the


men and horses, a din as

[CHAP. xxii.

man go
hands would have

to have let such a

fallen into his

the skies

been throwing away a chance, would it not ?


so he gave orders that the chief himself

and the earth was being rent; 1


and he knew that a rescue was at hand.

should be put to death 5 then and there, but


that mercy should be extended to his followers

2.

by the
were

noise
if

falling

3.

As for SUN FEI-HU, when he


movement afar off, it made

espied this
his heart

great
beat :* there was only one course open to

he sheathed 3

'

3^ $1

his sword,

2 5i3
iiS
-

RS

Sfe

building that falls

i<a S to

down from

*' ara3

''^>

him

and stealing timidly

Ml

in ruins

the top

hsieri*,

on condition that they abandoned their

evil

courses and, returning to honest ways, submitted to the disposition that might be made
of

them by the

vulgarly hsilcm*, to

fall in.

authorities.

Note that

t'a

can only be used of any

to collapse in consequence of the subsidence of the foundation

is

fan'

$})

a term expressive of the palpitation of the heart.

a sheath, a scabbard.

3-

ch'-Mo',

4-

ts'eng', to

drag the feet along; generally used of the shuffling gait of old age; to walk hesitatingly or

"delicately."

5-

JE

fc

cheng fa, to put to death, to

the proper manner

fa, the law.

inflict

the last penalty of the law :

lit.,

cMng, to execute, to carry out in

PART

CHAP. XXIII.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

CHAPTER
And

thank him

them

4.

"
I have been trespassing
general said to him,
on
greatly
your hospitality for the last two

for his goodness in thus rescuing

from death.

all

XXIII.
The graduate made his friend stay
two days, but when the third day came the

now, the work of suppression


being completed, the graduate CHAXG came
out to visit the Pai Ma Chiang-chun and to
1.

The chiang-chun on

days,

sir,

and to-morrow being pay 9-day


8

complimented the graduate upon his


1
and
the two men having interchanged
ability,
a few phrases, each declining the other's

head-quarters,

3
praise, the general took off a deer's horn
4
thumb-ring that he was wearing, and presented it to the graduate.

him

his part

for their
5.

"We

2.

our meeting to-day

"accept this in
don't refuse 9

The graduate took the

3.

him

sir,"

him

for his

fine workmanship
had a pattern upon it, and the
graduate asked if the design was artificial.
The general said that it was natural. And so
they went on conversing about one trifle or

of

it

more

another,

his hands, but

am

really

said he, "to think

he

most concerned,
troops have

how your

The general modestly declined

compliments; "Don't mention

it,"

his

said he;

"may we meet

me

number than one can

in

The graduate did not venture to press


when he heard that he

to stay longer,

6.

it

up

must wish you good-bye."

been put about 10 by this alerte." With such


words he conducted the general to the gate,
and when the moment of parting came, he
reiterated his thanks for his trouble.

began to extol the

present,

so I

at

again expressed his sincere thanks for what

pray."

ring from

in both his hands, and, thanking

he had done; "I

honour of

it, sir,

pay

the troops will be going

had public business upon

have not seen each other for

many years," said he

387

again some day; accompany


no farther, I beg, sir." And so they took

leave of one another.

recount. 7

lio\ ability.
2

'

3'

4-

W.

See Part V, Lesson

XXX,

X, Note

8.

See Part IV, Dialogue

IS-

HP? jfy chi' chio, the horn of

pan

J$c fa' f

chih-'rh,

8,

Obs.

Note

18.

any horn-bearing animal.

a thumb-ring, the ring worn on the right thumb by archers

chih has here no tone,

the emphasis being laid on pan.


5-

^ iP

to refuse, as a present.

See Part III, 678.

a desultory conversation, a talk on miscellaneous subjects.


J$f
of this phrase can be obtained.
6.

Jjt sftw

8.

%Ji ying*, a military

9.

IO

Lesson

fjjj)

S?
II,

expression

hsiang

3
,

Sfi

W)

Note

7,

$g

jf[|

satisfactory explanation of the origin

to narrate.

7-

No

cantonment, a camp, barracks

commonly

called vif

2-

also,

a regiment.

soldier's pay.
*Ki
''hung shih, your whole brigade, thing tung, have been disturbed; shih, not, as in Part V,
a teacher, but a legion or brigade, originally consisting of 2,500 men.
Cf. the common polite

$j, I apologise for disturbing you.

388

ERH

TZtT

[CHAP. xxiv.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

CHAPTER XXIV.
The graduate turned round and had

1.

mind was

along as if her
"

full of

something.

What

breeze blows you this


asked the graduate, smiling.

2.

day?"

the fact

HUNG

said

is,"

NIANG,

"

way

away he went, quite the gentleman

my

in his

bearing, to the other side of the temple.


to-

The

6.

servants hastened to thrust back 5

the hanging screen of the library, and the


graduate entering found a picture hung upon

"Well,

that

The graduate changed the cap, and


now perfectly en regie,3

5.

his whole toilette being

re-entered the temple, when, behold! out of


the inner gate came HUNG NIANG, hurrying

old

quarters in the library, sir; but she hopes


that you will breakfast with her first to-

the person represented was YING


6
YING, and the picture was so finely and carefully executed that it was the living image

morrow morning."

of the lady herself.

mistress wishes to invite

"

Oh why
!

3.

should

you

to take

Madame

not to regard myself as


her invitation, but as she com-

deserving

mands me
myself of

7.

ought

really

to go, I

shall

not

fail

to

avail

it."

Accordingly, the following


dressed himself with very great care.
4.

day

he

deep bow, modestly declined her acknowledgments

And he

was just going to put on his cap when CH'IN


T'UNG observed that the cap was somewhat
old-fashioned

wouldn't

it

8.

Tw

tt 1t

2r

be better to ex-

You
"

are too complimentary,

what

verb says, equally benefits oneself the service


I rendered was surely not so very meritorious."
;

shih hsing 1 , in the fashion Using 1 , to be in demand, to be fashionable


narrow sleeve openings are not fashionable now.

5PC

SE

amongst Taoist
are put on.

madam,"

benefits others, as the pro-

1
f 7J f 1\ mang, in a hurry; too , lit, harassed, oppressed with care.

flip*

%,

3-

"

said he

change it for such a cap as was then the


mode, he asked.
!

The graduate had been feasting his


eyes upon the portrait for some time, in
rapt contemplation, when Madame Ts'ui came
over from her apartments. The moment she
saw him she began to say how grateful she
was, and so on, but the graduate, making a

Ts'ui give

herself this trouble," exclaimed the graduate


"

the wall

up your

e.g.,

JJ

^ 51

/!

@^

Jcuan 1 , a cap, specially the ancient form of cap, which is now obsolete except
priests; ch'i, complete; ch'u, in due order; the praise is less of the clothes than of the way they

3>

?=r

properly dressed

4- $)f 3t> gentlemanlike deportment.


This expression is extremely difficult to analyse, and the student would do
well to accept the fact that ss& wen means gentlemanly and dignified in
bearing ; any attempt to show how it came to
have this meaning would involve a more elaborate explanation than the scope of these notes is intended to embrace.
Cf. (&
he is a gentlemanly man ; a man who is quiet, dignified, and patient
f@ $Jf 3
5-

^
M

A>

hsien', to

lift,

to raise, as the cover of a dish, a hanging screen, or a sheet of


paper lying flat

$fa

J|

J,

to turn over a page.


6-

f} Ui 11 the portrait of a person drawn when he is alive : t'u, the picture of one who is Using lo, enjoying
The hsing lo t l u is generally a represenpleasure, i.e., who is engaged in some pursuit that interests or amuses him.
tation of the individual engaged in his favourite pursuit.
portrait drawn during life for use sacrificially after death
.

is called

^f 5E

JjJ,

and on the death of the individual

the other two descriptions of portrait


and dressed in his official robes.

is

it

becomes a

frj.

The

that in the latter the person portrayed

is

between a hsing lo t'u and


generally sitting in a formal attitude

difference

PART

CHAP. XXV.]

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

vi.

389

CHAPTER XXV.
The

servants began forthwith to put


the food on the table a recherchtf repast; 1

requested his mistress to do the honours.


The old lady, with the aid of the chopsticks,

and everything else equally


and the service

helped the graduate to different viands, and


"
this done she said to him,
Don't make a

1.

wine,

meats,

good

dried fruits and fresh

all

2 3

of old porcelain
2.

as thin as paper.

stranger of yourself,
too loose to allow of

The book-cases which surrounded the

room were

up with volumes

piled

HUNG

as high as

the ceiling, and while the breakfast was being

served the graduate kept on gazing at


incessantly in one direction or another.

books were

first editions, printed in the South


the paper and type 4 both excellent.
3.

Madame

6.

"

is this

worm

is,

the better

the work-room
"

objection to old books, that the bookbreeds in them so easily, and then of
"

these,"

There

is

said the

to

do

2.

W
^ yao

'

iSI I/*
3
,

4- /Ijt
tsti,

tz'ti,

j?

-pan

ch'i

4
,

porcelain

lit.,

"

5-

*& JH

6-

fS S. "F 4H

tvf-yu-tztt,
1

ching

is

an instrument of

a bookworm

tu,

shift? teti? chi*

3
,

"

arrived.

begs that you'll

in

You

are too fond of letting your


way
7
run
on," said she; "if mamma were
tongue
this

also,

an

is

wide, open, spacious ;

pit,

as

^ ^i a

cut ; also, a board, as

coal-mine ; hence, yao-tzti, a brothel

^jjjj ffi,

or pan-tzft.

Note that pan-

flagellation.

insect,

somewhat

like a fish in appearance,

ching, canonical works (the wu, ching}

works of philosophers, as LiEH-Tztt, CHUANG-TZC, LAO-TZO,


ch'ang

when HUNG NIANG

mamma

porcelain utensils.

a block on which type for printing

alone without the numerative

7- f$[

Your

chutm': yao, savoury meats; chuan, a banquet, a meal.

a kiln or furnace for firing porcelain


3

3-

company."
was not an

seem penny wise and pound foolish."


8. YING YING scolded her for
talking

is

5. They conversed in this way until the


larger dishes were brought in, and the butler

I-

rule,

books, history, philosophy, and all other kinds


of literature 6 and at any time that you wish

any of them, sir, all you have


to take out what you want."

visitor

habit of spending her money right and left,


and now, on an occasion like this, to begin
counting the cost with such care does really

to read

think that this way of managing a marriage


shows a strong sense of economy on your
mamma's part she has always been in the

every sort of reading in


"
the canonical
lady

old

my
as

come
7.
and keep the graduate CHANG company at
breakfast, miss," said HUNG NIANG; "I do

but there

course they get honeycombed and destroyed."


4.

YING YING,

and having completed her toilette, she had


been seated some time waiting, all forlorn, in

"Well," said the graduate,

the older an edition

my

the graduate was invited to breakfast, she


had been up the first thing in the morning,

were never away from the book-shelves, asked


"
What kind of books is it, sir, that you
hun,
"

teeth are

eating these things.

early riser, but this day, being aware that

Ts'ui, observing that his eyes

esteem the most?

my

NIANG, go to the young lady and beg

her to come and keep

them
The

pray;

sir,

etc.

which destroys books.

shih, historical

chi, miscellaneous works.

shuo-hua ch'ang, to give rein or latitude to one's tongue.

works ;

tztt,

th

TZU ERH

390

[CHAP. xxv.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

do you suppose that you wouldn't


you must keep a little more within

12

And

a short

to hear you,

this

catch

13
she
time, knitting her brows in vexation,
took leave of the graduate and departed,

it ?
if

bounds,

you

please."

9. Saying which she crossed over, followed by HUNG NIANG.


She saluted the
he regraduate as soon as she saw him

way?"

11.

turned the salute, bowing low, with his arms


extended and the whole party sat down.

what a pity

The

old lady looked intently at the pair,


ability on the one side and beauty on the

united,

nice

it

12.

formed by nature to be

and there was but one

good things, as they

to be sure

it all is

And

to

the

somehow

16
j

"
!

likewise

graduate

it

he found he could not


The old lady guessed what
his mind and anticipated him

tried to speak, but

open his lips.


was passing in

not been engaged, to have married her 9 to the


graduate ; but this was at present out of the
"

"
;

seemed that the bridge had been broken


down as soon as the river was crossed he

and she thought sadly to herself how


would have been, had her daughter

question,

HUNG NIANG

say, are pretty sure to be hitched

other, a couple truly

"One's got to put one's head to it


[before anything can be done],"

now 14

bit

thought

after sitting there

"There

a difficulty in the way, sir," said


she, "which you are not aware of; my girl
has been engaged ever since her childhood

alternative.

is

YING YING, " you must


My
not treat the graduate CHANG henceforward as
a stranger; you must call him brother and he
must call you sister, and your affection 10 for

nephew, CH&NG HENG; your action in


saving our whole family, sir, it would be hard
indeed to repay never so long as I live shall

each other will be the comfort of

I forget

child," said she to

10.

As YING YING listened

my

to these words,

right

why

my

is

mother

"

chia' ou 3 , an admirable
9-

proverb,

round in

troubled."

is

match

ou, a pair, a

hun 1

sir,

and the way you

sympathised with us."


13. "What the eye doesn't

when the

contract a marriage:

>

your goodness,

not

This

shifting

my

heart."

which declared as plainly as could be that


now the scar 11 was healed all past pain was
forgotten, she said to herself,

to

match

see," says

the

"the mouth has no craving for;


ear does not hear, the heart is not

The graduate was a

disinterested

used specially of a married couple.

1
properly, a bridegroom; yin , properly, a bride; hence,

hmi

yin,

marriage.

Io

"&

pa'-la', a scar: the old lady

as the danger
I2>

used specially with reference to fraternal affection.

is

HI

to transform

was

had forgotten her promise to marry YING YING to her deliverer as soon

over.

$f*j

tea 4

changed her plans or arrangements, came round to another way of thinking: pien*, to change,
which may be called the categorical indices of

certain symbolical groups of lines of classical origin

Chinese philosophy, but here spoken of with reference to divination ; q.d., the good Jcua originally selected has been
changed ; fig. for someone's change of purpose after passing his word. For a description of the eight Tcua the student
" Chinese Reader's
is referred to MAYERS'
Manual," p. 333.
'3-

W. Jm 3*

a fixed air

>

t'ou

lit.,

f melancholy or vexation

to scratch the head

lit.,

sad eyebrows that will not chan 3 , open.

this is a scratch-head business,

one that requires the exercise of

thought.
15.

j$

good things)

!jj
:

3>

mo 3

there are many annoyances attending the performance of good actions


used of continuous annoyances.

lit.,

to grind

(or

enjoyment of

PART

CHAP. XXV., XXVI.]

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

VI.

and rocking himself about, 16 looking at the


17
good wine and the excellent fare with which
the table was covered without touching them ;
not a mouthful could he have eaten
and
after a short interval he sadly and gravely

man, and when he put himself forward in


the time of danger, and exerted himself, it
had not been in the least degree from any
hope of reward

when he heard the

still,

old lady talk in this way, he could not help


feeling greatly disappointed, and not a single

he

word could he bring

out' in reply

all his
self-possession,

and kept on fidgeting

*6see also

}M

itfl

IS Wi

Part V, Lesson

!?

Madame

took formal leave of

Ts'ui and went

his way.

lost

huang* tang*, fidgeting and rocking himself about: tang, a condition of disturbance;
LXXXVI, Note 4, where it has a different sound and meaning.
huang*

li'

chia 1 , good, excellent, admirable; identical in meaning with

3J|

391

q.v.,

but the former cannot be applied

to individuals.

CHAPTER XXVI.
1.

HUNG NIANG

own room, and


spirits

"

seeing

how very much out

he was, she asked him in a low

What makes you


2.

accompanied him to his

"

whether the old lady holds to her


word or not so far as she is concerned, but
signify

of

how am I to get over it ? "


4. "Ah!" said HUNG NIANG, "then I
see I wasn't out in my guess why didn't you

voice,

so sad, sir ?"

have drunk a cup or two too much,"

come

said the graduate.


"
3.

said

HUNG

NIANG, repressing a smile


unsteadiness is to be laid on the wine

"
;

better speak out now."

the graduate, "the truth

is

5.

am

6.

you
"

that I have been

some trouble and all to no purpose;


put
no good is come of it of course it doesn't

DC 10

3
5u win cho

7f @f

>

tsui,

pursed up her mouth

See Part V, Lesson

LIV, Note

15.

Some people

when

I tell

said

are clever one

HUNG

you what

You

cithern, don't you, sir

a proverb indicative of a person

in vituperation or an outburst of
temper, etc.

"

will please you.

IK *S

a plan in my head."
"
Indeed ? asked the graduate eagerly,
I've

some another,"

"Well," said

to

'

me ?

"and what may your plan be,3 when things


"
are in such a mess as they are ?

one's
I

afraid this doesn't tally with the facts

had

"

Where may have you been drinking ?"


1

to

way and

NIANG, laughing;

it is, I'll

guarantee it
play very well on the
?
well, the cithern is

the dictionaries do not recognise this meaning of min.

who

feigns drunkenness or

makes

it

a plea for indulging

TZU ERH CHI.

392

the instrument our young lady

fondest of

is

hearing you play on it this evening, and


us see what she says when she hears it."
;

let

Is it
The graduate sprang up
"
is
a
the
case
?"
said
that
he
really
suggestion, I must say, quite in accordance with my
;

Be

ideas.

an
see

it

on the

air

how

so then; this evening

I'll

play

and you will watch and


her, and then come and tell

cithern,

it affects

me."
8.

went

HUNG NIANG

and

assented,

and away she

in the evening, greatly to her sur-

YING YING heard

prise,

sound of a

of a sudden the

all

she had something on her


mind; and then she told me to buy some
bewildered, as

fruit

"

7.

[CHAP. xxvi.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

cithern.

After listening very attentively for


some time, she asked HUNG NIANG, "Where
9.

sir
is

if

and bring
to

anything."

melons for

sale.

most

his feelings

the

likely
"

graduate

playing to relieve

observed that

when he

from breakfast he looked very sad


think he is going to stay here."
11. YING YING started as
down on a rug full of needles

an

effort,

she said, "


surely

directly,

He

12.

was

it

she had sat

then,

making

can't be going off

when you hear


some
good fruit
buy

to-morrow,

fruit cried in the street,

and take

if
;

got up
I don't

to him."

HUNG NIANG

desired,

promised to do as she

and the next day she spoke


"

the

There's

graduate
beginning of things," she told him.
does it show itself?" said the graduate.
;

to

sign of a

faint

"How

"Last evening, when she heard the


sound of the cithern, she looked all lost,
13.

4-

ifi fjf

jj

$Hi

yiin*, here

as the voice (see Part V, Lesson


5-

1*

ffl "?> to

have a

fit

She was moving towards the temple


and as luck would have it,

1 6.

how he

there with a load of water-

sold them.

she tried to beat

HUNG NIANG asked him


He told her his price, but
him down, and

the man,

declaring that what she offered wouldn't cover


the cost price, took his pole 6 in his hand [as
still he did
if he was going to shoulder it]
;

not move, but waited until HUNG NIANG rose


her price a little, and then he let her have
the water-melons.

HUNG NIANG

took her melons in and


to
the
them
graduate CHANG, asking
presented
him if he felt any better.
"
said he;
1 8. "A
little better,"
your
present comes in very nice time, and the fruit
17.

looks pretty good


it

won't you eat a

little

of ague

tan*, a carrying pole

19.

HUNG NIANG

thanked

him,

but

declined; "Water-melon doesn't agree with

6).

yao*, aguish fever.


;

of

yourself?"

a musical chord or harmonious tone ; yu*, far-reaching, protracted ; yang*, to

XCI, Note

keep quiet and not trouble your head about

man

HUNG NIANG,

"
;

what was the matter.


"
I've had ague 5 these two days," said
15.
the graduate. "Indeed!" said HUNG NIANG.
"
Then you should take something for it, and

there was a

CHANG," said

there ?"

But as
really am greatly obliged to you."
he was speaking a cold fit seized him, and he
shivered so from head to foot that it frightened HUNG NIANG, and she asked with a start

that

10. "It's

is

good," said the graduate

gate as she spoke,

it."

now, just think,

gentleman
be more particular,

Very

14.

like yourself there

that cithern being played, and in such good


cadence too ? * I can't think who it can be

playing

you

to a clever

no need
"

is

is

to

it

so called because the pole

is

flattened so as not to hurt the shoulder.

raise,

PABT

CHAP. XXVI.]
me,"

said she.

eaten a

of

little

it,

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

vi.

when the graduate

So when the graduate had


he told CH'IN T'UNG to put

little;

he,

There were a great

many mosquitoes

and they kept the graduate so


8
constantly scratching himself that he could
get no sleep at nights and he was now leanin the room,

22.

23.

her a few with

trouble

is, I'll

my respects,

you

21

his

in return for her

7-

0f2 tfl ~T> I

am

she was, and having


was just going away

afraid to eat

them

my

yang ;

ff

Ia

ffife

Jffc

as here with loo


as hsia

'<w k'wan
it

to

to

nod with

to

signature

"

said he,

or

he handed

may

say

12.

3-

$T

yvn'

ifto

4
,

to

|9i chan*, to dip, as

Sjf !n[

&5

his
in

HUNG

to
"
:

What-

when she

you can come and

tell

sees

me, you

know."

lit.,

to scratch

me

to avoid them.

an itching [place]: yang yang,

to itch; not

also, to clutch, as in Part III, 448.

sleep.

put down a name: k'uan, a form, a section, an

means the name

it,

article, q.d., of

a treaty; when used

surname either of the person presenting the fan or of the recipient (distinguished

and shang respectively) or of both.

1 1-

3
51 ta'tun -'rh,

This seemed to the graduate a sen-

previous experience causes

g^ yang, to scratch oneself;

chua, to scratch or tear with the fingers

the fan,"

NIANG, "for fear the old lady


she is very suspicious."

ever the young lady

HUNG NIANG said


best,

name 10 on

NIANG, with the following injunction

to take

it,"

some of the

with you at the

the twinkling of an eye he had written a


stanza 13 upon the fan, which, without
putting

present."

selected

it

it

observation, and having rubbed


n
ink
and moistened 12 his pencil well,

cithern stand; they were very good, and he


asked HUNG NIANG, " Is the young lady fond

she

wait a

sible

he suddenly noticed some peaches that he had


bought, which were standing in a bowl on the

if

Don't write your

should see

"

HUNG

said

ing with his elbow upon the small table of the


stove bed, half asleep and half awake, 9 when

of peaches

called to her to

write something on a fan," said

"I'll

"and you can carry


same time."

the rest away.


20.

393

rub ink on the ym*-t'ai, or ink-stone.


a pen in the ink, bread in sauce,

W- bald-headed

poetry,

i.e.,

etc.

without a heading

or a

name

50

394

Tzt;

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

CHAPTER
Home

1.

HUNG NIANG

went

and presented the peaches

accordingly,

YING YING;

to

as to the fan, she thought to herself

and stepped aside without


remark.
making any
2. YING YING'S
eye caught sight of it,
and taking it up she immediately exclaimed,
inadvertently,

41

Where did

what

on

is
2

writing

ah

CHANG'S

berately to

way

show

his

contempt

for

me

deli-

in this

in consequence of some-

it's

him yesterday without

thing you said to

weren't afraid that

my

you! and you


would be discovered ?

it

become of you when

what

will

Now

don't be angry, whatever

I tell

mamma.
"
3.

am

HUNG

NIANG, with
not the one to be blamed

do, miss," replied

"I

all

you

haste;

what

for

has happened, and I should never have ventured to suggest it and if your mamma were
;

to ask

me how

came about, should

it

I ever

have the courage to say that I was sent to the


"
graduate with a present from you, miss ?
4. This embarrassed YING YING, and finding

as

it

2.

3-

much

out of order to be indulgent

See Chapter

XVIII, Note

till

Hk

Ip:

jfiji

t^

2
3
)M. ts'un to , to reflect, to consider:

is

not very well," said

HUNG

"and one might just as well hold


one's tongue as recommend him to take
medicine
then, again, if one asks him if

NIANG

there

anything that would be certain to


he won't say a word."

is

put him

to rights,

without being able to speak; at last, with


some show of shame, she came out with her

come from

kiv> \vledge; a servant girl like

we'll see

"He

5.

Is the

who wrote

of course,

gentleman any better

"
girl,

"

don't recognise the handno doubt it's the graduate


I

now why should he choose

as to be severe, she asked the

YING YING pondered 3 what she heard,


and turned it over in her mind ever so long

this fan
it ?

XXVII.

would

it

not be so well to give it to her mistress


direct, so she laid it on the table, as it were

xxvn.

[CHAP.

31-

pi-chi

6.

"

idea,

have a note here ready written,"

"

you take it to him immediately."


Such capriciousness as this there was
no keeping in hand, and a smile involuntarily
escaped HUNG NIANG as she observed it.
said she

7.

8.

"

Oh

miss,"

she cried,

"

but don't

you think that it may perhaps upset him ?


wouldn't the sight of the note be sure to
"
make him worse ?

Her words added to YING YING'S


confusion, and then from being displeased
she became angry, and, flying into a passion, 4
g.

she flung the note on the ground.

HUNG NIANG

picked it up;
she
held her peace
she
felt
indignant,
though
but as she thought it all over, she asked
10.

just

"

herself,

Why

should she

everything with

me when

fly in
I

a rage about

always do every-

I.

handwriting: chi, a trace, a footmark; also written


to,

elsewhere

4
fru ,

jjJ>

ar>d

short for to liang, also to consider, to calculate,

to estimate.
4-

Sit

-f

tit?

ch'i-txtt,

to get into a rage

person giving offence.


5-

fJR chieii

3
,

here, to pick up.

tu, to

gamble, to wager

to stake one's passion against that of the

PART

CHAP. XXVII.]

me ? 6

thing she bids

here

am

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

I fetching

carrying letters for

them, slaving away

have

to get

been looking

and
and

it

She thought on in this way for a


as nothing suggested itself to her,
but
while,
she stifled her wrath, and went straight over
CHANG'S

Now the
HUNG NIANG,
12.

for

plain that I

this

the garden wall?"

11.

to the graduate

"What?" exclaimed HUNG Nu.v;,


"
what manner
of talk is this? what do you mean by
making
up idle stories like these out of your own
15.

with simulated indignation

side of the buildings.

graduate was looking out


and as she did not appear,

head?

much

her to come; and to this end he


had just desired CH'IN T'UNG to go to HUNG
NIANG and ask her for a needle and thread

satisfied."

together,

when

himself to

6.

Cf.

iS

H
7-

HUNG

"By

14.

52.

jit 2}5

?S

>

jjt

A,

9-

clear

Jco

!3>

or

tree

$1 HI

ti

to perform all the

fjlj,

pay

ch'a*-'rh,

most menial

offices for, to

tu*,

properly

to",

it ?

it

wait upon in a slavish manner.

ch'a

2
,

properly

c/i'a

4
,

a branch of a

Cf. the following:

an adverb,

certainly

to step, to tread, to walk.

looked for an opportunity or excuse

incident.

ch'io, here,

is

slavish court or adulation to.

ch'io\ in plain truth, in very truth

note the change of tone

is

graduate and went home.

walking backwards and forwards

S f@ % hsiang
(} & ?), an unexpected
7 *X a 7 (**>
^'

to

there

NIANG.

E3 6$

rejoined

does beat anything one could have fancied.'


This cogitation ended, she took leave of the

these verses," said he to her, "it

this

who would have thought

he addressed

fSj^f,"]^0^'fpJ'^

9
;

to set about such a piece of business as this

news that went so

expectations,

lie at all?"

singular; to go on as
she did when she knew the graduate was
ill, seeming not to care about it, and then

the world!

his

should I

"Why

"Well now," said HUNG NIANG to


what is one to say to this ? that
herself,
the young lady should have been making
an appointment on the sly, of all things in

beyond

6.

"

time before he guessed its purport yes,


YING YING was very anxious for an interview

far

so

17.

overjoyed at

mistress

communing with
came along.
13. She handed the note to the graduate
he opened it, and at the first glance he
perceived that, like his own message, it was
a stanza of poetry this he had to con some

old

"

herself as she

with him

my

the graduate
it's the strict truth
not the slighest mistake about it."

she arrived with the note,

little

tell

the better for you give you an inch


and you take an ell; you are never to be

getting

book

don't

if

he had been walking up and down his room,


8
for
trying hard to hit upon some excuse
7

to stitch the leaves of a

am

given a rendezvous for


advise
me now as to how
evening you
to go to her; had I not better jump over
is

"

anything by

395

ti

a bright spot

(see

really, certainly, indeed.

Part III, 19), hence, evident, manifest,

TZU ERH

396

CHI.

[CHAP. XXVIIL

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHAPTER XXVIIL
The graduate took out the verses
tried their meaning this way and
that way, and the more he considered them
the more they fitted in with the guess he had
made " Oh that the evening were come,"

coming that way; whereon he leaped


and deftly down into the garden.

i.

again, and

2.

And he went
;

by-

and-by it got lower down in the west; he


turned round and listened to the clock, but it
foul

fell

wound up l
responding,

Then

it

up

asked YING YING

this reason only that, after

CH'IN T'UNG, duly

felt

as fast as he could.

indisposed to

the garden; then,


perceiving that it

show

much

mamma

quiries about

was simply

your

reflection, I

that fan

sending HUN.G NIANG

my

too,

a bit came the twilight, and then,


graduate's delight, the lamps were

after

the

to

the clock

wound

it

"
?

impression about me, sir; my conduct is


always above-board and straightforward; you
had conferred a favour upon us, and it was for

had stopped
He
of CH'IN T'UNG; why had he -not

made no sound what

that

is

was the graduate himself, she began with


much gravity,4 " Don't be under any false

out to see where

was just past noon

it

Who

when she saw someone in


3
looking well at him and

thought he.
the sun was

"

to

illness these last

to satisfy

my

feelings

convey

to

perfect correctness, so I thought

it

waited on until, just as they were setting the


night watch, he fancied he heard the tinkling

have

wall,

glance
'

Piirt

_t

5>

wind up,

to

V, Lesson C, Note

have something

to

me

make

to
to

fail to

so,

in-

few days

else to say to

I feared if I entrusted

safest for

it

to

HUNG

you with
would be

submit the recommendation

you

What

in person.

the liberty of observing

take

the present
Emperor, as everyone knows, has the examinations for degree 6 in the highest esteem
is

this

was indeed YING YING

it

NIANG she might

that

but

you that

ornaments; he hurried to the


and mounting it once more, he saw at

of a lady's

ground

in,

make

on the same

whereupon he went and took a


good look over the wall; not a sign was
there, however, of anyone on the other side,
so he had to return to his room, and there he
brought

lightly

a clock: hsien', the string of a bow or musical instrument; the character ^


('
but erroneously; sliang, to make to ascend, hsien, the string or spring of

sc.,

2) is often used,

the clock.
2-

3-

t&i

MR

~f $$

huan*

sometimes written
4-

p'ei*, rings

hsi,

1<

JE EK

cheng yen

is

perhaps more common.

^j- ff

The

attentively, minutely.

hence, women's jewellery.

dictionaries

give no explanation of this use of ted, which

is

ff

properly, a whetstone

^^

girdle ornaments

li,

5-

and

&}

k'e

ijfa

chia 3

se,

gravely

lit.,

with correct (properly adjusted) countenance and severe looks

hence, severe, harsh, stern.

JflJ,

the reigning

chia, the class,

or chii-jen, the two highest degrees,


classes of the first or second degree

purchase or for military service.

'fife

i.e.,

Emperor; a phrase

first,

;; ^4

specially used

second, or third, in the

he obtained

ffi

jfi

official

k'e,

or examinations for the degree of chin-ahih

he commenced his

employment

by people about the Palace; fo yeh alone

official career as

a graduate

in

one of the

in virtue of the literary degree he held

not by

PABT

CHAP. XXVIII.]
'

VI.

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

great in shoal water as in deep, it came to


pass that his malady attacked him again with
increased violence; and on the following day

the dashing warrior that the jewelled


sword is given,' says the proverb; 'to the
It is to

7
You are a fine
beauty, the pearl powder.'
scholar why don't you aspire to the highest

FA

PfiN, hearing that the


been so good to him was

and then,

prize?

after obtaining

were to make a successful career,


be honoured by everybody; whereas

if

who had

visitor

went straight
to Madame Ts'ui in great tribulation and

if

you
would
you
it,

397

ill,

informed her.

you

The old lady was

much

concerned

continue, as at present, unavailable for any


useful purpose, you'll be nothing more than

as

9
any other private individual, and people

immediately that the doctor should be called

set

you down

6.

will

mediocre person of no

as a

in,

10

FA PEN when
and she sent

as

she heard

it

HUNG NIANG

she gave orders


to see

what was

the matter with the graduate.

energy."

"

Having concluded this severe oration,


she turned round and departed.
4. The graduate was just about to speak
when it occurred to him that it would be as
3.

7.

asked

Do you feel any


HUNG NIANG when

room.

"Ah,"

better now, sir

"
?

she came into his

said the graduate, "I have

no

well not to provoke her while she was excited;

11
experience of suffering of any sort or kind,
and yesterday I had a wrong done me that

indignant though he was, he kept his feelings to himself, and jumping over the wall

beats everything the road to the grave, they


12
say, is as much for the young as the old, and

so,

had jumped over

as he

it

before,

he returned

I don't

to his room.
5.

8.

The

intolerable

still,

he

explosion

lady's

felt

to

is

sword), Mng',

woman

8-

chia

$3

HH

:tf $!]

^!l

presented,

1
,

good,

*f|i

fair,

Hjf

i> &C

yii?, to, lieh

|PJ

H;

A:

I shall recover."

HUNG NIANG

keep your mind easy and take care


of yourself; I have brought a dose which the

all

poo

shih, the dashing

that

chien*, the jewelled

sword (Men, properly a two-edged

3
blazing) warrior; red fin , powder,

(lit.,

is

given to the pretty

(why don't you


;

set up, a chili hsiang, resolution in the direction of) hi chan, standing forth

li,

ao

is

a sea monster on whose head stands a representation of the divinity

who

the patron of candidates for literary honours.


9-

Ia

fro

ting,

I2

an individual

Ha ^P *^>

mm
troubles of

originally, a nail or pin,

a mediocre individual

snan hsien k'u

la,

hsi,

but not so used.

watery

sung, dishevelled, as hair.

things sour, salt, hitter, and pungent or acrid; hence, the vicissitudes or

life.

it T& Sfr -fc 2K 3 iJ?> the road to the grave is for the young as well as the old there
amongst the travellers on the road to the yellow spring chfiian*, a spring, commonly called jf|
likened to a hollow in the yellow clay where the springs lie.
-

of age
is

to the heart to

of persons or things, but used only in rather classical phrases.

alone on the ao' t'ou, head of the ao


is

IB

ffl

13

hear him talk in this way, but she forced a


"
smile as she said,
No, no, it's not so bad as

be

he could not tear himself

away from the place, and with difficulties


besetting him turn which way he would, as
7-

suppose that
It cut

13-

ffij

ko*, to cut, to gash.

is

no distinction

|jj|.

The grave

398

Tztr

ERH

young lady gave me for you take it, and


be bound it will make you well directly."

I'll

While she was speaking the doctor

g.

arrived,

he

said,

and having duly examined the patient,


"
The weather is unseasonable a num;

ber of people are affected with vomiting and


14
but this gentleman has something
purging;

matter with him; his stomach

else the

hard as a stone, and the saliva

mouth

of his

lfl
;

this is

is

is

as

symptomatic

of fever,

18
aggravated by suppressed excitement."
10. "The gentleman has got a cough

who was standing

cut in CH'IN T'UNG,

too,"
"

and what is a deal worse, this morning,


when he was drinking some water, he threw
by

it

18

out

all

swallow

without

again

able

being

This irritated the graduate; "Who


told you to be making nonsensical replies?"
"

he asked

'4-

one dose in the morning and another in the


evening, and in the course of a day or two

you

don't speak

you are spoken

till

P Wa> vomiting and purging:

_t P!

~?

'5-

men2

be sure to find that

will

it

has done

you some good."

HUNG NIANG

13.

looked carefully at the

medicines for a while, and then she asked


"
the doctor,
Is that black paste medicine
"

21
powders, and pastes," said the
doctor, "are all medicine; the art of medi-

too ?"

cine

Pills,

a profound

is

22

study,

and not so easy

to acquire."
14.

CHANG

it."

his pulse, 18

and taking
out a packet of medicine, "There are two
medicines in this," said he, " which must be
mixed together 20 when taken you will take

to

11.

The doctor felt

1 2.

running out
17

[CHAP. XXVHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

He
"

then took leave of the graduate


shall call again to-morrow or

next day, sir, to see how you are," 23 said he


and with these words he went his way.

to."

hsieh', to purge, purging.

2
thick, glutinous, as paste; hsien", properly yen' , the saliva of a sick

man

or

animal.

6-

iM ;8> a

9%. 3PI

Part III, 309) by


J

will

7-

tend
1

8.

'9-

20
2r

'

difference

ch'i,

c ld

symptomatic;

2J5 iSt laip'ai,

(lai, conies from),

p^g

(shang han ping, influenza), aggravated or increased

~f ho

is

p'ai, the

22.

23. It

Hfc

Pz, ch'an'

shcn ao

may be

between or insert;

branch of a stream: the p'ai, branch or direction to which his

ch'iang' liao, choked in drinking: ch'iang, to eject anything that has gone

see

illness

to feel the pulse.

See also Part V, Lesson LII,

Note

down

the windpipe.

6.

ho cho, mixed together.

ft "-'*' san
between wan and tan.

^L

to place

influenza; in other words, he is sickening for a feverish cold.

4
4
$! BS hou* (commonly Aao ) mo

}H ft :H

(chia,,

excitement.

Icao

tan 1

pills,

powders, paste (or plaster) and globules.

There

is

apparently

little

4
,

profound

ao, retired, deep, mysterious.

well to note that a Chinese doctor never tells his patient that he will call again, as this
is going to get worse.

presumptive indication that the patient

is

PART

CHAP. XXIX.]

VI.

399

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

CHAPTER XXIX.
HUNG NIANG

1.

had got a certain

all
handy, with
a windlass 6 on the stage over the well CH'IN
T'UNG rushed along to draw some water out

old mistress and the

My

young lady are greatly distressed about your


1
that
illness, sir, and they have vowed a vow
the day you recover they will sacrifice an

of it, but he made such headlong haste as


he ran that he nearly came down, 7 and HUNG
NIANG, noticing in what a careless fashion he

ox to heaven."
"

2.

What's the use of slaying an ox

said the graduate

me,

will it

much

"

taking

on the

"

was going

won't benefit

HUNG NIANG

well

alarm

on, called out in

"Be

5.

reverse, I shall only be so

the worse off for

3.

life

water for him.

There was a well in the court

and then in a low

distance,
"

she said,

voice

warm some

CH'IN T'UNG to

waited until the doctor

little

more

careful,

pray; the

very deep indeed; if you slip you'll


no joke, I can tell you." CH'IN T'UNG
answered her hail with a cheery laugh, and

find

it."

was a person of a kindly

is

it

and sympathising disposition; instead of tak-

having drawn the water, he put

2
ing any notice of the graduate's angry words,
she set to work to attend on him, prepared a

fire to
6.

it

on the

get hot.

While he was waiting

for the water

she told CH'IN T'UNG to

the graduate began to chat with HUNG NIANG


"What is the young lady doing at home?"

and

he asked.

drink

him and heated his medicine, and


make some gruel,4

for

The graduate was not comfortable;

The question amused HUNG NIANG,


but she didn't show it
7. "When I came away," said she, de-

an incessant tickling or itching 5 all


over him, and it occurred to him that a bath

"
the young lady
signedly misleading him,
8
There is a small hill in our
was fishing.

to

to let

keep stirring

it

4.

he

rather briskly so as not

it

burn.

felt

would
'

him more

set

i$"

vS

hsifi

yuan'

St

73

he desired

vowed a vow:

hsil,

in return for a fulfilment of

promised something
2

at ease, so

>

to promise;

V, Note

yuan

(or

)jji),

The phrase

hopes, expectations.

it

in all

is elliptical

hopes or desires.

Note

instead of taking any notice.

III, 22, to pardon, or as in Chapter

flower garden, with springs under

this

new use

of jao 2 , which

18, to do something for nothing;

it is

as in Part IV, Dialogue

is not,

here used in the sense of to forlieur:

forbearing and not heeding him, she, on the contrary.

Note

3-

JC ?!> prepared

4-

5fij

a drink

chou 1 properly
,

a sort of gruel or thick soup made from

rice, millet, etc.

For

$j, see

Chapter VIII,

g.

5-

^ $&

tz

fl,

4
'

nao*, a tickling or tingling sensation

^* 2 > a windlass

level surrounding the well's


7-

Note

dm

not necessarily soup.

14.
8.

Wi %h

r tsai ken ton.

For chi

f>f

mouth.

hit, see Part

the

wooden apparatus

Emphasise the

V, Lesson LVI, Note


:

tiao 1 , a hook, to

tz'u,

a thorn or prickle

for lowering the

reao, to scratch.

Emphasise

tz'u.

bucket which stands on the ching

t'ai,

or

first lu.

See Part V, Lesson

5j, a fishing-rod

XXIV, Note

13.

Note

tsai',

not

tieh', as in

Part V, Lesson LIV,

8.

hook ; tiao^-yu* kan', a hook-fish rod

tiao

yii,

to angle.

400

RH

TZtJ

CHI.

and the water from those runs into

directions,

a pond,9 which

is

up

when you

of fish of all sorts;

and

to one's chin,

full

get well,

sir,

they might ask you in there to take a walk."


8.

[CHAP. xxix.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

The graduate made no remark, but

he thought to himself that it was hard that,


under the circumstances, YING YING should

"The young lady coming to see how


you are," said HUNG NIANG; "how comes it
11.

that she never said a word about

it

to

me ?

don't think that's possible."


"
1 2.
It's the truth as plain as can be,"
"
said the graduate
and what I take to be the
;

find

that as the old lady bound us to


one another as brother and sister, she is most

that

likely

any pleasure in fishing; how was it


when he was thinking so of her she
should be taking no interest in him ?
g.

HUNG

his reflections to himself, had


muttering
turned to go, when ah of a sudden she gave
a start, and cried out, " I had as near as
1

had another note

that I

is this,

coming to

a feeling of sisterly

satisfy

affection."

he was

NIANG, seeing that

10

possible forgotten

case

13.

While they were

still

talking CH'IN

T'UNG reported that the water was hot and


the bath ready on which HUNG NIANG took
;

The graduate had

her leave and went home.

and

his bath,

felt so

much

the better for

it

which the young lady told me to give you,


sir
please make haste and read it."

that he thought he would take a turn, but


just as he was going out he heard a rustling

This information at once changed the


graduate's sorrow into joy, and promptly

kind of sound, 13 and looking round he saw the


cat 14 had caught a rat; this reminded him

10.

hand

stretching out his


it

and broke

it

open: "What!" exclaimed

soon as he saw what was inside

he, as
"

"

another piece of verse


attentively, but at length

He had

upon him

"
;

evening to see

9-

10

11-

12

Ufa

"?

5C "T

fH

ch'en

6.

Ig|

hua-'rh

muttering, murmuring

huang* jail,

IE?

in a flash as

it

ch'a

1
,

ch'en, to sink,

were, to

wu 4

hence deep down

greatly

yin, to

comprehended

hum

it.

to.

two characters representing a scratching or rustling sound.

cat.

8l> uneven,

full of pits

~f, to make level by

and depressions: k'eng

filling in, sc.,

the

a flower-bed.

ch'ih-tz<&,

the probabilities are, the circumstances point


ch'i

in

15
uneven, so he told CH'IN T'UNG to get some
earth and make it level. 16

this

yin

D^ Dj

moo', a

Js

a pond, a tank

rats

the rats' holes stopped up. Then, again,


out in the court he found the ground all

am," said he.

many

lest

all

it

flashed 11

coming

a good

they should frighten YING


YING when she came, he gave orders to have

room, and

it,

to study

meaning

probably

ch'ih*, a pool,

*5- J/l JJL f

its

12

is

how

13. Dtj] DJJJ

14-

She

^ IM st
^ ^>

that there were

he took

for the letter

with earth:

1
,

t'ien

a pit;
2
,

to

wa

fill

1
,

a hollow.

in or

up; p'ing,

level.

or recite, as poetry.

PART

CHAP. XXX.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

401

CHAPTEK XXX.
And

1.

YmG,

YINQ
we leave him, and

came

there, quietly waiting for

for the tune being

discourse of

HUNG

NIANG, who, having reYING YING, informed her that

turned to

to the graduate's quarters, attended

HUNG

HUNG NIANG was

5.

able girl; so she left

moment

though the graduate CHANG was taking medicine every day, he did not seem to improve,
and that, according to the doctor, it was pro-

by

NIANG.
a steady, respectthe young lady for the

went on a couple
and

outside, while she

of paces

herself, for propriety's sake,

by

bably from something on his mind that he

stepped into the room softly, so that the sick


man's nerves might not be agitated. She

was

knew

than to be winking or
making any signs with her lips she merely
beckoned to the graduate with her hand, and

ailing.

"Ah," said YING YING with a

2.

sigh,

"I've thought the matter over a good deal,

and

was going

him

to visit

myself, but I feel

greatly embarrassed about it?"

he,

"

all

our

lives,

and you have engaged

3.

YING YING,

Well, but," said

took a

was, there

The graduate began the conversation

"When the indisposition 2

though

did engage us to each other, it's true,


as brother and sister, she watches every step
I take, and if she came to learn that I had

how he

brother's

insignificant

HUNG

be afraid of

would be a

NIANG, "what

we've only got

assiduously

is

there

trouble

work

distress him."

PJ >lfi after her

own

34-

yang*, a complaint, an ailment

|U

hsien*, worthy, virtuous

|gt 3JI, assiduously

5- f=i

ch'ih, to

'J* -3* "fa

hang upon the teeth

conversation often adopted

yin

1
,

iJS
(i.e.,

fulness

"
;

used only in polite conversation

a polite form of address to

hsieh

hsil,

2
,

men

his

worthy

so

much

sister

the farther

does indeed

of

such

or

P
fits

jj

j^,,

suited to one's taste;

or,

of tea,

the head.
j|ff,

your complaint ; chien yang, mine.

women.

earnest, zealous.

trifling and,

hsiao skih, small matter, ho, how, tsu, sufficient, kua


colloquial, but represents the affected style of

The phrase is not


manners and education.

to speak about).

by people of polite

ch'in

greatly

YING YING, concealing her bashwhen that great trouble came upon

careful, anxious

is

said

trifle,"

heart; suited her wishes or feelings. Cf. 1>J"


"fj $$$
$ft ijljf J, a cap that

and that

"Why make

7.

just the right temperature for drinking

to

4. This was quite YING YING'S view of


the question, 1 and the same evening over she

etc.,

became com-

"he

now have been put to


of visiting him in person

should

quietly."

'

he,

indebted to his worthy 3 sister for sending


someone to wait upon him in all things so

"

to

of your unintelligent

person

serious," said

paratively

"
nice piece of work, wouldn't there ?
So
as
a
isn't
known
to
dead
long
thing
anybody

or alive," said

acknowledging his saluta-

seat.

6.

"

mamma

been to see

YING YING was

tion,

your brother to boot, that you should


him
a visit now he's ill is but a proper
pay
satisfaction of affection that is due to him."
as

"

that

YING YING, blushing exceedingly as she


entered the door, hung down her head and

honour

to

this

her, but instead of

him

knowing by

come, hurried forward to receive her; as he


advanced he presented his compliments to

Keally, miss,"

HUNG

NIANG, "there is nothing to be


embarrassed about when a person has saved

said

better, of course,

51

TZ& ERH CHI.

402

our house, had we not been rescued 8 by


my brother's energy unaided, how should we

rose,

have been alive

home.

humble

this

day

this visit

that she was right, so she

from your

sister,

perfect satisfaction of the feelings she should

so

they

talked on, these two,

and love

their respect

HUNG

the

young

lady,

it's

getting rather late."

miss, please

iEf jj^

gum

lit.,

and

down
dawn

From

onward the pair met


8
became
constantly; they
quite inseparable;
and the graduate continued to improve until
10.

this time

by degrees he perfectly recovered his

health.

YING YING knew

yuan', to lead by the hand or pull out

chiao',

effort

gave her her arm

before he went back to his room.

NIANG, who was by all the


that
the night was far spent, and
while, seeing
fearful lest they should be discovered, said to

"Do come home,

made an

each other increas-

for

ing, until

HUNG NIANG

while his thoughts were going up and


like buckets in a well
it was
nearly

entertain towards a brother."

And

and

9. The graduate accompanied her into


the court, and there he remained standing
until she was a long way off, gazing vacantly,

expose her though it may to


scorn and suspicion, 7 is but paid as an im-

8.

[CHAP. XXX., XXXI.

COLLOQUIAL SEBIES.

chin yuan, elegantly, to rescue.

not shrinking from (avoiding) scornful (depreciatory, hostile) suspicion.

or glue

the latter

is

commonly

called

(piao^, fish glue.

CHAPTER XXXI.
1.

LANG

And now

us return to Ts'ui

let

he was in

reality

HUAN

the son of other

1
parents, and had been adopted by the Ts'ui
He made no headway at all; his
family.

one characteristic was an insatiable curiosity.


How he came to get wind of our friends'
2

it

and

he went to the old lady and gave

her

the particulars.
3
2. Madame Ts'ui was astonished
beyond
"
measure at what he told her
No wonder,"
all

i3 wi

'

i.e.,

and did these

said

4
>

last

few days

I felt sure

must be some reason for it


and
call HUNG NIANG here
you go
that there

all;

this

minute."

impossible to say; but he did,

is

doings
off

said she, " that your sister and her maid have
been so mysterious 4 about everything they

3.

HUAN LANG went and

called

HUNG

NIANG, with whom, as it happened, YING


YING was sitting at work. 6 It made them
both

jump

to hear

Madame

but YING YING gave the

girl

Ts'ui's message,

a look of which

unbroken succession; hence, a line of succession; kuo chi, to cross over to a line of succession,
kuo chi erh-taii, to adopt a son ; t'a shih kuo chi ti, he is an adopted son.
;

to be adopted into another family


2

BH.

ffi

^H

Si 7$

Ht-i to discover corners

and chinks

Ung

-feng-'rh,

something that breaks the evenness

of respectable conduct ; peccadilloes.


3'

IS

<^'i 4 *

4
>

to be astonished

the original meaning of ch'a seems to be to boast or talk big

i,

different,

extraordinary.
45-

& & Ok
IK

any manual

35^>

mysterious

like

fsh to do needlework

calling.

demons and

huo

chi,

lit.,

elfs in their

movements and

plans for living,

i.e.,

actions.

for gaining a livelihood

tso

huo, to work at

PART

CHAP. XXXI.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

she perfectly understood the meaning, and


away she went with HUAN LANG to the old

young gentleman,

"

What

HUNG NIANG; "what do


by not telling me of the

"
5.

what

it is

don't

really
"

some days

as seen the graduate for


6.

more

made the

This reply

my hearing

ma'am,
about," answered
has not so much

your slave

old

past."

deny
all

it

HUAN LANG

as well?

lady

anything he says."

me

has told

10. The old lady looked very stern as


she said, "It was your doing and no one's
the child is telling nothing but the
else

about your goings back and forward by

if
night [and I know it's all your fault]
you hadn't acted as their go-between they
;

he saw u what happened with his


own eyes, and yet you have the audacity to
truth

would never have dared to do such things;


you have shown no regard for the good repute

and here

of the family,

consequence; who
it isn't
7.

you

said to

6-

?>

y&, i=p

turned towards

him

'ill

9-

I0

fyL

$1 nu

fg lai\

pei',

Jp.

vL

wives babble

your slave

(lit.,

aback,

ffi

10 3S 3c

15

HUNG NIANG
and

was never

Now,

chen, a period of time, generally a short interval; not as in

pei, properly pi*,

an unmarried slave

See Part V, Lesson

LIX, Note

1?f

3JC 52,, a proverb indicative of

?>

given to tittle-tattle;

lit.,

girl

n pei

is

'41

5-

181

IS

ti.

3.

See Part V, Lesson

a busybody or

XXIV, Note

officious person.

I.

Note

sa',

not son.

only [caring to] drag [from one place to another] old

tongues).

&W

Bjf tu

Part IV,

3
the feminine of hsiao

12.
(pp Dg tu' nang , to mutter: nang, or nung, to utter sounds the purport of which cannot be
not to be found in the dictionaries.
'3- }fl

taken

as soon as she heard this awful

is

to be

outburst of wrath, which she was absolutely

Vuei*, the chief offender, the head of the offence.

file.

to repudiate, to deny.

P M k'"
^ T US

" HE

Note

this time.

Dialogue IV, Note 63, a rank or

8.

HUAN

in a low voice, "

Now,

you, any more of this obstinacy will just


get you a beating."
11.

HUNG NIANG

denying the charge, eh?

tell

if

?"

LANG and

7-

persist in

a fine scandal in

is

the chief offender 9

is

is ?"

13
up a thing here and a thing there, and no
one ought to pay the slightest attention to

still

have been guilty


of conduct so immoral, have you the face to
8

are

know, ma'am," said HUNG


9. "You
NIANG, speaking louder, "that the ear isn't
to be trusted like the eye the child catches

"When you

furious:

12

to him
you muttering
"
isn't it on purpose
there," said the old lady;
to provoke me, this, when you know how bad

understand,

you are asking me

HUNG NIANG

"What

8.

CHANG'S

to the graduate

young lady's going


"
rooms ?

is

10

what you see


out with;
must
come
you
deal
and
it's all
a
too
chatter
much,
great
you
made up of such nonsense as one hears from
old women." u

I ask you,

you mean,

of those

in your dreams

6
doing all this time without my knowledge?"
she burst out, with a face full of wrath, as

soon as she saw

you just one

a nostril more than

people
natural to breathe through?

you two have been

this that

is

ain't

who have got

lady.
4.

403

tit, catches

up a thing here and there

lit.,

pulls east

made

out; tu

and hauls west.

to observe, to see.
ch'ilan* pirn, shifts or
expedients, specially of a

change, to modify.

temporary nature

ch'iian, here,

temporary

pien, to

404

TZtT

ERH

CHI.

16
powerless to avert or to stop the way of,
she knew that concealment was out of the

and with a propitiatory smile she

question,

at once replied

you what

true," said

Madame

Ts'ui,

"you may

if

tell

say,

and

any more

you
show you no mercy."

I'll

positively

"Well, I should say, ma'am," began


NIANG, still smiling, "that it is you who

have been to blame

kept?"

"Then

all

along:

in

must say

the

first

you took the young lady with you that


that
day
you went to have the service read
place,

this:

although
your slave
can answer for it that there was never any19
thing dishonourable about them your slave
their meetings

have been

private,

was always present, and

14.

HUNG

was kicking the plank away as


soon as you were across the stream, wasn't it?
who is to blame if your promise hasn't been
15.

you've got to say that's

be angry; but

sha'n't
fibs,

it is."

"Anything

13.

by the graduate CHANG, didn't you


change your mind and make him and the
young lady brother and sister instead? now,

perils

surely, that

"I have something to say, but it


mightn't be proper to speak so plain if your
ladyship won't be hard on me, I'll make bold
12.

to tell

[CHAP. xxxi.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

if

anything improper
has taken place, punish her, do, and welcome."
"

And, besides, it is good that people


should marry: one strand of silk don't make
a cord, as they say; nor one tree a forest;
1 6.

and in

this case there's a providence in

it,

When

now, wasn't that exposing her to the public


17
and didn't you bring down trouble
gaze?

and a natural

and

go out of your way to make them disgusted ?


it's as if
you couldn't tell red from blue or

that

for

invite misfortune,

SUN FEI-HU came

attractive looking

18

young lady she

when he brought

then,

carry her

off, it

was this way


know what an

it

to

is?

and

his people here

was you, ma'am, wasn't

it,

to

that

promised to marry the young lady to anyone


that would get us out of our difficulty. And

when we were

later,

16.

1 7-

H|

sai*, to

lift

Bjf

throw ; lu or
is

12

lou, as

all

delivered from our

affinity

combined.

are both so willing, ma'am,

they
should you

from white; and as to being angry


with me, surely there is still less sense in that.
black

One word

for all

if I

may make

so free, I

should say, while you keep one eye open, let


the other eye be shut (don't take too much
notice of what has happened)."

stop up, as a hole: sai-tzU, a cork; sai shang, to cork up; fang*, to ward

why

oil.

t'ou lu* (or lou) mien, of a woman, to exhibit herself to the world: p'ao, to cast, to
a verb, to become manifest, to allow to be seen.
Chinese woman showing herself unnecessarily

p'ao

said to throw her head [at the public], to disclose her countenance.
1

chih*,

piao chih,
!

9-

lit.,

good looks, attractiveness: piao, amongst other meanings, to exhibit; chih, delicate,
the expression generally refers to beauty of a refined and delicate sort.
;

exhibition of fineness

lieM chi

2
;

lit.,

discreditable traces.

fine;

PART

CHAP. XXXII.]

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

vi.

CHAPTER
After an interval of meditation, the

1.

HUNG NIANG

she sent off

as soon as she

2.

at once to call

mamma

did

want with you

"

done

asked YING YING, as soon as HUNG NIANG


came in with the message. " We may just as

no more about

well say

NIANG

lady knows

"my

been doing so
"
3.

YING

that

all

of

YING

How came she to know

"
?

asked YING

4.

Oh

is

said

dreadfully agitated;
"
?
she asked hur-

uttered, she dried her tears,

"Well,

is

at

"
;

mamma

all

you have

to

do

is

as she desires; she

to

11.

was

became quite cool 1

again,

i.

2i

ffi hsiao

^ $&

1
,

we i

it

was

all

very well for the old

impossible to make any arrangement;


that earlier engagement perplexed 7 her so

and now there

to

nothing whatever to be alarmed about."


7. YING YING stood up, and with fear

and trembling she worked

Now,

lady to comfort her daughter by talking in


this way, but as a fact she felt it to be next

but after I had talked to her a

first,

and taking leave

of her mother, returned to her work-room.

doesn't signify now, miss,"

it

be sure."

one to do then

go to your
angry

may

10. YING YING was delighted to see the


that
had been so overcast all clear again
sky
with a single sound of acquiescence hurriedly

it ?

HUNG NIANG

bit she

plan that will work, you

riedly.
6.

all

Don't cry, my child," said she " it


your mother's own fault; there now,
;

"

YING YING was

5.

for her that, instead of saying


any-

don't vex yourself any more let me try and


see what can be done * we shall hit on some

What

when she saw YING

in this predicament, she felt such love

9.

was

just think, miss, with HUAN LANG in the


house, it would be a pity if the thing didn't

"

it;

"

HUNG

said

NIANG, "there's but one way of keeping a


thing from people, and that is not to do it

get out, wouldn't

showed

that matter,"

for

face

thing harsh, she looked at her mildly and


pleasantly, and did her best to soothe her

in a great fright.
"

had been

Old Madame Ts'ui had a tender 3 heart,

and pity

quietly."

that

it.

and her

we have

injustice

her, she could not bring herself to speak

8.

HUNG

said

that,"

but

was by the

as she

What

where the old lady was

saw

her, without being able to


she
help herself,
hung down her head and
burst into tears the fact was that, taken up

YING YING.
"

XXXII.
at a time, over to

old lady seemed as if she had been wakened


up from a dream by what she had heard, and

405

that

herself along, a step

could take no

she

line

one way or

another.

to melt, to thaw, to disappear, to cause to disappear.


3

ch'ii

1
,

a wrong, an injustice

also, to

do an

injustice to

wei, here, to bear, to sustain

ch'ii,

crooked,

wrong, to wrong.
3-

4'

& ^>

5-

fflJ

tz'ti,*,

ill

chih*, as in Part
6.

7-

$5

g,.
?i

kind, as a mother to her offspring.

to reflect, to ponder: so, here, to search or look into.

Pu

chih, to

make arrangements,

V, Lesson XVII, Note

to put in place:

pu

is

identical with ^J), to distribute; chih? (not

14), to establish, to place, to arrange.

See Part III, 634.


c/t'ow

ch'u", perplexed, embarrassed,

undecided ; both characters have

much

the same meaning.

TZU ERH CHI.

40G
But

12.

ever,

for singular coincidences,

no novel could ever be written

how-

and the

very next day she received a letter from her


own brother, which on opening it she found,

!& BS tan"

8-

hsiian

warm

cold and

1
,

[CHAP. XXXII., XXXIII.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

hsiian, the

8
merely formal inquiries about health
and so on at the beginning, to be devoted to

after the

an account of her nephew

CHNG

HANG'S

finale.

warmth

The two

of the sun's rays.

characters in combination

are used to indicate the formal inquiries in a letter after the health of the person addressed.

CHAPTER XXXIII
The

had left the fellow


had been before he got it
was no way open to him he could no
r.

loss of his rice

as destitute as he

there

more go up

sky than he could find

to the

"

a door into the earth.

Emergency," says the


a man climb to the house-

"

proverb, will make


top, or a dog leap a wall;" and one day he
said to himself, " If I don't turn thief, I don't
see

how

am

to live."

Accordingly, the same night he went


out, sneaking stealthily along under the walls,
2.

?
The gang committed themselves one
and
day,
being carried, CH&NG H&NG and the
rest, before the magistrate, were found guilty

career

and sentenced, every one of them, to be


tattooed and banished to a penal settlement 2
;

they set out for their destination in charge


of an escort, 4 every convict in chains 3 but
;

CH&NG HANG'S

constitution was a feeble one,

and before they reached the second halting


5
place, his strength failed him and he died
from exhaustion.6

When

she had

and he had not gone a great distance before


he came upon a gang of men; they looked
at him, and although they saw that he was

Madame

not an acquaintance, they surmised that he

the fellow

was

remembered that he was none the

in the

same

made him one

line as themselves,

of the

and they

company; from

this

time forth, lying perdu 1 by day and stirring


at night, he did contrive to keep himself in
meat and drink. And how should he re-

member

that good luck will not last for ever

that in

life

no future

that of the scholar, the


artificer,

husbandman,

^C

tressed for a while;

to lie

perdu;

4- jfe
5-

'

Hi

to such grief, she

her

less

after a certain time, however,

was borne in upon her that in the midst


the other

part, the best of good fortune, so far as her


daughter's union with the graduate CHANG

was concerned; it was the very thing that


was required, and without loss of time she
sent to request the graduate's attendance.

undergo penal servitude in a penal settlement;

B?

Ua manacles comm only called


not recognised by the dictionaries.

'"'"' i a" 4 fetterS


'

the latter character

for,

to prostrate oneself.

lit.,

J}L rli'ung chiin*, to

^^

wi HA

help feeling dis-

of this misfortune there was, on

applied to the enforced military service of penal offenders in distant garrisons,


as the case may be.

19 fK

letter,

however worthless

who had come

own nephew;
it

perused the

Ts'ui could not

plays the thief will have a long

/',
2

the

or the merchant; that no one cer-

who

tainly

to be trusted save

is

3.

is

'

'

ffj

Ic'ao,

to serve as a soldier, but only

lit.,

who

are tattooed on the arms or face,

a fetter for the

feet,

commonly

called

ehuh*, to forward, to conduct, to transmit: chieh 3 , to loosen, as a girdle; to dissipate, as


melancholy.

chan*, here, a stage in a journey.

%M

fatigue, hardship.

5E

T.

died from the fatigue or exhaustion he had to


undergo:

t'o

1
,

lit.,

to drag

behind one;

lei,

PART

CHAP. XXXIV.]

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

407

CHAPTER XXXIV.
1.

The graduate was reading

in his

room;

conscience,

he was alarmed

lest

HUNG NIANG stepped forward


a hand to help CH'IN T'UNG to pack
5
the things,
up, folding and smoothing out
and laying them in the box but there was a
farewell visit.
to lend

the proceed-

ings of the last few. days should have been

bundle that evidently could not be got into


the box in her opinion it wanted tightening

brought to light.

He

hastened over to the old lady, and


as soon as they met and he had asked after
2.

her health, she began as follows


"
3.

so she told CH'IN T'UNG to press


make it a little more compact.

up

CHANG

true that I

corner

daughter, and the reason

T'UNG

my

6.

hsiang-kung, it is quite
did say some time ago that I

would give you

In the evening YING YING, attended


NIANG, came over to pay him a

5.

by HUNG

when he was told that Madame Ts'ui begged


him to come to her, he did not know what to
make of it; and, having likewise an unquiet

it

and

large vessel of wine stood in one

of the

room

HUNG NIANG

told CH'IN

pour out half of its contents ready


for drinking, and to put the other half into

the arrangement did not take place immediately was this, that in our house there

why

to

vessel, and to close its mouth well,


and pack it in the trunk.
7. Then she noticed a pair of new shoes
on the footstool by the bedside that CH'IN

a smaller

has never been a son-in-law before that was

no more than a simple graduate; they have


all been doctors of the Han-lin 2 at the
very
least;

T'UNG said were too small and might hurt

to the credit of our family."

when they were worn so she went to get


them stretched on the trees. 7 While she was
away YING YING asked the graduate if he

if
you were to succeed in getting a
Han-lin degree, well, it would add something

4.

my mother-in-law

"Since

so orders

it,"

"

wouldn't like some biscuits

her humble son-in-law


replied the graduate,
is of course bound to exert himself to
carry
out her wishes

of every kind here," said she,

2.

3-

U^
|$

ffi

TJi

PJ

?$> Unii possessing

han*, a pencil

jSH

Dialogue VI, 36)

6-

7fill

chuang*

m$n

forfe.ng, see

commonly

Js

Fit hsuan^-t'ou, boot-trees or lasts

up a space.

1
,

properly, a fetus; huai

t'ai,

to be with young.

chi' chiao^-'rh, a corner

called

<

$:
:

Yo-fu, a father-in-law

jjj.

tieh, see

Part III, 686

chiao, a corner, a point, an angle


;

chuang, strong, robust

(*

Part IV,

Part III, 878, 01 is.

folded and smoothed out (the things)

lp!f

5i

t'ai

add to the credit of the family

ftng,

hence, to strengthen

& I? M T>

after all

Han-lin, the Imperial College of Literature, or great Literary Academy of China.

$ yo^-mu, a mother-in-law

4-

5-

an unquiet conscience:

and

neither a village in one direction nor an inn


in the other."

he saluted her,

and she him, and they separated.


'

"

come

for the capital tosaid,

There are some

they will be better than nothing when you


to one of those places where there is

admits of no

the matter

delay, and I shall start


morrow morning." This

"
;

hsiian shang, to place

on

hsuan

commonly

allied <5C

A-

thu, see Part III, 825.

chi, properly,

trees

is,

a horn

also, single, solitary.

properly, anything put in to

TZtj

408

CHI.

he

tainly," said

"
;

was

it

and he put a few

to think of it;"

his luncheon-box.

long he would be absent.


11. "I shall return

into

one defer a thing that

9. The man now


brought
back; and CH'IN T'UNG, observing that the
box would have to be corded tighter, said
to HUNG NIANG, "Will you please help me

the shoes

we'll

make a

more

as

slip-knot,

it is

HUNG NIANG

tween them they made

it

quite safe

9-

I0

or ho-'rh, a

and the

parting,

ft

strike, as in

k'ou'-'rh, to tie

Part IV, Dialogue VI, Note 9, but

together; a knot in a single piece of cord,


1 '

fS

IDC

&

SS

e.g.,

a slip-knot

whether in

chi, see

life

Part V, Lesson
K'ou-'rh

to buckle, to loop, to knot.

a whip-lash,

was

it

as the poet says,

box with a cover, the two halves of which should,

li

huo

how sad

world's myriad sorrows there

sheng*, a rope or cord, large or small.


1 chi

on, the greater

they had to say

$6 ~f
fiS

went

and be-

CHANG apologised for giving her so


much trouble. And now, the things being all
-

one could wish

to

it would be to meet
part and how pleasant
11
over and over thouwords
the same
again;
sands of times, and yet they had not said all

graduate

so the two

about
part of the night,

untied more

lent a hand,

And

12.

tightly round, miss?

10

is all

moment the
"
how should

it?"

easily."
10.

the

examinations are over," said he

to bind this rope

YING YING asked the graduate how

packed,

kind of

really very

[CHAP. XXXIV., XXXV.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

The graduate thanked her; "Cer-

8.

you

ERH

is fco

pei', the sadness or mournfulness,

li,

to

(5

3)

see

is

"

Of the

none

is

like

or in death."

strictly speaking,

be the same

XXXIII, Note 7 Ic'ow, not to


a knot made by tying two ends
;

Part V, Lesson LXXIII, Note

5.

of separation, huan, the joy, ho, of union.

CHAPTER XXXV.
The moment the sun was up the
following morning CH'IN T'UNG and the rest,
with much confusion and bustle, shifted the
i.

baggage into the carts; the graduate got in,


and they set off. Three light chairs were in
r-

Madame Ts'ui's side of the house,


now came over with YING YING and

'tidiness <>n

and she

NIANG, and the three of them accompanied the graduate some miles on his way,
Ih;.\(j

came

until they

i.
!

2.

to a place

In', >lry

>

by the

river-side

land as opposed to water.

finish, to

bring to an end.

where there were vessels lying along the bank

got out of their respective conand


the old lady, addressing the
veyances,
"
Take good care of yourself on the
graduate,

here they

journey,

all

sir,"

said she,

"and may no harm

J
you by land or by water."
2
2. This
speech ended, she was for going
on board with YING YING to see him off,

befall

but as neither lady was sufficiently strong


on her legs to be able to walk alone, HUNG

PART

CHAP. XXXV.]

NIANG had

them

to hold

first

up,

THE GRADUATES WOOING.

VI.

one and

then the other, by the arm, and in this way


the mother and daughter contrived with some
difficulty to cross into the vessel

by the gang-

board.

Some of the vessels had anchors 4 down,


some were made fast by ropes 6 to the shore

the vessel the graduate chartered was a boat


with a large stern sweep" and three very tall
masts."

When

the party got on board they


found there was a tolerably large crew the
4.

steersman" was sitting abaft, 8 and a number


of trackers were squatting 10 forward.
5. The
graduate desired some of the
crew to help CH'IN T'UNG with the baggage;
one-half to be put in the cabin, 11 handy for use,

and the other

being things not constantly


12
into the hold.

half,

required, to be lowered
6.

while,

The two ladies remained seated a little


and then the graduate asked how soon
"

the vessel would start.

way

as soon as ever

sir,"

answered the

We

shall get

your things are

under

all right,

When YING
cry; "My lord

tit ch'an

4-

mao', an anchor

5-

ifii

/'Mi

$f|>

lu 3 , a long oar

4
,

to support.
;

See also Chapter


ch'i3

mao, to

wei'

kan

worked over the


a mast

J'

shao*, the stern of a ship or boat.

9-

?b

12.

3-

tun

care of myself in every way, you may be


sure; and I needn't impress on you, my
sister, that you too, living here at home, ought
to be equally careful of
8.

YING

your own health."

This said they parted, both in tears.


YING, and HUNG NIANG with her,

followed the old lady ashore, and

returned in their chairs.

they

On

kung, a steersman:

to,

reaching
the young lady and her maid went to their
room, after making the old lady comfortable
;

YING YING'S

there

tears

still

continued to

without ceasing, and she said, " Now that


he's gone I cannot help thinking of him it's
fall

such a length of time to be looking forward


to what is to be done?"
;

"
g.

first

XXVIII, Note

You must

HUNG NIANG

said
;

it will

be

all

not take on
"
;

everything

so,
is

right after a few days."

20.

the helm or rudder.

hold or cabin of a vessel.

hsi* (note the

US

"{3J>

change of sound), to lower with a rope attached.

sympathy, sympathetic: kuan, to

affect; ch'ieh, here,

miss,"

hard at

properly tsnn', to squat on the heels.

|ja ts'any', the

all

home

also called wei simply.

%f

to*

words of good counsel " Pray be at


ease about me," said he; "I shall take good

like

stern or over the quarter.

$[L

this

hawser.

8.

1*
expression of sympathetic
interest on her part the graduate replied with

To

raise anchor.

7-

1 1.

3'

Io

he must not be thinking too much of what


may be going on elsewhere."

ship's people.

YIXG heard this she began to


must take special care of himself when he

6-

gets to the capital," said she, "in his eating


and drinking, at all times and seasons; and

7.

3.

409

an intensive.

52

TZO ERH CHI.

410

[CHAP, xxxvi.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHAPTER XXXVI.
And

1.

here, leaving

YING YING

at home,

was a year long,


passing her days as if each
let us follow the graduate CHANG, who was
seated on the vessel gazing with CH'IN

TUNG

at the fine view along shore.


"

2.

When

shall

"We

shall

anchor

rather early to-night," they said; "there is


a whirlpool - in the stream some way on ahead,

and

as

out a

blowing very fresh, we must look

it's

Ts'ao Ch'iao

little;

through, and with the


it is

is

a good place to

mud up

very bad walking indeed

stop either,

you anchor?" asked the

graduate of the crew.

on such a storm 4 of wind and rain that though


6
I had an umbrella up, I was wet through and

and what

am

1 to

to one's instep

the rain doesn't

do

"
?

The graduate sprang out of bed, and


a single glance showed him that the cabin
was indeed well wet he himself was splashed 6
5.

all

however, he could
but to wait till the sun

over from head to foot

see nothing for

came

out,

it

and he was

in the act of spreading

YING'S clothes on

YING
when a host

the

to

anchor."

out

While they were speaking the vessel


arrived at Ts'ao Ch'iao, where a hawser was
'1
round a post 3 on the shore, and the

of people came up making


a prodigious uproar; the graduate was just
going to tell them that he would not have

3.

anchor was

let

go.

the graduate had

he turned

As evening drew

his dinner,

near,

and shortly

after

He was

day," said she, "that 1 couldn't get


as
fast as I wanted, and though I tried
along

hot

all

hard to catch you up, I didn't succeed then


when I was about half-way here, there came
;

'

tt

such a noise, when he woke up with a start


it was only one of those dreams of the Nan

Jla '''("i

With a loud

"

"

he got on
his feet, and stepping outside, he found that
it was broad daylight.

K'o 7 after

in.

not quite asleep, just beginning to be unconscious, when, all of a sudden,


he saw VINK YING coming in; "It was so
4.

dry,

grass

all.

ah

6. Two days later, as he was gazing at


the land for want of something better to do,
a range of high hills suddenly presented itself,

and the
trade;

ch'uan, to anchor, to conie to a stop.

vessel

here a

came alongside a busy place of


number of people, all talking

Note the tone of chan.

The expression

is

probably

peculiar to the North.


-

\K

fin

hiiian* wo', a whirlpool

the

first

word meaning the whirling of water, the second a nest or

lair of

birds, beasts, or reptiles.

chiumg', a post or stake driven into the ground.

%&

Jsl }><io', violent,

5-

$ san

6
7-

tee

~"

3-

JSJ$

jfa

3
,

an umbrella:

rhien*, to splash

$~&

See Part III, 529.

tempestuous.

nan

ta san, to

the rebound upwards of water falling on the ground, etc.

k'o 1 i

meng, a dream, the "baseless fabric of a vision;" for an explanation of this quotation,

MAYERS' "Chinese Reader's Manual,"


8-

J^

jjjj,

put an umbrella up.

a place of trade

also,

p. 159,

No.

513.

a wharf, a landing-place, a jetty.

The

origin of the term appears to be

unknown.

PART

CHAP. XXXVI.]

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

vi.

same timo, were carrying large cases on

at the

shore, which, to the graduate's eye, looked as

411

paper from him, and explained it


very carefully, sentence by sentence.

thanked him

and

they contained foreign wares that were contraband still, to judge from the covers of

farther conversation

the cases, they did not seem to have been

those

packed abroad, and this made him suspect


that the goods in them were no doubt

currency of China

he
smuggled from other provinces
"
as
he
said
to
It's
evident
himself,
sighed

face of the cash," said the graduate,

if

being

were

10.

for his trouble,

that

to

all

him

The man
some

after

he asked what characters

upon the copper

appear
?

"The Chinese

style of the reign


are seal characters,

characters on the one


"

are the

those on the other face

and these

do not under-

not confined to the foreigner,


our own people here in China are quite as
sure to engage in it 9 but in that case, when

stand very well myself."


11. As they talked on in this fashion of

we complain so of others,
"
to look at home ?

one thing or another, the man asked to have


another thing explained to him

that smuggling

is

7.

While

was

this

are

we not

in

his

forgetting

thoughts he

suddenly observed at a certain distance in


shore a number of singular looking people.

2.

"

said just now," said he,

They
there were t'u n hu here
"
of a t'u hu ?
1

As they came nearer the graduate heard


them talking, but he could not understand
what they said, and he asked CH'IN T'TJNG,

two words mean a


but in

common

"

meat

called a t'u hu."

What language

are

they speaking

are dressed exactly like circus riders."

they

10

board, made his bow to the graduate CHANG,


and inquired after his health in Chinese.
The graduate responded in due form, and the
"
I have learned to speak
other then went on,

your language a little, sir, but I regret to say


that I don't understand the written character
have a piece of writing here that I
going to ask you to tell me the meaning

at all

am

of, if

you will be so good."


g. The graduate hastened
9-

ffi

$T

7 %

10.

$fl

$$

,Bj

fr-j

>

are

'*'

ff

&

among

5J,

'a

12.

3
Jff t'u

|f[

^p

is

to

so,

is

that

the business

"Properly," said the graduate, "the

man who

kills pigs or sheep,

parlance anyone that

sells

The man thanked him for the information and took his leave, and a few minutes
he sent over a basket 12 of eggs as a
The graduate told CH'IN T'UNG to
present.
after

take out the eggs, to hand back the basket


to the bearer,

and

cash,

take the

and

tell

to give

him

him two hundred

to return with

his,

the

graduate's, thanks to the donor.


15.

The

vessel got
on,

messenger departed, and the


under way again, and they held

sailing

or

tracking

according

to

cir-

cumstances.

They were no great way from their


second port when there appeared another
1

6.

those which, cannot avoid [doing likewise].


4
y'ao TisieTi ma ti, circus riders; Asie/i, a fabulous animal of
mountebanks in a circus are said to be p'ao hsieh ma ti or p'ao ma hsieh,

yaw, the dress

the unicorn kind, supposed to be very fleet;


unicorn runners or riders.
ii-

13.

what

"

14.

"

They are foreigners," said CH'IN


and
while he and his master were still
T'UNG;
at
them, one of the party came on
gazing
8.

of,

fee context.

k'uang*, an open basket with a handle.

ERH

412

COLLOQUIAL SEHIES.

CHI.

"

batch of foreigners on the shore, with guns


on their shoulders, 13 as if they were going out
"

shouting.

What

graduate

are they after?" asked the


surprise of the ship's

"There are musk deer and


people.
"
kinds of deer " on the hills was the answer
all

'3-

}I

k'ang*, to

'4-

9t

'5-

iS $J

cany on the
1

'

3ff 00,

chang

an open

and there are a number

15

port,

of foreign firms here, and whenever they can


get away from their business the merchants

go up the

some

with

this is

[CHAP. XXXVI., XXXVII.

hills

to shoot;

there are large bears

other

and

10

and leopards

tigers

people say

woods up

in the

that
there,

too."

shoulder.

the

musk

deer; p'ao', the roe-buck; yth

In,

any and every kind of

deer.

term applied to the Treaty


~F> an open port, a port for commercial intercourse (t'ung shang); the
and
Chinese. The reader will
between
or
commerce
where there is t'ung, through
foreigners
direct,

ports of China,

of Treaty ports in the T'ang dynasty.


forgive the anachronism
1

16.
Jjfj

hailing

A bear.

CHAPTER XXXVII.
In the midst of this chat the skipper
"Look out sharp, here's a ram's
out,
sang
1.

ing in his master's mind, and he hit most


hap] lily upon the right thing to say to comfort

horn 1 upon us, if I don't mistake;" and in


a moment the water in the river was being

him " Don't let it distress you, sir," said he


"Heaven looks after the good man; in his
:

and round, and a regular


was
blowing, sure enough. The sails
cyclone
filled full with the wind, and the vessel was
round

whirled

as the saying
turned to good, and

travelled

2.

YING

is

spirit

is

1.

spiral

dead, that's what

come
5^

movement
2.

jfe

~f

after

it

by

cart several days, halting always

walls of the

street leading to the Ch'ien

me."

movement

hsiian*, just below,

is

Men, and thinkalso applied to the

of wind.

jfc

a euphemism for a conflagration, which

be

capital they heard a din of people's voices in


the streets there was a fire ~ in the great

its spiral

will

trouble

As they came within the

5.

YING
means; and her

JSL a whirlwind, so called from

bad fortune

at night, until they reached Peking.

again as usual, except the graduate CHANG,


wild sighed sadly to himself:
fear

if

but a few minutes, and as soon as it was


over, all hands were laughing and talking

is,

come across
him, he'll prosper all the same what does
a puff of wind like that signify ? And so no
more on this subject."
4. When the vessel came to its destination, master and servant disembarked and

there as they let everything fly to bring the


sails down;
fortunately, the squall lasted

This bodes no good,

case,

in great danger, she heeled over so; while


the crew were all rushing here and bawling

"

CH'IN T'UNG divined what was pass-

3.

is

too great a disaster to be spoken of directly.

PAET

CHAP. XXXVII.]

ing

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

vi.

likely that the inns in the outer city

it

by

door who was also a Hsi-lo man, and had in


fact been on the most intimate terms with

CHANG

the graduate

as soon as

my

until

remember

in this

speaker always
the old teacher

that

in

years gone
brother was a considerable scholar:
1

during the long interval that has separated


us from each other, he is no doubt still more

he well remembered

and

himself,

depreciating
observed, "I

and put up at a temple.


There was an old schoolmaster next

city proper,

their old friendship,

compliment, the

of

strain

quence, they looked out for a place in the


6.

The conversation continued

9.

in conse-

to receive strangers

might object

413

proficient

could he favour

me

with the sight


"

of a specimen of his composition ?


10. It did so happen that the verses

he learned

that the graduate was in Peking and residing


in the temple, of course he felt bound to pay

YING had

visit; so says he to his pupils, "I am


going to call on a friend, but I sha'n't be away

sent

HUNG NIANG

by

that

YING
time

him a

were lying on the

long,

observing a paper with writing upon it, without thinking much of the matter, took it up

and

you know your lessons

see that

thoroughly by the time I come back;


can't say them off, look out."

One

7.

of the pupils, a

if

you

little fellow,

who

but his eyesight was


not strong enough, the characters wore so
7
head
so said
fine, no bigger than a fly's

in his

him

"

won't you, please


the schoolmaster,

me

You'll let

"

"

said he.

"You may;

go

said,

he,

Which

CH'IN T'UNG having announced the


master, the graduate, as soon as

out ceasing

came forward

his

sir,"

"

"

Thanks

to

well in the

mansion of

3-

\$

4-

^^

hsi

5-

3C ~%

j5|

is it

nien, in years gone

by

at last his eyes

were so dazzled

open them, and the window had to be shut


again.

t'ao, here, to fidget, to play.

8.

to free, to let go, to unloose.

commonly

called ts'ang 1 ying

41 yinf,
,

of 3

4
your literary talent was raoo , flourishing, or highly developed, and/M ", abundant.

7-

shih

hand

them out

hsi, formerly, anciently, old.

tk

he read them over again and


them that he

"
?

them up nonchalantly
E is 2j>
was casual and not done with set purpose.
fly

equally

mischievous

my eyes
not be able to

with the glare of the sun that he could not

elder brother

3H, t'ao* ch'i, playful, skittish,

6-

that the act

my

"and

and

it is,

your well-doing,

said the old teacher;

I fear I shall

so pleased was he with


again
could not bring himself to let

and gave him a hearty welcome. " It's years


"
since we met," said he
is all
going on well
with you

rather dark,

visit to his

his old acquaintance,

dim that

is

he had finished them, his whole countenance


beamed with delight; he praised them with-

temple.

he saw

he and his pupil went round to the


8.

it

make this out may I be allowed to open the


window ? "
11. The graduate propped open the window for him he read the verses, and when

Well," said
3

"This room

are so

too, sir,

but mind I'm

not going to allow any skylarking."

to read

was a great pet of the schoolmaster's, wanted


to go with

hand "

table,

and the old teacher,

shou, short for i shen shou, a stretch out of the hand, implying

(^

41).

41

"

2.

CHI.

the old teacher took his leave

home now,"

YIXG YIXG," thought the graduate


"
I feel
quite ashamed at accept-

to himself.

the praise

am

but

going to changi the subject when the old


fellow began a rambling discourse the sum

lir

''<( 2 <'<,

I"'.

thrown, [hit] chi, the spring:

**

fll IB*

and

it's

all

swollen,

6.

This brought the teacher

down upon

"

12

rebuke administered, they went their way.

did not hit the mark, was beside the question;

Chapter VII, Note

12),

lit.,

[the talk] did not t'ou,

when

used figuratively of tendering, making to be seen,

and much more.

allegiance, enmity,

Ia

"

t'ou (see

pupil in

little

takes you anywhere another time you'll just


have to be left in the school-room." Which

n he had
begun
think the man never would go. At last

$C tH

they came

Who told you to go tearing


sharp
about this place as if you were mad"?" 13 said
he " you never can keep quiet when one
him

1
3. They sat on together ever so long, the
conversation never Hugging, until the gradu-

/r

was

relieved,

as

and hurts dreadfully."

civility.

9-

up rushed the

elbow," he bawled out,

10

to

great grief:
15. "I've been stung by a wasp on the

of a friend treating another friend with

to lose all patience

to-day

pupil's friends

wait upon you again some other

I shall

into the court,

9
graduate even less than his compliments;
forced out a few words in reply because

gan

my

The graduate, much


accompanying him out, but

he could not help himself, but only such as


In-longed to the part he was performing, that
is,

one of

must go

am wanted

14.

could

do was to give up all else and become a


Talk of this kind suited
priest of Buddha.
tin-

"I

"
;

time."

man

said he

at the house of

receiving;" he was just

of which was that the best thing a

[CHAP, xxxvu.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

Seeing that the credit of the verses

Ik-longs to

inu

ERH

TZtj

W $} *

H!

DJj-

kindness to his friend and that was

Construe thus: meeting an occasion to indulge in the amusement, he


all.

Feng, to meet; ch'ang*, properly an arena, the place where various

4
hence, the doing of those things, the occasion of their being done ; Asi , properly, to perform a play ;
:
1
tto h*i, to do anything that amuses;
t'ing hsi, to go to the play; JJ |
f, a theatre; for ying ch'ou, see Part IV,
I

>r

done

Dialogue X, Note

n.
12

chi

8S

Obs.

I,

(soo

man

4.
4
,

impetuous, impatient: tsao, hasty, to hurry.

Note man', not mai 2 as

yuan, to grumble, to reproach, to rebuke mildly.

m LX XV, Note;.
1

3-

$1 Ri

finy* p'ao, running about like a lunatic

feng-tzil, a lunatic

feng

liao,

has gone mad, or

is

in

Part

mad.

CHAP. XXXVIII.]

PART

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

vi.

CHAPTER

415

XXXVIII.

1. When
they had got some distance
from the gate, CH'IN TUNG asked his master
who the old man of letters l was? " Ah," said

4. The streets were as


busy as they
could be with buyers and sellers moving in
all directions
of the latter there were vendors

the graduate with a sigh, " that gentleman is


a fellow-townsman of mine, a good deal my

of thread, inviting custom by shaking their


6
itinerant packmen, sounding their
bells;

he was reputed
old now, and

he has run down 2 sadly just like every other


created thing, as time goes on 3 nothing

drums; men with articles in baskets slung


under their arms 7 dealers of every sort and
kind.
The graduate walked on to a place
where two streets crossed each other, and here

escapes."

the sight of some druggists' shops reminding

senior; in his earlier years

man

of promise, but he

is

"

2.

Run

temptuously,

no more

him

down," said CH'IN T'UNG con"

that he

is

indeed

and asked

if
they had any cli'n<j-xli<ni !
the people in the shop said they had not
then he tried another shop, and then another

why, there's
than in

relish in that talk of his

beancurd made out of plain water."


3. The lad would soon have been pulled
5
4
up for his unmannerly speech on any or-

but there was none to be had

i.

Note

2,

2
to

'

Ijl

Obs.

3),

WZ iS

it

a useless

and without going

and

after

lot,

and went back

to his temple to

rest himself.

off to take a turn.

man

hsio chiu, a

of letters

one

who

chiu, investigates,

searches into (see Part IV, Dialogue

X,

objects of study.

shuai*

mat 4 run down, played out:


,

go beyond [the time of vigour], to lapse into


3

wasting ever so much time in inquiring here


and there, he cursed them in his heart for

dinary occasion, but at the present moment


the graduate was so full of sad thoughts that

he paid no attention to
in-doors again, he went

of his old complaint, he stepped into one

fl

HI

hsiin'

3f

I"?

huan 2

shuai, decayed,

worn out

(see

Part III, 600); mai, to wax old,

senility.

to revolve in an orb, the revolution of time: hsiin, to revolve; huan, to encircle, to

go

round.
4-

grass

hence,
56-

}
,

unmannerly, boorish:

B& ~T> would have come

p 5E y ao

!p

properly, barren land impregnated with nitre;

f^ (tang

).

in for a reprimand.

Ung'-'rh, shaking bells:

mang, jungle, thick

ling,

See Part IV, Dialogue III, 56.

a small bell; here, specially of one of those small

pi

which the pedlar sounds by turning his wrist a small bell is commonly
The drum mentioned below is also sounded by a turn of the wrist, and is used by ven<l<

brass with knotted cords attached to


called

lu,

synonymous of uncultivated manners.

M -t
$&

mang

it

miscellaneous articles.

II ~J" k'uai* Ian', to pass the arm through the loop or handle of a basket,
kind
of basket than g[ -f, though the dictionaries state the opposite.
to a smaller
7-

ill

etc.

Ian

is

commonly applied

[CHAP, xxxix.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

TZU fiRH CHI.

416

CHAPTER XXXIX.
A;M!

1.

now

us see what

let

was about at home

"

YlNO Yixu

"

one day, having desired

soothingly

have been so many days without seeing

face; this strain at the heartstrings

And

hard to bear."

and

is

of a tree,

his

with an additional
"
3.

And my

Peking there

in

be home again."
YING YING, " I can sympathise with her; when the hare dies the
fox mourns
every creature feels for its

.g

"

7.

even the

went

tire

in her

webs 3

spiders
from the eaves of the
;

9.

VIM; gave orders

Yixc;

but she

still

and

were covered with dust. 4

floors

it

'

T 5 SS
moon

Si H;

$P

4-

ft

is

3Jt

3L

JJJc

i
^

U3

YING

sorrowfully

was dark, when

to

own room

their

together until
suddenly occurred to

talking

it

write a letter to the graduate.

better than

HUNG NIANG

brought her a pencil and the ink-stone; but


f

'<'1

'"?

fo'i

the names given to the tenth and two last

fang

yen'-'rh, the eaves of

chih' chu' wang, a spider's

ch'rn* fit, dust: ch'en

is

a house

yen, the edge of the jj

web; a spider

is

moons of the year respectively; the

which are held in that month.

also allied

tyfc

]j{, roof.

^C-

not used alone colloquially.

'

rliiniyfii, a lni

ffc ffi

are w..undr.l in

There, there," said

They returned

sat

so called in consequence of the


sacrifices, termed la,
52,

"

YING YING that she could not do

have them swept,


stood there ever so long, musing
to

and melancholy.

twelfth

trouble."

"
no more about that
YING, rebuking her,
let bygones be bygones."

and looking through the window she


saw that the

HUNG

continued

indeed,"

all this

their

Yes,

NIANG, "and to think that this journey of


the graduate's was all owing to the chatter
of that child
it's he that was the cause of

mind she

had hung

"

8.

take a look at the graduate's old


quarters, HUNG NIANG accompanying her
the doors and windows were closed within,
bare and desolate

he'll

said

to

the rooms were

Ah !"

kind."

gives no heat?"

With these thoughts

4.

thought she,

who knows how he is


inclement weather, when

through this

when

uncertain

wadded coat she could not

sweetheart,"

it,

woman weeping

been told that her husband 5 has lately gone


away about some business or other, and it's

last

paused to look at
"

keep herself warm.


"

as she

1
quarter of the year,
and so cold thai Yix<; YING found that even

was the

to her

in our staying

hard by " Who is that ?


asked she. " It's
our neighbour," said HUNG NIANG " I have

so she went on sighing

sighing, clay after day, without intermis-

It

and

she heard the sound of a

indeed

sion.
2.

no use

is

6. YING YING was just turning to go


when she observed a bird light on the branch

she peiveived that her complexion was grow"


this is because
Ali." sighed she,
ing sallow
I

there

in this lonesome place."

NIANC; to bring her the looking-glass,

IIr.\>.

HUNG NIANG

Let us go," said

5.

fcl-

fj*

,,y,

tin- In-art
for, rh'i,

an elder or senior

Sf. when the

('it

4
,

(gee

Chapter

XXXIV, Note

hare, dies the hu*, fox,

their, lei*, kind, species.

A hare

is

is

commonly

mournful;
called

If

4).

wn\

created beings, shang,

Jg; a fox, M>

(li

).

CHAP. XXXIX.]

PART

vi.

THE GRADUATE'S WOOING.

perceiving that the point of the pencil was


worn, she got a new pencil instead.
10. "And now, don't
you think, miss,"
said she, " that instead of
sending the letter
by itself, it would be better to put
some

up

pretty present along with it ?"


11.
"Very good," said YING YING; "I
think that I should like to send a set 7
of
buttons."
12.

"Well, miss,

if I

may

be allowed to

speak," said HUNG NIANG, "I should


say
that red silk handkerchief 8
you have there
would be better than the
buttons; don't you
"
think so ?
in

No;

13-

made up

YING YING'S

in pairs

opinion, presents

would be better

still;

she

would send u both the


things.
14. Saying which, she
spread out her
paper and took up her pencil to write. HUNG

NIANG was leaning upon the

table, looking
on; the table shook, and her mistress attri-

buting

its

unsteadiness

to

her,

called out,

"Don't jog so; put


something under the leg
7-

glj

of the table
directly, to keep

"^

*"*"* *" *"

*""

9
it
This
steady."
she was just about to recommence
one of those moths that will
about

effected,

when 10

fly

a light 11
flopped into the lamp and put
out; the lamp had to be lit
and

much

caused so

?,

I tt

at night.
'2-

all

with

lit.,

go to Peking

if, commonly, a private

"

S-

^
& 13

xv

Les
of
ot

seal, as

chi', to send.

volelf addressed
7d
yourself,

t
to

as fast as

it

could

15. It so happened that the letter arrived


on the day before the
graduate went in to

the examinations;
15
it and
having opened
read it from
to
he
looked at
end,
beginning
the presents, and
though the handkerchief

seemed a

little

faded,

the kind motive

still

had prompted the


person so dear to
him to send it made it none the less
precious,
and he put it away in his trunk with more
that

than ordinary

P cket; a

care. 16

handkerchief

^ "* **
(m

Part V, Lesson

is

commonly

"**

XLV, Note

opposed to yin", an

all

called shou

to

2).

moths that a

official seal.

6Stablishment' a committee a
manufactory, a depot, an office;

it

>

open:

ch'ai, to

open by the application of

has other

force.

as a
t

it

the faster the better.

See Chapter
VIII, Note 17.

<*'ot' i'ot, to

it

who was

the

^ "^ **'' ^

meanings bfsifs
14-

knocking-lamp moth; applied indiscriminately to


The reader must excuse the introduction of
moths in mid-winter.

Then

despatched
to tell the

to the post office, 13

it

people there to forward 14

of a sudden :
Ung, in the sense of a shock

ft, a moth;

was some time

was put up in a cover with the


presents,
and this being sealed, 12 a man was

"**
ft

it

before the letter could be finished.

the lattr
fi

delay that

it

this

again,

here, a set or suit.

* ***' "

417

P recious J ewel

Part V,

a person
starting on a journey.

53

418

TZtT

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHAPTER
now, unfortunately, we have used
the
detached
phrases in the original
up
rh Chi;" no slight
edition of the "Tza

And

1.

all

addition

been made to these in

has

the

l
composition of this narrative, but it is out
of our power to prolong "The Story of the
"
Promise that was kept any farther.

There

no need & to

how

the graduate went in for his examinations the day


2.

is

tell

he got the letter; how, when he came


he was congratulated upon the high

after
out,

how

degree he had taken


conferred * upon him

[CHAP. XL.]

XL.
and silk tapestry, and the noise of
drums and other instruments, never was

lanterns

the

anything so gay; how the graduate CHANG,


with his official cap on his head and his
girdle round his waist, and YING YING with
him, paid their homage to Heaven and Earth

how they pledged

and

friends

relatives in the

and how, when the company


broke up, they, the husband and wife, went
wedding cup

into their bridal chamber. 7


3.

Relation

of all

this

would be

like

office was quickly


how, starting for his
home in official costume,3 he returned by way
of the Fu-chiu SsQ; how YING YING'S face

the perfect harmony of their wedded life,


the happiness of the entire family, or the

lit up with delight when she saw how well


he was looking; how Madame Ts'ui, equally
pleased, received her son-in-law most hand-

These were a matter of course, and details of


the kind will not fail to be understood by the

somely

4
;

how she made

preparations

for the

laying flowers over embroidery; utter superNor is reference necessary either to


fluity.

them

prosperity that attended

reader,

in all things.

though not noted by the pen.

happy event; and how, what with hanging


1 chium*, to compose or compile, as a literary work.

I-

Note

shou, to bestow, to confer, to give.

3-

^C

Jrjj

4-

n& $F

chin 3 , embroidery or brocade


fc'uan 3

t<ri

4
,

to wear, or dressed in (note the tone), chin, fine clothes.

to treat courteously or

handsomely: k'uan, here, true,

sincere.

See also Chapter

XXVI,

10.

5-

6-

^ H>
?a

to

make

1
ffl hsiian

preparations, to arrange

t'ien',

chang, to spread,

lo,

the net

(see

Chapter

I,

Note

17).

a noise or din; applied only to the noise of musical instruments:


hsiian, noise, clamour;

f ten, the sound of drums.


7-

tl|

fifc

*% j$,

tung'-fang, the bridal chamber: tung, a cave, a deep recess.

not necessary: hriao', here in the sense of to


need, to require

(see,

also Chapter

XXXII, Note

i).

PART

VII.

THE TONE EXERCISES.

TZO ERH CHI.

420

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

PART

VII.

THE TONE EXERCISES.

THE

following Part, as described

by

its

Chinese

title

(jjfc

the tone system

$5 llj zp J\ $g), is pien, a


the smooth and the deflected

*}j

(lit.,
compilation, lien 7tsi, for practice in, p'ing tse,
of Shun-tien Fu, classically distinguished as
in
the
in
department
metropolitan
tones),
vogue
286 and 287 of Volume I (Chinese text) repeat, in the
Yen Shan. It will be seen that

pages

same

order, but, for practice sake, without the orthography, the table of characters given

on

the sounds of the dialect. Let these be


pages 10-17 of Part I of that volume, as representing
In the succeeding pages of Part VII
characters.
Index
Sound
for
the
moment,
denominated,
each one by a Sound Index
in
headed
a
text
columns
be
found
Chinese
of Volume I will
it a note of its meaning in Chinese; below this note, a
some occupied by characters, some blank, which represent the Tone Classes,
or changes of tone to which each Syllabic Sound is liable, and may therefore be called the
Tone Scale; and below the Tone Scale, a corresponding series of short exercises in the tones.

character, having immediately below


series of four places,

The Sound Indices


student be at

any

are ranged from left to right in their original numerical order, but

if

the

guided by the numbers placed above

time at fault, his search will be farther

each character, which refer him to the Sound Table in Part

I.

The note explaining the sense of the Sound Index is composed in accordance with a
Chinese method of illustration Avhich cannot be too soon taken into account I have enlarged
;

upon

importance in the Preface.

its

And now as
common to

regards the Tone Scale


tztt, written words, in

represented by the Sound Index is


Tone Scale exhibits four characters, of which the

the tones
so on.

Sound Index

is

where the yin, sound,


all

the four tones, the

one, placed in the order of

the shang-p'ing taking the upper place in the series, the hsia-p'ing, the second,

Where no

marked by a

and

be found under a particular tone, the interruption of the series is


If the student listen carefully to the teacher
reading the Tone Scale of

tzti is to

circle.

one syllable after another, he will not be long, unless his ear is unusually defective, in
catching
the chime of the tones, and this once caught, he will soon habituate himself to determine the
tone of any

tzti

that he

may

hear pronounced for the

first

time.

The short exercises which follow the Tone Scale are composed of the words given in the
combined
each with one or more such words as they most
scale,
The
ordinarily accompany.
text of these is repeated in the following
with
and
tone
and
a
careful
marks,
pages,
orthography
translation.
As the combination given in the explanatory Chinese note
appended to each
S.>nnd Index in Volume I is itself always one of the exercises, its
meaning must be looked
for

amongst the translations of

these.

PART

VII.

THE TONE EXERCISES.

421

anything more should be said as to the manner of using


these exercises or upon their utility.
Different ears are differently accommodated, and it will
to
some
that
the
law
and
appear
practice of the tones is more satisfactorily understood from
It is scarcely requisite that

the study of examples of greater length, and unrestricted by the regular sequence here observed.
Nothing can be simpler in such a case than to convert any number of short sentences out of
Parts III or

the

IV

into tone exercises, with the aid of a native speaker.

Without the assistance of

a pure impossibility.
The Tone Scale has been made to include the entire Sound Table within

latter, acquisition of the tones

is

its limits, for

the

express purpose of enabling the student to test for himself the influence of tone upon the
From the notes in the order of the finals appended to these
independent syllabic sound.
observations, he will perceive that this modification

is

often such as almost,

if

not

fully, to justify

us in representing the syllabic change effected by the tone as a distinct syllabic sound; but
that our alphabet is hardly equal to the emergency, this distinction would have been attempted
It remains to direct attention to certain departures from the rule
the
Tone
to which the syllabic sound is subject when it is not independent,
Scale,
prescribed by
but connected with other sounds, whether as part of dissyllable or of a longer combination.

in the Peking Syllabary.

To take the

first

The student will recall the few words said about Rhythm in page
him turn to the Chinese text of Part V (Volume I, page 229),
enunciate rapidly the words fou i tsv^-'rh-yao-chin-ti shih-ch'ing, the

last first.

9 of Part I, Volume
and get his teacher

I.

and foremost of

to

Now

let

essentials, at the foot of the first

'rh-ti hsiang-t'an, particular dialect, in

column, or the words ko-ch'u-'rh-ko-ch'uHe will see, if he watch the speaker's

the second column.

voice carefully, that, even though he may be unable to declare that this or that syllable has quite
passed to a new place in the Tone Scale, the syllables first uttered are not uttered with the full
tone belonging to them as independent syllables. This need not alarm him. Tone is to the

much what

quantity is to the individual syllable in Latin. As we


shall presently see, its primitive or natural conditions are so affected by position that change of
position will hi some cases produce entire change of tone. But, rhythmically, in long combinations

Chinese monosyllable pretty

have instanced, and especially in attributive and adverbial constructions, there is a


modulation of the voice that is not to be defined by the Tone Scale, and which nothing but

such as

It is
practice can teach just as rules of prosody will carry us only a certain length in Latin.
such
as
that
words
should
have
ConstantinSpSlUanus, m^mSrabUW,, v&gabund'tis
impossible
;

been articulated without a rhythmical emphasis more or less at variance with the apparent
prescriptions of prosody. The prosody of our own vowels is the sport of circumstances still, the
fluctuation in the value of the vowels in analysis and analytical, meteorology and meteorological,
;

is

somewhat analogous

to that

which we are here considering.

In the matter of just accentuation, therefore, the memory will be greatly relieved if the
language be treated, whenever construction will admit of it, as polysyllabic. The individual
syllabic

sound should be

quantity, and that

ticketed, so to speak,

by

its

tone, as the syllable in a Latin

word

is

may not be forgotten, the Syllabary should be frequently consulted ;


by
but in speaking, the student may safely endeavour to reproduce any sound that forms part of
a more than dissyllabic combination, rather with reference to correct rhythmical emphasis of the
its

it

whole polysyllable than to

strict

accordance with the tone-quantity of

its

component

parts.

422

ERH

TZtr

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

in some cases involves a change of


change of meaning in the tzft-, monosyllabic word,
In dissyllabic
the y!n. syllabic sound; in some, the yin is retained but the tone changes.
as
to
the
same tone
combined
words
where
the
two
combinations,
belong,
independent syllables,

the tone of the

class,

first

or second

is

some cases

disturbed, in

some

slightly, in

much

so

as to

The following
word to a tone class not properly its own.
combinations read aloud will show to what extent the tone in different places of the scale will
authorise the relegation of the

be affected under the conditions adverted to

lit

|f

west of the hills (the P ro '


vince so named).

Khan 1 hsi 1
hsi

[lj

^H

8/wm

the western

taw^ cA'at

chu

to be

3
^L jg tsao

3.

hills.

employed

gfc $fc

'

ch'ien

closes

is

south of the lake (the province so named).

a public
2

money

cMn

me much more

more remarkable

ma3
if

4-

office.

in general.

yueh

jih*

mu

shu

f^ swcm

ffi

jg

chu.

in hsi

shan

to rise

Under the 2nd

a small

|fij

cAi/i,

C/ti

face.

horse,
is

small.

days and moons.

a number.
4

to reckon,

hsiang

ambition.

second syllable in Shan-hsi, but


on the second syllable of tang ch'ai, and

tone, the abruptness with

apparent hi the last syllable than hi the

teachers will not admit in either case that the tone

there

ma

wash the

the horse

on hsi than on shan

on the second in

is

to
3

ist tone, I consider the voice to fall in the

to fall

to

early in the morning;,

pearls.

yd? men-

to be lower

hsi lien

J^ hsiao

>J

officially.

the southern lake.

Under the

ch'i3

nan "

the

first

syllable

is

is

which the

Under the

3rd, the change


not quite, to the 2nd tone still,
If you make a native repeat hsiao 3

modified.
if

changed nearly,

a manifest limitation proper to particular vowels.


ma? hsiao3 a certain number of times, you will perceive that the voice rises and
is

bushels of

five

tsao 3 ch'i 3

Jisi

lien3 ,

of tsao, but lien

is

falls

as

ma hsido. Where three words are joined, as in wu tov?


the only one which is sounded with a full 3rd tone; in
to wash the face in the morning, the tone of ch'i certainly differs from that
3

the words were accented hsido md,

mi3

syllable

But the native

first.

rice,

the last

is

the only word of the four that preserves the full 3rd tone.

tone, the voice descends in the second syllable, but not so


Different examples will show that this inflexion,
again, is

with others; but double the

wan*

hi suan-chi,

Under the 4th

pronouncedly as under the 3rd tone.

more evident with some vowels than

and you

will still find the

second suan in

suan-suan, to reckon, lower in key than the

first, although the difference detected does not


transfer the syllable to any other of the four tones in the scale; and it is
only of these four
that a native speaker conceives our dialect
capable.

The words tzu, erh, appended to nouns, ti, following both nouns and verbs, and lian,
corrupted to la and lo, also after verbs, but more frequently at the end of a sentence, cannot
be allowed, while in this enclitic relation to other words, to
belong to any class in the Tone
Scale; but when not enclitics, they reassert then- rights, as in tzti? sun1
erh* ma-\
,

stallion;

becomes

cfto

ti
4
.

ch'io

4
,

4
3
positively; liao shih

to finish

an

affair.

posterity;

The word

c/to

when

enclitic

PART

VII.

THE TONE EXERCISES.

423

NOTES ON THE TONE RULES AFFECTING THE FINALS.


Under the

a.

a
Under the 2nd, the

ist tone, the shang-p'ing, the

mast, very slowly pronounced.

Under the

artful, architect.

3rd, the shang, the a,

sounded somewhat as in ant, yarn,


hsia-p'ing, shorter and sharper, as in
is

commencing

as under the shang-p'ing,

the vowels in the words aAa p&p&, with the


gradually descends and then suddenly rises
italicised consonants dropped, give some idea of the effect of this tone on the terminal a.
Under the 4th tone, the ch'il, the vowel sound begins on a higher key than under the shangp'ing, and descends immediately, not protracted, but diminuendo ; as it were, A-A-A.
!

Under the

ai.

latter if

ist tone, the

two vowels in ai are pronounced in nearly equal time; the

anything quicker than the other.

Under the 2nd, the

i prevails, as

when a speaker

on a that the voice descends, and


ejaculates ay ? implying surprise
on i that it remounts the vowel sound produced somewhat resembling that in careen. In the
4th tone, the voice dwells on the a the latter part of the diphthong being, if I may use the

and doubt.

In the 3rd,

it is

expression, enclitic

as

it

though

The remarks on a

an.

the inflexion of the vowel

were written da-y.

are generally applicable to this final, except that in the

more apparent,

is

if

indeed the vowel

2nd tone

does not become a

itself

diphthong.
the a and o are uttered in the ist tone, as in ai, with a slight degree
more prolongation of the a than of the o. Under the 2nd tone, ao is almost du, or doo indeed,
in the words ao or ngao, it is nearly ou in loud.
Under the 3rd tone, as the voice rises on

In this

ao.

final

that vowel becomes nearly au, aw, in caul, brawl.


again the longer utterance, the o figuring but enclitically, as

the

o,

The only

eh.

be written

ieh,

syllable in

which

this final is

found

Under the 4th


8.
it were aa
.

is yeh.

tone, the

a claims

In the

ist tone, it

might

evenly distributed over both parts


an undoubted consonant, and the syllable, simply

and, as in the case of ai, ao, the voice

is

of the diphthong; but in the 2nd, the y is


ye in yet. In the 3rd, there is the double vowel sound noticed before,

commencing

as

though

the sound to be uttered were yea, but rising suddenly to the sound of the e in yet. In the
It might be otherwise expressed by
4th tone, the sound is a prolonged declining yea.
Y-E-E-E.

e or

o.

It is

under the 2nd tone that the

nearer the vowel sound of learn,


of the vowel sound
en.

upper

apparent

The vowel

as

if le,

3rd and 4th tones. Try to intone the word


and
and
then drop the consonants the u-e remaining
4th tones,
key
of
vowel
idea
the
sound required.

in the

give a fair

is

approaches the o in lot, top. In the rest, it is


In the 3rd and 4th tones, the reduplication
for instance, were written lee, le-e-e.
e

sir, earth, terse.

is

reduplicated in the

of the 3rd

There is properly no shang-p'ing tone in this sound, but, as will be seen in many
vowel sound of erh, when placed in enclitic relation to a word preceding it, is
the
instances,
or less in the vowel sound of that word.
more
The tone is also modified. It was
absorbed
erh.

TZ& ERH CHI.

424

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

in preference to any other tone,


by the compiler of the Syllabary a shang-p'ing,
new
its
with
sound, did not belong to any
although he allowed that in strictness the erh,

called

one of the four


itself

classes.

but also of the word

my

The independent sound

modifies the tone not only of the eVA

opinion, the fusion


to which it is attached.

In

i is frequently also yi,

in the other

but the y is not so apparent, if it


The student must beware of

tones.

in the shang-p'ing as
The vowel preserves its length, the difference
the
i of the fism-p'ing into ih.
shortening
between its sound in the ist and 2nd tones being faintly represented by that in cheer and
In the 3rd, the i is inflected, rising as if ee-ih ; in the 4th, as if ee .e. e.

appear at

all,

peep.

In the ist tone, the i

ia.

the a

is

chia*, is

rather

i in

though not so prominent as the a. In the 2nd,


In the 3rd, chia? sounds cheeah ; in the

almost cheyaa.

The remarks on ia apply equally

iang.

the

more

is distinct,

prominent, chia? sounding chya.

the

consonantal

ist,

3rd,

and 4th tones

is

often

iang ; but in the syllables liang, niang,


nearer ey. In the 2nd tone, it is almost y

to

much

lyang*, nyang*.

The remarks on ao, ia, and iang apply to the effect of tone on this final. In
the ist, 3rd, and 4th tones, especially in the syllables liao, niao, the i becomes almost ey, in
the 2nd, it is y, the ao becoming a sound between aoo and ow.
iao.

As

ieh.

and the second are articulated distinctly


In the 2nd tone, the i becomes y, and in the

hi ia, in the ist tone, the first vowel

one from the other, and with nearly equal stress.


ch'iyeh, ch'yeh,
3rd and 4th, nearly ey. Thus, the changes in ch'ieh might be expressed thus
seems
2nd
all
the
in
In
tone, usage
very capricious
lieh, mieh, nieh,
except
ch'eye'h, ch'fyeh.
the same native sounding i at one time as ee, and at another as ey.
:

The remarks regarding the vowel

ien.
is

nearly as uncertain as the

an

i in ieh

apply equally to the i hi ien.

becoming an under

in uan, frequently

The en
more

the 3rd, and yet

frequently under the 4th, tone.

The

ih.

represented by

difference between

the i in the

ist

and that in the 2nd tone

is

faintly

same vowels in children and chip. In the other two it is


beginning like the ee in cheek, and rising suddenly to the i in ill;

that between the

inflected as La a,

e,

etc.;

then descending gradually in the 4th. Drop the consonants in the word limit, and prolong
the utterance of the latter vowel, to form some idea of the sound of the final ih*.
in.

ist

and

As

and 2nd

hi

ill.

tones,

Take the vowel sound

in thin, thick as approaching those under the

and unite the vowel sounds in the

first

two syllables of initial

for the 3rd,

of incident for the 4th, tone.


io.

after

n,

When
more

preceded by hs and

rarely.

Under the 3rd

I,

Peking as often ilo or ueh as io;


pronounced li-6; under the 4th, nio is

this final is in

tone, lio is

rather ny6-6-6.
iu.

In the

and even, as

ist tone, the

in ai, ao, ia.

two sounds

ee

and

In the 2nd, the iu

is

oo, of

which iu

is

compounded, are

distinct

nearly yew, but shorter, as though written

PART

THE TONE EXERCISES.

VII.

425

In the 3rd, the voice descends on the ee, to rise sharply on the ooh; and in the 4th,
ee, and breaks off on the oo in a lower key.

yewli.

dwells on the

only found in the ist and and tones. The vowel i is not so
2
almost
distinct as in ia, ieh: in the ist tone and in the 2nd, i is nearly y; read hsiung
is
in
to
6
in
in
but
oo
the
2nd
and
sound
inclines
home
the
The
u
or
oo
tone,
ist,
syung.
final
were
a
or
a
French
nasal.
Jc,
nearly
g
pronounced short, as if the
This syllable

iung.

is

In the ist tone, the o

o.

nearly as in roll; in the 2nd,

is

slight reduplication of the vowel sound following, somewhat as


tone, a second vowel is also perceptible, but rather resembling d.

it is

if it

shorter, as in shot,

were o6h.

In the 3rd

In the 4th, the change of

very slightly felt, the dominant sound being o, which is prolonged diminuendo. In
the single o, or ngo, the nasal pronunciation of it, much as it modifies the vowel sound, does

vowel

is

not affect the tone.

In the

ou.

ist tone,

ou

is

much

as in

round; in the 2nd, shortened,


were owoo or owuh. This is more clear

with a certain inflexion, as though it


3
4th tones, which might be expressed ou-do

as in lout, but
in the 3rd

and

oti-oo*.

ist tone, the u as in the French purete ; in the second, as in the French
In the 3rd and 4th, the reduplication and inflexion of the vowel noticed hi a, i,
4
s
- -u.
perceptible, as though u were u-uh, and ti u u

In the

ii.

tat, salut.

is

This presents the same difficulties as ien, so far as the vowel a is concerned.
ist tone, pronounced sometimes broad, as in the syllables ending in an, is
flattened sometimes to the a in mat, and sometimes modified so as to be nearly the e in
iian.

The a

of the

uen is the orthography of MORRISON and others. The native who was my guide, whatever might be his pronunciation under the ist, made little difference under the 2nd, uttering
the an as in the English can, mantle. In the 3rd, the uncertainty between a and e is greater
than in the 4th tone, which prefers the a. In both, the vowels are distinguished much as in
then

ia, ieh, etc.

as

were iian 3 tiaan*.

it

In the

lieh.

the voice pauses evenly on u and eh, which last vowel is


In the 2nd, eh is as in set, and is much clearer than the ii. In the

ist

tone,

pronounced as in sentry.

3rd, the eh of the ist tone is prolonged, the ii shortened.

to the ear, and the stress of the voice

The un

iin.

slightly inflected, as
3

In tin and
u.

cated like

tin*,

i,

i, o,

above

very faint

w;

is

more prominent

very prolonged.

as if H-iih

in the 3rd,

is
it

4
,

u2

oo in cook.

In

in lutte,
ii

and

n.

u3

u*, the

vowel

is

redupli-

as ii-uh or oo-ooh.

certainly nearly 6a; in the 2nd, the o almost disappears,


is
again apparent, prominence being given to the a or

very short. In the 4th, it seems to depend on the


shall be sounded shua* sounds shoaa, but Jiua* is htiaa.
is

ii is

the vowel sound resembles that


and rapidly pronounced, intervened between

oo in coon; the

In the ist tone, the ua,


oo, u, or

In the 4th, the

but the eh

the reduplication of the vowel before noticed,

The u resembles
a,

upon

the French une; in tin

an

is

it
2

ua.

becoming
ah, which

there

is
if

laid

is

initial

consonants which vowel

54

TZO ERH CHI.

426

What

uai.

ua

applies to

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

more or

is

far as the

less true of uai, so

is

concerned

u and

the diphthong ai; in the 2nd, u is conbut in the ist tone, the division
sonantal and ai shortened in the 3rd, the voice descends on u and rises sharp on a, to which i

between

is

is enclitic

the

first

in the 4th, the voice rises

The

nan.

6wan

on the u, and dies away on the ai, dwelling more on


tones, u might often be o ; and in the 2nd, w.

division of the vowel sounds

In the

uei

is

ist, 3rd,

in the 4th, dan, like

ob-w.e".i

kuei

In the

vowel.

and 4th

awn

in

ist tone, the

is

In the 3rd tone, the

as hi ua.

awning, or ohn

in the

German

final is

almost

ohne.

vowel sounds are nearly oowei; in the 2nd, wey ; in the 3rd,
on the e. The u in all four tones in

in the 4th, 6o-w.e.i, the i leaning enclitically

nearer

than in hui,

uen, un.

The double

and

In the

in the 3rd

4th.

is

are well divided, as

if

in the 2nd, the

gradually as

if

ist,

the

for all four tones,


is

nearly the vowel in put, foot ;


oo-un or u-n ; and in the 4th, as

but

is

more remarkable

dominant, prolonged as hi pool, moon;


but in the 3rd tone, the vowel sounds
if

do-un or u-Sn, the

latter part declining

u-e-n.

As observed under

ui.

might be written
u or oo sound

.vowel

uei, there is a difference

between that

final

and

This

ui.

is

most perceptible in the syllable hui, and under the 2nd tone in others, ui is nearly, if not
The syllable chui might otherwise be written choo-ey l chooy2 choo-Jy3 ch6o-ey*.
quite, uei.
;

The same

native will be found to pronounce this differently at different times.

In the

un.

in hudn, Icudn.

ist tone,

a perceptible inflexion of the vowel, but


slighter than
nearly the un hi the Italian punto, pronounced

there

In the 2nd,

it

is

is

quickly,

though a certain reduplication is still to be perceived. In the 3rd


is acted on
by the tones as hi aw and other finals noticed before.

and 4th

tones, this inflexion

The remarks on un apply generally to ung ; but in the 2nd tone, the inflexion
of the vowel is less apparent. The g final is faint in the same tone indeed,
ung* is somebetween
final
of
the
the
sounds
French
and
The
sound
is
rather
u than o
thing
longue.
long
Ting.

in yung.

kuo, shuo.

The three syllables


I must admit that

the

has the power of w.

uo.

rest, it

to

which

have assigned

this final hi the


Syllabary are huo,

only in the last that the u asserts itself as a vowel; in


In shuo, the tones might be expressed thus shudh1
shwSW,

it is

shuo*, thu-dh*.
u.

The

flexions of it

difficulty

here

is

hi representing the vowel

by the tone resemble those

sound

in the other final vowels.

this determined, the in-

The word sy-ru, with the

consonants struck out, might represent szu 1 ; such, szu 2 ; the 3rd and
4th might be
otherwise written szu-uh, szu-u-h; but our alphabet aids us less hi this than hi
any sound in
the Table.
italicised

There remain unnoticed a few


those already laid
ei,

under

wing.

eft

down

for en,

for others.

under ih and in

finals,

the tone rules


affecting which do not differ from

Those under an
for ing,

under

suffice for

iieh for uo,

ang and eng, under ai


and under ua and uan

for
for

THE TONE EXERCISES.

PART vn.

[A-CHA.]

427

EXERCISES IN THE TONES.


The larger numbers and characters to the left of the page correspond with those in the
Sound Table prefixed to the Tone Exercises in Volume I (pages 286 and 287), and are followed
by a general explanation of their meaning. The examples in smaller type, which are, in fact,
a repetition of the exercises, are literally translated.
1.

P&T

a particle, sometimes affirmative, sometimes interjectional

as the

last,

partly inter-

rogative.
Jj|
PnJ

8 J|
^a
4

[ipj

2.

sW" 2 wo 2

ko l

It

is

Ah

so indeed.

What ?

(The Manchu a-ge) elder brother. The sons of a reigning Emperor


are called ako ; the eldest being ta dko, the second erh ako,

a^1

f|

fgf

an,

f pf

c h'iu?

ch'en

5g|

1<j

Jcao

Wafi

ai* hsi*

an, peace

^ y'inj

ait

m^n

Wan,*

fP5
ho'

........
.......
........
........

wo.?

comfort

health

Ifx oo,

Tall

To

and short ; of

ao

'

fs'ai

Peace

TO *e

6.

The bank

........
........
........ A
.......

in price.

boil meat, vegetables, etc.

cAwn,4

at night

quilted

(Zit.,

may be

it

to

burn midnight

oil.

cotton) ao (an article of dress

long or short).
;

arrogant.

unexpectedly.
Dregs

3
yi* cha

form of the pronoun we.

or shore of a river.

Conceited and supercilious

..'

c/ia

freedom from trouble.

To work

and low.

used alone in speaking).

2
k'uang' ao*

^f- cha, suddenly

A provincial

To

ao 2 yeh*

things, high

love.

rising.

ao, to boil (not


1

to cry to in tribulation.

Fine dust.

well-being.

........
........
........

J| ang, ^ang, high

To implore

High
5.

on.

^ai, to love.

iji

4.

3
<*

and so
ai,

<Sb ?J

3.

........
......
.........

a1

shih*

|5pJ

leavings of tilings eaten or drunk.

A despatch
A span.

........
....... To

see, or

to

an

inferior.

meet, unexpectedly.

worn by both sexes ;

TZO EBH CHI.

428

7.

$?

//'<,

3 fg

jgj

[CH'A-CH ANG.]

tea.

....... The
eAu ........ Tea
y^ ........ To
........ The
shov?

Jjt

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

Be

ft

rA'af'*' a8

two hands clasped


and wine

together.

said of a meal prepared for guests.

hands on the hips

Pl ace *^ e

shu* (A'a4

to stand a-kimbo.

by a bough at the point

fork formed

it

branches

off

from

the stem.
8. >jlc

li'ii,

ijf jfc
^J: J|j

1|J 2(5

%
9.

10.

narrow.

.......
........
cha& .......
....... To

chat 1 chick*

Fasting and purification.

chu* chafl

[Speaking of another's] a residence.

k'uan 1

Broad and narrow ; the breadth

ch'ien* chai*

fljf

fuel; being wood, weeds, or

rlt-iii,

Jp

ft
-^*-

ch'af fan*
/yv

HI

flft

ch'ai

hit?

ffi

any similar

........ To
....... Wood

firing.

demolish, as houses, furniture,

cA'a*3

~f yanlf

of.

be in debt.

tetl

.....

and

etc.

charcoal.

A book of patterns,

such as milliners use.

the chan in chan chiao, [capital punishment by] beheading or


3
Observe that chan standing by itself is read chan but being followed

to decapitate;

JKchan,

strangling.

2
3
In the example of the 3rd tone,
by chiao a word in the 3rd tone, becomes chan
9
for it.
substituted
therefore, chan the numerative of lamps, has been
.

ffi

%& chan Jan

H
S?
11.

Jfi

5/i'*

'

chan*

tsa?

ton"

g|

12. 3|t

lj| ch'an yeh*

PR

saturated with

hence, morally, contaminated.

m P-

Government post

stations

courier offices.

up, so that the component parts are ^indistinguishable


said of fluids or solids ; also used figuratively.

Gluttonous.
estate

3
ch'an* Aut
"!

a rule

g chang

property producing an income.


;

lit.,

ch'tng
3

/J:

J|

(g

chang* mil*

......
.......
.......

jfc ch'any

J|

7fc

fifc

cM*

titan3

ch'ang

mu* ch'ang3
ko l ch'ang*

and see the error of

one's ways.

Regulations.

To be born and
Bills; debts.

to

grow up.

Both forms of this character are admissible.

to sing.

J|

to reform

a law.

theng chany

'-li'ang,

reform (neut.)

13.

la<

........ To mix
.......
....... An
....... To

ch'an*
3

i-lttnvj,

j|

Steeped in

to produce, as females, the earth, etc.

<//'<(??,

till

........
..... A
......

*
1
JS y^ chan ^"S

....... A
....... Long
....... A
....... To

prostitute.

and short ; length.

woodyard.
sing.

PART

[CHAO-CHENG.]
14.

vii.

429

THE TONE EXERCISES.

fhao, a presage.

*J|$

fg Uf
/Hf

2f| ffi

Jfc

chao

,f!t

c/u

hail

to caU to.
also, over-eager, impatient.

search for.

presage

an omen.

the wrangle (of two or of more).

.......
........
.......
.......

1
3
D|| ch'ao Jang

c^'*" 2

ch'ao3

!$* chien

Eager, in a good sense

hsien 1 chao*

;J

J| w

ch'a? chao 3

15. P-J? ch'ao,

ty

........ To
........
....... To make
....... A

chao 1 hu l

ch'ien? ch'ao*

Noise of loud voices ; jang

Nest

To

of birds

fry in

lair

is

of beasts

here atonic.

den of thieves.

oil, fat, etc.

Cash and paper ;

or,

a cash-note, but this

is

oftener called a

ch'ien-p'iao.

16. ||F clw, the


jt|

^
!p|.

Ijfa

j||

che

che

j|L

,^

Ji

ilL

IS $1

yen

a carriage,

cart,

ch'e

fco*

ch'e
2

screen, as another's faults.

report to the Throne in a che, memorial.

Again

(in

argument)

J^

4
1 c ^ e* &'iM*

$1

drag

more,

etc.

also, to implicate.

do away with ; to dismiss part of an establishment ;

trh

.....

to abrogate

etc.

chei is simply short for che


;
Observe k'uai-erh, pronounced k'uairh*.

Here, in this place

.......
........ A
........ An

chen 1 chia?

2
3
5Jf chen t'ou

life

jB

'*

chen*

True and

false

pillow;

lit.,

yi,

this one.

the truth of anything.

to pillow the head.

earthquake.

a public servant in his relation to the Sovereign


to any but the higher officers of State.

El

ch'dn,

4
ch'tn1 kwa*

"K

I3E

;U

chiin

$pf

j^

k'o

^^
21.

is

chen, true.

JL fg

20.

what

chei, this.

H?
3

19.

farther ;

etc.

a law,
18.

This one.

Carts and horses.

ch'e

(s'ai

To

To

........
........ To
....... To

ma3

this.

........
........
........
........

tsou*

tsai* che

Jf flg<Ae
17. If? ck'&,

pronoun

BE

ch'en?

ch'en3

ch'en* cho*

....... To
.......
.......
.......

not applied, except

historically,

rebuke sternly ; to censure gravely, either to the face or behind


the back.

Sovereign and minister.

Hideous ; very unsightly ; of persons or

Taking advantage

of, sc.,

things.

circumstances, opportunity,

etc.

cheng, upright.

....... The
.......
cMng* ....... Of

cheng

JH

3
cheng ch'i?

IE

hsiA^

?|S

yiieh*

first

Eegular

moon

of the year (cheng 1 ).

in symmetrical order.

lines, roads, etc., straight

and diverging; hence,

moral and depraved, orthodox and heterodox.

figuratively,

TZU ERH CHI.

430

22.

clt'eng,

JJjJt

$}

accomplishment, as opposed to

pan*

jjt JJJ ch'eng

23.

ton

jjzf

I'M, of

^f

respect).
failure.

punish, punishment

of,

crime.

lit.,

pecks and steelyards.

good omen.

chi 1 cfc'iion

$j|

address a person, or speak of one (by such or such a term of

Measures and weights ;

eh'enff

[CH'ENG-CHIANG.]

failure.

Accomplishment or

rh'fng- pai*
3

=J.

....... To
.......
....... To
.......

hu l

ff. cli'cng

J& Hi

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

.......

that has been devaPoultry and dogs ; e.g., none left in a country
stated the place of them to be shunned by a compounder of
certain medicines, because his operations should be conducted
;

.......
........
........

"
2

||j

c '11

Kl

tea

fj

f ^'i

pf

chi

*** '****

IB 41
24.

hsiung

c h'fl

pa

^^

ch'i-

tt

flj

c/i't

chia, a

tljc

^5

tfc

cA'u

hsiieh

house

c/iM 4

3 *

in a history, essay, etc.

chia 1

chia- tai*

chia
Ep tfvtf

g|

home

eh'ia

-^

ch'ia

hua
teft

curious

constitution

........
........ To
.......
....... The
To

strange.

breath and blood.

lit.,

home.

live at

carry privily

price

lit.,

Casque and coat

under the arm.

of mail

armour.

of.

with exactly.

....... To
........ A
.......

fh'ia* ch'iao

how

the family.

chia* ch'ien*

}g ft

^ J5

the beginning.

The

$4

To put on record

........
.......
....... At
.......

26. ftf ch'ia, to coincide

27.

Oneself.

Strange

-Jr

Auspicious and inauspicious.

Seven, eight.

'i*

25.

in quiet.

strange.

*t /V

jg

pick a flower off

Customs

barrier

its

also,

In the nick of time

stem.

the clasp of a belt.

in exact coincidence.

ck'iai (also k'ai), the stalk of grass.

.......

The written character

in

which despatches are copied

say,

round

hand.

28.

$L

chiang, a river

^
fj

te4 chiang 1
3

chiang

chiu 1

rather of large streams than small.

....... The
....... To

great river

sc.,

the Yangtze.

look into curiously, minutely, fastidiously, particularly ;


hence,
in some cases, the result of such care
e.g., if one chiang chiu,
;

EA

chiang* je

.......

is

particular,

A workman

an

about one's room, one's room


artizan.

is

chiang-chiu.

PART vn.

[CH'IANG-CH'IEN.]

THE TONE EXERCISES.

431

29. Hi" ch'iang, to carry off with violence.


1

Sound

tiao*

IB? ch'iang

whether of speaking or singing;

in accord; in tune,

also,

figuratively, of things.
4

eh'iang

f| 3|

2
3
ch'iang to

JOt.

30.

3* H!

yfC ch'iang*

Properly, a partition wall, but used of any wall of a house.

pi

To rob

mu*

to steal.

Wooden

supports.

chiao, to interchange.

55

"ft*

chiao 1 tai*

To hand over

to a successor in office; also, to give orders to

servant or subordinate.
P|J

chiao 2 kuo*

One's bread

lit.,

to eat,

one's days,

the food, needed to enable one

to

pats

to live, or one's daily expenses of a necessary

kind.

^
Dlj.

31.

^5

uS chiao 3
BSP 'h
Pjg

han

chiao*

ch'iao,

Hand and

To

cunning but
;

also, clever, of

call

men
To

to?

out loud

ch'iao

f{

ch'iao 2 liang2

J3J

j^

ch'iao 3 rniao*

Of men,

f^f

to call to a person.

ingenious, of things.

UJ ff

ch'iao* p'i

Observe shou? becomes nearly shou* before chiao 3.

foot.

beat, as drums, gongs, etc.

bridge

lit.,

to

_f |,

Of women

only, well-looking

also, well-dressed

used

fig.

of fair

allusions.

chieh, a street.

Pj

@i
i

1
jjj chieh tao*

j^*

$f

H.

wan2

Public ways.

chieh2

ch'ieh1 jou*

ffi

ch'ieh

completed.

to explain.

Of. solvere.

moreover.

^jjg

untie

To borrow.

^J

^_

To

chieh* tai*

ch'ieh,

JJ

To complete

kai 1

chieh3
ffl

f| -g
33.

at a door.

clever ; of inventions, ingenious.

words that cover censorious


32.

knock

bridge beams.

3
k'liang* ch'ieh

chi

To

slice

meat, cutting vertically.

(Amongst other

tati,

Moreover

Concubines

ch'ieh*

things) the brinjal, or egg-plant.

farther.
;

without

in

speaking of one alone, ch'ieh would be

used

chi.

34. JjL chien, to perceive.

Jf

^
Jj^

35.

fo

To diminish number

ftjfc

'jgf

f ^

^
fjj|

mien*

chien*

owe
1

ch'ien

ch'ien
1

J?J?

chien3

ts'ai

ch'ien, to

$H

A traitorous or disloyal minister.

chien1 ch'en2

shen

To have an

or quantity.

interview with

during a

to be deficient in.

wan*

A thousand myriads = any number;

ts'ai?

Money;

ch'ien3

kai 1 ch'ien1

tite-a-tite.

wealth.

Deep and shallow


To owe.

the depth

of.

with a negative, on no account.

36.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

TZ& &RH CHI.

432

$0

jg

fa
$y

chih 1 too4
<

fjj

&

/isKOij

tfc

'""?

rft'i/i

di'ih

</'

To be on duty

in one's turn.

To point out;

to indicate.

Ambition; indirection or aim of one's

ch-ih

$3

resolution.

the Chinese foot,=about 14 inches English.

<7/'i7(,

JT

P*"

'''*'"

Jjij

H^

38.

;<

r/uVi

jg

To know.

tliilr' tU',n

JUj

jg
37.

know.

to

(/<(/'-

[CHIH-CH'IO.]

*'*1

<

wu

t.<'un*

<

as red cim be

Red

*'* fcl

To

fail,

or ruin,

by unpunctuality.

Feet and inches; the length of ; commonly pronounced ch'ih*

sW.

A bird's wings.

pang

n tne Chinese pound.

'

fp pg c/uV

Pound and ounce

/larej

"

see

Chinese Weights and Measures," Part III,

p. 213.

$g Hf

chin3 hsiu*
3

g?
39.

nearly related or

cl'in,

^
JJ ^

<-''

f8,

t 'i"

r/t itt

silk, etc.

Far and near ; distance.

chin*

yiian

Embroidery, in gold,

allied.

c 'tC **

Connexions by marriage.

chien3

Industrious and frugal.

j^ cfc'M.* AA?

Sleep and food

part of a proverb in which anxiety of

to interfere with both rest


Jfj]

<-l<ttuj,

Bji Bfl

y en3 chind

;}

chinf

.JjJ

^ ^ an
41. 1|!

>

The dog

cfe'in.

The eyes

ch'iian2

vomiting

ching*

Quiet

a dog's vomit.

lit.,

the pupil of the eye.

th'ing

tranquil

said of the mind, of a scene, of a state of things.

chung*

Light and heavy (morally or materially)


value of character, counsels,

B[|

yin ch'ing*

1
In "$ ch'inf an

jj

42.

79

tiao*
fjj ch'ing*

chio,

$1

said

appetite.

opposed to heavy.

|^

is

Wells and springs; but with shui, the water of either or both, as
distinguished from river water.

/'''#, light, as

|M fi

is

mind

a well.

40-^f

low 3

O^j

and

(Of the sky) clouded or

To

fine

also,

the weight of things

rainy or fine

inquire after the health of; hence,

the weather.

a form of salutation.

Congratulations and condolences.

liorn.

& ch'

The

sc*

particular business in

he belongs

to.

You

which a man

ask,

what

is his

is

engaged

chio se?

the class

The word

here meaning class, description.

43.

|j|J

ck'io, to

^|

Ciii
-J-jJ

etc.

stop abruptly.
1

c/t'io

Observe the other form of this character in the example below.


To

decline; to refuse.

sS

I'AKT VII.

[CHIU-OHii.]

44.

V0

Chinese wine or

ctiiu,

diiu pan*

iwr

JS

3
$0 fhiu

43&

spirit in general.

5u

THE TONE EXERCISKS.

To inquire

and punish un

into

offence.

Wine and meat;

the dinner one gives his friends.


a chiu-jou friend sc., not in one's intimacy,
with whom one would be intimate.

joii*

4
wC Wi chiu hu*

;i

niiui

or, not a frirml

succour, as people in poverty, danger, etc.

autumn.

45. %fc rlt'iu,

$ $i

To

Snrli

i-h'un

ch'iit

Spring and autumn; the

title

of a certain historical work attributed

to Confucius.
l
$k jR yan 9

ch'iu 2

To beseech

|R

eh' in-

~f fan*

IfJ

lion

46. jgf chiung, straitened

5g jg chiung
47. jpf

48.

49.

^-

i-ln>,

50.

a table.

ifj

^J

{$

"fej

$!jE

Ifa

^f=

^-

ch'e

lo,

nearly foV

by circumstances, want of means,

etc.

poverty.

muddy

hence, perspicuity and obscurity.

r/iott

$$ $*

ett

ch'a-

f^

IJjl;

hence, collision in general.

Silk

fesiarejr

cft'on

and

Good

article of a lot.

satin; silk manufactures.

Ugly and

chilli*
1

the upper and lower parts of the arm.

night,

fair.

smells and bad.

short clause.

fhil

ch'u

A dwelling-place

tu3 chu?

pao

3 chii 3

4
.

chii*

tuan*

ono's abode.

Note

rh'u, in this sen.-e, ]>ro|>erly

5cc under 62, below.

A gambling table or establishment


To recommend
before

one.

cfe'w
Iffl

against

round.

all

To examine one

w * twan *

ch'on 3

lit,

Day and

i/e/i.

c/i'oM

$&

bump

axle-tree.

The arm

^g

The

draw towards

to

cM, a

Surrounding

chou*

)j

^
^

to

In easy circumstances.

8
eftou

yei

f/t'ou,

^Q

the liao becomes in fact

day, as distinguished from night.

J^

To poke and

p'enij^

'

52.

Clear and

t'lton 1 ch'o*

1
gj chon wei"

iff

Tables and stools or benches.

''h'

cli-ou,

g$

>,

roomy; hence, comfortable.

51.

pressed,

Very poor

did1

ch'ing

//'(>,

5J:

not so strong ax

is

See Part III, 148.

$8

rice is [boiled to] gruel

Hard

p'in* ch'iung*

flj

but

of space or fortune.

p'o*

cho 1 ting*
jp|

j^

intensifies ch'iu,

above.

see,

extremity; the farthest verge.

h' lung,

f| %%

The

yang

which

for promotion.

Note pao 3

which benuncs poo 3

diii*.

Clauses and sentences; q.d., such or such a piece of writing will


not make them is not constructed so as to make sense.

55

434

53. J$l

<-li' it,

%,

to take, as

yi""* (A'"

kou 1

JJJ jf|

ch'ii

$H jg
3|j

64.

....... Wronged
........
........ To
........ Coming

in general

Government.

to contribute in aid of the necessities of the

....... To
.......
.......

contribute in aid of

Government

necessities

chia chuan*

lit,

to contribute

and present.

Open, as the hand, and closed, as the

;jj :jf

oppressed.

and going.

shu1 cftuan3

%fr j-g

take and to present.

sung*

1
chiian no.*

|jij

[CH'U-CH'UO.]

opposed to presenting.

Ditches and gutters ; drains

ch'ii*

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

/ai2 ch'ii*

^ chuan,
ffi

55.

RH

Tztr

One's family

fist

chiian, to roll up.

said of one's wife alone, or of wife

and

children.

ch'iian, complete.
c 'l '** <M *

BO 2$

'*en3

|8f

fc

3
gJJ ch'iian fei*

ch'i

ch'uar?

chieh*

56. ${& ckiieh, to cut


1

'

ch'deh
iuffl?!.

|gf

|g

?l

iS i

^|

dog's bark

warn ;

lit,,

lit.,

in regular order and complete.

the dog barks.


to counsel

protrude the lips

cfeiteft

and warn

against,

sc.,

a vice or bad habit.

ch'ueh

to pout.

ciit off.

Ziao4 cfeiteA

chueh 4 sang*

{^ pn

Completeness

....... To
....... To
The
.......

tsui 3

57. S^t ch'ueh, vacant

and points ; the former marking the sentence, the latter,


the clauses in the sentence ; or, to punctuate with circles.

Circles

off.

? TO

.......
.......
....... A
....... To

fafl.

horse kicks

liao

meaning to

lift.

Churlish.

deficient.

.......

To

fill

up a vacancy.

Lame.
Positively so.

58.

3p

cAiwi, the Sovereign.

.......
........
.......
2

an^r
3

^f

chiin

^^

/-him

jH]

59.

Ip

hsiu*

ch'un, properly, a drove, a flock


2
ch'eng* ch'iin

J$
60.

tzii

chiio, nobility;

ft

fit

^w

61. ^|5 c/t'uo.

The Sovereign

wang being used

in its ancient

The term

is

unknown

and

classical sense.

in Peking.

Fine, of person or talents.

also,

.......

Rice with the husk on.

a party of persons.

To make a group

or party.

high position.

m& ........

See above, 43,

ch'io.

Position,

where the person spoken of

is

of somewhat high rank.

PART

[CHTJ-CH'UAN.]

62.

chu, lord

Jf ^
1

fj
Jj[

pj

chu 2

1
3
pin chu

tzii

dm*

ch'u, to
{fj

chu yang

He. fi&

63.

master

Pigs and sheep

wai*

JfJ

ch'u

Jig

ch'u3 fen*

*
fi $a ^M
<

fang

c ^'

u*

J^ $

chita

if R.
65. %fc ck'ua,
3tj[

66.

H 8S
jjjj

of.

leave

home

ch'u 3 , to regulate

hence,

disgrace.

One's abiding place.

hand, paw, claw, upon.

........ To
...... A

chua3 tzu

ch'ua

chuai 1 ni 2

y al chuai?
la

chuai*

**

shtng

.....

tear

by clapping the hand,

etc.,

upon.

fowl's claw.

air.

There was a whiz, a whir, or any sudden sound.

........ To
........ A
........ To

fling

mud

at

duck waddles

huai2 ch'uafl

ch'uafi

mo2

chuan, special
Tljt

jjilj

how chuai 1 comes to mean

fling

is

not explained.

the waddle of a duck.

drag or draw a person, thing, or animal.

....... To
....... To

stick [a thing] in the breast of one's

chuan s

fllf

ching

feel for,

y?
chuan*

.......
.......
...... The

ch'uan, to bore through


gy.

j||(

jji JUa

PjjjJ

Lit., the

'''''

[a thing] stuck

with the hand

or, fig.,

of a person speculating, to guess.

succession of short kicks.

only entrance; one particular pursuit; devotion to one

pursuit.

ancient classics of China and the commentary,

....... What
A'uon* .......
....... An
......

lit.,

by

corre-

the tradition.

one wears on the body and carries on one's head

Carts and junks

fan2 ch'uan3

1
JS ch'uan* t'ung

sc.,

hence, to get into one's clothes.

carriage

asthmatic affection

by land and

t'an,

In

collusion with.

apparel

water.

the phlegm, the effort to expectorate

which produces the ch'uan.

ffi

Transfer of things from place to place ; of cases,


spondence between co-ordinate jurisdictions.

ch'uan1 tai*
J

garment

in the breast.

individual.

1
2
p^ chuan mien

:g

a place at a certain distance.

punishment of official delinquency


to punish an official, sc., by fine or

To kick a

69.

for

kitchen.

:JJ|-J

^g Jp

one's residence.

ch'uai, to feel with the fingers.

>U

68.

chuai, properly, to draw, or drag, towards one.

Jjj?

-frfi)

host.

any whistling sound produced by the rapid movement of something through the

~S

i!& '^

67.

p'o*

chi 1

to go out

........ To
........ A
........ The
........

64. ffi. ckua, to clap the


1

farming stock.

bamboo.

One's abiding place

435

host.

.......
........ The
........
........

go forth

THE TONE EXEBCISES.

Quest and

fh'u*

1
#[> ch'u

VII.

TZO ERH

436

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

[CHUANU-E.]

70. ijt <-/ii"ing, stx)Ut; hearty.


1

To

tsai

"'

uan9i

ffl- ;fcc

iS

5j

chiuing
'*

'^

Bulky

cAii4

'^" n "5r4

load

to put into

to contain.

dimensions.
or, simply, of large

Robust.

71. ifo I'li'mmy, a lied.


1

gj J5

fcn

r/i'iMiHj

Observe that this ch'uang'

window.

the vulgar form


JJ

QH

fl)

di'uang

To burst

ji<

in ''h'wg* thik

written in several ways

Bed and bedding.

p'u*

cli'uatig*

is

as here.

is

one's

To found

into.

way

to invent

to originate.

72. x|l chui, to pursue.


j|S

jg

J(|

c/u/i'

|g
74.

/^

Zf.

i-li'

ifjfc

to rack

and

ruin.

blow with the breath.

'''''"''

1/i'ui

g^

'

Beating drums and playing on wind instruments.

a3

shou s

c/i?i3

To

let

the hands hang

down

hands so hanging.

|j|j

J[

r/i'iin

(p^

3;

*f

i-li

yo

Approval and disapproval.

hsia*

Spring and summer.

hmi*

Morally sound

'a a-

A'i(/t

:i

pin

sincere.

Loutish and stupid.

Within and without

ioai*

i-Iiiitiy

^Ij

central; inner.

inicj,

cjj

mi, spring.

i-li

76.

overtake.

To go

i7(a, to authorise.
JJ|

75.

fi

To

"4

/*** f'11

73. 1*^ ch'ui, to


Bfc

t<ms

in the capital

and the provinces

native and

foreigner.

W.
||[

77.

rli'

3fc

ffi 'l'"i"f'

3i
ti

Light and heavy

"'

the weight

'/<'

tang

"f/

Representing

filling

the place

S8 !
78.

^
HJ

y*

Creeping things

at 4

To be

'"'''

'''''""

'=S

....

lit.,

reptiles

of.

and

ants.

specially fond of; to love fondly.

petard

small iron ordnance without any carriage.

<7,'o, to strike with a point.

&

79.

of.

to represent; to act as.

nrt,

Swollen and painful.

l-iinij

''

e,

ch

'

wl

limit, as of

^m
$g $

t'ai* e

2
r!

shu*
I

^^

Collision in general

P'titf

A<"'4 e*

number

lit.,

blow with the point and

laterally.

or quantity.

An

obsolete

official title

the

name

of a sword in history.

A fixed number.
You and

I (the ancient pronunciation of wo, I, being "Jo or

Virtuous and vicious.

(;).

PART vn.

[EN-FENG.]
80.

en,

,.
jj[

81. U-fv e

$$

<i

too

Grace

humph

82.

|!pj

jf

83.

originally, grace of the Sovereign.

man] down on the ground by

force.

1
en? a

To hum and

to

haw.

a son.

J^jJ, e.rlt,

JP

[a

(If

law or rule of grace

lit..,

To keep

a sound

</,

437

favour.

"VKI>,

Jft rd

THE TONE EXERCISES.

crfc

Sons and daughters.

lit

The

2%. crh? to*

saw

crfc*

Two

ear

3
properly to .

to',

or three.

fa, a means.

?x

ch'ien3

/ftl

To send

into exile.

tzti,

Means

plans

m^2

The gate of a Buddhist temple.

-^ /a
2
EM 1 ''" /ft3

J^j

fi PI /"

Tne

back or

84. 2$C /"'". to turn

S! SI /"

/a

Pfe

iR

over.
topsy-turvy.

Distressed in mind.

tao*

ch'ih 1

resources.

hair of tne head -

To turn

''ewy

3
rt ' 12 raa

$il fSi
'SH

7tl

Upset

To

fan*

turned over

eat rice

on the contrary.

generally, to eat

any meal.

85. ~J] fang, square.


l

~Jj

H!

MM

fan 9 yUan?

Square and round.

i
fan 9 wul

House and rooms

JU fg fang

^^
86.

fei,
Jjt

BE
jg|

fang*

ch'a?

To make inquiry

ssti*

To

jjf.

shih* fei 1

H /*
H

sh

way

[is

clean, is dirty, etc.].

into.

to violence, evil passions

Right and wrong

u*

Fat and

tei 2 /ei3

to

commit disorderly

acts.

s/i i7t

also, tittle-tattle, scandal, mischief.

lean.

Banditti, rebels, etc.


4

:i

Expenses

/ei

sc.,

in the

way

of fees, etc.

fen, to divide.

^> j^ fni
Ill

SB

3/
^

Ic'ai

To

mtt4

"^

"

e ft2

c/i i/t

3
/e)i

$jj

$>

Mi /".'/,

^ ,^
-fit

'

chih fen*

Srave

a graveyard.

The

duties of one's

cosmetics in general.

office.

wind.
1

lH

divide into shares, portions, etc.

Red pigment and white

88.

give

the house

the wrong, as opposed to the right.

^ ^
87.

''

"f/

3
2/"

ts'at

Wind and
2

feng

$. kung* feng*

To

rain.

cut and to sew.

N.B.

T'ai-/<;nj<, a

tailor.

Make

tender of [service], sc., in the palace; said of the attinrli'ntr


of high officers on the Sovereign, or of worship to deities ;
thinj..
anciently, and still politely, to ofl'er, to present,
:i

TZtT

438

not

if fou,

JJt

91.

/ou

k'ou

f"-

fix

Axes

yiith

mt '3

K&

"fi

tfj

fi"

/wtoo4

.....

kov?

^*2 ma3

.....

sWnj

^ ? hi ........
.......
^ chiang
H*
hai
........
^
I'"!-'

hat 3

^f]

Hi

frog

mo, commonly ma.

lap-dog.

Dried

some such

frogs, or

?g

jf

Q% \$
jjig

$^

jj|

from Manchuria.

The exclamation hai!

A child.
The waters

lit.,

rivers

and

seas.

A strong intensive, used more commonly of evil things

than good ;

and damage.

.......
.......
....... To
....... Manchus

HMin 1 Aan 1

Dilatorily, undecidedly

font- liang*

han3

rhiao4

'man8

the two characters are not used apart.

Cold.

call to

ham*

to call out.

and Chinese.

In inj. to beat the ground preparatory to building a wall.


:i

'

fj" {

!. fj

/.o

hang

Jg

hang

[fj

I"'-<>>

hang
4

96. jfj

eatable, brought

Inn, cold.
j^jlj

95.

a battle-axe.

also, profit

94.

by the arm T

moral or material.

.......

to hold up, as

To laugh heartOy.

........ A
...... A
pa

93. i|f /en', j,'nivc injury,


|

yiieh,

/,

7ta.
1

'l<l2 IJM)4

Aot1

wife.

Father and mother.

sound

3
fa ha
4
i^ **

and

hold oneself up by, e.g., a staff:


ch'ih, to grasp in the hand.

4g Aa Ao

4H

sect.

so or not.

........ Husband
........ To
........
........

the founder of the Tao

a husband.

fit- ch'ih?

92. 9(j A", the

latter,

port on sea or river.

^'^

fn

the

Floating and sinking.

man

fu

Buddha and LAO CHUN

.......
........ Whether
........ Any

fou* ch'(n~

P fou

fit,

[FO-HAO.]

so.

^ -gj<in
JHjs.

........

to

&

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

Buddha.

89. $fe fo,

90.

ERH

gd

J[ J

U^

***1 *

to love

beat the ground preparatory to building a wall.

Every

ch'iian

3
ts'oo

hao1

........ To
........
....... A
;

to be addicted to

........
........

trade.

neck-ring worn by a child ; hang, properly, the neck, but not


colloquially used in northern mandarin.
;

to

be in the habit

Jungle; specially, aromatic weeds used for burning;

The

if

hsi

KM?

......

........

Is

it

a particle of any kind ; very


q.d., not a particle.

of silk

floss
i

i? ha<P put

of.

well (or good) or not?

To be addicted

sc.,

(Commonly implying that

to [any pursuit,

good or

evil].

artemisia.

common with a

N.B.

it is.)

Hsi

is atonic.

PART

97.

JH

lie,

j||

VII.

THE TONE EXERCISES.

hei, black.
2

hei1

(=j

Black and white

pai

tell

JH

439

}m3

jj[

ioit

Black beans

98. ^j| hen, originally, wilful, litigious,

used also figuratively as with us


= good from bad.

q.d.,

he can't

black from white,

black pulse.

but commonly a strong intensive

often written with the

94th Radical.
$[ shang

f|E

hen?
S

if 'f {& /W
55J 'i'i

tH

ti*

The

wound.

scar of a

Exceedingly good.

yuan*

Animosity

hen, properly, wrath that one feels

yuan, that one

vents.

Mug, constant
1
1
D^ B Ung ha or

99. '|S

jg fa Mng*

$f

ho, a

Ufa

pg

enduring.

1
1
cny a

To hum and

chin3

H)r hsiung

Ijjl

100.

Ferocious

ffl

101.

haw

the guardians at the door of a temple.

a long time.

brutal

river.

ch'ih 1 ho 1

To

2
chiang ho

Rivers in general.

ho* hsi?

To

^ Jp

for

Enduring

Mng*

to

eat

and drink

congratulate.

hou, after, in time or place.

|Jj

feow

1^

/wien.

Briny

The two

kung hou?

^j|

salt

salt in the extreme.

first titles

of the ancient five orders of national, as dis-

from imperial, nobility kung, generally translated duke,


belongs to both orders hou, marquis.

tinct

m niu
^^

<^.

hou 3

ch'ien?

102.

Jp

hou*

of oxen

hou, also the roar of a

lion.

Before and behind, in time or place.

hu, a door.

5J
;

H
J5
103. ^j

The lowing

tfc

hu 1 jaw2

|f

ch'a?

Ju

Of a sudden.

A tea-pot.

hu 2
2

3
3
^i<7 hu pang

tiger affiche ; the list published of graduates


Note hu 3 , but
obtain degrees as licentiates or doctors.
3
before pang .

Dragon and

A family

hu* k'ou3

population

lit.,

who
fc

the mouths in a house.

huu, flowers.

^2

^
B&

|^

Jjl

hua 1

ts'ao

ni-

hua

Bit

'"* a3 1*1*

shuo 1 hita*

jig-

Flowers and grass, or herbs

The mud
4

3^

huai hsuing
\

ru/f?

huwi*

vegetation.

slippery.

To speak

ill of a person behind his back, whether your censure be


merited or not.

To speak

104. iff huai, to injure seriously

is

to talk.

to destroy.

To think

To

spoil,

to cherish a thought.

be spoiled, more or

less

said of things.

TZO ERH

440

105.

/.mi,), to

$(

COI.LOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

exchange.

........ To
.......
Ai .......
Man
....... To

Auon hif

Jg
$t

$5
106.

/'

ft"

jfc

Anon1

li,,i-

k"' 1

<a '

.......
......
huang
.......
huang

fa

yi'

1
fa huang Iwm*

j|

}5& I

eh'ing

2
JS^L

107.

[fil Inii,

s'Vi,

[tjj

/mi-

108. "M.

|g
ffi

Pg

ft 2
jjji

fg.

&T

huang*

//

^j

J|[

jjL

hui

Itou*

I,

a,

110. ^C/M-<>,

zeal, industry.

<^

'rh

.....

disorder

e.g.,

by a bad

that occasioned

year,

by brigandage,

etc.

Green and yellow

To

said of ripening

com.

tell lies.

flash

its

duration,

hou*

/wan 4

hn,t*

= a moment.

Note the two forms of

hui.

repent,

Dark, as a cloudy day; obscure, of a man's meaning.

The

spirit of

man

after death.

stupidly honest; that will not see another's faults; not used

Lit.,

bad

in a

sense.

In great confusion; of things tumbled together; also,


state of a country.

fig.

of the

red

.......
........
AM?^ .......
.......

>""i<l

'''''i

/(*

fc'<w

To heat

before the

Hi*

Red and

hung*

To smelt

IIHIIIJ-

/i',

........
.......
........
.......

fam'

go back.

To

fire.

green, as trees in blossom

lii,*

also read lu*.

deceive.
quicksilver.

tire.

~F

'IM

* <OM3

s/iHt

/u(o

'2

.....

........
.......

An

indentation on the body, as a harelip


opening at the end of a seam.

Dead

en-

alive;

hut>*

........

a gap in a wall

live or not [one

whether he will

cannot

an

tell].

\Vatcr and tire; a poor man fcas thesethese and nothing beside;
they are said to be wu* eh'ing', unnatural, unreasonable, in
cases

JJ

also, of the involution

mingled in confusion.

s
>
J^|wft &0

ring on ring.

Bribes.

an*

Kjt

hni* lu*

n</,

^^

q.d.,

Lime.

ch'ii*

fairf*

$& $;

&E

change.

Wild

.......
....... To
........ To
........

fan 1

/""'<', /''"',

109.

$t

jiff

of circles in a pattern

to turn back.

-fl

to delight in.

lt?l<7, J'ellow.

^Sf

Slackened, as

^ ^

rejoice

Several rounds [of musketry or artiUery]

"' l3 1

;i

[fiUAN-HUO.]

iif

flood or fire; q.d.,

Note s/mi 3 changes


Merchandise.

they make no distinction of persons.

to shiii

before

huo 3

PART vn.

[HSI-HSING.]

111.

Itsi,

]f[

fg

|f
Jffi

^|f Hfc

ffl $fl

112.

JJ

113.

SI

lB

,g,
~Jj

/J"

hsi 1

lung

hsi s

To

ts

'

huan 1

ul hsi*

jg
|nj

Jjl

fc
'fjfe

hsia 1

tzV,

2/"

the quality of anything coarse or

fine.

hsiang
ssti

fan9

in the direction

ch'ou*

hsi*

personally addressed as hsien-sheng.

of.

Fragrance and stench.

Minutely; detailedly.

man

Spring and summer.

hsiang

blind

Cloud and mist

ch'un 1 hsia*

Mm
'

$5

hsiang

To think

Direction taken or to be taken.

hsiang*

4fc

fan2

bethink you

To diminish

Great and small ; the

To chat and

hsiieh

A trifle

wei 1

hsieh
'fiJL

hsieh2

ifil

,!, hsieh*

size of.

laugh.

en

in a small degree.

Boots and shoes

^%2 hswh3

W.

fall off.

little of.

few;
1

to

An apprentice.

hsiao*

HJ

^t

chien 3

a()1

hsiao 2 t'u?

3
]\ ta* hsiao

$ft f

To bleed

commonly written

^.

bleeding.

To thank

hsieh,

for favour

shown.

hsien, before, in time.

^^

hsien 1 hou*

j^ 1^

ch'ing

^L Kt WR ^
|$j|

Before and

hsim2

hsien

hsien* ch'i

)jji

>|)J

fit;

hsin

^
^

[gi

J^

Jjl

^J ^g

hsi

To ask

A note

shu 1 hsin*

name

su*

The

wei 2

Conduct;

shui* hsing 3
2

hsing*

ming

a limited period.

of the heart or

mind

its character,

and give nothing in

morally.

return.

letter.

surname.

hsing

for a thing

hsing

etc.

the mind.
The nature

tung

hsing, family

fj

also,

hsin 1 hsing*
z

Dangerous.

fljj

Ifi III

Tranquil

after.

undisturbed by cares, noise,

A given date

117. 'C> hsin, the heart

(to guests).

to be pleased with.

Coarse and fine

^a

Jisieh,

&

118.

like

a thing.

summer.

'

116.

dinner

hsiao, small.

f@

115.

East and west

chiu 3 hsi 2

ksiang, towards

IB]

^j.

114.

west.

hsia,

PH -^

441

THE TONE EXERCISES.

stars

lit.,

star-constellation.

actions.

Asleep or awake

to

wake

up.

Surname and name.

56

TZU ERH CHI.

442

119.

[HSIO-I.]

hsio, to learn.

y
120.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

&

flSJ

mn4

A*to*

Acquired knowledge ; learning ; Kt, learning and asking.

hsiu, to repair

U3

^ttt

to prepare.

To put

'**

in order,

***'"*

Rotten.

k*u*

Collar and

cuff,

e.g.,

mechanism, roads,

or sleeve

also, fig. for

etc.

the best hand, the managing

man.

121.

Jt

lixiung, elder brother.

5t

ffo

htiung

t4

Elders and juniors in a family.

JaJ

122.

^K

J||
1

A. * rt,

ion hiiung*

jn*

jjjb

htif fit*

Jg |

hiii

Must

chteA 1

a bear said to resemble a dog.

sure to.

is

To take time

tati8

yti?

fjK

necessary; must.

>$

A dog-bear

in devising

to deliberate.

To promise.
In

ftiii*

connexion with or continuation of the foregoing

lit.,

receiving,

taking up, and continuing.

123.

Pa

the uproar of a crowd.

hoii'tn,

Pf PH

hsiian 1 jang3

Clamour of many

jg| Jj^

Auan2

To be suspended

ilia*

JH

chien* hiiian*

jSg

hou* hsiian*

124.

It

ffl;

nii eh,

gj

To

[Of

voices.

as a hanging lamp, a sign-board.

Note chien 3 changes

select [officials for promotion].


officials]

to chien'.

awaiting selection.

snow.
1

/wwe/i

/wiA.2

See under 115, hsieh*.

Boots and shoes.

In anatomy, the space between the joints ; the points at which, in


acupuncture, the needle is introduced; applied in geomancy

jSj jj^ hiiieh? too*

to the features of ground.


3

J5

-B|. !/

ft

faAs
1

ttuan hsileh*

Rain and snow.

Note

To

mine ; of wild

excavate, as a

yii

changes to

yii*.

beasts, to dig a

den to

lie in.

125. 5^1 Imun, to go rounds.

3E

jf

)55 3tl

hsiin1 chtng 1

w " rv2 c^ <a2


2

tH

2/raj

Of steamy vapour

To go

'

A military post

hsiin*

(after rain, off

fen, etc.).

rounds, as a watch, a cruiser, etc.

lit.,

collectively, the military in a particular locality

battalions, or cantonments

and minor

stations.

126. ffi har&o (also, as in 119, hsio; also, hsriieh), to learn.

||
127.

i,

thtng

A pupil

a student.

yi, clothes.

^^
|H
j|

hsiio

ehang

to*

pa

Clothes in general; originally,


the lower.

tail

of beasts,

3}

un? **
t V

of the upper clothing, skting, of

S" The Numeratives," Part

One.

The

i,

Easy

yung

fish, etc.

also read jung.

Note

III, p. 4.

i 3 properly

wei 3

PART

[jAN-JU.]
128.

THE TONE EXERCISES.

VII.

443

Jan, to dye.

t*? Jan

Is

thus or not

it

Whether

? also,

it

be so or not

[is

uncertain].

ffi

129.

%i chan jan?

Thoroughly saturated with


fig. of vicious habits.

Jung, to talk too loud

Vjj^

jang jang

? Jan9

ill

an
Ril J

To blab

The

tztt

f ncto*

To

ch'ien 1 jang*

it | jo

quarrel

$1

13-

(act.

and juice ;

also,

the works of a

etc.

have altercation with a

to

man

man

to

make a

row, as

or many.

decline anything offered one ; to decline


praise as unworthy of

it.

and neut).

Affluence

yii*

^ wefijao

To

wind round

130. i|| jao, to

but also

to let out secrets.

inside of a melon, pulp, seeds,

one

IS 91

literally,

to be noisy.

watch,

OH

deep dyed in ; used

chit

joo

plenty to eat and more.

lit.,

To enwreath;

to

wrap round;

also,. fig. of

a siege.

TO deprive of the power of movement by tying


Of. complication

also, fig.

of affairs

hand-tied.

131. f^$ je, jo, hot.


shih

ft? 3Jf je
tft

132.

Hk

yV j<?n,
A. fy

Cold and hot ; cold and heat

ling* je,*

wu*

Jen

(se

Men and

jen

jen

135.

7J$

136.

n J^

%jo,

|>jj

"

Responsibility

$H

To

fling

lit.,

away as

jung

also read yung.

the blame-bearing, the blame-trust.

useless

jeng also read

j%' in other combinations.

the day.

Sun and moon

If

also,

days and months.

jou

lj$.

fg kang jtm
$jj

faf

it

be argued ; also,
with reference to.

one

if

is

speaking of a subject, as regards,

flesh.

i*

tolerant

y^ e^

meat

65

137.

other created things; also, a


"man," in a good sense.

if.

jou,

(flj

See Part III, 227.

temperature.

throw from one.

jih, the sun

fj

all

Forbearing

\n SlJe? A'*

133. 3/y j stiff, to

134.

or provoke trouble.

man.

if t& Jung

Hf

TO make

ti

i*

sMng

1
.

There was a sudden whir, or any like


sound, not loud; jou,
properly, to rub between the hands.

Hard and

soft

Bone and flesh;

jo

morally, firm and yielding.


also, fig. of

near relationship, but then ku*.

ju, if; like as; also, in accordance with.

1
1
iD US JM ^J^

gg

ch'iang ju

Of management
3

To

of private affairs, satisfactory

also, of health,

good.

on a buyer ; to force one's things into a house to


an object into a hole that is too small for it. Note
3
3
ch'iang becomes ch'iang* before ju

force wares

force

Pa

c 't<u

3U

To go out and come

in

hence, expenditure and revenue

judicial sentences, ch'u, lenient, JM, severe.

also, in

444

ERH

Tztr

138.

jiiAin, soft.

H jua

|3g

139. 3S|

./"*.

........

jo

blessings
^ 1lal J'" 3

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

Soft and weakly

iS

^ /wtan^jui

feeble.

prosperity.

........ ^
.......

<$5

[JUAN-KANG.]

stamens an(*

Prosperous condition,

a flower.

pistil

of a State.

sc.,

140. fUj jwi, moistened.

JH j$ jun
141.

........

fe

j"-.7, anciently, the


2

31 91 jut?

2
|| ig j""? moo
3

142.

Brilliant,

corttge, etc.

of virtue, ability, etc.

Down

tee" also tst*.

as distinguished

etc.,

.., as

damp;

of birds' feathers

from that of

trees.

oftener used of externals, but also

4
4
yao also read yo

the shorter hair of camels, etc.

ka, the ca in cachinnation.

tijfc.

<L

H5 6$

ff

"5 ^i a3

P$

^?

$t
143. ~fc

soft, slightly

beauty of flowers, plants,

.......
.......

yoo*

[Of weather]

/.'",

-Jf

'

l8fc

|^

k1 J^"4

k" 1 k* 1

>r

2
^"a3 ***
***

S^

^5

ch'ia,

e** 1 ***

**

te"4

A roar of laughter.
^

P^ ay a *

>

fco-VA is a

cross-grained fellow

-A-

'

rfc

kaU

wooden

ball struck

not sympathetic

with a

stick.

a strong term of abuse.

Cry

of a hen laying.

An

inland Customs station or frontier guard house; also read

a post in a pass.

........

i'a 1

...

......
......

ittre

ch'ia? or k'a?.

144. ifc

/'"',

|g -^
jjjr

{g|

^t HE
145.

to change.
foti

^
itt

fc

t oi3

fcan, to see

JJ 0J

pfjlj

....... To
........ To
....... To

(Aien*

hard
1

^J

PH

W ^ k""?

ianjc

''

hardness

te'ai

Pjlj

i iS ?
g^

probably.

sc.,

a gate, a shop,

u3

Note

etc.
3

fc'ams

nearly k'ang' before

fc'ai

3
.

bitter.

go after; to pursue.

to look at.

tao 1 i'are3

/atJi'/,

good or eviL

AbiUties.

fare1 shou3

^ ^ fan*
148.

or closed

Sweet and

cAui few3

3f 3p

generally

Liberal; large-hearted.

........
........ To
........

k'u3

ts'af kan*

'

g-

147.

laws, fashions, etc., for

open.

146. "fr han, sweet.

j|J

sc.,

general outline

........ Open
.......
V

^ ten
H
^^

rightly to be.

change,

i'ai 1 i>i4
'

t$

yiew*

^i*

k'ai, to

p)

Ought

farej

3
fait
'

........
........ To
........ A

Cat- kang4

***

rA

strike with a sword.


see.

also, firm.

.......

fcl7lS|2

^V

keep guard over.

.....
.....

.......

Just

now ; just then. It is thought by some that this character


corruptly used for Jj$ (chiang').

Only just;

exactly.

A rise in the level of ground.


To

is

Note

S'w 3

becomes

t'

carry a bier ; vulgarly, to dispute, to argue angrily.

before kang 3 .

THE TONE EXERCISES.

PART vn.

[K'ANG-K'ENG.]

445

149. ffi k'ang, a stove-bed.


jjjg

1
k'ang chien*

Jl

h' an 9

]H

''a*

At

ease in

To

carry, as luggage on the shoulder, k'ang ; with poles between

3
3
k'ang k'ai

>)|J

huo 3

jfc

?U Q kao

ti

two

See under 145.

The stove-bed of brick used

k'ang*

150. "tf kao, to tell

in vigorous health.

t'ai; or, generally, of porterage.

men,
|||| fjlj

mind and

in the north of China.

to.

High and low

the height of

also, of persons, difference

of degree

or ability.

^ Kl kao
^f
151.

3
4

^a

alf

J|

To inform

fat3

k'ao

"H"

Official

****

The

k'ao 3 ch'a?

IS ft ^

papers

the correspondence, archives, of an

to tell to

su alone

is,

'

'c

etc.

os coxendicis.

To examine

office.

properly, to complain.

examine, as candidates for degree, for employment in clerkships,

k'ao, to

3?

an1

To depend

to search.

on a friend, or a subordinate on a superior

on, as a friend

authority.

152. $)} kei, properly chi, to give


1$. J$t

153.

To

properly

5^lJ k'ei,

$B

hence, to and for.

San(f faP

k'ei

$\\ $$[

154.

sou

k'e,

to engrave

issue, as grain,

clothes, etc., to the poor,

money,

only pronounced as here in

To annoy

pay

to troops, etc.

k'ei sou.

to act vexatiously to.

ken, root.
ken 1 pen3

jjg 2jC

The very beginning, fans

man

et

origo ; the cradle of a race

the origin of a case


tree below, pen, above, the soil.
of a

lU

1
2
PJJ tou ken

J^ ^j

ken* kua*

The "chaff"

of mountebanks, strolling story-tellers, etc.

The symbol

or diagram

Mn ;

the family

ken, properly, the root of a

the seventh of the

pa

kua, eight dia-

grams, which may be called the categorical indices of Chinese

philosophy

155.

"|=f

wish

k'en, to

1=f

^P

"If

k'en

ken, generally indicative of immobility

stable.

to choose.

3
pu* k'en

Will you

? lit.,

will

you or won't you? but, in

effect,

not so

strong.
Jjl -^p

156.

J5

keng,

||f

JE

H
157.

Jtfl]

jj

ill

more

keng

~P

ta

JJ keng

k'eng, a

$j

3
Jcai
4

to

bundle of anything that one requires both hands to

to change.

^"S"

To change
3

fe

Aoy

hollow

3
k'eng k'an
1

J/L

i 2 k'en* tzti

More
;

a ditch

to alter.

raised footpath left


;

by the

side of a

a greater number or quantity.

pit.

A dip in a road.

field.

encircle.

440

158.

ERH

TZtT

%r

each

ko, kt,

[KO-KUA.]

every.

.........
^frlfoyinfko- ........
ff ff

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

lo to 1
l

Elder brother.

an appearance ; ko, here in the


a
Copy-slips: ying, shadow; hence,
sense of lines laid down for guidance. The Chinese copy-slip
is in columns of characters separated by lines, and the student
traces the characters through a sheet of paper laid over the
copy-slip.

159.

&

&

f@

Pf

/,"<>,

&

1 *

r/ii

ko 4

<*"*

**

>rh

to be able

what the termination bUis


{*

14

|jf
|gf

flR ?
[

Cot?

shut 4

i'o

fc'o'

^i

?g pin

k'o

1
Ig ion

>J,

JpJ

cA'ii

52,

Jff J$J

Jg,

161-

chu lou

tsu 2 kou.4

PP

jjj|

t'ou 4 t'ou 2

162. ~$j ku, ancient.

^.
g-

jg

jjjj

[B]

ku 1

liao*

lu

^ iu

jlj

163.

t'ou

how many ?

chin1

Mm,1

nod with

sleep.

and

thirst.

ei

1
.

........
........

kou, large and artificial


the drains of a city.

Ditches

You young dog

(To a child)

ch'ii,

small waterways

-^ Vu

ku 4

k'u3

tea

164. JER k\ui, gourd.


JK.

fc'"*

tol tu<l3

generally,

(not abusive).

Pigs and dogs, said of dirty people

also,

M.=domestic animals

in

general
Sufficient.

'*a

.....

To work

........
........ To

through with the

a hole

finger.

Note

^w3

liao

enclitic,

lo*.

nearly

Altercation.

........ To
........ A
........
........

knock the head on the ground

estimate, as cost,

bone

amount of

to kotow.

materials.

Observe ku, properly ku 3

one's bones.

4
3
properly t'ou here t'ow

Ancient and modern

in past times

and at present.

Stable, sound, strong, as a city wall, a ship, etc.

........
........

Sweet and

bitter

also, fig. of one's lot in life.

Trowsers.

........
........ Many
....... To

iwa 4

k'u, bitter.

^ ^ <-wn

much

with adjectives and in attributive constructions,

in Latin.

........

k<oul P' 4

t'ou 3 she 2

mouth.

k'ou, the

fll fiS

a certain number

........ To
........ To
........ Hunger
........ A

Asioo 8 iou2 V/i

f}^|

Some

guest.

160. :$} /-OH, a dog.


J5|

is

oneself.

kotow.

S
*'

-By

........

be right

to

k'e,

Gourds and

fruit

and few

collective of such productions.

how many ?

the

number

suspend, be suspended, in space.

of.

here ku'

t'ou

PART vn.

[K'UA-K'UEI.]

THE TONE EXERCISES.

447

165. i^jF k'ua, to bestride.

166.

Hf

1
1
3JJ k'ua chiang

To

3
~P k'ua

tzfl,

$|

jig

ma?

To

k'ua*

kuai, singular

*n

5H kuai chang

3J

strange

Note ch'iang' properly ch'iang 3

praise, oneself or another.

person remarkable for country accent, unfashionable dress,

same

ride with both legs on the

etc.

side.

monstrous.

Of

own

a person with ways of his

one who does not get on well

with others.
ktiai 3 p'ien*

IS

To do one out

of anything

to beguile (as kidnappers) children,

slaves, etc.

U
167.

*fcfe

k'uai*

kuan, an

jlj

^
^a

kuan
2

to"

'fll

man*

li

Jfs
Jj=|

kuan*
;

J|

is elliptical.

Note that k'uai, properly k'uai 3 , becomes


and that the second yang is atonic.

Quick and slow ; the speed

of.

An

the same thing as kuan.

official

To manage

yuan meaning

to take care of.

practised in

Larger and smaller items

Note kuan 3 becomes kuan'

to be expert at

Wide and narrow

K yu

before

li

3
.

to be well used to.

the breadth
;

of.

expenditure.

brightness.

ta*

kuang*

Bright; intelligent.
Extensive.

To

stroll

to exercise

to travel, as a tourist.

k'uang, moreover.
1

To humbug

Arrogant and wrong-doing; said of persons in high

k'uang p'ien*

|i |jj

6:

IS k'uang wang*

J51

3
k'uang* ch'ieh

jJjIi

scratch an itching.
k'uai' before yang 3 ,

k'uan 3 hsiang*

kuang

~fc

j$i|

172.

The sentence

roomy.

HJ kuang ming

5ft

To

To be

$L

wonder

k'uan 1 chafi

170. 5fe kuang, lustre

171.

No

official.

k'uan, wide

....

kuan1 yuan2

fjH jB|

169.

k'wai2 yang3 yang

^H
*jji

strange

k'uai, quick.

tH i8

168.

Not

Jj| fatai* too*

II

to cheat

to swindle.
station.

Moreover ; in addition.

kuei, a pair of compasses.

^ ^g

kuei 1 chii*
3

kuei cha*

|d f
^fj

^ fu*

Proper custom or conduct;


Artful

Rich

kuei*

lit.,

compasses and rule, but then

chii

3
.

deceitful.

lit.,

rich

and honourable.

173. t%, k'uei, to be ashamed.

jg

H fa

k'uei1 ch'ien*
-

k'uefi

k'uei

hua 1
lei

To be
The

in debt.

sunflower.

marionette

lei 3 ,

ts'an* k'uei*

Shame.

lit.,

an ugly doll.

Note k'uei3 becomes

k'vti* before

TZU ERH CHI.

448

174.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

[KUEN-LAN.]

/!<', kun, a staff

$d

ffl

1
SS /a" iufo*

81 ~f %$

Topsy-turvy, like things in a pot of boiling water.

kitln* tot jxiJi^'

~fr

fcsS

175. @ij /,"'(), k'un, one of the eight


jty

jfj[

[je]

[S3

A-'id'/i

km.

Sticks and staves, such as children might use in play, or ruffians


in a foxy.

See under 154,

Mi.

Earth, or terrestrial matter ; the female principle, as distinct from


the male,

i'u&i8

'"

/<>

Whatever belongs

woman; used

to

often like our phrase the

SK;

also, as feminineness.

;.
176.

H/

H. kung,

Vufa*

Tired and sleepy.

labour.
1

Labour

,1 3$ kung fn
3
IS c^" kung

'

JH dt

kung

t'ung

also,

the time

it

occupies ; hence, leisure.

Gold mines.

The whole of any thing or number.

177. -?L k'ung, hollow.

^ ^ k'ung

^ JL
g3
178.

5;2

Cleaned out; empty.

k'ung

hsuti2 k'ung*

The

cavities of the face, eyes, ears, nostrils, etc.

With nothing

to

do ;

the face generally.

leisure.

kuo, fruit.

^:

'1

k^" 1

-A-

chia 1

The State

H ^

J:no-

gjj.

chith- kuc?

j&

k Ho 4

c/i'

pan

The

to

cook rice
;

fruit is

To pass

lit.,

in.

State-femily.

formed;

also, fig.

of a result; also, ne plus ultra.

by.

k'uo, wide.

^ Wln 1

E^

5
180.

hsii,

"'<.'*

IS $k /rt

179.

fe

/",

'

Extensive

e.g.,

as a country.

draw; to drag.

to

}lt

k'uo*

'"-

1
(

'''^

To

sc., a person
also, fig., to implicate
ship of someone with one's relation;

drag,

also, of
q.d.,

the relation-

such a person

dragged into relationship.


t'a*

l'-i-

Slovenly in dress

in business, the opposite of


ffi

prompt, decided.

A trumpet.

?pa}
cAu2

te 4

181.

$J

5J5

$
182.

$$

'f""

rft'ii

"
!

18

wax

candle

but used of

all candles.

come.

lai, to

Properly, a

'"'

To come and
To

go.

rely on.

^, idle.
J M sau
i
1
||C<m Zin
1

Jfc

tS If

"

JKW!'-

:1

'<>

Dawdling;

itfc,

of hair dishevelled.

Covetous.

Idle.

Properly, bright, as fire-light; variegated in colour.

(W

lo

),

PART vn.

[LANG-LIANG.]
183.

THE TONE EXERCISES.

lang, a wave.

JpJ.

^
3H

ffifi

ping lang
ling*

J$

The

hu3

betel or areca nut.

Wolves and

%M

fo'*' 1 ?

lanf

jg ^o fcmj

jjfc

Bright

tigers

atonic

is

184.

449

when

unblemished

fig.

of ravenous appetite or gluttony,

ku

also, fig. of temerity.

as fine jeweller's work.

e.g.,

Waves.

too, old.
i

ta? ^a

To

fish up, or try to fish up,

out of water, whether person or thing,

visible or invisible.

^^

185.

lac? k'u 3

3?

ijj lao

ijL

Fatigue, bodily rather than mental.

Old and young.

yu*
lao 4

han 4

Drought and inundation.

(also lei, see

If'

1||j

under

186), originally, a bit

it

has other meanings, but

is

not used

colloquially except in combination with a verb, as here.


3Hf

?t

'6

so 3

To "squeeze;"

^m&wm^U
186.

jf? 161, lei, to

j||fr

^E
r

187.

jg

|J

Tfr

i^

*&

lei

fci

'e *

rejoice, to

To

strangle.

make merry,

Thunder and

Time

tz'a*

sw2

To

to extort anything

from

U' more commonly U'.

as a large party together.

to embarrass.

fiere

hi 3
'

entangle

ssil

lightning.

after time.

One's relatives

q.d.,

the whole tribe.

le"g, cold.

^^

2
chio 4

leng

edge and corner ;

J/it.,

of
tfi

?jf

^, ^ n f 3*
t

fal

Cold and hot

To be absent

ting*

fig. for

extremity,

q.d.,

nothing to lay hold

3
chio also chiao .
;

temperature.
to stare idiot-like

to be taken aback.

188. OJL H, to stand upright.

^L

3^|

ft (P/^*

189.

jjj*

${

-f[_

fiff I'm,

chan 4

li

^ aS

Politeness

To stand

Two

sal

properly IV.

members

of a family dispersed.

manners.

up, as persons.

or three.

the Chinese ounce.

jjt

?S

^ Hang

Jj-

thong Hang

yiian

To

consult together.

Cool and hot.

jo

chin1 liang3
2

|^

vulgar for Hang, two.

P^ Hang,

jjijf

Separated, as

'*'

4
3
|^ U mao

1f

190.

Glass

Catties
4

Imng

and ounces.

To pardon.

57

450

191.

TZtT

H<n>, to

"]f

~p 0j

$
192.

JJ5J-

Zioo

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

[LIAO-LO.]

end; to complete.

wit 2

Jpp

|jft

ERH

f ioo

's'at

tuan

liao4

without resource.

In despair

To decide

definitely, as

it(.,

Materials;

e.y.,

a case in court

the decision of a case.

building materials.

WeA, arrayed in order.


4

JH

An

lieh 1

PJJ ;*

about
j}|j

Vj\

hsia 1 lieh* lieh2

ffl

common

interjection,

Whining

of small children

phasise the
DJJ Dj|

tsui

pai

To

lieh*

all

grown-up people, maudlin, as of the


N.B. Emalso, to talk nonsense.

first lieh.

To draw down the


contempt or

fj^ JlJ

in

man

speech of a drunken

lidi

end of a sentence, = that's

at the

it.

corners of the

Note

hostility.

array at given distances

e.g.,

mouth

in a

way

indicative of

lieh nearly lieh 3 .

a rank of

soldiers.

193. all lien, to unite.

^ Jl Hen
^

194.

hri*

To

linl fel

3fc

dm4

J|J

ft 3~

II fanf

to couple.

face.

practise; practised in.

a forest; a grove.

& fe

lin 2

*'* 3 lai z

Began

to drizzle.

A forest.

tzti,

Tne cross-beams

lin3

tsu 1 lin*

To

hire [a

of a roof.

room or

house].

ling, additional.

-jft

^$

4
ling- *ui

SI

flS ''"y

fft

%\> ling*

196. 5^-

hsiu 4

Fragments

mou2

ij$.

odds and ends.

See under 120, hnv.

wai*

Separately; additionally.

to lay out ground,

lio, originally,

197.

H^

Ifl.

195.

To compassionate.

The

lien,

$fc

mien*

lien

lin,

coupled

Jg jg

^C

United

shcmg

ht it*

lien

<(J|

iio*

e.g.,

in fields.

See luek (202), luo (204).

Strategical combinations

plan of a campaign.

Hu, to detain; to keep.

^ief

jg

^J"

J|

/in 1 to
s/wit

To

liu2

stroll

To take

to atonic.

in,

to give hospitality to, a person for a certain

of time.

HI

$fl

-fc

198.

?o,

3%
5$

S
yanf KM

The willow.

tvu 3 liu4

Five or

a mule.

^
,B|

tt
/o

|$ I*'"'
ft

six.

|g

/'<'

-f"

^"'-i

Co 2

*' i3

<

^u

I*..'.

To tuck up the
Mules and

horses.

Stark naked.

camel.

sleeves.

length

199.

lou,

|j[

Ill

HI

spirit or

mean, in

&

^H
}fj

THE TONE EXERCISES.

PART vn.

[LOU-LUN.]

'"

=8;

shany

appearance

451

used only in combination.

To hold up the

skirts of one's long dress.

lou* fang*

A house with an

chiu 3 low 3

Wine

baskets

upper story.

large wicker bottles lined with oiled paper.

Note

chiu 3 does not here become chiu'.


ia'|>

200. |fl

PjS

1*

JH ,^

fjjj

201.

$H

fife

202. @

lii

?fc hi

$9)

Several times

H*

Statutes and minor enactments.

HH

Han* or

See

liio.

hard

lu,

etc.

cling affectionately to family,

to say

From

when

home,

this character

is

friends, etc.

pronounced

lileh

and

from indifference

carelessness,

....

whirl round.

shih

Whirling madly round,

Soaked with

tztt

See

lio (196)

and lueh

ta* liio*

fc %$

Djjjj

It is

lueh*

z
liiri

liin

205.

lio (196).

1
ffi huen* lun

$; g|

&

To

liien*

repeatedly.

luo.

liln, to

-jfflj

JH

204.

tz'it*

wtn, aS'ection for one's family, birthplace,

mi hu

Asses and horses.

Hi*

when

203.

Mean-spirited; vulgar-minded; ungentlemanlike in conduct.

ma3

lueh.

u*

a statute.

lil,

sc.,

staff or the like.

See under 194, lin.

rain.

word meaning a

characterless

weal.

(202).
General outline.

a road.

5U

^t1 lu1

bunch of grapes,

cash, fish, etc.

a sound like turrh, of

common

occurrence in Mongolian; hence, applied to thick guttural


speech of any man.

j^

2
'$_ lu tsao*

jjjti

fH

jjj|

$f! j|l

fire.

The

too 4 lu*

Roads and ways.

hum, confused;

206. ff[

kitchen

ch'uan 2 lus

commonly

called a

"
yuloh."

disorderly.

Of things jumbled

luan*

tsa?

stern paddle of a junk,

together.

207. Jim lun, to speak of; to discuss a matter.

S? t&
TliB
I

'

ch'e

lun 2

2
3
^] KU hu lun

M.

$fc urn

lun*

The wheel of a

cart.

gross, without distinction of quality


fruit whole ; commonly hu" lun.

In the

Not

to speak of

of bolting

down

= setting apart something already spoken of.

452

208.

TZtt

HO

ERH

CHI.

-COLLOQUIAL

H J&

$]

3
lung* hu* pang

ffi

'""0

'

hu 4 lung* chip

J|j

.....

........

:!

3b 58

.....

hole.

The published
The

4H

'1

mal

*^ 1

7JC

>Bj

^C wa3

^J"

ma mu
2

to

!j|

-iva

nearly wo?.

Of any thing

or affair

managed
;

which seems

as to be worthless

chit,

all right,
:

but has been so made

hu' lung, to take in by words

properly, a chess-board.

........ Daddy
........
........ A
........

and mammy.

Nunib, as a foot asleep, a paralytic limb.

ntanl

mo. 4

saddle.

Blows and curses

....... To
....... To buy
........

2
Jf (san^ mat

J|

1
5| sAou

li

Treat

abuse.

man,

slow.

7Jwin

J/

"3 TOan2

?^ /t?>1 ? man3

$t

man*

hurried

ft mang,

4jr

.......
.......
.......
.......

han 1

k'uai*

fc

1
$i P a ^ man9 mang

^^

chi z

mang

lii?

....

.......
.......

mang*
3

Dilatory

(chien chiieh), to decide promptly,

Close, as the opposite of talkative, outspoken.

Abundant,

sc.,

as a dinner

Quick and slow

The

the speed

feng

teu, plentiful, as

a year.

of.

brightness of a large sheet of water.

Lesson XCI, Note

Haste (not hurry)

own

hao hao, Part V,

without loss of time.


;

applied

by an ancient philosopher

carelessness as a farmer.

mang

Cf.

4.

In a rough-and-tumble style
before

Observe lu 3 nearly lu 2

3
.

hair.

........
ffl^yifmcup ........
moo
......
mao .......
ma

fc>*

f$i

?(JI

J)|]

^|J

40

$fa haiang*

k't*

214. =%; mei, beautiful (of

<nt* fan*

=3t

^,

""

St

B^C

''"

j^

$k

the opposite of f

summarily.

to his

% mno,

se^ or ex P ose to sa^ e -

hasty.
l

}?:

things brought to one for sale.

For sa^ e

W
&

bury.

ma **

fal

IS iS

213.

Note

niai, to buy.

JH

$jfj

212.

or placard, of

run, the horse.

iBj)

roll,

tigers.

or furrows between the tiles of a roof.

lines

or deeds

211.

of passed graduates ; lit, the


3
See note on hu (102).

list

dragons and

or

210.

[LUNG-MEL ]

lung, the dragon.

209.

SERIES.

'''

mM>t
n!***

'

Cats and dogs


Feathers

The

lit.,

in such phrases as

feathers

and

what a noise they make,

etc.

hair.

fourth of the 12 two-hour periods of the Chinese day; say,


5 to 7 A.M.

Appearance of the face ; the countenance.

woman's beauty).

........
...... Handsome
........

Coal and charcoal.


countenance (of a woman).

Stupid ; used of one's own humble opinion.

PART

[MEN-MIU.]

THE TONE

vii.

453

i:\i:i;cisr.s.
i

215.

HH
PJ m&n, a gate
.tint

V^A

a door.

........
....... The

ff

Groping, as in the dark: men, to press the hand on; sun, to mem-

men* shan*

JJ!

it,

smoothing or patting the

object.

leaf of a door.

Sad:

i/u,

grief ; roe,joylcssness.

216. i|r meto<7, a dream.

HT
*

.te/i,

gg

2/

" 1? 3

Uao

ch'ii

.....

mV .......
....... Ardour
....... To

m^W3
"?

/?

B* 01 5B m*
wn fcM
$

^W
\if

^
218.

"|^f

7
1

yew

.....

EyeS

fjji

>]\

lose>

hsiao

^ miao*

yil

as

we

who has

say, bread.

word or deed

of cats.

The young blade of corn.


Small; of insignificant dimension; used contemptuously or not.
Observe miao 3 nearly miao' before hsiao 3
.

Temples

in general

1
;

yii

properly

yil

mich, to extinguish.

$JJX

iao*

>AC

.......

The baa-ing of sheep.

To extinguish a

light or a

fire.

220. jlj mien, the face.

II 7

miera2

^7 mienS

It Hi fe
221.

^ miw,

hual
li

.......
........ To
....... The

Cotton.
exert oneself.

face.

the people, as distinct from the Government.

KA

TO "'

$|

lien*

'|f{j

min3

........
........ To

The people; one of the


feel pity

lien,

Ml

people, as distinct from the Bannern ten.

(see lien',

nnder 193)

is

to

222. ^f$ ming, a name.

223.

^4

>f4

^T hsing* ming*

fp

h-iing*

minf

.......
.......

Name
Life

and surname.
as in the phrase, cases of

life

and death,

etc.

miw, perverse.

g mm

pi

wang*

lost

etc.

........
.......
........

mioo 2

mmo

Note yung 3 nearly yung' before

nearly closed by nature.

1
"S $j IS "4 ""ao miao 1 it uwto 1 chiao* The mewing
2
IS" ^o

to man.

off.

in general

''"'S

1
4
g? cW mi

^
J$j

in fight, in
study, etc.

Blindness of a vicious mind; aU


abroad, as a person
his way.

*3

husk

miao, the young blade of corn,

"If

219.

J-EI

........
........ Food
........ c ^

dream.

217. 7(C mi, rice with the


1

^^

To mate away
to gwindle out of
To bind oneself by an oath, to Heaven or

.......

Atrocious and wrong;

e.g.,

aspirations or actions.

show

pity.

TZO ERH CHI.

4J4

mo

224. ?

tMC en d or

'

~^,

JjJL

"jjf
t

j@f

mo 1 pu 4

mo* ku

Jj;

in

pft

^ mu,

jn

227.

to find or discover (mo', to grope for).

beginning to end (of a story).

lay plans, for good or for evil.

........
........
mu* ........

m " V "?4
4
m s
$}: /

3
pfc ts'ao

81

Jg

5|5

||

3$

>i<;

Plants and trees

'sai

cft^

VA. iui

l
.

Here

fco*

........ To
......... Which
.........

2
Atfc

Jj

j^f

f&

Og
g

^ na
z

(sai

mu'

alone,

a mould.

Note na, simply an

expletive.

thief.

Which?

one?

Note K 3

there.

also in

na 3

in li-t'ou; but in na'-li, there, nearly

na 3 -li, where?

na consequently remain-

the ktter

nan*

fit

nang

nang

tai*

4
'"w* 1 *

y*

........
........

Putting up with the fortunes of the hour.

The babbling of a person

Men and women

in

a dream.

politely said of persons of both sexes suffering

by any general calamity.


Calamity. Note nan, difficult, read nan'.

a purse.

........
........
*
^
* ......

T -~ 7} -f tMn
HI A ~f 1Mn^ P*

HI

Cow's milk,

man.

' 11

a bag

| nang,
Bgp

male

tlie

B6

........
........

nt*

not 4
fl|

fi

That place;

?t

)ii

JJ uon,

R3

milk.

-/!/.

i$. ffi

231.

or things

the vegetable kingdom.

in this place.

seize

ing

230.

men

Father and mother.

Zt 4 ;

229.

So-and-so.

Style, appearance, of

tsset-

f[U

JU J^ nt

$#

na, the demonstrative pronoun that.

2fl$
j(

228.

man

certain

tree.
2

fail

a plan.

........ To
........ A

mou

A mou

:*j

226.

f'

|j

To

blot out a character.

4
i

to plot;

wow,

225. |S

.....

mushroom.

:i

*'"'''

[MO-NAO.]

tip-

chao-

........ A
........ To
........ From

mo3

t'u-

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

liao

tao1

fafl

fe

To mumble

money bag

to talk indistinctly
or purse

To have run a knife

to babble, as a baby.

hung from the waist.

into [a man].

Note

liao enclitic.

Applied to the sound of a voice, a nasal twang, or voice impeded


by a cold.

nao, properly, noise of voices very commonly, to be angry also, of things that should
not happen, to happen; as we say, war, plague, or less matters, broke out.
;

nao 1 cho
""02 V>'
"oo"
4
jo nao
4

........
........
........
........

Fingering

fiddling with.

Cymbals, groat and small.


In great trouble.
Noisy, bustling, as a

fair,

street, etc.

232.

$|>

Wk

jjffc

|fl?

ts'av*

'

8!

Ill

3J|

g|

/i!

t'

|? jg

native and foreigner.

starvation).

the bones and flesh of a young child are nen.

tender, of meat,

young

plants.

Capacity

* rn

^n9*

Tne

5|!

H|

u3

ability.

roacls a* 6 sticky.

iwfc

Dirt, as on a travel-soiled dress, in

To suggest
2

ts'ang

To hide

ni*

mother

2/(6?i.

in the plural,

an unclean room,

etc.

to propose for, or after, deliberation.

(act.

and neut.) with

evil intent.

women.

niang

Daddy and mammy.


Brewing up, as

niang*

for

a storm

fermenting, as liquor.

niao, a bird.

,(|/

=ft

Iffi PJJ-

fi'Sf

ft W( H ^ a

|j

^
j|Jj

|p ip

niao 1 niao 1

sh

nieh

chiao* Cats' mewing.

Filth

To mould,
Loutish

tsui* nieh*

The

nien hua

to

3
g| nien

dung and

lit.,

nieh 2 tai 1

remember

2
if _J nien yiieh*
jjfc

urine.

fingers.

nung*

72

moo 1

Birds and beasts.

work with the

nien, to think of

ft?

ti

^*3 ^w104

w>/t, to

Jfi

i^

236. $J| niang, a

239.

young sprouts

Tough and

ning

tao

*v *
'

238.

inner and outer

ni, thou.

$B

237.

Cold and hunger (approaching

veng, to be able.

*E 51 $t
ftft

Within and without


3

nen*

lo-o*

%
235.

iiei

nen, tender, as meat,

3%
ftl>

nei* wai*

tung*

$j|

234.

455

pfy nei, inside.


f^J

233.

THE TONE EXERCISES.

PART vu.

[NEI-NING.]

to knead, as dough.

stupid in appearance.

retribution of sin done in a previous existence=ill-fortune.

also, to read.

To pick

flowers.

Years and months.

The

fei?

as clay

Nien-fei,

lit.

Filchers, a banditti

Shantung and Honan.


because followed by fei 3
of

who

infested

the borders

Observe the nien 3 nearly nien'

^
240.

To

the Buddhist priest his books.

recite, as

nin, in Peking a polite form of the second person.

^
241.

fli nien* sung*

nin 2 na*

The same

ji|

as nin.

written J|L, but being the second in


ning, tranquih'ty. This character was properly
MIEN NING, the name of the Emperor the style of whose reign was Tao Kuang, was
altered as the law requires.

^ an

3$) jj|

tt

ning

ning

ning*

is

also admissible.

In a state of peace.

Inwi*

on

The form below

To

spoil

by

A specious,

fiddling with or wrenching.


glib talker;

lit.,

an eloquent mouth, =a smooth tor

TZD ERH CHI.

4jG

242.

|H poo

Passionate and tyrannical

nio*

tyranny.

niu, the ox.

^-

IJj-

HiM 1 'rh

,Bj

$\

$$

One's

" "2

w^3

s
)iiu

fo

'

^JJ

244.

[NIO-OU.]

unnicaL

V
j

243.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

~%> i

Pu k *

move from one


"o ^

no, to

JJP
'{ft!

^
if

one's cattle.

k'ou-tzti,

are, strictly,

flat

buttons

niu-tzii, round.

There

no bringing him round or over.

is

place to another.

"

horses

Buttons of a Chinese dress

"*w4

2j

little girl.

Oxen and

To

shift one's residence

Imbecile

of

officials, to

misapply public money.

of no ability.

l-

245. fjf nou, to weed.


yjfy

246.

1
4
Mug 7wm

Jjp

^C MI

249. ^5t

^Ji

1^1

a slave
"

2
!

f'"

'

250.

$$

252.

/isi

A slave
To

tH

^ J*"

2
3

^ Cjm

also read

ch'dng) uneven.
etc.

nang

huo*.

See nen 4 under 233.

fp

(Of colours) deep and

faint.

To busy

MMV*

'*'

s/ioft

Mng1

o4

254. fpj on, n 'Jou, properly,

1 1 ft "'

'"

::

oneself about, as one's garden, etc.


to fiddle with.

To give an

also, to

meddle with,

o of assent.

Error, in reporting, copying, etc.

Virtue and vice

c'1 '*

the virtuous and the vicious.

an image; hence, of times concurring; accidentally.


To

beat.

Accidentally

?..\

H sK OM

to deceive [people].

JJ$

H^

Warm

tan4

nwngr

n, "'jo,

fffe

also, one's servants.

of liquids, thick; especially with reference to colours.

tig

See wen (233).

?oo 3 nwra4.

jf|

iK

one's slaves in general

exert oneself.

Temper /

2
3
ft nuan ho

wife.

women.

alone, not applied to

u4

"^ nung,

253. gft

when

/i'

nun.

fg

agricultural operations.

man and woman; husband and

i)(?i (also nan), warm, as weather, clothes, room,

t^
Bjj

251.

$*;fa""
^Sgt

weed

Male and female

ftti

S-

to

See uio (242).

niio.

'/iw,

and

See nio (242).

247. j|| vu'Wt.

till

woman.

^ ^ ruM*
248.

To

To provoke

q.d., it

man

causes] wrath.

occurred thus.

to anger

by

one's

words ;

lit.,

to spit [that

which

THE TONE EXERCISES.

PART vn.

[PA-PANG.]

457

255. |fg pa, to cause to cease.

A
$1
tC

JL

*'*

ffi
-j^p

c'i/"'

P"2

Eight or nine.

P al

To

2
P aS c&'ih

prefer, or give

a chance

To engross power,

to,

man

one

There

business.

before another.
is

another

expression for

usurpation of high authority.

liao

~f pa*

It is

ended ;

that

or,

is all

about

it.

256. ffi p'a, to fear.


!/\ 1* P' al hsia

}A
2?.

257.

P' a

To

fat "

To

'**

To

|Q k'ung p'a*

pni, to salute

jjif

M
^

pai

k'ai

1
3 hei

|J

ffi ?

258. fyt

hence, to

!6'

fear.

Black and white.

as an apple, etc.

See under 97.

See under 192.

To

to distribute; hence, very


'

go down on one's hands and knees.

to

imb U P a mast or P

To break open with the two hands,

pai* k'o*

?'***

visit.

lieh*

pat*

i>'<u,

t& ff

pai

crouch, as a dog

visit a

person

commonly,

the paying of

visits.

send on a mission or errand.

to

To tap with the hand, somewhat hard e.g., a box, to see whether it
is full or empty
a dress, to shake the dust out of it ta atonic.
A wooden board or tablet, such as is carried in processions.
;

7[C j{^

&

p'afi

US $&

^ P'^

hv? p'afi hsia

Popped himself down

said of an ill-bred person

who

takes a seat

uninvited.

^
259.

JSt

To send

fin p'ai*

in different directions

to apportion duties to different

persons.

pan, the

||

^
H3
)

lun

half.

pan

To

See pan, Part

serve in turn.

Small boards or pieces of wood

pan? p'ien*

III, 414.
;

e.g.,

the blocks cut for Chinese

printing.

cUnf pan*

The whole and the

half.

260. |/^ i>'<m, to look for anxiously.


^fjjj

3p

faio

p'an

(Modestly) I have the honour of his acquaintance p'an, in the


sense of drawing towards one, e.g., a branch one wants to
;

break

5=t

2
2
y'aw ch'a

To

|g p'an* wang*

kao p'an, I draw to

me

the lofty [branch].

guard at a gate, Customs barrier, etc.


a bowl, a bath, a receptacle. See Part III, Exercise
Obs.

gjj-

off:

search, as the

To look

p'an',

XV,

7,

4.

for; to

hope for;

sc.,

the coming of a person, a better state

of things, etc.

261. fg pung, to help.

%
$jfl

!fr

!$

P an 9

3
fc'we'i

ch u

pang

To
3

help.

To bind with

cords

k'un* before

f$$

hui 3 pang*

To backbite

men, animals, boxes,

pang

to ruin

etc.

Note k'uen 3 nearly

3
.

by censure, deserved or undeserved.

58

TZC ERH CHI.

458

262.

[p'ANG-P'EN.]

a house, etc.
/''</, the side of the person,

7^

9$

M l"u

5!>

2
i4 / an# p**7*

a finger.
Swollen, as the body, a liinb,

'''"/

"J

'

The

[Jjj

ffi

263.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

0$

,-h-i<P p-aiiu

$[

p'any* shou*

^e

To brag

ky tne

s "* e

of one's talents, fortune, etc.

Fat and lean

p'ang-tzti,

a corpulent person.

to enclose, enclosed.
/<>, to wrap up; to envelop; hence,

JE

kuo 3

;>ao

To wrap up pao
:

a cloth,

as in paper, in
singly, to wrap,

etc.

iwo,

to tie round, as the head with a handkerchief; the dissyllabic


kuo might be used of the former act, but of the latter,

pao
kuo
hou* pao 2

JfE

$|

ffi

H pao

alone.

Thick and thin

To succour

hu*

morally, of feelings, of intimacy.

own

to take care of person or property, one's

or

another's.

^g
264.

j^

h mi

.flj

i-

pao

To

an article.
carry in the bosom, as a child,

To

fling

>(>, to run.

ao- ktia

|g

|g.

$L

Jlfa

p'ao*

JM HI P'

t-o

PW,

worn

out, useless

also,

money, goods.

as a prisoner, a dog, etc.

off,

Small arms and

JiU eh'iang p'ao*

is

the long under-garments, kua, the long outer ganuent.

To run

away anything that

artillery.

265. ^|j I'd, the north.

^^
pn
jg ^
Imang*
^
4

To

pei /it

iai

266.

po

]>'ei,

^5

ijfc

to bear
P' e i* i
2

267.

{^

p-ei

j^

p'ei* oti

to be

mate

To throw

To be mate

man9^

tt P

$ ien
^

pin

t'oii-

one's clothes

To be a comrade

of things, where

we speak

to.

i'n, the root of a tree above the ground.

jjfc

company;

pan*

P*f

ijtf

268.

rear, of the person, a house


efface, such as a clock, etc.

Front and

^C

South and north.


4

pei

IP]

carry on the back, as a child, a bundle.

to

See

Running about

to

on or ever one, not buttoning, tying,

etc.

to bear one company.

well-mated

said of a well-matched married couple.

Teen (154).
in haste, as a

man much

occupied.

See under 154.

To

ptn

fly to

a person or place for refuge; also, to put up

at,

as the

house of a friend.
p'en,

a bowl
1

"S %.

p'

a basin.

To spurt water out

s^'"

of the mouth, as over a floor to lay the dust,

over materials in certain tailoring operations, etc.; p'cn'

hu 1

a watering pot.

2
jj

;>'eii

kuan*

Earthenware;

lit.,

bowls and jars;

kuan

also,

meaning bucket.
Oft

.''

"'

^""i^

To

smell agreeably, as flowers, savoury dishes.

when

of wood,

TART

[PKNG-PIEH.]

269. j|

pevg, to

jump

$8

THE TONE EXERCISES.

VII.

to leap.

chin?

pi''"/

459

To

fasten tight, as the

head of a drum; ping used of any

tightening with cords, thongs,

^
xS
270.

!fe$

fe

Hfe

p?

/ao3 perejj 3 s/teny' cTra'

''^o

if;

271.

^-

xliou 3

fcit

W.

p'cng* P'

i$

pi,

jg

272.

ko p'eng

about, as a

Friends.
3

flea,

ko, to cut

lit.,

To break by

violent contact with

To

pi p'o*

press hard, duly or

unduly

Jg p? mo*

Pencils and ink

also, fig.,

ffi

>$ wu* pi*

Must

is

p?

skin

Features, face

^ P'^

P'i n 9

fc

moo 2

p'i

%%.

To

........

P'^ ku

M 3t P^
^ ^ piao
^ piao

w* n

hence, to

make

shul

p'iao

a
ini !8f p'i

^
H^ ?

^|j

j|lj

manifest

it.

collision.

(well or

ill

looking).

Often

um pi'.

li

official

See Part VI,

fire.

a ship or anything tossing about in water ;


now unseen.

To bleach

and hides respectively.

8.

Addicted to women and play

tail

ink).

Note piao 3 nearly

its lining.

fishes' entrails

eh'ien2 p'iao 1

document (with red

outer garment and

Of

p'iao pit

character, composition, etc.

hence, a watch.

TOO*

of,

q.d.,

now

profligacy in general.

cash note.

different.

1
pith men*

Sad, as a person under restraint of mind or body pith is indicative


of matter in a condition of repression e.g., as water in a hose,
;

pus in an abscess,

^']-

ll
B'l /''

To

P*"

^ ~F P^
niu

tsu

floating,

linen.

5h

Note

the breech.

2
piao' before

pieh, to separate

^ p^

p'eng, to fry

hobby.

Glue made from

274. 7J^ p'iao, originally, a gleam of

composition, literary merit.

sure to.

Chapter 30, Note

iH

a clam.

oftener, the latter.

to canvass the merits

Outside and inside

chiao 1

mouth and nose

To date and punctuate an

Ifi

Sji

hair or fur of an animal.

The buttocks

piao, the outside

lit.,

positively

criticise,

The

hao*

hide.

$t

Peking pang

must.

ft.

p'i,

in

etc.

up the meat

jj

in the palms of the two hands joined together.


shou 3 nearly shou*.

k'ou*

ping

See Part III, 636, 637.

Sjj-

,fi

275.

a dog,

1
;

To hold up

p'eng
4

^ # p'P
273.

necessary

jfi.

child in one's old age

properly, from circumstances.

Cookery

P'V yo

$j

To have a

lj

To jump

p'eng, a friend

Jj

nimil:ir

etc.

teti

etc.

distinguish, the distinction

A toothless person.
Stiff-necked

of,

one from another.

Note pieh 3 nearly pieh* before

not to be brought round.

tsui 3 .

460

276.

xztt

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

[P'IEH-P'ING.]

of changing the subject in con/;</, to sweep or brush aside with the hand; jig.

HJ

versation.
1

9^ P9 l''^
~f

jjg

277.

*1

fc'

p'ieh? liao

(See the line above.) This character


3
in the example of p'ieh

is

only another form of that

have rejected, put away, a friend, anything.


and read as la or lo ; p'ieh 3 consequently

Note
still

liad* enclitic,
3

p'ieh

/>ten, flat

^fjj

........
....... Round
.......

1
'i

\\}

I'?:

The edge

3/e

3
!/' tn2 pifi

JH

fiS

~}j

278.

.......
........ To

(g JE

a piece, as of wood, paper,

fU

^j

^f:

ching*

p' ien* i*

& IB

etc.;

.......
........
........
.......

p'ien

ai* p'ien3

flat.

Convenient.

fang picn*

^r p'ien,

along the edge.

and

p'ien* titan*

a clause, as distinct from a sentence.

Slanting and upright

Cheap.

Note

and impartial.

fig., partial

properly

i*.

Given to bragging; to parade one's

talents, feats, wealth, posi-

tion, etc.
Lit., clauses
is

and sentences, but = phraseology or composition which


See Part V, Lesson II, 2.

connected and complete.

279. ^ft pin, a guest.

i P"

^JS[

ck" 3

ll

5ft

........
....... To

Guest and

pin* tmng*

inter

280.

f|

host.

bury ; a funeral

pin, to carry and escort the coffin

tsang, to

it.

in, poor.

i>

.......

ming*

iSJ iSf p'"*

To expose

one's life recklessly; to stake one's existence against


that of another person; lit., to fling it away; p'in also read

p'an*.
in ~ tn'iung2.

Jt SI

l''

no $m

]>'in

!^J;

........
........

z chi 2

p'in*

See under 47.

Official

grade;

(Politely) the

lit.,

class

and

step.

male and female of animals

mu

ma, a

stallion

p'in

niu, a cow.

281.

ping, a soldier.

& ~f piny

282.

ting

fg

ping* poo*

^ fy

aM* ping*

JfL

$S

1
1

'"?

P'ang

f'ing" chii*
4

4$

''"?

*
c}lia

soldier

ting, properly,

an adult male, a male aged sixteen.

report or state to a superior; ping, ordinarily rendered petition;


pao, to announce, to give notice of.

In a bad way

to lean against; to rely

/>''">!/,

J''

....... A
....... To
.......

in very

bad

health.

on; hence, at the pleasure

.......
.......
.......

Of a crashing

noise of

any

of.

sort

e.g.,

of a

man

in a rage, a house

falling, etc.

Proof

q.d.,

To marry

what one leans on and bikes hold

one's daughter;
1
in
p'ing
Peking, p'in .

lit.,

of.

betrothal and [woman's] marriage;

PART

[PO-SAI.J
v.

283.

THE TONE EXERCISES.

VII.

461

>-

(K

wave of sea water or

po, a

?JC $fc
!f$

?fii

shui

po

The

chun 3 po 2

38;

po* chi

ripple of water.

authorise or disapprove a transaction or proposition " ttidally.

3
3
SI /$ po mi

fresh.

........
........ To
........ To winnow
........ A

or cleanse rice, as in a po'-chi.

Note po 3 nearly

po'.

shallow wicker scoop in which dust or dirt may be gathered,


grain winnowed, etc. it is some three inches high at the bock,
;

with sides sloping down to the

284.

break by

p'o, to
-

t'u

p'o

;Jjj[

Ip

fiaF

p'o

lo

collision,

by

letting

fall.

........ A mound
........ A
........

front.

or hillock of earth, natural or artificial.

shallow wicker basket

e.g.,

such as in the North carters feed

their teams out of.

jj{[

285. ~%*
286.

lolj p'ou,,

?5!i

*|j

287.

^>

this pronunciation of

pou ;

t"B

P <oul

3 k'ai 1

288.

"If"

iSfe

'pf

........
.......

Only

k'o

pu*

colloquial in the quotation

he

To

a grasping

is

official.

j* ^1

'fit

(p'ou k'o tnai wei),

(Mencius.)

open a melon or any large

rip

........
........ Not
....... To
........

I say

shih*

fruit.

no

to be so; not to be right; hence, a fault.

a vacancy.

fill

It is not admissible

you, he] ought not.

fl,

p'u, universal.
1

kai*

^ p'u

zgj

M. jg

JSf ~3. sa
"

Grapes

p'u pien*

J- p'u*

HJI Hit

tzti,

sai, to rival

{W

tjfe

tu

4 c'1 "1

sai*

*
y en3 sa

e ^ao

'

'

'

t'ao atonic.

very commonly written

loosen the hand

ne e y e

To

hsing* sa*

parts or all sides.

shop

........ To
^
^
........
........ He
4

$4 $H

s*i

all

shov?

so 3 sao

In

$j|.

to sprinkle.

^g i&

I9j

........
........
........
........ A

One's bedding.

t'ao

$Q ",

289. }Hi,

used in poetry.

not, is only

1
P uS ch'ileh

Ig |g p'u

290

no.

P ul

-^ pu?

^-'

|^ p'ou

^^w
f$J

pu

to pieces.

to rip open.

pu, not

Smashed

p'o* sui*

to let

called

SA

(a

and sweep

Manchu

to pit oneself or another against.

........ T
........ To

also, fig. of relaxing efforts.

su(ldenly lit on.

sprinkle with water


sa' before sao 3 .
is

go ;

06 chee^ 8

>

chia atonic.

compete with

to bet.

(a floor, etc.).

surname.)

Note sa 3 nearly

TZO ERH CHI.

-l'>-

291.

HI
if!

.--''/I.

H
fg

........
........ An
....... To

'

Mil

|j

Three or

3
sail

^J

[.SAN-SU.]

"""* /""!/ 4

four.

umbrella.
distribute, as alms, food to the poor or to prisoners,

small employes,

292.

SERIES.

to disperse.

fli Jfc

-COLLOQUIAL

,-(<</,

pay to troops,

etc.

die mulberry tree.

.......

$ t$

The mulberry and the

(z# (a sort of cedar?

planted where a village was founded

WILLIAMS) the
home of
;

hence, the

trees
one's

fathers.

Og ^j||

293.

tuny

tang*

........
........

teil

eh'i

The

throat.

Ill-omened

eh'i atonic.

MSO, to sweep.

fi|f

soo 1 joo3

jjr

sow3 '**

$1
^| J| MO*

flj

In ing*

........
........
.......

To

harass, as an oppressor the people, troops a country


tsoo 1 joo

3
,

to give trouble (see Part

V, Lesson

in

Peking,

LXXI, Note

4).

To sweep the ground.


swept away pleasure, happiness

1^,1.,

a reverse of fortune

also,

dejected.

294. @j"

se,

to love inordinately
lin

295.

%$

ae-n,

jjj|

to covet.

........

*e*

properly, dense, as foliage


sen

y<-n?

Niggardly.

hence used intensively.

........

Very

severe.

296. ff| xJny, a Buddhist priest.


?

297. ff{

'o*

so, originally,

........

s<)1

**

so 3
so

$jg

298. is|

<

5|E

sfctm

OTX'

i-'c

r/,'a

,,/3

sow 4

........
........
........

mi, properly, simple,

jg

i5

^1 *'

J1&

^%

straw rain coat.

To

lock, as

To

desist

a door, a box,
lit.,

to

etc.

draw back the hand.

to search, as a guard, police, etc.

$W

gg ng
299.

Buddhist and Taoist.

a rope.

.........
sAtj ........
g{ _t
........
^

ff- >fc

Priests,

./..,;/'

''"''

<"<

To

search

and examine.

Reverend Sir

(classical).

Note

Zao 3 nearly too'.

To cough.

unadorned.

.......
........
.......

Su-chou (Soochow), the prefecture of that name,

in

which stands

the eastern capital of the province of Kiangsu.

In great haste
Heretofore;

as fast as possible.

lit.,

interrupted.

even and blank; here applied to past time un-

PART

[SUAN-SHANG.]

THE TONE EXERCISES.

VII.

40:5

300. JpL Kitan, to reckon.

&!J

li$

(J-F

swoji 1

feswn 2

<i

ti

Sour and

salt;

suan hsien used

fig. in speaking of ability <>r


between good and evil, etc. Cf. '>nr

inability to distinguish

301.

3j

Iff

$P

sui,

Kt j$

SR IH

sui 1 jan?
'^ nl s '" 2
*3

s
2

^| $
302.

-^

word

taste.

To reckon up;

also, to calculate

an

issue, etc.

broken in fragments.

3
fi k"

p}*

.......

suan* chi*

sm

Kiii?

........
........
........
........

Although.
Following [a person].

The marrow

Note ku 3 nearly ku' before *nt 3

of the bones.

Fragmentary

miscellaneous

odds and ends.

sun, a grandson.

-f $,

ft

fl|

'2

* 3 S!ml

su '^

y^

........
........

Sons and grandsons

also, posterity in general.

Injury and advantage; the

relative advantages of; also, modifir;i-

tion, as of laws, usages, etc.

303.

Si

x>mg, to accompany, as a visitor to the door.

........
^ ^ sung
ma
^ sunf an
^ H* 4S ^
1

shu*

The

fir tree.

Horror-strack
of fcu 3

jig ying

jjj]

304. 5$c sha, to

JE

^^

.......

sung*

HjHj

s 'ial ss
c/i't'A,

*3

sha?

(zif

^$

kan 1

that the tone

by xnng

)\\

HI

fJvJ

3|

J|

........
........ A

To

^" 3

kill, sc.,

human

beings.

stupid, loutish-looking person.

Snip a small piece

See Part V, L< sson

XCIX, Note

off.

skai*

........ A
........
........ To

sieve.

Dice ; shai properly read


dry, or be dried,

t'ou*.

by exposure

to the sun.

.......
........

shan1 ck'uan1

Hills

Thunder and

shan 3

shan* o 4

and streams.
lightning.

See under 79, 253.

xliang, to bestow.
1

jgj

-g

s/iany

fj|p]

/p shang

[J

__ "f

3.

speed [the parting guest].

shan, a mountain.

[lj

307.

shai 1 tz&

shai*
"gg ^f-

l-Lf

to

Note

though followed

xhai, the action of the sun's rays.

U -f
306.

[the coming] and

all,

kill.

305.

To welcome

hair and bones shuddering.

lit.,

hardly modified, if at

is

shan

/icKiy
2

wm3
tz'ii*

shang* hsia*

....... To
.......
....... To
....... Above

consult with a person.

Note sAowj properly xhany*, but ihany'


Part III, 246.

Noon.

confer on

to bestow on.

and below

also, nearly, thereabouts.

befoii-

7.

TZU ERH CHI.

464

308.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

[sHAO-SHU.]

nhao, few.

ty

tfc j$l

JJ

f=J

^J

>jf

Awo3 <Aoo l
l,io

In

309. iff

*{/

$&

How many?

shao*

Old and young.

tne tongue.

the 1 eh'ien*

H*

rVt

{ft ffi

310. Jjp

|g

of a

bun

or cake.

kitchen hardware in general.

also, to

shoo*, a

good number,

or,

what a number?

debt.
discussion.

house, a thing; to discard an acquaintance.

To abandon, a

To shoot

= much

arrows.

the body.

*/<''?,

||.

rhien*

.v/i,'

name

to expend,
Lips and tongue; after fei,

she-

To owe;

the

also,

Knives and spoons

f- c/iW

ihoo-

"'>

"/

fire

Aoo s
;i

;g

Burned by

The body; used

f.

in

certain phrases

only as

more

polite

than

then-teH.
jpljl

^
311.

f[|j

*/H'H'- nsi'en

'-7i

Very true; quite

to licar, as children; to

.-//''//</.

Jj|

-&
fl^

312.

*M*f

s '""!ir4

)( '

^C $r
^L
Jjji

s '"^

'

-(- c^i

R|

x/i i/i

an

Ninety
4

1fcf

also,

To employ a

-^

Affairs

an

s/ioH

shih

To mend
out

{:

j|J$

^ J^
ft g[
314. fly

>/<.)',

Hf

to be

employed as a servant.

Note

affair.

ch'ing

properly ch'ing', but modified

the hand.

.V//OH,

1|

etc.].

nine or ten.

servant

almost to ch'ing 1

313.

remnant,

Lost, of a thing, not a person.

*^'*ll

''''

[a balance, a surplus, a

aifair.

/man,

'^

correct.

Every province.

AtA.

Mn of a lower order.

cord.

There remains

<l4

ijl- -/"/<, atl'airs;


1

the latter being

be born.

fa -f d"
''"

Born and bred.

shmg chang*

fairies

examine, as parties, witnesses, in a case civil or criminal.

To

Pil]

jn.

and

Spirits

shiny

shov?

/-

c/t't'n*

fco*

to put to rights

shou, to put

Raw and ripe,

as fruits, etc.

Hand and

= united as

Wild

foot

birds

and wild

also, referring to

away

a person, to serve him

shih, to pick up, atonic.

of wild tribes, savage and reclaimed.

brothers.

beasts.

a book; a writing.
shih 1 shu

The "Shu Ching," Canon of History, and the "Shih Ching," Canon
of Poetry (commonly known as the Book of
Odes) of persons,
;

educated.
)0j[

|p

^U
^g

To redeem,

'<

shn* ch'ienx/m 4

7u 4

To count

to

pay ransom

for,

cash.

The numbers; the number

of.

a crime.

315.

|jl

J5fc

shiun 1 hsi3

To brush and wash.

shtia 3 hsiao*

To

wear out

tihuai, to

jp[

jjjj

shuai 1 pai*

f*

lIC

J
317.

jS

s huai3

ts'ao s

banter.

to decay.

Downcome

tung

hsi 1

....

shvai*

To switch

to be ruined, decayed.

or flip

away a

thing.

Carelessly [executed].

8/mcm, to tie up.

1
ty $3 shuan

?W
318.

465

shua, to brush.

J^IJ

$1]

316.

THE TONE EXERCISES.

PART vn.

[SHUA-T'A.]

ffl

k'uen 3

To bind

shuan*

To

s'

fH shnang, a

shuan, to

make

fast

k'uen, to bind.

rinse.

jfc

pair.

shnang

ch'eng

To moke

shuang k'uai*

|J|

*jfc

|!|

^ ahuang* shing

Brisk

pairs, or

pair.

frank.

Twins.

319. JJC shui, water.


2
II 65 */wi
[lj

?J(C

(^

320. lip

-A

Jjj|

Whose?

ti

shan 1 shui3

tm, obedient

4p

Scenery.

shui* chiao*

ying shun

To
;

that which follows the stream.

A species of falcon.

shun* tang
Jit B^

321.

323.

Eight, as rule requires

uhuo, to speak.
1
|^ gj shuo him*

/&

tang atonic.

To speak
.

The

first

and the

f&

.^c

ssftl

[3

31

ssfl

ss *

^*

silken thread

threads of

silk.

sheng

Dead or live; e.g., is he dead


Heaven decrees].

ww^

Four or

or alive?

Life

and death

[in

five.

tu, great.
Jft.

ij/L

HJ

;jT

<a a ying*

To- reply in the affirmative

to2 'hi'"'*

To help

on 3 to 3

To

fc

t]\

t'<i,

^A

ta* hsiac?

ta in the sense of

<ra

to assent.

Emphasise

hooking arm

te.

to arm.

beat violently, with the hand or with weapons.

assault, to

Note

-ftfi

moon.

fifteenth of the Chinese

"*#, silk.

324.

ffffc

shuo* wang* (shuo* or so*)


j^| g|

322.

sleep.

nearly ou*.

Great and small

hence,

size,

extent, degree

of.

he.
t'

al

J^

f$

ff

Wi ch'uang

Zt<a'3
2

t'a*

A third person.
A Buddhist pagoda.
A bedstead t'a used
;

politely in the

same

sense, alone, as

couch for bed.

59

wr

TZ& ERH

465

325.

to!,

j$
|f

326. ~fc

'at 1 nidi*.

Aoo 3

(at 3

rAtoo

t'n

i,

U B&
Jl H
^
;

^[

H
?

IS
328.

^t

........

........ To
sWn* ........ To
' <a *

Cat*

single; odd, as distinct


1

the quality

Note hao 3 nearly

of.

hao*.

the fetus.

too great an extent.

Single and in pairs

*
to "S '** ta

ton4

t'ai,

from even.

.......
......
........ A

shuang

be pregnant

See under 149.

t'at*.

i'any

^1

Se under 30.

tat*.

A'"1*2

ton.

Good and bad

Courageous

hen

'

odd and even.

Hi., large

of liver.

s e g-

''", charcoal.

^
|

58|
ijfif

''an

/n4

^''!/

c/t'ai

Fuel (wood, grass,

'<171

.......
....... To
....... To pawn

I s properly

4
3
(anj c/iu

etc.)

and

charcoal.

ought to [be or do],

stop by barring the way.

:!

;t

officials).

to chat.

Care 4

right.

/ /.

converse

Level, as a road or way.

^^
^
Jl *

J/" 1 ?

Grasping (said of

''ai3

H? tony,

Jj|

.......
........ To
.......
.......

Can 1 tsang1

^p ;H
Jjb

329.

See under 238.

much.

too

tn,

327. jfl

[TAI-T'AO.]

bad.

5* f

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

tagi

or pledge

tien, in this

combination, to mortgage

tang,

to pawn.

330. )Hr fang, broth

Pg j^
l

|jK

6^

41

^
3ie

'' a71

soup.

........ To
.......
wo
....... To
....... To

Vang

1*

too,

JJ

^F

g| ^.
331.

/lo

''o?

White

fang* shov?
:i

drink soup.
sugar.

down

lie

t'ang, to lie

on the back ; wo, to

lie

on the

side.

scald the hand.

way; the right way.

(no

.......
....... To
........ Hind
........

ch'iang

ta 2

Jg Hj

(wra

JH fg

'ao

Swords and muskets (matchlocks).

^t*
too3

reel silk.

part before

upside down.

Right principles; the rationale of; also, a system of religion or


3
4
in other
philosophy. Note li alone, H , but here nearly H

Iff

compounds, clearly

332.

j$fe

'

||/J

'<">,

,,

uj

"^en,

'

*
<a 3 J/*
1

[gj

^, Coo y'oo

^
ig

3
.

to flee.
''(to

j-fc

li

cfc'tMM

....... To
....... To
........ To
....... A

Coo4

receive
fly,

bounty or a favour

lit, eat

bounty.

as a slave, a prisoner, etc.

demand,

to press for,

whether with a claim or without.

snare; a trap; also used figuratively.

333. fl|

to obtain

te,

Hc 'c

^f

shih

ti

te

4^

Note the

talk.

Prosy

To gain and
turn

334.

467

to succeed in.

WJ WJ huai

M?l

THE TONE EXERCISES.

PART vn.

[TE-T'IAO.]

first ti is

heavily accented.

and

to lose; success

ill-success;

the possible out-

of.

special.

t'e,

}Jf JJj

' <<Ml3

t'e

Infirm of purpose

little

and

used,

J fft

said to be corrupt for f

( fan t'u).
4

$f

i*

I'*'

li&

special purpose

on purpose

intentionally.

'

335. flf

(corrupt for

tei

te

'J^ISSiiiS^iS fr53|: 1

^' pi*

336.

tei

$$

;jg

tei

must have.

tei

ti

a place in a series

The sound emitted by a small gong when

shing

Must

chu

teng

must be

teng, a class
1

yao),

hsiao 3 lo 2 'rh

'rh,

struck.

positively.

to wait.

The

lights

lit.,

and candles, or the candle or

lanterns

light in the

lantern.

3 hou*

To wait awhile

^? $1 teng
jjj

U| ma? Ung*

337.

to await.

Stirrups.

t'f'g, sore; painful; also, tender.

StS ffiWiWi- !3, t'eng

^
i^

ti,

fft,

ku3 shing 1

'rh

The sound

of a tom-tom.

In pain.

A wooden bench (long and low)

t'eng*

t'eng properly teng.

hang or bend down.

to
ti

t'ou

c ^'<"<

1JC

t'eng ti

t'ung*

P anS

jjf|

({

'' 1?

iffi

fe $
338.

To hang
2

the head.

An enemy

ti

ch'o-u,

feud

ti,

to stand before, as a rival, antagonist,

etc.

ta 4 **3

PJ J&
J^

339.

'"',

fli{

340.

1$

uZ

( '^

i&

fif

*'*

J^

t'i*

ti'io,

jljj

Jfc

I'*

Ii

tfe

tt

U|c

at last

Heaven and Earth

To

staircase to
select

To show

an 9*
1

as

also, objectively, after all.

we

say, Nature.

of.'

kung

To do

an upper story.

a person by preference.
consideration to.

another's

work

for him.

to hang.
tiao 1 p'ft
tiao*

t'iao, to

To the bottom

ti*

to take the place of; instead

j/E

^J

341.

t'ien

t'iao
t'iao

t'iao

ss-O

Sable

marten's fur.

Death by hanging, oneself or another person.

pick out.
1

hsiian3

ch'en

cho

To

to pick

and choose.
or report in sections to the Throne.

Holding up on the point of anything.


4

iao*

select

To present a memorial

(or i/o )

To

frisk about, as a dog,

in a man.

a horse,

etc.

used of great physical activity

468

342.

TZtT

Jl

a fold; to

f\<-h,

^ j|
343.

HA

tt
IS

345.

t'ith

t'ieh*

IH SS

<"^'

anl

t'ien

fa

g3 chitang

1H Wi

Bl

t'icn*

i'nuj,

but

cfcMTOj',

heavy.

on a wall; the thing so stuck.

To humour

to

Copper and

accommodate ;

also, to

sympathise.

iron.

Licenses to firms being


of a set.
q.d., one

members

of a guild

ya, properly, a tooth

weigh ; of things or matters.

See under 55.

inn.

See under 338.

ti*.

ch'ting

heaven.

t'irn,

346. /I*

Note

Repeatedly.

....... To
........ An

<fci3.

k'a* tien*

"2f

Father and mother.

wl Hang*

**

fft 3J

[TIEH-TO.]

a shop; an inn.

}K j|

........
.......
........

fft t'uwj

ticn,

<tA!

**** t'ieh

ifi

properly, to stick, as a placard

>'//,

xf fe .V
344. J

.......
.......

tvh nianf
efc'nnj

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

fold.

jjg

ERH

'"

tzti

tin <? te *4

S '"'^

w2

<<01*

Farmhouse and land

To touch with the

t<ieu8

........ To

pi?

to fix; to

(tny

......

t'ien?

k"**

make

stationary

work the

farms.

tip of the tongue.

pencil [on the ink-slab]

when about

to write.

to establish.

........ A
........ Th
....... To

nail.

button on the

lay

down

official

rules

hat distinguishing the rank of the wearer.

to settle

an order of proceeding;

lit.,

to plant

[a leg of the] compasses.

flag, to hear.

347. HJ

ftof

chien*

f^ Jh

tlin9*

<** s

jffi

|g

HJ
348.

-r

....... To
....... To
....... The

hear ;

cease

shu* t'inf

q.d.,
;

bough of a

//'",

$8 ''"^

*' i2

fafl4

J0712

have

Let [him,

it]

To

as a child

!/

fl4

........ A

*~

lose,

to

shoo9
3

^j

<jf ch'iang

ft

ft hua>
to

4
.

See under 308.

to

See under 29.

to3 'rh

......

See under 182.

stolen or strayed, an animal, or anything

derisive exclamation addressed to a person

many.

$}

own way.

inanimate.

you are
to,

[his, its]

to lose.

something

2p

than a shu chih, bough or twig.

tree, larger

'

% Us
349.

hearing to perceive.

to cause to cease.

bud.

q.d.,

oh

who

has failed in

you clever fellow ; you're a nice

fellow,

PART vn.

[T'O-TUI.]

350.

t'o,

secure
t'o

ff

THE TONE EXERCISES.

469

sound.

To ask

ch'ing*

for the patronage of a person, or seek the aid of his in-

fluence.
'

It

.ft

3c

*'

ma

tan y 4

(Of proceedings) satisfactory, secure.

mo4

To

'

f o4

|g| -J^

351.

The

Also written !

ostrich.

spit

mo,

spittle

4
also t't , to spit (saliva only).

t'o,

t? fou, pulse in general.


!/}}

to)tl ** S te

/S "P

from beginning to end [of an affair] ; the tou-tzii is specially


the receptacle of sacking in which a Chinese mason carries
mortar; a similar receptacle may be formed of the flap of a

K<?-,

garment or the

like

tou-ti-tzti,

from the bottom of such a

receptacle.

ton3

sheng

Jj- ;={
i$l

352.

P.

' !'

3s

to "
1

SMng, the Chinese

pint,

=
dry measure; ou 10 shing (WILLIAMS).

Green beans, as distinguished from black

the head.

t'ou,
fHf

i'ow 1 too 4
2

Ol

To

BK I&

J8 }S

t<OM4 c

steal; theft.

The head

Zi<;?l3

''

lit.,

the head and face.

To penetrate thoroughly,
subject

also, to

as having thorough knowledge of any


be very intelligent.

353. JJt tu, jealous.

^
^

3JH

'

llF

*a*4

To

To gamble.

US t$ "

^ ^P

t'u,

^ -^
^^

-J^

c/ii

fit
t'w

fu

for hsnn-fu, governor of

A
3

To

fit3

'"-o

envious

also, transitively, to

envy.

clay.

mo

bald man.
efface, as writing.

Dust.

-See

under 350.

tuan, short.

$1

titan 1 c^^tgr4
2

<<ii3

l<ajl9

( ''

J|

Upright, as things duly placed

Long and short; the length

also,

moral rectitude.

of; also, a man's merits

but especially his defects.


g|f

356.

3|

4
|g (?m

chiich?

t'uan, a ball

|HJ

357.

poison.

Jealous

tea

ch'en
'

jffi.

tu*

earth

1^ ?^
355.

for tiung-tu, governor-general

province.

354.

Tu

fw3

!tl

[J t'uan

as with a knife

To cut

off,

Round

as a ball

also

a lump.

y'd,nii-

united, all in a body, as a family.

tui, opposite to.


2

Ufa |j|
igj-

tui 1 chi

Tf{ tui

mien4

used figuratively.

To

pile together

Opposite to

to accumulate.

the opposite

of.

and

defects,

470

358.

&

[T'UI-TSAI.]

Ciii

To put one's work on another

icfi"'

fuat4

Fast legs

chin4 t'ui*

to lay one's fault to another's charge.

a good walker.

To advance and

retire [equally difficult

a dilemma].

<? properly, substantial.

f-fc

fiti 1

j8

jtt

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

to ruthv.

I'n-i,

^ *J
U $J
359.

ERH

TzCr

Jjr J|[

ff

Honest

(a3 (u " S

5i

8i

fcott

sincere

staunch.

To nod from sleepiness; to take a nap.


rh absorbed in tu-rh.
tun 3

>r

Note

ta nearly ta' before

|J

j||

360.

f///i

c/i'/'/i-

Slow in thought or action

tew, properly, blunt, as a knife.

to swallow; to bolt

/'"<;,

fM)l1 (<unl

t tt

t<1t3

<<MS

Of a man who

but half his story;

will tell

Note the

(anything).

|g gj

t'vn- t'ie>r

Lands granted

fun* shou3

To draw the hands

|jg

to soldiers

first

t'u

3
nearly fit

<'

being to spit out

military colonies.

into the sleeves, as the Chinese

do

for

warmth's

sake.

361.

tuny, winter.
kwB*

Winter and summer.

chiwf

To be

To understand.

HJ
362. |5J

t-n.n

5S jj

tuiig*

movement;

motion and

lit.,

rest.

the same; together with.

//,

'

stirring

'"'

l
l

'J

' ft2

To permeate,

iis

the power of Nature; to penetrate, as the will or


also, of great intelligence in

intelligence of the Sovereign;

general.

fgj

hui* t'ung 2

^IJI

t'ung

shuafi

United with

in association with.

generalissimo; in

modern

times, one holding unusually large

military power.

^
363.

;{<fl

tao,

BS

^
0|
364.

:Sfl

f^L
fi3

As'(/,

365.

^b

Jfe

'

ffil

'

<<l2

'OT

to
's

al

1
Dirty ; also read ang tsang*.

uan

l'

ft

confusion.

.;

rub clean.

al TO 3

be

To rub and wipe,

-"'''''

as with a cloth.

to be in or at.

'

'

An omnium-gathenim

Why? Why

'

^g^-.'^/m

:I

tsai, to

$5

In great pain.

miscellaneous.

'

j?r.

f ''?4

(l '

''i

To

plant.

To

kill aniiii:ils.

To be

Note chung*,

at home.

to plant

rhung*, a sort.

PART vn.

[TS'AI-TS'E.]

366. ~ft

f
5. %

-Jf

hsiang

ts'aP

km*
'

<? ts

(s'ai

imagine

to conjecture.

Ability.

aiS
4

five colours.

Victuals

/an

lit.,

the rice and other viands.

tsan, properly, to aid with counsel.

(saw 1

-^

mew 1

^U

(s'aw

(saw

^6 $

fs'aw

fc'ao

official title.

'IS
1fi

^
M

ch
'

ts

'

'

il ts

an*

.......
.......
.......
........

an3

ou

t'

See Part III, 494.

shame, as from being disgraced.

k'uei*

(s'aw

'|$|

>[||j

put by money.

is'cm, properly,

'Jiff

head-gear.

more commonly pronounced tsa'-min.

cfc'ww2

3
g& tew

jig

........ Women's
........ We
....... To
....... An

tztt

's*

1H" 1P9

368.

....... To
........
........ The
........

's^ 1

|g

;3J

jf

471

ts'ai, ability.

ijjg

367.

THE TONE EXERCISES.

To compare
Shame,

authorities.

felt at one's

own wrong-doing.

Misery.

Blockhead; ninny; properly, a

man

without confidence in himself ;


"

applied also to animals and objects, as ts'an t'ou ma, a

369.

f^

moi2

tsang*

JH

ts'itng,

.......
.......

fan 1 tsang 1

j^j

j^

370.

screw."

t*(mg, to bury.
covet, as a grasping official

tsawjr, in

the sense of presents.

[a corpse].

a granary.
1

ts'ang

Jjj[

To

To bury

Jc'u*
2

ts'ang

.......
.......

Granaries and

money

vaults.

Dishonest concealment [of person or thing].

371. Jp- two, early.


c/iow

j^ jS

fsao 1

.......
.......
...... To
........ To

All round

3p

di'uan 1 (sao 2

2j

^L lm-

fa

tsao* hiui*

j|r

tsao3

te

q.d.,

at every point encountering or encountered.

bore [as through stone] and to cut with a chisel


start questions in the course of an inquiry.

iif., to

have come

fig.,

to

early.

create, as the

Deity

tiao* hua, substantively, the luck

born with

a man.

372. IpL

ts'no,

M |*
VT*
ffi

^
373. fUJ

374. Ill

ts'ao

specially, grass.

........ To
........ A

lien

I'l*

ma

Jffl

ts'ao

TfC

tse,

glj

plants

ts'ao

ts'e,

ft ^1

mw4

then

a plan
c

drill

to be drilled.

manger, either made of wood and movable, or of brick or stone.

See under 226.

consequently.

2
tse' li*

fs '^

.........
;

Laws

regulations

isi

here meaning rule, law.

a means.

........

Ordinarily,

any plan ;

in military matters, strategy.

TZU ERH

375.

5S

'-'

ftfc

376.

378.

fH

(z'tl

........

'#, to add
'*'

....... To
....... To

" ?1 c hienS
4

a layer

tx'Sny,

a story of a house
l

Ilf

'3? jL.~fjjfcti't>ig

#:

'*''.'/' tz'&*

?^ !S

'-';/''''"/*

Jff

Uneven;

e.j.,

as foliage, herbage, etc.; used of inconsequence in action.

to.

fc'"** feeds'

jjfj

How? Why? What?

uneven, irregular.

(s'en

Brigands; outlaws; rebels.

particle.

........

"*>

tf<!n3

/.--

ffj"

379.

an interrogative

ts'en,

^6

........

litir/a?

[H

ti'n,

she,itg

increase

a step in a
2

series.

One jump

381.

382.

Sit

make

to

ts

tsotjih*

^1

<so

E\

;o

f*'<>,

'

SI J nw2

ts

j$

Izfl

Jj

(x'o

Regular order.

it is

not

JH /^
f*>i,

igl

^.

jjl

ll

who

is

unlucky, always failing through no

ts'eng, of feet that

q.d.,

drag in walking
one that can never get on.

ting, of

4
always teo whether singly or compounded.
,

The workshop

where things are made,

or manufactory; the shop

sold.

Yesterday.

Right and left ; in the neighbourhood of a place


of a superior.
Lit, t sitting

........
........ A
........

in the

company

and lying down, = in

when followed by pu

all positions; not


generally used
an, uncomfortable.

move
4

s/iifc

tx'ou*

....... Of
....... To

the subordinates,

>V

shih here meaning to

to be

employed in a public department.

persons assembled in one place or enterprise


tributed by a number.

under 194.

Xce under 313.


1

to annoy.

represent a matter to the Throne.

a grandfather.

f'

be collected together.

........ Of

'

to irritate

to walk.

ho

dwarf.

Error, mistake, in business, copying, etc.


fail or miss.

ts'ou, to collect; to

in which senses

own
move

To rub between two hands

shih1

(s'o*

txou, to

383.

and he was up on

error.

}^e

the sound of one jump)

Said in pity for a person

except

>/ t

384.

yu*

t.io*

do

........
........
........
........

fan Q

to

(lit.,

the house.

inability to
/.so,

modification.

present, as food or anything, to friends.

shang*liaofang

.......
.......

and diminish

fault of his

380. "f

[TSEI-TSU.]

a thief; a robber; anyone in arms against the Government.

''.

35 JH
377.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

.......

One's ancestors.

of funds con-

PART vn.

[TS'U-TSUNG.]

385.

j|if

IB

'*' ltl llisi *-

-See

in

un(ler

.......

ch'ih 1 ts'u*

Pf

386.

coarse.

)|H. tn'u,
IB.

473

THE TONE EXERCISE.

jfjji

Jealousy

specially, jealousy of the affections

lit.,

to eat vinegar.

tsuan, to grip in the hand.

|H

j^Js

....... To
....... To
....... To

tsuan 1 tot

0J

tsiui.li? /is///,

J^

tsuan* chu

hard after an object

strive

in a

bad

tsuan, to bore, to perforate

sense, to strive to

often,

compass by intrigue.

a work, a code; tsuan, properly, to collect


together ; specially, materials available.

revise, to recompile,

grasp in the hand, sc, anything that


fingers can nearly close round.

is

movable and that the

387. ||[ ts'uan, to burrow, as rats, mice, etc.


3
J3 IS m('

8t

f!l

....... The
....... To make up
.......

ts'uan 1

' s '""'"'

bound or leap

's'ow

of a horse.

a set of things, or a

and borrowing

x!l

388.

$i

S? a
*'

tsui,

^H

$J IP /fm
389.

fH

j^ jg
IH

fifi>

^^
390.

~^f.

........ A
.......
^ ........ To

H
"\1"

tsn/

pi

IJJ

!{

^^
^

transgress

........ To
..... k^
........ A

t<al c'1 '"

chf

a group [of men].

lit.,

to

run foul of punishment.

press with great earnestness (whether justly or not).

n ' ln S

or as > " e ^kes

if>

elsewhere sui*.

t-s'ui*

large assemblage of able or virtuous persons, or of good things.

tsun

chieh

esteem

to

show esteem

for.

economise; originally, a classical expression;


(=to practise) moderation.

tit.,

to

walk in

an inch.

ts'un 1

clmang

ts'wn?

wamfp

ts'un

linnrj

ch'ih'' ts'un*.

...... A
....... Dead
....... To

village.

and living

think over

e.g.,

father ts'un, mother icang, etc.

to reflect on.

Sec under 37.

-ij-

tsung, a kind

fc

....... To
....... To

tsun 1 chung*

if;]-

^
' s<m

ts'ui*

ts'un,

f^

392.

lips

the mouth.

urge.

(s'wi

any objects]

pile [of

The

ch'un-

tsun, honoured.

j^C jjr

391.

ts'ui, to

money, by picking here

lips.

1
Hfe i* tsui

tsui

of

(Said pompously of rebels or any enemy) flying from one place and
finding their way to another.

to'***1**

the

sum

there.

to

a sort

also,

a collective.

........
minf .......
1

tsung

jjjjSl

^g tsung

|ji

^J

tsung*

yung

or juiig

.....

The

larger proportion.

A general designation.
To

leave too free

to tolerate license.

60

TZ& ERH

474

393.

1$.

'"

I;

^ $;

.......
........

"4

* l(

'""!/'

''

[xs'UNG- WEI.]

onions.

tx'UH'.i,

f,

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

'*''"i<r

Onions and
According

garlic.

to, sc.,

a man's own view, his advice,

etc.

394. -J- ,':, a son.


j|

/;'

^jf

........

I:,,-

Length of service official standing: tod, goods, means here, pay


q.d., the time one has been bin ne
ko, the columns of a register
;

'"'

........
......

''"'

;?;-

395.

S%

5i

'

(:!

'-''

/"

jlfc

:i

?Jj

396.

%L

/-.',)'

J=

tl'J ^

2
4
V" '^ ^siao

........
........
wo
.......
wa ........

";al
"'"

'''"

c/ntttJi

/'.i'*

j^ ^|

/(x,';

/''"""

^^
397.

write.

To

grin

show the teeth

to

Porcelain

as one laughs.

from wa?.

finer earthenware, as distinct

This and that

you and

Note

mutually.

7>i

nearly

Regular order.

a tile; pottery.

'*'-",

j[

rtl <*<>

........
........
........

fata* (&'*

i&

To

a time; a turn.

':'<",

fift

on the books.
Sons and grandsons.

To dig up

or out.

Dolls or effigies of babies in earthenware.

Bricks and

tiles.

Shoes and stockings.

wai, outside.

^
^J

.......
........ To

"''"' f'tc' 1 ?

IE

"

7JC

Slanting and perpendicular.

Note

bale water.

jcai 3 nearly

wai 2

also, native

and

properly j/ao

'

"-'"' 4

""'

Within and without

foreign.

j-_%j

398.

TC

tenninated.

"'"/!,

n
(//(-

i-/i.'uan

V/l

'*""
,

'
'(//

399.

il

""".'/, to

go; hence, towards,


;'":r

:/'

i^

'".7

35 tt
,i

400.

'

cW

S& "":/'

.....

.......
.......
.......

bay.

Early and

"

.)""

jjjj

'

sooner or

ten millions

Note

later.

Jig.,

teao 3 nearly

any number.

Vast expanse of water.


Prinres and dukes.

come and

intercouise.

forget.

do; to be; but read

........
.......
....... To

to go

we;'

Siil;l\.

4
,

because

of.

iru, ]ilant-i, etc.

Actions; conduct.

""" l "

l\
'

to.

.......
.......
....... To
....... To

"v/-), to
'

late

Thousand myriad

'

"'

in a state of completeness.

Completed;

X.

under 60.

depute an

officer;

the

officer

deputed.

'

^ji

401.

X wen, ornament
j^

Kvn

f[J

"" ;'"

3t 5t

^ wen

foj

403.

jjf

?X

to 2

lacP w&ng*
:l

s '""'

""-; "f/

f.
rpn

jH,
TIC

fft

wo 1
'"

ch'oo

:i

fo 4 wo

g|^

^ff

4t yn 3

we= educated.

Question and answer

ta' elsewhere to 1 .

-See

man used
;

respectfully of the father of the person addressed.

I.

under

15.

........

old

large water ewer.

tine

You

" n(l

^ ote w*

1-

nearly

Tit'.

under 380.

........
........
........ ^

*CTtl

Buildings

"'

1M

!(

ne ln y r i ll(i things

........
........ The
........
........ To

-^ servan t girl

3
'jo? ch'ih
2

31 UJ

.'/'

l4 ta

all

things in creation.

a properly, of the knot of hair on either


i

girl's

side of

head.

teeth.
;

well-bred.

edge of water.

........

t'ien

jgj

?/

keep pressed down as with a weight.

yai, properly, the

5^

>

an unmarried

Polite

ya?

%fc

yai

The

horizon.

yang, sheep.

Jfe;

2/

a?l ?

i/M(/'

^'o

4
2/

ft?l

>

j/ao

1^

i'Mi3

jgi 2/*

:i

2/i'

i/ao

lit.,

to invitingly beg.

support persons

to rear, as animals,

rish,

plants, rtr.

Every kind.

!/

u <w to want

apply to for help

Sheep and oxen.

3
yang huo

f'j

^^

....... To
.......
........ To
........

cfc'w 2

?j,w

ffi

^
5c

existing or not.

See under 401.

*' 0!t2

2/*

% 1i
^ wen

tenements.

yn, a tooth.

$i

Possessing or not

wu3

M^

408.

and military

Steady, as tilings that stand finn; sound, of recovered health.

........ The
....... A

lint?

2
j^ wen
4
l!;cl "

]Jr

407.

Civil

wit, military.

jl

(ln S f2

406.

Warm.

W)3

'

M M/

405.

......
........
........
........

'

475

literary culture.

im, the pronoun

^
404.

";M 5

THE TONE EXERCISES.

whig, an aged man.

$$

huo

VII.

mho

an 1 wen3

^f |i;

402.

PART

YAO.]

|\VI:N

to wil1

to be

about to

........ The
.......
...... To

k'ou

back;

lit.,

written

jjj|.

Very

distant.

give a bite

to.

the

loins

and the legs;

t'ui

mmv

r..i

ii (l

iily

TzC EBH CHI.

476

409.

........ To
yd* ........
.........
........

1
ych chu

7,,

ffi

410.

0^
tf

fff>/<

HfJ

[j*-

411. ^5t

3
?/"

/r

i/,

iSfee

c/ii/ij/.

;,o

fso

jj

half the night.

i/c"

yi

-4
,

to.

;|

;i

certain Chinese salutation.

Note yi' elsewhere, always


The " Yi Ching," Book of Permutations

Advantage.

,./,;,

of a river; along the bank.

The bank

......... To make
........
........

sayings; oral language.

JS

yi*.

said to be the oldest of

Chinese classical works.

412.

>j!n,

g
***-

sound.
j/Mi

in

r/!

win

413.

$B

...

2
.

........
fnuungtyin* ........
s

45

.......

s/n'/iy

4> *^
ffi

toi j/m

^/"'ff.

Sounds of any kind.

Gold and

jfc 'i'l'O

jg

kail
<-li :,

</;,<</-

inveigle

To

use the seal

........ Ou
....... To
......

To

iA

^
415.

|J4
;
,

fS
1^*1

Jg

JH

i
,

yin

i/o

l
i/
'

;/,(-

/i-st'a

!'"

?J

"4

2fc

evil.

to seal officially.

8ht to

an engagement, a

receive, as a guest.
is

no sign

recomP ense

'

'

*''

shadow of such or such


'

M Heaven.

treaty, etc.

........ To make
........

an appointment with.

......
........
^"O2

No.-

Muddled; stupid;
Fish in general

cho, turbid.

lit.,

fish

and

shell-fish.

under 88.

........

Ready

to

make

ready.

properly, in the beginning.


1

/,9>

c^o 2 or

"j.j.j

Jj&

any

Musical instruments in general.

fJB

fish.

!/'''

M ii*

/0

/y

*ijt

416.

to engage

to entice into

To

Tllere

i/o,

silver.

to welcome.

414. ^ij

name

under 40.

V/i

jfoggjli-ch'u
fro

lit.,

smoke.

yen

iidvantage; addition

^/',

ffe

........ To
........ Words;
......

jpj JQ.

the throat.

words.
c/i't/i

;gj

Midnight

yeA

;xiH

fast, in

old gentleman; lao-yeh-'rh, a popular

Uncultivated or uninhabited ground.

",

.'/'

have something so stuck

stick fast, to

Si r; a gentleman,
for the sun.

JK^,,, /,;*,'
<

[YEH-YUAN.]

the night.

//</',

Pg

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

.V"""

''''

"" """

'' ti2

.......
........

To be wronged, by unjust deed


In the

first

So! under 38.

,,

To

wish.

instance

in fact.

or

word

"'

thing>

PART vn.

[YUEH-YUNG.]
417.

^n

ytieh, the

t'~<V

I'll

y^

Sf.

418.

ft

moon.

yiwh

........
.......
.......

.'/'"'''"

nienfyiith,

''"""

.'/"'

^ % yinr
M it
^ j^

ll

tt'ai

!l>^

!l'"'J
4

r-//.-;

-^

477

"Tin- philosopher said."


Them word* precede the
fucitis, recorded in tin- classics of China.

c.n-

To munch.

Yean and rnoom kpse


;

of time.

yun, cloud.

Bl ft

419.

TOM-: KM-: HUSKS.

TIII-:

yi'm*

........ The
........
........
........ Luck

head giddy ; VMR' elsewhere ytin4

Clouds.

To

consent, to.
;

of the State's prosperity ;

yun

cAS, of a penon'8 Inck

yu, to be; to have; possession; existence.

5t

1
i
.

'"

'/''"'-'

........
.......

.'/-

x^"
2

M
^

:i

v/

''

ICK-.

X/'i;

under 404.

.'/'.

under 380.

:i

Sad
Oil

(iii

liiMi-t

made

and countenance).

(ifso.sinmiii

420. /ff ?/uw^, to use.

^P

.......

l>'"".r

!/""'.l

Commoniil.-icc:

ji'ing,

even,

= not

almvc the level;

unintelligent.
'

Jj

?/""V"'

'

<s ir

;i

fc iS
ffl

.'/""!/'

n'''

s'

.V'''
4

:i

.'/""!/

under 127.

.......
.......

Forever.

To employ.

Note yunj3 nearly ywuj".

//(/,

here,

PART

VIII.

THE PARTS OF SPEECH

This

I'ait is
I.

II.

divided into the following Sections

INTRODUCTORY OBSERVATIONS.

THE NOUN AND THE

ARTICLE.

III.

THE CHINESE NUMERATIVE NOUN.

IV.

NUMBER.

AND PLURAL.

V. CASK.
VI. CKNDKI:.
VII.

VIII.
IX.

THK ADJECTIVE AND

ITS

DEGREES OF COMPARISON.

THK PRONOUN (PERSONAL, RELATIVE,


THK

POSSESSIVE, DEMONSTRATIVE, DISTRIBUTIVE, INDEFINITE).

VKIUI AS MODIFIED BY TENSE, MOOD, AND VOICE.

X. TIIK ADVKRII, UK TIME, PLACE, NUMBER, DEGREE, KTC.

XI.

THE PREPOSITION.

XII.

THE CONJUNCTION.

XIII.

THE

INTERJECTION.

PAKT

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

PART

481

VIII.

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.


SECTION

I.

[INTRODUCTORY OBSERVATIONS.]
1.

sir

what
2.

seems to give your countrymen a good deal of trouble to acquire our language,
the difficulty ?
There are several difficulties difficulties of pronunciation, difficulties with the
It

is

individual words, and, greater


3.

Yet

all

4.

No

is

difficulties of

composition.

seem

to learn each other's languages with tolerable facility


so entirely different from all foreign languages ?

foreigners

can't be that Chinese

still,

it

absolutely without something in common with its fellow


character of the expressions 1 by which any man gives utterance to his

language in the world

is

languages of course. The


thought will be sure to vary greatly according to circumstances. A phrase may be directly
affirmative of existence or non-existence, or it may be interrogative, imperative, optative, or
2

interjectional.

When we

This

say, for instance,

man

direct affirmation of existence or non-existence.

man's head
is

is

dead,

5.

affects

is

Would

imperative.

Do you

interjectional.

that that

understand

The law you

Perfectly.

my

man

community

now

come

to

were well
3

sir

is

optative.

Alas

there

is

Cut that
!

man

that

be regarded as a general law which


which Chinese and foreigners from natural

are speaking of

language,
of sentiment 4 conform.

Just so

man is not dead,


man dead ? is interrogative.

dead, That

meaning,

written or spoken, one to

all

6.

off,

is

Is that

may

to the difficulty with single words,

it is

one peculiar 5 to the

For the formation of words in writing, every other nation that


Chinese written language.
possesses a literature has a given number of characters (lit., pen-strokes), each with a sound of
and the combination of a certain number of these not only produces a word in form,
its own
;

but also serves the purpose of establishing its sound.


There is a strong resemblance between this and the
7.

Manchu method of writing but


in Chinese, although the language is otherwise written, the words are formed of eight particular
strokes will not these be the same as your letters, sir ?
;

2
3
4

Character of expression
Interjectional

My

meaning

Community

slwn

ch'i, gait, air, attitude.

ching ya, properly, to start with fright and astonishment.

pi

i,

humble, lowly, meaning.

of sentiment

more

literally,

natural identity, of man's feelings in every nation.


5
Peculiar : tu i, isolated strangeness. Note

it is li,

its

the reasonable consequence, of te& jan hsiang t'ung, the

enforcement by the addition of wei, only, before han vim.

61

ERH

TZtr

48-2

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

it is true, are written with


application of the two differs widely. Chinese words,
of
its
has a sound
own, the sound of any word
particular strokes; but though each of these
will write, for
to form has no reference whatever to the sounds of the strokes.

The

8.

We

may go

they

instance, the word shih (ten), one of the numerals; this

is

formed of one horizontal and one

the perpendicular stroke,


perpendicular stroke; the horizontal stroke is properly called yi,
kuen ; the two combined in writing produce the word skill. It will be at once apparent that
their business is exclusively with its form, and that they have nothing whatever to do with
its sound.
This [the impossibility of learning the sound of a word from the strokes employed
to write

How

9.

writing

regarded by foreigners as a very great difficulty in the study of written Chinese.

it] is

do foreigners succeed 1 in establishing the sound of one of their words in

In this way: foreign nations have for the purpose some twenty odd characters, the
of
combining which so as to form words it does not take very long to understand, and
principle
2
whereas 3 in a
this once learnt, the sound of any word one meets with can be determined
10.

no positive criterion 4 of its sound. If it has not been met with in


reading, its sound cannot be known the word must be looked out, and when it has been found,
there is nothing to guarantee the reader against forgetting its sound when he sees it again.
Chinese written word there

is

That

11.

we

them

learn

is

true

enough

as single words

but we Chinese are in no fear of forgetting the words, because

when we

are

young

children. 6

Exactly but we foreigners, not having committed Chinese books to memory, cannot
of course fail to encounter the difficulty I describe with single words when we read Chinese,
12.

and our

6
immeasurably greater when we come to combine words in composition.
have understood that foreign composition is a somewhat simpler matter than ours.

difficulties are

13.

14.
Yes ; because in foreign languages, considered with reference to composition in them,
the single words are each referred to a particular category, and for the formation of these into
sentences and clauses 7 there are special works which set forth the rules of construction so

clearly

that they

be comprehended by the student at a glance.

may

Chinese for the positive definition of the laws of composition.


according to his recollection of the
read,

and

his sentence constructed,

Succeed

Can be determined:

lit,

he

is

in

writer constructs his sentences

which words are combined in the texts he has

enabled to link his sentences together in longer pieces

what good method have they ?

'

manner

There are no works of this sort in

verb to define, to determine,

= fix teith, accuracy. Note that the combination makes the


contains the potential auxiliary te within it, it is reinforced

ting-ti chun, fixing attain,

etc.,

and that although

it

by neng.
3
4

sound]

is
s

any

forth*
6

Whereas, on the other hand: ehih, to come to [another question, namely], jo, if.
criterion
lit., there is not a place [at which a person] can chmi, decide as by standard,
[that such a

No

the assured sound.

Learn them when young: hung, from =


at, the time when we are
that which is recognised, read, are
single characters.

Combine

ires
*

chi, to

little fellows,

we

hsien,

first,

= before we

go

cAut

and

4
,

to connect, to

clauses: to

Texts he has read

remember, and

sew together.

(note, not tu'),

a. clause in a sentence.
he remembers the fc* yang,
phraseology, chi tsai, recorded and inserted, in books.

chi, to record.

Note

PART

VIII.

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

483

of composition.
The single words in Chinese are classified generally in two grand categories, as
hsu tzu (empty or unsubstantial words) and shih tzu (solid or substantial words); but I have never
arrived at a thorough understanding of the distinction, though I have looked carefully into the
question over and over again.

The denomination

15.

shih tzu (substantial words)

is

generic of

words that have a

all

regular (or bond fide) signification and these are subdivided again according as they
employed into ssu tzti (dead words) and huo tzti, (live words).

may

It is

not so easy to define the precise characteristics of the hsu tzu.

be

For example, in the

mo

(Don't you want money? or, Won't you have money?) the word
pu yao
mo has no regular [say, translatable] meaning; it is used simply to show that the sentence is
Of the remaining words 2 in the sentence,
interrogative ;* it is a hsu tzu (an unsubstantial word).

sentence ni

pu

ch'ien

(not) has a substantive meaning,

and yet

in Chinese

it is

(thou), yao (to want), and ch'ien (money) are all shih tzu
ssti tzu (dead words) and huo tzu (live words), ni and

accounted a hsu

(substantial words).
ch'ien are

The words ni

tzu.

Distinguished as
is a

dead words, and yao

live word.

The word

passage before us,

-is

a live word, 4

yao tsai su (The essential is despatch), the words yao and su are unquestionably dead
Is there no live word then, you will say, in the sentence ? yes, to be sure
the word
or is in) is a live word. If you go farther and ask which words are substantial and

ch'i

phrase
words.
tsai

which we have just spoken of as a live word, and which, in the


may be used as a dead word elsewhere for instance, in the

yao, again,

(is,

which unsubstantial, the answer

is

that the two words ch'i and tsai, though each possesses a

regular meaning, are in this phrase accounted unsubstantial words.

denominations hsu tzu and shih tzu are quite capable 6 of


being interchanged, one for the other, as circumstances may require.
16.

17.

every word

It is evident, then, that the

6
Perfectly capable to such an extent that
is half a dead word and half a live word.
;

some people go the length

of saying that

of our language are somewhat more inflexible the terms in it have


not the convertibility of terms in Chinese. But now, to come to the English language, let us for
the moment separate [its grammar into] two grand divisions, the single words of the language
18.

The

limitations

In the one division the single words are referred each to one of

and the laws of sentences.


1

Interrogative

lit.,

that the k'ou chi, the air or tone of the sentence,

is

ting-wen

ti,

implying that the speaker knows what answer he must receive;

ting, properly, to fix, here

interrogating.
q.d.,

The verb

You want money,

don't you?
1
3

the remain-ing someones among.


Of the remaining words note the construction
The word yao, again jan-'rh, but jan, thus, this is so, irh, and yet ....
Is a live word leu jan, certainly, positively very commonly used where an admission

part to emphasise

an objection on the other ;

q.d,, it is

is

made on

the one

so here, no doubt, but, etc.

to yu, they possess in a great degree K, a principle, qualified by all


Quite capable note the construction
that intervenes between yu and li, viz., the according-to-time-and-circuinstance-able-to-interchange principle. The verb
t'ung in pien t'ung has the force of both per and trans in similar Latin compounds.
5

To such an extent

Limitations: hsien, to

are somewhat

sstt,

shen, in extreme degree, to such a degree as chih, to arrive at this, that there are people, etc.
mark bounds; chih, originally, to cut; laws; to govern; hsien chih, the Lnvs limiting

dead, inflexible.

484

ERH

TZtl

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

nine categories (the Parts of Speech); the other gives the rules by which single words are
into sentences, ;md sentences into longer sections of composition.
Is the distinction that

19.

we observe

in Chinese essays

sentences even in length) and tuan (odd sentences)


sentences) of which you have been speaking ?

Not the same

20.

in Chinese composition

at all the

between the ku

same

the chu fa that

it is

as the

is

(pairs of

chu fa (laws of

important, and

be paid: our theory

to the relative proportions of sentences only that attention has to

made

it is

is this,

mu

contain kang (a subject) and


(a
is the
the
The
of,
;
transaction,
condition,
qualifications
subject
spoken
person,
thing,
predicate).
the subject, as that it is right or wrong, existent or non-existent, active or passive, form its
It is hence evident that that in which there are nothing but ssu tzu, without any
predicate.
essential to the constitution of

it is

any sentence that

it

t'

//'<

f:tf.

"

"

rain,"

cannot well be regarded as a sentence; if, for instance, we were merely to say "man,"
horse," without adding a huo tzu to these three words, we should have the head of a

sentence without the

tail,

neither

being language with a meaning

more nor less; words so spoken could not be considered as


and the same, it is self-evident, 6 holds good of the exclusive

tzu.
The sentences, The man is good, It rains,
employment
any
The horse is fast, are sentences because their intelligibility is complete. 6
Then as to subject and predicate, in the first of these sentences the word j&n (man) is the
In the second sentence,
subject, and the words which treat of his qualities are the predicate.

in

Rain

is

case of

huo tzu without seu

and the word that treats of its falling


is the
subject, and the words treating of

falling (Anglice, It rains), yii (rain) is the subject,

or not falling

is

In the third,

the predicate.

ma

(horse)

the horse's rate of speed are the predicate.

SECTION
[THE
21.
tion,

but

speak

II.

NOUN AND THE

ARTICLE.]

The distinction of the kang from the mu is not wholly ignored in Chinese composihave never heard before of the distribution of words into nine categories that you

of.

22.

categories.
1

Naturally not, sir in Chinese the words are not assigned in this way to particular
In English, all such denominations as
transaction, circumstances, are
person, thing,

Essays

essays required at
*

The ku

win chang is used genetically of


modern examinations for degree.
are the

members

(lit.,

all

the thighs) of

'a

elegant composition, ancient or modern, but specially of the

p'ien of u>$n chang, a piece of elegant composition

and of equal length.


3
The tuan are single paragraphs of from 60 to 120 words.
between any two pairs of ku, or at longer intervals.
be

they must

in pairs

us of

life,

inn!

An

essay

may

be

all of tuan, or

may have tuan

predicate: kang, properly, the drag-rope of a net; the chief consideration with reference to the

subjects of writing, as

we

say, the worthier;

mu, the eye; used

chang-mu, accounts, mu-lu, an index.


5 Self-evident
pu tai yen i, one does not wait for words to
the end of sentences.

in the sense of subdivision or section.

Cf.

Intelligibility is

complete

lit.,

tell

one

i,

a classical expletive found only at

the words have no meaning over and above [what

is

expressed].

PART

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

485

referred to the categorical classification of the language entitled nouns l (ming-mu).


"
"
"
"
man," book," illness," year," for example, are all ming-mu (nouns).

The words

When

a noun occurs in English, whether written or spoken, there is often prefixed to it


another word to show whether it has been the subject of a former proposition or not. In Chinese

no words are
there

know

specifically distinguished as performing this function still, when occasion demands,


a method of discriminating between definiteness and indefiniteness.
When we hear it said, for instance, yu ko jdn lai, yu i ko jen lui (A person is come), wo
that the person spoken of has not been spoken of before, and that in the mind of the
;

is

2
speaker there is an indefiniteness as to the individuality of the person in question. But if a
3
speaker were to say, no, ko jdn lai liao (The person, that person, is come), the hearer would
know that the person come was the person who had been earlier mentioned. By means of the

limitation thus clearly laid

Our words

23.

and

down by the
and

no,

die,

speaker, there

is

a positive indication [of the fact].

properly speaking, are employed to distinguish between this

that.
5

them by-and-by; but in the


not
that as distinguished from
employed
this [not the demonstrative pronoun], but serves, in short, to show that the proposition is not
indefinite [in other words, it is the definite article].
24.

phrase na

That

perfectly true; I shall return


ko jdn, given in paragraph 22, the na

25.

is

The Chinese word

ch'i

to that use of
7

is

would seem on some occasions, but not as a

rule, to

correspond

to the English definite article.

You

are right; in the phrase ch'i yu ti (The remaining ones), the word ch'i shows
definitively that all besides certain [things or persons] already excluded are included [in the
proposition of the speaker]. The ch'i in the phrase ch'i yao tsai tz'ti (The essential is this), again,
26.

But take the following:


serves specially to indicate the important point [in a proposition].
man
like that there is no telling what
hsiang fa na ko j(!n ch'i hsin pu k'o wen (With a
passing in his

mind)

(lit,

no questioning

is

his heart), the ch'i is simply to be construed as t'a

(he, his).

and Chinese 8 without any prepositive word; e.g., Man


created beings; Gold is heavier than silver; in these two sentences,

Nouns may be used both


is

the most intelligent of


1

Nouns

ming, name

all

mu,

in English

still

in the sense of subordinate divisions

q.d.,

name and

necessary to observe that although no violence is done to the real meaning of the combination
it nomina, the Chinese do not apply the term to any word as a grammatical distinction.
2
An indefiniteness many, a waste of waters, wu ting hxiang, no certain direction.

index.

It is scarcely

ming-mu by tran^

But if a speaker she,


Our words: note the

Cf. the Portuguese posto qite and our sup-pose.


; jo, if.
hsieh acting as a plural affix to chf, which, however, so far as Chinese granm
concerned, might with equal propriety stand either alone or be followed by ko.
s
Perfectly true: fe& jan, self-existent a matter of course; k'o, properly or permissibly; something as in our
:

to place, ponere

phrase, It

may

be stated as

6 I shall

an axiom

that, etc.

See 26,

na

k'o

pu

ts'o.

return: the ch'ieh, elliptical for chan ch'ieh, for the present;

hereafter again I speak.

lit.,

that for the present wait, [until]

=
Note ch'iieh, on the contrary, at the
chuan, special, particular, the word employed.
rendered in English by the disjunctive but at the beginning of the first.
8
=
English and Chinese: lit., in the language of both nations there are places instances [in which the words
with.
described] k'o she, may be dispensed
7

The na employed

head of the

last clause of the sentence,

486
"

Tzft

and

"

"

man,"

silver

gold,"

"

ERH

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

aro generic denominations, and as such can be used without any article

so with pn>|u-r names.

SECTION

III.

NUMERATIVE NOUN.]

[THE CHINESE

1
whenever a
Chinese nouns, on the other hand, have the following peculiarity:
2
an
associate
to
it
be
(or attendant)
noun, person, or thing occurs in Chinese, there may
prefixed
noun. In the sentences i ko jen, i wei kuan, i p'i ma, i chih ch'uan, the words ko, ivei, p'i, and

27.

c/'

the nouns attendant on jen (man)

<h are

kuan

(officer),

attendant nouns are not exclusively prefixes of the

ma

(horse),

and ch'uan

These

(ship).

nouns they accompany; they sometimes

In speaking, for instance, of horses or ships collectively, we may say ma-p'i


ch'uan-chih
(horses),
(shipping).
And where a noun has just occurred, the attendant noun may be used as a substitute
28.
follow them.

for

it,

mai

Suppose a person to have been buying cattle and to say to me,


cattle) yesterday I ask him, to-shao chih (how many head) did you
In this instance niu (cattle) is the
shih
chi chih (some ten head).
bought

as in the following case

liao

niu

was buying

(I

buy ? he answers,
noun proper, and

chih, the attendant

noun

the attendant

noun being substituted

proper, the repetition of the latter becomes unnecessary.


The attendant noun is also occasionally substituted for the
29.
written as well as in the oral language.

for the

noun proper

noun

in the

To conclude the true function of the attendant noun is, apparently, to distinguish
30.
the generic from the specific (or the general from the particular). The nouns t'ien, being huang
fien (Heaven), or tu, being hou t'u (Earth), 3 are general designations incapable of subdivision into
minor denominations they have consequently no attendant nouns associated with them. Where
:

the general designation [applies to what] is capable of subdivision into parts or items, the
attendant noun is of use in numeration in that it represents the item as distinguished from
the

total.

[These attendant nouns, therefore, will be spoken of henceforth as Numeratives,] and


now given for the use of the student of all the numeratives in connexion with the nouns

31.

list is

to which they are attached.

[The Numeratives arranged in alphabetical order.]


j-

f^ chan

[numerative of lamps e.g.,] Bring a lamp I want to read. The word chan is
synonymous with the word wan (a cup) ; you may say yi chan cli'a for a cup of tea, or yi
wan ch'a, with equal propriety; it is not, however, applied to hand lanterns
the
;

also

(teng lung),

numerative of which
'

is ko.

Peculiarity chuan shu, specially belonging


Associate ch'in; lit., the backing of cloth,
:

*
3

Heaven, Earth

Of. Coilns, father


Chinese-,"

a particular property.

to,

added to a flimsy material. See also 98, 15, Note 7


huang t'ien, sovereign heaven hou t'u, queen, or empress, earth the twin powers of nature.
"
of Saturn, and Tellus; also, ge
The
anassa, queen earth. See Sir JOHN DAVIS on Funeral Kites, in
:

Chapter VIII.

etc.,

PABT

THE PAHTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

11 chang acts as the numerativo of

all

such words

487

as table, chair, bed, stool, bow,

2
paper, loom, net, as being things which show a certain broadness.

J*f[ chen [numerative of showers, gales, outbreaks, etc. ; e.g.,] a heavy fall of rain, a gale
of wind, an uproar, uproarious discussion, of a certain duration.
The word clten means, properly,
to fight an action, and is used as a numerative with reference to the suddenness which is the

condition [of the occurrences in question];


person or event] cannot wait.

number

is,

chi (a dose).

^fij

such eagerness to arrive that [the

implies, say,

properly, to board, as a ship, to get on, as a cart, or to mount, as a horse.


3
occasionally the numerative of chiao (sedan-chair), but ting is also used.
f}| ch'eng

It is

it

of drugs are

2}fl

chia

chi of medicine

made up

[literally,

a draught 4 composed of a

into pills, the composition

a frame; you

clock, a single tie-beam (wall-plate).

you may

is

say,]

number of drugs.
of
as
spoken
yi liao yo.

is

a piece of ordnance, a single

Of the tie-beam, you

hawk

When

or falcon, a

say, speaking of two, liang chia

but

also say i tui (a pair).

[HD

the space between four wooden pillars;


etc.; but we must be careful how we use it.

chien

it

is

is

consequently the numerative

For instance, when a person says,


has
a
whole
I have bought a fatig-tzit, he means that he
so, or a whole ch'u (a set of
bought
Were he to say, na ko fangpremises), comprising hao hsieh chien fang-tzti (several buildings).
of house, room,

a good house), the expression would be understood to apply to all premises 5


6
If you asked a man, How many chien are there in
inside the outer (lit., the great) gate.
tzti

hao (that

is

that house (na ko fang-tzU), and he were to reply, Some thirty chien, he would be speaking
of all the apartments 7 into which the house is capable of being subdivided [all the spaces

defined by four

wooden

In the palaces of Chinese


generally on the north side a building with an upper and lower

pillars],

without reference to their dimensions.

princes and dukes, there is


is subdivided into five or seven chien.
story, each of which

you are outside you say


say there are

We

wu

it is

All such words

Which show

when

a fang-tzti, of five or seven chien


you are inside the house you
In the following,
(five or seven rooms) [as the case may be].

speaker means that there are a number of chien in communication

note the fan supported by die, hsieh tzit at the end of the
it is because
a certain broadness note the literal meaning

its divisions,

; if

chien wu-tzti

ch'i

live in i ko ivu, the

two

Referring to

cla-.'

its

form slightly possesses a width-

Cf. our vulgar ivide-lilce.

fashion.
3
4

Ch'eng

is

generally applied to chairs to which bearers are attached

ting, to chairs

without the bearers.

draught lit., made into a broth to be drunk.


All premises note t'nng supported by tou, all.
:

The

great gate: i ko ta men, the one great gate; q.d., the sole great entrance.
All the apartments: construe, He does not distinguish great from small; an ko chien, he lays the hand
Observe that mi. aimingst other meanings, = ch it, to hold in the
on, *c., counts, each apartment, erh, and, speaks.
hand; both an and chit being commonly rendered according to; i/.il., by what I have hold of I infer. Note a similar
7

construction of 6rh shuo under the next numerative

also of erh lun,

under

li.

M of Mam-hu and Mongolian nobles; the


Princes and dukes: the wane/, princes, are the two hi;
fourth classes, arc also included in the generic term
kung, dukes, the fifth and sixth the beile and beitse,, third and
wang kung. The latter term, kung, has also been from ancient times the first of five orders of rank, to a certain extent
conferred for distinguished service; but the/w, palace, is distinctively the residence of the wang Inmg.
8

hereditary,

T/r KRH CHI.

488

with one another, and that there


t\M> live in

(/((<')!

-king the

When you

ft

fliicn

number

[originally,

may be exchanged

We

How many

ask,

he were

We

to say,

occupy the same apartment, comprised

in the

ckien are there in this liu of fang-tzu,

of houses in the row.

With such nouns

clothing.

If

but one door for ingress or egress.

is

he would mean,

u-u--t:ti,

u four pillars.
.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

to divide;

to

enumerate]

the only numerative of articles of

is

as affairs, utensils, despatches, etc., to

for other numeratives, as ckuang,

a pair]

4?t chih [properly, half

is

yang, and

which

it

acts as numerative,

it

t'ao.

the numerative of fowl, duck, goose, ox, sheep,

tiger,

arm, hand, foot, eye, all of which being


tilings that make pairs (J
shuang), chili is employed to show that a half pair is meant. Of a
of
for
shoes,
eliuang
instance, you say that one chih has been lost.
box, and

ship,

like

also, of shoe, boot, stocking,

words;

jfc chih [a branch or twig] i chih la (a candle)


vhure a number of flower-blossoms are growing on the
;

and

but kuan (a tube)

ti

pi (a pencil)
(a flute),
difference between rhih and chih-tzu: you
[properly, the

cli<m

!f[il

mounted

the word chou

is

i chih

hua

(a stalk of flowers)

same stem.
more common.

You may

is

used

use chih with

Observe that there

is

say a chih-tzu (column) of troops or irregulars.

may

nave of a wheel].
The expression i chou hua-'rh signifies a
is used with reference * to the two knobs of the roller which

show themselves at the lower end of the scroll. For the same reason the kao-feng (patents
according rank to the parents or ancestors of an official, be they living or dead) are spoken
of as

many chou

so

brin,!,'

in number.

the numerative of language, oral or written.

"flj

chii is

chiian [a numerative of book, document, etc.]

or return), 2 or with shu (a book)

<>r

rods of joss-stick) held together

at/ (say,

hat
;

you may use

it

with

ts'e-tzti

(a roll

more common with both.


;

the numerative of joss-stick

by a paper band are called a

ku

a number of chu

(a limb),

and

five

kw

packet).
ch'u (place)

fgji.

walls

is

chu [properly, the wick of a lamp]

j|3i

(sticks

but pen

is

synonymous with ti-fang

(a certain extent of space).

When you

you have bought

i ch'u fang-tzti (a house), you include all


premises within the boundary
the
same
of
a
which
has
no
you might say
single building
boundary walls.

ch'uan [a string of things strung together, as] pearls, priests' beads, court beads, 3 cash
A string of priests' beads or court beads may also be spoken of as a kua of beads. The
numerative of bead, as a single bead, is k'o.
Is

'

it,

used with reference

superior to inferior

patent

is

ku fa'a ti'ai shuo, because of this therefore [do men] say


The kao-feng are, literally, mandates conferring rank kao, intimation of
hence rank. Note that kao-feng is more properly to confer such rank the

note the construction

fing, properly,

fief,

kao-ming.
.'',

(ttt

Part VII,
3

the

being placed at the end of the clause.

fourtli

roll

or return,

xc.,

of persons, such as a muster

roll,

a census return, etc.;

ts'e

also read ch'ai

9).

Court

IH-;K].-:

the

ncckliii.-f

ami higher grades; clt'uan

worn
is

in full dress

by

civilians of the fifth

the numerative of necklace, etc.

and higher grades; by military men of

PART

chuang

is

%fi ch'uang (a bed)

fang

into the ground.


It is used in the spoken
of
where
the
the
affair),
object
speaker is to speak specially of
The numerative chien is much more common with shih-ch'ing.

used with coverlid, mattress, carpet.

numerative of broken brick and stone

(square),

489

wooden stakes driven

(piles),

language with shih-ch'ing (an


one matter amongst a number.

~)j

THE PAETS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

[in

regular heaps],

also of

excavation [work].
"

fp n9

ifej

letter
tzti,

and

r igi na lly,

a seal; hence, to seal up]. It acts as the numerative of


It means, properly, to keep concealed 3 this is why it is used with shu-

like words.

shu-hsin

fief;

later,

(letters).

3
[properly fu*, also fu (see below) a strip, numerative of paper] is not the
same as chang ; it rather approaches t'iao ; still, the difference of width [respectively indicated
4
A fu (sheet) of note-paper is a chang of note-paper.
by the two words] is not so very great.

/-

tyS

Speaking of pu (cloth) you

by the/u,

may

say a fu? (length of cloth), or you

may number

lengths of silk

pjlj

fu

numerative of certain things in pairs

[a

originally, to divide in

always with reference to sets in pairs, as a pair of tui-tzn


them), a set of ear-rings but a set of buttons consists of five.

(scrolls

two

hence] used

with verses, mottoes, upon

bin [a bough, numerative

of] ch'iang, [whether translated as] musket or singleof


of
If the ch'iang be a ch'av</ch'a, three-pointed spear.
ch'eng, steel-yard;
pointed spear;
ch'iang (sc., spear, not musket), it is equally correct to use t'iao as the numerative but t'vio
flp

cannot be used [with ch'iavg as musket, or] with the other nouns mentioned.

$|
pole,

ken [properly, a root below the ground]

bamboo
nouns

similar

is

the numerative of mast,

pole, lamp-wick, felled timber, hair of the


;

always having reference to form.

With

flagstaff, staff

or

[or body], hair of the beard, and


kuen-tzu, a staff or porter's pole, it is as

head

correct to use t'iao as ken.

ko [anciently, besides other meanings, an individual], used in a great many different


but
more constantly in such phrases as cM ko jen (this man), che ko li (this sense.
positions,
With other nouns it may or may not 6 be
principle, theory), che ko tung-hsi (this thing).
tljjij

employed.
is
^J*: k'o

never employed but as the numerative of

k'o [originally,

a small head

tree.

hence the unit of small round things], used with pearl,


Any round thing can in general be

head decapitated; in both cases with reference to form.

numbered by

k'o.

Note

See also

chiieh'-tzii, a
to,

peg

e.g.,

To keep concealed

Not

Mnv

so very great
or

may

not

single bricks, etc.,

note the construction k'uan


lit.,

is Tc'uai,

a piece.

word properly lias the meaning of t" wrap up [so


lit.,
Note the polysyllable pao-tsamg-pu-lao-ti, formed by ti into an attributive of li.

note the construction:

that there shall be] non-appearance.


4

a tent peg.

The numerative of

below.

when

because

cliai,

tliis

the width

elsewhere using the word ko,

all

of.

[such use of

it] is

huo yung, conditional

use.

62

490

ERH

TZfr

P
many

k-ott

mouth)

(the

But though

persons.

of so
with cooking-pan, bell, sword, water-jar
does act as numerative to all these nouns, there is a distinction

you may use

it

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

it

to be observed regarding its use with persons.

Males and females spoken of collectively are

spoken of separately are also k'ou; of men, you say so many ming (names) or so
many ko (individuals). The word too with k'ou means weapon (sc., a sword) you may also say
1
The bell described as i k'ou chuny is
i pa too for a sword also, for the pork-butcher's knife.

Jtfou; females

that

hung

in temples

ku

JJ

it

has no tongue, 2 and has to be struck to

[properly, the

too (a road or way),

k'uai (a

^|f

kuan

under part of the thigh

ku = t'iao;

in

make

it

sound.

one of the numeratives of road]


is found with lu (road).

with

more polished conversation ku

a piece); you may use it with dollar, ink-cake, brick, door-slab (pien);
but it is very comprehensive; e.g., take a dollar and buy a carpet (or, [someone] bought a
carpet with a dollar).
bit,

(a tube),

numerative of things that are hollow within and present a certain

length [to the grasp] for instance, pencil, flute, clarionet


be exchanged for chih (numerative of branch, stalk, etc.).
;

in all

which

cases,

however,

it

may

3
|Jj k'uen [properly, to bind in a bundle], used with firewood, as faggot straw, etc., as
bundle onions, as bunch meaning always that some of the article spoken of is bound up.
;

$L U

[properly, a grain of

rice],

used, as having reference to the form of the article,

with rice or with pill


ling [properly, the neck], used only with hsi-tzu (mat)

[U mien

(a face) is

numerative of gong, drum,

and

flag or banner,

^uei

pao (rush

screen).

mirror [of glass or metal].

All articles that have a pa*-'rh (handle that


}fi pa [properly, to grasp in the hand].
3
All such nouns, for instance, as
the hand can lay hold of) are enumerated as so many pa
5
take
slice
(kitchen utensil), fork, fan, lock,
pa. With i-tzu (chair) you may use
tea-pot, knife,
.

pa

or chuinj.
[properly, to wrap] is numerative of
7
such, for instance, as sugar, opium.

^J pao
packages

^C pen [properly, the


With shu you may use chuan
'

Butcher's knife

Tongue

(o

4
,

all

articles

that can

be made into

lower trunk of a tree] is used with shu (book), chany (accounts).


(chapter), but not with chang.

t'u', originally, to flay

clapper of a bell

to kill

hu, a person

t'u

hu, the slayer,

described in an ancient commentary as the

mu

sc.,

of pigs.

she,

wooden tongue, of chin

mouth.

t'ou, the metal


3

K'un

is

Rush

screen

Slice

properly written with the 64th Radical.


:

u-ci,

the bulrush

pao', a coarse screen

made

of the bulrush.

plate of tin or iron with a long handle, used to take things fried out of the pan.
6
Whatsoever be things that [man] can wrap up out of sight, [speaking of
Packages: note the construction
Observe that the subject of both verbs, shou-kuo and ywig,
these] all, can [one] use pao to act as the attendant word.
In Latin fan^cumque in qiuncumque, the qua being represented
is in reality jen understood.
which stands for
:

the ch'an?

is

flat

by

things;

thou=in

termination in
7

in involve; the

bilis.

words

ch'i lai=t\ie inflexion of

the passive participle in

dm,

ti,

or the verbal adjective

Coin a word and the sentence would run Quascumque sint involubilia.
t'u, suioke-cky, so called from the colour and form of the balls in which the drug

Opium: yen

is

imported.

PART
04

ma

which

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

491

amongst other meanings, the unit of horses], the only numerative of


may also use t'ou (head), and under certain conditions ko,

p'l [anciently,

(horse)

VIII.

with ass and mule you

the invariable numerative of camel.

is

/E

p'i [originally written as p'i (numerative of horse), forty Chinese feet], sole

tive of silk piece goods, satin,

where nothing has been cut

damask, lawn, gauze, cotton fabrics;

off [as

we

it

is

numera-

properly applied only

say, the piece].

p'ien [originally, before the invention of paper, a bamboo writing tablet], numerative
(the essay in measured prose), fu (the essay in rhyming prose), and lun (the
in
four
essay
paragraphs) each of these terms signifying a piece of composition. The question,
How many p'ien are there in this book ? has reference to the number of sheets ( = leaves) the
^fff

of

wen chang

p'ien here has a different sense from the p'ien used of a piece of composition.
$j| p'u (to spread out)

is

The p'u*

you always use chang.

used with no noun but kang (stove-bed)


in p'u-tien (shop),

with ch'vang (bed),

though syllabically the same, has a different

tone.

house) is the same as i ch'u fang-tzti, both referring


to the whole range of buildings within the entrance gate.
pj\ so (a place)

J|
fan],
its

shan

is,

on account of

i so fang-tzit (a

properly, an article used to drive

resemblance to which a door

its

doors and windows yet


"||

poetry

is

still

wanting.

hence, a beginning
here, a stanza] is only used with
[originally, the head
a
of
as
word marking the beginning and ending
the lines [lit, sentences, sc., that

shou

q.d.,

there are four or five

1
away the heat and give oneself air [a
called shan.
That house has not got all

make

a stanza]. The writer makes any number of stanzas according to the subject of his
verse, and the number of lines in each stanza varies it may be four, eight, twelve, or at the
most sixteen. The stanzas are not necessarily of an even number one may with equal propriety
2

make a poem

of four or five stanzas, or of

some

score.

t'ai is, properly, to carry, as two or more persons lifting an object by united action.
funeral the bier may have as many as sixty-four t'ai (bearers) [hence, applied to the
thing borne, the numerative of presents sent]. The smallest wedding trousseau consists of eight
Whenever presents
t'ai ; if the family be wealthy, there may be as many as a hundred or more.

At a

are sent to anyone, the t'ai are in pairs.


Iff tan

is

a load 3 such as one

man

carries over his shoulder

on a

porter's pole.

The

tan ch'ai-huo (he is carrying a load of fuel) means that the person spoken
phrase
of bears the pien tan (the flat pole) on his shoulder, and that fuel is borne at the two ends of
If the fuel borne be but a single faggot or parcel, it would be borne (tiao) on a
the pole.
t'a t'iao-cho i

kun-tzu

(a staff or stake) [not

on a pien tan, and the said

staff]

would be k'ang [not

t'iao]

on the shoulder.
1

Drive away heat

ch'ii',

properly, to drive

away wild animals

to drive

away

shu, heat, and chao fcng,

invite air.
2

sui

tso,

The

writer, shih chia, the verse

man, the

poet, k'an

proceeds to make, verse stanzas many or few.


3
Tan*, the load carried tan', to carry a load.
;

t'i,

looking to what

is

propounded,

= ft m,

his subject,

TZU KRH CHI.

77
tint

ttn>

ci knife),

one upon tho other

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

a quantity of sheets laid


only used with paper, a too of paper being
employed with reference to the effort required to cut through a quantity

of paper so placed.
ill tm> (a road) is used always in the sense of t'iao (a strip), with river, bridge, wall,

wound

The bridge

or breach. Imperial Decree.

outside the front gate of the capital

is

a san tao

clrlno (a triple bridge). 1

i t'ao

an outer casing, a wrapper; now, among other senses, a book wrapper];


shu means a number of books in one wrapper. One fao may be the whole of a work, or

a work

t'tio

may

[properly,

be divided into several

>

t'ao

i-shang (a suit of clothes)

is

a p'ao (the long

and you t'ao (slip


sizes which fit one into the
first,

$j?

t'ao.

(the somewhat shorter outer garment) you ch'uan (put on) the p'ao
over it) the kua. I t'ao chiu pei is a set of twelve wine cups of graduating

kua

inner garment) and a

other.

'mo [properly, a twig];

it is

common

with silk (as a single thread), cord (as a single

sense (q.d., the sense or principle of a thing), street, road.


string), sash, girdle, chain, dog, rainbow,
You may use Piao with ho (a river), but also tao.

HA

cataplasm).

of the

Tft

/<

fit

t'ieh

'/<!/

(the

(a

to

crown of the head)

bud)

nouns.

is

[anciently,

The common word

for the

bud'2

but

also,

a target

here, as a stack], like

to,

the numera-

a regular heap, tui an irregular one.

to is

used with ox, mule, ass; it is equally correct to use ko with these
chih, not by fou.
[The word t'ou is the numerative to many
head ornaments, cap plumes, etc.]

numbered by

are

tu [anciently, a wall of

Mfe.

tui

is

the numerative of chair, cap.

is

an ante-chamber

other nouns, such as garlic,

in confusion.

(sc.,

ku-to.

/'on (the head),

Sheep

not used as a numerative except with plaster

as a numerative, only used with flower.

wood, bricks, or earth


Jjj|

is

of gold-leaf consists of ten sheets.

unopened flower

5^
tive of

[properly, to stick on]

t'ieh

like to (a heap);

Like

to it is

fifty feet

but

long]

is

to applies to

numerative of wall; tu or

tao.

things regularly stacked, tui, to what

is

piled

used with wood, brick; also with earth and like things. 4

iJPI tun [originally, to bow the head to the ground


subsequently, a turn or time hence,
a meal], numerative of meal, flogging, as though implying a certain fulness or completeness.
;

J?{? /.so [properly, the standing part of a bed


mountain, tomb, temple, pagoda, walled town.

Triple bridge

Bud: the ku'

any seat

a stand for vases,

etc.],

used with

a bridge of three roads side by side.

in ku-to

has no meaning.

one to wood, one to bricks, [men] saying effect [this proposition,


Regular order: note the construction
that] there is pai, an array, te, cHcvting, i-h'i, in regular order, dicng, composing ; = the two expressions mean wood and
bricks placed in regular order.
4

Like things:

ti

inds, things

homogeneous.

1'AltT

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

493

If-

-Hi tsun [properly, that which

is

respected,

specially as ruler or father]

you use

it

with

p'uo (cannon), but you also use wei and chia.


fji wei (a
ffi wei

three officials

tail),

numerative of

means the proper

fish

t'iao

may

also be used with fish.

any person or tiling, whether standing up or seated


a single cannon some visitors.

position of

of the rank of ta-jen ;

3c w^n

[originally, streaks of any kind; later, writing, composition] is numerative of


but
nothing
copper cash. A single cash is commonly spoken of as i ko to. ch'ien. Were you
3
to ask, How many cash (chi iven ch'ien) does such a thing cost ? the answer would be to shoo ta

many cash). The use of the word in this capacity is found


when
cash were coined 5 with an inscription upon them.
dynasty,
ch'ien (so

to date

from the Chou

H^ yen

(the eye)

is

used as numerative of

well.

SECTION

IV.

[NUMBER, SINGULAR AND PLURAL.]


32.
Proceeding next to the consideration of the numbers of nouns, the difference
between the Singular and the Plural, we find that the Chinese language has a large variety
of forms by which the one number is distinguished from the other: in some cases the noun
itself,

without the addition of a numeral, will act as a noun of number

in some, plurality is

represented by the reduplication of the noun; in some, such words as the following are

employed

chung
to
to
to

(all,

(many)

a multitude)

shao* (a large

hao hsieh ko
tou

may

it

(a

ta chia

number)

good many)

(all

chu

(all)

fan

(all

te'ng

where the number of a noun has

Lastly,

or

(all)

(all

specially, both)

ch'iian (the whole, entire)

shao 3 (how many)

chun

the persons)

whatever)
(a class, a sort).

to be stated numerically, the

numeral may precede

follow the noun.

Respected

cannon are had in special respect, and under certain circumstances are

See note

sacrificed to.

",

below.
3
Three officials: in German, French, Italian, and other languages, indeed, though more rarely, in English,
the appellative of respect is tacked somewhat in this way to certain nouns, but appositively, not numeratively e.g., their
The French might translate chi, i wei p'ao by monsieur It
lord-ships the commissioners, messieurs les deputes, etc.
;

(lit

canon.
3

Were you

three, four, or
<

the prince
5

Chou

to ask, etc.,

= Did

you use wen

in

your question, ko would be used in the answer, were the cash

any number.

Chou dynasty
who suppressed
:

First coined

dynasty, when,

the last of the three long dynasties which preceded our era, overthrown about B.C. 200
his brother feudatories and made himself Emperor of all China.

construe thus:

in coining cash,

the origin of the use of the word wen [in this connexion] had
were added thereon.
tail, written words,

wen

its

by

cause in the

494

Tztr

number

(very many, a great

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

Take the following examples

33.
to

ERH

hear chung

jn

(all

men, everyone) say that hen

of) people are come.

34._How many are there ? There are IMO hsieh ko (a good number).
What kind of people are they l (ton) ? They are chun (all) people
35.

of perfectly good

dial

have they ch'ilan (all) come, or come in a body? They have to chia (all)
wei (you gentlemen) 3 to manage for them ?
public business, which they beg chu
4
These men (jen teng) of
There is a clue [to be found in] fan shih (all affairs).
37.

Why

36.

course returned at once.


5
In the phrase, A number of people are come,
[that is, if shao be read with the 4th tone].

38.
hsil to

to

shao

may be

used in the sense

you cannot be sure whether one person is come or more


it may be employed where two people are come, or three; of more than three, the common
phrase would be yu chi ko jen.
In the phrase

39.

lai,

say hao hsieh ko jen (a good few) you mean that the
1
a glance how many there are.
tolerably large, such that you cannot tell at

When you

40.

is

yu jen

number

of persons

The people (na hsieh jen-men) in that house (the members of that family) are on
41.
8
with each other.
bad
terms
very
Unless the speaker is alluding to persons, the word men is not employed. 9
42.

The words niu yang in the phrase t'a lai ti shih mai niu yang (He is come to
Were
sell oxen and sheep) must not be construed as meaning a single niu or a single yang.
a person to say t'a yao mai chih niu or mai p'i ma, he would certainly mean that he was
43.

going to

is

one ox or one horse.

sell

In fl'' </! if'n fang-tzti, one chien only is meant, but cM fang-tzti means that there
44.
a number of chien (apartments), greater or less, in the house. [See the numerative chien,

p. 487-]
1

They: ton evidently pluralising the

Good

how

You

character

gentlrini'ii

All

Number

affairs

subject, otherwise untranslatable.

liang shan, virtuous, good citizens, the opposite of hsiung

see farther

of people

flo,

violent

and

vicious.

wei, all [your] worships.

</<

on the compound relative fan; these men, jen

hs'd, originally, to listen to, to permit

teng,

man

class,

= more than one.

in ancient texts also found with chi, as chi htu,

many.'
6
7
3

Tolerably large
Tell

lit.,

as

it'

rhiao, to

:it

compare

here,

and

often,

= rather.

nnr planer you cannot reckon clearly.

had terms: observe jw before ho

mu=wi

in unfriendly, dis in disagreeable; so t'ai

pu

ya, very ill-bred

or discourteous.
!><
noted that men may inako the plural of most personal nouns and all personal pronouns. You
hsieh jen-rmn, those people, ta-jcn-men, their excellencies; k'e-shang-men, the merchants; but it is used
not always, where the noun is preceded by a demonstrative
pronoun or the definite article. The nouns
are used both as singular and plural: ni-min-ti ych-men ton san-liao mo? have all your

It should

may

say

na

dly, if

yeh-i"

:!

"Mice!

yu ko

niang-'rh-mett lai, there is a

woman

come.

The

chi-mo-cho, na-mo-r/to, the cho being probably corrupt for cM, the classical relative.

syllable

men becomes me

or

mo

in

PART

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

495

[The following examples illustrate a variety of plural formations.] There are some
How many? Four. What are they come about, those people? They have
people come.
some
horses
here.
Who is going to buy the horses ? They are not all going to be
brought
45.

sold

one

be possibly bought.

may

much

I don't

care to

SECTION

buy

horses.

V.

[CASE.]

The English noun has three distinct modes 2 of use assigned it, which are variously
3
As no such distinctions exist in Chinese, we shall here
according to circumstances.

46.

applied,

make

shift

with a series of three places, the order of which the reader will find illustrated in
5
if he will have the
goodness to look at them.

the four paragraphs following,

[The Nominative, as ansivering the question Who, What, Which.]

Who

smashed

48.

Who

was

49.

Which

47.

smashed

Who

(or,

is

that has smashed) the tea-cup

it

it

that wrote these words

That

the most intelligent of animals

is

man CHANG 7

The

[The Objective, as ansivering the question

Whom

50.

What

51.

That small child

it.

Going
Three

to

that small boy beating

is

is

that

be sold

woodman doing

construe

modes

distinct

lit.,

not [the case that]

it is

dog.

Whom, What,

beating the

is

He
all

Which.]

little girl.

cutting boughs off trees.

is

must

sell

buy one head [someone] indeed may.

the English in the use of nouns define three forms.

Variously applied, according to circumstances

Make

will bear in

employed interchangeably.

we shall fen
mind the history

shift: ch'iian-ch'ieh, provisionally,

The reader

He

there

classes or gradations.

wrote them.

make

or invent a division into, san teng, three


case.
The nominative of the noun being
from it; thus, properly speaking, the nominal

ch'u,

of our

word

the perpendicular, the cases were the divergences, the fallings away
not a case at all but as it is in all inflected languages the first of the series of forms so styled,
made the first of the three classes between which and the cases an analogy has been attempted.
;

them]

has here been

Have

to be
6

it

the goodness: lit., please look at the four paragraphs below; chiu shih, in that case [you will find
pang-yang, examples, of the division into three ting, places in a series.

Who

smashed tea', to smash by throwing down or letting fall. Note the construction, which might be
The f<! in speech would as often as not be ti; it is best to treat it as a
transposed, as tsa-te na ch'a wan shih shui.
verb auxiliary of the verb immediately preceding it, and so with U in hsieh-tc in the two following examples, whether
you construe thus, Who is it that wrote these words 1 or, Whose writing are these words the latter idiom giving force
:

>.

to shili as the verb substantive, the subject of which


7

That man

to begin shih

na ko

CHANG

note the

hsiiiy Chauij

ti, it

na

is

then the word

tztt,

kojeii following hsing Chant/

would

still

end as

ti,

which

in the

former we treat as the

the xurnamed ("'HAM: one.

Were

Woodman

ch'iaofu, the

man who

M-ntence

in the text.

8
Animals: ch'u 4 sheng, the brute; also used, as with us, of people, as a term of abuse; ch'u, read
liu ch'u, the six ch'u, are horses, oxen, sheep, poultry, dogs, and pigs.
9

olij<

tin-

ch'iao*, collects fuel, is k'an shti chi-tzti, cutting tree boughs.

7i<", to

rear;

496

ERH

TZtJ

as ansivering the question Whose, or of What.]

[Tlie Possessive,

Whose was

52.

Had you

53.

lent

that book

that he has lost

made him a

not

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

present

was that book of mine.

It

book of yours

of that

No

it

was only

him.

54_ Well,

him

then, ask

book of his

for that

to replace yours.

His

is

not the same

as mine.

What day

55.

asked

did you lend

Why

56.

me

to lend
If

57.

died

it

him, but

it

it

him

him

it

him the day

I lent it

He met me

before yesterday.

and

in the street carrying the book,

I refused.

how came he by

refused,

you

it ?

When

I said I

wouldn't

let

him have

he

it,

my hand, and said he would return it in a couple of days.


6
this was abominable, really; you had better not associate with him any more.

out of

Oh

58.

did you lend

'.

[The following show the three Cases.]


59.

to

According

English grammar,

parent's

house, the word tsei-fei (outlaws)

/'/</-, :/f

(house)

possessive
60.

outlaws.

in the sentence

the

first

case),

The outlaws have burned

my

place in the series (the nominative case),

and lao jen chia

(parent's) the third (the

c;ise).

Who set fire to anything?


if you put the following questions:
A
was
burn
?
house.
Whose
house
it?
What did they
My parent's house.

61.

this

is

second (the objective

tlic

is

scries,

This

is

shown 9

The

In a word, in every case the noun representing the agent 10 is in the first place of
the noun representing that which is acted on is in the second, and the noun

in the third.
representing the possessor,

'

book?
/in-'.',

\Vhosc was

has

pOBSes.-1-cl.

It would be generally pronounced ti=one, or that which;


q.d., the lost one is whose
the construction is probably this: tin, to lose, tiu-tc, loss achieved, lost; [someone]
The ti in shui ti, clearly = (e, to obtain, to possess; the who
>nk: that book] is whose book.

hook:

tlint

'lahVis

Tin
lo>t

In

fa

possessed by

(if

Compare the answer,

whom, whose, book.

It

was that I-possessed book, that book belonging to

me, *> of mine.


2

which

it

Made

present:

before

jii

"

p&n

acts us the possessive

.7i

would be quite correct to introduce another ni.


3
Only lent so translated to give due emphasis to the denial.
:

participial

inflexions in

Came

lie

by

it

the force of the inflexion


5

.Snatched

it

As-o.-iate:

from y '"'>', Imt from

</i'iv
:

how

1*

pronoun, not as the subject of sung, before

Note two

ti,

both=(e, and both acting as our

ml.

Treat no, liao ch'ii ea = abstra)io, ami >,' as giving


achieved, the having taken it away.
compare the use of the auxiliaries avoir and arere in parallel constructions.

a)ixtr<i..ii;

In,

from

./,'/;,(,/,

to

he from my hand within, violently, lit., unyieldingly, tore it away.


go through, as a string through things strung; huan, to exchange; ch'uan I

intimate relations.
7

Mil parent's: note the

also ineiins, vulgarly,

u.-e

of ini-im'n instead of the singular;

Inn

j,',<

,!/;,

would not be

\vron--.

mode of expression.
on and one answer you will then perceive it.
10
Agent: /i.<i'ii;/ /<', the one thai acts; acted on, subjected, xtmn li, the one that receives; possessor,
the one to whom [ihe prupertyj MOII-.-; fcuet, lo return; com[)are re-vert.
commonly rendered

ti,

n-<>

Shown

III.,

but

myself.

how can

[one] see

it

pl.rase,

l;n

,'

i!

PART

VIII.

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

SECTION

497

VI.

[GENDER.]

The sexes

62.

of the

brute creation, as

kimy
wood, and stone

Mountain, water,
63.

than he

is

[Sex

man and

that

human

of the

race are distinguished as

(male) and

mu

nan (man) and nu (woman); those


No inanimate; thing has gender.
'

(mother).

are all considered inanimate things.

distinguished sometimes by particular designations, sometimes not <>,.y.,] Are


woman sitting there husband and wife ? No a brother, and a sister younger
;

that

is.

have bought seven chickens, of which two are cocks, and five, hens.
The male of horses is erh mu (stallion); the female, k'o ma (mare).
The bull 2 is [colloquially] kuwg niu ; the cow, mu niu.

64.

65.
66.

SECTION
[THE ADJECTIVE

AND

ITS

VII.

DEGEEES OF COMPARISON.]

For the qualifying 3 and classifying [in the order of their qualities] such of the TJ//
as are shih-tzu (nouns substantive), other words must be added to them.
The substantive
67.

mu
as

it

were the principal

the word added to qualify and describe

degree, the auxiliary

its

is.

(its

adjective).

The word "good," for instance, means nothing by itself; it leaves you nowhere f
"
"
"
"
you must add person or thing to it, and then it will serve the purpose of qualification.
68.

For instance, in the phrases This


serves to characterise " (or describe) the man.
69.

In This paper
different kinds of paper.
70.

71.

the words

"

is

is

a good man, This

white, That paper

is

red, the

man

words

"

is

good, the word

white

"

and

"

red

"

"

good

"

specify

In the phrases Coarse paper and line paper, This paper is coarse, That paper is fine,
"
"
coarse
and " fine distinguish the [one paper from the other as differing in] degree

[of fineness or coarseness].


7
[Degrees of Comparison.] There is, farther, a gradation of increase and decrease
to be observed in the employment of the adjective, which the following section will explain.

72.

Has gender: yin, the female principle of nature; yang, the male. Note the term
The bull mang properly, a piebald ox or cow not used colloquially.

Mti

fen hsiang, dividing into sorts ting ting, determining ranks.


3
4
the jaw or cheek hence
Auxiliary fu chu, to stand by and assist, as a minister his Sovereign fit , properly,
in
its
the
wheel
the wood which keeps
place.
5 Nowhere: cho
You .say that an atfair has
definite whereabouts of anything.
lo, bottom found in sounding,
3

Qualifying

eho lo

when

it is

satisfactorily disposed of.

Characterise

Gradation: ti'engtz'u;

lit.,

does the service of distinguishing the sort or quality.


lit.,

succession of layers.

63

40S

6RH

TZtT

He

73.

is

most intelligent of
intelligent than anyone.

That

74
Of

still.

You

intelligent.

is

all

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

more

are

intelligent.

He

is

more

these people.
is the most intelligent

He

impracticable.

That

is

are

more

man

He

intelligent than he.

He

intelligent than those people.

is

more

1
in the world.

more impracticable. 2

these methods the most impracticable

[all]

You

That

is

more impracticable

is that.

75._The highest roof in Peking is that of the Emperor's palace.


He has more money than I (or, His fortune is larger than mine).
76.
not to be compared

to his.

77.

My

abilities are

78.

He

is taller

79.

Which

of those two speaks the better

Who

the most learned 5 of these three?

than

I (or, I

am

shorter than he).

mandarin

Li

is

rather the better speaker of

the two.
80.

is

SECTION

Also Li.

VIII.

[THE PRONOUN.]
81.

himself when he is
[Personal Pronouns.] The word by which a man designates
wo (I, me) the word by which I designate anyone that I am addressing in conversa(i

is

talking
tion

person besides you and myself is p'ang


allude to him in conversation with each other, we designate

ni (thou, thee).

is

you and

The

82.

concerned)
83.

Any

plural of the personal

ni-men

(ye)

pronoun

is

wo-men

(we)

jn
him

(a third party),

and

if

fa.

tsa-men (we two,

or, all

of us

t'a-men (they).

The word fa may be used

in speaking of birds

and brutes

in Chinese, but

it is

not

often applied to inanimate things.


7
If you were to ask,
Speaking of a dog, you can say, t'a (he) is a good watch-dog.
Is that table taken away, the person addressed would reply, tin Rao ch'u liao ; he could not say,

84.

nn kun

T'A ch'u liao.

under heaven.

'

In the world

More impracticable you might transpose kcng and shih, or introduce shih before tsai.
Xot to be compared pi pn ch'i, cannot rise to a level with his abilities on comparison.

lit.,

T,
;

shorter: his then liang*, his body-measure, stature.

which is strong
[jo lun, if we consider] these three men's lisio-wen, learning,
rh'iang here strongest, because the comparison is of more than two; in the foregoing sentence,

Must, learned: construe thus:


.'

two only are compared.


note the construction:! to >hui, whom, whomsoever, = anyone, am speaking; [my] ch'cng
Observe that the relation of these indefinite relatives to their antecedents, as also
thui, designation of anyone is ni.
<ro'/

r,

ber;in-e

Addressing:

that

'it'

tin-

correlative conjunctions,

or pronouns;

e.g.,

ni

110,0

to-shao,
'i

= wh.

11

constantly represented in Chinese, as here, by reduplication, especially of verbs


na to-shao, you can take whatever number you want, or, as many as you want;

want many or few, you can take many or few sit Hi ji'n xli/i ?c, be it person, be it tiling
you come upon them so make use of them; sui, to follow, here and
:

or tiling, sui chao s>n //.</, as

ling to.
7

is

Tc'o

Cf. geqiiar,

Good watch-dog: note

secumln m.

lai, auxiliary,

following kou, the object of

t'i ch'i.

PART
85.

2.

The man whom

did you go to see ?


a teacher who used l to teach

4.
5.

CHANG.

6.

Is

7.

What

lane

8.

I said

Tiger-skin Lane

is

his

g.

That

Whom

1 1

He

is

What
He is

14.

Which

15.
1

6.

did you say

17.

am

You

86.

is

he teaching them

Who

still
9

putting the

he

lives outside the walls.

my

relations.

official

yourself, sir

book that you gave me

at the

was

[e.g.,]

it

that

it,

correspondence,

the younger in the Four

last year.

10

told

you

come

to

she n -mo

na

whether

ko,

jen (what person was

it,

etc.)

etc.).

are

you come

room

to rights.

You may

89.

lives

the pronoun shui (who) only of persons; shfo-mo and

(shui)

What

88.

of Great East Street,

abler than the elder.

is

you reading now

ko jen (what person was

am

CHANG

made the more way

of the two has

are

use

is

speaking of persons or things


87.

the lane fourth from the south end

side.

think the younger

What

instructing the elder in


Books. 7

Lane

he teaching at present ?
teaching two people, both of them

13.

2.

mandarin. 2

lives in Tiger-skin

not the lane in which

is

10.

me

'.

CHANG who

the

it

name

on the west

wont to see was not at home.

Whom
He is
What

3.

499

[Relative Pronouns.]
1

na

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

for

am come

say ni ai hsi shih

na

What

for the tea-cup.

are you doing here

yi ko (which do you like) either of persons

or things.
1
Who used note the position of the muuerative, which with
words which are formed by ti = U into an attributive of the noun;
:

yi, one,
lit.,

= the

[the

article a,

man]

is

not before, but

after,

the

fonnerly-teach-me-mandarin-

ing one teacher.


'
3
4

or

at,

and

Kuan hua
What lane

the spoken language of government.


lit.,

say again what lane

Fourth from the south end


ti

or

til,

which, as

lit.,

we should

it

it is

was.
that lane [described

say, inflects tsai.

by

Construe: It]

all
is

the words between

tsai, to be, or, to

be in

the-fte-great-east-street-south-end-road-wc-t-

side-nuniber-four-lane-Mig', that lane.


5

What

is

he teaching them?

lit.,

he teaches them what kung

k'o,

tasks?

hung, labour;

k'o,

originally,

examination.
6

Correspondence: win *hu,

The Four Books:

of Confucius
8
9

10

"
;

Meng

Made the more way


You use remember
:

Who

was

it

official

documentary

style, as distinguished

"Ta

Hsio," the Study for Adults;


Tzfl," [the Doctrines of] Mencius.
viz.,

that

Men chang,
that

na when

perceptible improvement
interrogative

is

from wen chang, elegant composition.

"Chung Yung,"
;

q.d.,

[men] chien,

na 3 when demonstrative,

note that in these three sentences

ti is

the

as often used as

t(.

Mean; "Lun Yu,"

see,

not.

the Dicta

[him] chang, growing.

RH

TzO

500

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

What is it that he is engaged upon


What he really wants is this.

90.
91.

over there

He

has not told

me what

it is.

[Compound Relative Pronouns.]


Whosoever breaks the law must be

92.

tried and punished.


2
be
the
law,
they who they may, must be tried and punished.
Any persons breaking
Whosoever is deserving of reward I shall be sure to reward.
1

1.

2.
3.

93.

they kill everyone they fall in with.


4
must
take out a passport.
interior
the
into
Whoever goes
5
That story is false it is not to be believed, be the teller who he may.

Those brigands are very ferocious

i.

2.
3.

7.

Whoever is recommended 6 by him is promoted and rewarded.


Whatever he desires me to take in hand, I must take in hand.
Did I not tell you to bring over whatever books there were there
over ?
Certainly and are there any that I have not brought

8.

There

4.
5.

6.

~'

94

[Possessive Pronouns.]
Is he not your father

2.

No he

3.

Indeed

4.

He

5.

Is that

6.

It is

is

my

what

'

is

his age

8.

g.

You

it is

the one you commissioned


one that I bought myself. 9

are going
I can't;

11

10

to take a

His age

greater than

is

mine by

it ?

am

CHANG

to

buy

walk in the Tung-hua

for you, 8

Yuan

is it

not

to-day, aren't

you

on duty to-day.

Whosoever breaks the law: so yu, whosoever or whatsoever there be; so, originally, place, position;
is this, ?/, there are law
transgress-ing [persons]
hung, all, tei, [man] must, try and punish.

the position
*

I (or,

own.

it is

Xo,

10.

book yours, or did you borrow

my

behind.

is

Ah
No

left

elder brother.

upwards of twenty years older than


more than twenty years).

7.

a volume in the press that you have

is

q.d.

Be they who they may wu lun [the agent, here government], does not discuss who it is that has broken
who has broken the law, having broken it,] chiu, in consequence, must [the government] try and
:

the law; [the person

punish.
3

Fall in with

[let

them] meet

whom

[they

will], all

they slay.

Passport chih, to grasp in the hand, chao, that which shows, a testimony chih-chao is generic of various
document* of the kind which are ling, taken out. Understand ti jen after nei ti, the interior, all persons that enter,
:

Xotr

that

in'i ti is

China

also one expression for

Be

Recommended:

as distinguished

the teller: p'ing, as before, at the option of; let

construe:

leave

it

to

him

to

who

from wai kuo, foreign countries.

will tell

it, all

ought [man] not to believe.

recommend [persons; those persons]

are shui,

any persons;

all

obtain promotion and reward.


7

Is

it

Are there any

lit., still

are there I-have-not-brought-over ones!

you: note kei ru'=what we call the dative case; ti,


Ihe-nm-that you commissioned him-that-is surnamed CHANG to buy

Buy

for

rif:
10

"

You
I

wo pen jen, and above with

are going, etc.,

can't

may

ti,

as

my

wo pu

you?

own.

also be translated, won't

JJH hsiny, elliptical for

relative, representing jen,

for

tieng hsing.

you go?

or,

you had better

go.

man, and fhu, book.

PART

12.
1 3.

14.

it

do

fault with

Who

15.

95.

501

were to take your duty l for you ?


I am much obliged 2 to you, but I must do the
thing myself.
What is the difference s between your doing it and anyone else's doing it ?
In the first place, I am the responsible person (or, it is my duty), and besides, if
4
I did not see to it myself I should be sure to
lay myself open to being found

Wouldn't

1 1.

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

would

if I

by

my

superiors.

them

tell

They wouldn't need to be told; they would find

6.

[Demonstrative Pronouns.]
Which of these two horses

is

1.

2.

In

3.

Which

4.

There

the better

is

some scenery on that side


Have you bought all these oxen ?
I have bought those three dun cows

5.

6.

is

What do you want

7.
8.

They
This

is

a bad one.

this side is

somewhat

barren. 5

these black ones are his purchase.

do with these things of mine

are not all yours.

Which

9.

to

out themselves.

a good horse and that


opinion this
is the better bank of that river ?

my

it

of

them

is

not mine

not yours.
n. Very good; then I can do Avithout 7 that one; leave those.
10.

96.

is

[Distributive Pronouns.]
8
Every member of the

1.

Those two

2.

men have

official

each

his

establishment of the State has got his


own way of going to work.

4.

In gambling, every player puts up his own stake. 9


Neither of those propositions is a good one.

5.

Two

3.

own

duties.

10
that day, and had he attended to either 11 he might
people gave him advice
have saved his life unfortunately, he attended to neither.
;

Take your duty

Much

construe

[If

you] commit to ine instead of you to tang, bear, would

Note tei=te yao,

obliged: fei hsin, as before.

necessary that I myself pan, should despatch,


business is such that I must, etc.

ti,

that which

[is

it

be well or not?

becomes, or is become, necessary; it is certainly


the business of my ch'ai shih].
You might construe:
it

The

transact,

What

one and the same fashion;

i yang,

difference:

cf.

uni-form.

you individually=you
what non-uniformity

Lit.,

your own transacting, hai, compared with, another man's transacting, there

is

reproof;

Lay myself open lit., I should certainly invite my superiors' t'iao-ch'ih,


4
to blame.
Note ko-tzit-ko 3 -'rh and tzu-chi-ko^-'rh = se\f.
Barren huang, either without wood or uncultivated.
=
Things of mine: note wo without ti, yet, by position, the possessive.
:

fault; ch'ih
5

yourself,

.'

t'iao,

to pick out,

sc.,

one's

6
7

Do

without: the k'o before

pu yao

diminishes the directness of the affirmation;

q.d.,

those, be

it,

I do nut

claim.
8

Every, each

note ko* jen, not ko* jcn.

stake: chu, the direction of the fancy; in gambling, the- stake


to put down one's stake.
10
Gave him advice for him, or to him, put forth a chu-i, opinion.
9 Hi.s

<-hu,

by which one backs what one

fancies; hsia

11

Attended

both ways, could he,

to either
etc.

t'ing,

had he listened

to shui

ti,

that which was the opinion of whichever he would, ton,

TZD EKH CHI.

502

6.

He

asked

him

told

whether

either

wanted

would

It

8.

They

1.

12.

do.
;

go

and so one of you two must


probably be something to do to-morrow,
will
do.
either
which
remain here it doesn't signify

There

will

10.

house on a long lease or a short one

to take the

does not signify which of you two copies this paper either will do.
home three times a month, one being allowed to go on each occasion.
two

7.

9.

me

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

1
The other day he got drunk and struck everyone he met.
2
You say that these banditti all wear red turbans, don't you ?
8
Whether they all wear them or not I can't say, but every one that

saw had

a red turban on.

Which

of these two people do you like the better


I
do
not
like either of them.
14.
1

3.

5.

6.

you men, you must every one of you have on a


Which do you think the better of these two ?

When you come

17.

Either

8.

Which

19.

97.

They

in here,

good as the

other.

of these two jade things 5 will

are both

good

if I

belt ticket. 4

am

you have

to choose one,

the one

is

as

good as the

other.

[Indefinite Pronouns.]

Which

2.

He

3.

Which

4.

5.

7.

8.

9.

10.
11.

of those porcelain things does he

wants to buy them

want

to

buy ?

all.

article is it that you want to buy


do not want to buy any.
Are you in the right, or is he ?

Everybody says that I am.


disorder 7 has broken out very seriously in his family

The
it

as

is

1.

6.

Latin

they have

all

died of

but himself.

Anyone could understand that.


Why doesn't he get someone to give him an opinion about that ?
no one competent. 8
What? in an affair of this kind anyone could; but they say that he
willed 9 man, and will not take anyone's advice but his own.

There

is

is

self-

Struck everyone:

Cf. the
yii chien jen, [when] he happened to meet persons, chin, thereupon, he struck.
or cumque, originally quumque, our ever, generalising time, and hence, events.
Bed turbans note that tou pluralises tsei ; did you not say that those brigands all are round the head

runt/tie,
2

>wathing red cloth?


3

Note

Belt ticket

fa>

io 4 every one, each one those that I saw were each swathing red cloth ones.
yao p'ai, the badge hung in the girdle tai, specially, to wear as a girdle, but freely used as to
,

carry, to lead.
5
'

Two

jade things

ChooM- imr

f%ao

jade things of two kinds, differing in form, quality, or otherwise.


In, if it be [a <|Ue.-tion of] housing one, no? i ko, any one, shih
i

<

The disorder: note na*


..t

ko, that disorder

there

is

no one able

'Ming tenaciously

te, is

good, will do.

spoken of before, therefore translated the disorder.


I'i,

viiriouly, ta suan,

../, twisting.

to

make

calculation.

PART

He

503

greatly to be pitied;

13.

1
nobody takes an interest in him, and it isn't only
that people in general don't take an interest in him, but there are some
people
who hate him very much.
Could you say how many ?

14.

How many

12.

6.

7.

is

do you suppose

make out

15. I

five.

believe that there are a great

Did anyone tell you ?


Yes; someone did tell
dislike him much.

1 8.

98.

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

how much

me

Here, I say,

2.
3.

Eight piculs altogether.


Why did you buy so much

4.

You

5.

I said a large
quantity,

6. If

was

you bought here

who

buy a

to

more.

that in a certain family there are several


people

coal have

i.

said that I

many

large quantity.

but I did not want as

you don't want so much, you can

sell

some

much
of

it

as this.

to

somebody

else.

How many

cash did you pay ? 3


I paid four tiao* a picul for it.
What a price what shop did you buy
At the T'ai Hsing in P'ing-an Street.

7.
8.

9.

10.

If

11.

was

it

1 2.

There

1 3.

What

so dear there,

no other

is
?

why

didn't

it

at

you go somewhere

coal-store in this neighbourhood.

why, the other day,

when

else

was in P'ing-an

Street, I

saw ever so many

coal-stores.
14.
15.

There are some some way off, but they have all an understanding" with each other.
But even if they have, you might beat them down; they don't all mean to patronise 7
each other to such an extent as each to stand out for exactly what the other
And the coal doesn't look very good either it's all nonsense asking four
takes.
;

tiao a picul for such coal as this.


1

Take an

interest in

faian, to look after.

Bought here: che ko mei; how much of this coal have you been buying?
3 Did
q.d., you are in the position of
you pay note the construction
shih, to be, untranslatable in our idiom
having bought it for how much I
4
Four tiao: originally, a Hang, ttvel, ounce of silver, = 1,000 copper cash Peking currency; I tiao^oo such
cash now the tael is worth 13 tiao and upwards.
The proper cash has not been coined for some years, and its place
is taken by a very base lo-eash piece, really worth about two cash.
5 In this
neighbourhood lit., [if you go] from this to tso chin, what is on the left side and near too elliptical
for tso yu, right and left.
:

6
Understanding: t'ung ch'i, intercommunicating, co-operating, spirit; used also of a third party's mediating or
communicating between two persons.
7
Patronise: ch'en 1 , properly, that which is worn next the skin usod ;is. to deal with, tin- custom of a customer.
;

they cannot here-[a-mftii]-wanting-8O-much-tihere-[a-mftn]-must-al8i>-want-8O-much [wise], all bo of a mutually


The two clauses beginning che-'rh and na-'rh together make a long adverbial construction q.d.,
patronising intention.
on the you don't sell I don't sell principle. Note shih where we should expect yu, to have; you may say
che ko i-ssil, I am of this opinion.
Construe

RH

TZ&

504

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

kind of coal was something dearer.


don't want such a quantity as this; I can't take the whole of

1 6.

1
If I recollect right, last year this

17.

Anyhow,

2
just put out so
1

8.

of

it

and

sell it to

someone

And

will

you pay that price

21. Yes, I will give you the

for it

money

it;

you

else.

want
you don't want the whole of it, how much do you
will do if you keep three or four piculs.

If

19. It

20.

much

another day.

SECTION

IX.

[THE VERB AS MODIFIED BY MOOD, TENSE,

AND

VOICE.]

Words that predicate being, doing, suffering, whether of person or thing, are in
99.
No
of the Verb, to wit].
English referred to one of the nine categories before mentioned [that
4
such line being drawn in Chinese, and the invention of an equivalent [for the word verb]
on us to employ the term huo tzti (live words), which,
and
we shall endeavour, with the reader's permission, to
unobjectionable,
though incomplete,
show by examples the analogies and contrasts of the huo tzu as employed under different
presenting some difficulty,
6

we

shall take

is

conditions" in both languages.

Were a Chinese to say ma p'ao, niao fei, ch'ung p'a, yu yu, these sentences, uttered
100.
thus consecutively, must be taken to signify that, as a species, the horse gallops, the bird flies,
the reptile creeps, the fish swims.
Should you happen to hear a man say ma p'ao, you would in that case infer that
101.
he was speaking of some particular horse as being in the act of galloping; it is much more
usual, however, under these circumstances, to say iia ko ma p'ao.

The sentences

102.

that

we two

t'a

nien shu, wo hsieh tzu (He studies,

moment

arc at this

respectively engaged in studying

are habitually our respective tasks.


103.
To the question, Are you two

but he

is

asleep,

t'a

shui,

wo

lising-cho

Va shui-chiao,
t'a

some

'

Recollect right

"

Put out po,

seem

to

Predicate

i,

4
5

Equivalent

Incomplete:

it is still in
''

hsing-cho, or

wo

shih hsing-cho.

common

of extraordinary application of

Government funds

chi ch'eng, properly,

tzii

Construe
In English, whether
chi, reaching to, touching.
yang, whatever words there be of the kind that i chi, treat of, wei, being,

jis

etc.

comparatively hard ch'uang ch'w, to invent, a special term.


though you cannot regard it as one altogether corresponding, the provisional employment

lit., it is

lit,

no way improper.

lill'erent

tio

conditions jung u-o, allow me mien


ch'iang, to make an effort ; also used modestly of what one can
ko pang-yamj, to give an
example of the hsiang-tui, corresponding, and hsiang-fan, contrasting, places in the
the two notions mi
yung, according to circumstances employ it.
I

verb

to put forward as a proposition

to, doing, shou, receiving,

awake,

tenths.
3

do

am

remember.

the case of person or thing, so yu;

in

of

wo

either

writing, or that these

both asleep there, the answer being, I


any one of the following forms

^vo hsing-cho

shih shui-chiao,

set aside, very

men

equally correct to reply in

it is

may mean

I write)

and

PART

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

505

Those are mainly examples of the verb as predicating being [the verb substantive].
postpone consideration of the verb as active and passive until wo have said something

104.

We shall

about the six modes (Moods) in which the English verb

may

be used.

[The Indicative Mood.] For instance, in the sentences wo ai


you not ?) the words ai and l-'Jn respectively show that
direct unconditional l assertion and a direct unconditional question.
105.

k'en

my

pu

k'en (will

106.
[The Conditional Mood.] Were I to say, If lie comes
words would imply an uncertainty whether he was really coming.

t'a (I like

wh:it, is

is

shall be sure to see him,

[The Potential Mood.] The sentence, He may (or can) act as a teacher,
is
competent to be a teacher or that he can be a teacher if he pleases.

107.

him),

meant

may mean

either that he
108.

[The Imperative Mood.]

command him

come

to

tsou

so,

pa

(go

When you
!)

p'ao a

use the single word lai (come) to anyone, you

(be off !)

[The Infinitive Mood.] In the sentence t'a at /,'</


and k'an (behold) are both verbs but ai being governed 2 by
100.

.*/m (he likes to


study), ai (like)
t'a (he) is

according to English

mood, while k'an, which has no word in particular to govern it, is


grammar
There is a manifest difference/' for instance, between the
regarded as general or indefinite.
[construction of] the k'an in k'an shu huo (it is good to study), k'an dm, .sA*7/ /<> liao shih (i:
in the indicative

good thing to study), where it applies generally to all persons whatsoever, and that of the k'an
t'a k'an shu (he studies), where a particular person is indicated as the student.
110.

in

Besides the five modifications more or less explained 4 above, to


liable, there remains a sixth which it is rather more troublesome to

[The Participle.]

which the English verb

is

In the following

deal with.

CHANG'S best beloved child was sick

The minister most favoured by

When

the shell

down escaped

this

5
;

Emperor

of the

Han

conspired

against

him

exploded the soldiers standing up were wounded, those lying

1
the i-ssit, purpose, of plainly
Direct unconditional
lit., the words ai and k'en respectively tang, represent,
Strictly, they do not; it is show
indicating and definitively establishing direct assertion and direct interrogation.
the context.
:

Ai

being governed rlii, since, shu, is T'A feit so chu, that which the word
to, subordinate to, in the jurisdiction of.
:

t'a

<>nly

means belonging
3

Manifest difference

note the construction

[in the] first

and

last of these

t\\

the jioints

'

of non-identity can at one sight be comprehended; liao, to comprehend, jan, the true-rn
4
More or less explained although the five pien-huan, transformations, have been
shuo ming, explained, hai, yet, there is one kind comparatively difficult to illustrate.
:

Was

sick

tang shih, at the time [referred

liio,

in outline,

summarily,

to].

3
This Emperor, na, that = the. Most favoured: <7t'f/ to love, to favour, as Heaven the Emperor, as the
is Hsien
referred
of
the
a
The
Han
to,
Ti, about A.D. 220.
Han,
Ti, Emperor
Emperor subject.

7
8

a shell

Conspired

mow, planned, p'an*,

rebellion.

Shell: cha*, a character unauthorised by the dictionaries,

cha

made up of huo,

fire,

and

<7ia,

suddenly;

hnp'ao,

k'ai, to explode.

64

TZO ERH CHI.

506

1
My rheumatism

down

A
tin'

forms

so

is

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

bad that

am

never comfortable standing,

sitting, or

lying

2
State in disorder resembles a tottering wall

chan-cho (standing up), t'any-cko


(tenderly loved), ck'ung-ti (favoured),
t'an-t'a (about to collapse), when translated into
or seated),

C,'iin-ui-t!

(lyin- dowiu, /.-Wio (sitting

yao

be ranged under the sixth mood or modification of the verb. The use of the
words ti and chu appears to be this: the addition of them to the verb, whether of being or
3
in support of that primarily indicated by
doiiu,'. helps it to bring out a secondary meaning
of
whatever is, or is done, is one either of
condition
it
they are intended to show that the
-li.

will all

being, of having been, or of being about to be.

now

-;

grand

are in all but three


regard existence or action, there
6
5
4
in the order of time, viz., the past, the future, and the present; these are its three
7
be observed.
divisions, in Avhich, at the same time, there are subordinate distinctions to
111.

[The Tenses.]

112.

The grand

Whether

it

divisions are exemplified generally in the following:


reading to-day to-morrow I shall rest.

went to the

yamen yesterday I am
The following are illustrations of the subordinate distinctions
113.
I am writing it.
Have you written that despatch
I have bought it.
2. Have you bought that book ?
I was eating my breakfast; when he returned
3. When he came in the morning
in the evening I had gone out.
;

Rheumatism: lit., bones sore; construe: my bones na-mo, being thus, as they are, are truly of a soreness;
recumbent, standing, sitting, all ways am I not at ease.
2
Note that in these examples wherever ti has been made to represent
Tottering: lit., a wall about to collapse.
as the relative: the child
I'ial inflexion, it might in English, with equal if not greater propriety, be construed
'

that

'HAN<; must loved

ning: ''.,
that the verb, whether

Han

the minister that the


if

we

carefully

Ti most favoured, etc.


examine into the true use of

treat of action or existence, indicates

it

ti

and

when standing by

cho, it appears that the [sense]

itself,

is

the che.ng

i,

proper or

a by-standing, = secondary, sense;


ire for the purpose of pn Ian, complementing, matter originally demonstrated by the huo /art, whether it is in the
condition of actually being, actually having been, or actually about to be.
The term (Jicng i often means the plain,
proper, sense of a particular word or passage with p'ang i it is used with reference to Chinese composition much as
"Id

priiiKi:

or cho,

ti

and they

p'ei eh'u,

by

their alliance bring out,p'ang

i,

we
is

use subject and predicate.


Say,
ship carries passengers, says a Chinese ; ship is the kang (see above, 20),
here said of her is the mu; that the ship is a ship is the cMng i; that she carries passengers is the p'ang i.
1
Past i, to end, to cease ; clung, to pass through.

what

s
it

is

Future

lit.,

that which

is

not yet

wei

is

also used as a simple negative

as in wei pi,

it

does not follow,

net certain.
6

Present: that which

'

Subordinate distinctions: the simple English grammar which I have more or less followed describes the
in paragraph 112 as the main tenses, and subdivides these in the order of the
examples given in

is

under the eye.

130, viz.

:i.

'Am
'

2.

writing," present incomplete.

Have bought,"

present complete.

eating," past incomplete;

"had

future incomplete
'

'

gone," past complete.


"
shall have settled," future complete.

Have been

writing," progressive form of present complete.


Shall have been
studying," progressive form of future complete.

'Do

apply," present emphatic;

"did look

out," past emphatic.

PART

When

4.

you come

will

I shall be
affair for

am

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

me ?

to

507

come to-morrow

Shall I

yamen; but don't be uneasy;

going to the

you before we meet

at

noon

I shall

No

at

noon

have settled that

again.

have written) to Peking to tell them to ship all my books


for this place.
I have been
writing, too, all the morning.
The day after to-morrow I shall have been studying that book three months, and
I

5.

6.

writing

(or,

have finished the eighth volume this evening.


-You must apply, you know. But I do apply. When you were
buying a horse,
look
for
didn't
out
a
?
I
one
did
look
for
out
a
why
you
good
good one, but
I couldn't find one.
I shall

7.

[Dialogue showing the construction of the Active Verb in most of

114.

and

its

Moods

Tenses.]

3.

What are you sitting looking at upstairs


At a man that there is over there.
What is he doing ?

4.

Beating something.

1.

2.

6.

Do you know the man ?


No I never saw him before.

7.

How

5.

long have you been sitting up there looking at him


Not very long.
I think you are mistaken
nobody is beating anything.

9.

10.

No, I am not mistaken I am still looking at him.


I think you are mistaken though, and that there is no one there at
;

1 1.

all.

What do you mean by no one at all ? I was looking at him (or, I saw him) when
I first said I was, and I am still looking at him (or, I see him still). 1

2.

3.

14.
15.
6.

17.
1

8.

there

8.

Had you

seen

him

Yes, long before.

before I put

my

You said just now that you had


And what I said was the truth.
I shall

first

question to you

go and see

if

there

Very good; when you

is

any

not been sitting here long.

man

that

get to the spot

you are looking

you

will

at.

be able to

tell

whether there

is

or not.
19.

Can you wait till I come back ?


you are back soon I shall be still
Have you got nothing to do ?

20. If

21

22. Yes, I

have

23. If there is

2
3

concluded

but

man

I shall

there

sitting here.

be sure to have done

when

I get there,

I'll

by the time you return.*


apologise when I come back again.
it all

At the time I first spoke, seeing was seeing now still is it the fact that there is seeing.
before:
note chiu isolating and emphasising tsaa.
Long
By the time you return: tao pu liao, [time] will not have reached your return; I then shall have for certain
Construe

my

business.

TZO ERH CHI.

508

24. I shall

have been laughing at you for at

2j.

How

28. If
29.
30.
31.

at me three days before I find it out ?


2
be at least three days before you can satisfy yourself.
have to wait three days if I go to look immediately

do you mean laughing

26. I say
27.

days before you find out

least three

tho truth.

How

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

that it will

can

I possibly

late all the same.

you would be too

to look this instant,

you were to go

How is that possible you can still see the man ?


3
If I were to say that he was still there, I shouldn't be speaking the truth.
4
Haven't you been saying all this time that you were looking at him ?
if

5
might have been looking

32. I

at

him when

but

I said so,

doesn't follow that

it

you could overtake him now.


33.
34.
35.

You mean

that he

is

gone, don't you

If I do, can you contradict me ?


It doesn't matter whether I can or not; when you saw him moving you might
have told me.

you had come upstairs, you might have seen him yourself.
You would not let me come up then will you let me now ?
You can either come up or go after the man, as you please.6
What would be the good of my going after him I might be chasing him
the morning without finding him ?

36. If
37.
38.
39.

don't be angry.
not angry, but I don't believe

40. There, there

41. I
42.

am

43.
/I /I

Now, don't go on
I

spoke

before, I

You have been


And supposing

am

You

47. If I

could easily

had gone

48. Well, don't

say.

was trying to take you in when

in all this time.

harm ?

have, what

I could catch him up now ?


him
have caught
up had you gone when I first

then,

go at

way

me

taking

what you

supposing that
speaking the truth now.

in that

45. Well, in one word, do

46.

all

you think

it's

all, if

told

you

to go.

not so certain that I should have taken the same road as he.
7
you're so full of objections.

To prevent any confusion, the reader should understand that the person seen by the speaker sitting upstairs
has moved from where he was when the conversation began, but is still in sight. Shall have been laughing: chili pu
Construe: I await your k'an ming, seeing clearly, completely; at the least
cki, see Part V, Lesson XXXIV, Note 4.
1

[J-CIM

du],

filter not ended,

lia>.

ming, inquire so

a.-,

= shall

have been laughing and

tn ax-ei-tain;

shall still

be laughing.

ming, as in ch'a ming, k'an ming, completing the act

implied.
->

'li

in,,-.

on

coni|>

Looking at lv
language of one who was actualh
5

I
might IM
not follow that now [you] are

still

II,

all

Note 4

tins

Full of objections

were any cause to make

me

say he

is still

at that place, etc.

the time.

>,

[though

were] actually behold-ing, wei pi,

it

does

able to overtake [him].

.ou follow your liking to


7

y.<7.,

time have you not been holding cMny-t$ai-k'an-cho-ti


language, the

come up, your

liking to look for the

thiao ch'ing, of a self-willed nature that takes a line of

its

own.

man, both are admissible.

PART

49.

Am I

50.

No you

to

go

THE PAETS OP SPEECH.

VIII.

509

couldn't find the man, for you don't

51. Well, before

you

go,

now I'm up

whether

52. It doesn't signify

here,

know him

show me what

show you or not; he

I shall

go home.

direction he took.

can't be

back again

next

for the

three days.
53.

Where

54.

He

55.

will

he be for the next three days?

56. I

gone

to superintend

cemetery ?
did not recognise him at

What was WANG

57.

something they are doing at the family cemetery.


You said you didn't know the man; how do you know that he is repairing his
is

first,

but I saw afterwards that

Li doing here beating anyone

60.

he was beating anyone.


he
a
Was
horse then ? 2
beating
No, he was beating a mule.

61.

How

62.

63.

He was
You do

64.

it

was

WANG

Li.

58. I didn't say that

59.

could

have caught him up

if

he was on a mule.

not riding the mule he was leading it.


nothing but make a fool of me I sha'n't ask you any more questions.
3
like that
it is
but don't ask any more if you
you who are suspicious
;

don't like.

The foregoing dialogue was intended to illuscontains comparatively but few instances of the
4
good this deficiency in the following examples.

[Examples of the Passive Verb.]

115.

trate the use of the verb in English,

Passive Verb,

it is

proposed to make

but as

it

The

sentence, Parents bring up children, predicates of "parents" that they are


In Children are brought up by parents, "children" are the object of
the agents of an act.
116.

an

act.

The words ni

wo (you

beat me) distinguish you as the agent


I am the object or recipient.
(I am beaten by 'you; lit, suffer your beating),
5
there are various ways of producing the latter construction.
117.

ta

in ivo pei

And

ni ta

in Chinese

Superintend chien, to inquire into, to assume direction of.


Beating a horse then: han, a strong disjunctive; q.d., as he was not beating a man, was he then beating a
Note the addition of lai-cho and eho in examples 59, 61, and 62, and their omission in 57, 58, and 60, although
1

horse?

the inflexion of our verb


3
4

Suspicious

is

you

nearly uniform.
ko-tzfi-ko-'rh,

your own

self, raise

we now

doubts.

to-twin, contemplate, adding a few phrases,


lit.,
the passive [as opposed to hsing ti, the active].
Latter construction: lit., the li, sense, being that of receiving something,

Deficiency

illustrative of,
5

shou

pu

tsu,

to supply a ko chil, form

ti,

when

this

is

treated of in

('!

The grammarian described such constructions


>Hng, or is being built,
l::>l-yen, phrases, are not only one.
as the passive incomplete.
It will be seen in the following examples that the Chinese passive, except where it is
the

rendered by chiao, to cause, the precise operation of which is obscure, is produced by the employment of certain verbs
to receive, to perceive, or to suffer; all of them active verbs to which that which we regard as the verb

signifying

changing to the passive voice, in

reality,

becomes the

object.

510

TZft

118.

i.

That

E.g.,

man

keeper some

ERH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

WANG

he used to be
ta-j$ris gatecertainly to be pitied;
time ago, and in that capacity he was falsely accused of taking
is

about
presents and saying nothing

it

for

which he was severely beaten and

discharged.

place he

in

with some robbers, was

2.

As he was returning

3.

carried off into the mountains, and not only stripped of everything, but so
have died had he not been picked up by a cart
terribly injured that he must
2
that was passing that way.
to his own village he found that the whole country had been
When he

to

his native

fell

got
his father had been burnt out, and everyrecently overrun by banditti, that

him destroyed. 3
His wife, who had come from a well-to-do family, had been deserted by her sons
when the troubles broke out, and when he applied to her friends to see what
thing belonging to

4.

5.

he was told that trade had


they could do for him, although they had money
4
able
to assist him in any way.
much
to
be
been bad and that they had lost too
Now just imagine what a case it was he began with being falsely accused was
abused and beaten; then, besides being robbed and wounded, he finds his house
;

to this extent,
utterly cleaned out ; and, to wind up, after being victimised
was there ever such a case of misery ? 5
is made fun of by his wife's relations

he

That man certainly may [men] pity

Lit.,

subject

men's wrong

of,

[his master] taking


*

[they] said [he] privily took

him discharged

formerly, at

money

WANG

because of

returning to his village went; on the road, again,


into the mountains not only everything did they steal away clean
;

that a cart

by that place

he was the

he suffered beating very severely ; then

this,

[him].

He

Lit.,

ta-jen's acting as gate-keeper, pei,

passed, that there were people

fell
;

him carry [him]


he wounds very serious was it not
him up, he with complete certainty

foul of robbers; [they] taking

also received

who taking him

lifted

must have died.


3
had been
Lit., He returning to his own village, then knew that the locality inhabited by him recently all
the subject of robber's disturbance; his father's house [they] had also burned; all property whatsoever [they] bad

also destroyed.
4

His wife was originally a virgin in a family, the proprietors of wealth at the time the robbers appeared,
was the subject of, her sons' abandoning [her] and running away the man seeking found out his fatherin-law's family; asked them on his behalf to calculate a little; they, although they had money, answering said, (mitrade has of late been very bad; in everything have we suffered (lit., eaten) loss; it is ten thousand times ( = infinitely)
Lit.,

[she] chiao,

difficult to

help you.

Bethink you ; in the first instance, chiao, he suffered, men's false accusation ; endured beating, endured
reviling; afterwards he suffered robbery, robbed and received wounds; in addition, utterly was there not one so </,
that which is (
anything) in his house; he in his single person having received all this hardship, still chien //.-."">,
feels the laughter, is ridiculed, chiao, by his wife's family: resembling this kind of misery, heretofore has there been .1
Lit.,

man's receiving

Note

which is not to be explained except in one of two ways: either it is corruptly used for chiao,
otherwise chio, to perceive, which, however, is only read chiao* in slmi-chiao, to sleep; or it is to cause, and must lie
This last construction might stand in chiao crh-tzil jeng hsia, was
governed by an impersonal agent understood.
chiao*,

abandoned by her sons

(q.d., something made her sons abandon her), but will not explain the chiao in chiao t'a n
chien hsiao; for the subject of chien, to see, to perceive, to be sensible of, is at once pronounced by Chinese to
be t'a understood. Practically, it is in general simplest to ignore the etymological claims of chiao, and to translate it
as by. It is noteworthy that shou, to receive, originally meant to give ; ai, to
endure, originally, to strike ; }>< i, in
suffer, to be the subject of, originally, a coverlid, thence, to cover, to affect.

chia

li

PART

THE PARTS OP SPEECH.

VIII.

SECTION

511

X.

[THE ADVERB, OF TIME, PLACE, NUMBER, DEGREE, ETC.]


[Adverbs of Time.]

119.

Will that

1.

man

be here to-day, do you think?

don't think he will;

he

may

come to-morrow.

Why
Why

2.

he come yesterday

He

did come yesterday, but he was

should he have been later than you?


sooner than his.

3.

4.

didn't

-Did he come before I went out

5.

You

tell

I don't
6.

him

No,

sir

My

after

business at the

you had gone

late.
is

yamen

over 1

out.

come to-morrow the moment his business at the office


think 2 1 can I sha'n't see him before he is here to-morrow.
to

is

over.

How

do you mean ? wouldn't you see him if you were to go to the yamen
No, I should be sure to miss him he would certainly have left
directly ?
;

the

7.

yamen before I arrived.


Where does he live now ? In

8.

When

do you mean you used to

to Peking,
g.

10.

1 1

1 3.

14.

live there

in.

At the time

of your

first visit

sir.

That

is a
long time back.
be ten years.

Yes,

it's

Didn't you come to Peking the


that was the third time I came.

ten years ago,

first

isn't it

Indeed,

time in the suite of

How many *
first

12.

the lane that I used to live

times have you been to Pelting altogether


time I came with my father, who was then alive. 5

WANG

it

soon will

No;

ta-jen?

Five times in

all

the

When was it that your father 6 came to Peking ? In the 23rd year of Tao Kuang.
And when did he go home again
After three or four months' stay.
And your second visit? That was two years later; I was sent up here by 7
my father on business.
?

1
Business over: note san, properly, the dispersion of a number, thence, as below in example 5, applied to
the individual in a number, of employes.
Is over: that is, habitually ; ch'ang shih che-mo-cho, always it is thus.

Don't think

Indeed: y'dan shih,

How many:

I fear it is
it is

not to be done.
certainly the fact that indeed quickly [will be] 10 years ended.

note the chi

tz'il,

how many

times, between the verb chin-kuo, have entered,

and thing, the

capital, its object.


5

Then

alive

haim fu,

my

late father, a phrase

we seldom

use

note that the speaker so designates his father

throughout.
6

Ling hsien chun, your

Sent up by

position of

he

luul

yu

had

late father:

his father been alive he

would have been spoken of as ling

t.<nn.

all that follows.


Notice the
shih, [it, the occasion you ask about] was
shih after wo, me, and the lai at the close, which shows that the speaker is speaking in the place to which

been sent.

note the construction

TZtJ

512

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

No

remember the occasion very well; you didn't stay very long that time.
I had been in Peking but a few days when I was recalled by a pressing

15.

ERH

letter

from home.

you that your father was very ill, I think? No;


brother had been so badly hurt that he was not expected to live.
Your brother is still alive ? Oh yes he recovered after a while.

Yes?

16.

17.
1

it

was

to tell

my youn^r

my memory

If

8.

serves me, your father was

of his illness on

And

19.

my

way down, and he died a few days

that was the reason

Of course;
after

up

I couldn't

Yes, he was; I heard

after

I got home.

why you were so long without coming


3
leave home while I was in mourning

4
mourning was over, and

my

at the time

ill

it

was then that

to

Peking again

for

him;

came

WAM;

accompanied

In -jen.

WANG

He

he

will

be

5
hear that you purpose leaving Peking yourself, sir, shortly ?
Yes, I shall be
here
is over.
of
service
as
term
home
as
soon
I
to
my
go
presently
expect

off

20. Is

ta-jen

still

in Peking

is

away on duty

at present, but

back in a few days.


21. I

[Adverbs of Place.]

120.
1.

Where

2.

Which

3.

4.

5.

is

man from ? From T'ung

that

Chou.

is farthest from Peking, T'ung Chou or Chang-chia


the Ch'i-hua Men, 6 T'ung Chou is somewhat the nearer.

Have you been there ? Where do you mean ?


I meant to T'ung Chou.
I have never been
at Chang-chia Wan.

to T'ung

Wan

Chou

Reckoning from

have been once

you to have been at Chang-chia Wan and not at T'ung Chou ?


coming from T'ien-ching (Tientsin) by cart, and that was what brought

How come

was

me

to

Chang-chia Wan.
6.
7.

8.
9.

man ? No, I am not.


And what is your country, sir ? I am a Chiangsu (Kiangsu) man.
And from which prefecture ? My native place 7 is Su-chou (Soochow).
Do you know the SUNGS who live inside the east gate of Su-chou ?
you mean outside the east gate.
Oh, then you are not a Peking

the time

111

'

So long:

In mourning: ting yu,

;it

note lai-cho showing continuance in the state specified, not


i, the reason why, hsii chiu, very long, etc.

its

I suspect

commencement.

[this] diih, was, so

mourning of an

specially, the

official

for his parents;

ting,

solitary,

q.d.,

orphan:

yu, sorrow.

am

Mourning over

J'n}ih, shortly: short for

The Ch'i-hua Min : popular name

Native place

man fu,

having completed

pu

chi*, originally,

registered as belonging.

my fu ;

the fu in i-fu, clothes, here mourning apparel.

to tijih-tzil.

for the Ch'ao-yang

a tablet

Men, the

great east gate of Peking.

hence, a record, specially of registration

pen

chi,

the

pkce

to which

PART

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

513

am not quite sure whether they live inside or outside the SUNG I mean
used to be in the Censorate. 1
To be sure; I have been at his house often

10. I

enough.

Wasn't

1 1.

the year before last that he returned

it

he has been back and forward 3 so

home ?

remember exactly

I don't

often.

What

time was it that he came to such grief on the road? Oh, that time! that
was the year before last a relative of mine was with him.
He fell in with some robbers in Ta-ming Fu, didn't he? Not robbers; they were
braves 4 that had mutinied. 5

12.

13.

Did he meet them, or was he pursued by them ? 6 Neither; he heard that there
was trouble on the high road, so he turned off by a branch road 7 in a southerly

14.

direction.

how was it that he didn't contrive to keep out of their way? So far
from 8 keeping out of their way, he went right in amongst them.
Was he in a cart or riding? In a cart; and when he got to a certain spot he
found the mutineers in his front and in his rear, so that he could neither
Well, then,

15.

1 6.

advance nor

retreat.

was told that they fired upon him too ? No, they didn't fire.
How came he to be hurt then ? Well, in this way he and my relative were both
9
in the same cart, my relative sitting on the left side, and the Censor SUNG on

17. I
1

8.

10

the braves came to

rifle the cart, and, crowding in


upon it from the
n
on its side the two passengers went with it, and my relative
left, threw it over
and
the
Censor below, the Censor got badly bruised. 12
above
being

the right

Dear

19.

Censorate

was

It

me how was
all

yu shih ;

luck u

lit,

Yilan, all-examining court, which


2

that after going so far the braves didn't take their lives
that they escaped.
it

imperial historiographer
style the Censorate.

an ancient

title

now

ls

given to the members of the Tu-ch'a

we

Often enough: hao hsieh fang; the word fang 4 otherwise tang*, here = times.
Back and forward treat shih-ch'ang-ti as the adverb continually, constantly, etc.
,

4
5

hsiang yuny, village or country braves.


Mutinied pien, to turn, to change.

Braves

Pursued by them note chiao ; did [something] cause them to overtake him.
Branch road lit., he going by a ch'a tao, forked road, slanting south went.
:

So

The Censor

10

the

left

far

from fan
:

Crowding

in

tao,

SUNG

yung

on the reverse, he went into their midst.

tu lao-yeh, the tu representing Tu-ch'a Yilan.


3
,

originally, to carry in the

bosom

to surround, to follow as a crowd, to hustle

from

side crowding came.

" Threw

over: chi 3 to press on, to push; chi

it

te

pushed

it

so that the result effected

was that

it

heng fang

hiia, crosswise lay down.

" Badly bruised shuai 1 , to give a shock to, as a blow or a


*huai, shock, were hen chung, very heavy.
13 The braves
pit yao, did not insist, on their lives.
:

14

All luck

chiao hsing

see

fall

the hurts of the Censor,

by reason of the

Part IV, Dialogue IX, 41.

65
\

514

TZtJ

EKH

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

*
providence came to their rescue ? Well, as the braves were dragging
their baggage out of the cart, their servants, who were all mounted, came up

What kind

20.

from behind, 2 and the braves, not knowing what to make of the sound of the
3
horses' feet, were panic-struck, and fled in all directions.
[Adverbs of Number.]

121.

How many

1.

times have you been to the temple of

Kuan

Ti ?*

have been thrice

to the door, but I have only gone in once.

Why

2.

you go in the second time

didn't

after

having been in the

first

Before

got in the first tune I paid the priests' fee.


wouldn't they take their fee the second time

And

3.

had

that I

paid the time before because

it

was

They wanted

my

first

it,

but

I said

time of coming, and that

time I should not pay.


But when they wouldn't let 6 you in the second time, why should you have gone
a third ? 7 Someone said that the priests and I had misunderstood each other
this

4.

recommended me

the second tune, and

And what

5.

quite impossible I should come in.


In the first place, because
?
the second, because the superior 9 was not at

On what grounds

6.

did,

the

but they said that even if I were to give three times as


occasion, they could not undertake to let me in.

much

as I did

on

first

[Adverbs of Degree.]

122.

is
very good; that is very much the reverse.
does not write well his brother writes very well.

This

1.

He
He

2.
3.

was a Government temple in


home and thirdly, because, said

it

they, you didn't give anything the last time you came, sir.
But when they took this line didn't you say anything about feeing them

7.

Why, they were even more


many words that it was

than the time before; they said in so

impracticable

to try again.

said the priests on this third occasion

10

you very highly.

praises

Kind providence

what chiu

Came up from behind

hsing, star of rescue, divine intervention.

those followers of theirs, riding beasts overtaking came.


Lit., the braves heard the sound of horses galloping ; knew not what it was ; all in the four directions in
:

lit.,

dismay dispersed.
4

5
6

Kuan

Ti, a hero of the

Priests' fee

Han

God

dynasty, since deified and worshipped as the

of

War.

hsiang ch'ien, money to buy incense.


Wouldn't let pu chiao, not to cause often, as here, to refuse permission also, to
prohibit.
Gone a third note the yu before ch'ii ; why must you a third time again go?
:

More impracticable

positively, could not


9

Superior

go

they

still

more liked not

to consider the question

they plainly said [that I]

tang-chia-ti, the

manager

in a family or a religious house,

what the chang-kuei-ti

tang' in the sense of filling a post.


10

Praises

titan,

in.

tsari*,

to speak of, to speak well of, to note

tsan mei, to note the goodness

of.

is

in a shop

PART

4.
5.

6.

7.

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

515

Ho was

1
highly flattered by your invitation to dinner the other day.
That affair to the north of Peking incensed the Emperor extremely. 2
You were excessively angry about a thing of no importance, and then you said

what was very discourteous. 3


That man's stupidity is beyond everything; he understands nothing

that's said

to him.
8.

When

me

was nearly finished 4 last night,


and I think they will be sure to have quite done it by this time.
That house was nearly finished last month, and now it is quite ready.
I have been such a time without studying that I have almost
forgotten the "Tung
will [the tailor] bring

that thing

It

9.

10.

"

11.

Han Shu " I have quite forgotten.6


As for those two men, CHANG and Li, that I met
and I don't know Li at all

12.

Those

Chien

the

hills
7

care

of

"

used to be covered thick with wood, but the people have taken so

it

that there

is

now hardly

Those are

14.

He

little

any.

good men, and Li is the best of them.


doesn't want to have to do with 8 any of those people, and

13.

know CHANG,

to-day, I hardly

all

least of all with

Liu.
15.
1

6.

17.
1

8.

9
punished them all severely, but WANG more severely than any of them.
10
for the purpose of presenting his son to me.
called on me to-day, principally

He
He

Did not you say so yesterday ? I did.


Wasn't this what you said yesterday ? Yes,
a good plan?
No.
is the better ?

19. Isn't this

these two

u that was what I said.


Not at all. Well, which of

to be sure

Isn't it

We

your plan?
can have a talk about this one

the other

is

utterly impracticable.
20.

Have you found those two men ? I found out


home as for CHANG, there is no such person.

Li's house,

but he was not at

21. It is

Highly

blowing

flattered:

lit.,

terribly.

he much

t'i

chio, felt,

mien, the respectability, the honour,

sc.,

that your invitation

conferred on him.
*

Incensed extremely

Very

discourteous

the Emperor's wrath chi-liao, culminated.


pu ya liao, extremely, or too greatly, not ya, good breeding.

lit.,

t'ai

Nearly finished te liao, so used of anything that is in hand.


Think they will be sure liao, in the sense of to calculate
:

what we

call the

liao ku, to conjecture.

imperative mood, liao ku seems always to have cho affixed to

it.

Treat

it

Except

it

here adverbially

be used in
:

probably

[by] this time chun, for certain, it is finished.


to Peking,

Quite forgotten: so must here be taken as an intensive of ch'iian,


and would probably not be understood elsewhere.

So

Have

little

to

care

t'ai,

do with

too much,

sc.,

pu

all,

altogether all; the expression

chao ying, not attend to.


;
yao, in the sense of to require the services of; hence,

as employes

yw

is

peculiar

yao, to discharge,

a servant or subordinate.
9
10
11

More

severely

p'ien', leaning to a side

Principally: chung

To be

sure:

yuan

ti,

hence, partial, special

the weighty matter;

p'ien chung, special gravity or severity.

by position = weightiest.

shih, in very truth it was.

516

ERH

TZtT

CHI.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

23.

The stars are beautifully bright 1


The snow is excessively deep.

24.

That tea

25.

That teacher does not teach

22.

26.
27.

is spoiled,

but not

all

this evening.

spoiled

there

is

some of

it

that

it

will

do to

use.

well.

He sings very well.


I am a little tired.
[Miscellaneous Adverbial Constructions.]

123.
1.

2.

3.

4.
5.

Where is the child ? He's nowhere but 2 in the house he can't be anywhere else.
when he did it, where he did it, why he did it, and
I know all about the thing
how he did it.
The moment he heard about the thing he went off.
;

He
He

has been a long time ailing, and he is not well yet.


is
quite cured of his old complaint (or, of the complaint he used to suffer

from).
6.
7.

8.
9.

He
He

has only been here a few days this time.


has been over here once in. the last few days.

The tiles were blown clean off the roof just as he left the house.
The morning was clear, but all of a sudden the sky clouded over.
3

get up most mornings at daybreak.


I couldn't bring the boxes, because it was impossible to get
Those gentlemen started too late 5 to get out of the city.

10. I
11.
1

2.

1 3.

14.
15.

His wages are five taels a month.


a narrow escape of being cashiered. 6

That servant was pretty near being discharged.


go out for a walk every day.

17.

He

8.

19.

20.

in time. 4

He had

1 6.

them packed

always very glad to see us when we go to call on him.


In his action with the outlaws he got the worst of it.
is

He took a good deal of pains in the matter, but without any result.
That place was once very thickly peopled it is sadly bare 7 now.
;

21. It's

a long way, but at the pace I go I shall soon be there.

Beautifully bright : are bright [so that man] Wo, may properly, hsi, rejoice.
Nowhere but: note tso yu; q.d., [seek him] to the right, [seek him] to the left; tsung, in sum,
not beyond, shih tsai chia, being in the house.
*

pw

kuo, he

is

3
:
huang , properly, a hanging curtain ; here used as implying uncertainty (swinging to and
as
a
rule
I
but
sometimes I do not, etc.
fro;); q.d.,
get up,
4
Packed in time note pu liao, could not, inserted between tai and lai, the whole clause being the
subject of
the verb shih; [the cause of] my inability to bring the boxes was [that the
person or persons packing them]

Most mornings

-i

in the

one moment, shou-shih, packed,

not arriving, did not complete; sc., at the same moment that I departed.
5 Too
late
kan, [though] hastening, could not get out of the city.
'Cashiered: huai kuan; q.d., to ruin one's official position; he ch'aitien, wanted but little, = a little more

pu

chi,

and he would.
7

Sadly bare

sights or sounds

hsiao', properly, a plant (according to Dr.

hsiao-t'iao, forlorn, desolate.

WILLIAMS, rue)

applied descriptively to mournful

PART

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

517

SECTION XL
[THE PREPOSITION.]
124.

i.

A man

2.

He

3.

is

appeared above (or over) the wall.


leaning against the wall.

saw that knot of men at the

and CHANG was not among them.

time,

The intimacy between them is of very long standing.


I went to see him but he was not at home, so I left word
l

4.
5.

again before sunset.


2
6. They put a log across the path and I caught my foot in
3
on his journey.
j. He met with a very serious risk
8.

Is there a

9.

There

10.
11.
12.
1 3.

14.

15.
1

6.

garden behind the house

it

that I would

and came down.

a temple on the hill, and some houses in a hollow 4 at the back of the
went past the Tung-hua Men.

We

is

Did you go into the garden ?


We went right through 5 it.
Yesterday it was very hot throughout the whole day.
I have heard nothing about the matter we discussed that day,
The boats going up stream are tracked against the current.

we

since

He

6
brought his horse out of the stable, jumped upon him, and rode
walked round the Huang Ch'eng 7 yesterday.

17. I
1 8.

He

19.

The man ran

20.

CHANG

was going away from me when


came towards where I was.

21. Is

come

first I

is off

to

parted.

ofi'.

saw him, and then he faced about 8 and

and by the footpath towards the


Hankow.

across the field

lao-yeh

hill.

road.

he going by land or by water?

Intimacy chiao ch'ing, reciprocation of [friendly] sentiments the days of this state of things are then, deep,
many. The passage is translated in this way merely to bring in the position beticeen; various other English idioms
would of course be equally correct.
1

put

Caught my foot: pan, properly, to wrap round and so to embarrass; lit., they taking a log of wood, hcng,
on the road [it] caught me, [and by catching caused me] a fall.
Note the curious idiom he encountered hen li hai ti, or tt, that which was so
Serious risk hsien, dangerous.

it crosswise,
3

li

hai that
4
5

interior

See

ko hsien, a danger.

tung

Eight through

li

hai above in

many

places.

4.

ta giving activity to ch'uan, to pierce through, as to

many

other verbs;

q.d.,

by way

of the

penetrated through.

Jumped upon him

used, often
7

became,

A hollow

we
6

it

meaning

p'ien, to get

on a horse ;

also written with the radical

on the other side

in the

form hen-

to cheat.

The Huang Ch'eng: the Imperial Enclosure, a

wall

some

six miles long surrounding the

Emperor's

jv

at Peking.
8

Faced about

Towards the road

the dictionaries.

then he turned his face and


:

pen

1
,

to run

saw him = he seemed

here read pin*, towards.

The

to,

come towards

my

latter is a use of the

part.

word not authorised by

518

TZtt

ERH

23.

He goes up the river in


How long will he take ?

24.

Seven days.

22.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

CHI.

a steamer.

Hankow in four days ?


thought a steamer could run from Shanghai to
and
take in at all the ports along
deliver
to
has
one
can
but
this
So she
cargo

25. I

26.

line. 1

the

SECTION

XII.

[THE CONJUNCTION.]
125.

i.

2.
3.

4.

He came

to the

yamen although

was raining so hard.

it

The winter this year is not very cold nor yet very damp.
Not only the boys went to see what was going on that day, but the girls too.
His idea is that people can make out what he writes whether he has written

it

carefully or otherwise.

6.

2
go at any rate, whether you go or not.
Both he and I were wounded.

7.

I feel pretty sure that you'll like it

8.

Do

9.

Say quick, east or west

5. I shall

10.

it

This

either

way

which

not merely pleasant

is

when you have

tried

it.

either will answer.

is it

to be

but useful as

SECTION

well.

XIII.

[THE INTERJECTION.]

Sudden sensations 5 may

126.

which

differ

according as

one of admiration, delight, pity, dislike, astonishment, or desire.


[For instance,] Indeed before you have been learning three months, to speak

the feeling expressed


1

find utterance in expressions

is

so correctly.
2.

Ah

is

it

possible that after so

feeling for the suffering of others


3.

man

Odious

done
1

years of suffering you should have

he has not only wasted time 6 doing nothing, but what he has

done so badly.

Do

it:

the

which people] delight in.


the subject of the whole sentence is shin ch'i; the two first clauses are made pendent by
language proceeding from the lips, when in the heart suddenly there is that which is encountered,
:

SucVii

us

etc.

not to be taken as go, but simply as auxiliary otpan.

ch'ii is

Merely pleasant

Construe thus

no

Along the line yen, properly, down the tide used as along, a road, an edge,
Whether you go: pu kuan, I regard not, it matters not to me.

ckiu.

is

many

ching, only, k'ung, emptily, hsi-huan, [that


:

lea ting sMn ch'i


pu t'ung, different kinds of
ko ting pluralises shen ch'i at the same time that ko, each, is preferentially used as it were to
Note admiration,
ified, q.d., whether of admiration or delight, etc.
properly, to

chiv, in such case, [the shin di'i, spirit of the expression] skill, will be,
spirit,

o;

disjoin the several

f.

tW,

sigh; dili'
6

thcmstlvi

AV

>

astonishment, hsiang pu too, unexpected, ching, to be startled.


vainly, tan wu, to delay and mismanage; not only this, but there have nao, presented

luite;

jxii,

PART

4.

Poor fellow
little

5.

6.

Ah

to be so near

THE PARTS OF SPEECH.

VIII.

his promotion,

and

1 !)

to be cashiered for a thing of so

importance.

3
your foreign contrivances are really most ingenious.
4
WANG lao-yek greatly admired those verses you wrote the other day; he kept
!

<>u

exclaiming, Beautiful
6
Astonishing that a man should prefer a bad thing
thing it's utterly unreasonable.
!

7.

when he might have a good

8.

9.

May CHANG

lao-yeh soon be well of his wound, and he will come to our rescue.
Indeed ? that's good. 7 And what is more, they say
I hear that he is well again.

that he
it

'

is

be so

So near: note the

may

be here the day after to-morrow.

The day

after

to-morrow

May

8
!

force of ton; also that t'a

is

the subject of sheng; that of ko, to cashier

(lit.,

to strip),

Emperor, or Government, understood.


3

Contrivances

chi,

Ingenious
4

ch'iao,

Greatly admired

a spring, ehi

cunning
tsan

ch'i,

things

moving by

miao, abstruse, minute,

miao praised

springs.

fine.

as fine.

l
Kept on exclaiming lien hu repeatedly cried out.
6
Prefer: lit., he fang-cho, putting down, q.d., not touching, the good thing, pu yao, rejects or declines
p'ien yao, preferentially demands, the bad thing ; is there such a principle, such reasoning, as this I
7
That's good hao chi, the height of good.
8
May it be so pa pu te, one can't lay hold of it, it is too good to be true.

it,

ERRATA AND ADDENDA.

522

Tztr

ERH cm.

COLLOQUIAL SERIES.

ERRATA AND ADDENDA.

PART

III.

l\l-L

ERRATA AND ADDENDA.


PART

III.

Page

136.

5.

fm*

143-

755.

i.

i'

3.

1 54.

792.

174.

4.

Mei

183.

939.

88.

965.

PART VII.

PART

VIII.

6.

306.

i.

For

"

read

ch'e,

is

kua

loo p'ai* liao.

Chapter

395.

Note

398.

9.

read

412.

Chapter

For

"

"

"

read should be ts'ao


" but i 3 is
"
read
permissible

"

"

fc$ ?iiJ<

1
,

"

!^j

For "Where may have you been" read "Where may you have been"
some read }j

3.

For "fever" read "influenza"

Page 437.

88.

447.

165.

457-

257.

463.

301.

Note

XXXVII,

Sfread^
After "before sui 3 " insert "Colloquially, ku* sui\"

Cancel the last sentence.

Cancel Note

493.

32.

38.

no more" read "But no more"

yii

492.

Note

so

1
ch'ianrj read chiang

Last line but two of

494.

"And

491.

495.

For

3.

For yu 3 read

3.

For

text.

For tiao read

t'iao

3.

1
shao* read to' shao
"
"
"
read
not intonated
read with the 4th tone
For " ch'iian-chieh, provisionally" read "tui fu cho, as

to

"
4.
6.

to tread"

j|

the same as ts'ao

XXVI,

8.

cA'e-feit

$fe nieh', also read nien*, to nip in the fingers" read

For "* read

6.

read chiao ch'e-'rh or chiao

ch'iao 3

"noti

8.

Note

"

p|j

391.

504.

his bean,

For chiao' read chiao*

For

Omit " or

9.

291.

Page 489.

read la 4

is

For chiao

Obs.

2.

Page 362.

For "can pickup" read "is good at"

289.

341.

read/en-

read

For " started in practice " the more common expression


For jung 3 jung* read jung' jimg'
Col. 7.

73.

Note

would be better rendered by "penniless," or "on

lao*-'rh

Col. 6.

177.

Page 241.

VI.

i*

After last sentence, insert " Against the current."


For Lao 3 -yeh* read Lao^-yeh

204.1058.

PART

Note that

900.

Page 284.

7.

8 (four places).

175.

Col.

765.

50.

PART V.

read

702.

708.

147.

PART IV.

For

133.

523

"notions" read "nations"

makeshift."

SHANGHAI:
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE INSPECTORATE

GENERAL OF CUSTOMS.

mi
C\)

University of Toronto

o
L'brary

I
<0
-

o
r*
.-I

fH

cr1

a
d

DO NOT
REMOVE
THE
CARD
FROM
THIS

POCKET
CO

Acme Library Card

Pocket

Under Pat. "Ref. Index

<

Flit-

Made by LIBRARY BUREAU

nHn9HMBi

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen